You are on page 1of 1428

Problem Solutions

Dean Updike
Chapter 1
c " ) ,

1.1 Two solid cylindrical rods AH md BC are welded together at B and loaded as
Problem 1.1 shown. Determine the magnitude of the force P for which the tensile stress in rod AH
istwieetIief«agnitudeofthecoi«pFessivestressiniod/^-<-

~ CSOf 5
'

<5
> a " a7b
r p "* —s
91-3x10-^?
1000 mm -

Aa - 44 / 7.?*,^
^ _
^>8c“
(2X/20)
xr~
m AB
—P
-

= 2?t±=~?~ - 0-0S4} - zzb-A-Co^V


A**n- ?

2 ®ec

X/o
6
P=r - Zz4-*X/0 V) P =• U2'<1 k-N ^

Problem 1 .2
1.2 In Prob. LI, knowing that P~ 160 kN, determine the average normal stress at

the midsection of (a) rod AH , (£) rod #0.

1.1 Two solid cylindrical rods ^ and #C are welded together at B and loaded as
shown. Determine the magnitude of the force P for which the tensile stress in rod AH
is twice the magnitude of the compressive stress in rod BC.

(a) goisLAB-

P- f(>0 &/ o*t

f\ = idm. ~ P= 160 kN
'AB 1} *f

6^
** ~ a~
Aar
r - 8/- S' MPa.
-750 mm -1000 mm-

(VO jRoJMBC.
'i.e- #0 kM coiv>j»»-«.ssion

77(73-)*
a
Mat-
_
~
Tetac
rr~ — r r r AAn- fintrp-

-=* 22 : 0^- ~ -/«•/ MPa «*©


A Be -M/7 ?

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, fne. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
* B

Problem 1.3 i‘3 Two solid cylindrical rods AB and BC are welded together at B and loaded as
shown. Knowing that the average normal stress must not exceed 175 MPa in rod A

P aJ A& ,

P r 40 + 3£> r 70 kO - 70 x/o
!

- _ p _ F _ HP

(J4 )(jv y fa? >


3
- 2 2. S' x /o' w.
fQiS^io 6- )

ct, “ 22-5 v*uw\

$sA. »

P - 3o l/U - 3ox(o3 N

l
*Z
/lE _ |(M 's(3^x/o^
1 ^ac 'i TrO^o.foM
ch “ IS".^ *vnw

Problem 1.4 1.4 Two solid cylindrical rods AB and BC are welded together at B and loaded as
shown. Knowing that d{ ^ 50 mm and d2 - 30 mm, find average normal stress at the
midsection of (a) rod AB y (b) rod BC.

(Cx3 A m

P ~ 40 + 30 - lo kvj 70 x \o H
a • $<*; r f^655x/o ^ - L €i£>ZS'*IO **

AT ~ P c
Oao -r~
T^rr
L^63S>/o
" 1 r 35'„7*/o p«.

6i ft - 56'. 7 MP*
250 mm i
(& R oA bc .

P = 3o kM - 3o* lo N
z
A - “
if (3o) ~ "km
i - 7°^. 86* lo

6;® £ -E- = i^x/p! - Hi.Hxlo'Pa


c
A 7 oe,,$Gvic>
&u * HZH MP« -»

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
3

LS A strain gage located at C on the surface of bone AB indicates that the average
Problem 1.5 normal stress in the bone is 3.80 MPa when the bone is subjected to two I200-N

knowing that its outer diameter is 25 mm, determine the inner diameter of the bone's
cross section at C.

r
fir- ~
'
JEL
A
<Se^^ d'v'y •>
A ' h

it H r
«C - d t
7f O'

**>
' 1^6*10 '
TTC3.'3c ^ 10 6 >
)

^ x ID"*

9 x fO vn

Problem 1 .6
7.6 Two steel plates are to be held together by means of 16~mm~diameter high-
strength steel bolts fitting snugly inside cylindrical brass spacers. Knowing that the
average normal stress must not exceed 200 and 130 MPa in the
MPa in the bolts

spacers, determine the outer diameter of the spacers that yields the most economical
and safe design.

A\+ c:ac& h&Pt -f^ke uppe^ p^ute Is joy iHe


f\ «sf 'H'*. At fke S^^ne ~biy*e 4k-e s p/StceX pusUe5 +kc^
^JUA< Upw/avN^ w 4k <*. Xk»

a - p.

+W WV, 6i
*
-jjj
* p. * ? s, j:

1 s
Poir 44<r Spccce^ ^ r*

4* - c4/
>

Ps -

Ecjooj-i*^

tfL - J(\ + & ^ ok 4 Oc)


Problem 1 .7 1.7 Each of the four vertical links has an 8 x 36-mm uniform rectangular cross
section and each of the four pins has a J6-mm diameter. Determine the maximum
value of the average normal stress in the links connecting (a) points B and D> (b)
points C and E.

0.25 in
\
s'

Use V>£*r ABC as a ftrc« \to2y.

20 kNi^l mm so A
o.oss O.o^o

~ O
XM C - O' L 0 . 0*1 o ) Fj 0 — ( 0.025 ± 0 .OHa')(sc>Y.iO3‘)
3
Fqo SC 3S.S*I0 N link BD i s t* f*>r\3»Vn.

o; -(o.OHo) - ( 0. 03.5 )(2OX/0


3
)
- o
- - C+& 3 * 7^ <* 3 *5 t
Fop V. i *> 1 /
£ jp
t

area, >F
cr k 4W •few's to* ( 0 ,0O3>)(0. 0$6 -0.0 1G 'i

- /£& X IQ iv* * por pa+odfle P ^Pir\


r 3*^0 *Y O

T s. 4/^es.s iV» i*tV*k BD.


. _~ Eks_ r
3^.6- Wo 3 10 I. S' 6 *70
,
(ttl Oao a a^A
3 vin-^
RO*/o'
A*.1

>

Area. Pa/' Pm k w C o*^ tyre 5S,’oi “ (o.OOg )(o.o34 )

£*83 X |0 Fovr 'fwo p<tra P^z9 $*k's,j A - S7£> * lO> Vn

s- _ F^r -/^.S’v/O 3 _
S« - 7T - J7SXIQ:r
• <$7 --2I.7MP*

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limitcddistribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
e /

- ? Co. 1 + I.H ) =• o

•p = 33j*/o\N *P-33LlkM

Problem 1 .9
1.9 Knowing that link DE is 25 mm wide and 3 ram thick, determine
the normal stress in the central portion of that link when (a) 0 — 0, (b) 0 = 90°.

100mm 100 mm
Use. mer-v L CB F -fVe* looJcy

+)lH t = O
~0‘3 \~
o& -(0'l)(l4-O si*Q)-(0‘ 4)(24'0 - o

Fpe - —Z&oslnB ~2zoc»sQ N


A oe ^o.ozs-^o. 003 ) ^
e Fpc
Ad£

esn 0 - o: R>« * -3^ ^


6- ' ' —4 < J-7 */ A?

ft.1 0 - Ho' : FOJ /^>o A

~ f fe
6p e =
75 */0“ fe
Problem 1.10 JJO Link AC has a uniform rectangular cross section 3 mm thick and 12 mm. wide.
Determine the normal stress in. the central portion of the link.

75 rrmi
960 N |

150 mm
175 imn
T~«yp
N
2$0 tot*
T"
ff 0 MM
QboN

No+fc *H\^4 4"L<2 ~f *^o -povMe« p


fo e*. CaopJ?z erF v^c^vvt^e^
,
*|

y
(f4<? tf')(o*/?to )
^ /A4 ALAt

*0 = Q * Hhtf M'to
cFfit
in') ~ O
~ bt>5' / A/

Ah!c^ of J>, a If 5 * ( 3 *>to)(l2 fn*n) '36 mm 2


r

— . t z~-
= Fa «- b bS* 1
-
S+Kess 6.. -7 - ~ l X-
I ft- *75 to Pa Sac.- ,S -S MPa
Aac. &y

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced,
or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1,11. The .rigid bar EFG is supported by the truss system shown. Know-
Problem 1.11 mm diameter, determine
ing that the member CG is a solid circular rod of 18

u Sk*\
^
EF&C B c«a 'Free.
6**}
+"f ~z Fj - ° :
Fab - fs tt O
F.« = «^
L)s*jo^ £F&- c^s c< Fv^ee \>oAy
F„ 6 a c

& H-- ~ ° :
Ks + 0*2) ( |x*
' °
Fc& * FAC ~ 'Z&kH
Cro Section <^v oi *^>e^ CIO*

f^
1

Acc - ~ r 2544 ‘X/o'^


f'Jovrv^&y^ s4*v*« in C<S.

'c* -
A

A <^
- —
254*4k/^
^ ^
12 The rigid bar £FG is supported by the truss system shown. Deter-
problem 112
mine the cross-sectional area of member AE for which the normal stress in the
member is J 05 MPa.

Usm^ pof-Vtov» t'FG-CB <SeS £C FWc \ooAy

+ 1 -ZF, =o:| F.« - itr * o


Re - Z^A/
Si f-F SS | H A£ 6TAe - IGSMPc)

6 Fa*
Fa<S C
SV -
Aae

Rc Z5*w - t> 2-
m
.>

-*
z?>lr. /x/a
<5* l''

IcSYio

Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1

Problem 1.13 1.13 A couple M of magnitude 1 500 N • m is applied to the crank of an engine. For
the position shown, determine (a) the force P required to hold the engine system in
,cqu i|ib riu m, (6 ) the average normal stress in the connecting rod BC, which has a 450-
in nr uniform cross section.

Use pisfe (A j
Poe)^ ainai Crajftk

•jexge-bke/. os body. /UM


WO~M 'f'Q&.cd toil H o.mJ
^
r-e.o.o+io^s Ay Ay.
t) ZM a « o:
(0.230 tv. 'iH - ISOO W-tvi = o
3
H - S.3S7 1 x\ O N

Use pt£-fow «iUte as ^


hocJy. Nc>4®. foci is
a. -f^o-Potree »»»e*v.beej henoe f4i€ diVeoffon
Fofee Fgc: »s . DvNst-^ +Kc -fo/ce
av«sf 4>oA*e £,/ “P Foe by
pre?po^-f(OMS.
1
,2 - / 200 + £o
5

~ Zo% . 3

3
P- 17. 86 *Io M
P= 17. 86 AW
Fee _ X0B.&I
H Co
Fg^ - 18.6*3 Vo3 bJ

Rod BC is Jx c«>*v'p>*eS5i*e)v» be/^. Iffs ctr€<se t$ 4sS’Ohmh*’ - VSo xyo hn

S+reSS,,
S+resS 6^-“ « ~ /S~ y/o
C
‘^Be.
A ^SOXIO*
0>) 6^ - -4L* MPa. -*

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-HiU Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1,14 An aircraft tow bar is positioned by means of a single hydraulic cylinder
Problem 1.14 connected by a 25-mm-diameter steel rod to two identical arm-and-whed units DEF,
-
The niass of the entire tow bar is 200 kg; and ts center of gravity is located at <5r For^
i

the position shown, determine the normal stress in the rod.

FR.es Tow

w - (zoo yn/sO* M
+ p)'S:h a = o :

BSOR - USoO^^R' 00 - O
F, = ZC.5+.S M

FP^c,& - g>oTVA ARH


^ WU££tT Ut4\T6 •

o< 1:5 “ 8*4Z7o°


Cays'

+^Im e = o:
(F«, cos oC)(sSo) - K(Soo' ) -
-

O
gQO
Fcp = .--^
r
550
. ('2<ss4.s
S-427D s
m")
'

= 2431. S H ( comp .')


_ ~ _ 2 431.5 N
°cd" ~
Act> -nf'o.oils-^y
= - 4-.1&17 x lO fo
Pa

<rC t> * - 4.17 MPa *

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or
to teachers
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without
permission.
,

1.15 The wooden members A and B are to be joined by plywood .splice plates that
Problem 1.15 will be fully glued on the surfaces in contact. As part of the design of the joint, and
c learance between the ends of the members is to be 6 mm^
determine the smallest allowable length 7 if the average shearing stress in the glue is
not to exceed 700 kPa.

^ Co PUd Cl

pctcs\f\ of fLe^e one +U


•:&»! i

i )' \<5 kW Joad* "T/nos

F = i? - ids) - IS \ckt - 7SOO hJ

id Jl - oP one c^PoeJt ci^ntGi W - iSwvn 7 O, Ol£ »v.be l4s \aj f<=/9K

Fov e*-<^b
7^oe - d <xv-e<^ A ~ J*/
pr pr
Avenge she<i^n«j s-firessi
~ ~
'Y
A .ik
T*be ej)7 ow oJfYa, shearing s4t-ess 2X
'C 7 00*10* V&
' Va

SoJ9.'*« XJ X - r CJV8G,^-
OJHZZG^ * 147.
l47.SS7v.iv.
^ TV i
(lOOxlC^X^-OTS^
T^-k^ A* 3 k 9: Z. = X+L^ + JP* IH2.&S+ 6 + iss.ar

L ~ 2«tZ

Problem 1.16 1.16 When the force P reached 8 kN, the wooden specimen shown failed in shear
along the surface indicated by the dashed line. Determine the average shearing stress
along that surface at the time of failure.

A^col beinci sh ec*/ ed 1

d
A
A = 70 \/VUV) J*
*
i S — I 3F^ n't m ~ J >* / O^ KH
CZ T
Mo 1
N
JP gx/o 3
$l>e«rfW«l ,sfr«SS 'Y
_
93 */o3 Rs -.9.93 MPa,
A l3SD*/cr 6

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
j »

Problem 1.17 1J7 Two wooden planks, each 1 2 mm thick and 225 mm wide, are joined by the dry
mortise joint shown. Knowing that the wood used shears ofTalong its grain when the
average shearing Stress reaches H M Pa, detennine the magnitude P of the axial load
16 mm which will cause the joint to fail

F— 16 mm
Sty he off
W/hev\ fll€ jOlwl W eF
Gtr<>dtS In A^S dimeiVonS /£ Hn**i
?

/{$ c^rec<

a =(«)(«)= m * m*io c v« L

At Pcm J/u re Ike Fotf'cp F* casr \ * d by e.C*.c L c>§ Ciy'ec^S I

F - rA - ( 3 * fo
c
)(m * Jo"’ ) - 1536 N * 1-536 irM

SiY»ce *Hsev-e a**. S iY tVoi e & ve,<K.s P- £ F - 6s ) 0 S 3 C)


- ^ 9. 2 ZkU —

Problem t.18 1.18 A load P Is applied to a steel rod supported as shown by an aluminum plate into
which a 2-mm-diameter hole has been drilled. Knowing that the shearing stress
1

must not exceed 180 MPa in the steel rod and 70 MPa in the aluminum plate,
determine the largest load P that can be applied to the rod.

R>ir -Hc-e sfee^ tcJi

A, - 7rc^£t r (jfyfr.GIZ. )(O.Oto)


sz 376.33 x/0' c

% »
^ 'tjA,
a
P, =• U%i>*tO i \(Z7C;^yl(S> )9 C7.8£WO*P

A*- Te^t* = r L0053IX/C." 3

~ /
*£« ~ *~ z ^~ 2

c
P* ~ (7q*Io‘)(I,ooS3« !d~ ')
= 7o.37Z*tc? M

Tke .^«V\HYrt^ Por pLg. Jpo *.<?! P is Pke


oP P, o-vid P*,»

P^ 6736* {O N
3
67.*? kM M
"

Problem 1.19 T*!9 The axial force in the column supporting the timber beam shown is P = 75 kN
Determine the smallest allowable length L of the bearing plate if the bearing stress in
;

thedimber is not to exceed ™ :

SOLUTION

g- - JE.
VL, A

'
? _ is* to*
L
S^>
mm
140
Soivi'rtA -fov I- •

<y^ {3<o^o^)(p.no)
"3
n&.e x/o tY\

- 17 3. G

L20 The load P applied to a steel rod is distributed to a timber support by an annular
Problem 1.20 washer. The diameter of the rod is 22 mm and the inner diameter of the washer is 25
mm, which is slightly larger than the diameter of the hole. Determine the smallest
allowable outer diameter d of the washer, knowing that the axial normal stress in the
steel rod is 35 MPa and that the average bearing stress between the washer and the
timber must not exceed 5 MPa.

C
SAeeJ roJ- A= J (0.022 P - 3SO.
-
ij’x/o
>
l

6"= ZSylO c
''

P - 6* A - C3J?xiO*)( 38o.nv iff 6

- 13. 3oS»!0*ki

^
Was Ke -/-
6t = -5 x IO
ir i

v\c* ci'S'etz

a _ JP _ ) 3.3a-£*»r
- G& OQxlO
“ ~ 2.
*
q; 6-xio*>

t“')
Bid, At, - cA

dZ
» (o.ozs-f +

4.
^
5
« 4. 0 '3 > /o* *,*

%
d - £3. 3> 6 1 Yn d- 63.3
Problem 1,21 1.21 A 40-kN axial load is applied to a short wooden post that is supported by a
concrete footing resting on undisturbed soil. Determine (a) the maximum bearing
stress on the concrete footing, (/?) the size of the footing for which the average
bearing stress in the soil is 145 kPa.

(a) Stress av\ conartle. Foo*f l VI „


^
pr 40 kW - Vo X lo tvi

3 1 3
A * (l 00)02©) r 12 * to W,«, S I2.X !o »v2

~ xp- " Vo * fo* , _


^ ‘
3.33x10 P^
A '
\* * ;o-'
3.33 HPa. --ft

A^
3
(M Pc H • P - Vo “/o N) G> vs l UP^ = VS*/os Pa
2

_p Vo x / cr*
~ O.X758G
A (Sr VS* fo 3
kv,
f

1
Since i"/i e ^ / 5 S
1
A - b

b- 77T = •/<?. 2758V - O.SZSx* Sd “ S2S *****

Problem 1.22 An axial load P is supported by a short W2O0 X 59 column of


1 .22
cross-sectional area A - 7560 mm 2
and is distributed to a concrete foundation
by a square plate as shown. Knowing that the average normal stress in the col-
umn must not exceed 200 MPa and that the bearing stress on the concrete
foundation must not exceed 20 MPa, determine the side a of the plate dial
will provide the most economical and safe design.

~
p
er
A
ov P= 6" A *( 200*10 )n 5 to>*io
t>

)-j5fzk.bJ

Vo*' Ote ay a p-Ate t


Q~ - 2-oMPg

A _
- P
-gr -
1*512-
o.o-jsk/fr
, / 2

Since 'fA-e p-P^fe is A ~ CL

£L-7a =•-/?> olSb - QtLlS^


:= iT Atq /v>

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
) ) .

1.23 A 6 -mm -diameter pin is used at connection C of the pedal shown. Knowing that
Problem 1 .23 P - 500 N, determine (a) the average shearing stress in the pin, ( b the nominal
bearing ’Stress in the pedal at C, (c) the nominal bearing stress in each support bracket

-300 inrn-

D^u> )ooJy Pm A
$ \ '/ <> ** AC D -
125 mm
Smce AC D cv
"
B
|*jT 3 -force K*e**fe^ f .... . ..

• s J iVe c-4 € ^ po r v4 £ ^
i ** 1 e'S t e
5 nun of + k e 4^' n-es <?4 <x c4 ow of
1‘ kev f wo 4 o

Fro v-n geoKef/y, C£~~j 3oo% 13.0 — 3*S JV}**! „

4^ ^Fy - or O - P - o C a 2.CP= (?. 6)^00 j — /3^o u

vtp." . i£ _i£_1 .

-2£-1 . (SVIZOO) 1 . 5SOKto‘p
ia
a j n,
(<X) " "fTe* -
irtexjo-s) <*,
^ Siol

C ’^ w
13oo
(t,) ft - - J2 ~ M. I
X /o‘ fk ZH. Mp^
U*ux 3 X<?y}o- 3 )
I
' b ’ '
Ab ‘
at

(C-') 6Lfc = ££ -
~
-P t
^ DO —~ 21'• 1 y |o 1
&
P<s K:2I.7MP<c
2dt m^xlor^CSV/O-'* >

Knowing that a force P of magnitude 750 N is applied to the pedal shown,


Problem 1 .24 determine (a) the diameter of the pin at C for which the average shearing stress in the
pin is '40 MPa, (b) the corresponding bearing stress in the pedal at C\ (c) the
corresponding bearing stress in the each support bracket at C.

Dmw -free ooA^f 1 FH# Ip


oliAgir^rvx d f AC D.
S.Vce ACD is a \\ ^ ^ If
3- fo^ce — • — » - --3
D
FK< of £
is fov&vvi +ke «o<4

of 4ke of o.c4<\>*> of offer 4wo forces*


z
<^e o^el*'y )
CE = ~/3oc> + /^S - oxj mr^

+ t2F y
-o: C - P - o ^ (Z£)(756) - |?60 N

ca> r p: . = A ^ Vt HOr^ij
7rT(T^ x /O 6 >
55 ss7>i*'~

< kl 6- 1 5 «- , '" 0 ‘ a ,= 3X -‘?MP


32.9 - -•
MPct
-
fa,!£»W. 6i*
6J

*' ^ *
53T *
afeWWi' = 3S '° y,0 ‘ a 3 ^° MP^ ^
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual ss using it without permission.
*

1.26 Two identical linkage-and-hydraulic-cylmder systems control the


position of the forks of a fork-lift truck. The load supported by he one system
t

shown is 6 kN. Knowing that the thickness of member BD is 16 mm, deter-


mine (a) the average shearing stress in the 12-mm-diameter pin at /?, (b) the
bearing stress at B in member BD,

Use -Pork AS o. pr-t^. WooCy ,

cH t)5H B = o •

X“
o4e - (o'S) i 4) o
E - irfcA/
4 icH
±,IFX - o
I £ 8,^ o
+ = - £
e* * 5*^a/ *-

OIF^'O: % - to tH
-
B =• /e/ + sy - + Z' - 7*^?/ £aj

(cO S'fv'ess in p^y\ 6

W
Z
A fj
; k lf(0'C/l) *rltZ«Jx f0 /v)

7
mi - JL
Ajba
,
'

// 3«-/ X/<J~6
- Mm*
(kill s4rcss cJt B.
j
3
6-
^ B _ 7>P x/o
4-0>
(0*0/2.)(C>’0/6

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
0 . ) .

1.27 For the assembly and loading of Prob. determine (a) the average shearing
Problem 1.27 1 .7,

stress in the pin at B> (b) the average bearing stress at B in member BD (c) the f

average bear! ng stress at B in member ABCL knowing lhat th ismgrnberhasal O .* SO-


mm uniform rectangular cross section.
1.7 Each of the four vertical links has an 8 x 36-mro uniform rectangular cross
section and each of the four pins has a 16-mm diameter. Determine the maximum
value of the average normal stress in the links connecting {a) points B and D, ( b
2 m points C and E
^0
Use ABC as a -free body.
20

-OMS 0.0*10

A 8 c
Y Fsd i
= or (o.<?¥o)f* d “(£?.o;s-+o.wo)(;^/o 3 ) - o
3
F eo - 32 .S * /o N

(&•) Ske'ct^ pin a'f B. 'd - — — -Pov“ dotA/e sbe&^ t


f
^A jj

‘5
wU« A -
f-d
2'
= (0.0)6 )
z
=- ?Ol .06 k/o
3
32.5 x 1

Sas,/o‘ ^ = S 0 . 8 MP«-
6
(b) Bgfltvnn^: iPmk BD . A - d£ - fO.0/6)f0.O0&)s- S28v/o‘
6
Sfe - lic.^6 ^ 10 ($1* 127.0 MPa.-

>
Cc ) 6<g.<a.^th<^ 110 A8C ed~ B «

-4 i
k- dt ~ (o.oic)(o.o/o) - /CO *io
Fbo _ 3?. 5 x /o 3
A I60 x/o'*
:?C>3 x )0
6
q ^ 2 D3 HP*

The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
Proprietary Material. <D 2009
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
L28 Link AB ol width h - 50 mm
and thickness t ~ 6 mm, is used to support the
Problem 128 ,

end of a horizontal beam. Knowing that the average normal stress in the
link is -1 40
qach, pf Uve two. pins i.$. 80 MBa,-
dcteimine («) the diameter d oi the pins, ( b ) the average bearing stress in the link.

A 13 i s iv^v c.o^p^e.ssf^n.

A- bt SO ^\yy\ ckss\ 0 t*
A ~ ( 0 ,O$o)(c>.&06 )r 3oo*\d c ^
P-~<5'A- ~ £~ IHO XiO^CZoO* )0~‘)
= *+2 x i o% N

fW -Bie Ap-4' d*' O.J ~ ~—


p ,vsj
A _ P «x|0^
- 6
_
^ K/ °
_ c
^
%

r go*/o &
t*) D ! co« e4 ev^ d .
r ?. SSjT xi a vv>

d - ^5:^ v.

4-3, */o a
XI 1*10 pe4
CxsTsS Xo. O'J G )
6* ^7
fe
*“ 1 H?c_

Proprietary Material. <£>2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 1 .29 1.29 The 5.6-kN load P is supported by two wooden members of uni-
form cross section that are joined by the simple glued scarf splice shown. De-
termine the normal and shearing stresses in the glued splice.

p r (t> 11-7*1 e - 90° -4>o' - 30°

1
( e>< I2{?)C<3‘ 0'7 s) 75 yio ^ In'

P cos^Q _ 7 3o°)
6 =
-3
/V *?< £7.5 Xio

P SjjaJIQ ( 6^2-7 si^6o°


2.K 5 '>
(2X f-575'y/o
£

Problem 1 .30 1.30 Two wooden members of uniform cross section are joined by the
simple scarf splice shown. Knowing that the maximum allowable tensile stress
in the glued splice is 525 kPa, determine (a) the largest load P that can be
safely supported, ( b ) the corresponding tensile stress in the splive.

- I L
Ao ~ (o* US ) t° f>) = X/J M
9 - 9o° - £o° - 3o°

S * P CoS 7 ©
Ko

(a) P -
C-Ci* © CoS* 3c>°

p -St K <76 ( do 5£ 2-} s< h (Co°


~%A 0 CO£ 9«i7ry/^^
T- 0 £<? J

Proprietary Material. ® 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual Course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
t= sco k?<^
Problem 1 .33 03 A centric load P is applied to the granite block shown. Knowing
that the resulting -maximum value t>fthe shearing stress in the block is 17 MPa,
determine (a) the magnitude of P, (b) the orientation of the surface on which
the maximum shearing stress occurs, (c) the normal stress exerted on the sur-
maximum
face, (d) the value of the normal stress in the block.

Aa =(0 'IS)(o>IS)xo*ovi& n n
0“ psPet* e. of

CCL) X
L - -) A |p|= f(A 0 = (Z)(o*oz.tS
-
1 i>S kk<
(b) sin %9 s } 19 *• *10° © = ^5“°

- P _ 5
Co f
L iiir %
», f __z 7 t.S't/ot mA”"*®
2Ao ~ 2. l 0 0 H >) ~
C.O i ^ro “ "17
A„ '

p
Ao
.


7£>ry/o _ -34 m A*
6*0 2.1-5

Problem 1.34 1,34 A 960-kN load P is applied to the granite block shown. Determine
the resulting maximum value of (a) the normal stress, (b) the shearing stress. Spec-
ify the orientation of the plane on which each of these maximum values occurs.

2-

A* O-OZIS
6* P t
& -
-*?kt>Xfc
Coi © ..... £•
- 4— COS - a. /*/£> c
A*
0*3 fevisj'^e. s4res& ^ O of © — *70°

cuo*>~p >^-5 5 |Ve. s-fv'-e vS - 4.Z* 7 MA —


oct 0=0
Cb) v = JL. -
-j *
-2
^ Co>
yip
o%%9)
— Ol°3 M Pq
„ -*

4 0= VS*

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 1.35 1.35 A steel pipe of 400-mm outer diameter is fabricated from 0-mmdhtck plate by ]

welding along a helix forms an angle of 20° with a plane perpendicular to the
that
axisofthe pipe. Knowing that the maximum a lowab e normal and shea Hiig stresses
1 I

in the directions respectively normal and tangential to the weld are a = 60 MPa and r
- 36 MPa, determine the magnitude P of the largest axial force that can be applied to
the pipe.

~ o.hoo m rQ - f <d 0 - o.too ™


Vi= V0 ~t * 0.200 - o.mo = O.iqo hn

A
A0 - Tr (x*- PA) ~ T(o, 7odl-~o. t c>o )
S
\Z 2S xr/a' m*-

BaseJ |<3Ti= 6o MPa: 6* = £ CoS


2
(9

Apg (12.25; fp
6 '

2SZXIO-* N
Cos * & Cos 1 20°"
o» Vt\ = 30 MPa ”2T - ,

si’*\ .7©

2<9 s>'Vi Ho p
WV - N

VaJW is -Ht« eJ^PowjesJJe va/efe of 'P, P = S 33 kW **a

1 .36 A steel pipe of 400-mm outer diameter is


fabricated from ! O-mm-thick plate by
Problem 1.36
welding along a helix that forms an angle of 20° with a plane perpendicular to the
axis of the pipe. Knowing that a 300-kN axial force P is applied to the pipe,
determine the normal and shearing stresses in directions respectively normal and
tangential to the weld.

~ 200
do - O.'ioo^ Vo * 2 do b.

Vl - lPo-t ~ 0.700 _ 0.0 to = 0.(^0.


x %
A0 ~ ir(r0 - vS) = v (o. 2 oo - o. /90 V)
^ rz.zs *io~ s

Q ~ Zo°
rr- P . -30ox{ o5 cos*JZd>*
6 1 8 .

77 ~T£a?w5=*
s
--2I.GX lb P* S'*' 21-^ MPa -*
3
= X?- 5fn = -r30p x/o SM /
/'o°

:-7. S7 x/o‘ •£ = 7.37 MPa. ^


Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 1 .40 1.40 The horizontal link BC is 6 mm thick, has a width w = 30 mm,
and is made gf a steel with a 450-MPa ultimate streitgth in tension v What

Problem 1.41 1*41 The horizontal link BC is 6 mm thick and is made of a steel with
a 450-MPa ultimate strength in tension. What should be the width w of the link
if the structure shown is to be designed to support a load P = 32 kN with a
factor of safety equal to 3?

(©Stos 3o“) —(o'*f-S’s'^3 c> ~ 0


Fw - **7.7 FM
~ - Ek
Aa«
. F*«_
tw
-

&
TTS.

_ (F. s^Fm _

vJ ~ 0> Cboltf h*

^ io 0 c fv\ >n

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights rescued. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €>2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form nr by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using il without permission.
. . . C

Problem 1 .43 I *43 The two wooden members shown, which support a 1 6-kN load, are joined by-

plywood splices fully glued on the surfaces in contact. The ultimate shearing stress in
the glue is 2.5 MPa and the clearance between the members is 6 mm, Determine the
required length 1, of each splice if a factor of safety of 2.75 is to be achieved.
i(i kN 125 mm

IFcx d. e\ lo? aV-eo. y-a 0 •fv&v»5»ni i 2 kK;

ot js Uqqy
haa P,OOlCt

2 ktJ - 2*lo s b)

R ecjuirecJ oJj~iw\a t«.


t
P0 - (F.S.)P - (3.7S’)(B*lO ) 77*\0 N

\ 2 'f”rJ JW 4 i->
o\ (2a cl.

Po 77*lo :

?0 - TuA - i; i * i--
(2.SxlO e-)(o.\2S)
10.P*lO nrs

.3
Letoj-fk 1 spi*i 'c.e; L - 2.Q + C - ( 2.V. 70 .H )+ 0.00 r o.l46&*(d »v,

L *“ 1 46 » 8 v

1.44 For the joint and loading ofProb. .43, determine the factor of safety, knowing
Problem 1.44 1

that the length of each splice is L~ 1 80 mm.

1.43 The two wooden members shown, which support a 16-kN load, are joined by
plywood splices fully glued on the surfaces in contact. Die ultimate shearing stress in
1 6 kN 125 mm the glue is 2.5 MPa and the clearance between the members is 6 mm. Determine the
required length L of each splice if a factor of safety of 2.75 is to be achieved.

\ keve ave 4- sepavo.-te cu/ccls oT


of <*1j<

tr a, oV\ r d s.
Poe. tx<sea
(Xisc o. KusT
pad -fa^cuA si^T S
of S^SCa.v- loa.J

3
¥ = 2 VN - g*lo N
Levg+li of s>pP>’c< L.~ 7.1 4 C. wkev»e P - /?«v'«y4A t>"<4 c. —

cP eora-Mce l - f[(L- c) = TC°' (SO -O.OOG) - 0.017 m


"3
A 27S*
'

of a Poe
W
- J^w - t 0 08
. 7 'l(< 3 . 12 b') = ID. fo hrt

4
D 2 i too eT e. 7oa <4 , R,
" To A - ( ^SVlO^/o.STS'Wo' ) = ?7JS7Sxlos N
27. tg7SWQ 3
F actor of F-5. - 2. HO
g X Os /
/ )

Problem 1.45 Three 8 -nun-diameter steel bolls are to be used to attach the sleej plate shown
1 .45 \

wooden beam. Knowing that the plate will


to a support a 1 10-kN load and that the
Jtimate sheari tig $|ress fpr the stee used $ 360 1 j M Pa* dctenniug the fee tor .ofsafety....
for (his design.

For ecceA A ~ ^ d
Z
-
^ Os)’’
c
-
*
ZS'i.m ^
~ 25*1. H7 *lO' 1*1

* At -
t
(2SH.H7 x/0‘ )(3So x lo & )

=• Co^ x /o 3 N
c
1 10 kN Fo<r tte ikr ee boJfSj Po ~ (.3 )( f/. &C>2 x (C?
= ^7f-Wx/o 3 W
peoT® ** of Scope 4y ,

tr c _ JPo_ 27Ltx(Q*
•" ' F.S.- 2.5o
P Iiph,o»

1.46 Three steel bolts are to be used to attacli the steel plate shown to a wooden
Problem 1.46
beam. Knowing that the plate will support a 1 10 kN load, that the ultimate shearing
stress for the steel used is 360 MPa, and that a factor of safety of 3,35 is desired,
determine the required diameter of the bolts.

For \>Jf.J P- ^ 3
- 3£-£67 kV

Pu - (Rs.)P - (5.35 )(3C. CC7 > ~ 172.3$ kV

_ *Pu Py . HEl
tcT
PPo /NYmga xjo^)
.1 10 kN
4 TT ^
_
*7 tt(3&ov o 6 ')

d = /?O.S min

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw>Hitl for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
l

L47 A load P is supported as shown by a steel pin that has been inserted in a short
Problem 1 .47 wooden member hanging from the ceiling. The ultimate strength of the wood used
is 60 MPa in tension and 7.5 MPa inshear, while the ultimate strength ofthe steel is

145 MPa in shear. Knowing that 6-40 mm, c ~ 55 mm, and d - 12 mm, determine
the load P if an overall factor of safety of 3.2 is desired.

L4S For the support of Prob. 1 .47, knowing of the pin is d ** 16


that the diameter
mm and that the magnitude of the load P-
20 kN, detennine (a) the factor of
is

safety for the pin, (b) the required values of b and c if the factor of safety for the
wooden members is die same as that found in part a for the pin.

p 5 30 kN = 20*1 o’ N t

(a) P^: A* * f (a °tti r 06*10 »

Double X ~
^ ti -
G c
p0 = zA%> s (.Z)(zoUix/d )(lHS*lo )

= S3. 336*10* N
pc - iff .-33 £ x /Q
_ ,gg..336xfo _ « ..
Kb.
R5. = - sa " 2.V.
-
p *oxjo
ZO*IQ
(b) Tension i vi - '£>%.33£nfO* W -Po/* <? F.S.

<5
*
= -Sl. ~ ^ ,
vAere W
YJ r ^0 wtn *
« O.OVOi-h
°° A W(b“<5/)
k J s$. 336 *10 Ho .3
D -
“ JEa
* 4 \N6u = 0.016 + zt x io fa
( 0 0 H 0 )( 6 O*tQ*)
.

k = Ho. B »*»*

SbeA*' Pii - vFS. 336* JO W -Po^ vSct»»>6 KS.

PooUe ske^' qckcX curec*. is A - WC.


Pu . Pv
2A awe
c- - ™£i_ - ” 77.? *fo‘
5
M
2 w t. (?Xo.avo)(7.s'Wo‘)
C = ?7. 2

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual maybe displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
s

Problem 1 .49 1 .49 Each of the two vertical links CF connecting the two horizontal members AD

and EG has a IQ * 40-mra uniform rectangular cross section and is made of a steel
with an ultimate strength in tension of 400 MPa, while each of the pins at C and F
has a 20-mm diameter and is made of a steel with an ultimate strength in shear of 150
MPa. Determine the overall factor of safety for the links CF and the pins connecting
them to the horizontal members.

Use member fsFG <x»

rCP
6fi
1 JO
p? — _ OAo
kN
?)IH 6 = o
o.4o FtP ~(o. q>s)(m*\o ) *
1
o
Fc>
,
* * io* N

BeXJUsd O'A fir. ks CF


C
A = (k~ d ) t - (O.ovo - O.OZ)Co.O(o) - 20o X IO~ mv (Wi.nlf)

F0 -2S*U A* J0 e )(2oo ) r 160,0 * /o 3 N

c?(o d<?ohj}fs sheat* m pm


z C

A - ~~(o.ozo) = 314.16 x/oT vv,'


* f
c
F* * 2. 4A * CL)(lSO*t&)(3IH.I& *io~ ) =• m.ZHSxio 3,
N
Mi**? Fj U s**JJer y**J*e> U Fw * ?¥.**« */©
3
W

F«t<>4 6^ of s efe-fy F S. -
Fo ‘Fi-W */Q
3
~ 2 * a ^o —
FCP ' 3^ rf/O*

Proprietary Material. O
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 1.50 I. SO Solve Prob. 1 .49, assuming that the pins at C and F have been replaced by pins
with a 30 min diameter.

1.49 Each of the two vertical links CF connecting the two horizontal members AD
and EG has a uniform rectangular cross section 10 mm thick and 40 mm wide, and
is made of a steel with an ultimate strength in tension of 400 MPa. The pins at C and
250 mm / each have a 20 mm diameter and are made of a vSteel with an ultimate strength in

shear of 1 50 MPa. Determine the overall factor of safety for the links O' and the pins
400 mm connecting them to the horizontal members.

250 ram

Use Member £TFG as b &Jy m

I £>Z M E = o:

24 kN O
Fc F » 21 kN

bs/
\>\j -few=n’c n $ i \A jcs c F% C *2. y jP i \n fcs)

2
We'V -pov i vk T A- Cb-c$)£ - x/o^M

Fj - 2A 6^ = (Z){4**X*0*)(jtoofi,f*) -Uokti

FctT^c/vre by in pfnS*

A ~ eF “ {o ,e> = X/e^ tn z
^ -
2]

&
)^So^uo b ') - 1^.22 kN
,

Fa ~ Ih'ta ~ (.2)0/^NiXto

FkeFr\jG<.J} i*o«,<4 is -Ha-s s\rv,tdU*<?Y \Jo>.j?ue . Fu ~


Fq __£^Z£
Fft^Tov' of .S<*-fe.4y i F.S. - ^*42
FCP ’

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
A § ^ j *

1.51 Each of the steel links AB and CD is connected to a support and to member
Problem 1.51
... BCE by25 -nrm-di ametcr steelpinsactm^ insi n&l sshmrK^
shearing stress is 21 0 MPa for the steel used in the pins and that the ultimate normal
stress is 490 MPa for the steel used in the links, determine the allowable load P if an
overall factor of safety of 3.0 is desired. (Note that the links are not reinforced
around the pin holes.)

Use wew fee i/' BCE a. s 4"ve-e. bexJy,

-*3^;h 8 = o : o-z -^75"p - o

Fct>' 1
& c
p- — r eo

6
t .
M ;
±) 2 Mc - O : o $ f^ 8 - o
C £
h*' r
p- Se;b

go-a J iV> ks n* Som€ d p i pi d \<x wa c*x\A vYudre.\f'i*-$


TKev^e ^flney "Ht-e Sfitht-e. u^+Zm^fe.
z
R^ikurt. by pfn ik sbe^r m A= IJd*- $**zr) =4w*1xio h*

b
Fy = ‘t'yA - {z<oxio M4 ‘to. 9 't l ;
(’')
* {OZ'Ol kN
! 2
Feti Jlvr*
'
by te*>Si’oM |V» $ir\k+ A “(jb — et ) t~ (O'OS— 0'Dl5 )o-6lz.'s $X<0 to

Fy - 61 ~C^x//)^K/F 4 ) = \hl kN

Off $o*A ~f~o <r J> A'Tte/ p/Vj IS *fl\€ •

\r0 - lolrOl kN
f\J0JPouj cybJle \J&Jo'es Fx q #

p — F * 9
kN
r«// "
FTS fc
“ rvo
3.o
fiSJoujiJhJe Jo cd fo^ sf r- OcJ~ov^z is fC 3 ©P |F^
3 c^<5^
J:

p =
?- li W A/y

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, loe. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 1.52 LS2 An alternative design is being considered to support member BCE of Prob.
1.51, in which link CD will be replaced by two links, each of 6*50-min cross
ii
g tli e p ji S- at
i i C
and /} to be i n doubl e shear. Assu m i ng -that all other
mm specifications remain unchanged, determine the allowable load P if an overall

1. M
50

IIH
h -

"
V
:

^f§|P

NI
Id I V
factor

1-51
of' sa fetv o f 3 ,0 is desired

Each of the steel links AB and CD is connected to a support and to member


1 1
m \ BCE by 25'tnm-dia meter steel pins acting in single shear. Knowing that the
V ultimate shearing 210 MPa for the steel used in the pins and that the
.stress is
|| C h
ultimate normal stress 490 MPa for the steel used in the links, determine the
is

allowable load P if an overall factor of safety of 3.0 is desired. (Note that the links
Hi ,4

are not reinforced around the pin holes.)

I'*
*
-<
450 nun » ^
B CB
.

300 mm Use oe/' a.S


t
body*
I

p +2> 2iM e -o: 0 -i Fc.o- 0 7s .


p -o
% — e
\
o
P-it
- o
]
c = : 0.3 P* B - o^sr p
*
r _
-
a,
3
c
*>0

A^e«- o4 <yj$ jOi'rt.5 J Afi


~ :
(0‘OZSrf r 496.1 yjo^fn1
|
Nd- seckv» of A<a: /„**» Us-JHa® -(pos-o^zs)^!^
N<vf Scott#* 2? J\vks CT> Is #

jP^>-rxL ky A c* nj S m 3iV\«s|^e s * ff>xe)u ~ 'Kr Af><*»

(Fa*) u -(.Z/tfX/o*)(*?*‘9x/<r*) = 103 . £*/

V-otijP-u^e by kevA 5/ on in .Ptuk A8 ,


~ <f\, Aneh
(F>U)u ~(.49ox/c6)(3)(/o-*}* (47 ku
li-f’-tiivwi.te $aa,J iV<ok a.*J pi'/vs AS is He i»vi&^evrr(p^ 8^ c> -/oi.oj fi/y

Cov-v'e.^yS® n <sft n<^ O-^-biiivt


o = ^ &B*75 f^N.
j

VociJov^t. loy p/K$ c ck\A.Jl in 5 lve«^» ( R. »\ - 2 /KAp:>\


FIJ 0 - C2X#*w**) C**-9 x« *) = 206
(
• tg kN
\ra,iJ!o\r*. by +evis«*ov* i*t A-oks CD* (FU)y- 6
(FcoL- 61^ Awl
Awet >

(FtcOy = (Mox/p^fayuo' 4) - 74-7 *A7

OJPt~«V*wf<e 9oux$ 'Pot'" 5 cufle/ JO IM5 CD I is , ( titOy " /^7 AT/

u^fiWAfe )o<dl Po “ J(F^ d )(/ - *8'B ZAJ

P^xAvaJ? uAf-J <5 ‘f^K2 SwdWzS* Pq ~ S8-8 AT/

\jli pyoA^^O- ^c>uA Pt f>r /?•/. AA/ ^


1.53 in the steel structure shown, a 6~mm~diameter pin is used at C and lQ-mni-
Problem 1 .53 diameter pins are used at B and D The . ultimate shearing stress is 1 50 MPa at all
nn j ion s* a nd the ul ti mate n orma ! s tress i s 4 GO MPa i n it nk B0: K; nowi n g tha t
factor of safety of 3.0 is desired, determine the largest load P that can he applied at A.
Note that link BD is not reinforced around the pin holes.

Use 'Pt'-ee voA^ ABC.

mm +5tM t = O :

0 2S&
. p - 0.120 - O
p _ JL tr O')

O^M s =0:
0. !&£> P - 0.120 C = o
P - f c OO

Te 5 tV «« o « net~ Se T of i«.U tSO.

& , «
Pax. - <5 A„,f •=
P7"
F.s.
A„,f

LtQ
(..
l
.|.*. .P. )(6 V ro~*)( iS-KOpO^
3
£. */o N
jVi
p t V\ S 0 D.
to *
a 050*/0 4
fm = 'U Api A *
FS.
x^ * 1
3. X?
7
of Feo IS /o w.

Fro- (0 P- ($)(3; tn?o*!cf ) LG%3*loz N

fn pjn x^f C.

&§ 2~){T?;)(6*t6')
l
1 l ~ .*.$*?* wo 4 N
C - 27rAp.'. - - (2) (

Fo- fe
-

) “P - ) ~ \ eA M

S™tJ$ es- of *P t.S "P r i.C$3 * lO fJ

P« U83 kM
o c

1.54 Solve Prob. 1.53, assuming that the structure has been redesigned to use 12*
Problem 1.54
mm-diameler pins at B and D and no other change lias been made.
: s r !
1

*'ll=»53 "”Fn” CRS ^stSel' '^tr uicit'iLitfe"sK6 Vvttij"' lit iaitietijt '
jiiii Vi istij^ed till T? arid 1 0 “i^rh"*
'

diameter pins are used at B and /X The ultimate shearing stress is 150 MPa at all

connections, and the ultimate normal stress is 400 MPa in link BD. Knowing that a
factor of safety of 3.0 is desired, determine the largest load V that can be applied at A.
Note that link BO is not reinforced around the pin holes.

Use IWe body


i
ASC.

6 mm OIM, ~ O ~

0.280 P - 0.120 Feo = O


P *4^ cn

OIH e - o*.

O.l^a P - o.iZo C. - o
P - fC CO

P& o * Oh neA SecAiv* Ji jh+lt BD.


G PgD ' S' A nj A„v
-
it? tt _ /4oo *
jpY"
\ 3
.j3
•)(Gyi6 Xi8-i^X/o'^)
t

t 'ZL

- 4.$o * jo3 |V

S k e cm 1 wv
»*
*$ cd S a^d D,
p

Pgo r r’Ap;, ? -lL-iL^ *(-


F,S.
M

i/'&X'e of Fg D >'s

W\ 0
J
P = (fV4.go
Skg^yi in pm of c.

C - IX’Af., “
f 3
**’
" ( ^p^ ~) (4*
) (4 y fo"
3
Tr ?. 8 ^ 7 M>;o
3
U
%
F^~ 60 P -
(fX ? *^7fx/c»* ) - 1.1 Z»to N
Viifje <T P i’s X 6*1$ «/ A\j}* v& JG/ e . P^ ;?.<5<W0
3
N/

P* £06 ifjJ
1.56 In an alternative design for the structure of Prob. .55, a pin of 10-mm-diameter
Problem 1 .56 1

is to be used at A Assuming
. that all other specifications remain unchanged,
.ifan,py.e.ralIfaetor of safety of 3.0 .is..desired^«-.^.
1.55 In the structure shown, an 8-mm-diameterpin is used at A\ and 12-mrn-diameter
B and D Knowing that the ultimate shearing stress is 00 MPa at all
pins are used at .
1

connections and that the ultimate normal stress is 250 MPa in each of the two links
joining B and D, determine the allowable load P if an overall factor of safety of 3,0 is
Top view desired.

8 mm
r . . .I
| j

T" • Sta+Ycs *
Use ABC as . fv*ee body.

20 mm IV

+)iM ( O. 2 o pA - o. P = o
Front view
Side view
P« ‘w Fa

o: 0. 2o FBp - 0.38 p =: o

Based ow double »«* pi* A.


1 &
A-tM* - f(o.od$) = 7£.sr*f «lcT
c>
pA (g)f loox/O^Xy^*^ y/o~ )
*rZ3$v;o
~
3
M
PS. 3.o
1
P = 4f Fa - 102 X/O N

Based ow dooUe sbeci^ «n pi*$ 13 <3*^ D-


-66 -L

A - ^ ^ ( 0 .OIP )
1
sr M3, lo */o‘ M
R. =^A s ^) 0o p i /p!)(»J3Jo>;c>
-6
)
=T c 4y
~ T.Sq v/O
j rt
»
N
- 3.97 */o 3 M
Based o* COKoptr^essioM m J?i*ks 8D*
*
Fov> o«e fink A = ( o*ox,o ^(o. oo 8) =: Ko^/o
F0O =
-T&r
;o X/CT -
B «.7 vx/0
2G.7
S
/0 ^ ^
= a
Ff I^d - t4. o*f > jo Ai

AfPo*,aUe Value of P is A 3.17 yIQ* ft

P - 3.77 kid
)

Problem 1.57 *1,57 A 40-kg platform is attached to the end B of a 50-kg wooden beam AB, which
is supported as shown by a pin at A and by a slender steel rod BC with a 12-kN
ultimate load, (a) Using the Load and Resistance Factor Design method with a
resistance factor 0.90 and load factors yo = 1 .25 and yL =1.6, determine the
<j>
**

largest load that can be safely placed on the platform. ( b ) What is the corresponding
conventional factor of safety for rod BC1

-- o: U.'Ofp - 2.1 - /.J Vj


t-e>^ cl etxei jPoa W, - (4o Ml. 2 1 - 372.4 N
7 ^ r (£o )( 9.% ) l - 4 9o.SM

% “ (§X 372.4) *{£ >(430.0 * LOG2.2 x N


For -PiVe .Poa -w; = mg X, = 0

PL -
-J-
m3 -pi"CM fK) = Ji.
4
cr> o* .

rP pD 4 r pu
L = <ppo
*)
pL - ^ - TaPs __ (p.7oKiavio») -

- £.920*10* N

(pO ovJcJaJle. HoolJ, HO = ? —7^ tv* = Uqj


° ¥.81

C C>r> V/e.fcV’f r 0*t CLy? ^ClcAo^ scckely


3
P " Ti+PL - l.^gy/o' 5
4 S,92Px)c? = 6-7S3*/o N
CQ F. S. = AP =
4.783 *10 3
— IS
1.71?
F.S.= 1.7

Proprietary Material. €) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 1 .58 *1*58 The Loadand Resistance factor Designmethod is...to beiisedtc)
select the two cables and lower a platform supporting two win-
that will raise
dow washers. The platform weighs 72 kg and each of the window washers is
assumed to weigh 88 kg with equipment, Since these workers are free to move
on the platform, 75% of their total weight and the weight of tlieir equipment
will be used as the design live load of each cable, {a) Assuming a resistance
factor (j)— 0.85 and load factors yt> — 1.2 and y L — 1.5, determine the re-
quired minimum ultimate load of one cable, (b) What is the conventional fac-
tor of safety for the selected cables?

t*p0 + rL p L = <? p0
pu r XPo + TuB.

0 .xX^ 7 a)
o.&s
-2‘ 78

Coh fl £>n O.Q -pA-cf o/ of Safe 4 y

P = P0 + pt - 4. 74 * ojs-x z* H Ibfrbj - !* k M.

KS— -
[7
'
_
- p-
Pl»
'
7m ^ --
n

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 1 .59

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* loc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual maybe displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 1 .60 1*60 Two horizontal 20 kN forces are applied to pin B of the assembly
shown. Knowing that a pin of 20 mm diameter is used at each connection, de-
ter nitric the maximum value of the average normal stress (a) in link AB~ (b) iri
link BC

Use Jom+ S 4Vee boJy

4*0 led

4-0 tAt'

potr-ct "hruetv^le
L<*k> of S m es

-f*»- - 4-o
Fes
Si^ is* Si'i 6cr sfri C
ZT
FAo - 2 JLa/ R*. = 34-'$ M
L i*k AS * ct be*'

MinttmO* Se<*h'o* oct pi’* And ~ (O' 0 4£-Ch0l)(0'0iz) z JoOYio


"
(a.) S-ftress ;« A8 6ab - Jttif- - 44-7 to A?
rWt" 2 o-o 't/o~ b

Unk BC IS

Cross Ztcbion^J cure* is A - Cf>*e>4-S) Caioll)'^4-OY.io


<c>
fy^

Oo) Stoeui* BC <5ee = r -tt't-MP*


ra
A £40Y/o'*

Proprietary Material* © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced* or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-HiU for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 1 .61 1 .61 For the assembly and loading of Prob, 1 .60, determine (a) the av-
erage shearing stress in the pin at C, (b) the average bearing stress at C in mem-
her BCr {c) the average bearing .jtrm at B in

1.60 Two horizontal 20-kN forces are applied to pin B of the assembly
shown. Knowing that a pin of 20-mm diameter is used at each connection, de-
termine the maximum value of the average normal stress (a) in link AB ( b ) in ,

link BC .

45 min
20 kN
20 kN
Use 8 os tVee. \>o&y»
45 mm

M/

(.an/ o$ Sines
F„ F« 40
_ Ffts
r ^'77
siw 5iw GO®

~
to.) SKe^tV^ s4^ess in p<V. *J_C *

AP = { W 1 ~
Zi4*il>tnto'
1-

't- £*-2> Mf>*

(b) Begtr-tnoj g-fy^ess C m SC 61- Fe.


A
7-
A - td - {fZ%ZO )
r 24o fn*

~ -3*112—- - (4.4'nsxio b 6* M/>«


h & b »
2/fOY.l o~

<s4r~g5S cil B »h BC „ «i = ^
A = 2tcl = 4Zo fnm 7-

$4T1o & = 7z-4-Mfi


6L - - 72-437tO (5;
4^0 V/o"r 6

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 1.62 L62 Two wooden planks, each 22 mm thick and 160 mm wide, are joined by the
glued mortise joint shown. Knowing that the joint will fail when the average shearing
:
stress in the glue reaches 820. kPa, determine the smallest allowable length J of the
cuts if the joint is to withstand an axial load of magnitude P- 7.6 kN.

Se^jert iu^-foccs cAf/y "Hie

P = IX UhJ * 7X yto3-

'Let t* 22

Eazl ciS'e a. »s h- dt
IX* Id 3
- L3 * lQ
~3
^
iv '

3
= U 324 Oi *lo
A - wo* 60. ? kv>>«

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using tins manual is using it without permission.
1.63 The hydraulic cylinder CF which partially controls the position of rod DE has
Problem 1 .63 S y

been locked in the position shown. Member BD is 15 mm thick and is connected to


the ^
determine {a) the average shearing stress in the bolt, ( b ) the bearing stress at C in
member BD.

Use Meeker 3CD <xs o. tVee


tto+e AB Ts. ot "ftt/o -Wee-

P * 2 kW
(2, cos 75 ) kfJ
a = IS*

MS’
^ (2 S'V. 7S°)kU
45 rnm
7oS
F * A
*.0
t.

Le*vj-R> of v* AB_
J, 2£2. rr
+ 4i"
J» A8 = -/*oo*
- J?0<5T MW

t)IM c =0: (f~ F, a Vlooc tJS ^)-(-^-F^ 6 )0^ v,aoO s


3l

a
-(2eo*7 £°)(ns- s;»10 ) -C2s;«7£ )(ns sosZO") =
a

ki«£C F„-34S.ee8 - 0 Fas = H.WV* kti

o ~ 0.3*717 kN
+ IF>=0^ C* 2soslS = 0 Cx

riZFy = 0 : C, - fg “ Zs* 7£ ° s ° Cy - 5. c n%X kV

&t.cuX\ oy\ cJf C • C r ”j / Cyt + Cy C s


S. 9 860 Itft

(a )
1

SVi s~fress >V> Csi^-^g slre.*!.^ )

Ai ,<r tH*-- f (o.ooif = G3.£l7*lo‘ ^


C 5 lg 6C> £ 2* -
- - . 1
^q^O^vID
4
r-- tv.i MPa.
Au*- G3.U7*lO c
B e.cL'r 1 v
\
^
s'tiT'es s Jk C iv\ Bn
-
6
Aw = dt - (O.OO7)(0.OI5) - I3S */© *,*

4 6
6:= v 4
- 4H.3Myfo f\ 6^- 4H.ZMPcl -*
fc
Ab ISS^vfo- *

Proprietary Material. 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
©
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 1.64 1.64 The hydraulic cylinder CF, which partially controls the position of rod DE has ,

been locked in the position shown. Link AB has a uniform rectangular cross section
of 1 2 25 mm and is connected at B to member BP by an S^mm^diameter pin.
Knowing that the maximum allowable average shearing stress in the pin is 140 MPa,
175 min'"
determine (a) the largest force P which may be applied at E when 6 ~ 60°, (b) the
corresponding bearing stress at B in link AB, (c) the corresponding maximum value
of the normal stress in link AB .

Use BCD as a. 4v-ee <x*A


vioFe AB ("s. a. ~h*^o -Fo/ce r^ei^ibei^.

P CoS <aO°
P-- f
0 = 60
Ps.* 60°
Lev\ o^P Ae*

2 o£
C
- Zo&, '

O HM c- O .* F^)(loo c.os’ZO°)
-(jjf-
s.'w 2o°)

— ( P c»s 40 7 i>" s 2^ ) — ( P Si « (i .0 )( I 75 cos ^ ) — O

BH-. 1695 Fac, *“ 172.34/4 P = Q Fa „ * 2.04 7 5" P

A ,Pt?fr-gA f, PiV. *_4 A s its s^iecc'c,


1
’/i s If d*' = ^(o.OO&) - SO.ZQSS’^ld""' wA

74 - No WO 6 Pa
« 2.04 75?
l 4oy, °
‘ ~
So.2C^>lo~ a
P = 3.4 370X/C? A 1
3.44 M ^
Oo"> Be ^ci'Kij shcsn zA. ^ ia, AB - 12. n«w.
-6
A k » dt ~ (O.oo2 )(o.oiz) r q&x/o wA
FAa » (2.0475 )(3.43?S-WO s ) - 7.0Z%3V/O
z
W
c— — F&<1 _ 7.03 83 WO” - _ _ O 6

^ A7 - qt. V.IO-
__
73. 3 WO Pc i -~i
Sb = 73.3 HP&. <*i

(C) pi tx >< \ O K-\ Y\Q'r' w^e^jl 5S m Am ^ A3 . b“ 25 0‘O ? \ IVIW


c
A. e+ ~(b-d')(t') - (0.025-^.^08X0.012,^ - 20 H^ lo'
9>
-
Io°wo^ = ^34.5-MR,
J~
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Alt rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 1 .66

Proprietary Material <0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1.67 A steel plate 10 mm thick is embedded in a horizontal concrete slab and is used
Problem 1 .67 to anchor a high-strength vertical cable as shown. The diameter of the hole in the
piatejs ,24, mm, the ultimate strength of the steel used is 250 MPa^ a
bonding stress between plate and concrete i s 2. 1 MPa, Knowi ng that a factor of safety
of 3.60 is desired when P = 1 8 kN, determine (a) the required width a of the plate,
(b) the minimum depth b to which a plate of that width should be embedded in the
concrete slab. (Neglect the normal stresses between the concrete and the lower end of
the plate.)

10 in in I $ kW (ct) Boused ov\ I +U. fj „

4 A * (cx-ct)t

Pu r SI A
Po
F* s *'
F * ?
So/yy $0^ Ctj
3
C3.&OK1 Sx/0 )
a~ oU o.g*h +
ZS&yio^Xo.oto)

a- O.OM'VR 2.
^
(b) ojAmS Vi&dy' Ibe'fwfeev'i p$ct4e

A ~ " C'Z&.J 2 1^) b ~ (2.1*10 'Pa.

Po- -To A - 2To(<x+t)b F.S. - “•


l (KS.) F (3.fep)£<8*/o 3 )
s o 0 >/>«3 pO
I
.

J 2dfA^t)Z0 O.Oito)(2. f >lo 6 J

b- o. w. b = 25 1 Yrt+sy

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in any
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

Problem 1 .68 1.68 The two portions of member AB are glued together along a plane
forming an angle 0 with the horizontal. Knowing that the ultimate stress for
the glued joint is 1 7 MPa in tension and 9 MPa in shear, detennine the rapge
of values of 0 for which the factor of safety of the members is at least 3.0.

-:*l ~ CO‘OS)(0>0%) - o - GO IS

P - to k.*4 P0 - (F.5)P * £o khi


BolScJ Ova Peuv? j fe
PT -
'O/z -
B*
T" Co -s
2-
&
2
a - §u - (nvo^to.oott,) ~
_ °
Pu
Cos O - 9 - <22-6° Q % 2 2 <0 *

f3 ASff o* ^s^***^^ sfir<W 'to


9 5,v* 0 ws 0 ~ SiVj

slV . ^ - 2A„r.,
Pu
=
t*-)fr.oo/s)^x>o*
3o *1 o 3
- O' 1

20 - 64'/^’ 0 - 32. ( 5 2< /

He-wr* 22 '
52

Problem 1 .69 1 .69 The two portions of member AH are glued together along a plane
forming an angle 9 with the horizontal. Knowing that the ultimate stress for
the glued joint is 17 MPa in tension and 9 MPa in shear, determine (a) the
value of 6 for which the factor of safety of the member is maximum, ( b) the
corresponding value of the factor of safety. (Hint: Equate the expressions ob-
tained for the factors of safety with respect to normal stress and shear.)

- *
Ao (oioS)to 0$) ~ 6 O O S • ‘
I hr)

Af opj-u cxna/Je (RS.^g* r (F*S.)ir


fi

-
6~ c*s
2
O D - g'o Ao
- Jj"

50 mm CESX - SuAo
V Pwi 0 !

sfv>e<55 "t ~ s i * 0 cos © Hz f — y;

(F.^.V = ^ P © Cx>S ©
^ P coj
- TkAe.
P$t*& cos
—6 ^

s *-P'' ;
''a
:
fill +«-
«T® -- +<i^ © =
' *
. JY =- 0-S~i
/7 0'fj9 c
l (a) 6^-3 7-
i f l~7 \* . . A«/ /" \

Pu fl = 33 is
<fc)
c“ s ^ i7 -
ios 2-7-1 r ES
.

.
fcN
,V. 3.Z*
Problem 1 .70 L70 A force P is applied as shown to a steel reinforcing bar that has been embedded
in a block of concrete. Determine the smallest length L for which the full allowable
normal be developed. Express the result in terms of the diameter
stress in the bar can
d of the bar, the allowable normal stress (Xan in the steel, and the average allowable
bond stress r3 n between the concrete and the cylindrical surface of the bar. (Neglect
the normal stresses between the concrete and the end of the bar.)

FW ske&y'j A - udL
F = A * rut TTof-U

A - 4, d
P ’ 6^A = J')

fr<J \J*
“/ I XafirJL ~
61# ^ d*

Soit/iV'S T©/ L.

U-,«
v Slip d /V 7lJU

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Alt rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
2

PROBLEM LC1 1.0 A solid steel rod consisting of n cylindrical elements welded together is

subjected to the loading shown. The diameter of element i is denoted by dl and the
load applied to its lower end by P., with the magnitude P. of this load being assumed
positive if P. is directed downward as shown and negative otherwise, (a) Write a
Element n computer program to determine the average stress in each element of the rod. (b) Use
this program to solve Probs. 1 2 and 1.4,

SOLUTION

fORc£ /ft'-gt.fAjgNT l ;

It (5 the sutA of the forces applied


~ho that element and all lou/er ones:

t - 2.
k-t

AVER&G E STRESS (H ELZ^NT L :

Area - A;
if
'
nd":
l
Avc stress = —
Al
PROGRh M OUTPUTS

Problem 1 . Problem 1.4


Element Stress (MPa) Element Stress (MPa)

1 0 /- 4&7 1 2Si5f
2 -i9‘/o8 2 4-2‘44/

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of (he publisher, or used beyond (he limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using tins manual is using it without permission.
.

PROBLEM 1.C2
LC2 A 20-kN load is applied as shown to the horizontal member ABC Member
has a 10 x5G^mm uniform rectangular cross section and is supported by four
vertical links,each of 8 x 36-mm uniform rectangular cross section. Each of the
four pins at A y B, C, and D has the same diameter d and is in double shear, (a)
Write a computer program to calculate for values of d from 10 to 30 mm, using
1-mm increments, (1) the maximum value of the average normal stress in the links
connecting pins B and D(2) the average normal stress in the links connecting pins
,

C and £, (3) the average shearing stress in pin B> (4) the average shearing stress in
pin C, (5) the average bearing stress at B m
member ABC, (6) the average bearing
stress at C inmember ABC , (b) Check your program by comparing the values
obtained for d ~ 16 mm with the answers given for Probs. 1.7 and 1.27. (c) Use
this program of the diameter d of the pins, knowing
to find the permissible values
that the allowable values of the normal, shearing, and bearing stresses for the steel
used are, respectively 1 50 MPa, 90 MPa, and 230 MPa. (d) Solve part c, assuming
that the thickness of member ABC has been reduced from 10 to 8 mm.

SOLUTION

FORCES in links FB ,2>IA&Rfi M or A3C


20 kN
* 2 Ffo (&Q- P(i\ C)~-0

H-B
FBt> - p (A Q/Z (B C) (TENSION)

0,25 — O.q- m 2 Fcl (BC.) -?(&£)= O


FC£ - P(BB)fZ(Bt) Cco/AP.)

(V urn c c
Thickness -
1 ^CC
pfel
k— *4
- “ fct/Acz
(k) Pin r.

% = r&pA^uyfj % = A /(^A)
(S) SEhWCr SrRta &TB SMTTTJJlC srfltts LtLABr
Thickness of Plonker AC-t^c under Eld b
~AC Uc (^A C /<?)
B~ CBj> /( & £ \

(6)
ZE = 0 : 2 (s= 2 Km>
stress at- g
2
$>$&e«rr
A6ac /~gj?

: FCi-/(jitA) &C < {IAC

(CONTINUED)
— — .

PROBLEM 1.C2 CONTINUED PROGRAM OUTPUTS


INPUT DATA FOR PARTS (a), (b), (c): P = 20 kN, AB = 0.25 m, BC = 0.40 m,
AC = 0.65 m, TL = 8 mm, WL = 36 mm, TAC = 10 mm, WAC = 50 mm

Sigma ED Sigma CE Tau B Tau C SigBear B SigBear C


10.00 78.13 '21.70 79,. 58 125 00 .

IX .00 81.25 -21 70 . 65.77 113 64 .

12.00 84 64. -21.70 55.26 104 17 .

13.00 88.32 -21.70 47,09 96.15


14.00 92 33„ -21,70 40 60 . 89.29
15 00 . 96.73 -21.70 35.37 83.33 /4 \
16 00 101.56 -21.70 31.08 203.12 78.13 (Cy

.

i7Tcrar T0"6T9I -21"; 70 7T759 27T5T“ T9T7T8 73—53*


18.00 112 85„ -21.70 63.86 24.56 180.56 69.44
19.00 119.49 -21.70 57.31 22 04 . 171.05 65.79
20.00 126 95. -21.70 51,73 19.89 162 50 . 62.50
21.00 135.42 -21. 70 46 92 . 18 . 04 154.76 59.52
22.00 145 .09 -21.70 42.75 16.44 147.73 56.82
23.00 -21.70 39 11 . 15.04 141.30 54.35
24.00 -21.70 35,92 13 . 82 135.42 52.08
25.00 -21,70 33 .10 12 . 73 130.00 50.00
26.00 -21 70 . 30.61 11 . 77 125.00 48.08
27.00 -21 70 . 28 38 . 10 . 92 120.37 46 .30
28.00 -21.70 26.39 10.15 116.07 44 64 .

29.00 -21.70 24 60 . 9.46 112 07 . 43.10


30.00 -21 70 . 22.99 8 . 84 108.33 41.67

(c) ANSWER : 16 mm £ d <* 22 mm (C)


CHECK: For d - 22 mm, Tau AC ;
65 MPa < 90 MPa 0,K.

INPUT DATA FOR PART (d): P - 20 kN, AB - 0,25 m, BC - 0.40 m,


AC - 0.65 m, TL - 8 mm, WL - 36 mm, TAC - 8 mm, WAC - 50 mm

Sigma BD Sigma CE Tau B Tau C SigBear B SigBear C


10 00. 78.13 -21.70 79 58 . 156.25
11 00. 81.25 -21.70 65.77 142.05
12 00. 84 .64 -21.70 55.26 130.21
13.00 88.32 -21 70. 47 09 . 120,19
14.00 92.33 -21.70 40.60 111.61
15 00. 96.73 -21.70
16.00 101 56. -21.70 80 .82 31 .08 97 .66
17.00 106.91 -21,70 71 .59 27 .54 '2^8' .srf 91 91
18 00
. 112,85 -21.70 63 .86 24 .56 225 .69 86 81
19.00 119.49 -21.70 57 ,31 22 04 213 .82 82 24
20.00 126.95 -21.70 51 73 19 89 203 .12 78 .13
21.00 135.42 -21.70 46 92 18 04 193 45 74 40
22 00
. 145.09 -21.70 42 75 16 44 184 66 71 02
23.00 -21.70 39 .11 15 04 176 63 67 93
24.00 -21 70. 35 . . 92 13 82
.. 16 9,.27 65 . 10
25.00 -21.70 33 .10
. 12 .73
, 162 .50 . 62,,50
26.00 -21.70 30,.61 11 ,77 156,.25 60, 10,

27 00
. -21.70 28 , 38 10.,92 150 ,46 , 57,,87
28.00 -21.70 26 , ,39 10 ,15
. 145 .09 . 55,.80
29.00 -21,70 24 . .60 9 ,46
, 140 .09 , 53 86..

3 0.00 -21 70. 22 . .99 8.,84 135,,42 52 .08


,

(d) ANSWER : 1 8 mm d <, <. 22 mm (d)


CHECK: For d- 22 mm, Tau AC MPa <90 MPa
=
81.25 O K.
U

PROBLEM 1.C3
1.C3 Two horizontal 20 kN forces are applied to pin B of the assembly
shown. Each of the three pins at Ay B, and C has the same diameter d andLis-,,-
in double shear, (a) Write a computer program to calculate for values of d from
12.5 mm to 37.5 mm, using 1.25-mm increments, (1) the maximum value of
the average normal stress in member A#, (2) the average normal stress in
member BC , (3) the average shearing stress in pin A, (4) the average shearing
pin C, (5) the average bearing stress at A in member A
strexss in (6) the average
bearing stress at C in member BC (7) the average bearing stress at B in member
,

BC. (b) Check your program by comparing the values obtained for d- 20 mm
with the answers given for Probs. 1.60 and 1.61. (c) Use thisprogram to find
the permissible values of the diameter d of the pins, knowing that the
allowable values of the normal, and bearing stresses for the
shearing,
steel used are, respectively, 150 MPa, 90 MPa, and 250 MPa. (d) Solve part c,
assuming that a new design is being investigated in which the thickness
and width of the two members are changed, respectively, from 12.5 to 8 mm
and from 45 mm to 60 mm.

SOLUTION

EOKLLl U± MEMBERS AB AND BC


From force triangle-
Free boj>y% Pins
FflB _ ^BO 3__JLfL-
$11)60* Gfn75°

F rr lP(5mH.SYs)n 7r)
= 2F (?'<* io’/sih 75°)
( /WX. AVg. SrffESS 1A/AB (z) PWE. !_N &£,

aX 1% b Width - w-t
y y
CPy(F
Fhic.khe.'b*
(w~ d) t
AB -

(3) PIN/ A (p) P(N C


z l
th =r, 6 A)/(nd A) rc ^fF£c /2)/(rdA)
(5) BEARING STRESS PrA (a) bearing stress dLC

Si% Bear ft ~ Fw/dk St$ Bear C " FgQ /ett

(7) S TRRFk wr &


//VMgMB£J? BC
Sig Q*ay £ " FBc / 2 cLl

(CONTINUED)
/

PROBLEM I.C3 CONTINUED PROGRAM OUTPUTS

INPUT DATA FOR PARTS (a), (b), (c): P ^ t = Zr*\<*


I

D Sic,/t£ 7a WA IfilUC S/&AP6>C S / (% E,k o, />

fy\ An A'7 As MPa /V7/V, A'! Pa MPa MPa MPa


r%-s 77* 65/ bS7 ''izs-svy' iSj-AZb lei- Plo izl-b7l

n-s c
U‘llb - ip- b»7 bSS7£ & 0* f zc iV-+'.Xfh> i7t>- fez 2 .

%o tec ~ bftr b$7 SO'lo<j bl'¥jO itb-iPsr 1 5 77 n- Hz 4+~-(b)

i7>s f+7- xti ~~


6 6 f 7 lb. 5 bo 11,51.1+ 9/. 77* I/Z-37S Si, 2 o 1
,

37S 35>*467 [
££7 T7-2Pt> 11-773 <7A i $2-72% 7I.HI

Cc)AtJ SHOP,: }7'5mm < d S l-IS/vo.

INPUT DATA FOR PART (d): P = 24> L N w =6 (>Hm


D $i 6A& ±t6»Bc TAMA TfitlC sf/6B£A & t C,PPc SfCSPR
fa An (a Fa mPo, M Pa MPe, M Pc, MPa MPa
I2S -$SMS7 ilSsp-j ISl- 710 334-447 UlZilQ 2-0 b> 0 1+

76 /0 X ‘ / X6 -$SU7 So. 2c-°> it - 7*10 3- 1 0 si ( 2H-M1 Ilf* 111

IS / Zc?‘ /£ i? ~#SSj7 ? i * /Si .VJ-W7 IbP-ZZ l lob- ck<i 10 l. o% z

H-IS !7L-}cS -fsfrl >o "i z£> /# 7 a+-si7 lb7'tS2 jr2> +1%

MS i Pb- C)77 ~$S.?s 7 |4‘ 17- 4-4 3 ni, up <3 7- Mb b S - kQ k-

(^) A'A/.j ^ Zl » 2 T)« m£ £.1 fr i i


r l2

O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. AH rights reserved. No pari of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
Proprietary Material.
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the imiied distribution to teachers
distributed in 1

and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
— c

PROBLEM 1.C4
LC4 A 16 kN force P forming an angle a with the vertical is applied
as shown to member which is supported by a pin and bracket at € and

by a cable BD forming an angle /3 with the horizontal, (a) Knowing that the
ultimate load of the cable 100 kN, write a computer program to construct a
is

table of the values of the factor of safety of the cable for values of a and ft
from 0 to 45°, using increments in a and ft corresponding to 0.1 increments in
375 mm tan a and tan ( b ) Check that for any given value of a the maximum value
of the factor of safety is obtained for ft “ 38.66° and explain why. (c) De-
termine the smallest possible value of the factor of safety for p “ 38.66°, as
well as the corresponding value of a, and explain the result obtained.

SOLUTION

(°) DR A uf £ 8, 0_F A8c:


F + M •= D:(p5‘inG()(27£toM)+(PcoJ>Q^(j£0to»i)
A
- (Fcosp)fe 7£ Mh1 )^(F5in ~Q
.1 3
ll£ fotv)

F- p ft)S\Y)0( + 30 C65X
JC ^ 4f0 tor*- IS cot (i + tZ 5/n^
ioo M M
F.s,= FUt/F
Output for dUM EuitT loA. £a/. \/
VALUES OF FS
BETA
0 5.71 11.31 16 70 21.80 26.56 30
. .96 34.99 38.66 41.99 45.00
ALPHA
O.QOO 3.125 3.358 3.555 3.712 3.830 3.913 3.966 3.994 4.002 3 995 3 977
. .

5.711 2.991 3.214 3.402 3.552 3.666 3,745 3,796 3.823 3.830 3.824 3.807
11.310 2.897 3.113 3 295 3.441 3.551
> 3.628 3,677 3.703 3.710 3.704 3.687
16.699 2.837 3.049 3.227 3.370 3.477 3.553 3.600 3.626 3.633 3.627 3.611
-21.801 2 .80S 3.014 3,190 3 331 3.438
. 3.512 3.560 3.585 3.592 3.586 3,570
2.795 3.004 3.179 3.320 3.426 3.500 3.547 3.572 3.579 3.573 3.5581
30.964 2.803 3.013 3 189 3.330 3.436
. 3.510 3 .558 3.583 $.590 3.584 T7568
34.992 2.826 3.036 3.214 3.356 3.463 3.538 3.586 3.611 3.619 3.612 3.596
38.660 2.859 3.072 3.252 3.395 3.503 3.579 3.628 3.653 3.661 3.655 3.638
41.987 2.899 3.116 3.298 3.444 3,554 3.631 3,680 3.706 3.713 3.707 3.690
45.000 2 . 946 3.166 3.351 3.499 3.611 3.689 3.739 3.765 3.773 3.767 3.750

tc«
(b)Whtnp* 38.6i; fan/l - O, 8 and cable
J
BJO is pecj^en qicu/at
.
,

to the lever arm Be,


(c) P 5. - 3.579 for (Y - Z6-6 P is perpendicular fa f he.
lever ott-hn f\

NOTiz:
The. value, F. $. "3.57? is ike smallest &f va lu es of 7fS. the
Corresponding to fi ~ 8 663 ,
°
Ortd the largest 0 f those
6*
corresponding to OC- 26, t
The. point CX-Zb.F, pS ~ 38, b (f
P a. Saddle point \ Of "ffliriimax" oi the function
'

PROBLEM LC5
1.C5 A load P is supported as shown by two wooden members of uni-
forni rectangular cross section that are joined by a simple glued scarf splice.
(a) Denoting by a(J and rlx respectively, the ultimate strength of the joint in
,

tension and in shear, write a computer program which, for given values of a ,

Ik f\ iT v and tu? and for values of a from 5 to 85° at 5° intervals, can be used
to calculate (1) the normal stress in the joint, (2) the shearing stress in the joint,

(3) the factor of safety relative to failure in tension, (4) the factor of safety rel-
ative to failure in shear, (5) the overall factor of safety for the glued joint, (b)
Apply this program, using the dimensions and loading of the members of Probs.
^
mm
f
'
*!

1.29 and 1,31, knowing that <tv — 1.26 MPa and Ty ™ 1.50 MPa for the glue
used in Prob. 1.29, and that — 1.03 MPa and Ty = 1.47 MPa for the glue
used in Prob. 1 .31. (c) Verify in each of these two cases that the shearing stress
is maximum for a = 45°.

SOLUTION

(f)and( 2) Draw ih* F-B.cU a® ^a,»i of lower mem be r:


Ul
yn
MaT V + Pcos^= O
-VrPcos V - Pcc6 cy
V-Pces
- 0; F ~ P-5 <n (X - o f
P =
- Ps m
Fs )n of 1

Area, - cl b/Sin of

Norm/ stress
^ c - ~
Area.
;

- fp/aby
y
SheAr ;n
s S ?re«
.
<£.
s (?/a t>)s)WcasO<
O f-F-for tension (norny^l
FSN - CTy /O'

Or) F 5. For $ hear y


fS5 - ^,/P
CF) OVtQAMl. F 5 .
*

^ - The s_mg Her of f~sH c md F5S>

(CONTINUED)
O 3

PROBLEM 1.C5 CONTINUED

Pf?OOrf?/)M OUTPUTS
Problem 1.31
a - 150 mm
b - 75 mm
P - 11 kN
SIGU = 1.26 MPa
TAUU = 1.50 MPa

ALPHA SIG (MPa) TAU {MPa) FSN FSS FS

5 .007 .085 169.644 17.669 17.669


10 .029 .167 42.736 8.971 8.971
15 .065 .244 19.237 6.136 6.136
20 .114 .314 11.016 4.773 4.773
25 .175 .375 7.215 4.005 4.005
30 .244 .423 5.155 3.543 3.543
35 .322 .459 3.917 3.265 3.265
40 .404 .481 3.119 3.116 3.116
45 .489 .489 2.577 3.068 2.577 *9 (b) j(c)
50 .574 .481 2.196 3.116 2.196
55 .656 .459 1.920 3.265 1.920
60 .733 .423 1.718 3.543 1.718
65 .803 .375 1.569 4.005 1.569
70 .863 .314 1.459 4.773 1.459
75 .912 .244 1.381 6.136 1.381
80 .948 .167 1.329 8.971 1.329
85 .970 .085 1.298 17.669 1.298

Problem 1.29
a * /X S /n /vi

b - 7S MM
P = £ Coo ts!

1
SIGU - t-oSM
TAUU = hS M Ai

SiC, C'kfi*) Taw (k Pc\ J PS A/ PSS PS


3" c) % r 6* liE 3- 6> Ao ft A Ao
£>
,2-ii' 57 a ..X ft

c c
:x£ nb * b i p. )°ift c' °i it 6

3 2.6* U9 32/- 76*1 A'Srft-b l ' A 1 If

6c X+P) o*C‘ 2. /
<-L A* lAl

p r 64 ft ' ft b ft ts.ft 11 / ' 6/7 xb- a oft h b 1 7

Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
0 T i

PROBLEM 1.C6
LC6 Member ABC is supported by a pin and bracket at A and by two
linksy which are pin-connected to the member at B and to a fixed support at i>; (a)
Write a computer program to calculate the allowable load Pan for any given values
of (1) the diameter d\ of the pin at A , (2) the common diameter d of the pins at B
and D y (3) the ultimate normal stress ay in each of the two links, (4) the ultimate
shearing stress m in each of the three pins, (5) the desired overall factor of safety
Top view FS, Your program should also indicate which of the following three stresses is
critical: the normal stress in the links, the shearing stress in the pin at A, or the
-200 min ISO min-i
8 mm ^
-

12 mm shearing stress in the pins at B and D ,


and c) Check your program by using the
(b
i_
1 data of Probs. 1 .55 and 1.56, respectively, and comparing the answers obtained for
r Paii with those given in the text, (d) Use your program to determine the allowable

8
r
mm T load /^i, as well as which of the stresses is critical, when d\ = di ~ 15 mm, ay =
110 MP for aluminum links, ru ~ 100 MPa for steel pins, and F.S.- 3,2.

SOLUTION
(a) OF ABC:

8 mm-
- 8 mm ® r x2QO/n A = 0 :

WD
p~ y
1.2 mm -> =0 *

Side view

^ LzlsIssp d-i el ftsAi f zpu /rs)(rrd*/*), p too


180
*
CD F3^z (% /FS^dlfr),

(h) ^C-V 1
1 . sfany
in

dLplte:
/.nfcs BD- Z(Pv(t$)(0M){QAif§ > p = Spo
%° ^
is the smaller of p rtnA P
P) £hf desj/ed overall PS„ 1 P^ is fhe smaller- of P^ <xn/ P^
If < Pty , Stress is Crlfica) ih fihks
If Ptf <p a and P,< P stress is Critical m pin f\
lf P<f < p3 'W ?!<?,, Stress !5 critical in pin? SB £>
.PPflfeffi)P\ OUTPUTS
(&) Prop. 1.53 . Mm:d -drnXrl2‘M f
J %=2'joMPa,?^= f00^FapS,-3,O
Pa [[zr S,1 Z LN. Stress in pit, Ps is criticaj
(C) JPrdb,j.W 7jm: d,-IOm 4 ~] Z nip ~
o 250 M?a, v- l0oMPd. ) FS.r3,d
P*//- 3.J7kN., 3 and D is critical ^
Stress in pins
<d) MJAi d =dz t
~ /Smm^-ilOMPa, P MPa 3.Z -/<?<»
,

^ F,1 9
f~a(t * krl , Stress } n hr>ks is critical
Chapter 2
Problem 2.1
2.1 Two gage marks are placed exactly 250 mm
apart on a 12-mm-dtameter
aluminum rod. Knowing that, with an axial load of 6000 N acting on the rod, the

of the aluminum used in the rod.

s = LL = L - to “ 25"0. IS - ZSO.OQ = O. la
Q O. 18 wr'**

£ ~ <3.000 7^
-fc
-C
A = ~if d ~ ~ W'b.O 77 ki»vi l
|7>_o77 x/o tv,

p _ 6ooo
6~ = - S3.oS2.x /o
6,
Pa
£ = --
S3 0S '
*^J
O.oool^
~ = '
\0* Pa £* 73.1 6-£au
B

Problem 2.2 2.2 A polystyrene rod of length 300 mm and diameter 12 mm is sub-
jected to a 3-kN tensile load. Knowing that E= 3.1 GPa, determine (a) the
elongation of the rod, (b) the normal stress in the rod.

A -
(1.
cP -
= X
If (j>-6\z)
X
- M-Uto* M'
-b

e r - C*0°0 )(*>*} - 2-6 h»r>


(to - 0.002*67 h £ -at)
AF (//3-/X/0-fe )O/X/0*)

d) <$*- « - zb-szr p*. «sa


tlS-IX/D-b

23 A 60-m-!ong steel wire is subjected to 6 kN tensile force. Knowing that E -


Problem 2.3
200 GPa and that the length of the rod increases by 48 mm, determine (**) the
smallest diameter that may be selected for the wire, (b) the corresponding normal
stress.

s
P - Gxlo3 N S = HS * /cT ^ F - 2ooxfo* pA
% \Co)
PL C £* \o
- 37.5 * /0" c
A ES (20O*l£>* )(A$ X |0 _v) ,

fi

= r _/ C4)C&?.S*lo' ) -s
(a) A d ~ TT
ij
*1 V TT
- 6.7 X /O I ho et - <£.7/ v«**i

cr
o r £ -

<S x fcA
* /G0x/0
4
P* O'* /6o.oHPa-^
A 37.5" *70

2.4 A 9-m length of 6 mm-diamcter steel wire is to be used in a hanger.


Problem. 2.4 It is noted that the wire stretches 1J mm when a tensile force P is applied.
Knowing that K — 200 GPa, determine ( a ) the magnitude of the force P,

L’ ?« (6) the corresponding normal stress in the wire

A--

^ §= £k p- AiJL ){.*>•*!*) ~ £‘<11 U/


(Z0<SY,t<fl)( Oe oH )
(V>> <S - £s - -j~~*
— 7

Problem 2.5 2.5 A cast-iron tube is used to support a compressive load. Knowing that E = 69
GPa and that the maximum allowable change in length is 0.025 %, determine («)
the maximum normal stress in the tube, (/>) the minimum wall thickness for a load
of 7.2 kN if the outside diameter of the lube is 50 mm.

E '
- Q°i * £9 * IP Pa.

£* f , o.oooa^
c
(cO 6“ r ££ V (Cq^\O q Yo.OOOZs') - n.7Sy)O 6" = 17.25 MP«,

(V) ^ -
-r
A
A
~ = £
er
=
\~7. ^S'x io 4
” ^17.39^/0^^ = AI7.39
'
^
1-
A - %Uo'-ek') J/- SO

S: ~ 9 H.'ZGQ

t - 2. &z

Problem 2.6 2,6 A control rod made of yellow brass must not stretch more than 3 mm when the
tension in the wire is 4 kN. Knowing that E~ 105 GPa and that the maximum
allowable normal stress is 1 80 MPa, determine (o) the smallest diameter that can be
selected for the rod, ( h ) the corresponding maximum length of the rod.

e- P Hxlo^ <i
*3
a = 22. 222.*(o'
A § -
ISO x lo‘

- T CiJ 2 -
32 xjcT
1
A - Lf 5. vvi

c\ — S'. 3)2 niwi

Obi S
% = PL
A * ^
1
_ AES nr-.

<f X t
o"

L = L7-5C>

Problem 2.7 2.7 Twogage marks are placed exactly 250 apart on a 12-mm- mm
diameter aluminum rod with E — 73 GPa and ultimate strength of 140 MPa. m
Knowing that the distance between the gage marks is 250.28 after a load mm
E - 73 *10* P* is applied, determine (a) the stress in the rod, (/?) the factor of safety.

S = 26' 0.22 -250.00 0.28 CX ZS * tc> m


-*
j_^
— O * 25*0 5/
-

JO
V
wi

s
M Pa. ^
s r- - Cr MJL ~ (73*/t>*)fo.g&*/p~ ) _ 81. 7£ */o€ Pa
,
(<*.) O * £ -
?So 8/. 8

/t \
(W p- _ &V.
- _
H ox/O
F3.
e;
-
6 2^74* lo 6
__
- I
I- U2
"/
1.712 1

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
0

Problem 2.8 2.8 An 80-m-long wire of 5-mm diameter is made of a steel with E - 200 GPa and
an ultimate tensile strength of 400 MPa. If a factor of safety of 3.2 is desired,
determine («) the largest allowable tension in the wire, (b) the corresponding
elongation of the wire,

(J’y
~ <
400*10 Pa. rv - if c* - «t
~ 11.63^^.'* IVS^/eT*^
ss
p0 - 6^A - 5^xlO' )
- 785^ K)

Po 785 <f - 2^5


N kti
PS. s.a

(U 5
5 r -B.L . r c
— — 50,. 0 x JO
-4

A£ (\1J£3S*lO- )(?oo*lO*)
^ — <SO„ O wiw

Problem 2.9 2.9 A block of 250-mm length and 50 x 40 mm cross section Is to support a centric
compressive load P. The material to be used is a bronze for which E ~ 95 GPa.
Determine the largest load which can be applied, knowing that the normal stress
must not exceed 80 MPa and that the decrease in .length of the block should be at
($<*)&<>)* 7000 most 0,12% of its original length.
A -

- 2.xlo”*
c
~ qsxio'* ?a.
<
50 r go M pa. 86 ^ 10 E

Co * 1 Q,J)% Ov/tt^A*.. £>4r'«.SS *0

S s a
6~~ ^ ps A<$-“ ( 2 x/o' )( 80 x/0 ) - / 6 o*/o N
Com 5i(/eri'ri«i e>J} 0*3 a. ii/e. tjz »

^
^
A£ P~ AE(^) ~ )(?£*/ C^X^-OCMl) - 222*zo 3 Ki

T"iie 'Ja.Jlo<z P~ I6 d)x/C2 fvj 'prr 160.0 UU

2.10 1.5-m-long aluminum rod must not stretch more than 1 mm and
A the normal
Problem 2.10 must not exceed 40 MPa when the rod is subjected to a 3-kN
stress axial load.
Knowing that E ~ 70 GPa, determine the required diameter of the rod.

L - 1.5

5 ~ I V 1 6T * 140 y(oc -p*.


^
E = no* to*' Va.
j
"P= 3W0 5
^

75 v,o-‘^= 75'
_Sixiil* S' - A'f *
TFl?-'-
0 fitoCw <. f I tJ • . £k

pa ^ fexjo^X i.s) = £4, 1*4 C
A PS (jOvlQ'Yj y/O" 5
* lO £ m hn
)

yf+diSQ a? A • A ~ 7JT

A ~ -q- C?l J* <?/77 ^


7

2.11 An aluminum control rod must stretch 2 mm when a 2-kN tensile

Problem 2.11 load is applied to it. Knowing that cra ,r


“ 154 MPa and E — 70 GPa,
determine the smallest diameter and shortest length which may be selected for
the rod.

P-* 2 kbl $ Mf*

A SL _ - t2'iB7 mm 1
fz-'jejT
4. = Jt'67
tt

xi o*
O'V
_
Problem 2.12
5^ /5*X/0*

2J2 A
=

square aluminum bar should not stretch more than 1.4


U.V -

mm when it is
*>

subjected to a tensile load. Knowing that £^7G GPa and that the allowable tensile
strength is 120 MPa, determine (a) the maximum allowable length of the pipe, (&)
the required dimensions of the cross-section if the tensile load is 28 kN.
6" 10
i2o x JO4 P*
E - 7ox /O 9 Pa. % = I.*# x/o' 1 *->

w S * PL _ GL L - —- - (7Ox/O*)(,.tfx /Q~
3 ")
o.2 n
6” jsto-K/o^
L“ S 1

A _ 23* fp ‘
=
A 'iwx jo c 233. 333 x/o 2S3.-SS3

A - CL JJT ~ CL- 151 38 l*iwi

Problem 2.13 2.13 Rod BD is made of steel {E — 200 GPa) and is used to brace the
axiallycompressed member ABC The maximum force that can be developed
.

in member BD is 0.02P. If the stress must not exceed 126 MPa and the max-

P = 520 kN imum change in length of BD must not exceed 0.001 times the length of ABC,
determine the smallest-diameter rod that can be used for member BD.

reD - 0.02 P a i0.02.)(XX0'\ */*• kN

S’f’/'ts S t 6"

_
e
fto
- .

1.8 m
’T A-fc- = ?*W A,* 1
j
Co*0i*f<y det’o* '** <Tt
-

_ F*>L*
cr
3 _ ‘
-

Ha ’ W'5 h>*\ 1
fie £S
Isttrqe*- • A ~ f4‘Stntny '

A= ^d l , ds Jf Mm
Problem 2.14 2.14 The 4~mm-diameter cable BC i$ made of a steel with E ~ 200 GPa. Knowing
that the maximum stress in the cable must not exceed 190 MPa and that the

applied as shown.

*"~
ec ~
55
L ^*iT 7^ ^ 1
1 ! wt

Us<? lo &y A <^s <x -fVee i c>ody+

'PXH/j = ° 3.S P - (5)iz~™ Fbc) = °


P s O.^SOI Pg,.

£-or\ $i J a.$J?'o*j f>. la $ <z1^0* 10 6


StT-ess I “ "Ps
x c 1
’p.Oo^Y' ~ U.£66x/o~ m
*

A = $«| t Zf

q- - £&« 6 “
.*.
F^ ~ <5* A - (i •?«> xio^Oz.sg^ x jo )

ConSt J xjiPo'O <v4-A?


e C * /cf * ^
Ji4A c w
&
AjsS a (ll.566>'io )C Z oc> r l O^X -G Xfa3 ) 3
c* * Ssjdife A - _ v/O fJ
O’
Af Lac 7. 2. 1 If

S wv* i**W 'J<\)ue_ e^O'/-e,SA $ ^ R,- 2,c?7/x(o 3 N


p; O.^sm F 6£: t (O. <75*07 ^(2. 071 *|o* ) * I. <Tf$3>'lO
i
M p- ».*»S« kN -*sft

Problem 2.15 3-mm-fhick hollow polystyrene cylinder (£ — 3 GPa) and a


2.15 A
rigid circular plate (only part of which is shown) are used to support a
250-m.m~Iong steel rod AB (E = 200 GPa) of 6 diameter. If an 3.2 kN mm
load P is applied at B, determine (a) the elongation of rod AB, (b) the deflec-
lion of point B t (c) the average normal stress in rod AB,

AB: P^-32-oobf L A8 *4#*£m cJ = £m/»


b
A a„ - * Z(o'0t>6)*- -ZS.rn io

m s.. - S*^
bw A*e
«“»><-“>
tec>oK{cP)(2g'Z7xto
. -a.,4,5 „;v,
)

WJ9ou> cyf;»Je r: do *0‘05'>» J-?(o'oS'(°'*w4~ 0 '°


A * $U?~JY) r = *3

L p r«)3.(J0 K/

p/ c&i*»*O(o»03,? _ _
e Lk r i - rzO’O 7z.aXfe> fc»
a?c
^ (Zxi0*\ )(c>' 0004-q-i)

(t') Difti^ref »o« o"T poi’-vt =>8 ~ ^l»e *


7f
*U-

(c) S4vess i* v''^ AB _ zAna 33-C>Ci

2-0.27 X/O
4 I

The specimen shown is made from a 24-mm-diameter cylindrical


2.16
Problem 2.16 steelrod with two 36-mm-outer-diameter sleeves bonded to the rod as shown.
Knowing that £ == 200 GPa, determine (a) the load P so that the total MWz
36 mm diameter mation is 0.04 mm, ( b ) the corresponding deformation of the central portion
BC.
24 mm diameter
36 mm diameter <*> s - 2 :^. = £*£
P*
L/»m djMvn
48 mmj

48 u IQI 7-9 0-04-7 14

EC 72 24 4-52-4 0-154 (S'

CD 48 54 lot 7-7 O' 0411

0-25*41 -

- lbsb2-ntf N P » £hl> mm
p H?

w Su = jtt fc \ 03
v ' g ~o>ozs *'*' '***

Problem 2.17 2J7 Two solid cylindrical rods are joined at B and loaded as shown. Rod AB is

made of steel (E * 200 GPa) and rod BC of brass (1? » 105 GPa). Determine (a)
the total deformation of the composite rod ABC (6) the deflection of point B .

r - 30 kN
,

| Rod AS
fiS -
* PAa - P ~
- - 3 o«io N
A
|_
Aa r O.^O^i EVS = 200*10* &Pti
— — 30 mm
-* 4 1
250 mm A = ^(30}* = 706.35^ - 70&.8SX /o' w,

40 kN
e -
6
£«Aa 0 id- )

= -Sl.OSlxld*
300 mm
BC * Fpr * 3o + Ho * 7o kW * 7ox/o’ N
L&, - Eac- i°^ x ^ P*
A fit =fW r 9S35 xiC*"^
1.9S3SX1C
-

c
a,L
_
~
Fbc Ug „
~
_ (70X10*1(0.^
( i os 71 d
- - I0L Si 1
! xlo”
6
m
Total olet-ovy^ cdt^r ” Sas + r ~ v*\ - »v»w>
(ct^

t\P) Pet J?ecA ioKi op poiVd B. §g r ~ 0. | O ^ IrvUYl V


2.18 For the composite rod of Prob. 2.17, determine (a) the load P for which the
Problem 2.18
totaldeformation of the rod is *0,2 mm, ( b) the corresponding deflection of point B.

IP - 30 kN
2J7 Two solid cylindrical rods are joined at B and loaded as shown. Rod AB is
made of steel (B =* 200 GPa) md rod BC of brass (E ~ 105 GPa), Determine (a)
the total deformation of the composite rod ABC , (6) the deflection of point B ,

“30 mm
250 mm Rod A8 •

40 kN ~ O. ZSOv~ 200X/0 1
La& - Pc,

Aab ?(3oV^ Wp ~ 106 u %£y/0~


C

300 mm -50 mm
% - Fa& _ PCo.siSol
^AS
) C70&.9S*10~*)

f.*7G34| p

PoJ ec F,
-ae - - C P +• l
4o*lO% )
t O.ZOO^ £ ac * 10,5V /C^ Pa,
% i
Aec = fCS^'s* t.'UaSVtCJ* = \. iCZ£*ldr
e
W1

)(a. ioo)
J

c - Rie. Lac (p+- Llo-'icr’


~
p I
C UcAQe- (I os X iO‘J )0.*f£3S'* /0- s )
-15 c
- L4^5 13* /O P - ioSx |o“ CO
"
Co) TcP «y~f ton +»+ SftQ + S 9c
o~
“ 6,2. x l
^ - - 1.74 341*1 cf’ P - l.
l
fSS'i3*Jc>''
>

P - SZ.ZeS’* fO~

P - 43,737 *{tf N P* ¥4.0 kW


= -(uMyc^'id X^.'isix/d*) - ss.losx(o~^
tvoM 0^ S5 Rc
:
ec
~ - ~C
m.-aj x io

(b) Delved I'^M of potA-f P> , §3 “ Sg^ Sa ^ O. 12X2 ^ 4>

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved- No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 2.22

Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Jnc. All rights reserved. No pari of tills Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
* *

Problem 2.23 2,23 Members AB and CD are 30-mm-diameter steel rods, and mem-
bers 5C and A£> are 22-mm-diameter steel rods. When the turnbackle is tight-
ened, the diagonal member AC is put in tension. Knowing that E — 200 GPa,
determine the largest allowable tension in AC so that the deformations in menv
bens AB and CD do not exceed 1.0 mm.

%& - - Into) h-~ f'2tv>

co - " Job'tf X( o

iff* C
aco ~ £e*Ltt)

-| Eficv
£ Apple * *_ C^oo (
x\cfl)('7‘>6>' j:x(0 Ko>o<u)
pCb -
'
'
'
'

Leo
// J>8 kti
Us e toi i C \>q&a

+?ZFyV = o : Ftod -Ji-rAc * O .. r* c - C2i_ F 0 c / F-


j-s t* 2-
ct> i,s
/.
A
*-*A*
* TT ^ H7-$) = W7*2 F

Proprietary Mater lab <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 2.24 2.24 For the structure in Prob. 2,23, determine (a) the distance h so that
the deformations in members AB, BC CD
, ,
and AD are equal to 1 mm, ( b ) the
corresponding tension in member 4C. ^
Members AB and CD are 30-mm-diameter steel rods, and mem-
2.23
bers BC and AD are 22-mm-diameter steel rods. When the turnbuckle is tight-
ened, the diagonal member AC is put in tension. Knowing that E ~ 200 GPa
and ~ 1.2 m, determine the largest allowable tension in AC so that the de-
ft

formations in members AB and CD do not exceed mm. 1

(cO S-Va.’Kcs. *
l)*« 3 as «_ -fr-ee body

B pec.
F/O**. J(9<r fr\'tXna$(
~

&SL - F*c
&n F6 ft

*
'h b Lgt

r—
r~ Vi
Tl r—
r 1 Fee. b
* ~ t Fof'c.e Gco^fiiry
“£f

For d'e-foir-Ai oifc’ons

~ •• * .* r
- h. _ Aa&
Far
£ A as FA a® *
T ‘
a;
t*on5 “£>^ Far

Fe
' -
~
—h A>s r
hec JL - A»6 _ o' etta Jab
<-
Aac. F "
A* "
f
'""T
G*U
x-

/r
_ cIab _ b -
offtl Zx- /I

i
, /f l /S' ,
b *
77
fe r l.lXlm

Se4f ~
(k'i S/vb 9

£ 02-z*) {o'oo 0
—p——
*- Rsc b Atsc, ^6° ~ t — (g #
c * *
r~
* 6c ~ T *
) **
— rr

- £4/

F>. * 7 F. t •=
jf (^5 ) - »5-.i

'fk* 4o

z ~
~J R^ 4

Ft?£. Fa« /4v2 r *? £-4/ ***£

Proprietary Material. O
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 2.25 2.25 Each of the four vertical links connecting the two horizontal members is made
of aluminum (E — 70 GPa) and has a uniform rectangular cross section ofl 0 x 40
mm. For the loading shown, determine the deflection of (a) point £* (6) point F;
(c) point G.

r CS ^ Free, EF &,

yoo miw 1
750 r
1 2^ M kN
kt'

mm + 5 IM f - o :

~(Hoo )(2 - (USo)CxO - O


Fg* --7.S w - -l.S-xto'
1
NJ

of one $ i’ n &Z
+ - 0 '

- (loyqo'j - yoo
(Voo)(?Fcf ) -(G£e>)CM) - o
4(?0 >|0'‘
Fcf - I^.S ku - \%5 * So
1
H
; L * 3oo O.loo
* 3 (70 iva
U. *

fW L &0SS1 . I0-^
- (- 7.S*UX' )t0.1oo)
)6TO\Ayv-i oA f ov\ % ^ , _
FA (7o x* 10^(400
io ‘’X'-Ido x(C> *)

- j‘CP^- _ (l .Syl^)(o.3oo'l
T.Sxfo
£ ‘')( 0 '3oo')
,

„ „
q
" 2o3.93x/o *,
£A x|o )(7t>c>x (o‘ 64 )}
(70 Wo^K'/^HO-

(a) of* j?oiv\'t Em r jjpl 9g ^ t ^


(t>^ DcrF/gg^-ft otA of [-
^ 5p T r SF r 2c^/<™ A>

Lei © b* *He

%S 0 *vk 'J|

c c
SP + Sf 2>Q.1£7*l o r~ 2# &.93 x
+ /£>"
„ ~£- __„ __
- -
——
0. 4<3<=7
= 723.22x10 ^J,'a
a

(c) Defi^gotto^ q-^ j>oi G . S& - Sp + L Fa .


&
S& - SF + L F6 0 - 203.93 */o'' * Co. 7 So\ 17 Z .72
~
339.73 */o"
C
r* Sfi,
= 39 o I ^
2.26 Each of the Jinks AB and CD is made of steel (E ~ 200 GFa) and
Problem 2.26 X 24 mm. Determine the largest
has a uniform rectangular cross section of 6
from point £ if the deflection of E is not to ex-
ceed 0.25 mm.

2(X) mm i‘cs . \oody. BC f,

200 mm m
37-T^a,
p I..
,

| p
-375 mm
250 mm +3^M C r c> tf-^FAa ~**WP r o
Far - l‘ SP
Av^e «<- ffF <1
f*
A (6)lz4 -
1
- /^ + ^IM 6 = o: <?-2 S-
d “O
* Fcd - 2.S P
2b 0 h\tn

L =

_ (l»gP)(M\ r A 0^7
Dc-Po/'iai t ow S .
C- v /0 f
«. r c
Aa PA V^OOX/^X^X/O^
F^L , (3-y).,feL£)
,

- /-73^/ ^ld
8
?
CD
£A (2oaXio^)(/44Ma*)
'8
De-t I'gBi . P«i^4 B . ^8 * £ fi
r /.0*f7 ^| 0 P ^

8
PoiWx'f C . Sc.
r «><. Se “ MS6I */cT P tx

( r s/

2X0M* J M

Sg + Sc /-73^/x/q' 6 P -c

'
L^fJl^jolZ
^-Z-*
4-
„ 0 ., U JI „ lo P
L„.

-8 :

Sg - f>P +• L te <9 - /•Tafe/ w/o p +• (i»


>
i75'X-9-//^^/o‘‘ p) = j“'9«7 H/o Pi,

Li wa i t ( na 'J t kiot Set Sg. r O'Zi! Y. to /*»

L » »vw’ tif n <* v/ci^oe wt P ? S,fioX~J *lo P “ O'ZSmo

P - ^3X ht P = ^4 Aa/
l

2.27 Each of the Jinks AB and CD is made of aluminum (E


~ 75 GPa) and has a
Problem 2.27 cross-sectional area of 1 25 mm2 . Knowing that they support the rigid member BC,
determine the deflection of point X

Ed Use wie*v\ BC ft.s

FV« «- w

i)lM f = o: - (o.CH) Far + (.0.44)65* /o )*


1
o Fa 6
r S-WS*/ o KJ

?)ZM g = o; (CU<0 Fco - C0 2o . X5Wos ) - o Fco - I. SMS *lc? N

Ro/' J?i*k s AB «n»cl CTi A - 1


2-5” w**!

g*8 = E±i r
* fl
„ ,. y = J32.0to x/o"
c
m - S*
£A C73'^lQ
c,
X»2S'x/o" ft
)

~ Fwi-co _ WO a X0-3Q Co.^xjo' 6 ^ =


§ct>
EA '
(.iSxio'Yns'xio' 6
)

'S 6 — Sc _ ?.?.<*> x/tT


SJPope © r
o.cq.

§6 - 112- 5* */o~
c
^
Defo^a-h’ q»\ .
= €©.o©*/o'‘ «- io.wXin-S
~ 4
I D?.5" x/o" m Sc - 0* & ^£~I

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
- t

Problem 2.28 2.28 llie length of the 2-mm-diametcr steel wire CD has been adjusted so that
with no load applied, a gap of 1 .5 mm
exists between the end B of the rigid beam
A CB M& cbritacl point K
Knowi^ GPa, determine where a 20-kg
block should be placed on the beam in order to cause contact between B and E>

RiaiJI v'od Ac£r 'HaV'ouM U Olia.* o, ,

e- O.4o
20 kg | B
Poi^i OL knol/GS dO uyv., t*J A .
C
- 0.0% 0 a (O.OSX3.7S' «/o~3 ) T Soo V /d
b -H 0.32 in
0.08 m Sco - Sc - 300 y/O'" (v,

f6V* 3 - 3.NKxid
c
^
£ - 200 *{G* Pol

ptD — .
^ ^CO
^ ^ (^o * ^ O.ZS"
X 300 Wcr £ )
_ ?5j> ^
dse jbea IV\ Ace as a 4W U„ly. - 6t<>X?.SlV / 7 C .2 N

T
M +^2H^oi 0.08 Ro -C 0.^0 -x3Ttr - O
f
Aj *— o.so-K-^j O.Mo-X,-
140. 2.
— 0.30743 ^
-

J6= O.O^ZC in « *?<?.. 6


por C'lJfA'l Cc at I
< 4 2..6

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior mitten permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
y

Problem 2.29 2.29 A homogeneous cable of length X and uniform cross section is suspended from
one end. {a) Denoting by p the density (mass per unit volume) of the cable and by E
its modulus of elasticity^ determine the elongation of the cable due to its own
weight. ( b ) Show that the same elongation would be obtained if the cable were
horizontal and if a force equal to half of its weight were applied at each end.

(cl) F * cJt po»y\^ f d Cw’f’i’j-


{

T* r of h$lo*J 'VJue pot+d

=yjA(L-j)
d§ = ££
Bf\
,
EA
/ ?(/
>

E

-

.y > jJ
y
s = pa (Ly

5==^ -a

(.W) To4&i weCijUi*. W — AL


nr _ E~AS _ FA . « qa£ .
%p% AL F= iw
;? e

Proprietary Material. <& 2009 The McCraw-lIill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed reproduced, or
,

any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 2.30

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 2.31 2.3 I Denoting by ethc “engineering strain” in a tensile specimen* show that the true
strain is e~t
ln(/ + e).

& *
- inf
U
=>
i-O
= A(lt^) ^»(l+£) L°

Thus /» (!+£) *+

Problem 2.32 232 The volume of a tensile specimen is essentially constant while plastic
deformation occurs. If the initial diameter of the specimen is d„ show that when the
diameter is dy the true strain is e -2
t
I n(r/, /d).

Cow -fcTL T 4L.


z >

J*f fhe \Zo)ov*<? \S

£t - 2 i*

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or Uvsed beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.

Problem 2.33 233 A 250-mm bar of 15 x 30-mm rectangular cross section consists of two
aluminum layers, 5 -mm thick, brazed to a center brass layer of the same
JbLokiK^f liit is
knowing that Ea ~ 70 GPa and Et ~ 105 GPa, determine the normal stress (a) in
the aluminum layers, (/>) in the brasslayer.

Foir AxyeVj

A~ C3o)(£) ~ ISO MV, = I5P >< IO yr>

-
Aluminum
Brass Let Pa. - I non i*,ye^.
Aluminum
Pb - 9oad< £>m Aye^-

RcX
L&^r _
~ i L
Pub i- -
It P-
Of yv\
AA ”
Ft A
I of Ck 9 t-O P = aft. + a 3. A" P,

vy ^ pen/' 5A ^ Pb ^ “ 7

M = -57. 1 wo P* 6^ SI- I HPa.

W S'tw-f 1
-7^ r
'7 7£Pia‘ "-8 S.l~to‘P*. 6; --25.7 Mp*

Determine the deformation of the composite bar of Prob. 2.33 if is subjected


Problem 2.34 2. it

to centric forces of magnitude P~ 45 kN.

233 A 250-mm bar of 15 x 30-mm rectangular cross section consists of two


aluminum layers, 5-mm thick, brazed to a center brass layer of the same
thickness. If it is subjected to centric forces of magnitude P - 30 kN, and
knowing that Ea - 70 GPa and ~ 105 GPa, determine the normal stress ( a ) in
the aluminum layers, (b) in the brass layer.

5rn,
j
|

1-^M^
Jx 5 mm *
(3©X5>® ISO^A- \So*ld c A
Aluminum 5mm r oia e<^eU cdtav^iV v?A.yev-*
Brass
Aluminum
P "p
te/V

- JlocJl o ^ m

P wa 4 p„= f k n--£fp..*'.s-a
7c? a- »

E.A eS:
1 o4-«< Po\^C« P - a ft. + Pl 3.5" P* •p
1
CL
= ly
7 1

s -— 4k 3-27 £L ms-*, o *)(iS0*i?^ =. 30 &*lo-‘v»


EAA 7 (7o>c|o <, Xis'ov|o' 7 <1
Proprietary Material. <9 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
2.37 The 1.5-m concrete post is reinforced with six steel bars, each with a 28~mm
Problem 2.37
diameter. Knowing that Es ~ 200 GPa and Ec ~
25 GPa, determine the normal
stresses in the steel and in the concrete when a 1550 kN axial centric force P is
applied to the posh

Lei Pc - of OaYV't&d Icy *

- tptur+tftiA ty f'iie 5/y stecyp foJs *

§ r ts.
p° = Ecjk3
£A. *-

§ X ?S L P

= SA,$
e.A a l
r - T\. * H - (£A +

£ - § _
"*
p
L EV.A*. + BS A&
Z S
§£CZS.)* - 3,<Ztms*lo 3 n'« - 3.E9H-S */0‘
a 5 X
Ac,
- -tj-(H5o) >^WJi(|£) = /5^. 3^ * /o 3 Mm
« /53.3*H * /O’’'
L ~ I , h >vi

!S5'6> x (o 3,
s
- .—— .
^ 2] y fO
_ 4

(25*lo )(/£S'-3
£
H* /o' )+(2£^xfO ,
)(3.6 <
?¥5'*/o~ 3 )

c
s; - £s£ = (-200 xf o'* 3/ * /O’*) r £7. / x/O pa a <S7_ J Mf«.

S' - e.£ - x IO ')(-33S.3 I * lO~


c
) ^ £3$ «/ cf pA r S. 3 »M?a.

Proprietary Material ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

2*38 For the post of Prob. 2.37, determine the maximum centric force which can be
Problem 2.38 applied if the allowable normal stress is 160 MPa in the steel and 18 MPa in the
concrete*

2.37 The 1.5-m concrete post is reinforced with six steel bars, each with a 28-mm
diameter. Knowing that E$ - 200 GPa and Ec - 25 GPa, determine the normal
stresses in the steel and in the concrete when a 1550 kN axial centric force P is
applied to the post.

D&+e-y r\ e v* i ^ £$0^ ** fty «

- c
£$ - ~ 8oo*lo
* £\ 7.00 * iO^

Co* <*><**' £ S: s J|jLLel T 120*10-


E_ ocv/nt
fr 2S v {O'
<*-'

•.JPJfes \}e Jl jc £ = 7 2o «lO

Le"f FL ' ol JEc.^ c.asv-l*J fey Con c^-e+e


p* - po^i*tc»v C.Ctyyt£ej ty s+ee^

Pe. * Et A t £ - HoA c £
e
5 , RE V5 ~ EsAs
A = e;a s £
rX> L

P - Pc + Is - CEcK + a
X
As = 6 <4* = ^ = 3.6995- *(os - 3,69V fx(o* v«

A* - ISxS-.S^xlO^^
Ao - f s e * IG"*
\S£’.3‘i t
3 3
O<J
p = [(Zfx 0 " )(
I IS'S. 399*tO~ ) -t- (^oo y /O^KS.S'WJ'x/O ^ (720 w t

4
- 5.33 * io M 3330 ktf

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
E

Problem 2.40 2AO Three wires are used to suspend the plate shown. Aluminum wires
mm and a steel wire is used at C with
mm. Knowing that the allowable stress for aluminum ( ~ 70
a diameter of 2
GPa) is 98 MPa and that the allowable stress for steel (E = 200 GPa) is 126
MPa, determine the maximum load P that can be applied.

By sy^^e^ty PA = y
av^d = Se

A^o, 5^ - %£ -
§s - S

S'Fra.iV* in ectcJi wire.*

_ iL
£a * e* * ZL j
sa = e eA
Deievr^ine Jk sl'irairt.

= §4 _ ?i 9
Wire s A* B ? c-
* “ *»*/£>*
- /'^ *io~
£*
-3
£ t * ^ £* * 4- 8 x /0
/** -s
W Cc _ C
p
C * <5L = - &£ *70
2 60 * 1 0 y
O'
.

* €« = ~

A MovtshJe si" f-4 i n 4»a w»‘ re C e*rns •'


SI - //£ /t//’’*

W0*)( H/rx|o
J)
<5^ = £**> PA ^ AaEaSa * f
* m-?7 /v

pe * /S3 87 N .

S^' Ec £^ a Ac . 6£ * (**»£) (&£ *icf) -su-Bt- a/

Por e«jc>i E i>^i (jw\ oT pE^j


P * P^ + Pg + * 7<>7't> H

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserv ed. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
2.41 cylindrical rods, one of steel and the other of brass, are joined at C and
Two
Problem 2.41 restrained by rigid supports at A and E. For the loading shown and knowing that E&
- 200 GPa and Eb = 105 GPa, determine (a) the reactions at A and E\ (b) the
Dimensions in mm deflection of point" C".

-180 - —*+*-- 120 —** 100 >


t()0

i A jo C .
'• E - Zooxio* ?a.

A * ? 1 .2S£,£‘ix}o
Z
^= l.ts&&"ld*
l
EA r Z5\.ZT7*lo N
40 nun diam.
- 30 -inm diam.
C jo E : E - 105V jo*
CO £ A - 706.86 * 7o6.S6x/cT
4

EA = -7H.no»io‘ NJ

CO Un> *fo kM

A iiB : P * P# L = /SO *v> »vi - O. ISO V*-L

Pa 5

257. 32? *lO &


716/XO x/o"

8 -/•<>£ •
P = - 60V/03 L
L 57 l/^O ^v> tvj ~ O. I%0 yvi

3
c ^
PL (Ra -6O*(O Y<0.!.?cA
c>Ar

C fd D f P r l?A - Gix /O l— " I 0o ~ O. lOO M


5S
. _ pL _ (P A -g o*)a )(c>.|oo') _
~
i.3H7S>i>t/c> 34 x IQ
?8c PA **

74 '22.ox io & 8*? • 1

D fo E : P= f? A - 100*10- L“ /OO MW! - C? * lOO kw

^
-

PL
£A “
(Pa - loo */o YoJoc>)
Tf.no/lo
s

4 ~
,

l,M75>5"*
_

_<>

Ra ~ l3>4.73<r*/o
,

A 4° E ? SAe = $a 0 -*S* c 4$Co + SDfr - 2.S5gS7x/o''' PA - QHZ.V-.ZHxIg*

Since po'ifif EL o^mo f 1

hiove rePcJ^Ve -fo A 5 § AS - o

(A.) 3.85?S7x/J* Pa - W. mWo"4 - O 1?^ 6ISS/x/o W


3

3 3
Pf = PA -/OOx/0 - &Z.8*{0 ~ (00y{0 Z7,Z*lO k/ -S7.^tM
c
Sc - Saq 4 Sfiic
C
- I. \ E>z&7 '* lo~ '
PA - 2£.$<i3xlQ-‘
<{
3
- (LKZ£°i«\o )(c zs?>ix lo
> )- 2<S.8V-8*/o'

~ 46 .3x(o jvi
Sc - 46.2- /«*
S c - HS . S /< v* -*«
*

2A3 A steel tube {Es ~ 200 GPa) with a 30-mm outer diameter and a
Problem 2.43
3-mm thickness is placed in a vise that is adjusted so that its jaws just touch
tllC CtldS Of tllC tube WithOUt 6X6^111 g aiiy plCSSUre Oil tllCm, ThC tWO fOlCCS
shown are then applied to the tube. After these forces are applied, the vise is
adjusted to decrease the distance between its jaws by 0.2 mm, Determine (a) the
forces exerted by the vise on the tube at A and £>, (b) the change in length of
the portion BC of the tube.

dl - 5 0‘ <S?> 2. (oto 0 ~ O'OZ 4 Ki

s
A * f (J* - J?) * ir(o<oZ --o<oz4-z) = z54-.&xto~*

A +o 8 : P - t?/> bM L-O'oist.
<- _ £L _ l?A (CK<ns) . . ~
Ka h\
X JO L
CZCdY. )
6 fc> C; P - ie*-f 32. U-M > L= 0> ol$ »*»-

O _ £<=_ _ ^A+3iooo) Ccuo*lS)


S*. * Fa" =
A
TI = , ,

A 47Z, X/o Ra
.

*f 4 l’l£ V/o >»i

CSeoxfo^a^'SxiO )
C -k 0.* P ~ £* -f 8 Ln, L = 0\o~1S h
PL (RA+-8<*>oUa«o*?S) „
r.
s »' ea
.

A+- 1> - + Sec + 5C o ~


^ £$ + £&* 14 Xio /

h
=>ad

(xis/e*^ <xw/ BtA'f ^ad ~ ~~ ^ OoO^k


* M.

£#-44 ^ - -Oioacii
Cal 4-4-1*? WO’’ R a + xt«T

Ra = —SPS^’J |d.k| —
R0 = -R ft + 8o«o =•
-5oS77M 6 kM •*-

0
ai $*c 1-473 Xfo^) t-£8C*n) + 47-ISV/o H-ZYia h)
~ "Z-X (0 ^ *v\ w

Proprietary Material, ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
o

Problem 2.44 2,44 Solve Prob. 2.43, assuming that after the forces have been applied,
the vise is adjusted to increase the distance between its jaws by 0.1 mm.

A steel tube ^ 200 GPa) diameter and a


3 -mm thickness is placed in a vise that is adjusted so that its jaws ju st touch v

the ends of the tube without exerting any pressure on them. The two forces
shown are then applied to the tube. After these forces are applied, the vise is
adjusted to decrease the distance between its jaws by 0,2 mm. Determine (a) the
forces exerted by the vise on the tube at A and /)> (b) the change in length of
the portion BC of the tube.

i 75 mm » 75 mm . 75 mm i

32 U/ 2f

Fo<~ He fufe dwtn


ch = <si a ~ 2 t -zOvoZ-Z-loioo},) - 6 'Ozq~ h,
(p

k ^ e t p = ra OsolS
PL ” %*(oioi 5)
5*8 ^ pT i‘4-72Xfo hn .

etc: 1?A 4 jiiU/, L=ovolS*M


— PL ~_ r~7—“
c ~—JJ-wo)
(R'n 4 lb\o 1 S) .
'"‘Jo -6
~-6\ c
,

^e<. ~ pfe,
'
l*47?xr(} £?* + 4-7 IS X ( h*
(50* Xlfll )CxS4-* svio )

Cf® D: P •=
PA 4 eoooN L * Ovo75T
6
SGO - ^ tM^ xto h
E4 (<> )

AH o: $*» ’ S*B + sec + Sfe*


~ 4'4mx(<5 +

G'tVe rt J«tw **»«>'/• *><? **4 ^ 'C^OC? f ^*1

CO 4'4(lXfO^ & + 50* l4-XiC>~


< fo
- -O'OOOj
M |?A r 3?'17 M/-
3&'77

Pd ~ Ra 4 9 »00 *7447 Ro^ 7.77 U/-


0>1 S^e; <H413x<(f )
+- 41. ISXjo ^ - -—5*03 XU
Xjo~
3
6 >H

fvviA^

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
b

Problem 2.45 2AS Links BC and DE are both made of steel ( E — 200 GPa) and
are 12 mm wide and 6 mm thick. Determine (a) the force in each link when a

- 4 X ioc & - 4 (--T.76 * /o6 ) a - 8-w xfo a fr

jlQ-oo 4( /*• J

3,
(9 - d-z777« X fo" t-W 2
(a') F^. - (/*-+ X (o
6
) O’ 27770
3
»io~ ) 4- kn ^
F0 e~ -L*n *iv
c
) Collin * /o"
1
)
- _ i.(, bn

0o) D potv\~t A #

3
$
fl
-0..Z& - (fl-2)(O.Z7770 x/o" ) S* * 0*Q£

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
0

2.47 The aluminum shell fully bonded to the brass core and the assembly
Problem 2.47 is is

unstressed at a temperature of 15 °C. Considering only axial deformations,


determine the stress in the aluminum when the temperature reaches 195 °C.

8^6-55 c LeJ' L be .
+Ji« cf
2-
-VK«. ev.s$e kA,
Ef ~ G Pcu
Zo.q *lo' / aC
e
oC - JriejcJ^jL •e.ypai.^s l&z> .

N \J \nni tit
AT - IIS - 15 - 130“ C
~
IF 7 o G Pa
0
co\rtL\ ($ r )t = Lof t (ATl
cl - 23 6 xrc>~*/ c
.

(\ $<j\as,\ sk<t// ' (St) - L c^^TA t)

hie/ ^>pCOASlt>H oT she/l 4^ 'f'Ug. coiAg . S L (o^—


")

Pa 1 P Le4 P t>e- *Hve


1 OOvwy)/^es^» J eV *f $U eJJ,
~ 05”^ H
1
I B.^csss core* £Si / 1

,
i

1
Afc~ 5 (2 5 T - Wo.%1 ^ - Wo.27*lO~
C

' pJt "


E'bAb
e
tv M .W >v> sUA/ : Be, - 7o^/o '
Pe^

3
~ 2.33 Q(>xlcf^~ .*
:>

A** 5 Cgo^-2*S- ')


7. 33CA * /o

s - (sp) b + <s h ) a

L (otr ~ CA )(AT) r = k' pl


I iy _ _L_ + J__ _
, e
\
~c
,

3
J
E*A„ (hS’xlo ')^ io.S7*lv )
?
(7ox./o' )(7.3366 x/o~ ^

= 2A. Si G* o'* N~'

W
I

-II,., ? *
25^.6 f6 x fo ’
= nw* W
K

S4r-&,€ S i &.P i)ivii'm^>n. (T - _ -4“ “ - ———i - — S.iPxfO Pc


2.3344*10"*

6^ = -S.iS MPec

Proprietary Material. O
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited dislribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
- ^

Problem 2.48 2.48 Solve Prob. 2.47, assuming that the core is made of steel (E “ 200 GPa, a
1 1.7 x lO^C) instead of brass.

2.4? The aluminum shell is fully bonded to the brass core and the assembly is

unstressed at a temperature of 15 °C. Considering only axial deformations,


determine the stress in the aluminum when the temperature reaches 195 °C.

sktJf L*Jr L fJv< tff ^55e*-v.


E- 70 GPa
d r 23. 6 ^ /£ e\Aw\^i eypAv\Vo^ .

Ax ^ f^ST - is * ISO°C

Sfee/? co/e * (Sy)^ * Lo/^CA^

r\ iS : (S T V * L ^CAT)

Klg/f <eocpg>A%i^vi of' 5 wC-VU res^eo'f A-o VLe. co«~t . S ~ L (o^- o/s X AT )

r^)j Le^ P pAe IWc-e. «** 4k* co« e*\*J fk«


c-oiwpressi' v e -force »V» 4ke sVe^.

S4<ej? cov^e* £* * ZoqkIQ* P*

Y*
A*' fCasP = 44<?.&7 ^ - i&0.8,7*io e

pv «f
^0
,

1
_ £L

AA** Ihk*' she//


sUsM. ' Ea - lo
7c> k. /t? * po.
pa. CSp)^
(Sp)^ - jPr-
A&.= ? 7.3-Z6&«tc? *™ x = 23344 k |o' 3 **

S - (Sp)s + ^Sp)^

L(cu - oO(Ar) _
s £L j pl ^ K'PL
^As, E*A&

l< = ~ f
£sA a r ,,
C?.c?oxio 'iCM^-37k/d' )
4
(7 ok/o‘»)(x.3366x/o-s ')

-9 ,,-i
- l£.2m«/o- y fj

& 6
(23.4*U> - n. 7->jo' Viso^)
Tke„ P - _ - Wo*
131. H) lv
I6.-W*? x/©“*

JlL _ J3/* ^ K /c?^ „ rv


/ n ttjPuvm /u /Cr |
p

6^=- -54.2 MPa. -


) ) )

Problem 2.49 2.49 A 1.2-m concrete post is reinforced by four steel bars, each of
18 mm diameter. Knowing that Es — 200 GPa, as =11.7 X \0~ 6 /°C and
Ec ™ 25 GPa and cx<: ~ 9.9 X 10" 6 /°C , determine the normal stresses
"
induced in the steel arid in the concrete by a temperature rise of 27°C.

1
~ *f Ij
f 1
3-
~ (4
X 5 °*°' &) V = G ' ooioa ^ * t

At - A-As.'^'^'-O’OoJor'f*? •=• 0*63^

kef Pt be "Hie in He co»>c.»^4« . Fw'


e^ov-P; w\ 4k *2ev^o ftiTcc.j 4-ke

«a 4“ke 4oi>^ s+ee/f is “"Pc*

'.Sfv'tt C «* s -

£c
*
A. +
- -2j- +
ct*

o^CAT
ar) " •
& *• °,’ <Ar ^

M a.kcX\ I n £* - 21- 4 <* 0 (4t - - 21- 4 od^AiO


3 tc A c ^^3
+ ” (&*- ^ T)

o'(T-SxtcfiyCo >03^ )^£2^rt)xio' )( , £> '°o(r>n fl)^

- {.u*"i -1**01 \o~ u )v*n

w. ^ — ftWM
•Tb a. _^
SHes* iVx s4ecjp S’.’t-t
5
zMMj ttgl
i ft .e*"V .

^ - g, 04-H^ ’

A5 0»60Cfln®|

Stress i* oo^refe R , —-
61 - —r*- -
> <Q* :
— 0 *X M.P01
At o«c^ |

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Jnc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
— 7

0
2.50 The brass shell («b - 20.9 x 1 (F/ C ) is fully bonded to the steel core (a* - 1 1
Problem 2.50 0‘ 6
.

x 1 /°F ). Determine the largest allowable increase in temperature if the stress in



the steel core is not to exceed 55 MPa.
5 mm 5 mm 20 mm
on
20 .nm\ \ \
\ /
5 mil) ^Ky^-~ 5 nmi uf ps - <xx\ui ’Foirce developed m He. C

Fov^ e^c^Ii )> ^u>*v vt+K ££*0 ~Hte


E ^ 200 GPa co^pv^sstVe -tWce \* t*

St^ciws 85- -~r +c4CAT)


Brass shell KsAs
E - 105 GVa 8,
ew* + OttCAT'j
E Ab
fc

Ia.
* ^
*3^ £3 -

g-^
-
+ o/ fa (AT i

(o^- ols )(AT)


E.A, EfcAfc '

*10*** V
Aj, - ( 0.020 Xo.ozo') S 4QO r*
-
c
<. *
Aw" (O.03o>>.03o) - (o.O^oXOwO^O ) » >JT(OOX-/O K0

e
dt - o(s * ^A^io~ / ac
?s --
§s As * (£T*/oOO«* io-
e
) - nv/0a w

e 4 - 3 /.STv/o''’ fT*
£« A«, Et/Ab '
(Zqoxioi )C*foox io“ (las xio*’ X^saox/o" )
)

i i 6
(3l.SS*tO~ )(2ly/0 ) “ ('J.a* l0' )CAT't
a
AT - 1S.H C

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using H without permission.
/

Problem 2.51 2. SI A rod consisting of two cylindrical portions AB and BC is restrained at both
ends. Portion A B is made of steel ( Es 200 GPa, as - U .7 x 1 0^/°C) and portion
6 0
^.v,^v^CJs.-madj&.of brass (&& 105 01% a* & 20.9 x Hr / !). Knowing that the rod is

initially unstressed, determine the compressive force induced in ABC when there is

a temperature rise of 50°C.


30-mm diameter
250 mtn

- steel A A fj - O/ia
~ tJ” (io — 1 $£> y*\y^ - 70 Q %£ * /£> iao
4 i * „

*> ^ 3 1
50-nun diameter A&,= f«C = ?<&»)* - LKSstlo ‘Ids* id v^
300 mm
brass Firee, expan Sio* .

^ I ^ + l 1

c
- (0.2‘ToXll.'7 x o~ )($o) + (o.'Z>ooY2 o. ci x iO~‘)(sd)
4
~ 4S4.7S x|o~

S c^ue to \y>doce.<i -fiot'-oe P „

SP r
PL PL
E.A
s'-'jift X Aec
0,2SZ> P +-
O. 300 P
& t, i
( 20Oy\o'*)(7o&.%&« lcr ) (lo S*lO ')(l.<iC, Z5’*lo‘
')

c
9
- 3 223S *10~ P
,

P
\~ar TLC^o v\€ 1 dePJI e c-p o to ~ 5^
j i

-6
Z.7 2?>S*ld P -
‘ISXTS'xlO

" 3
P |N7.GZx lo fo P * 147.6 UM

Proprietary Material. ® 2009 The McOraw-ltill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
,

Problem 2.52 2.52 A rod consisting of two cylindrical portions AB and BC is re-

strained at both ends. Portion AB is made of brass (Eb — 105 GPa,

6
a s — 23 .9 X 10 /°C). Knowing that the rod is initially unstressed, deter-
mine (a) the normal stresses induced in portions AB and BC by a tempera-
'
60- mm dmiueler ture rise of 42°C, (b) the corresponding deflection of point B

k* -
f As 3
^i(
Go Ts 2.327*4 */0
4
^ - Z827H yio
&
\n

- 40' mm dim meter


A 6£ . = fJ* 3
K^ 0 )’*' ' »• ^66 * <oW * L2.SU > ld a
mv
aluminum F'ree tke.v'^d,^ e/p**%u>n

$T 'i + LbJ^^CAT^
c
r(u')Cio.?x’/d' X W)i
+ (u^X23.9y/o
_<:
X^)
3
r 2.2705 V /O' *

^.ViOir dot +° '{yidocei iv/e t-o>/x.e

o_ - ~PLwt P Lee
V By A** F* A*
_ I.V P ,

* ^ 13 P
(.(OS-xiOiXlizm^Q-^ c 72 Xto'* 10. 25-64^0^

= 18.074* 16'* P
pot^ ze^o net" dcr-feeA©^ r Sr
§p
/8.079v'/o', P = Z27oS*lO~*
a
P* /^T.GJl *IO /V

‘ -w.*< hp«. -*
tE* '

<5^- - •£ - - '
- - loo.o m^Fk- -I00.O MR*, -e
Abc I. ZSU*lO s

N
(t> ) Sa = + Pf* - UotbtA rl
fcijA^n

__ ( ns’xMiPKn} 0‘0(24>.<?wtT
e

(los-xic^ X2.W7fv|o-»)
— - iToo x /o' ~ "-0*^60
i.e. O.iToo **v*a l'

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc* AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual maybe displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student Using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 2.53 2S3 Solve Prob. 2.52, assuming that portion AB of the composite rod
is made of steel and portion BC is made of brass.

2.52 A rod consisting of two cylindrical portions AB and BC is re-

strained at both ends. Portion AB is made of brass (Eb — 105 GPa,


— 60 nm) - diameter — 20.9 X 10 6

6
/°C) and portion BC is made of aluminum ( Ea — 72 GPa,
aa = 23. 9X jo /°C). Knowing that the rod is initially unstressed, deter-
mine (a) the normal stresses induced in portions AB and BC by a tempera-
ture rise of 42°C, (b) the corresponding deflection of point B

Z
- 40 mm diameter A a& ' ? - $ 0> ,o& )
'
- X/0
~ 6*
' aluminum A at - ifJe? ~ (.2 Sib Xto"
~
n .
- 4-2
c
ts r\ B - 4 a ols (LT} = (A/X //-7 y l cr X*z) * o^i *to'\
CSrV ~ LgcOl/AT^ - (bi)(Zi-1 y \cr*)(«z ) z bios' y 10^

,1
I

p A&
oj-aj

, ? PU.
Es A a?
Sf = ^Sr\i a +

.
(>0/>y I
iTT
C?)(2-0274-m )
~

8
t'84-b

— yjO^M

* H4-5-2& x IO~ P

(
C x
. - PC fi. 6 . ~ s
* * l
o'* p

Tcf^i> Sp = CSp\8 + (SpV * * / D '" l


5

> ».> $P * Sr
f s
fb}f3'8 «lO~ P~ i-94-b * |o' P - //3*/<£ A/

(<C) ($ ---£- r
Aw
1 tkik
2- 8Z~Ut-% «r*
—^ r -4o>0iMr« &---4-OMPA
*8

{
(T - . JjdJk—T.. r - 7*«*-T tf/** ~ ~ Jo-/ MPa
6c 1 6ia,
A ft. I'Z&bb'tlO

(SA“8 ~ U%S-2f*\Q~'')(l/3‘fb) - 0'22*to‘\

%
SB ~ (ST )AB t + (S p ) ro*^/ */cT* + **it+idr \
Mf i,

Mm ^

%
>v*
^ }(// &*/&) - (* {>2(> * [o m

So r t 4 CS P ) A i c f'l>€>rx\Q T 4 A 62 £

~ /hai A Cokc^ks ^
Problem 2.54 2.54 A (Es = 200 GPa,
steel railroad track = 1 1.7 X 10~6/°C) was
laid out at a temperature of -L0°C. Determine the normal stress in the rail
when the temperature reaches 52°C, assuming that the rails (a) are welded to
form a continuous track, ( b ) are 12 in long with 6-mm gaps between them.

L= /2-M

0
^ = ©.0o-f44-
i,
- L ot(AT) r (l2-)(t(‘lYt<r )(S2

f'n.

c r
£A
« =3 r €
Cal 4 ST - o botto -^
1
+ O'oolf'}- - O £T- ~-l2fy M,p^\

0o\
6" -j- 0100744 - ~ 0'0C>£» <5T- - ^

Proprietary Material. <0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
*

Problem 2.55 2.55 Two steel bars (Es « 200 GPa and ^-11.7x1 0^/°C) are used to reinforce a
brass bar (£*> =105 GPa, at, ~ 20.9 x 0^/°€) which is subjected to a load P » 25
1

kN. When the steel bars were fabricated, the distance between the centers of the
holes which were to fit on the pins was made 0,5 mm smaller than the 2 m needed.

The steel bars were then placed in an oven to increase their length so that they
would just lit on the pins. Following fabrication, the temperature in the steel bars
dropped back to room temperature. Determine (a) the increase in temperature that
was required to lit the steel bars on the pins, (h) the stress in the brass bar after the
load is applied to it.

ch ay) e to?
o-f j qvi „
™ Q*S %
S’!' 5* 0.S y lO~ yr\

ok^w\^e 4*? Cxpemcl b*/^ \Uls

Sr " Lo|s AFj 0.5*10'* r:(2.00)(lLl*/cr*XAT) A~i~z:


3

O.Sx/O'* - CO(lL7* IO“*XAT)


AT - ZI. 3 C 8 °C Zl.tfC. —
(b) On ce asse^ biW, a, +ev\sr>?e fov-c.e p r o.v\J
a. ca^pire^M/* -fo'c? P* de\SeJop*> *hke Ivi
^

TU. steeJ? cx*\ d t e n b S *

^
£: of ~ ) C sOf^O ^ ^ HoO * 4O0 y /t)

( ^V \ - Elk
A,£,
_ P^Ca-ot*! _
= *fx,
o/- JIA
° -)
P
i~,*

to* of- : .
- 4o )(/5 ^ ~ 600 - 600 */0~*
(

fC * P j-
^ ___ ^ (- 3*00 $
_ 7ti/
' P
*)

t A Ev,
~ (Goo x|o' fe )(/o5 v /o'
'
i
)
~ 3 * ^ 4*10
1

P
fc

8of (Sp)s 4 (Vi i 5 > OfrJ 4^ Pke 1 't ^>uva"k ^ iS f &


(%p)s * (S f ) b = 0.5*ld\ -5~G.7^6 x/o"* p* =: 0.5*10'*

P* = S. S M y/o3 N

Stresses g/oe P> ~fcdb /To T >on ,

$W -•

<5^ U^l = 27.03* (o"?c ~ Z2. OS HP*

B^s.' 6?-
u
-T! - , JzMJLl2l = -/y.cgwo 4 P* * -I4.6S M?*
Ab Goo y io-l

Tfc. "BAese sf^esses wius*f b« o.dcl's^t tIi* sivtsses Jje to +U 2S* i

Conf i'nuect
2*55 coin 4^ * ued

Fov^ “Hie c^AAza) 2 vtA.d( y FJte cucfdi^t o v\ CtJ dcfo^Wcji‘\ Q^ i$ *f"Ae

bo+V» -H* s+eeJ* o.^ J Hte Isita-ss . Let %’ be fhe add; fa ovuxJ
d i's j^ac e,^ e^J ~
. A JW Oj J e.1~ Ps CK^v^cA Pt ke 4-ke acPJi fa&vm.j' fat>/'c,es

deVeiopfiv i •;
>* 4k« s4«eJ? ksv^ss^ ICS'S pecfa Wedy *

- fkk _ ?b L
Asts Afefc t
u
p _ AsPs. e * - (460 uld‘ )C2QO tlo'} _ 6
S L
d 2-oo
s
^

Ho* to %'
>

Pb = A b gb 5'- (6OO^/O~ Kl6i'^)0‘


ft
<-* _ 3I.Sy/o
c
S*
L 2.0o
To4o^ P ~ Ps '* Pj, ~ ZSx/o? V
c c
Hov/o c g* f 3/.S*/o §' - AS'/cr" S' - 3M?.G5-v /o' ^

1^ - (^Oy/O 6 ^3 f7-£5"v|0' 4 )
4 - \z. 1 &£ v/o^ fj

4 &
p ^ “ U.lHo
<l

fc
r (3/.r^/0 )C3H‘Tf.6i-W/o* y io tJ

3
Ts IS.^86 *1Q
$s
~- - 3<K97x|o c Pa.
Aa *
tioovIO'*’

Gy _ a . JJ .HOwlo^
CooxiO'*-
~ ,c
Ab

f\jj stress due. fa>

3^7 k }o c 12.0 Z x/O


6
:
i“7.0 MPa

s; *-
18.36 * 10 - J4.48 * (O'* = 3.C8

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
' O

Problem 2.56 2,56 Determine the maximum load P that may be applied to the brass bar of Prob.
2.55 if the allowable stress in the steel bars is 30 MPa and the allowable stress in the
brass bar is 25 MPa.

2.55 Two steel bars (Es ~ 200 GPa and as ® 1,7 x 0^/°C) are used to reinforce a
1 1
15 nun
brass bar (Eb ~ 105 GPa, ab = 20.9 x 10 ‘VC) which is subjected to a load P - 25
kN. When the steel bars were fabricated, the distance between the centers of the
holes which were to fit on the pins was made 0.5 mm smaller than the 2 m needed.

Ibe steel bars were then placed in an oven to increase their length so that they
would just fit on the pins. Following fabrication, the temperature in the steel bars
dropped back to room temperature. Determine (a) the increase in temperature that
was required to fit the steel bars on the pins, ( b) the stress in the brass bar after the
load is applied to it.
40 nun

-See Soiu-KcM fo Pir-ob/em Z-55 obia.i'* Me floWc*.! .‘o>> sMesses,

61 = 77.02 MPq- 61b ~- -


, CS MP<=-

kPPo yJ aXPt* s+ ress e s» <$S 30 MPa. ^ 6^- ZSHPa.

ks)«.iP

61 = SO-ZZ-OZ 7.97 HP*


61 ~ a5T+ It.SS " 3 ^* 6&

ci 1
r\ £W«o‘ Pol 1) i*-e s4 .

— G- ^ 7.77 wo 1

37. &5Tx/o'
'
£ 700*(0‘’

r —“ * 377.9 v lo
los* 10 *

S bn Pier
«t 6/ S • *
£ - 39 2 S’ ** /
.
^
Av'eas,: As
Ab-
- ft)(&)(**)
Os")( 4 o) - 600
o ^ =
f
400v/0' 4
tOOV| 0 4 m v

^
Ps = E;A S £ = (500x/0‘ X400^/0" )(S%Zr»IO’ e‘)
f <i
r 3 -/SSWO
3
^
e 3
Pt - PbA £ fa
" (|Oi“x fo* )Ctoo x/o"* ')(37.SS’>'/o '
) - ZSII *lo A/

TH~qjP xc PPjy^ZzJz^S.

3
p *
Ps + Pfc r 3 4- 2. <57/ *7o - £.70*10* h)
X s.70 kh> -*

Proprietary Material. O
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

Problem 2.57 Z57 An brass link (Et, - lOTC) and a steel rod {Es ^ 200
105 GPa, a*= 20.9 x
GPa, a* ~ 11.7 x 10“6/°C)
have the dimensions shown at a temperature of 20°C.
The steel rod is cooled until it fits freely into the link. The temperature of the
whole assembly is then raised to 45 °C- Determine (a) the final stress in the steel
50 mm (h) the final length of the steel rod.
* ti rod,
r<

m 37.5 mm
Tvn f i t ion s T~ 2,0 d w
0 J2
. in m \*- 250 mm •-] 30 - mm diameter

AT - 45“- 70 tr

Section A-A

F^ee eyp.ftnsi^ qt *
6
J^k". (S T\ •=*
Ct'b (AT)L^(P^IO~ X2S)(&2So) =• !3o. m
5WI •
CS T ) 5 - ds (^T)l - (I L7y/o" V2s’Xo.X5o5
t
- 73. |3Jy/d‘^

At fte -t~ i A"e^j(0 e/'tviiyv-e. VPa a?i'PPe>'''e.‘'ic-£- bef^-te-c "ft*. 4V«< lo

of sfee/ fb-e b^tcss J?t*k •*>

C _
§ - \?O*I0~ -I- 73.mxlO~*'- tSO^.GAS'xtoT* = Q3.S* |0 *jr*

IcxA OpjiaStfe. -Poy'ce^ *P "Vo e^ovv^i!L*fe


f fb
- - ... n 4 .
I
j

Breuss » E: — )05 * IQ ^ Pcj.

„^ r~~--w~ A b= (* )(So X^7. S') - 3150 = 3. 75o * /o'


3

a
(Sp') = §£ = O^o^^So^a^) = «'f.‘tt*|<? p

Z-j-etJ ruJ * E ~ 2 00 * IO* A* ffcof = 70G.BG M1W = 7cX>J&6*loin

(%
^€aP = I.768M-IO-' p

(%X + ^p) s ~ §. S.MOS^X/O


2
'7
P r 62-5 x I o"

p - 2G. O0G x icA m

w
(ol\
. ci
SL ^s->
Sf^e-s^ m sW y^J
r

afee^ V'^A .
a «
<STs r -
^
P -
Cte.O^Gx/o^)
““76
~~ 36.2k fC> & Ret S"4 r

CV>) Pno^-f s4ge^ y\»of . — L0 + (S-j-


s — (§p) s

c C
L f( = <9. 250 4-i l2O.>f|0' ,
+ 73. I2S*|0' - (|.7£S3%* /o“ ^ )(2£.0o3>

= 0- 250 T4-7 m 25o .14 7 c* -«


0 o

Problem 2.58 2.58 Knowing that a 0, 5-mm gap exists when the temperature is 24°C,
determine (a) the temperature at which the normal aluminum bar will
stress in the
be equal to ~ 75 MPa, (/>) the conespoiiding exact length of the aluminum bah

6k- -IS M-Pn\

i
p = - 6iA^-C7€*io h )(l& ov'o !

) “ khl
Bronze Aluminum
A — 1500 mm 2 A - 1800 mm 2 dje ”P
K« 105 GPa K * 73 GPa
a - 21.6 X 10 VC or - 23.2 X 10
6
/°C
^
PU ,
PU
'
Eb A b EkA*
{/iSooo )(<)'}£) ^(t}Saoo)( 0 '&S)
p
— (ftXMt’X t5iom b a* ) b Om )(!#<><> X(o' )

-
3 X/ Mv
£>•4 .

S T - (O'OOOSJ- llel*? KfO~^J = f.ZCZ}, K/o h

Goi S7 - L t o? b (AT) 4. UcUG&tO


- («*-}r)C*l'<>x/o~b)(AT)+ ( 4S)(il‘Zyo JCaT) - OS tf/o )&7
x/t- 0 )A T - /‘i-6zix(o~ % AT - lO'l°0
0») TU * TT/y + AT =*24 *7«* / - f 4* / * £

£ti $*= U^CAt) £1^


UA,
~3 .

- ^ K 7< i£l .
ChXIVO *>
(13*1 6*1 )ii*<n y/5^

^
Lexa*&'j" o* v o*xjv>i 6 O’ tf-Sox! ho

Proprietary Material* ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
*

Problem 2,59 2.59 Determine (a) the compressive force in the bars shown after a tem-
perature rise of 82°Gv (b) the corresponding change in length of the bronze bar.

0.5 Mini

i~T -fire€ of co^-s

LfcOtb(AT') + UdJAr)
^ (6‘}£)(±t' t‘-(O’Wfri'ZKief) IH)
E~ GPa
105 E = 73 GPa
"6
a - 21.6 X 10" VC ' a = 23.2 X .1.0 /°C

P V* ett»f>4vl5i6wv • $ ~ O* £
— J* 5

S Vvo^ft^ !rv<^ to tnJoce<d towpresJiVt porc-e P


SP - t ,lt7bYnr* - o'ooo £ = 0'°nh*n> $ t*,

« — .Ei-t, PL«. _./£.!, r<\, \


6t>+
^a: EHi -
Vf-x~
E k+ F-7-
A
.

) P
e,a, fc fe

O’J-T i.
=-
K
(ioS x/a^ >{/£»<> x/o*)
:}p
(Iftlol ) (/ Shirt X/O^J

^ P - <J ^7 6 x7 <f 3 ps/7z# ^4' ,

a/

/7><f A-V-«

(t) Lt d k (4r) -
772
- /5- y Z
'

o'i$s£v -0'Z36^ —
cro-xt/tF ttJsvo* o )

Proprietary Material. <0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
r .

Problem 2.60 At room temperature (20 °C) a 0.5 -mm gap exists between the ends of the rods
shown. At a later time when the temperature has reached 1 40 determine (a) the
normal stress in the aluminum rod, (b) the change in length of the aluminum rod.
0.5 mm
l -250 mm -

AT - Ko - Zo = 120 °c

Fr g t f~h *?/* «•. peg .

CT - U<4(A.tH Ls ols CAT)


Aluminum Stainless steel & c
-(0.*>0o)(2'i,*lo~ )(l2o) 4- (0.2SOXt?.Z*fCf )( P2 o)
A 2000 mur A— 800 uni
K« 75 GPfc J5 - 190 GPa 5
« 23 x 10“ V°C(
» x - 1.3^7 XIO' vn
e* 17.3 10' V’C

ijog 4° P v^eei &ow>vfv*v'**T

Sp - |3H7* o' - O.Svia* I


-

l~A . P^-S _ Le. 1—S \ •pi


“ ,

L
EcA*/ E, A*

_ r Q.SoO _
0.2SA>
U./.5V
^ (IS* 10^X2000^ tO’ c ) (l^OX/O’l^Oy “OP
/O' )
4
* 3.C447 v/cF P

3
? » 0.247 */cP P^ 232 x /o N

W S."-£,
Ah -7000 * J O' 4
„ - 116.5
ll6 x/0C P<^ 116.5 M&.

M UoA(AT)- C-JV /

e (232.3** to 1 X°s oo )
- (a,36o)(23*icr )0?c>)
CfTTioi )tnooo> tor*)
3&3 x /£> ^
0.3£3

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced* or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
2.61 In a standard tensile test, an aluminum rod of 20-mm diameter is subjected to
Problem 2.61
a tension force of P - 30 kN. Knowing that v ~ 0.35 and E ~ 70 GPa, determine
(a) the elongation of the rod in an 1 50-mm gage length, (b) the change in diameter
of the rod.

4
P T to K)

20-nnn diameter
A - it'd
2 - - 3 mJS* ^ - SiHJ^xtcTy^-

^ * f ' jS? - ^S.,o‘ R

3 ? 4
- L£j - Clio-/o' )0.3& 1t8’‘/o' ) <
- 3e>5*/0‘ yv>

tj£j - ~(0.$S)(l*$C«l8«lo
3
)
- ~ 4'77 . U * /o~
c

s 4
(t> - d e„ - (2O*!0“ X-4 77.VWo' ) -
(X OO^SS m ^

Problem 2.62 2.62 A 20-mm ^diameter rod made of an experimental plastic is subjected to a
tensile forceof magnitude P •- 6 kN. Knowing that an elongation of 14 and a mm
decrease in diameter of 0.85 mm
are observed in a 1 50-mm length, determine the
modulus of elasticity, the modulus of rigidity and Poisson’s ratio for the material.

Lef 4*f\-e_ sj^ be “hk* $2.n^4b <?*f "hive Y* O Ck,v\ d +ln-e x-evVs

Le -f v'cin S •

A = Hf<7.oY s= 314. 16 ^ =r 31^.16*10°^ ? ‘ C x | 0


3
M
P _ Gxio 1,

0785" V /C>
fo
~ 17. fq.
A 'Si*/. /6 x/O' 6


- O. 0*13333
L IS-O

PWt^S. <jf efgusf t'ci'i-y .* F - - 2«?H.63Wa P^;,

P=2o<T MP^

” -Q.o^3S~
15500 s f
VVy 1> . "2^ 22 = O.^SS
1
o.o73333

G * 7o„ 3 Hpcc
3

Problem 2.63 2.63 A 2.75 kN tensile load is applied to a test coupon made from 1,6-mm flat steel
plate ( = 200 GPa,
E 0.30). Determine the resulting change (a) in the 50~mm gage
length, (6) in the width of portion AB
of the test coupon, (c) in the thickness of
portion AB, in the cross-sectional area of portion AB.
AsO-tYurt* l*?- 51 i+\

1
- liXx/o'
50 mm
p = 2.75 x JO 5 W id I*

/r~ - l^Mjdd.
A l^xio-*
- |43.im*Jo* p*

- 6* _ 1 43.129*10*
£* - 716. IS'* /o'
E 300 x /O'*
- -(O.SoXHC.. l5*lo-‘) * - £/9.8*fx/D'

1
(a) L- 0.050 ^ §y = /_£. - (O.osroXii^ is^lo" ) ~ 3 5.81* to

0. o 3 *vi ^
(W) W= O.oi^w, wBy- (o.oiaAC-;?/ 4 .ZH * lo
c
) = -2^578^ /o"
6
no

- O.. Q&'ZS
1
(C^ t * 0.00/6 $*.- tf*. - (O.OOiC.M-W.M x/o" ') - -S'-isyxfo'

O-OdOS^S? Wfh

(eO A - wj 1 4 fy'i t>( Ue z )


- w0 to (/+ 5y 45, , gyp, 1 A0 ~ iv0 £>

AA ~ A - lVD t 0 (gy -> Sz rZvJt> ilc>Ey


c r’> 1
= (Z)(o„ouYo.ooic)(-zt<t.8 t»io' ) t
~8.Z5*/o ,*, ? -O. oo^iThw

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AM rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
a

Probem 2.64 2.64 A 2-m length of an aluminum pipe of 240-mm outer diameter and 10-mm wall
tWckness isused as a short column and carries a centric axial load of 640 kN.
Knowing E ~ 73 GPa and v - 0.33, determine (a) the change in length of the
that
610 IvN
pipe, ( b) the change in its outer diameter, (c) the change in its wall thickness.

240 t- to
x z
^(z^0 -170 )~ 7.ZtS7~IO*
Z
l.ZZ57XI&~
goo k;

(64P*I^K 3.o<A s
_ Pi- . _ _ ? ¥27 *.,y
s
AE "
C7.W^?x/0' y73 ^10^)
= - Z- 43 nn
s
- 1. 3.1 S3 * /o~
L 2-<yo

Ejyf.
- - v£ - - O-33X-f.^>33V/0~* )
« 4oo.^ *7o~ 4
c>
(b^ A4 - --(24oK¥^.V^lo‘ i
“ o. 0<?£J h’lfr't —
-4
Ceo At ~ teju * (loX'foa^wo • O.OOHOOw^v -«<
)

Proprietary Material. €) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed inany form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc* AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means* without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
a X

Problem 2.68 2.68 For the rod of Prob. 2.67, determine the forces that should be ap-
plied to the ends A and D of the rod (a) if the axial strain in portion BC of the
rod is to remain zero as the hydrostatic pressure is applied (b) ,
if the total length
AD of the rod is to remain unchanged.

2.67 The aluminum rod AD is fitted with a jacket that is used to apply
a hydrostatic pressure of 42 MPa to the 300-mm portion BC of the rod. Know-
ing that E = 70 GPa and v ™ 0.36, determine (a) the change in the total length
AD, (b) the change in diameter at the middle of the rod.

,300 min 5(X* mm


0 fL* piA&SS yr Imedi BC
<Sy =r 51,
< •= — S

(£j ) C + 6^ - a>61 f
')

38 rum

(a 'I <Sy^ ttc = o 2^p-f<s^ = 0


‘6^= = - (Z)(0.26, 41 y.it>*’')
AAjf

A » iftfP - & (d.oSS)* * £>“ 3


frC

F ~ A - (l-’/34-x/o^) = -342*? 2 k1

L e. 3 4-°3 kfj Co*p\ressio<A

t ©*a S AB *~J CD 6T* = c; - o


=
(%)*0 *
§
Fov- no oIxva^* in

+* ^0%) Be ^ t-c

(Lag +* L co >16
**
^CcCS^&r ^
f 0 ’S'- o 3 J * + + 6>^ } = O

1
0*1 o* \

Pr A(S^ r (I'nWo'^Mo.riLYtck) a - io-zglb kj

Lc t&z*H c,d»~pv<$z ia*s


Proprietary Material, 0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved* No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
2.70 The block shown is made of a magnesium alloy for which E ~ 45 GPa and v
Problem 2 70
~ 0.35. Knowing that 7* - - 80 MPa, determine (a) the magnitude of ay for
< 1

which the change in the height of the block will be zero, (6) the corresponding
change in the area of the face A BCD, (c) the corresponding change in the volume

(b) A& - Lx

A= U((+ L*(! + Z 2 )
- L,Lj

AA r A-A 0
^ Lx L2 C e* + + e^ z ) *
/\A - (iDOivuv\'j^'2S>v\m^ (~’2>.S I > ) o ” I. 29 x 10 ")
AA — ~ l3.iTo ^tv\

& v 0 - Lx Ly L 7

V ' Ly (I + ^kUj (1+ tj) L 7 (l+eC


= Ly Ly L* ( 1
+ + £j +• + £* Ey +• £y <?*.
+
^ + A St ^

AV ~ V- cl/0 - LxLjL, (£„ }c*r'~\ s }

hSiy - ((oo)(U-o X^S )(-3.A| X /o


1
+ O - /„S9*/o^) AV- -5HOv»J ^

Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
2.72 For amember under axial loading, express the norma! strain c 'in a direction
Problem 2.72
forming an angle of 45° with the axis of the load in terms of the axial strain e x by
(a) comparing the hypothenuses of the triangles shown in Fig. 2.54, which
represent respectively an element before and after deformation, ( b) using the
values of the corresponding stresses o' and cr* shown in Fig. 1.40, and the
generalized Hooke's law.

X
1 n

Fig. 2.54

V
*
"Si
Fig. 1.40 (b)

<fc(l4£')

1 +£*
BeFore cleFo^vsAft’tn h d exo/* ? on

1
[-/? f I + e')]* - (i + £*) 4 (i-a/fyV

2 0 + 2£ 4 £* )
5
I 4 2 6# 4- $2 + | - 2^ £* •*-
i
v £ ll
7'

H£' 4 ;?£'
*
2£* 4-
^
He^ec-f as 4£* = 2E*
p
£ • -
-
LzH p
=*-
*

^x V<
t \
f /// *
p '
= J§L'
E

E
_

2A
&

<Y
^
-
^
I

2E ^

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 2.75 2.75 The plastic block shown is bonded to a Fixed base and to a hori-
zontal rigid plate to which a force P is applied. Knowing that for the plastic
used G= 385 MPa, determine the deflection of the plate when P — 36 kN.
84 hVifH

Co<o sf el -fk-e

piUsti c k-flock

TKe
po/'ee
;& pt siu'tJ

The a^a is A * {*0*+ )(?'**) tn'

Z-Z4-&7S
Sic w *\ si’f'ft'io T
i -
- r
& JgS
0>oo 84-33
^ t'* --

Bui r =
S - i T - #i/n

Problem 2.76 2.76 A vibration isolation unit consists of two blocks of hard rubber
bonded to plate A# and to rigid supports as shown. For the type and grade of
rubber used raM = 1.54 MPa and G — 12.6 MPa. Knowing that a centric
vertical force of magnitude P — 13 kN must cause a 2,5-mm vertical deflec-
tion of the plate AB , determine the smallest allowable dimensions a and b of
the block.

ConsfJf/' +Ji* |**f\ J4


! :
sh easing -fu/ c<?

T4?<? is % ~

P /3 * to 3
o\r fe+vvr
.
A
A '
ar
1
oW^y -J
M
1

Sot A * (3.o) b

b - z ^'05bx8 m b*,^ - $(>'3 t*** ^


b T M*» rxv\?) *2? ~ PS^Affi#

5ke„.:. . slra.'v. . t -
-J-
- - 0. liliW.
If.' s B-f r = -

if
u $N CL J§_ _ >iT
- zo-4^ hu
r ‘
o.mQj.
n ~ lo-S i*/n
Problem 2.77 2.77 The plastic block shown is bonded to a rigid support and to a vertical plate to
which a 240-kN load P is applied. Knowing that for the plastic used G~ 1050
M Pa, determine the deflection of the plate.

A •' {$£>)( 1 20 )r

-
P 'IHovio fJ

SL P Vigwo ? _
“ * ,0 , p
'
A 1.6* to’*
120 Ilf G * I oso */b c

y
'
s ^
&
f Js*loL * ^3 .S/ox/O
g/0 /D
-

Dimensions in mm
h r >'> * O. O^o ^
3N>
§ - (0. 0^0 Y? 3. 3 JO */o

l./9o */o~ I. 09 I

Problem 2.78 2.78 What load P should be applied to the plate of Prob. 2.77 to produce a 1.5-
mm deflection?
2.77 The plastic block shown is bonded to a rigid support and to a vertical plate to
which a 240-kN load P is applied. Knowing that for the plastic used G- 1050
MPa, determine the deflection of the plate.

S ~ I. S ~ L5 * f o* ho

m
h - - So * lo
"' t

.120 116 Hip .


T _ J_ .. i.s»io
1 3<9 * /o~
h 5o*/o'^

G- - 1050 P*

Dimensions in mm
-4 k p Y r &T r (tO$D» L0 )(?>0 « [ O'
i

c
- 31. P * lO

A = (laoXso'i - - 7. & >< fo* Y -

P= TA * (3LS *!(>*)(*.£ *faT


%
v 3£> 2 * /<T M Sp.'MM

M^TE: I* 2.7J 2.82^ ^.27 J 2. 2. B2


rf is «,ssuv^ecf

'tk*.
“tk<ir|

Te^oc^ive
Y <-s "Me
©hspJc<cev*«i*t‘'
favo^ei^f

p^jp^Wi v**'?
~/4> € AWjr -fc

H*
0
cU T . *TV<
*
(

2-79 ^WO blocks ni ^t> cr with a modulus of rigidity G — 12 MPa


Problem 2 79
arebonded to rigid supports and to a plate A/?. Knowing that c — 100 mm
and P - 40 kN, determine the smallest allowable dimensions a and b of the

T ^
CL
6,
~ ( /IY./0 ) oi oo S"3 > -,0/ „ a a
(X
~L

iP P
s4 re«$s r -
~JT
'

-
V 40 » /o'*
-O'tyS ** - /Hint)
w 2CZ '
CzHfitOCb^io*)

Problem 2,80 2.80 Two blocks of rubber with a modulus of rigidity G — 10 MPa
are bonded to rigid supports and to a plate A#. Knowing that b — 200 mm
and c ~ 125 mm, determine the largest allowable load /> and the smallest al-

lowable thickness a of the blocks if the shearing stress in the rubber is not to
exceed 1.5 MPa and the deflection of the plate is to be at least 6 mm.

4 P

:5*f 55 r -
- if p
A ?hc-
h
P - xtc *2T '(i)(0'Z)(o'i2S)(/. $K0 ) » is Lhl

s4 n T -
r
\
a d»

- G-5 r O*v**H0'* °_Q_ ,0‘of * -


(X
Probfem 2.81 2.81 An elastomeric bearing (O 0.9 MPa) is used to support a bridge girder as
581

shown to provide flexibility during earthquakes. ITie beam must not displace
more than 10 mm when a 22-kN lateral load is applied as shown. Knowing that
,

the maximum allowable shearing stress is 420 kPa, determine (a) the smallest
allowable dimension b , (b) the smallest required thickness a.

sK P - 7H>c \c>‘ N
% * H2D * / o3 Pa
^ *•
-
AA - P. _ 5H xfo' _

%
r 5X38/ *(0 tn-P

A - C?oo XfcO
, A _ 5X38
5X38 iJ'jo. _

~ S
f ~f-
G-
r
D. M x ( o«
r H6£.6?x/o'

&) Bof r- 1- = ZhH


T ^(£>.£7 * }Q~S
"

Problem 2.82 2.82 For the elastomeric bearing in Prob. 2.81 with b - 220 mm and « 30 mm,
determine the shearing modulus G
and the shear stress r for a maximum lateral

load P~ 19 kN and a maximum displacement S- 12 mm.

P - I 9 x /O
3,
W
pWZCt. A “ (?0O ~ 44x/O t tv,*,
MM v IO" 5

A MMvIo
*5 m.u xio- ?
?4
43 J 2P*.

* O.^oo

- 43/. 8/ v/o‘
G- *
- s I.OSOWO Pa

* I.OSo MPa. «

M DTE - In piAoU^evv.’i Z715 2. 82. ^


7.%1 i 2.88 ;
®,v,<sA 2. 132,

>f ».S ass fiu+ V Ts f'll* f-a-Mg€.v\p of fb« avt^ cMern^C. This

fv><ike-s Phc ir«J? <nJr l sje, cits r^o.c.« meo't” jprf'o t w»j "ft, "fit*
. x

Problem 2.83 A 150-mtn diameter solid steel sphere is lowered into the ocean
*2.83
to a pointwhere the pressure is 50 MPa (about 5 kin below the surface). Know-
ing that E “ 200 GPa and v = 0.30, determine {a) the decrease in diameter of
the sphere, ( b ) the decrease in volume of the sphere, (c) the percent increase
in the density of the sphere,

pc/- a. soil’d .sjdere <


^K> - -gr
^ ~ - 1*747 X/o

Gy'= S^- = <S" Z = - p *

*
~ ife,
£T -vSV - - - 0-g^»>p = = „ /o& ,;
E -t ZOD-ilcfl
Likewise s -loo* to

-c.
e * £* f £, f £z = - 3&-OX !C>

(a) -Ad = -do £ ~


x 70 0 */o"
e
A * IS *lo /r)

C to
(W> ~l\V * -*2>£ € * - (^747X/£»^ 'jC -3o~o X to“ ') - 5*3 oK/fl

) let* Hi » >wass of sphe<^ r Yn - com fa-ct*,

m * * pv * f>v:(\+el
- *£ - - -
A
I

/°<>
I
2£0+e) hi
i
!4-e
s *
* O e +e^- «. 4 ... ")
i = e -f e e%~~
-4
— S - 3<s>-o v /o

C
y too % r (3^-2) XlO~ ^(lOO
n*

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 2,84 *2.84 (a) For the axial loading shown, determine the change in height and the
change in volume of the brass cylinder shown. ( b ) Solve part a assuming that the t

- - 85 ilMii
loading is hydrostatic with ax s? ay ^ .70 MPa, •

58 MPa
o.l 35" i*
105 (JPa
0.33 4
A0 * % d, ,
* ? ( 3s V" ~ s. - SIGHS'* la* m
6
<

y‘o
r A0 k 0 - 7 £G.O&x)(? "nf - 7S6.06X/0" *,*

(a) 6^ = o ^ <5^
= - sr&ticf pa.
y
<s^ - o

% (-^ 4- <ry - i>g; 'j


= ^
'“1tr^r
s
-^.ssmo 4
6
A Vi - b 0 Sy - (l35“ hi»nK- 5T2. 38 */e>"
") se - o.074<& w.*.

e =
{ _ •? >* £~> , c-' . <c"* \ — 0 — % ** } §y _ { <0 . 3V ^/O^y
~
E ^ /oj'xio 1'

-6
•-
-I Z7.8ix'l&

AW * =“ (jc&.o&xtc? )(- l37.S/*/o“


C
)
- -HS.*}

(b) <r* 6^ - Cz - - 70 *tO c f<v 6^ + 6^ + 61= -Zioxio'- fa

+ 6^ - vSi'l - -1^ %
(o.SV^C-yoy/Q^?
)o5~ * [0* 'VL&.&7 xio"

Ab ~
h 0 £j ~ ^
“ - 0.0306
I- -‘
e =
E (SV ^,.5,)=
7 * ' /oi MO*
__ _ 480 „ (0

-
‘tCe - (jC,Q>. 0 £>xio- K~ CgOrfoT^ )
- - SZI ^ tq

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material, ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

Problem 2.86 *2.86 Determine the change in volume of the 50-mm gage length segment AB in>
Prob, 2.63 (a) by computing the dilatation of the material, (6) >y subtracting the
original volume of portion AB from its final volume.

2.63 A 2.75 kN tensile load is applied to a test coupon made from 1,6-mm flat steel
plate (E ~ 200 GPa, 0.30). Determine the resulting change (a) in die 50-mm gage
length, ( b in die width of portion AB of the test coupon, (c) in the thickness of
portion AB, (A) in the cross-sectional area of portion AB.

mi -»-j

ca c t

tv\ Yt\f

(a
1

) A* * 02.K».O * II. 17. 2*10’* vj

Vo^o^e “ l~ 0 A0 ~ CSoMh.z') ~

L -

2‘7S*lo %
/43.m*)o e Pa. - s; = O
A0
_ /„-• \ Gy 111. 21 1*10* -
,u e
_ I

~ g- v 6^, - V(Ty - ^
3/(5,, )1 -
B Sooxioi
w !,-.<>
~
‘ 714. IS
|lfc,w x/C>
"

- tJ - -(O.So)(ll6. JS* /cT


3
1 - - 2/4. S4 */o~

e ~ + fA - 286.46 W©~ c
~& 3
- %e. ~ (
e}6o)(
726.HL *to ) - 0.27-5- vmv,

(b) Prow -hke Sc $ t>“K' ow •fo P*^obi

S/ O.OES^I “ - 2S7$ ~ — D.o^oS4-37 ***»


*«•** Sy (?.£>£> *sn>

Tie J

L + % * >SOt O. D35T8/ S0.O5S8I

wusIH V/ - + Sj, ~ 12- 0. 007.513= W.^IHTZ *»*v»

fbrc.kh«s5 t - t* 4 5t » /.6 - o.ooo2H31 - I.SWOSLS

Voi^e. L wt ~ (',£'O.035'8l)(ii. 4^7'/22jC/.ST iJ <?^r4g)r 160.775 r™*®

£& - = 760.275 - 960 0 275T


* mm

Proprietary Material, O
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
~ —
Problem 2.87 *2.$7 A vibration isolation support consists of a rod A of radius R\ - 10 and mm
a tube B of inner radius R 2 “ 25 mm
bonded to an 80-mmdong hollow rubber
cylinder with a modulus of rigidity G
~ 1 2 MPa, Determine the largest allowable
force P which can be applied to rod A if its deflection is not to exceed 2.50 mm.

Lgrf v* o- t c * Ovz.iT

V'otkec R* £ V ^ Rx

r f
'
• • •
.
ip sfv^ss 'C a.C'J't

On CL cyj?ihtflKc*.^ SvA-CLte

Ch r I £
j

f— Q~ih -r- JL - p -
L '
Hid Lr xnrh
LMr . I.. A

' Gr 2 Tf&hr

J a*\ o'Jts \T&di <X.$ < 4^

An S ^ -y*
/

« _ P

<e-ch To4 &JP <?(e£oip 'v'<S‘ t/ 0 *


P
c_
®
C%c; £ (

it.
'
\ '2ir&h r

- —%-r-
2T1 feh
Jin r f*
i^>
=
Gr h
(A P* - AO
'
P (L ?a
^ ZnGhS
K ' XMTiT)
2irGh R,

w. lOmin * 2 0/0
( . („. 1?, - 25“*^ * O. C^r *1 , K~ 3 o ^*1 =* O. 0 £& yv\

Uv/o c Pa, S-- ;?.,5"o */o


3
*v,

(2Tt)(M /o 4 Vo.o 8 o)^.s&y/o‘’)


~a?o^OT
x
= l6 ^’"° w ,
l6 ^ kM -

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, of
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
P> r \

Problem 2.88 *2.88 A vibration isolation support consists of a rod A of radius R\ and a tube B
of inner radius R 2 bonded to a 80-mm-long hollow rubber cylinder with a
modulus of rigidity C? - 10,93 MPa. Determine the required value of the ratio
Rt/R\ if a 10-kN force P is to cause a 2-mm deflection of rod A.

V" a* V'uAia.P y\&


m
fc, Ove/' ho

cyJ'tnAer < V* ^

0* cl c.y>Pi su^P^ce

h
0
Put 1|J4
of f'o*

r--
d i os r

£
A
is

--

znrh

i i Mi n
1
The is

' ’
27T(?h r

SPe ^ ^ ^ el £ aA~ o*\ a \j e/' V'oJtia,^ dv*


^
JJk - Y'
'

dr
^
jq - y
r jr r — £— .dr
2ir£h V'

Tof o, olef or •ivi & O*


2
>
s f« -=S
2 irGh
p r
r
P
2-nGh
.ita r f'
p
=
-St-
/ M h
(A Pt i-r
- A i?,)

2 n £h A I*

y*
1 . fe.
*
_
*’
~n S* 5 _ ( 2 ir)(io.‘i 3 y io‘ r '
k j.oxo'Ko.ooO
"— -
'
r ’ '- '
'

t.0988
IO y lo
:

Hs = e^£p (uo<?S«') « 3.1


1
C,

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 2.89 *2.89 A composite cube with 40-mm sides and the properties shown is made with
glass polymer fibers aligned in the x direction. The cube is constrained against
deformations in the y and £ directions and is subjected to a tensile load of 65 kN
in the r direction. Determine (a) the change in the length of the cube in the v
Ex - 50 GPa v*. = 0.254
direction, ( h) the stresses rr*, <r
y,
and
15.2 GPii 0.254
li - 15.2 CPa - 0.428

SVye$s- - S'hr^'Vt {o*\$ <x\r<i

<rX Vyx<Ty V ZX(T Z


(W e«
E y Ey f •»- f V'

v tjar x

-ir+i-ir
rr v cr.

^ £ v £.
cr)

€t
~~rr-
VXZ<TX i'vzO'.v

A”.’
'
iJ ?

J W Et
l
ec

E x
Os)

TKe coMstr* io*i5 <KrC Ej = 0


f C3 ^ wi*m CO^Jlt *h«-K5

&$
1 - s; (?)
Ezl

Ey
GJi - ^6- r = 3^6 XT ;

J— _ 0,4» _
is.% ^
f-
ir.a
Oi* Sy “ Q.4286tj,

_ 0.4*3 r- A

ls;a%
**

IS".
. 1«
.._

2 U
yC/
2-
««
0^ -'PAZSGj + 6^

Sofv/m^. 3 t ^ ao ds 1
Sy =
= er7 * o,i3*n

Oh) fe- Vm 0), = £«- -

JL 1

£* = £/ - (0 zsh )(o.\3^m)
J
1 .
-
( 0. *54 Xo, 134913

_ 0.13142 S'*
£*
C
A ~ ( 4 o)^ 4 o) = ICOO = 1600 X' /o' KH*

s'/ *
^ * GOO i
rMir
1 *nto- U r 40 . 6 ^5 /fo
e
TV

Co h -f n i d
O

ptro\o P t'h a e el

pr©vn €<sj Usdi'ow CO w» -H. Sj ~ Oj


e„ -
^ 6-, = gf,-| 6k
=
-
]jj fe- 0.3^6*] -jg 1 1
- (p.»S'#'Ka.o77m)]<S',

6 ** =

Bo+^ By* » 4~0 m'M


S7S^lo
L-Jf
~C
~ JO
(a) 6*. ) r W.6ZS*lo3 P*> = 4H.4 MPa. «*•

6*y * o
6a.
r (o.OWC )(h¥.C 2$V/0 4) « 3.MHS^/O
fc

f>*, = 3*^ MPa. -*

Ftom C*Oj £u *
xf ^ +
4^ IJ*
6*
- (Q^^r^6?.«Tx-/o -) ^ t
3-M^6 V fe ^

Sox- to**
D _ ( (

fsiZxicy)
- 3*3 -73 */o~V

4
(W Sy * 4y^,= (40 w^)(- 3*3.73 vfo" ) * -O.OU9^

Proprietary Material, ©. 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 2.91 * 2.91 material constants £ G k and v are related by Eqs. (2,33) and (2.43).
The
Show any one of these constants may be expressed in terms of any other two
that
constants. For example, show that (a) k ~ GE/(9G - 3E) and (b) v Qk>. 2G)((6k
+ 2 G).

K = G ~
iTPKT) 2 O + 2J )

(oS) It ^ ~~r on' v * 5§“ * 1

k « 2£G
r S[2G - 2£ + 4G I8G-GF
£S

/i
(b '
\ Jl _ g_Q±id)
G- 3(1-
3k - Gk^ = XS+
3l<~ 2.G- * +£ k
^ =• 3k - ZG
Git 4-
'IG-

Problem 2.92 *
2.92 Show that for any given material, the ratio G/E of the modulus of rigidity
i 1
over the modulus of elasticity is always less than - but more than [Hint: Refer

to Eq, (2.43) and to Sec. 2.13,]

G =
WTTo) % - ZU + ^
A ss o»-> e ^ .> O -F oJJ wd' S.'SkfiJ' S <X*\ 2/ 2? 4V ^ po5lf\V«
Ho *

Z4 &F :< 2C/ + i3*3


+L, ± &_ > x
x £ 3
OV*

Proprietary Material. O
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
F

Problem 2,93 2.93 Knowing that P = 40 kN, determine the maximum stress when
(a) r = 12 (b) r ~ 15 mm.

p =r 4<>fcN £>•* l2St*/yy J -

D _ Jl£_ X olU '

3 (t>j~

“ dt ~ (0'6l?l)(0'Ol$)? fall(oYfo

icti r- /z^ 5- * r ©-/W


F t «n . 2. £4 t k ~ L44

h/Um 1
-£ ?-
(h>) yr /ITmi*,^ f -7T~ * K - 1*84.

K£ _ WY4QK/Q*) _~ ,4
6
A^c*
'

A//W 4
7

Problem 2.94 2.94 Knowing that, for the plate shown, the allowable stress is 1 10 MPa,
determine the maximum allowable value of P when (a) r ~ 10 mm, ( b) r ~
18 mm.

- Ho MPq
O~ IZ& rr\tv\ d - fa 2- hvhv X'0\{>

^ > t.
Aw* - dt * (*i6t,z)(o*oif) * fa t/6yio

(cC\ r = /oj^P' ~ 6» /4/


A '
4i

Fwo., FY^. 2.6*/ 1> IK r Jt*

6- ,
n^it^

p Ak^ ^7«//£x/c -~ co n/
U *
.2*0^
*

(bl r- * O'll K ~
» fa~j £>

- Acs, - Udlk *1±2 Uhl ^isJ, - 7r ^


K "
l-lfa

Proprietary Material. €) 2009 T he McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

2.95 For P ~ 35 kN, determine the minimum plate thickness t required


Problem 2.95
if the allowable stress Ls 125 MPa,

At He \u>9c.
'
cJA = 59 -2-4- i 51

i n - 10 mm —
y*

a«if
»*-
s *»
fvot* Fig a. K ~ 2*

K£ KR
4-
S'**-.
Am
>
' -* t
1 -
AC
M He -P.JM t> =
STfc
* ig-
*tO
- *' 316
ru“ § “ ,c> ^^ - o. xS
-

Ftok

T^i f
Fl^ 2.C*/ t

iig- ^ ( '-
( 0*

\Jcl]Io2-
w
0^)

1
^
iS
i
(f
k

2S)u <r)

."He
-

* ec)
/.TO

= O.OU^
u\Ve<?t w>i'vm rruAvi jpJLfe
6-
“*«
,

-

A.-,

IH.-K
- K£
d 8 1

£ - 20 *4-

Problem 2.96 2.96 Knowing that the hole has a diameter of 10 mm, determine (a) the
radius rf of the fillets for which the same maximum stress occurs at the hole
A and at the fillets, (b) the corresponding maximum allowable load P if the
allowable stress is 105 MPa.

*
I o
For He cifcofc<s I 'ioJ/e T * rt S*H-K *

£ 2-
~°' oS&
d loo- (O^OK*-
= T
C\)C0'Oi) ~ 0.00(34
>•- !.. ,’

l
2n,t
"i Ane+ = d t ~(.O'0

FU 2.C4 (X KU - z '8

= Km. p
£ Anef
A»*f o5yiQ ^
(w ? -- -
=. 33'l£k*J

(<A) For -Pi 'JJ&t JD ~ lO o tn.vr\ a - b2-(*'*~


~ -£^~~
~
I* M
~ d£ - (O'OfaZ-) (O'Oi) x 0\00<3 (>2. tr*\

iC -
*>'** "
kWP
~ -
'*
,
- A <SI~x s (Q'Ooo6J.)Cf<?&Kf/j
?2 ?$£>
_
" {,4' ^
2.
'

A” ;
p
From F.- ?.C4 t I}.* <Hf4s£*l£K4iJ.g M« ifo Kth
3
1

2.97 A hole is to be drilled in the plate at A . The diameters of the bits available
Problem 2.97 to drill the hole range from 12 to 24 mm in 3~mm increments, (nr) Determine the
diameter d of the largest bit that can be used if the allowable load at the hole is to
exceed that at the fillets. (6) If the allowable stress in the plate is 145 MPa, what
is the corresponding allowable load P?

A+ £V $
)
)T - ^ IS m
S*
t): § * I.

~
zz 0./2 Woim F >2 2.0H b H
C
A*.,-* - (75;(l2'> ~ mmA - 900 - 9(XO*IO~

6^ K 6> Hi, - A 6lti> _ (900 x-/ 0-^)0 4S^/Q 6 )


K a, /£>

" C2Jxlo' W - 62:/ kM

~ r
A-f fie bo A’ A„*f - (D - 2r ) t ,
a D-^r
V I
I) - /I3.5T ^ Y’'
= '0&.At'<j$ ot o iVc^/e ~t~ 12 n**

K <s Aow a.
- A
Ff
«b - 6ur -••
Pj, . K
WoJ?« r d -T)^2r- r/»l K A ^ ef ( m*"

4
1 2 Vn m \0O.S O.0£0 2.20 1206 * |o' 62.5x|o*
4 c
«?7.5 M7oX 7
1

1-5 **1K4 1

0,011 2.75 JO* /. y lo-

Mm ^0 9H.S M o.oiS' 2.71 113*1 x jo*


1
co, i> jo
3

c
2.1 Mm 1 0.5^^ 0.115 2.C7 ion*io’ Sl.G x io :

c
24 MM (%, O vom rom 0. i3S ?.62 1 062 x fef SB. 3 x /o
a

fct) grl l 1-12.

(b) klL^Ah. 9oJt . C&l kki

Proprietary Material. O
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to Leachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced* or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
. 1 i o

Problem 2,99 2.99 The aluminum test specimen shovm is subjected to two equal and opposite
of magnitude P, (a) Knowing that E - 70 GPa and
centric axial forces « 200
MPa, determine the maximum allowable value of P and the corresponding total
( b ) Solve part a assuming that the specimen has
elongation of the specimen. ,

been replaced by an aluminum bar of the same length and a uniform 60 * 15-nim
rectangular cross section.

S'*// “ 700*104 fk E - lQ-*lo' fk


Mm \
“ 'fO# - 700 * Id* vO~

(Aj XjS^CI £ pec.! yvt e Dr 75 ^vivvi - Go r 5 v

150 JB * J£ = f.25 * a
^ mi A
cd G(J ci 6o
iq

K:

Dimensions in inm

P - ^5.3 kN -*

<e A* - (7s~~Y/£- ^ J
? - 1. 17 S* I m
c,
O r > . ? r
^
k - 12.3oS*IQ^ Jo.yso £.3oo o, IS’Q
E A -
7e> xja”' [.I.OSMo** 'Rooxjo”*’ l.n5 v /o' 3

711*10' $ - 0.11

Ok Uv^ ;
) or ~ >v'

6N 3
A 6J, = C?00 y /£>'* )C2^ * /^ )
- ISOx |£ P ?t IgO.O VU

<; = £L _ A sojdold - t -7
m ^ 0
'
3
r 1.71 H -<a
5

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1 b

2.100 For the test specimen of Prob. 2.99, determine the maximum value of the
Problem 2.100 normal stress corresponding to a total elongation of 0.75 mm.

2.99 The aluminum test specimen shown is subjected to two equal and opposite
centric axial forces of magnitude P . (a) Knowing that E~ 70 GPa and ** 200
MPa, determine the maximum allowable value of P and the corresponding total

elongation of the specimen. ( b ) Solve part a,


assuming that the specimen has
been replaced by an aluminum bar of the same length and a uniform 60 * 15-mm
rectangular cross section.

s - 2. f.-U 1 § = O.is *jo-i ^


h A*

t, " L3 “ ISO O. ISO* L, = Soo . - o.Soo ^


A, C JS»>* ) 0 h... i — i » t ^S* | o yv.

~
Aj. ~ (.to® **^\C{Sn\-v\ ^ ^\OC> | O
O.ISo O. Zoo 0. SQ
+ - eoo
l3S*lo“ 4
J

ES _ (7q*;o‘ Ko.~7S*|o~M ,
a
P = 6 oo
S7.S * !D M
* Av

S+ )T a 1 i>tA _ D * 75" yviivy ®|


"
60 *v\ Y*
*

D . is-
r r . _ 6_
1 60 i . 2 S A 60
- O. iy

7.
~ V?
. \< <T

xf _
*
(\.<?^YS?.*T x (o'
‘iooxlo -u IB^x/O 6 P* <5*,* 18*-* M1V
4k S'— S' 6 ^,.

Proprietary Material, ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

2.1 01 Rod AB is made of a mild steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E ~


Problem 2.101 200 OPa and aY = 345 MPa. After the rod has been attached to the rigid lever CD,
it is found that end C is 6 mm too high, A vertical force Q is then applied at C until
this point has moved to position C Determine the required magnitude of Q and the
deflection S }
if the lever is to snap back to a horizontal position after
Q removed. is

~ c
<R«jW * K*Gy c £3.c n«to X-S45 */o<
= 2L cf<j$*(o s tJ
-0Zm p = o: IJ a ~ 0.7 FAg « o

- i a. 96 7^ /©' w
l-S.*?"* IrN -a
3
('Zoo'SiQiytz.&nxto-*)
~ % ISCkS *lo

%
oso4><lo'

0* ~ 3
S, - I. / 3. 3l9 x /<9” w 3*

Problem 2.102 2. 102 Solve Proh. 2.1 0 1, assuming that the yield point of the mild steel is 250 MPa.

2.101 Rod AB is made of a mild steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E-


200 GPa and oY ~ 345 MPa. After the rod has been attached to the rigid lever CD ,

it is C is 6 mm too high. A vertical force Q is then applied at C until


found that end
this point has moved to position C ' Determine the required magnitude of
Q and the
deflection 6 ,
if the lever is to snap back to a horizontal position after Q is removed.

A A6 - 4^ yrjp^ r CS^/7 x/o


S.'rtce foJt AS »s *fc> be

A^y - (Gs.cn «io c


X2So* /o e )
— IS. efo‘tS x/0 3, KJ

+*> 7 M0 = & U Q. - 0.1 FAb ~ e>

<3.,.^- lo.Rx/o3 M
lO. 12.

'
$A * _ SC2 s»fcr*»>
€>'
"
J/7"
" 2.232/ */cT s r^/

S, - 1.1
©' - 2.1Gx/o" s ^ -e
'

2.103 The square bar AB has a length L ~ 2.2 m; it is made of a mild steel
30~mm
Problem 2.103
that is assumed be elastoplastic with E - 200 GPa and rrY - 345 MPa. A force
to
P is applied to the bar until end has moved down by an amount Determine
the maximum value of the force P and the permanent set of the bar after the force
has been removed* knowing that (a) Sm ~ 4.5 mm, ( h ) = 8 mm.

A « r ^oo * ^oo * iO~ v*

gy - l ^ ^ - jU ^H34.r^i_cr ) z.HS* lo~* = 3.795"

c i
(^oo *io 3io .S'* fO* ^
If Sm 5: Sr Pm ~ A<5> - X3 it$*tQ ) "

t tW.xJ : S' - ~= = 15 *>»

sf - S*-S'

M £) m - . t> ***> ^ Sv Pw = S/o.S’v/o


3
U * 310. S' & NJ —ft

- 3,1^5 —
> = 0.7oC«m —
3
fb) Sv. » > Sy - Sio.S" x/o Kl = 3 JO.-iT /< M

^ vy > v*> 3. 79S" w,m, —


Z/0-* The 30~mm square bar AB has a
m; it is made of mild steel length L- 2.5
Problem 2.104 that is assumed to be ny ” 345 MPa. A force
elastoplastic with E ~ 200 GPa and
P is applied to the bar and then removed to give it a permanent set $p .

Determine the maximum value of the force P and the maximum amount Sm by
which the bar should be stretched if the desired value of Sp is (a) 3.5 mm* (b) 6.5
mm.

r C
A “ (3o)(3o) - l0O y* M - JOO*IO~ v*'

^
§y - L £ ry - kOn - i 2 ^X 2d£
loo*
*.LStl = H.sm'*jo *
5
= q.zizs m*,
£ l O’*

eycce^s Sy ^
j~hoS pro c}jc> «- pe*** 6 *e*f
sf of Sp Y^ eKy \ vv\Jwwv t S
;

6 < ?
A<$I = (9oo x/0* )(34iV/o ) * 3/0.$v|o M - SlQ.f UU

Sp - $*, - S - “ Sf Sm ~ Sp * §r

—aft
(<Xl <£)
r 3* 5 Wl m Sm * 9, * 7.81
p

Cb) Sp r ^ ^ 6.v^v*m 4 Hi 3 2 S~ ^ ^
1
~ 1 ^- S' i

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
2.105 Rod ABC consists of two cylindrical portions AB and BC; it is made of a
Problem 2.1 05
mild steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E - 200 GPa and ay ~ 250 MPa.
A force P is applied to the rod and then removed to give it a permanent set $p ** 2
mrii, Determine the maximum value of the force P and the maximum amount A,
by which the rod should be stretched to give it the desired permanent set.

40-inm
1.2 m jr
diameter 7 OG»
H
A ac j l.*566«, XfO* Vwv**' /. ’ZSb&'t * t<S
l

30-imn
t &N ?
0.8 m diameter
ft,*-,,
~ A_<S; . (7ot.8&* JO' )(25'OWO )
- \76,"7ir^lo M
I7G..7 kO

§
f_ £V. 4 P'Uc. _ (i7^,.7)$~xfQ s X°^ ,
076.7''*' )(i.7)
(700*10'’ Yl,7S‘6£‘i><iO~3

/-S4 37T*{0 *n -

C”
or x
CT
s
cr , C 2+ KS4V7S w. -si
Sf>

Problem 2.1 06 2.106 Rod /15C consists of two cylindrical portions AB and #C; it is made of a
mild vSteel that is assumed to be elastoplastic with E - 200 GPa and ay* 250 MPa,
A force P is applied to the rod until its end A has moved down by an amount Sm ~
5 mm, Detcnnine the maximum value of the force P and the permanent set of the
rod alter the force has been removed,
40- min
(liumnter

A Aa ~ TjJ
T VVyWx ” * /O
2 z
^A/o) - 256 £H y lO
30-inin Ag c * !.
diameter

6
ft** = A^.6; - (7o6.8<*j‘/o' )^S'Ov/o^)= |76.7tSx/c? N
P~*«- 176.7 /rU -*»
3
P^AB y.VUie. _ 7n4.7/6^/6> )(o.8)
+ f!7^7 A |
oMQjD
EAas p Aqc (?oo/ /o* YjoCSig io'c ) o. (^cox/o'’ )0A$66‘i*to'5 )
-3
/

Sp - S. s' = S*-UgV37^ 3* / £ ~ 3. I G mm

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

Problem 2.107 2.107 Rod AB of two cylindrical portions AC and BC each with a
consists y

cross-sectional area of 1750 mm 2 Portion AC is made of a mild steel with E =


.

200 GPa and <ry = 250 MPa, and portion CB is made of a high-strength steel with
E = 200 GPa and ay = 345 MPa. A load P is applied at C as shown. Assuming
both steels to be elastoplastic, determine (a) the maximum deflection of C if P is
1 90 mm gradually increased from zero to 975 kN and then reduced back to zero, (6) the
maximum stress in each portion of the rod, (c) the permanent deflection of C.

ij' O P OCl\JS€ V °fAe


190 min

%.r- Ue Yjte = ,SS^g£l£w£l. a.mrwo*»,

>JZQ •fWc.e - A C^Ac. - ()l£0*l <? * )&SOxiOl )


= M37..T *70 4 N

F„ £A, S. . . ft go y/ o- . ., $7^-, /0* N


Lea
p

C s
F»c-Cfu.Pr)'0 f?»Fv-F«» = S7S*tO N
i'u+p
Smce JW f>*
Z
cnS*IO N > 87£'x/O
i
VJ
por'Ko* AG y
i eJ7J % .

Fcb = £>c.
- P = W^*.l&-97S*'l03 U--= -S27.S*l<? A/

- - * g37, - 0.21179 *io~* *


(a.) $C /
E A 0 <X> /(O** )(l 75D
•= 0. #»*» ^
(t ) MttVims»A gjr<age» : ~ HP«.

Si. =
7^ « - = - 307. W WO* iv - -307 MP«, —
(c^ Defied /o»
7

* -“ "IT~
*
C.' EtC^-AC _
' _ Qt'Lcft »
** £7
He# '
- «.
^ L&
CT
4a
- _ £7*
Kc
3
F' = T75V/0 = P^-Pd * =•
W7.S*/o* P
*** , (W.^y/o3 )(o.^o) -0 m
® Uoox/o’ )(a5bvio'* Y
*a'*2QHM*l<*
c

3 s
~ - 9* T 0.11171 Ho' - 0. 2CMCf>/cT =
9p
- b-QZL7' *?»i

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-HiU Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
t

Problem 2.108 2.108 For the composite rod of Prob. 2.107, if P is gradually increased from zero
until the deflection of point C reaches a maximum value of Sm ~ 0.03 mm and
then decreased back to zero, determine, (a) the maximum value of I\ (b) the
maximum stress in each portion of the rod, (c) the permanent deflection of C after
the load is removed.

2.107 Rod AB consists of two cylindrical portions AC and BC each with a ,

cross-sectional area of 1750 mm 2 . Portion AC is made of a mild steel with E -


200 GPa and “ 250 MPa, and portion CB is made of a high-strength steel with
<ry

E “ 200 GPa and ay - 345 MPa. A load P is applied at C as shown. Assuming


both steels to be elastoplastic, determine (a) the maximum deflection of C if P is
gradually increased from zero to 975 kN and then reduced back to zero, (b) the
maximum stress in each portion of the rod, (c) the permanent deflection of C.

*4 "
C is r 0,30 mm, c orwsy

^ - S
m KJ 78 9
'.S ”
* f'-'
lO~
L ac
i

I
& f i *

S
. JiB. r - .&3gjS^ - - /.S78?*/o-
i-C6 1^0 wivi

a-F tw»4i«.P y CsPd l

C - - 2^0X10° _ -r
s /w- oj- 1
E
£ c6
£v/,c6
-
0 s-^ks* g - AOSjflO* -
r -
_ 1.72£>/©”
i.72SV/o~* w
(eAsf/c
^ )
'
O'-
E
£ ROOKIC*
7.00 K |0*»

ta> Forces : F^, - A6"r « O?^ WO'* )(2S*> */<?*•) * H37.r*/0~*

F* = EAtc4 - (2C0K/0 7 )(l7^b x/0~‘)fr )* *{0* M


Ft>^ ejoifA'li**. <3 c-Pe^cnt *.4 C_, Sc”-
Sc l3
Fee - “P =
s o
°
Pr F<c- Fc£>
- <V37.sv/oV 6 */o5 = ^io.i >< ic? t) * t9o kl) -o

(Jb) Stresses ' Ac 6^ - OVjAc ~ 2^“D MPa.

(c) PefJWfioH Ojnjo JLri .


n
s -

-e
7— —nr - - '« - - r“ - ~ F*
P‘- =ni>J*/cfw •-
Rl • q«;or><7o* w
c' (ilf.OS'xlC?)
S
-
- ,
rr'SwT^
(2c© X(Ol)Cl?^C7 XfO *)
;nrr w o. ICB m Y O m - O.ZG 8 /‘i *,*.

^K. - S ' - 0.$O - O.M7H «m ’ 0.03/


« O

Problem 2.110 2J10 Solve Prob. 2.109 T assuming that the cables are replaced by rods of the
same cross-sectional area and material. Further assume that the rods are braced
so that they can carry compressive forces.

2J09 Each mm and is made of an


cable has a cross-sectional area of 100
2

elastoplastic material for which ay ™ 345 MPa and E ~ 200 GPa. A force Q is
applied at C to the rigid bar ABC and is gradually increased from 0 to 50 kN and
then reduced to zero. Knowing that the cables were initially taut, determine (a)
the maximum stress that occurs in cable BD f (b ) the maximum deflection of point
C, ( c ) the final displacement of point C (Hint: In part c% cable CE is not taut.)

Le+ 0 ” 'reck;**

&
y
~ %3&. _ Set?
L Afi *
XTjvc

i. c
JL

00 Ct
Er ej^ op Lay ABC,
^ ^
* ^
,'P,' £> r i

j
=$ *3IM, = o: * UcE e - UQ-o
F„ . iaFc „
- Fe£ *|Ci 0 <

&
Ass^^c Ga-LA? CG is yirjj^ej. Fc _ f AG^ — ( loo* to )(Z^S*f O6 ) r 3H.S % to
a
H
3
F^(n) Fao= ^(^Q-FrV ^)Cso*ld i
-Z‘*.5'^!o
>
-) 31.0 x/o KJ

Fsp
bo < A Gy r S^.S* it? tixJLJe 8D is eiAj-h'c wl><M <3 fcV.

reo \A
(cC) H ^O ury stresses
5~F^-es5es .
, 6ce = 0V = 345“ Mp<*.

S*> -
' %A
¥ '
- ^-
loo x
?,Q * !

°l
to- c - sio* (o‘ *> n 6i» ' 3I« HP-.

Zb") M >
^ cM^ec>r [ t
3 ppr^i
r> C. ,
>

F«L, (3).oxlo'*)U -3
- )

c 3J X/O nn
(2.00 > l * )(/ CxO V ( o” 7

F™~ (0 (Sc) « See - 2 5eo - G.2 x/o" 1 »n J/-*a

ijyi Ppftgl* i
. a'= ^ ,
s c; =•
si o ^ Wo = i s;
E JUsf to c- ' - FA^_~ C^oo^/o’Yioox
' io‘
6
Y£Se .'')

r Sxl._
° t S- ,, /

e£, ~'
Lao t
[T ' - FA Sjg , \Zoqv fo )f/oc?y/d" <? s
XS>c.
f

) _ / 0),y 0 «> g
'

Q> Ac;^iFe |^.^x/o c


'

FV^ta) '
r sc

EdjOcA e^pi^ss' iwj -Poa ^ /^.A* (O §&


c
* So*io'
3
%1 “ ^ x' /o' Ho

1
(o')
1

Fi nci diLfil Aeg Et. S c = CSeV** e^v/o -


/I
^5.^0 - ^
^ o

Problem 2.111 2.1 1 1 Two tempered-stee! bars, each 4.76 mm thick, are bonded to a
12.5-mm mild-steel bar. This composite bar is subjected as shown to a cen-
tric axial load of magnitude P. Both steels are elastoplastic with E 200
GPa and with yield strengths equal to 690 MPa and 345 MPa, respectively,
for the tempered and mild steel. The load P is gradually increased from zero
until the deformation of the bar reaches a maximum value 8 m ™ 1.016 mm
and then decreased back to zero. Determine (a) the maximum value of P, (b)
the maximum stress in the fempered-steel bars, (c) the permanent set after

the load is removed.


^ mni

JU A, v (o” /2 5") (o<o Bog ) sr


la2>£ X t* ^
- Ljy. ,o“V
s Yl
E XlO 1 ,
-
~ (s

f-o v' tempered sfee>P A^“ 2(o‘Oo4l6>)(o °£°Q)~4-$ 3'(>X ,


r
to m

§f -. iSi fVUFVf.lv- i

j.
,.
_
zzs
2.2-5 f.(0
", ,
1^,
- b Z-.

To+.i av'-eci. ' - A, -i- A, - I n 8’ 5*io ^


^ tu t si~eej yleljs . Tempere*/ sfce7 »'s eAtshc,

(a) Pastes P, - A, 6Tri (cK/

6
p t PA 2 S^ (200x10^,) C‘^^S4’y«o )^.Qof t> /fc<)
O' 5 55"

p =•
p, + H = 445*4 tN

Cb) sses
S+r>esses 6^ = - * Gy, r £4L Avffj?

6;1
-
= a , ,
-
~ 512'
512* '
M-P^
4- M-P.
A, 4&'6*i<f

UtnPo&di Hi
/ _ pL _
(44^ot.)^o^S5-) ^-
O'l&lKlo ^
EA ^PeoXit1
n,
(miHxia 9
)

(Cl p€/'w,an€^t S«f Sp - S^-S* -• l*c> — 0 7 <f 1 - O * 2. 24


« «v» Hi,

O Z* ?

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
2 ^

Problem 2.1 1 2.1 12 For the composite bar of Prob. 2. II 1 if P is gradually increased >

from zero to 436 kN and then decreased back to zero* determine (a) the max-
imum deformation of the bar* (b) the maximum stress in the tempered-steel
bars* (c) the permanent set after the load is removed.

2.111 Two tempered-steel bars* each 4.76 mm thick* are bonded to a


12. 5 -mm mild-steel bar. This composite bar is subjected as shown to a cen-
tric axial load of magnitude P, Both steels are elastopiastic with E= 200
GPa and with yield strengths equal to 690 MPa and 345 MPa* respectively*
for the tempered and mild steel. The load P is gradually increased from zero
until thedeformation of the bar reaches a maximum value 8^ - 1.016 mm
and then decreased back to zero. Determine (a) the maximum value of P, ( b )
355 mm jjfjl the maximum stress in the tempered-steel bars* (c) the permanent set after
the load is removed.

HJJ sfeeJ? A t
o£oir) ~ h
Tempered s+ee^ A* - ^(o>oo^&)(6io£o£)-W?'Ui o*

A = A>*A, = ^
Jl J S"f e ej?

6V, - 9y - A6V, M
V > Py 0 s teeJP y!eJ?ds-

Let- F, = -fotrce CCI rv'teJ by Jj sfeel


P% ~ fo/'t.e coii^ri'e^t ty -fe/io^ev^o/ siee^

P, = A, GT, = =2f^<>7T M

P, + P* - 9 p - p-p, - h booo if N

b
£ Aa (>eo*io1 } (4f3'6ic(p J

-
Uf WSV
<s; 6 = 4Ar8-Xhl
46?'

PL ($?(> Otr* )lO •


U«foc4i«< = O'^ZXfO M - 0412-KK.

§/> SK -§ = -» 0 *
6*f 2. ~ O » I C> 4- ^

Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced* or
distributed inany form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
) * ^

Problem 2.113 2.113 The rigid bar ABC is supported by two links, AD and BE, of uniform 37.5 x
6 -mm rectangular cross section and made of a mild steel that is assumed to be
elastoplastic With £^ 200 GPa and &y = 250 MPa. Tbe magnitude of the force
Q applied at B is gradually increased from zero to 260 kN. Knowing that a =
jlgpi 0.640 m, determine (a) the value of the normal stress in each link, (b) the
maximum deflection of point B.

s+ofe : IM, o: (a -Pee)- 7M PAO = O


- SA ~ 2. &j Se - <ZQ - O. 'iHO 3

*— - — 2.64 m 3 bJ^ctsFc'c A Y\*aJy 5 r'$ *

A - (37. £") (c ) - 2ZS ~ ZZS~ fO -/K

Pto = SA =

“(26 ^7*IQ e )(2.£H 9) = C?.8 8Wo‘ 6

6* - -2^- - 310.6 x Id' 0


Ad

pBe 3
f^-s^ -Qggigg fegs g^s, * w<(0 ‘ s ,
p
e 6
- l
( is>t l0 )(o.6‘io 3) - 28.80 x/O &

67* - i?» 123 k/O* 0

Fro*v. S}a4( Q-~ Pee +


Hf0 P At> * Pee + 4- P,

[28.30x/o + (4J2S‘)(6?.g£y/o4 )]0 = 3/7.0SX/O 6 0


fc
-

0y y / A’O €T AD - ~ 2<i>0 x/O - 3 lo . 6 x/o 0


~6
0y =• S09.S9 *lO
4
Qy -( 317.06 x/d & )(3o¥.S ?x/o' <
)
- 255.2 *lo 3
A/

3
firi Since Q. - 26© x/o > j
J>.*lr AD yle^s. 6/0 = 2!To MRa.

6 6
"Pfco S A $V » (225x/o' )(2SOx/o' ) - S&.Z£*IO~ bJ

Sb^ticij Pee = Q~ 4.125 PAo - «ld -W. /2S~)(S(,.2S v /o


3
)

P8t - 27. 97 fT
°ee
- ~
A a
-
'
27. gr7x/o
^*IO
225x10“
3
_
'
/ou 2 x/x) 6 -
f>-
«
= Mp*
C - Peeves _ ( 27.97 xto’X/.o) _ rr> .* ...
— £2 OO ^ l&
.

(d c)a ~ Vv^
)
a
EA
r" / n
(2oo <7\T ~t~~
*ioi)(2ZS»io-'*
/

SB = o.eaa^ *
. ) o

Problem 2.114 2.114 Solve Prob. 2. 11 3, knowing that a ~ 1.76 m and that the magnitude of the
force Q applied at B is gradually increased from zero to 1 35 kR
2.1 13 The rigid bar ABC is supported by two links, AD and BE, of uniform 37.5 x
6-mm made of a mild steel that is assumed to be
rectangular cross section and
elastoplastic with E - 200 GPa and ay- 250 MPa. The magnitude of the force
Q applied at B is gradually increased from zero to 260 kR Knowing that a “
0.640 m, determine (a) the value of the normal stress in each link, ( h ) the
maximum defl ection of poi nt B.

Stakes : 2M C ^0: 1.76 (Q~ ?Qe)-2XV PAO = o

Pfic i l
Osfo'C j- l ots, - S6 ~ I.7B- &
An
Q
{zPasPic

A = (37.6-5(6) =
a. Jy s Ts ;

2ZS ^ - 72S*\Q~''

p - FA c _ (2O0*/o*) C
'
Tk ^ hi ‘ 5* ^6.</7W $A
e
= (2C>. 17*lO ‘)(2.QH Q)
t - Gf.8&»/O c 0

6^ d -
^ - 3 /O. 6 *'/o* e

P6E -
(
yi°k tQ? ^^~ y/p'^ § -
= 45x|o‘S
L
ySxlD 5 ae *= (4S*!O
(45*lO )0.7C
fc
= f^*S
Lee
6 - .

l*c>
s 0)
)0*7C 9
77.2*|O fe
0 6* ~ £ss “
- v /d 1
- S"ee
eE » 332
352 0
A
o-jvhcs, Q. - P« e + PAD = PeE + I- 500, *PAo

= [73.2*10* til .500 ')(£?. S&x/O 6 )] 0 = iTg.^^/O 41


0

&
9y *4 of ikk 8 ir <S6e - Cy - 25 o */o - 352 * io H
Gr
c
Oy = 7 0
f . 23 */o“ '

Q.y - (|78.£2*|Q 4 )(7f0.23*IO~‘ ) = 1X6. ?6v/0 3 |\/

Since Q. a 133/ to 3 /)
1
> .Pint Be yields 6-gg. “ ,6*y r 2.SO HPol *"

a
A 3
PB £. = A6)
A 6V -
* )(25o */
0?25*io- )(;?5o
(225>'lo' v/ 0 ‘ ) - 3TG.25 */o /v

Frow, S-fa^fi CS
s-f*4-i‘cs j
t
P^o “~
P.o L&b (Q ~
~ Pi*£^ = 52.5 */o s

(3
Ad
*a
D
it
-
Pao
E&a
A
_
r
'
^5 /o'*
52.5 x/o
izs'xlo^
725:
3
»/ ?*
x
, . . _ ^ 33,3 */o
c
r 233 MPa

o _ s
f-Aim St’5
Si's df
of
1

A 0 r
gy"ggS7(F
~ 7S .T-^xfO
/ v^aJ!

Se
§3 “
r 1.76.
1. 76. 0 -
r /. 322
323 * lo
^
»v%
Se = 1*322 ww, 4 ^
*

Problem 2.115
*2.115 Solve Prob. 2. II 3, assuming
magnitude of the force
that the applied at Q
B is gradually increased from zero to 260 kN and
then decreased back to zero.
Knowing that a ~ 0.640 m, determine (a) the residual stress in each link, (b) the
final deflection of point B Assume that the links are braced so that they can
.

carry compressive forces without buckling,

2.113 The rigid bar ABC is supported by two links, AD and BE, of uniform 37.5 x
6-mm made of a mild steel that is assumed to be
rectangular cross section and
elastoplastic with E ~ 200 GPa and tfy
- 250 MPa. Hie magnitude of the force
Q applied at B is gradually increased from zero to 260 kN. Knowing that a ~
0.640 m, determine (a) the value of the normal stress in each link, (b) the
maximum deflection of point B .

See +o 2* M3 4W 44-e s4re^5es

- ISO *lO * Va &GB ~~


129. 2» X (0

~ x'/o ir?

The ^Jks4i*c i* f-U b=> Problem 2. M3


“Vo -pli e (Jin Po *1 « cj

c
Cl - 3n.o&*io 9'
' Ql _ 2go *to -6
e 3 I?. 06 WO 3 17.06 Wo *
- 82.0.03*10

4
6ao'
* 3JO.£ WO 1 <9 (3IO.£»lo' )($Xo.os-*iQ‘)
r
* 2SH.io yio “pa

C = 123 */«?’ 0 (U3 WO*)(2;io.o3Wo~


t
) = I OH. 46 v /£>
b
'Pa.

Sa * O. C4o O' = SZ8.82 xiO~C„

(ex') ReW-sliJfc-i s}fes5<


>e<s

4-

^“ ^ao “ ^ao " 25c> ~ 23*4.70 WO* -


-
-4.7o*/o c Pa
- 4.7o MPo^ -«*

6
6; ~ 6:ee 6« -
fc 124.3 Wo* - I OH. 46 WO* 14.34 v/O Rt
14.34 MPa
_t -*
(U G2 1.33 >IO - 324. 82 WO
4C. 7/ 70 “^ - 0.0467^^-1 -*»
6

Problem 2.1 1 2.116 A uniform steel rod of cross-sectional area A is attached to rigid
supports and is unstressed at a temperature of 7°C. The steel is assumed

to be elastoplastie with <j y •“ 250 MPa and E * 2G0GPa. Knowing that


a - 11.7 X 10^ 6 /°C, determine the stress in the bar (rz) when the temper-
ature i vs raised to 160°C, ( b ) after the temperature has returned to 7°C.

Co^re^i\/e
1

"P he "Hut

ev^i^iVic e’Ocjf on -fo ft e *

% - ~ + totCAr) =r - §|ir + L o( (Ar) r =

CATV - Ji- r -to 6* £ "c


C^ooyno^)(H‘ly>o-^J

6*d AT-fto-l ~ is 3 °c > (ATr )

(gO YV *0**V<j 6" = » 2iR)M.p<^


-6V
Coof.v^: (ArV -
#
s « §p + s; - + Lot (AT} •= o
*• ? EoUAT) =r

- - Xi0*>)ff/'7x(oM ( I&?,) = — Xs£


ft') <J sfrcss

6^ -r
-Gr - e' = -2SZ>X{O^*r£K( 0 6 -/<#
t

Proprietary Material. €) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
-

Problem 2.117 2.117 The steel rod ABC is attached to rigid supports and is unstressed at a
temperature of 25 °C. The steel is assumed elastoplastic, with E- 200 GPa and
555
250 M Pa.
The temperature of both portions of the rod is then raised to 1 50
6
A= 500 mm' A„ 300 mm 3 °C. Knowing that d ~ 1 1.7 x 10' /°C, determine (a) the stress in both portions
MA \ C \ of the rod, (£) the deflection of point C.

= Soo x/O' wT
4
l Ac =• a \so *
c
— 150 Hint - 250 mm
3oo*lO o.2SO ^

Co/'S’Vv-gin^'}* • S-j-
” o
A B A/ ~f~o etc i a poz-ruM C. 8 .

r _ £JUs _ £i-£@ - »
Ae oUAt
1 ^
-

FA«. F/W
AT - lr^ A
'
Aca
c s
p ® Pr » A^gSV
<s
Af = (Sooxio'' X^5'^^/o ) - 7S'*7o l7

Py Lac , Lc.& \
(AT) f
L>,aFot Ace. AeG J

75" x i.o
:

Oj£c> OA£o
6 ^ - ^.812.^
(0.H0o)(2ooxf£> )0L7^/o* <i fc
) \
5o<5x|o' 3ooxiQ-<

AeAo*f AT: 1SQ°:C- 2S*C * IZS°C > (AT)y


s
For- AT > (AT) y p * FV = 7sxio N

7S* ?Q 3 - ISO
<a) x |q‘ Pa. r - \SO HPcc
5oo *{o~ & S*Ac

e; e = “= "
-<5V s; 0 ^-2SO MPa.

(b'i For- AT > (ATV p 0*A l


or^ AC v'e.*v'A.t’ns> o.$ c. •

PyL,
S
c/A
+ L At d(Ai )

FAac
~ —
^- ° ^ (

7( Zooxio^LSooxio-*) + (0 isoXu.7*
,L
6
io~ Yias) = ,

t I
- 6
$>yiC.(£. jpc> 1 ro*!" A is STcc-Ti on £1^1 ~ ^c/A~ I 0G.^\xlD >y>

Sc -
8 v r 1 .\ ^

Problem 2.1 1 *2.118 Solve Prob. 2.117, assuming that the temperature of the rod is raised to
150 °C and then returned to 25 °C.

H= SOff.inn 2
A- 300 mm*
2.117 The steel rod ABC attached to rigid supports and
MA \ £ \ temperature of 25 °C,
is

assumed elastoplastic, with E =* 200 GPa and


The steel is
is unstressed at a

ar~ 250 MPa. The temperature of both portions of the rod is then raised to 50 1

°C. Knowing that a~ 1 1,7 x lO'V'C, determine (a) the stress in both portions
of the rod, (b) the deflection of point C
150 mm U-
'•
250 mm

A*." 50O*/O‘‘ Lac - O.ISO


t 3’
Acj- 3oo*icT f" l^8 - o ?Sa
. ,

* Sp + S r “ o
'

De'f -
^ >'
v, A pa GciOSg
y
t k in por-PuM C.(3 „

_ JALa& i
/ a~t \
L AeOC{.A
,

FA«. EAfe
)

P f Uc
At
^ .
Left
Las Fc4. V Aac

Af P = Py * AcgSV = (300x10 6
Xllfox/cf) - ISxIcfU
fV / Lac . Lea \
Laq£^DC \ Aec Ac,Q J

75~ x |,o^ o./Ao OA£o


j

0~ &i Po.8 12. °c


{O.HOo)(<ZOO*.W‘ X\\.l'*lO~ i (
') \ SoQk 3 oox[q-

AoW? A i : l&0°C-2S°C* I2S


0
C > (AT\
For AT > (AT) y p - pr ^ 7vS x io
3

CoJv'o^: (AT' * 1
25° c
£U ol(ATV
+
la,. tct;
£
IZooxlp' V 0.4ooUH.7» I0* )(|2S )
o,-j-5c? O.^go = 10 3, ^35 x UF K)

£(70 x jtr* 3(io x jo*

%
4brec: P«J- P'-Py « 1 6 3. US * It?- lS*lo - 28.235'x/o^U 6h^K>*A

(a'i
C<tf Pestolc/cJ? fi* 6.
6;AC. r Bts-
Bch i F5 A4-= * C 6 c MPct .-a
A6.5
. r $00*10-1 (

- jxss ?%».2-S5T* /P
(5
ca '
3,oo x - 6£6- !
MPa. -•
Aca it?

~ yF’a
^ ~
(bt fer-rtaangylt gje-PJ^&T ((>8 C>P po.'«p Q. § '

£>r
“ O..0M2 M *v?»w
o

Problem 2.119 *2.I19 Bar AB has a cross-sectional area of 1200 mm 2 and is made of a steel that
is assumed to be elastoplastic with £ ~ 200 GPa and a Y =* 250 MPa. Knowing
that the force F increases from 0 to 520 kN and then decreases to zero, determine

^ca
~
'Btc ~ F= Soo *id “-
s
= - ZZ x lo N

-Q.tgo) 3
~ _ _ Peg, Lea _ » 3333 x'/o m
e
FA (2eoy |0 1 )02oo x iO" A )

Jk. 3*0 **°?


^06 -
A
=
Uoo xto
- -|g$. 333 XfO* P*.

S' r P*e L»c, _ Fc 8 eft ts


(F
E-A FA E•A

~
•p ' ( kt£ + %- \ = J LtG -
** K.ea
1

FA EA /

PAc —“
1
/
FU . (-SSo xfo )(©'• 4Mo -o.l* o)
3
O.H'tO
3 73 ./S Z^lo
3
Lfce, *- L«.a

3 S ~ 3
P
r cfa
'
=
n: - f =*
37 g.m*(o ~S2o*L° - 1H|. . 3/3 x/o
3
_ n: _ 378- IZZ*10 r
- c
' 3/5-. IS *, j <|o Pa.
6"/*C.
A ( too xlO'^

_ Pbc. _ _ im.BMxto* = - x/O


4
Pa
6^ A l7oo xio~*
! 1 8 . /£*

•3
c ' (378. fSZ ')(o.\Zo') OJ D<?/ X\0~ W\
S>o (ZOo x C 2oo x o
( ! | M
1
$ c - S' S o. *<*3333 *(o'
3
- 0 molt* to* « o.l&nxio *
(o_) s, 0 *
r
.

o.
4
- -£!>.* */0 fA
urn*^ ^
(b'i <5^ r - 6^ = *5-0 x/o‘ - 3/S. is-*
= -6S". * MPa
6™ r-«
- Cfc© “ S'cg' ' -
C
l^3.^S3y/0 + N8. IS2X/0
6
r-65?x|O s
P*
>
- - 6S“.3. -=*
.

Problem 2.120 *2.120 Solve Prob. 2.11 9, assuming that a =* 1 80 mm.

*2.119 Bar AB
has a cross-sectional area of 1200 and is made of a steel that mm2
is assumed be elastoplastic with E ~ 200 GPa and cry ~ 250 MPa. Knowing
to
that the force F increases from 0 to 520 kN and then decreases to zero, determine
(a) the permanent deflection of point C, (£) the residual stress in the bar.

\a - 120 mm

F “ ( 2 OO M * / 2 OO / I O
e
Fo»r r C
4x> _AC- "Pac A(Tr = 0?OO>'/O* “)CaS‘O>'/O ')

= 3oo x'lo
3 hi

Fo/ l}StO* p
r +p 1
ep,
_ pR
1

S
Hr* Fcb ~ "Ric " F - 3oo-x-(0 - Szo y/c^
~ -
23.0 y(O z V
(^ovlo^Co.VVO-o./ao) _- „ 23S333 X/O
St* - O .
w.
c
( 200 xlO ')( l?oO KfC>~
c
)

Pea _ _ 2%C?X/ &?*


- - /S3.SS3 Pa.
1 3 OO / {O' 6 -

Un fod
o'- PaJL
EA
Ac.
'
'H rc(j teg
fea i< (f-Pa^u
PC Pc. . Lea
£A
fU
fc A £ta EA
Phr *
r CSZO y ic? ^ (o. 4 4o - o. &o ) I
3

O.Wo - 307.2?3^/O M
Lac+ L<
3
Pea “ PJ-F - Zo7.7l3*lO
i>
- v /O = - 3f2. 7X7 * id AJ

(3Q7.373x/o g (oj&o ) "}___

O. 00 X 10 * )02°° y °" i
,
i
)
o.izoyss y/o ^
3
PA c' _ 301. 2 73 * !Q
~ 2S£>.0&\ >f to* ?a
A ixoo a fO-fi

-
I
WMv
200 X /o~
lO
c
*
_ _ \T?.273yl°"P

<r 3
(c0 SC p "
o<. - O.Z32333 */o - 6.33 OYiTx/o - O.ooii% x to

- 0.0078 g m*v,

(b')
6*
fe - 2SOxlo‘- 1S(,.06! xlo" * -6.O6//0 c P*
- -6.06 HPc*.
4
6Ct8 - - **>95.333 y/O + 117,213 XIO 4 - — 6.0^ x/o
— Q.OC ptpe». —*S
*2. 121 For the composite bar of Prob. 2 J determine the residual
Problem 2.121 1 1 ,

stresses in the tempered-steel bars if P is gradually increased from zero to 436


m and then decreased back to zero.

2.111 Two tempered-steel bars, each 4.76 mm thick, are bonded to a

12.5-mm mild-steel bar. This composite bar is subjected as shown to a cen-

tric axial load of magnitude P. Both steels are elastoplastic with E “ 200
GPa and with yield strengths equal to 690 MPa and 345 MPa, respectively,
for the tempered and mild steel. The load P is gradually increased from zero
until the deformation of the bar reaches a maximum value d m — 1.016 mm
;i ;i
12.5 mm and then decreased back to zero. Determine (a) the maximum value of P, (b)
355mm ,,

i
the maximum stress in the tempered-steel bars, (c) the permanent set after
the load is removed.

:
s+eef A ,
- CcMolZiO ( o »
oSo^) » Y/ «»
^
^
T * Lz)(°'Oo4ru>)(o>osttp)=r4-&2.6'f-loK?

T 1 A - A, +-A
a ^
farce 4** ytcfd 'hkc

SV, -
^ Pr -~
A6"n

P > P^ ^
fte/e^d^e r«< J #1 y/eAds

U&+ P, “
Pj. 5 4W"c.e
C«»/V''e«st

cft/vSe*/
Wy trvi M sUeJ
p, - A, 6^ « W~Xio*) -^<61?
s
P, + Pt *
- P
p A P, * P-f> = 436* /o'- y/o = W-.
J
61" = SiO£L -- 4^-7 .

A, 4£?*fcXf<>

U* ^#u4in^ ST* *
<s-'«

4 - = si*).? «A.
ni^cxip
Qe.'iiJtotJ) st/xtsscs

mM shejp 6i ^ » 6; - (S'* * « - 44-. £

ie**'pe>Ae<4 &4ee^ ^J - 6\- 6^ - 4<NP«'7 —


- ff"*)

Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Al! rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
o

*2>122
For the composite bar in Prob. 2.111, determine the residual
Problem 2,122 stresses in the tempered-steel bars ifP is gradually increased from zero until
the deformation of the bar reaches a maximum value 8 m ™ 10 turn and is then
decreased back to zero,

2.111 Two tempered-steel bars* each 4,76 mm thick, are bonded to a


12. 5 -mm mild-steel bar. This composite bar is subjected as shown to a cen-
tric axial load of magnitude P. Both steels are elastoplastic with E - 200
GPa and with yield strengths equal to 690 MPa and 345 MPa, respectively,
for the tempered and mild steel. The load P is gradually increased from zero
until the deformation of the bar reaches a maximum value S m ~ 1.016 mm
and then decreased back to zero. Determine (a) the maximum value of P, ( b)
the maximum stress in the tempered-steel bars, (c) the permanent set after

mm the load is removed.

„ _ ,

He
. .

f 11^: i (
For ^'44 sfeei* A, ~ (o- o I'lS )(^o ioSc?^)s Mo
'zSMl
^
C .
-
L6y,
-g- _- (0-3SS (?^-Srx,o0 - „ „ .'3 »*,
o.bixn*
r .

f-o^ j-e^pe^ed &4eeJ? o

g = “MP 3 - r ) .. j

ET >crt> ZlQ*'
'
b Xy
A
To+ft/ ci/-€a * A * A, + -(((§'£> Kfo

Sy'l
< S*, < Sft 7~A-e /ntlPd sfe&jp ields . I e^pered sfe^f >s ejhs he .
y
Forces - (6?ri<ur
i
)(i‘ts*ioV ~ Fa)
F, A.6V, -

6,
p _ E A 2 Sm .OnrojOd'U C 48-'i'i>Y.tt )(oy 0 cl 0 6) \

21 £,.£* M
* L o-«?rjr

'resses Gf ” ~ GVi “ 1 4- if Avff*

8
o1 s 4r- r 12MLyiP - £la.-4-Mp4

L)hi^0a4i ng
IS!*'
?e.s : J
f sfre5ses

6^5 - 6 ;
- 6" - i*AT - 3

- <5* “ £ 7 3 * 4* — ^' 7 - ixq^|


J
2j «S

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
) 1 )

Problem 2,1 23 *2.123 A narrow bar of aluminum is bonded to the side of a thick steel
Q
plate as shown. Initially, at T\•*= 2 G* all stresses are zero. Knowing that the
temperature will be slowly raised to T2 and then reduced to determine (a) the
highest temperature T2 that does not result in residual stresses, ( b the temper-
ature T2 that will result in a residual stress in the aluminum equal to 400 MPa.
Assume aa — 23 X 10'“ 6
/°C for the aluminum andX as — i 1 .7 10“ 6/°C for
the steel. Further assume that the aluminum is elastoplastic, with E = 75 GPa and
ay — 400 MPa. (Hint: Neglect the small stresses in the plate.)

c yieJUtv*^

OtJ&T\= LoC s (AT) r

6f
4-qo * to 412*0
CATy) -
-

E « - <*0 t7if y I )(23'-il*1 )c 0-*) 1


=

(<0 TzY - T, ±LAT) y o-t + 4-72. = 4*3 1 *CL

fi-fEes yi'eiUing

% = + L ctjAT) - Lc^ (AT

Coo jPl h

S' • £i+toUAr)'- Lo<s (Ar)'

Tt« ires i S ‘tress is

P' _
- SV - <sy - £(c^-ou)(Ar)
A

-6; - <s; - f of,X'&7')

2 61 4<*>xfo*
At -
E(alA -cts) "
144 °C
C75*^K23-f/«1)<:f<r 6 7

tb) Tz * X + AT - XI -t 444 --

If
n
71 > ^f°C *
fk vitJJ rvios j f, feTL
d
l
c owp r-e.S5 ^ _
*.

yieiW <V\
E E «

Problem 2.1 24 2.124 The aluminum rod ABC ( » 70 GPa), which consists of two
cylindrical portions AB and BC , is to be replaced with a cylindrical steel rod
DE ( ~ 200 GPa) of the same overall length. Determine the minimum re-
quired diameter d of the steel rod if its vertical deformation is not to exceed
the deformation of the aluminum rod under the same load and if the allowable
stress in the steel rod is not to exceed 165 MPa.

vav^r^ <x,T\ ov\ oI aio> 1^0

* PU P ( Laa + )
Am E AecE Ate.

/ 0-3 0. 45
C>-62>3>K(o *»

%(o.05t,y

5fe«?y roj s = 0» 6# 3 ft (o\.

£4,
ES
r
JvoyZHo' 151
(xoo XtO*) (O'bgZxto 3)
= &o 4-)(to V
3

A - P7 =
Uox/o ^
= o-U7yio *
A
A '' e
O' /6-Tx/^
^
«*

Re<!|uu*Ae<* HI*, \Jc*Jloz A - 0* fv*

^ = _
y
®" = foyo-ui n?X ~ - 2-°[ Ha

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. Ho part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 2.127 2.127 Link BD h made of brass (E = 05 GPa) and has a cross-sectional
1

area of 250 mm 2
. LinkCE is made of aluminum (E — 72 GPa) and has a cross-
sectional area of 450 mm Determine the maximum force P that can be
2
.

applied vertically at point A if the deflection of A is not to exceed 0.35 mm.

225 nun

Use. ABC
f
<xS «L boely
150 mm
1
t>rM c = oj o , FtfD - /.55S& P
5> ZH b =o uep * o r«’D.«T6 P

fc*>A eo r /dir x/o^ V < O *)

"o«£jrr6)/o*
— — - - —— - •
//
— ~
- 2‘$>1Z1_*/0~
^ P
f 1\
£se Ace f?2-)<(O^K45DXfO *)

Fi^oxa cIc'lo/'iviA i

s>,,8 - Ifo * &.


- ... , ..'€:?»^ .. £ .

c I . ^iU£r
- ~l0rb*\ | K JO~ P

§8 + ^Ag 0
* /S*3SI4-Kf

*-x2.n *<6^ f

A disp*P&.ce**e^ 7i\wj f~ ^ * O' 6063 S ^ 72_ ‘ |


"? P •

o*ooo^S^
~ 1£'1P7 LN •
- (£'7*} kfii
22* H Mo"

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 2.128 2J2S A 250-mm4ong aluminum tube (E ~ 70 GPa) of 36-mm outer diameter and
28-mm inner diameter may be closed at both ends by means of single-threaded
screw-on covers of I .5~mm pitch- With one cover screwed on tight* a solid brass
rod (E ~ 105 GPa) of 25-mm diameter is placed inside the tube and the second
cover is screwed on. Since the rod is slightly longer than the tube, it is observed
that the cover must be forced against the rod by rotating it one-quarter of a turn
before it can be tightly closed. Determine (o) the average normal stress in the
tube and in the rod, (b) the deformations of the tube and of the rod.

a -
= 3f (<C ~ - 402. 4 oz.nvio*

' ^ f (ZS't - 44fi?.87 - <i<to.87*/o~^ W?

PL = P (ckZSTo) „ 3.88 !S*t o'* V


Em* Amu 12 x/O' 6 )

.. PL _ p of * lo~*' F
Lr ^j ~ (loS 6 4
A«-/ *J0 X4?o.S7vjo~ j

O' 6,
~ ( "K'fn)* l»ET - 0.375“ 375“ w,

- § or c _ S*
c?f«4,e

4
3.88JS“*|0* F + q.8SOS*IO~
<>

P - 375- v/O'

x? ~ 9zt2£.
y z
r ~ Vft Zo$^\o h)
4.arc>n(io^)

(a)
~ . P ^° 3 -'
£7. *1.0* Pa. * G7J\ Mpo.
" ~6

A +0,e iZ'x io

3
P 27.3ogy |Q
-XXrxfo* Ft * -6X0 MP*.
6L
For/
Ay-oJ

6
O,') ?M< - (8.32US* xil>*Xzi.'&o%*l<£) - 242 .5* lO' * * 0-2475“ mm -®

- -(^8s^x/o~^)fr?.3^&*fc? } *-132.
s
S*^ »*=-0.\32S

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed* reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 2,129
Problem 2.130 2.130 The rigid bar AO is supported by two steel wires of 1.5 mm
diameter (E — 200 GPa) and a pin and bracket at D Knowing that the wires .

were initially taut, determine (a) the additional tension in each wire when a
900 N load P is applied at D b ) the corresponding deflection of point D.
T = r
F
t (

200 mm Sfefp
'
•E

w

i
250 mm
p{
J
L 0 be -Ht* *^10^ crF AECO
l

300 mm 300 mm 300 mm

i a c j Sc - O' 0
Sc
b - t^oei-ee
e c:
c "
Ai“ 1 l
o , EA $eer -
~ (
2^oxf 0 )i(o-^) (o« 3 ©>
r ee* ~ 7"z: ’

> pcF
r _ .

Lee O* Z-£>
«e ?
= 4 * 4 115 © -

^ — * te p
CP *"
^>t " £-
^ A
, EA^cp~
f\
_
~
(sooxtoQ^oo* Q
^
>0
°* 4£r
Lei
- 4 7/231 *
a-

fV-ec body A 3 CD
t> -O 0’Zp&e ¥Q*(oV<j? -0*1.? * O
(o.3)C'4z 4 ll£- £) + (o«6)£4'7J23 1 °

4o 117 tf J?I 0

l
e * \* < ni>'uo

0x) PB£ " f 424 lis) ( 1.^-7 &kio “^3 = 928 N.

?CF = ( 471 C 1. 11 b V|o“*) = 13lM.

(Vt S0 a - Co^)(i^i6)no *) SL Ui5v«r 5 h

s: t‘“7<f tKtu

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means* without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 2.131 2.131 The concrete post (Ec - 25 GPa and ac - 9.9 x KT*7°C) is reinforced with six
steel bars, each of 22-mm diameter (Es ~ 200 GPa and as - 11.7 x lO^/X).
Determine the normal stresses induced in the steel and in the concrete by a
temperature rise of 35 °C.

7' s -

A$ - Q> ?jrsf * (xx) ~ 2. 2S08*/oVv.% 2.ZSo8>ti6 v*

Ac - Mo* - As * Ho*- - SS.^Zxic?


= .Si. 3-;? xjo“ a m -
*-

~ T*v'Ce de\2<? I'opeS' jv^ -j'kc


T'c

26^0 , pk*?

OD^jPresS/ i/e FoA-ce ivn "Hie S'* fods <icf\>cJls. 'Pc,

S+ra.^sr £s ~ ~fir
HS^s
* o/& (AT)
^}
ec - A
ClcAc.
+ 0^(AT^

V
:
€c = % A
F: Ac
4 <(Ar) = - Ik. + otsCAry

(4 + u) p ^ =-K-cO(Ar)
C
[(Z&XtO* X^.32*lO~ 3 )
+
3
( 2oc> X o-f )(?. 2^»X/o- |]
I
^ “ (/.8X/0 X&sG
3
Pc = 2 1.CI yjo N
5 -S- r “ 0- 39 I * IO c f-b. - 0.391 MPa -*
<5c
r C
*
B- 21 . 6 ** 10
g; _
1.97 */cF p<5. -9.97 MP*.
A-
'
2.25<?3 x'/o” 3

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may he displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
) O O

Problem 2.132 2.132 A vibration isolation unit consists of two blocks of hard rubber with
a modulus of rigidity G = 19 MPa bonded to a plate AB and to rigid supports
as shown. Denoting by P the magnitude of the force applied to the plate and
by 8 the corresponding deflection, determine the effective spring constant,
k — P/8, of the system.

G>S
s4ress =*
G'T *
Vi

Force •£'P - At -
GAS
VT
p —
Vi

erfe4
G _ JEL - A

5 Vt

Oed'ec* G r M fin

2*
fK - (a*/S)(o» i) z oio (S **

h =

2.133 Knowing that = 120 MPa, determine the maximum allowable value of the
Problem 2,133 ^aii

centric axial load P.

15 nun
o
A+ Vib]*. A Z V* ~ 6t *)
rr / O •**

cl r D- ~ loo ~ ~ SO
A M+ - dt - C80K1S) = i 200 /„ ,20 / O Vv>

r id -

80
- 0. I2S

Fre>w Fig. ^2.6 Haj ~ 2..&S

_ KP -D- _~ (Up *!0- 3 )(c?o*/o6 )


6: » ~ A
Avt
.
r
' "
K 7.CS
- 07.5

loo -so T s «,

- iso*io c
A nt+ - (^o)(/s} = 7bO vj-,
£ = * i).So
j K - 2-16

p r ( 6 aowo c
)
m.lxlo 3 M
7. J6
n
A $$eu) eJiQc v/CiAje T* is ? = M l
.
7y / =•
m.7 ifM
Problem 2.134 2.134 Rod AB consists of two cylindrical portions AC and #C, each with a
cross-sectional area of 2950 mm2 . Portion AC is made of a mild steel with E ~
200 GPa and ay - 250 MPa, and portion CB is made of a high-strength steel with
E - 200 GPa and ay “ 345MPa. A load P is applied at C as shown. Assuming
both steels to be elastoplastic, determine (a) the maximum deflection of C if P is

gradually increased from zero to 1 625 kN and then reduced back to zero, (b) the
permanent deflection of C.

D fspiVee *** odb C A* y of

- —-
}<)
O.Moo v/o
-5
m
£ 'Zooxio*'
e
Ao^ce Fac “ A 6^4
F/V£ ~ 6'r AC.-(l‘fSO«lO’ ’)(?SOxlQ*)
%
j <
~ lii.s xt[o m
3
w
tr -
-
-- FA
— ~ Sc •» — (2,00*10* X2q£ 3*lcr*')(Q.HOO >/d
--
,

)
-72>7.S'*/0 N
<9. 3 Zo

Fot e^i/«
1=’ F„- Fea = W-Tx,o 3 W
(L+f
s
S,W JL.J P> >l‘t 7Sx/o t/
J
r-fl AC V « S*

Fca = F> 0 - P - -ZS7.S *IC? N


- Falco , (jST^Sjj/p
3 ){O-M0)
/*'} Sc S O. ¥ 2/3£ * /O' *»
E A ’(aoo)fio‘'Ka5o x/o‘‘)
— O. 4£ I »nn V

Mayi'mOM -S*h«53ev
6
-= - Soo. S/WO TV * -30 1 MP$,
^?5“0 V/O'*-

CiA DeEPe^ /dM -ponces A^^


C,'
^
- ntpkAc
djcL*$ -
" - ^Ua "
*• p*
{J
rea
68 '
'

- _
- C
cr
^
*
—Ac
- ~ f?c
&AA
Ef “e/T" i-te

F'= /£25x/o
3
= p' ac.
- Pte
'
'
- 2P' Pac “ Si 2. 5*10 V
3
c _
tt -—7-)(o.32o)
—(S/X^x/o — —— -r a,
(3
440£$x /o* wi
(2oO x/O 9 )0? 7Po */cr‘
<:
)

3 3 3
- O.^I3&y(o' - (?.^0f^v/cT - 0.0{p>65*/o‘ *

ermanw <ye7 Jre<tTio^


j

2.135 The uniform rod BC has a cross-sectional area A and is made of a mild steel
Problem 2.135
which can be assumed to be elastoplastic with a modulus of elasticity E and a
yield strength ^
Using the block-and-spring system shown, it Is desired to
simulate the deflection of end C of the rod as the axial force F is gradually applied
and removed, that is, the deflection of points C and C ' should be the same for all
values of P, Denoting by jx the coefficient of friction between the block and the
horizontal surface, derive an expression for (a) the required mass m of the block,
(b) the required constant k of the spring.

4v>vr jo *>{ a

Ppr P < Fy

^ fa nr
* Pt - A$V
FtX'c.'e - i on pomt C of \^JocU J
SS

* o : w - ^ - o N :r

±»*5F* -- O : p - Ft - o O r“
~«F

H ft 0 U sloes no i.e Ff < // Ni

4-iejn - 2. o\r P - k
k
IF P -
}
"Hsen $ A/3 J: P = F.

if ILa V isS f/t€ ~H e


Ha* ft $C.<n.n^ H.
~7 T (&)

-
"pf

MVT\
F..

Me
A\e A<SV J
f «* 1
Mf

(W) tn^j pe ^

k . EA
L
» n i

PROBLEM 2.CI 2.C1 A rod consisting of n elements, each of which is homogeneous and of
uniform cross section, is subjected to the loading shown. The length of element
, Element Element 1
7 is denoted by Lh its cross-sectional area by A
h modulus of elasticity by Eiy and
/ the load applied to its right end by P„ the magnitude P, of this load being

j P. assumed to be positive if P/ is directed to the right and negative otherwise, (a)


Write a computer program that can be used to determine the average normal
stressin each element, the deformation of each element, and the total
deformation of the rod. (b) Use this program to solve Probs. 2.20 and 2.126.

SOLUTION

F OR EACH ELEMEAJT, FA'T££


Li j ^ i E )

COMPOTE DZFOKMAllOfiJ
UPPATZ AX! A L LOAO P = P + P-
COMPUTE FOR EACH ELEMENT
<
- p/bi

*} = PLi/hiEi
TOTAL DEFORMATION:
UPPATE JHR0U6H n ELEMENTS
(f - E f{

program output

Problem 2.20
Element Stress (MPa) Deformation (mm)

1 19.0986 .1091
2 -12.7324 -.0909
Total Deformation .0182 mm

Problem 2.126
Element Stress (MPa) Deformation (mm)

1 90.677S 0.4534
2 -19.9095 0.1422
Total Deformation - 0 . 3112

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
;

PROBLEM 2.C2 2.C2 Rod AB is horizontal with both ends fixed; it consists of n dements, each
of which is homogeneous and of uniform cross section, and is subjected to the
loading shown. The length of element i is denoted by L h its cross-sectional area
IT !/> trie till' n 1

by A h its modulus of elasticity by Eh and the load applied to its right end by
A
P„ the magnitude of this load being assumed to be positive if P* is directed to
the right and negative otherwise, (Note that Pi ~ $.) (a) Write a computer
program which can be used to determine the reactions at A and the average
normal stress in each element, and the deformation of each dement. ( b ) Use
this program to solve Probs, 2.41 and 2.42.

SOLUTION

V/E CONSIDER TUB R£& CTtOM AT B REOUNMNT


AND RELEASE THE ROD AT 3
COMPUTE. fB WITH ~ 0

fOR EACH 'ELEMENT }


ENTER
i~i
j
A, j

UPDATE AXIAL LOA P


P * P tPi
COMPUTE FOR EACH ELEMENT
q~. =: p/ A i

fi - PLi/fiiEi
UPDATE TOTAL DEFORMATION
f
COMPUTE DU£ TO UNIT LOAD AT_ B

(j/ViT cr -

{
= i/ Pc
UNIT S = li/A E[ L
L

UPDATE TOrfiL UNIT DEFORMATION


-
unit fe - UNIT Tg f UNIT f
(

5ASPERP^JJ2pH
EOR TOTAL DISPLACE MERIT AT B - ZERO

Sb t Rf3
ur<n -= 0
»s
solving?
PS = - fe/ M,T
THEN:
Rfl
- Pc E

CONTINUED
A l

PROBLEM 2.C2 CONTINUED

FOR E PI FWmjrf
cr = cr- t ftg uNij a~ -

f ~ 6 +- k* OWT

PROGRAM OUTPUT
Problem 2.41
RA ~ -62.809 kN
RB - -37.191 kN
Element Stress (MPa) Deformation (mm)

1 -52.615 -.05011
2 3.974 .00378
3 2.235 .00134
4 49.982 .04498

Problem 2.42
RA - -45.479 kN
RB - -54.521 kN
Element Stress (MPa) Deformation (mm)

1 -77.131 -.03857
2 -20.542 -.01027
3 -11.555 -.01321
4 36.191 .06204

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
PROBLEM 2X3 2X3 Rod AB consists of n elements, each of which is homogeneous and of
uniform cross section. Hnd A is fixed, while initially there is a gap So between
end # and the fixed vertical surface on the right. The length of element i is
denoted by Lh its by A„ its modulus of elasticity by Ei9 and
cross-sectional area
its coefficient of thermal expansion by otj. After the temperature of the rod has

been increased by AT, the gap at B is closed and the vertical surfaces exert
equal and opposite forces on the rod. (a) Write a computer program which can
be used to determine the magnitude of the reactions at A and B the normal
,

stress in each element, and the deformation of each element, (b) Use this
program to solve Probs. 2.51, 2.59, and 2.60.

SOLUTION

WE COMPUTE THE DISPLACEMENTS AT B


AS SUM/W6 THEBE IS NO SUPPORT AT £.*
ENTER f

ENter temperature chance t


COMPUTE For each ELEMENT
S = L
Li T
UPDATE total deformation
<fe
~ <Tb + ft
EoMPATTE cfp DC/E TO UNTT LOAD AT B
UN IT fi - L i/biEi
UPDATE TOTAL UNIT DEFORMATION
UNIT (Tg = UNIT + UNIT f,

COMPUTE REACTIONS
FROM 5UPl:rP)>>TI6tl

Rb = ( (H - S' )/ UNIT f,

THek/

\ " rB

FOR EACH FLEMgA/ T

Ll T ± R0
^

CONTINUED
PROBLEM 2.C3 CONTINUED

PR06RDM OUTPUT
Problem 2.51
R - 125.628 kN

Element Stress (MPa) Deform. (microm)

1 - 44.432
2 -99.972

Problem 2.59
R - 172.835 kN
Element Stress (MPa) Deform. (mm)

115.223 0.236
-96 019
. 0.24

Problem 2 . 60
R - 232.390 kN

Element Stress (MPa) Deform. (microm)

-116.195 363.220
-290.487 136.780

Proprietary Material. £) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation.
A student using this manual is using it without permission.
f

PROBLEM 2.C4 2.C4 Bar AB has a length l and is made of two different materials of given

cross-sectional area, modulus of elasticity, and yield strength* The bar is


subjected as shown to a load P which is gradually increased from zero until the
deformation of the bar has reached a maximum value Sm and then
decreased back to zero, (a) Write a computer program which, for each of 25
values of Sm equally spaced over a range extending from 0 to a value equal to
120% of the deformation causing both materials to yield, can be used to
determine the maximum value Pm of the load, the maximum normal stress in
each material, the permanent deformation Sp of the bar, and the residual stress
in each material, (b) Use this program to solve Probs. 2.1 1 1, and 2.1 12.

SOLUTION

Nore ; the follow wo assumes (<r )


y f < (<r )
y 2
p)SP(.ACEMg/VT increment

<f
w = 0.0!T(<r
y \ L/t z
OlFPLOC1FMFA/75 A7
" F), L/f, fB = (<rY )2 L/E z
^
for jAcJi
IF
,
O', -
'
Sm VL
°2

Pm* (U L )l*.e, + *z^)


<r,*(rt ),

- &rn EzF
pr„ = a, <r, i- ( m /i A z ez )

IF dm > •

v~i - (iiy
h aW<ry ) 2
Pm = A, cr; + a 2 r2
pEJ<MAd£K pEFQft MUSA'S r
j

SLOPE Op F//?57 (FLfiSlIC )S£<ZMBN7


SLOPE = (A, E, iAzPz )/L
Sp* -(Pm/ SLOPE )

(cr,), e , - (T, ~(E, Pm/ (L SLOPE))

(r2 ) H ,- <r -(E x P.lautn))


t

CONTINUED
1

PROBLEM 2.C4 CONTINUED


"PROGRAM" OUTPUT

Problems 2.109 and 2. 110

J)M PM S/£>M Cl) *10,MCI) j>p StGAU) S/OP(i)


to hr, kN MPo, MP« to rt) MPo Mfk
0 0 0 0 O

0'H$ IH'SH 7c>7>oc 0 >o7»6oo 0

O'lK, 43t» ooo }qr,ooo 0‘ /


0<f

\ o i l# £ fySi ov o £11‘ tfs 0 t> l' e\


(

/> <+1 tS^OOO ItyS'.oo o ~}oo * ooo

Proprietary Material ®
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
D

puter program to determine the allowable load P for the given values of r , D,
tlie thickness t of the bar, and the allowable stress <raU of the material. Know-
ing that r — 6 mm, D ™ 75 mm and <rall ™ 110 MPa, determine the allowable
load P for values of i from 3 mm to 18 mm, using 3 mm increments.

SOLUTION

BUTE K
r, D, t j

COMPUTE. K
RD » 2.0 r /
Z 3
K «* 3.00 -3.13 RDt 3.66 RP -I.!T3 R[>

COMPUTE AVERAGE STRESS


^n/K
AUOWAPlE LOAD
P.„ ^ 'f... (D-Z.0r)t

PROGRAM OUTPUT

adius Allowable Load


(mm) m)
3 16.405
6 16.023
9 15.368
12 14.391
15 13.165
18 11.721

Proprietary [Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Ine. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
PROBLEM 2.C6
2.C6 A solid truncated cone is subjected to an axial force P as shown. The
exact elongation is (PL)/(2 mPE). By replacing the cone by n circular cylinders
of equal thickness, write a computer program that can be used to calculate the
elongation of the truncated cone. What is the percentage error in the answer
obtained from the program using (a) n ~ 6, (b) n - 12, (c) n = 60.

SOLUTION

FOP, l - / TO n :

Li - (l + 0.s)( L/n)
r -
~ 2c - c ( Li / L)
(

ARHA; 1
A = ir r -

DISPLACEMENT ;

(r ft P(L/r\)j (f\ e)

pXACT DISPLACEMENT:
2
TEXACT
0
= Pt/(Z. 0
/
vc E)

PERCENTAGE ERROR:
peRCfWT = /oo( <T- T ewt )/ Seu „
PROGRAM OUTPUT

n Approximate Exact Percent

6 0.15852 0.15915 -.40083


12 0 15899
. 0.15915 - .10100
60 0.15915 0.15915 - .00405

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Chapter 3
Problem 3.1 3*1 For the cylindrical shaft shown, determine the maximum shearing stress
caused by a torque of magnitude T- 1.5 kN m.•

Tc
T vT= i c'
r.
XT (g.WgOO^
S7.682 v/O 4
17C S T ( 0.022}*
VL* - s?.i Mp*. -«S

Problem 3.2 3.2 Determine the torque T that causes a maximum shearing stress of 80 MPa in
the steel cylindrical shaft shown.

~ Tc T - J r>
*

T- f(o.o2a.?(so^/o t ')

- 1338./ hi- w, T«- iV^.SkW-*^

3.3 Knowing that the internal diameter of the hollow shaft shown is
Problem 3.3
d —22 mm, determine the maximum shearing stress caused by a torque of
magnitude T = 900 N m. •

c -0'02.*Y\
c, = = (.jt)(zz)- // *1*1

)
« Z26S29

- (‘}6o)(o<oz)
r' = XS- __
~ 7B B MPa
L'H j- ~
22032*} X'O-'*
40 mm

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Alt rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
'

Problem 3.4 3.4 Knowing ihat d = 30 mm, determine die torque T that causes a max-
imum shearing stress of 52 MPa in the hollow shaft shown.

cz - = 20 mh\ C - 0<O2 m
- (£)(*» = is- *,»
)

J = i(cj- c.') = sm/ti tM*

9 "
c M>7Nto

3,5 (a) Determine the torque that can be applied to a solid shaft of 20-mm
Problem 3.5 diameter without exceeding an allowable shearing stress of 80 MPa. Solve
(fe)
part a, assuming that the solid shaft has been replaced by a hollow shaft of the
same cross-sectional area and with an inner diameter equal to half of its own outer
diameter.

C s tf of * ~(O.OZO\ - 0.010.,
1

ic ' = 5 (O.io')'' - IS". lo-^o v id'** m‘ 1

, £
OSV7O8.o»IQT‘ )(S 0>‘/O ) _ lnj . -

6. oio
= I2S.U 1 T~ 1 3 S'. ? W

slteff i Same AHUt a.6 soA’d staff.

A * TTCC^-C,*) = TT [c* -(£czf] zr %1TC* =

c* - ~=(O.OIo) - 0.01 ISWO *»

X c 0. 0O4T773S ^

si

Tr--
-

W
f (cj-

^
C t
V

-
) - £(o.OUS'47o'-
(80X/0 6 X^. 130
o:oil 5 H 7 o
xio"'*)
ZQ.WQ * /cT**

T=I3MAU-
-r.
^

Proprietary Material. ® 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution
to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using tins manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.7 The solid spindle AR is made of a steel with an allowable shearing
3.7
stress of 84 MPa, and sleeve CD is made of a brass with an allowable shear-
ing stress of 50 MPa. Determine (a) the largest torque T that can be applied
at A il the allowable shearing stress is not to be exceeded in sleeve Cl\ (b) the

corresponding required value of the diameter d s of spindle AB.

U& Sleeve CO: Cx = ett - » ll'ST


<C, * C, - fc * 31 .r - 6 ^ I t'S ^

t - 6 mm
^ , TC* -

» O' _ ChStYlo^) {STdji/o)


>o <? o .

C*. o«o3Tr-

Fair e<4 I/I /. k'iov T-


(V) SojPiol npi AB / 2~0$~O S(* i^y

^ = Xe * jrr

r * 7/TT" - T Gi02S“fn - ifKh,


Vtt^ K -ir(^ y/o <0
4- = (ax*r> <5#
- <r& i

Problem 3.8 ~ 38
The solid spindle 4# has a diameter
3»8 and is made of a 4 mm
steelwith an allowable shearing stress of 84 MPa, while sleeve CD is made of
a brass with an allowable shearing stress of 50 MPa. Determine the largest
torque T that can be applied at 4.

SM spinJJe »w
AB t c = £<4 = ^(3#} a tft**
a
r
100 mm
- TT
C
_
1 - . Ji

3 €> 4 » 7 V o (

't -
*
Tj-c

l - 0 mm
*“T
'*»

~ ^~
JT *t!d} „ [Rty'tiO*) ^ a I l

Sieev/e. CD: C^4<4


C,*iA =
- k
i(75^ - r?*5^
C, - Cz-t - 52-r - 6 r 31*5 .

H
0" a %(C*-C,*») r 3 {o>oVS - d*ll**)w
I i

r - J'fr .
0* o 3
>0^0 w K
7
Mj)ouZaJk9e. \/£A$oe ©4* I is + t»« s.'r*ej$tt'. X- 2.* oJ 1'
Problem 3.9 3.9 The torques shown are exerted on pulleys A and B Knowing that each shaft is
.

solid, determine the maximum shearing stress (a) in shaft AB (b) in shaft BC
, .

A8 : \% ^3oo^va j J - 0,030 rn e = o.ots^


-
^
Tc
vj
*. 2J~.
irc a
,‘
t\
ftKS sgL
(0.01 r ')'4

4
* vS'&.sss */o /'JP*.

s ufif sc
4
300 400 700 ^
^
(bi .
~r; c * 4- -

cl ' 0. OHG C-- am* H, T&. = ax g ^X7g cO 5


J- ttc* Tr(o.a? 3)

3CXZ&*10* Pa, 36.6 A1 Pa,

Problem 3.10 3./0 The torques shown are exerted on pulleys A and B whieh are attached to solid
circular shaftsAB and BC. In order to reduce the total mass of the assembly,
determine the smallest diameter of shaft BC for which the largest shearing stress in the
assembly is not increased.

AB * I** - 3oo d-O.o'Sb&ij c = O*oiif ^


= la . - .S X agftL
'T Fc a Tr (O.O/sY*
6
- ^.s&Sy/o Po. •=•
MP«
5^ocPt BC - T&: - 300 + y-oo - 7oo M-hi

d? * 0.096*^ c= 0.23 h r * ^ Tc , gT (2)(7oo)


v
T ttc* it (0.023 )
3
~ 36.6*6 y/o 4 V<x = 36.& HP«.

T/ie Pq^esl stress (S6.S22 * / O* Pa. A#


PeJoce. -Re eh ef e'' .of BC piroWde Me stress,

TBc = 7oo M- Ko ^ -TC „ 2T


j TTC*

e - ax . (ny 7 oo)
“ TT (£6.588x70*)
_
" 7. Z7fxl0’
k
*%
-3
C - !9.8?5*/o ^ J - 2c - 39.7<? *(o“ 3?,S
3.13 The torques shown are exerted on pulleys/*, H, and C. Knowing that both shafts
Problem 3.13 maximum shearing stress in (a) shaft AB, (b) shaft BC,
are solid, determine the

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
56

Problem 3.15 The allowable shearing stress is 100 MPa in the steel rod AB and 60 MPa in the
3.1
brass rod BC. Knowing that a torque of magnitude T - 900 N m is applied at A and
-

neglecting the effect of stress concentrations, determine the required diameter offer) rod
AB, (b) rod. BC.

or* * »

SUW Ab : tL* = loo MPa. * too wo* fk


. .Vaic^r _
- * »_
..

ttCIooxIO*')

dio “ 2c. — ZS. 8 KiM

SUft BC : - co mP<l* C^wo 4 pa


... ..
21.214*10 k ' 21.7(4.*
TCCOhIO4 )

Problem 3.1 3.16 The allowable shearing stress is 100 MPa in the 36-mm~diameter steel rod AB
and 60 MPa in the 40-mm-diameter rod BC . Neglecting the effect of stress
concentrations, determine the largest torque that can be applied at A.

SUft AB s loo MPa * IOQ*/O & p<i


~ 12 ktm * 0.01% VK

, «, . . . Jp Xr {OooAiO* )(0. Olg)3 = *7/5 A/~k>i

Shaft* BC*. Twv^ - 6c> MPa = Co Pa


C ^ 0.<4c~ 3L^) “ 20 MM - 0.020 *
C ~
Vc* %(£°XlO )(o.Q%of 17£¥ N*hn

/ /ie &J$0«s<d}Pe, >^ue


"ft f$ "the of X* Tmc .

T- TSi M-k

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AU rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.17 3,17 The solid shaft shown is formed of a brass for which the allowable shearing
stress is 55 MPa, Neglecting the effect of stress concentrations* determine the
smallest diameters dA & and due for which the allowable shearing stress is not
exceeded.

6
S SS HPc - SS* 10 fk
„ Tc . Z
J 'ttc 1 1PgL*

Xa * Uoo-^oo * goo
3 oo^
c _- '/fax*
^ _'
_s
'’’I- 0 *
ifcoSJ-
|YH Vi | C^gg, ~ ^ ~ * O W1 W}

SVal't 8C T^- * 4-oC

c IV^Uh^)
£. o v*\ - )6. G*"7 vuhn
'l lef
I

W v ru
""
3^»-3 ^ VV\

3,18 Solve Prob. 3.17 assuming that the direction of Tc is reversed.


Problem 3.18
3,17 The solid shaft shown is formed of a brass for which the allowable shearing
stress is 55 MPa. Neglecting the effect of stress concentrations, determine the
smallest diameters dAn and due for which the allowable shearing stress is not

Tj, - 1200 N - m exceeded.

Tf -
. 400 N - in
He
blo^e <$ iwcJct ofT Kaa
i ri 4-k* 4u -fW >$e*Fiy

SS M1V •* SS*!o‘ Pa
-r
v
r Tc .
**
3.T
c* XT
u ire* /
' tr

> W4-fc AB : T^ g = I2oo + 4oo I Goo


_ 600 S s
c I
2G . v I v>i
~ 2G.H4
TtCss-vf^^

sufr It : Tac ^ 400


= f&.C^IoV. - /C.C7*.,
c-'-
y
Vn ifctf toiUfev 4c = *c. * 3S h^vpvj

Proprietary Material. 0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
4

Problem 3.19 3.19 The allowable stress is 50 MPa in the brass rod AB and 25 MPa in the
aluminum rod BC. Knowing of magnitude T- 125
that a torque N m is applied
*

at A y determine the required diameter of (a) rod AB (b) rod BC ,


.

Aluminum

,s_ 2"T

^ I
AG : c3
c .

tt (50 y i
/5. 7/5 y/o
_c>
k>
3

C - ZS.lSxid rvi = 25*. IS" dL- 3


3,
- £
CW Red 6C: c - 3/. 33/ y/o'
TT C2S’'XIO f> )

C = fin - 3LQ<1 cL - ~ = 63.

Problem 3.20 3.20 The so/tr/ rod has a diameter of 30 mm and is made of an aluminum for
which the allowable shearing stress is 25 MPa. Rod AB is hollow and has an
outer diameter of 25 mm; it is made of a brass for which the allowable shearing
stress is 50 MPa. Determine (a) the largest inner diameter of rod AB for which
the factor of safety is the same for each rod, (&) the largest torque that can be
applied at A.

3 »f, j ec : r =
vj
J = ¥^ c H

Z5 *lo‘ ?o. C=>;d = O. 015 iv,

G =
Tor = “
y (0. 015/(25 y/o ) 132.536

HoMw roJ AS c
Tut - SO *10 Pau
• = 132.536 NA»W
C* - r ^(0.0X5") - O.OrtS fin c, = f

Tut = - i(CzV “ C

r »- ~ V
- ZTusCz
c, - C* Q-wg" - s
^(5o*vo6 )
s
(a'l q= 7.5? x io~ w = 7.5?, cP, - 2c, - /5. 18

Co) AJMofi/QL-hJt -hpY-q^e . 7 L,> 1325

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.21 3*21 A (orque of magnitude T— 900 N m is applied at D as shown.
*

Knowing that the allowable shearing stress is 50 MPa in each shaft, determine
the required diameter of (a) shaft AB, { b) shaft CD ,

(oa S )*<*•£/ AB t c T ~ &\o 1 6 (i (,w r £0 6 ' ^^


1/ Trtfejmo^O
eJA6 - 3c * 6/'2.m>i -*0

(b) SL#f CD •*

r ~FT^O K I O fe'

d co r 4-r

Problem 3.22 3.22 A torque of magnitude T “ 900 N *m isapplied at D


as shown.
Knowing that the diameter of shaft AB is 60 mm and that the diameter of
shaft CD is 45 mm, determine the maximum shearing stress in («) shaft AB ,

(b ) shaft CD.

't ™
„ - (a) -r^ - es»o ~e
ir r*'**;*
(W skft CD : c* j4 T
gjr _‘ (g
<V»>
¥C* “It (dtoUSH*

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission,
3.23 Two solid steel shafts are connected by the gears shown. A torque of
Problem 3,23 magnitude T « 900 N m is applied to shaft AB Knowing that the allowable
*
.

shearing stress is 50 MPa and considering only stresses due to twisting, determine
the required diameter of (a) shaft A B, (b) shaft CD.

240 mm Tfta
- T r <=>00 M.wi

T„ C’M'i ' noo


msiSi
mm
*
£ T,a i;
-SUF+ Ai3 SO MPa- SO WO £
Pa

o
6se» :

Ts. . -2X c .
mm JT ire
11 1
» TtU*
3
. _
c "
nnnL°Ei _
~ ~ -
<rrw/0 3 M _ cc
»
tt (Sexto*)

eU T 2e - 45“. I

(W SVa-ft CD : * -To MPa

3Z.SZ
IT (-5o*iO‘?
dtC) - Pc “ C3*. 0 *«>*\

Problem 3.24 3,24 ShaftCD is made from a 66-mm-diameter rod and is connected to the 48-
mm-diameter shaft AB as shown. Considering only stresses due to twisting and
knowing that the allowable shearing stress is 60 MPa for each shaft, determine the
largest torque T that can be applied.

ft •
£
- CO MPa - GOxlO* Pa

SWt Ag : c » -£eU - 24 mm * 0.029 ».

^ _~ Tc_ _
~
2JZ
%
T. Iv ^ I 1 **
1TC*

T- ~(Co*}O c )(o.Q 2 Hf = 1303


mm

SU£F_CO : 53 r 0.033 r*

3
Tco - I (COx/O^Ko.OSS ) r 3337 fsj.iv,

(333?') W U-

Tl\t -for*} yf is fke of + F-e +vt/o

c o^coJcjfeJi

T~ /I 27 //*m - IJW^-yK
3.25 solid shafts are connected by gears as shown and are made
The two
Problem 3.25 of a which the allowable shearing stress is 50 MPa, Knowing the
steel for

diameters of the two shafts are, respectively, dFc — 40 mm and dEF ~ 30 mm


determine the largest torque T c that can be applied at C.

100 mm v Sf (£y <

Sh«f+ 80.2 c#g t = 4-0^^ c=i


3
T* - - ~'zL**c . =%(&>*( oi/oioii
£> i
K
! I

- 6 z. 8 */<•

c 1 SU-P+ EF : c = i
- r
| p
_* \J
^
t __
**
IT
^ ^^

e y s-U/cs Tt - “Tp = ( - 44-1 .7^.


-J-

A/Po cJnJte. 'JaJue aF i


c is ~fA« -S KnaJJ^s.

Tc = 44-F7 W'*' 4*

Problem 3.26 3.26 solid shafts are connected by gears as shown and are made
The two
of a which the allowable shearing stress is 60 MPa. Knowing that a
steel for

torque of magnitude Tc - 600 N * m is applied at C and that the assembly is


in equilibrium, determine the required diameter of (a) shaft BC (b) shaft EF. y

'iru^L = (VL-P<\

(<X) Sha-Pf BC 2 T£ -^6^fH


r * It _ II3
J IlC

r 6lO |5?£ ^
7c - ‘*® a
c!^ •=

SU-Tf FF; Tp ~ Tc
*a

*=* o 5 J ^ ^
4r - 2C ^ ^

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

Problem 3.27 3.27 A torque of magnitude T- 120 N is applied to shaft AB of the gear train

m
shown. Knowing that the allowable shearing stress is 75 MPa in each of the three
solid shafts, determine the required diameter of {a) shaft AB, ( b shaft CD; (c)
shaft £F.
75 mm
Statics
•30

>$ Shaft AB . TAa *• Ta » T* = T


G’gaff'^ B a.n<J C , V'g - 2j>**i*
j
T^~ QO YAyf>

Fof'c* Ot/\ aea/' Fec -


-~ Hr*
-
"
Jk
n
—£
ra
I

’«
= —
5s"
I
~ 2 H
<*-t ~T t

CU£i CD, Tcd = Tc = i


0 —

C £ ft/ S D l—
p - 3^5 SlV-l »V1
^

* ' * Tp ^ /

F 3
*** cur-c/e^ #
fl r**
hp ^ r -^r ~ yr-

X 1
IT ~
- —p (2.HT) = (ST
'
-D

5 h ccP f E P r

Rp(?t;!ReD DtAMisTeRS

r _ Tc _
~
ZT
i'VntA^
X
&
7.SV /0 Pa.

CoD Shaft AB . Tm ~ T = \2o fJ-»*


3 /~ a. ( i7o-\
, 3
26>,lx(0’ »- diR * I

(fe): sMTcp. rco r (w\(n°) -


29 a a/.

d co - 26.*,

CO SUft EP - -}2ohJ*r*

j
”er
_ n
'
_
~ 0 .
ZQ.GxIO
. a
*a ol e p~ 3&.& V* VA
y 7f(7SV /O 3 ")

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.28 3,28 A torque of magnitude T~ 100 N *
m
is applied to shaft AB of the gear train

shown. Knowing that the diameters of the three solid shafts are, respectively, Aab
~ 21 mm, dco ~ 30 mm, and d£p ~ 40 mm, determine the maximum shearing
stress in (a) shaft AB, ( b ) shaft CD, (c) shaft EF,

STATICS
•30 mm-
SKo.fi A§. Ta “ T8 = T
Ggarff S C , Va ~ ^
r CO Mfy>

Fc?/'c« on gea./' ctV'c^s .• Fgc r -


p 1

rB " 2S"
T - 2.H T
3Ko.fi CD, I
l
r — ~T 1 T
c- r>

G"£ CtV* S '*


0 <£ctO t ^& Y\> ~
U
3^ )
1/V - *73
"

' r- T> _ /

Foi^r-e on !

Ctrr/ec,
fl
«, rpe - -
"yT~
*jT~

*r
i = -
_ ^k
^ (^T) = (ST

:b«fi EF. - GT
HAVlMUM SMEARING STCtFSSZifS

^ Tc 2T

3
(«0i SUfT A 8. T- tOO N-fn G-^dr 10.5^-= 10.5*10 m
a')0c>o>
r
1T Q C) SMlo ~%'jS
- ^510x10 pQ. r^~ss.o mpq -**

(b) SK^-Pi CD . T“ r 2 40^*^


J
C ” .5 ol
- /.£ »vim - 15"* to rn

C7)(7 4p\ d
r^=
'
ti
w%
(u?v fo )
4573 x |O P« 3 m Pa

(C) Shcjf-f t= F. T - - 60° M-M


~
C td 2,^ w\ yv» *2 O> O j yv%

(Z)CSoo') &
= ^7.7*/o P* = 47.7 MPa -a
17(20*1 o'*) 1

Problem 3.29 3,29 While the exact distribution of the shearing stresses in a hollow-cylindrical
shall is as shown in Fig. P3.29a, an approximate value can be obtained for f
mwi by
assuming that the stresses are uniformly distributed over the area A of the cross
section, as shown in Fig. P 329b, and then further assuming that all of the
U". :M elementary shearing forces act
+ of
at a distance from O equal to the mean radius A(ci
{

cx ) tire cross section. This approximate value r0 - 7VArm where T is the


applied torque. Determine the
ratio rmax /r0 of the true value of the maximum
shearing stress and approximate value r0 for values of a/c2 respectively equal
its

to 1.00, 0.95, 0.75, 0.50 and 0.

FW a
^2Tc W& = rj
2TCj

- 2
ACCj’ + c, 1 )

8y' 7.0
~ ~~ - . —
J
A V'w, ACQ+c,)
4
-“5** -
<V + C,‘
^ - <

\
+ (Ci/Ca3

+ (e./c*.y-

c, /c z l.o O.^ ons S’ 0.0


**
1.0 Lots UZo l.2oo Lo>

Problem 3.30 3.30 (n) For a given allowable shearing stress, determine the ratio TAv of the
maximum allowable torque T and the weight “per unit length w for the hollow
shaft shown, (b) Denoting by (77W) 0 die value of this ratio for a solid shaft of the
same radius c2 , express the ratio T/w for the hollow shaft in terms of (37w) 0 and
c\lc 2 .

J m ^ ffr
"*
sfe&tPlc we.yiri
*W* * f’ofqr-P L -

w = p %A = /> ? ir (C^-C, 2 )
= 22k - § Xj, , i fc.^c^yc.'-e,*) v.
T _ (c-i'+Cz )
1
Xu
w W Cx. (.U^ s
{^oSfouS

- & P» Z' 5oJ\ d P 2


( ‘V
' ^ Sa ^“
*- SoJicJ skecN')
\>
(T/wV _
'
C,
x
(£10 + £)
,

(T/^p ($) =
S ' '

3.31 (a) For the aluminum pipe shown (G - 27 GPa), determine the torque T0
Problem 3.31 angle of twist if the same
causing an angle of ( b ) Determine the
twist of 2°.
40 mm torque T® is applied to a solid cylindrical shaft of the same length and cross-
A SO in in sectional area.

Cq ~ y^y^\ “ & , Oh &


^ - O„
V
J -
f (cj* - C ) - f Co-oso' - O. OHo'"*
6
=r S.ll&Z* /0" m*
2° -
cj> - 34.107* L= 2.S ^

G - 27*JO*
c 3
CKTgP _ C^.7x/Q <)
)(5-,7qffe Zxfo' )C3M.9Q7 x?o~ ^
T0 - 2.3"

~ ??. ISi" I N* X - 2.17

A^ecc pipe:' A - 1t(c.*-.c2) 7 1\(.O.OSo- O.OH-.D*) - 2.8 2.1 H ^


fb") R^ I <J S e4 Sflv^-e. £^.v-e.c*_ I Cg -
*|
— 0.030 Iao
j

uTs
- ii r-£’ _ ^(0.030)*
t
- 1.2 72 3S"* jO'^
2

T: L _
(^l35~fv|Q^)(2.S')
0JS clO2 \rcJ
"
&J (l7ylO«)(L2723s'*(o~ <i
)

Problem 3.32 J.J2 (a) For the solid steel shaft shown (G *= 77 GPa) t determine the angle of twist
at A. (b) Solve part a, assuming that the steel shaft is hollow with a 30-mm-outer
diameter and a 20-mm-inner diameter.

1.8 n>

(&J) <J r ^C ? \0*0* $ )

J = 7f. 572 Wo"' 1

*») L? t.S* G ~ 77*10* p*.


}

T - ISO M’*.
r

250N.ni
_ tfso)(i.zy -a
^* ' r 15. *4*1 wo
(n *10* )(Ti‘S22* IQ’'
(f) - (73 .4<?Wo~ 3 )u t° .
- 4.21
t ir

” 0- 01 ~ — C
( b) vv’^ C (
0,010 i^i
j
-J !
^

-
J - | (o.OISVo.oi.© ) - 63. S/Wx/o'Vm^
-~oir
(25~Q)(l.8~) 2
” —(‘i'J.SSWo' ) *S.2S°
?=' r !».5"3Wo'V«<4
(77*|© , )(53.8l‘# #1«>*
. G

Problem 3.33 3.33 The ship at A has just started to drill for oil on the ocean floor at
a depth of 1500 m. Knowing that the top of the 20(Tmm-diaineter steel drill
pipe (G = 77.2 GPa) rotates through two complete revolutions before the drill
bit at B starts to operate, determine the maximum shearing stress caused in the
*A\Ji pipe by torsion,

T GJ L
\ •
1500 in
-r - - &£3t£ - & tyc-
J~ J"L II

IlillSi„ lilllli - 'Z.fe'J ~ 2.(2.li) raJ - 17 .SC,(j va.A


„. r <p

C •= jr (S = IOO - O. IOO m
G- - 77.2. &?*. * 77.2*/o* Pa.

rL ,
(n.ayto*Xl2.^0ftuoo)
ISOO
^ '
7v/c> c o

^ > 64.7 MPa.

Problem 3.34 3.34 Determine the largest allowable diameter of a 3 m-long steel rod
( = 77 GPa) if the rod is to be twisted through 30 without exceeding a shear-
i

mg stress of 84 MPa.

- •
~ O S'X. 340
64-M A?.
T nr-_ J* (P
GT 1
L *

= d' oOblS r ^«2 S ha ef - = I 7. » S tv\ (/t,


C77K(o' )((f SZ34J ,

Proprietary Material €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved No part of this Manual may he displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
G

Problem 3,35
300 N m •

3J5 The electric motor exerts a 500 N m torque on the aluminum shaft ABCD
when it is rotating at a constant speed, Knowing that G ~ 27 GPa and that the
torques exerted on pulleys B and C are as shown, determine the angle of twist
between (fl) B and C (b) B and D,9 200 N m •

48 mitffev.

Tec - Zoo 1^= 12 ^


c * o.oziw.' & - llx/c? R*.

TL &oo)(ur)
W
. "
' r ^* ,51y, ° rU ,
38H -*
GS 'bnrto')( .<n,to')

Cb) of Iv/irsf le4 8 JP ,

T* - Soo N-^ Lcp-O.'lto, <Z ~ id? O.OlVm } & - Z7 * !0* Vk


v v
JT/ ^|c s •J(o.027) ^ Szi. iSSy/o'^

^C/D ~ -3/.7goy/o r.J>


'
y^}(5^ l.|;T3 HO1 )
C 27
S %
f8/D -
<Pe/c
4<&/p r MJSly/o\ 3l.7So»/o~ - S6.ft7vlo r<J
<p 8 /p ~ ^zr
SOON * in
Problem 3.36

336 The torques shown are exerted on pulleys A, B, and C. Knowing that both
shafts are solid and made of brass ( ~ 39 GPa), determine the angle of twist
between {a) A and B, (b) A and C. 1200 N m •

usi petn/ee^ H 13 400 N m -


3() mm
T»B * Hoo Lfig~ I, 7 \ _ V,
c - iJI - o.ots w. G
c --
fa

J ^|V r
A8
T*.SZ*b> ^
d) - TL - QjocQO.O
A/e
GJ
“ O. \SH-77Z *Ji f) -•
?.S7°3
Cb') An^e <>P ~f»W3 1 {>g4t^cey> /\ C ,

Tec “ .>
t»c~ t‘* M ,
C* ^0.02© nv, G - 3<?*/o‘f*

Jec- ~ 5 (o.O^oV * ^STI. SZ1 x lO'**

^ (gongs’)
(37v,o'?)(2S'/. S 2?x/o-’)

~ O. \HCHZ r<j*
.
y“

<pfi/c.
r
<?*/» V <Pec~ 0. ISHm- O. N4«m ACW7SCO >wl 3 »'
^c/4
~ OMSO *7
)

3.37 The aluminum rod BC (G = 26 GPa) is bonded to the brass rod AB (G ~ 39


Problem 3.37
GPa). Knowing that each rod is solid and has a diameter of 12 mm, determine the
angle of twist (a) at B, (A) at C. '

T
K
1

itioiet 1 on S O = *3^ d ~ b'Mv'k — £ XlO m


e q
J= = 2.03£is;*lo- '
rr,

Hms
jr' t = loorj.^

t?Q gl AB • G- Aa - 39*70 L/tg ~ 77.00 W/>

300 mm J,- Aluminum


Altmiimnn
^ d?
B=
rt>
Aa
^ Ik
£* 6 J £,

( 3 ^yfo 5.oSS'75 X
^
4 )tl JO"'’

|c t 0,251^1 cpB = H.H3°


'^ri00Nm
r N m 190
Rod sc 76 x/O^ PAj 300
6 ec ^ : L Bc = 0. w,

CO = T
TLs
Lsc
^ _ (l 00 Hg>S 0 O^ r,, 7e, w ,

JBC " ?
CA6*IO*)(2_0'2.575'*/0'"‘ )

($ c
S <?6 + Cp8c - 0.251^1 + 0.566 73 -0.21270^ <£. =• 46.9°

Problem 3.38

3*38 The aluminum rod /l# (G - 27 GFa) is bonded to the brass rod ££> (G ~ 39
GPa). Knowing that portion CD of the brass rod is hollow and has an inner
diameter of 40 mm, determine the angle of twist at A. Tb » 1600 N • rn

Rod AB : & - Thtio' Pec ,


O.Hoq
T, = 800 N
T - 8oo c * o.o/s
• ill

T ,
T'tc’- Itv.816 wo’ ** P 8
*
P'
ou,m

Xk (^oqKq^o o) - 4 0n, k
^
rn
/S
,
G-vT
~
(27 WO'nO&V.'g^x/Q-* 1

)
~ lL?5Wo ^
-7, o-7r , , ?

G-
1

tVt 6C '
39 * lo* Pcl 'L- o.STS'v-^ c -O.cso^
&
T - 2oo + j £00 - ZHOO AZ-Ih^ J” r Ij^c* ~ 1£ (o.<'3oY
f
~ 1.2723^ */o‘ nA

^
< ,
? 6/e'
8 XL
&S
~ Kpr
(S‘}XIO’*)0.*7Z3 4*/0' 6 )
^ - f5? |S7y
^ iQ
°
%
^
r*J

RtH_CD* c, = -^*1,
~ 0 02£> . ^=^^=0.030^,
v 6
J” - ? (cZ-cI) - (0.030 0.02e» ) - 1.02102 xjo" ~. y

TL _
(2yoo)(o.3i'cA
^C/D r - L5\0£.gv/cf
GJ ’
/o * X 1. 02102 x !o~ c )

k_ X 4^»sf 6- i A , JSPa
~ tpA/a 4 ^e/c 4 'te'o

- (O 5.p$,c> x (o' 3 /W ^ * 6.02“


Problem 3.39

3.39 Three solid shafts, each of 18-mm diameter, are connected by the
gears shown. Knowing that G — 77 GPa, determine (a) the angle through

H ~ /0'3oC%lo-1
J* - ^ C to*

( )(J‘2
= 0*0/ rtz V"ac? t)
to ‘iota tto V
(bZ
4>b/f = 3#^ - t,
C77XtO )(f<’-3o(,x/dV
)
O.OlffZ^ t>

(ft
t; 0 lcq KHMLo-n O'Ot+bls-
c/d g. (77tt<P)(IO'l°i> 1us V
*
K;*e*>«.4 ics <PC cpc/a ~ o-ot+blr *«) T>

= ^<PC

(tfi O^rr - Cp
a + <PA/e - 0./f7f + 0*0/ TtZ ~ O.ZOZ^Z raj t) <$> t lbi° +*
&

fp<Pr = <PC -O'K+OtX rU 0


Cb) Q ' 0‘14-Otr 4- 0.03024- -O'H/O^ r<JL <$-
r ?-8‘3
3.40 Two shafts, each of 22-mm diameter are connected by the gears
Problem 3.40
shown. Knowing that G = 77 GPa and that the shaft at F is fixed, determine
the angle through which end A rotates when a 130 N - m torque is applied at A.
Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.42
240 mm •"
3.42 Solve Prob. 3.41, assuming that the diameter of each shaft is 54 mm,

i wo soNd shafts are connected by gears as shown. Knowing that


G = 77,2
GPa for each shaft, determine the angle through which end A rotates when - 1 200
N •
m. A
^
^

CaJhdjJ: 'o*i i
O’f 4mr<yi>gs OilWr
C C»*vf<*c4 Fort* W-\*>eev\ flUn

B C
~* s Tee mm 1.2
p » -
T» _
-r- C: -p A
fT Tw
'
ra '
'Vi
T ab - uoo W.V,
/T *|

T<,t> - ^(|20©V 2&0O M.yv,

T^»-sl ;» s UH CD i
c-i<pf^O. 021 v>,. L- L z *n
j
Q - Pa
1

J"* ic. '


T 1F(0. OZlV ** *,v

TC/J>
* XL
T
_
"
t ~r—7
(3Coo)(i„n)
^ q ****
^ O^7~ 3 */t>
_s
,

V^c=/

r\ ecv^ Is A C . <#. * 9^d - £7.<?33 x/o'


3

Cnr'cox\4ei^»^4t'«J^ sits pi* «tce*A<?>vt «vf co-^t'a.c^ jtoi'd S ' of C,

s * ^ ?j - r,
1

94

,
oT <M \#Y\
i^n c±**Zc «* ' B . <p& ? k
K
<pc ;
3
(C7. 033x/o'
5
) - 2^1 . Iov/cT
3
^
6
Tw.j-f ,V» s/xfo AB • C - iol * 0.02,7 ^ L- l.£ G * 77.*>J0 T TK
JT- £3f.7<?*/0~* ^
9^/fe' -
^ 7;o ,
)(g 3 tf 79 v o“ * ) /
" * ? 77 * Wo
- ^
f?crj hd '

l o^i o>viJc" aJt''


t
i
n r
A

<#, * 13.23”

Proprietary Materia!. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond lire limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
3,43 A coder F, used to record in digital form the rotation of shafts, is connected
Problem 3.43 by means of the gear train shown, which consists of four gears and three
to the shaft
solid steel shaftseach of diameter d. Two of the gears have a radius r and the other
two a radius nr. If the rotation of the coder F is prevented, determine in terms of T>
l G, J and n the angle through which end A rotates.
t

<Pe
-
<P» * <Pa - hJL- +
ay^ G vT n )

~ --
% Tt( J-
&r tnv +
nO

(pAa r
G-J*
r TkL
&T
9* ' <hKpn =

Problem 3.44 3.44 For the gear train described in Prob. 3.43, determine the angle
through which end A rotates when T — 0,6 N * m, l — 60 mm, d - 2 mm,
G= 77 GPa, and /r = 2.

3.43 A coder F, used to record in digital form the rotation of shaft A, is


See soloffoti fto P/?o6U?M connected to the shaft by means of the gear train shown, which consists of four
gears and three solid steel shafts each of diameter d. Two of the gears have a
3.42» IW dex/Oop radius r and the other two a radius nr. If the rotation of the coder F is prevented,
determine in terms of T, /, G, 7, and n die angle through which end A rotates.
<P*

OovVflt* T* Jp s- lr^vy\
^
G- d ~ f ^vv tiA G ^ ~T? *10 P<\
s

J
J= fc’ (. 67 Mo’ *7-
C
(l + if + ,£•) r 6 * 3 I fW
07 Kfb O I

<P* » 2 3-^ .
Problem 3.45 3.45 The design specifications of a 1 2-m-Iong soJid transmission shaft require that
M6 angle of twist of the shaft not exceed 4° when a torque of 750 is applied. N m •

Determine the required diameter of the shaft, knowing that the shaft is made of a steel
with an allowable shearing stress of 90 MPa and a modulus of rigidity of 77 2 GPa.

T ~ ISO U-vm J
<£* 4° r €9.Sl3*/0"V^ }
L * U w,
^
X c?
1 10*10* ?*. Q -ll.X GPa. ^ 77. £ * /o'
7
Pc,

TBit^seJ on amje ot -fw/isf . —-

* T
CJ4
-
GvJ
* v-T~^v
ITS-C *

c , ’/iik ,
r
y; (^X7Jro''( I. ^ IS.OGx/O* yw
V ySg) -/ IT
tt(7
( 77.2 v / o'
1
8/3 Wo’)
S«t-se<rl cm .ske*^' vM s4r«ss r

* JlX -
~
5
/l_MZ£^l_ = 17
*7' if 4 x )o
“3
i IT XL
y 7r(-?C?K/oM

Use i /S.06* r
/O~ hn r /?.£>£ H,. d - Tjz. r 35. / mm ***

Problem 3.46 3.46 A hole is punched at J in a plastic sheet by applying a 600-N force P to end D
of lever CD which is rigidly attached to the solid cylindrical shaft BC\ Design
,

specifications require that the displacement of D should not exceed 5 mm from the 1

time the punch touches the plastic sheet to the time it actually penetrates it.
first

Determine the required diameter of shaft BC if the shaft is made of a steel with G ~
11 GPa and rau - 80 MPa.

T = T P - (O.SoemK^wV ISO

ol>&.me,4e>'- bf^seci on 1 ^ \fiA l

cO ~ ~ O.Ob *.ii
T V
s 3oo^»vt

^ TL _ 2TL
T GS
IfST ~ If - IH - 88 2'< l° «
C. - ll.PUS'*/t> - M.04S*« ct - =..22. 8

)lncv'f-
_
h d ictv^ei'es' "
ow s4iress„ 'f - goy/O Pa TL'-
~ -3~
1 '

Hc

= t r M-
TFr ItCsomo^
C = U.273y.lo- 3 m = U. 213 ct
r
2.C ' 22. S

Use 44 « VaS^oe. -to meil tio44 i


45. dl 22 S
A (' o.Me'fe u\ A - &h2 m/>,
Problem 3.48

3.48 Solve Prob. 3.47, assuming that both shafts are made of a brass
with G= 39 GPa and r8) = 56 MPa.
150 mm
,

3.47The design specifications for the gear-and-shaft system shown


same diameter be used for both shafts and that the angle through
require that the
which pulley A will rotate when subjected to a 200 N m torque TA while -

pulley D is held fixed will not exceed


Determine the required
7.5°.
^
diameter of the shafts if both shafts are made of a steel with G « 77 GPa mm
= *
and Ta{f 84 MPa.
^
S hfc’fi.cs.^ Geaf 8
-0 TMa - Or 12.> mm :

F = T fl
/re ; ;

rc F- Tt, ^<0 IZS


n ~ ^ -
K.F - - nT«
Tvi ^ i-i ^4~4~s rAa = t ^ ~ T1 = ioTa - igTI

9^d =
tni$ * ^ )£JaL*).
GJ
^ & 3 =

nT« L
<f»
= o Pc = ‘Po-'fU = O* 2
a

*i% = -rc cp *'-S ^ Ls? ^ wn _ D *A"


t

ovo U^esf +»^i/e ~ -


"Qo
^Lm - TiaF
~
J
_ 2 vt T*
fi-v
= £t> MP& l
A s /Va>
tFc^" j

r « -V ** u _ *[ &X2.S-KZV fo*) ,

V ttt* ” y~ir'cs6**o*io'' i
~

<p - 7-5° = O.I3o<? ^


(KS )17L )
L- O'bh)
GJ t>
-

TT G-

M
V aX7.^7;L „ / (0(7.75X2^0^)^.^
c - 0<0i$U£- th-lc- 0<05i>3hy
7TGg? TT ( 3 «f ffoo *(O )io, 1 SoT )

Choose f~hc er~ d tC M 'C-f®


t-
A - 36-J M*
3.49 The design of the gear-and~shaft system shown requires that steel shafts of the
Problem 3.49
same diameter be used for both AS and CD. It is further required that & 60 MPa
and that the angle <p0 through which end D of shaft CD rotates not exceed
Knowing that G -11 GPa, determine the required diameter of the shafts.

°
D f'C&cc^toiA ~ r ;?6 # >MO

SKcgf_A8: L= O.H *
= ZJr _ (35*00) (>.<*) _ tooo
G*X &T G-J*

m IOOO
Tb <Pa® ~
GJ
r* WJ loo looo _ 35 ^
v\ HO GJT <SJ*

CD Tc 0 * tooo L=
_ TL (|OOo')(o.Cj __ Goo
<p.cc
5 “
&J gct GS
35"oe> ^ &oo 3/oq 3/oo
To - + Cpco ' -t*
GO" '

G-J"

_ fc)C3tOo)
C¥ - <=???. <?6 *
TT G- q?c ~ tt(77 x/o* )C%£-I8 */o~ 3 )

C - * lO* to = 3/.^£>
^
c/ = 3c ~ G3. *7 **'>*r>

Des/g^ use i^^eA v&Joe W- ©l„ d - 63.^

Proprietary Material. 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
®
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
-

Problem 3.50 3.50 The electric motor exerts a torque of 800 N*m on the steel shaft ABCD when
it is rotating at constant speed. Design specifications require that the diameter of the
shaft be uniform from A to D and that the angle of twist between A and D not exceed
1.5°. Knowing that < 60 MPa and O-ll GPa, determine the minimum diameter
shaft that may be used.

300 N • in

500 N m

or r ues

TA6 - 300 + 5-00 = goo O*


SOO Xr> ® o
Dest'^n beisedo* stress X « Gox/o*P<*.
Tc. _ XT 2T „ COCSoo) _ fe
<r ' 7TC3 ^ JTZ
~
7T(Go X/o fe )
r „ ..
M.
C S= f0^c>x/d ^O.'/O ct = 2c = H~C> c % HiV]

De s« g ^ Lttseot gje^o^ dio* $p/a


r IS* - to ^ r>*J

<P o/c
= 0

^
rf\ lM —
"
Tab Lab
GvT
_

( ?Oo
GCT
} ( 0-4 } _
" 3*10
"G?"
<oZa C?o _
^0 /A ~ ^Pc/b ^ Xa
GJ ~ G\c? ir G-C'

r <t _ XM
0J
(g^Cgol
(2 „ (ZX&Zo')
I^S.SO X/ cf’’ m4
T& Cjflj/A
~
7T(77 xVO’ )(;?£. i2 x^o' 3 )

C - £1 .0Hvlo~ n = M.OH d - “ 42.1

0es«gn rytos'h use -Passes' v<^oe c& dt d - 42. I mm

Proprietary Material. <0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

Problem 3.51 3.51 The solid cylinders AB and BC are bonded together at B and are
attached to fixed supports at A and C. Knowing that the modulus of rigidity is
26 GPa for aluminum and 39 GPa for brass, determine the maximum shearing
stress (a) in cylinder AB ,
(b) in cylinder BC.

\v\ AS o.*\d SC
i " c^e4e'/^i 'jAift/fe. « Ma4<^ U* “f'Ke.
T “=
12 kK m
Cj^.cX\

Cy $ i ncletr AS C - ^ d hn L~ to

+
J" -

cpa „ I^k . Tn (*' *)


#•37 */0
C
T d
GrJ" “ £g*»|Of -V&»+‘ 7 *' 0 ~M

Cy i cl e 3C » c = ^ c>!
~ ozs tn L - o ' ^
X - (p-OiF)'*- bli'&XtO^ tr>
H

3C — I 1~&cC 0*P3P) aC> r> v /Y~^ *T"



. | ,

‘ t3‘fYlo‘f)(£/3-6Kie-‘?^ ~ ,8 e 10

Tet
I

&vF“
6
M «4 c. h i n express? on s. 4© S' Cpg . Sb-H * tO T^ B ~ v ^ <-? "Ts*
^

T fl£ r A\

b.ejU\f i' of CO^ ^ ec{~ i at^\ A~f 8- +* /


Sc —T= O 1~-/2oo

”1*0 + I
Sc I’Z* io'

h fo (2
S olo t>4~i i"t/4 0) i
1 ^ T^b - /• 2 y 10
'

rAB =j»» «* X, -^oo a/'"

(a) M «©<i ^ ^ s~f in e.y ^T/i gl e/- A6 .

yA 6 - l»*. c - MPa
Z04-7 Xl o-I
_ 5 wa
- j7iK ,

J*

(W M Q-X i
o stress ey JPf BC *

r,gc - 3k£ - _i?^K^£l_ c 'K, - 3i'l MPa


J 6V‘6x./o‘l

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, !nc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual maybe displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distr ibutlon to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
e

Problem 3.52 3.52 Solve Prob. 3 .51, assuming that cylinder AB is made of steel, for
which G — 11 GPa.

3.51 The solid cylinders AB and BC are bonded together at B and are
attached to fixed supports at A and C. Knowing modulus of rigidity is
that the
26 GPa for aluminum and 39 GPa for brass, determine the maximum shearing
stress (a) in cylinder AB, (b) in cylinder BC.

T* 1.2 IvN - o
(Vi cy AS c<*\A SC A.*** s\cJr\ccA!>fy
i * A cf iv\ rjk e. - +Ke. v*e>4cfW ©tA
Ctx e*''.

Cy It ngfev" A S e ^ cf
~ - Otd^fa L~
J* =. ~ 304-.7 lib*1

cp
B “
~ _ Tfru x/o" 7m
Gr<r ~ cn*tdt Y?*4~7*io’ii

Oy ^ cl e ^ BC C - ^ 6*dZf> fa L ** 0*4-5 tn

T- ?c
H
- 5-cwipy ^
%* I ac L Tae (g-4i^ = W'3 * 10“* T*
G*T ~ (3*Wo’)(£f3-6Xfir17

M ftf C- h i n e.X
p
ress on s ; 4‘oi/' Cpg .
W'OZ HO ^Ag - Igc
^

"tec.” /< 6/22.5 T^e

Ecjvnl I'br't'o™ of con Aec-f i on a{ Q- IflQ* I


Sc — T^© T - Az7?0 a/ *>

+ f
gc =
Sulo strfu>f CO (z) 2*0122 3 Tia — }2oO

T fcft = 576 Uk T*, -'(>*$ Uhl

M clx wvv* stress cylu/tjig^ AS


6a)

^
i -

r..
AS
= r jgwgggl - * „f. *2^’ S5-3MP*
T ZOWX/O-I

<t1 M CjJC ilAl jJ*Y\ rjj-y-e gs m ey SC .

_ T*c c
6/3*6* /0
= M-F7 MP<\ 2^ - Z4-6 ^

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All fights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^ 0 )

3.53 The composite shaft shown consists of a 5-mm-thick brass jacket (Gbrass ~ 39
Problem 3.53 GPa) bonded a 40-ram-diameter steel core (GslCd * 77.2 GPa). Knowing that
to
the shaft is subjected to a 600 N m torque, determine (a) the maximum shearing
*
T <

stress in the brass jacket, (b) the maximum shearing stress in the steel core, (c) the

V angle of twist of B relative to A.

Brass jacket L ^L\

SVe.fi cor e : c = ~ 7.0*,*- 0.020*


' Steel core
5 mm
Stoe,core
J, = fc* = J(O.OZo) H * ZSThZZ^lo'
O n
rn f
1

n - ll.HbZS'-lC? N-™
-

(77. 2*/0 **
)(2S 1 -'iS * f cf )

Tovrejue by s-^eei co/-e ~fj ” G^nT",

B^&s a ak e-f
'

C, i: jJ, h, c* “ 2.0+S~ ZS m*x - 0.0^5"»
i

- |Yc^ - O * £ (e.OAS*- 0.020*)


-
- 3C2. 365->/o~ 7
J283 */o
a
Ni‘^
z
*

(31 * lo‘, )(2,&Z.?6Sx/0'"' 14.

C.Ct.-rf'yt.J) bv, tr<^5 ~ G, ~^-


J ^

T„Kl W^e .
T - T + T, - (G.J) 4 G.Jjf-
&
L
-
S,J, 4
HI - — ^°°—/4.I2S3M0
H.Hv2S>t0 3 4
-
3
— 17.874 v/o’
s

{ft’) H 1 >*w tv ,sl-*eft»r| 'h* -Stress in lsr&.5S ,

3
Gt C x -£ - ( 31 v| 0 * ) (o.o^X 17 . 87 V* /o' ")

17. vs'v/o
4
P« tL'IWMfi
(b) i w. j ske<t^*r\^ .s4rc»3 in sfesY coft ,

3
GYL^ - (77.Z*IO*)(O.OZo)(i7.29H»lo )
C
t Zl.Q * 1 ?q
'fsteel** 7.C MPa.

Gi) A^qJle tff +^>‘s*f ,


J

cp* l
»
f
L
r
o?)Cn. mwo'X * ss.nt*to'r*Jt f * 2.0S°

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
. ,

3.54 For the composite shaft of Prob. 3.53 the allowable shearing stress in the brass
Problem 3.54
jacket is 20 MPa and 45 MPa in the steel core. Determine (a) the largest torque
which can be applied to the shaft, (6) the corresponding angle of twist of B relative
to ,4.

\ 3.53 The composite shaft shown consists of a 5-mm-thick brass jacket ” 39


f GPa) bonded to a 40-mm-diameter steel core (Gsfeci *? 77.2 GPa): Knowing that
P the shaft is subjected to a 600 N m torque, determine (a) the maximum shearing
*

stress in the brass jacket, (6) the maximum shearing stress in the steel core, (c) the
T§ Brass jacket angle of twist of B relative to A

40 "* (3- XI,


r \
5 nun
Steelc0re
&& .
B _jtw_ P J
J : ,
T<ai^
L Gr

~TjI ~ J/,

L+jtf
~ 20 v fO Psl
^
Cj - ~ 0.020 \*s\
>
Gy - 2 04 -S' s ZS~i - O OSS »>
.

Qm s
7Q*\ b <°
~ ^
-'S|?,V|0
L ”
(3‘!f'«lO‘, )(d.OAS) X?0 aJ

J*. - 2 ( cx
-
O = I (o,025*- 0.02.0*) ~ 362. 26S * /O W\

SV<>eX c^ye ~ US * lo‘ c - O. O2o


4
V-fx /O
L '
(77. 2 v ! O*)(o .OZo}
ZZ.'i H5*)o r«J A
4
I C - -^(o.OZoy ZS 1 33 * jo *
nX
s
St-^sX/er \jcJoe. oX :
£>v/e^-«S Zo. 5 !$»v yjt/t

1
io»-^ae c^'-fi'-eX laAiuss

Tx - G-^j; s (3?x/2 <>

){
r

3 62.^65v|0' ')('20.3']3>/o'X -
<
227.3 N-

Torque by vS fee./ Cos^t


,,
“ ,>

o*
T, -
6; X (77A*I0 '/(ZS!.3Z» lo' )(2o.S:3* ) - b */.*

(X) AXX» ^ 'vb/g jx>v^^e . "T “ I, + 7^ “ O 8 7. % ?h Hi TQrCss A/. I

(t>) AJXo ./ ~ 4 ,7 ^ -Xa s4 Xg #


^

1
<PaJH~ L ^ (Z)(3.0.SI2*IQ' ) - qi.oicvjo'r^ ft* - 7.35°

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, tnc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
o

i.55 At a time when rotation prevented at the lower end of each shaft, a 80-N *
is
Problem 3.55 m torque is applied to end A of shaft AB. G
Knowing that ~ 77.2 GPa for both shafts,
determine (a) the maximum shearing stress in shaft CD, (b) the angle of rotation at
A,

r — 50 mm
Let Ta - +0 vyoe fa - SO
“ shan't <4"B
r “ 75 mm "T*Aft "f

Tcb Cl>

r*i j.
Stoics
*

.
t
/^——\ . Ta p
r

Ta -T»b - Fr* =

i;.»- Fr - o 1 \
p&y

(T. -T„'t (T. - Tm') Gea/v A Gc^*/* C

rA (p/\ r
K* *c $ :
<Pa * jf?
<Pc * f 'Pc
A Pc s o4
>

ys 'f # (t),
(p^
=
*“ .lA6 .fr (f)
tC-
. = .
I
Ctt.lr.. — 3l
s~ r-
^
.*2
& j;
BaL. r j-
3
A HjJBlL
(

GJ/W3, ^ G-Jco

Tas “ 0. Ta - (O.^T^oYSo) - 33.362

Tcd r (SO- 38.368’) = 27.7.53 AA *1

(Of!) S Inching S'lf-cSS in shdi

yt0 ~ T«» c - Jgp - .


&-L il2z - 41. 'tv ID
4
pc,. ^1. 7 MPa. **
3
vTce TT c 1 Tr(o.oc,7S')

(b) Angle 6~t ^o4t.i i ovy JA .

T«e ^ ^ kt- _ (2H3 g.36g )(o.^ p > )


r

rf) r

GvTrt ttG-c*
-
ti (77.2* lo*) ( 0 . 00 *1)1
0. GC

CP fl
-

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.56 3.56 Solve Prob. 3.55, assuming that the 80-N •
m torque is applied to end C of
shaft CD.

J.55 At a time when rotation is prevented at the lower end of each shaft, a 50-N - m
r ~ 50 mm torque is applied to end A of shaft AB. Knowing that G = 77.2 GPa for both shafts,
determine (a) the maximum shearing stress in shaft CD, (&) the angle of rotation at
A.

L&f TL ~ &.pf>
A'eJ c4 c * So
Tco - -fa m CO.
240 mm
Tab = AS,
S-fccKcs;. \
Tc -Tco - rc F- -
r:
T.a -
^ (Tc - Tcb ) - f (T -TV) tt Gectr A Geas- C
~
/<Vk e»vi<tti*gs • f^ <Pfk 7k ^ <P»
1
I %
Arteries o-t j-<Aj\si \ (pc -
6-v3ab

Sei ‘-3.2. %, -Tiu.


04 J = 6J«
-W + t)T« = ^re
W-m
Yeo s OA79C Tc. « (0.526^0 fecO r ‘H.ca^

Tab - K *» - HLCSZ) - S7.SSZ N-*

(cti She^>^' rxH S’F-e.ss m CD .

rJkS.^ ~r~i * (2X41.632) g ci'8*lO c ?* -&* 6?.$ Ufa


o ^ c3 C5> ir (g. 007s)
3

_ I fcti 1— ^ 2 ~77e 1—
TTGC 1
'
C2X^7-^2)('0.? fO'>
'TT(77.2v W ^( 0 D o^) .
£

i
'
i7.^6vlo'
3
^
# - O.W'

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced,
or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers
mid educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
«

3.57 and 3.58 Two solid steel shafts are fitted with flanges that are
Problem 3.57 then connected by bolts as shown. The bolts are slightly undersized and
permit a \.5° rotation of one flange with respect to the other before the flanges
begin to rotate as a single unit. Knowing that G — 77 GPa, determine
the maximum shearing stress in each shaft when a torque of T of magnitude
570 N m is applied to the flange indicated.
5U-Pf A8

3.57 The torque T is applied to flange B .

T r I A& y
^>6fr\ c - i ^ - 0*0 (S hn
36 imn
JAe “ = ^(o*a/5V- 7?*5-X/o*
?
m* v

- lezez-S- <Pq

SKffff C.D
T” ^
co j Ut> ~ Oi^fn j
C
<_ -
- -3<?1
a

J^ 0 )** “ /*Mx/o*/n v
App-fy j»<J To<r^<2£.
- ToJ^s
<p
&j; 0 T = 5*70

T °
= sjkA
Leo
, m^ ppi!.*****')
<5 >£?
vC = ^
%
C >
J £etv~tf.nc< £o<r B ? <jpg
~ l-S° - 26. %* f IO~ r«.ej

3 2
T o</^ue i~o rewoK/e 7J 0 =
(/ozt>2-£')(76, iSxlo ) zt>7-lN**>

Tcxnsfoe. T" fu ccn^SC. tcJJi-f-to.yinP /'O^cd'fo^ (pi T"^ = ~*7o ~~ ft 302**! Nh>

nr - tA0 4 i
^
5o2>5 ^(to2oZ'r')cf>" * 04 u>8* l )<p* (p - 12 *lo veji

T^q~ (/*Z02‘5’)0*'44 *Io~*) =i*7-l

3
T* cti
- ( |o' )
= 175-8

HftynT?o»»v> sllC.a«r »'') S'ti^esS jn AQ> .


<j

fM , ]k£ ,
1
,

c rA
C 74-4- MPa
-vTAa 75-SXio

l s4y*c$s in CD .

^
J^. 0
»
—r^r164-5*10?
1 - ?co = H-3-Ma
p l

3.57 and 3.58 Two solid steel shafts are fitted with Oanges that are
Problem 3.58 then connected by bolts as shown. The bolts are slightly undersized and
permit a 1.5° rotation of one flange with respect to the other before the flanges
begin to rotate as a single unit. Knowing that G = 77 GPa, determine
the maximum shearing stress in each shaft when a torque of T of magnitude
570 N m is applied to the flange indicated,
3.58 The torque T is applied to flange C.
5 A0
~
"T - / Ar3 )
^ y c ~

•Jas ” 'iC* SB Ti(e-0IS‘Y - yi-SXto*

ft) I AQ I—46
30 mill
T - 570 N *
i n

T,Ao =• cO
0
~c^r
~ (»Ze2-5 C
e

skM_cp
f
* ^ co j i-~ C Cs "

f A ppJNe^l 'f'ovA^i^e
- Jc' - (bA- clxio-^tn v

— I
^c q
T~ - £>7° Nm
&T.0
-r
'«»
-

Gvle^c ~ (77 v|ohOs*-?*i**lL<^ ^ *k = 4k

J
Ci^ect^^ce tf' of 6.4 sow 4t>«r tA«v\^e C *
<$c
r 1,5° - 26.1 2>*/0

Tor<^u»«. to A<w>ov'e
» cieccAftwce I T^d = (w*>8 * )(26J8>yo" * )

To*^o>e T* -fo cat^se Cut*! fiat**/ /vf-cT< i


/(
"
l”"” S7o - 36?'4 ~ - 200*6 Wm
Cp

T ~ TAB + Tod
-ZOO- 6 - {/0202'S ) <p" + ( /f /og 1
*
/ ) ^ <p"“ ^Z5T/5"

1
T^0" = (/O.ZoZ'5 \S*Z5!S x-i o" V= A/'^«

%
Tco " )( #.2SfS-*lo~ ) “ // 6 ' 4 W* -

M sh stress jvs AS .
TA0 =
Ta 71-Sxid f
_ /£•.£? w a Tar *

* 1a CP »

^ TaoC. _ ( + nb*^f\ {0' 6fB __ £*a* 03 MA* 7U - & Me«


1

Problem 3.59 3.59 The steel jacket CD has been attached to the 49-rnm-diameter steel
shaftAE by means of rigid flanges welded to the jacket and to the rod. The outer
diameter of the jacket is 80 mm and its wall thickness is 4 mm. If 500 N m *

torques are applied as shown, determine the maximum shearing stress in the
jacket.

So l, 6* <UU - C -
-M - 0.O1O
1
J* r r 1(0.020)" * 2SI.S3 -/o' m'*

Jqgteef : C2 - £ of - 0.040 i«

c,“ C3 ~ t - 0-O4O -O.OOH * 0.036 M

}(o.Wo- 0 036 *) ***


fc
. - 1.3829 */O

~
Toryvc Wy skecTf ^ Xj

k«t l^^GJjcp/L
TdJ 4-p^»e ,
T - + T.
14
= (J3 4 Jj)&cp/t ML
x
^ r jSl.
J,+0Er
T -
1-3829 WO 4,
+ 2SV.3 3*/U
x qZS.t U* M

t (2»vi 3^ *? ** ^* t/»

^
.S'fr'-eSS ja.okc/t .

X * 3i<L r r 1 2.^/ 0 * Pa I2.2M MPct -*


X. ^829 x/O” 4

3.60 The mass moment of inertia of a gear is to be determined experi-


Problem 3.60
mentally by using a torsional pendulum consisting of a 1 ,8-ra steel wire. Know-
ing that G ~ 77 Cl Pa, determine the diameter of the wire for which the tor-
sional spring constant will be 6 N • m/rad.

t? (? NGn fr&x>

Xcp
.
-
XX..
TL/6T
- XX
L
_ ttG-c"
2L
2 L k" I2
r SI-292 x I O mi
irG tv ( *77 x / o^)

c. - £>‘6o3ol fn d - %C » 6

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, fnc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.

3.61 An annular plate of thickness t and modulus of rigidity G is used to connect


Problem 3.61
shaft AB of radius r to tube CD of inner radius r2 Knowing that a torque T is applied
x
,

to end A of shaft AB and that end D of tube CD is fixed, (a) determine the magnitude
and location of the maximum shearing stress in the annular plate, (b) show that the
angle through which end B of the shaft rotates with respect to end C of the tube is

1 1
Use. <X body Co* si's*K B,c
4nGt
of AS a^Acf an r}

of He pfafe BC^tU
^aJ.'os of tfi'-s pov^-Ho*

f, ^*
Th & ^ \
pe/' unt'f
;T \
of C'^c-Urnfev^'-'c-c? i
is v
1 1

ir-A
TM - o
Vi

\j
r

^fcCa-rr^y - T = O

r g ....T

(aJV M<xxiVi^vi -sfrcss occ.ov's of p~T t

SUa^rig s+^,m T= -§~ = zJQtpX.

"The i v<t c.iVc^^fe^e-v'fi's^? Jisp^A.ce.^e'A


>i Y'ikM is
dp
i

IT T

= T tip — p> dtp

jy = rf
jrf) = —i is _ T <k
2uGtp*' p 2i\Gt p

w & IzvGt _
T f
1
Ap T
r* t " tJg
\
T_ + "
2¥Gt "{ ara ‘ aJp-^ Htt G-t

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
. ) i G

3.62 An annular brass plate * 39 GPa), of thickness / « 6 mm, is used to


(
Problem 3.62
connect the brass shaft AB, of length L x ~ 50 mm and radius r ** 30 mm, to the brass x

tube CD y oflength L2 - 125 mm, inner radius r2 =* 75 mm, and thickness t ~ 3 mm *

Knowing that a 2.8 kN •


m torque T is applied to end A of shaft AB and that end D
of tube CD is fixed, determine (a) the maximum shearing stress in the shaft-plate-tube
system, (A) the angle through which end A rotates, (Hint: Use the formula derived
in Prob. 3, Cl to solve part A.) X _

Sho H AB
4 “
Tc,
sT
.
" XL
7TC 3
. XL
HY,»
ez.oxto* fK
TT(0,O3O) 3
66.0 MPa

RPatc "BC.,. (See PR'oBLf'^ 3.67 J v/cX om ) plS


T . Zjoo
'SZ.SxlQ^Pct
SJTtP, 1 ‘
2n(^^fSX0.O3O) 5

VZ.S MPa.

SUR CO C, = s
,
0. 074T >** }
Cj,- ^ + t - O.O75"4D.00S = O.cpg ^
^ “ \A C * - C?) ~ f(0.07C~O.O7$
H
)
- */D'
c
j*i
v

7^ — ~T* C-i. _ (7S QO ) (o,Q78 o q v/zT ^


-

4 - *
~ '*
fXs
r ‘* MRx
j sr;

(ex) L±C^HL 8Z.S MPa

SU-R AB.
SR-R c£U
<p.
TAB.
= -Hi,' - j.Ik4 -
*
-rrG-c , K0.o3cOV
^ £82 I W 3
tr(3‘=?*'<e?

PflaJ~€ PC . C See 3.61 Piv' ot Cqw4 to* be9o )

4Wr . X. S~_L .XI r ___ 2**0 f t


_ _L_
4 TT Gr t l *',
1
^ j f7T(£ JO* X 0. 006 )
<? rf
( 0.030
** a 075" 2 J7
= <9. 8$ <7 * (O' rcJl.

SUf+ CD,
- TU (2$Oo){0-\ZS\ - Lo£3 */o~
G%T (37 v/ o* )(8,w?l */o~ 6
)

_1
(LA ~n>-f rof*/ A* <& <P*b + <P*c + <Pco * H-.-T7 3 */o vW
o. -**
<
pA -
Problem 3.63 3.63 A solid shaft and a hollow shaft are made of the same material and are of the
same weight and length. Denoting by n the ratio c\lc2 , show that the ratioTJTh of
the torque Ts in the solid shaft to the torque Th in the hollow shaft is (a) - n2)
/ (1 + 1?) if the maximum shearing stress is the same in each shaft, (b) (1 - n)!{\ +
1
n ) if the angle of twist is the same for each shaft.

for e.cf<Ja$ <x*d )


-J-ke a^zca.%
1
TT Co - TCC^-C, )^ TCiO-h*-) •-

Js-f £ = ie:u- n *f j;=i(c li -c’),t^yi-r,’')


(ct) F<*r (tcjOctf sLesses,
Y? - 7iic t
^ “
J7~
3k - £&
4^0
~ i
zul .

_ o - 2 )’
0-ft ft

^ CI(
/z z
Th ~ rF) Q( j - ^)' (l +n /+n
+ n2 s*
I
)( i /

(b^ a^Jes crT -Kml #

(p= r ILL.
G G Jm
x
is "
. fc;o-^) r “
< i-^) _ i- o5 -

~ ~ + «*
t; to** }

Problem 3.64 3.64 Determine the maximum shearing stress in a solid shaft of 38 -mm
diameter as it transmits 55 kW at a speed of (a) 750 rpm, (b) 1500 rpm.

C. ~ \A - \^\ ^vvh P- kvV

l*-S H?
s
^i>x |o
T‘
*
,2n f 7 0-c? M

r , Xt
J TfC 3

(b) 4 - -/g~- - ^ Hz
IO %
-r* _
~
*>£" X _
' 35~d
‘ NM
1

2,11 (»D
L QJilEB2 3i'5" Hl^st 7? ~ 2x5 M-ftr
Tj (Ovoiq)2>
T \

Problem 3.65 3.65 Determine the maximum shearing stress in a solid shaft of 12-mm diameter as
it transmits 2.5 kW at a frequency of (a) 25 Hz, (b) 50 Hz.

C - -^4 - - O. OOQ, m f = 2.5 UW - zsoo W


(0St*XSHi. 1 f.llS? ti-«

t - Tc > J
-
fj£ ’ -7 5 -‘,

'”s-
T\ (.O.OoSP
' "C*- 9^ MPa.
. 2SOO
(W> f *50th T - - 1.1S11 U-*
ZOWTT) .
TT * 23. rMfK -*a

Problem 3.66 3.66 Using an allowable shearing stress of 50 MPa, design a solid steel shaft to
transmit !5 kW
at a frequency of (a) 30 Hz, (&) 60 Hz,

XtM - So Mpc^ - Sov{o c P * IS kW * ISx/o* W


3Q Hz
_E_ * IS * Ic? = yo
XT5f
77.577 JH-tfn

Te . 21
J '

TtCf
3
s
i 2 _
'
577 7
/(2 7 (79. - \0.09HWo' k>vi
i ix't Y ttCsoxjo6 )
d * 7c * 20 . ***> -**

0,7 -f » Go Hz
-T- „ _£ ~
1S**IQ*
- 39.789 N‘v*
1 ' 2T,P 771(40)
3 fgjTs^Tg^y 7.972k/
q' 1
»*, - 7. 772.
V IT (5*0 io‘)
'**>
d - 7c * 15*. wows

Proprietary Material. 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
©
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
-

3.67 Using an allowable shearing stress of 30 MPa, design a


Problem 3.67 solid steel
shaft to transmit 9 kW at speed of (a) 1200 rprn, (b) 2400 rpm.

P - kW
~ 12.00
(£jJ) -P
60 Ho Hz

T s
p _ JO*
" 2TV(3c>3
r Tc ^T
vJ TTC*
3
r
c . /«x
3
_
-
/av 7/.6Z') - °^ hsr m ,, .

Yir?
.

'

.
***»
Co * HO Hz
T_ _x_ . J3_ X fo* 3>S'ir/ ^ h
2Tl-f 2tt (9o)

c
- 3
_/ W3S.8l) o»*o<7 125 (n d = lg.25^*^
V Tr{^S(io*0
'T.c - -*s®

3,68 As the hollow steel shaft shown rotates at 180 rpm, a stroboscopic
Problem 3.68
measurement indicates that the angle of twist of the shaft is 3 °. Knowing that G ~
77.2 GPa, determine (o) the power being transmitted, (b) the maximum shearing
stress in the shaft.

1 cf - - 12.5*

j- -
Kcj'-f,'). ? [(i.y-cu.srn
“ .QZHx to
1
G,
t«r»
H
= f. 234 y fo"~
c
i*P
HO mm tl - 0.052-3G
<9 GJ
25 mm
J - £Jj£.
L
- (77,2x10^ Xl.
^
3
e
34 < )Q- Xo,.0534X _ £ , ^
Angi/i^cr' iSpe^eJ -p — 18° ixjjn« ~ 3 r-ts/sec-
~ 3 Ht.

(0.3 Po^e*" k> e.v'i fr ^tuPT - 2tt (3XH«r7.6 I'l - iS.SOy/o'v^

B - I3.SO k*7 -

sVi ee^iv^ spree's ^^ - Is* - ^7X0(30*10-^


(V) ~ “
I-25H *»cr &
,

sT

- W.Z *loc P* C* MPa. -*

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3 69 3.69 The hollow steel shaft shown (G - 77.2 GPa, - 50 MPa) rotates at 240 rpm.

3 .. i? r 2 IT 4- /
~ 2 it (4 ) (3# 56. 7 } — £ I* 7 * to W
P - 5" (.7 kW **»

JX. =_ f^Sfc.-7K5~)
(L) <d-i^Liki ^ _
= t 0.|o7£ trftJ
.
&J (77.3x|o‘, Xi.aSHx/0" )
-
f

3.70 One of two hollow drive shafts of a cruise ship is 40 m long, and its outer
Problem 3.70
and inner diameters are 400 mm
and 200 mm, respectively. The shaft is made of a
steel for which G
« 60 MPa and ~ 77.2 GPa. Knowing that the maximum speed
of rotation of the shaft is 160 rpm, determine {a) the maximum power that can be
transmitted by one shaft to its propeller, (b) the corresponding angle of twist of the
U 40 w, shaft.

Cx - j ~ Ojoo , too - Ojoo h*

H M 3 H
S - \ {Cf- C, ) “ f (Vaoo'*- D.loo ) * 2. 35Q>Z * lo

X
Tc^ -r -~ J
~
't _ ( 3 . 3Sfc7 Wo^Kgo^lO*^ ..
70C„&Wo s
J
* ^ "
0.200
A/-^

l&o
CO
- Z.QC.U 1 Mz

(o.'l M<w T* XirfT


pr 7ir
s
{z.tc.a )(ioc. 2L *fo ) - J/„S?4V*/O c IV P = II. MW -a

(W A n^te t>i +w r

. _ 56x/o 3 )( ho) %
.
ISS.HH *lo~ r*J f
J~(77.2*/o‘*)(Z3Sa>'tO-*

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
s

Problem 3.71 3.71 A steel drive shaftis 1.8 m long and its outer and inner diameters

are respectively equal to 56 mm and 42 mm. Knowing that the shaft transmits
180 kW while rotating at 1800 rpm, determine (a) the maximum shearing stress,
of twist of the shaft (G = 77 GPa).
(b) the angle

t,
~ I' 0 In Cx - - 2-6 mtn

p r I80kty
- 3oo
£
f --
1

-rf- - 30 ttz T ~ ---


.

^SSVo 'Vfcj

H V ^
'J' ~ ( C X* - C, ) -
\ - Ow»24 )
“ 4toyiO^ ^
{at tvwivi s 1 rv s,4 ~
^

4o-S "t - 4o*5'Myp4 ,

(W) Anjie of 4-wvisf, <p - ~r~r

O^Xi'S)
9 - I*q4

Problem 3.72 3.72 A steel pipe of 72-mm outer diameter is to be used to transmit a torque of 2500
N m*
without exceeding an allowable shearing stress of 55 MPa. A series of
72-mm“Outer~diameter pipes is available for use. Knowing that the wall thickness
,

of the available pipes varies from 4 to 10 mm mm


in 2-mm increments, choose the
lightest pipe that can be used.

C* * £ «l 0 - 36 O* 03 £> V*

Tc 2 Z Cz!

J TT(C^-CP)

cj- ZL$i „ ao36 *_ ftl(ara°K°.gs - £37. %7S * I o'


7T(5S'>rlon
Z%.ZZ*IO % * tt.ZC**

C a -C, - S 2S.X6 ** * 7.7*/> U5€ t “ 2 hoivr

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may
be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher,
or used beyond Ihe limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without
permission.
^ 3

3.73 The design of a machine element calls for a 40-mm-outer-diameter shaft to


Problem 3.73 transmit 45 kW. (a) If the speed of rotation is 720 rpm, determine the maximum
shearing stress in shaft a. (b) If the speed of rotation can be increased 50% to
1080 rpm, determine the largest inner diameter of shaft b for which the maximum
same in each shaft.
shearing stress will be the

m P = V5kK/= HS'/C? V\/

t-- JL
1 ‘
= jsrqe.s
XU (IS)

c - ~J - 20 - G.a?o

't
Tc ZT (ZKs^ss) 47.Wv/o e pA 47.3" MPa.
X ~ 7TC3 ~T7o7o5oW
s
logo
(b) P- Co 12 Hz x-~ *
**-SV/Q
(/8 >

r - Tc z . XTcz c
s
7
c, -
2TC,
TTX

C* . - ^3. 333 ,A= ’ dr K.JOWO**


z
C, - IS.ZO*lo~ Ki * 15.20** d- 2c. - ZO.y

3.74 A 1.5-m4ong solid steel shaft of 22-mm diameter is to transmit 12 kW.


Problem 3.74 Determine the minimum frequency at which the shaft can rotate, knowing that G ~
77.2 GPa, that the allowable shearing stress is 30 MPa, and that the angle of twist
must not exceed 3.5°.

L ~ |.5 C - « fl O.O/I P» 12 kV- w


s 4
3.-5
" * £I.OS7*/0* *v«# G• 7 7.2»lo‘ fck
l
,
rr 30V/0 Rj,

Stress 'T
_ To _ ZT.
X trc 3

T ~ X UC* . £ (30, fO
•x
<
')(O.OJj'|
3 ~ C2.727

require
TL , ?TL
4 '
TiGc* G<T
“T* -
v X Gc H (p TTC77.2* 10^(0.01 [)Y& 1.0 87 x^O' i ')

=* 72
O/sr
,505 4
/V-
J .
tv\
i

7 l (j/KI.s
-

)

for^ C ii -f lit T - 47.7^ n

M i vi i mJ 'i
.
e>/|
5$.
0l e,r
p ^
12 klV .

T- 2i7 4 T
? - P - & 2il£l 80, 4 ftz -P= 3 o,H Ui.
2uT Z~n (c?.7xn.)
i C n ) .

Problem 3.75 3,75 A 2,5-m-long solid steel shaft is to transmit 10 kW at a frequency of 25 Hz.
Determine the required diameter of the shaft, knowing that G ** 77.2 GPa, that the
allowable shearing stress is 30 MPa, and that the angle of twist must not exceed 4°.

P - io k V - \o»\o W G9.8IS "lo'rxJ

__ _ ___£ )o *]o2
in (Z5} QS.QCZ M*<

cl 1 _ *1 i

X ^
* 1

i merlx * ^

s
6. yW: V TT (SQVt IO 6 ').
= ii. oss-io w. I* Ck5>5T

jloiM

c „
*V
m
T G <p •
reyytr* ****?{
t? -W

7
Y ^
.

9
(77.2 v JO Yc<?. £/J
d? -

* /cr
'
~
n

Use 2 C-tC </JW # C- 11.701 U~ ~ M>n

3,76 The two solid shafts and gears shown are used to transmit 12 kW
Problem 3.76 from the motor at A operating at a speed of 1260 rpm, to a machine tool at D
Knowing that the maximum allowable shearing stress is 55 MPa, determine
the required diameter (a) of shaft AB t (b) of shaft CD.

(et) 5h«cty AS 1 P - IZ-kW


f = -If
5
* * * t - &SMM.
TUe = P "Zti-F
..
'
- l kj

6 ~
o' jLs. ~ 2 i ..

J- -rrc*
i
c- Vi IT (5fcXI£>te ')
- o
4 g la i~7 J**

1b - 2c - >o v 3>

(b) SUff CD z<?

lm §(<?{) iSt-lMby
£ ' -

f ^T ^~
* I C?)( lVf.-7 r
V TT'f -y 7r(^ir)U 0 t)
6 so 1 2.0 6 M
2c - 0»6 24- m Id"
.

3.77 The two solid shafts and gears shown are used to transmit 12 kW
Problem 3.77 from the motor at A operating at a speed of 1260 rpm, to a machine tool at D,
Knowing that each shaft has a diameter of 25 mm, determine the maximum
shearing stress (a) in shaft AB, ip) in shaft CD.

<ca As : T' fT- kVvi

__
^ w*
v/o s =
'HI
"

| 2- , .

c = -5^ “ t'Z'S"

v _ Tt _ :?r
O'

w* ^ * nm

- ^%3 - xi* 6 6>


TT (o'ou ^)
(b) CD «• / 66 -a

IB 1.1 N».
( Vjt l£i«1 )
- 4-cj- , 4-4- M/fh
"TT {,d\0\Z.5 Y 8,

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, !nc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

Problem 3.78 3.78 The shaft-disk-belt arrangement shown is used to transmit 2 kW


from point A to point D.
Using an allowable shearing stress of 66 MPa,
(a)
determine the required speed of shaft AB. (b) Solve part a, assuming that the
r ~ 30 mm
diameters of shafts AB and CD are, respectively, IS mm
and 15 mm.

SOLUTION

r * ,
p= 2 ItW/s

2? *
]~g ^ At T= f cp't
T TTC 3

r ~ 110 mm
[& fH. d faM c v* slwc4H

c = J
s {#'<)<> r JT?. *7 .

C = <?*»,
, T« J (omeifluvf) » 7C' 4 UK
SfoUcS *

X - X(F;-F,> Te = ^(P.-F^
7“ - -r
8
'B 7T- r = ii
K F, r A
>c

(&1 kQj/ouJtdaP? por*} tJts


^ %^ - 7 S' bN *. 1

Assume 71 - 7^'^a/av Tl^ "1^ - (0*X]%7 )£"7C*fc)x Zo* b N


S7>Nty\ d>l£<y)
X r ?oot>
P = £(T-p j -f
AB
-
^ jzpr
^7 7b
_
-
2.TT(zo*> £ )

(b) AiA>w a 4 ^e. ues Ti*4f “7*<A/|H., r^


Cj -

Assotoe 71 T\*(*'iw K-o) * amt **
< /V/K

P“ Xf/ _ P ><M>0
}
* ‘
2Tf"fc ~
WHO fla z*

Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1 ~

Problem 3.79 3.79 A 1.5-m-Iong solid steel shaft of 22-mm diameter is to transmit
13.5 kW. Determine the minimum speed at which the shaft can rotate, know-
ing that G=
77 GPa, that the allowable shearing stress is 30 MPa, and that

the angle of twist must not exceed 3.5°,

L- /•£’*'' c = p* fi'jrkki
Stress ^ ic_
cr ttc 3

T- * 5 (M/aY o.o //f s- £2'7 */*»

-pi
%
T~h‘ s>4 UMtjie. r&fvtVe^e'ii ~ 3*5°- CLOtl* lo r«J -
<p (p

GJTcp
"
TT Gc v cp IT
C2lESllL^ / 0‘*(Ql-Qg7x/e>-M
L (z)(t'jr'>

~ 7-3 ® / AAn

cJl$O'*) tortfve »-s +U s* V<JU T - 6 2- ' 7 V*1

P=- 2tt f T
£ I1*x'yf \0 %
r *
•P -^V
*7»T
g ifVTT
zh( 62*7 )
s ^'*7
y
Mz
ts_
•£- 3 4*3 u„
xu.-i
Hz. -

=. 2, 05? rpm

3.80A 2.5-m-long steel shaft of 30-mm diameter rotates at a frequency of 30 Hz.


Problem 3.80 Determine the maximum power that the shaft can transmit, knowing that G - 77.2
GPa, that the allowable shearing stress is 50 MPa, and that the angle of twist must
not exceed 7.5°.

C “ ^d
v IS - 0- 0 S L- z£
c To
S'Viress
^
fcg/pjli]££iz£^ 0 CT

T - ££ - 3H 'tc? * ’&(.So*tQ -Xo.O\S? =


t
-Z&g.Ol /s/.^

Twis4 . (p - 7 . l so.^v/o 1 ^ 1

<S ~77jl^lo' Pa

~ _ TL _ ^TL
T
'GT 3TGC*
i
?Gc V
cp r ^(77.2^/O , )C^ 0 ^')V^ <? ‘'7
r£7
''/^ ) * S03.GO Nj* vm

\JoJ\Ot- o‘l / -IS "ftt **Wwi _ Tr'XQS.Cn bJ- Yv\

pou/^^ s**-' Hg<^ 4 = 3o_ Hz

V* Zv fT- 2TT (30^265'. <37 ) - 44. 46 v /©* W


P-5<3.0 kW -a
«

Problem 3.81 3.81 A


steel shaft must transmit 150 kW
at speed of 360 rpm. Knowing that — G
77.2 GPa, design a solid shaft so that the maximum shearing stress will not exceed
50 MPa and the angle of twist in a 2.5-m length must not exceed 3°.

"P - ISO UW --
lSO*lo* W (o Hz
p i£Tov |o'
* 3.17S7XI03 N*w.
2rr f 7.TT (O ’

e.yc't , l£~ SO * 10* P

3r~ ~ 37.00 V/O* Ho - 37-00


V TT (50 v/D 4 )
utVe ^ cj) 2t
3° “ > [q V'i^A

<o - XL’ - _£Lk4 £ = 77.2>io‘ ,

pA L= £5"
T GP TTG-r. , i

**/ 7.TL- (*')CS. < nS J(2.5) c


r'*/0'i
35. 3S */0
"*

v*> ~ 35.32 ww)


yy TG-tf
iTG-tf Y ir
3
(77.2* io’Xw. 36 * icr )

Dse vfa'OsjpA C, «• 37. OO d ” 2c *74,0 wnv, —

Problem 3.82
A 1 .5-m~iong tubular steel shaft of 38-mm outer diameter d\ and 30-mm inner
diameter di is to transmit 100 kW between a turbine and a generator. Determine
the minimum frequency at which the shaft can rotate, knowing that G ~ 77.2 GPa,
that the allowable shearing stress is 60 MPa, and that the angle of twist must not
t—
exceed 3°.
\
I

~
L \S - P= 3° - S2.ZLovio- %
38 mrn

C%~ j[ d0 - 1*^ i*im t O.Q\c\yn

J * ?W-0’ r
?(0.OHp~O.0]!pVl25. 13&»io"’
-7
>

w
^

c
-he$s >j\r* wye^jf , 't- y\D fa

-t-_
I
- — —
vTlT _ ~—
= U2&.l9£>*lcr‘ )(C*vt&’)
,

— - 39S 37 .
_ ,,
W-w>
0.019
wisl r-e^uiVewie^f .

<

-T- _ G-3PP _ (77.2WP*X/25J$6Wo~''H52.34o*iP~ ')


337.35
~
Ht^i eJJtoMfcJoie -for^e >% iLn s*\tjpjeir -J<xS)j<z w ~T 337. 35 A/-m

PgK/e/- -fr^swffW P * JOO IcU/ -r 100*10* W Pr ZvtT


P~ /o 3

"
•ref
7
u«wc'./
T
r-
T “ T“
27tT
~ loo
'271(337.35')
;
>
47.2 M? 4= 47.2 #^2
3.83 A
.5-mdong tubular steel shaft of 38-mm outer diameter d\ is to be made of a
1
Problem 3.83 which ra “ 65 MPa and G “ 77.2 GPa. Knowing that the angle of twist
steel for ii

must not exceed 4° when the shaft is subjected to a torque of 600 N m, determine *

the largest inner diameter d2 that can be specified in the design.

r “ O. Ol°[
L - i. S C2 = ^ do *1

t- iS*lo‘ Po. <?- 4° . S4.S/3 ,/o'V.W

j-* i(c:-c,')

* Tc. _ TTCj
'Z'
t r(C-c 1
‘')

4
2JS-* ? Jo OJ^ -
Cv
^
jf ~\f
-rr
IT (6£"v
/ /I
I O r* )h
/ /*?

L _ 2TL
u/i'sf ye^oi
y't^ov're. w* *
. £jP
TTG(c^-c,4)
6-J*

C _
-+ r. _ jrfL _ r (zK&oolLi^
(
Vy * TlG<p V *
11(77. 2 X I o'* )(69. 813*/ o -5
~ *' -
c, i z.'-ms * to* **»•"

•jtfC ^ '/* aI C, C, - W.6*«? 4: = 2c,*


-*

Problem 3.84 The stepped shaft shown rotates at 450 rpm. Knowing that
3.84
r =
12 nun, determine the maximum power that can be transmitted without
exceeding an allowable shearing stress of 50 MPa.

t> T-s

~ U2 L / 7-
: OiO^b fi 3.32. K- 1.35*
d hS d
r
n$ PfAot
3

He S^^/iW 6 %' S M. tvj


KTc 2 \<r
For .slate C Jt v
- jj[
^T£T
a,
__ irc r _ t'(p'oLi£)\t*iHp) ~
_ '

2K (2.) (1.35)
HS O
-
•p ~ trp ~ 7. 5 Hz

Pov^e^ p- 2 t?-PT ~ 2ir V jo )


1 “ bb°\ Ic.Ia)/s

p- b£>°lkus -Cl

Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, !nc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
/ , )

Problem 3.85 3.85 The stepped shaft shown rotates at 450 rpm. Knowing that
r —
5 mm, determine the maximum power that can be transmitted without ex-
ceeding an allowable shearing stress of 50 MPa.

§
et V?/2-S
- *0
4
r
/I§~
- aoif 3.3-2. K = 1.5*S

For- c - ^ol * 6J'X .. i<Tc _ 2KT


irc^Ji /
r (o'f ^rp(/z>x/ ofy
1 2-‘ 4" fri

&KI.55)
-f - ^S'O - l.s Hz

Pow^v' 1P~ 2T{4- I


- ^-n(7.sX 2 '^ x/o -3

) = IcN

P-, kW

Problem 3.86 3.86 The stepped shaft shown must rotate at a frequency of 50 Hz. Knowing that
the radius of the fillet is r = 8 mm and the allowable shearing stress is 45 MPa,
determine the maximum power that can be transmitted.

KTc 2 KT T -" 2K
trc* 1

ci - SO 1MM CL -
% t# r *5* mkf\ ~
t b * /O

ID ~ £>C> |A TT g VAVt
(

<5l
~ 3o * ^ ~ 3o~
~ ?G.&6"7

Kxo^ F.g. 3.3a K = ).»«

0
-fo'X^ug
'
Gno.t&y
= ^• i7M * w
ww*. powt/' P- ^tt-FT- k
(a.TrKS'oKx^x.n) - G3^sy-id -Y}

pr 63,5 kW

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-HHI for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
m

3.87 Knowing that the stepped shaft shown must transmit 45 at a speed of 2 100 kW
Problem 3.87 rpm, determine the minimum radius r of the fillet if an allowable shearing stress of
50 MPa is not to be exceeded.
60 mm

30 inm
3
P - 4£y lo \a/

'

T - P
aT
y / c>
5
“ ^204.63 N *
(35)


XTc z vor
Fov" 5m«. Jf*tr S <d C '2*^ IStviiH ~ 0.0 IS Wi 't'- 11
vT TTC*
1
Y_X C _ IT (SO v IO‘V^.015') 3
K - z I. Z1S
2T (1 UtOI.63')

D GO * 5.3*
H * sT F.Vf- d"
“ 17

IT - O.fT ol - (0.nl(3o) *•
5.) m» V* ~ 5*„ [ VnVn •

3.88 The stepped shaft shown must transmit 45 kW. Knowing that the allowable
Problem 3.88 MPa and that the radius of the ~ 6 mm,
shearing stress in the shaft is 40 fillet is r
determine the smallest permissible speed of the shaft.

60 mm
£ &_
O. 7
D 60 _ ?
~
d 30 d 3o
30 mm
Fvn>H-\ Fi'q . "3.3;? \K~ \~7.C
*4

Fov smftiliV'/- C 5 O? "* iS tnm = ^


r t£X£ _ ZK 1

7T c‘
TT(Q.Qf5V^o
T -
ir
*
ttKUO
»/Q<)
- /62.30* /o
5

P * 45 kW ~ P « ^.trf T
P 45 * 6^ /

£ --
~ 42.6 Wz 42.6 Wi
Sir T a-P ( 16 8.50*10* )

Proprietary Material. © 2609 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed* reproduced, or
any form or by any means* without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
i 3

Problem 3.89 3.89 In the stepped shaft shown, which has a full quarter-circular fillet, the
allowable shearing stress is 80 MPa. Knowing that « 30 mm, determine the D
largest allowable torque that can he applied to the shaft if (d) d-26 nun, (b) d ® 24
mm.

X ~ $0*lO & Pcl

r = j (D ~ < )
'
f* f (0 2

f *
fi ' °-°T«
r3 . 3. K -

iJz-j c * •

k <= _ z\<r
^ - j-
i

TTC*
Full qiiaitcrclrciilar fillet

extends to edge of larger shaft


_
T -
irc
3
r tt fi 0.013
2.K c*k
» *03 N- ~T - Jos N' iv. <*)

r= jlC’D" ^ 'l
“ 3 >v,»n ' O.I3.S

Fr^>^ Ff*j - 3* 32 L3i C—Xd r IC?*-sv\ — CXOUi^,


_ TTC
v
r n
IT (qoiJRVsox IpQ A i»naJI^*i^^**»n**»**i*
>.

(JX(.3 O
»i
1
65". S A/* v**
T= i6£s rtvw

3,90 In the stepped shaft shown, which has a full quarto'-circular


Problem 3.90 D ** 30 mm and d «
fillet,

25 mm. Knowing that the speed 2400 rpm


of die shaft is
and that the allowable shearing stress is 50 MPa, determine the maximum power
that can be transmitted by the shaft.

—d P /* 2- r* j(V- eH=
'
d» 2-r
,r=|(D - ,/)
£ _ 7<-T
- o*
^ ‘
24T
i

<*- —D F^ S.3Z
R^. 3.3Z
Rj. K- 1.34-

|k Ft>r
Ft»r scJe.
St>l C - — tZ^S ^H
S| v-
z
L
KTc -p =
?c s r
s"
j-
-
Kc. 7. KT
Full quartercircular fillet

extends to edge of larger shaft


T -

UK/. S4-^
s

*P
- JM&P ~ HO Mz

? - a-nfT - zniHt^CiW'sr) r &•? tw


5
iP.i -
/iV)/
^ 1

3.91 A torque of magnitude T - 22 N m is applied to the stepped •

Problem 3.91 shaft shown, which has a full quarter-circular fillet. Knowing that D =
25 mm, determine the maximum shearing stress in the shaft when (a) d —
20 mm, ( b ) d — 23 mm.
s
{(X ) "
11 » /• 2^" r* £(D ) * Z*£
ol zo
T 2»r~ „ <?* I Z£*
a
Pi 3.SX K /'5/

sw,-d£ta-> siWe I 0 h\

Full quarter-circular fillet


V^ . JOk-
T*
x
-'
* w
AKT-
3
"TTV
(zX'r’i'ite I „
^ir /a ^ AX
it to. on* .
’ 3 «/>,
y .^
/g T

extends to edge of larger shaft

(fc) •§ - - i-l f= (d - cl 7 ~ 1 ^ 1*1


|f
Jd
<cl
„*' Frovv FV^, 5 32 . .
K - b<t?

Fe<r Sfele c = Jr.sl «• !h£

T .
TTC 3
ai( wx^
"TT ({/< S'^/tf'
3
)
3, ,, <4 *.*.

3-92 The solid circular shaft shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be
Problem 3 92 elastoplastic with rr ~ 145 MPa. Determine the magnitude T of the applied torque
when the plastic zone is (a) 16 mm deep, ( b) 24 mm deep.
e
c- 3X»»»m*0.32rn l
L
i5>lo P*.

L
~:~=r ~ j(o.ozzf(NS*lo
J )

7 7-^63^ x/o3 M-m

£p “ I fn *1 ^ 0 *01 &> lv»


A - C~tp^ a 032-0.0/6 - 0.016 S
s
T-- tTr (l-f-§r'l- |(7.463^W0 Xl-i
^ ^.640** jo
3
JV/-ha x - VVl't*

tbl tf - 2*1 - 0.0*4 *y - c- tp - 0 . 032 - 0-024 * 0.008 1^

T- -|T7(l--q-^ V 3 (7
t
t63i »ldi )(l -
. -Xf

= x n*^ - ci. kW wv
q.q/x3 I
*?
I

3.93 A 30-mni'diameter solid rod is made of an elastoplastic material


Problem 3.93 with Ty = 35 MPa. Knowing that the elastic core of the rod is of diameter
25 mm, determine the magnitude of the torque applied to the rod.

d
£.->
|
- 0'Ot£fo *2y ~ MtP*
^ --
t*

Tr ~ - 1 cVr f(&<o /fr» c,

f(/f4-.t}(|-.i<gfl£'|= 211-7

Problem 3 94 3-94 A 5G-mm-diameter solid shaft is made of a mild steel that is as-
sunxed to be elastoplastic with Ty ~140 MPa> Determine the maximum shear-
ing stress and the radius of the elastic core caused by the application of a torque
of magnitude (a) 3 kN m, (fr) 4 kN m.

C ~ - hvM TV * /<fo /»^Aj

Cornpofe "TV Tr ~-

(ot) T - - Ty efluaHc I
o = C ~ 2$ J®»i

rf - Tc 11 =f|Ai
*ih 'i
(2}(3o4*)
= IZT-'ZM&I
J ZLvrl'Zl'ZMP*'**

(b) T- 4-0 0* > X pA-sf/c reg/dn wi^ Co/e.


7 he mus i rv»ui»> sh *s~hrt?5S is

T r
s' Tf ( " )

a ^ 3 )^ 000 )
e3
/~:i
-
~ I
_
,
1
j

Y
4 - (
b’ -Col (> ^ ~ OfS

A = 0«£ - («‘f )(2? )

Proprietary Materia I. © 2059 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
*

Problem 3.95 3.95 The solid shaft shown is made of a mild steel that is assumed to be
elastoplastic with G = 77.2 GPa and Ty = 145 MPa. Determine the maximum
shearing stress and the radius of the elastic core caused by the application of a
torque of magnitude (a) T- 600 N rn, (h) T 1000 m. N •

el ~ l£> - IS W (5 vn

oi4$ef <£**f yi<zPj>iir £* - Th « 2'


vJ te v
, Ihszn?! 7Cg . 7l
Z 2
30 mm
(cC) T~ 6 QQ hJ • vn . Srnce T< "^r ^
»$ eAshc..
T. -_ jr
Hr k sheas'' stress.
5+v -^r

4
-V a . I l-g. S yfO lIS.SMpct.*
TV 7ts.il

f?rsr/tVs of* co\ce. a C = J

ft,) T~ / POO m S»Ve« T> Tf • % <s>.

M rvw«i .s iae«>^' seres'. TU r 'TV 2m" IHS'.OHPa.*

f? S «-S ft'c CO^€. T* “


"

"J"r ~ (^£T 1
r
3 I
)

- ,% - 5 O.HC003
V 1C*. 7/
left.

O.'+COOZ C (.O.tfCooS)ClS ~ ^ C? ^
=
A G* m

3.96 The solid shaft shown is made of a mild steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic
Problem 3.96
with ry = 145 MPa. Determine the radius of the elastic core caused by the
application of a torque equal to 1 1 7>, where 7> is the magnitude ofthe torque at the
.

onset of yield.

\S~~, T- |Tr [ i

& - *-^-"3^ =
^ H - (3Ku3 - O.S87'lo

e N
C ’= (6. 'S&l |oXi'S’^'^ i

30 mm |Oy •= jS.S^W'lVV ^

Proprietary Material ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission ofthe publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
3.97 observed that a straightened paper clip can be twisted through several
It is
Problem 3.97 revolutions by the application of a torque of approximately 60 m. Knowing mN
that the diameter of the wire in the paper clip is 0.9 mm, determine the approximate
value of the yield stress of the steel.

To - ijO 10 * wn t ^>0 > : >0 »

rf - i-r it it 31 - 23 rV„
2 c? T,
!
Y
r 3- '
3 >
3 c,

3Tp _ (^i(4o^io~ s ) C
?Y = - 3 H }D Pa
Pttc 3 “ 2T\ {Q.HS* /O' 3 ") 3
J *

Problem 3.98 3.98 The solid circular shaft shown is made of a steel that is assumed
to be elastoplastic with r Y = 145 MPa and G — 77 GPa. Determine the angle
of twist caused by the application of a torque of magnitude (a) T - 8 kN • m,
(b) 7 = 13 kN -
m.

c * ^3 - MPa
L “ vj- r inS'-fitf*

f of T* rJ
c
*?- >* ir.H1 kN *

3
Ca') ~T - «3* |o //m
S»vice ~T ^ If +j\<. shaPf e.As f/'c. *
;
t‘$
9 ir*
^ (g * /£>*)(>* ^
= -s
^ ‘
c?7»^y«75-x,.-t)
' iC> r“ J
<J)
- x-/s

(V>) T~ l ^jqjnr, T > Ty T- |rT r[' -if1 1 ] -)

™ = -Ui= r
&J~ C 77 v \Ol
)('*'>
)(3l75-xto-T)
5 * x|0
=7s-zz*
_1


ffir
i±_ (3Vl $HO*l ~ b/SSd
3
l5-&Z ? *I0

- l£li±liol - ts.z*»Yl<S*r*J
?//Jrs8 SBn—
?
Cfrz 3'7?

Proprietary Material. 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No pari of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
<D

by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in any form or
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Probiem 3.99 3.99 For the solid circular shaft of Prob. 3.95, determine the angle of twist caused by
the application of a torque of magnitude (a) T- 600 N • m, (b) T = 1000 N m.•

3.95 The solid shaft shown is made ofa mild steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic
with rr“145MPa. Determine the maximum shearing stress and the radius of the
elastic core caused by the application of a torque of magnitude (a) T= 600 N m, (6)

T~ 1000 N m. = >77. 2 G-P

= *
16 x 1 o*^ W,

\XX- ~t~ r - Tc _- %T
\ ,
lor<joe cCT o^ser o+ yie/ct
, , .
t
t c. -jr

30mm rj- irC^tV _ tt (i.$rMo'^y*fl95>/oc ) _ 7 ,

'
^ 1
(ci) T~ 6^*0 . S;^ c « X < Xr +ke SWX+ t-s eAis-fi'c.

- XL. _ 2 TL (T.)( t,oo )( IX _


/•r,

f '
.
&X '
Ht.fG
~ " 1 ^J /n
9 = €.12°
r

(b) ~p-— | POO # X "> Xr A pi’o-ft'c xine k<s.s d

[i -(frt f =
X- ^
xQ —
3(

(p - iy.Jrr. _

2 UL - . ...
o, S 0 2 G
GX
I
s
TT " TTC.'-fS- TT ( 15'*/o ) t (77.

r 0.46003
Cpy O. ISO&g °
. <= O.S2C6 3 <p
- 13.71

o.H6<5d>3 o^^CooZ

Proprietary Material. €» 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or

any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual i$ using it without permission.
) , I

Problem 3.100 3.100 The shaft AH is made of a material that is elastoplastic with ry ** 90 MPa and
^ ^ *'
me (a) the radius of the elastic core of

'ty « ctOy!O c

T 30 0 N-(vi > Ty
r
pjfccs4 (C I’otA wiTk eiWf/'c co/«
T- 1 -r Jl Pt' ( 'i Pr* _ ,_ST ,
(B)(zot>)
0.31SZS
& , O.GSIM 0r *(0 .(Slo£)(o.Ol2 )T S.r?v/0
,

pr S,H mm
~

04 L* 2- G “ 30 v o ^ J Peu

jQVk
TTC^G
,

i
HO <
_ C/i/ _
~ 0.6000 r*A
.

-rr(o.O|X)\SOX!D ’)

5V _ 0 5^0 a.._- _ 0.73V


,
<P c f f>,/c
.

O.bSIZo f- HU.

Problem 3.1 01
3.101 A 30-mm-diaineter solid circular shaft is made of a material that
is assumed to be elastoplastic with rY - 125 MPa and G — 77 GPa. For an
2.4-m length of the shaft, determine the maximum shearing stress and the an-
gle of twist caused by a 850 N m torque. *

C- - jj
dl - /-X~ fam j Gr ~ 77 (iftsi
i ?r- zs Hfk i

L - .2
*
4 - tv, T- ©S'®
3
TV r , fc ty * fGoiSfOxS^) * Ul~l N*
T* > Ty jO/As-tVe reckon wi-tti Cot^e. ** = Ty “ /ZS M/2^

^ L ^ c cG (foioCrrxfo 1 )
" ° 2fo ^

r = Tr (i- 4,$ )

$_ _ t
__ I
'
“ ~ ! '
ni
•?/ ti .&X14&Z
'r y ^ Ut-7
~ 0 -s*
f I
‘%Vrfl - tl*^75Ko.2.4) - 0*4-J>7 7?- 2-7.^
Problem 3.102 3- 102 A
18~mm-diameter solid circular shaft is made of material that
is assumed be elastoplastic with rY ~ 140 MPa and G ** 77 GPa. For a
to
L2-m length of the shaft, determine the maximum shearing stress and the
angle of twist caused by a 200 N * m torque.

~ ftyo Mfa L* /* X f v\ T* Z&Q*i*v\


j ^

x=*
C ietr-= I(
l»t A
Ok 00 ^^/V-ox/cf)
'
* Wfci

T> Tf f/?A,s4»’e wi-tt e.fo*sj-ic. oov-c. ifm*, ~ ^r ~tty-o


-s ®
. l^L 2 TxL _ fcY /**>"> G-M ~ 0-2.4. 2.
6-3 "
TTC <r H
\ T(
Tt e'OOlVC
PC llmo*'
•77*id‘» S)
T « ^3 ~p«r / 1 JL
''j

*t 4r*
>
'

f&f* *-43L. 7i„


O'ZS 4k
q>
= o> 65
v ip T? I

cp - — 4k
a.'mTi
— ~£l -j~~ — ~ O' z fry-
<f>Y
- 2-2^ ^9

Problem 3. 1 03 3.103 A solid circular rod is made of a material that is assumed to be elastoplastic.
Denoting by 7> and (pyy respectively, the torque and the angle of twist at the onset of
yield, determine the angle of twist if the torque is increased to (a) T~ lJ 7>, ( b ) T=
1.25 7>, (c) 7"= 1.3 7>*

1 - | Tr 0
& T "V ,

nr~
!
4 _ 11 .
„ ± r
i

3T
<? Tr 4V
yft

r to _ 1
r 1.124 <?* 1.126 ^
toC\
Tr ‘
1 -

0 >)
X. m 1.2 T ± 1
r 1,5257
f * 1.5-37 4V
V 4f *
r
| *f- (3X».*0
*n|p

1
<P * IS tfV
Cft
Tr 1.3 - 2. /S' <p 2,

V^ ^3)0-3;

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in any form or
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

Problem 3.104 3.104 A


0.9-m-long solid shaft has a diameter of 62 and is made mm
of a mild assumed to be elastoplastic with r y = 147 MPa and
steel that is
G — 11 GPa. Determine the torque required to twist the shaft through an an-
gle of (a) 2.5°, (b) 5°.

L * <?*?/» C-\c ? - fy - W MPa


J-r ±c. H r
a
* 0-4£ync 6 Yi^7xlQ )
O 'Oi\
- b’lfjfo >*-lD N b’i

Z
(a)
^ s 2.5° - 4.2. 6 33*I0‘ v'uJ <p < cp
y TKe v'ewvai ms IC.

,
f) - JLk -t- _ CjJ^ _' /
?
77 vlQ V/-^x/o-^i
^ GJ 1 '
L
^
- £’•^13 * 10 A/.Ai T-^A/V* —a

(b'l <^-5° - g7.ZCGMO^rtJ <p


> <p
Y A pAi^fi'c 2one oecutOS^
~~ 1
| Tr [ - ^^76 x 3
I
itfO ] = | ( lo )[ 1 \ 27. 266*lo~
z
/ J

- £?.$•# x i o3 a/./t,
T - #’& kN»* -=-3

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.106 3.106 A hollow shaft is 0.9 m long and has the cross section shown. The steel is
Problem 3.107

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may he displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
r . .

Problem 3,108 3, 108 A


steel rod is machined to the shape shown to form a tapered
which torques of magnitude T — 8500 N *m are applied. As-
solid shaft to
suming the steel to he elastoplastic with rr — 145 MPa and G — 77 GPa,
determine (a) the radius of the elastic core in portion AB of the shaft, (b) the
length of portion CD that remains fully elastic,

O’) In p IOK AB c -£J £/ Av*.

^
*

Tr * * $cV r - E(»ot/)*far K «fiU

t = |ry c /- #1
fit r *f7Z §. *rrwMEi ~ / 2.2

- CM62 3, C =( e>, t>Z'£)(Z \) ? 3


pr
-
/V
(fcT) Ov~ c /
tf~ C - ^
T « i*4T03
vTt « d* 0 £ £ o
6*0 l i
Ostnisj fop -fVo»A -fke
p
t 0«0 3^tf
3 7>4T - 3- 3 * 4
Ii-Shn*; 3(

i tf.oyyr

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 3.1 09 3.109 If the torques applied to the tapered shaft of Prob, 3.108 are
slowly increased, determine (a) the magnitude T of the largest torques that
can be applied to the shaft, (b) the length of the portion CD that remains fully
elastic.

3.108 A steel
rod is machined to the shape shown to form a tapered
solid shaft towhich torques of magnitude T — 8500 N * are applied. As- m
suming the steel to be elastoplastic with ry =* 145 MPa and ~ 77 GPa, G
determine (a) die radius of the elastic core in portion AB of the shaft, (b) the
length of portion CD that remains fully elastic.

(a) Tbe J/c to wicvy be ck,pp ifej t $ 4b aj[ wdi t'cb


m <vfce S p Ov~\ iov\ A8 ti/JJy p f c

Xr* p<?v~4fo* As =

Ty - s
^ («'o?r'f (/4£*tt>b) * &1 M to
o
Fo* p-pAsJ-i'c. T- fTr (l ±A
c* *f
)-
J It
1 1 ’

T -
§ (,6*7^rv/o
s
) 7*/**- T^'SXfcA/M -«Q

(U) Feir poiVf C, T" - "24, C- C x }


T-
^ _ To» 2T - !/ _gr Tb<^k,7 1 O* O £
J, TiCy* Y 7rrT y
6 to Vi

ox o

izr

Proprietary Material, ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.110 3,110 Using the stress-strain diagram shown, determine (a) the torque
that causes a maximum shearing stress of 105 MPa in a 20-mm-diameter solid
rod, (b) the corresponding angle of twist in a 0.6-m length of the rod.
r (MPa)

112 -
84 -
--
(a-) - to* MPa.
56

21 - -fKt sfresS - KLk - O.OoS


0 0.002 0.001 0.006 0.008 0.010 y
Lei- z « S' - -f~r

Zrr.c*£z z Z Jz. = Zwc3 J


w h ev-e -He X !s Ly T - § ^
X <X, t ol^ ^ 7T SdMOS&'l S
~

f'OJg. is "He i £c>''v *W>/^ J5

i--f iwz'r
wf w /'s a ueiakftn* Pcuyte*-, Ds^< Az •=•
o.XS* w/c. <=ie^
-ft> e \}c*.f/oes <s ( /&*\ i*i t-ke beJP&i/'.

z r w ynX'tjWa
0 0,000 0 0.060 $ 0. oo
0.2S O.002 ££ 1-5 /+
¥
o.s 0.00+ H Zl 3 42.
0.75“ 0.006 19 ss-n£ 4- U6-ZS
1.0 O.OOS ioS far 1 iosr

Z712S- <\ Zu/zV


Ir 3 L " "• &

Z
(a') T- 3.77 0* X r ZlT (°-oi ) (jte'6x/o*') - !4Z Nh,

CL) = £JL
L
LXk > )(0.00'<
- 4»o *tO~ roj - 27-S
o 0>af

j^crj-c. - A^swe^s o/t'-ffe/' clue elrff e^e-wotS of* op i'a«o»\


y 4y
rn rt+.*tin+ 4hc i;-fr~e33- c.O*^SZs.
Problem 3.111
j

Problem 3.112 3.112 A solid aluminum rod of 40-mm diameter is subjected to a torque that
produces in the rod a maximum shearing strain of 0.008. Using the x-y diagram
r (MPa) shown for the aluminum alloy used, determine (a) the magnitude of the torque
150 r applied to the rod, (&) the angle of twist in a 750-mm length of the rod.

-
125

100 - O. 0O% c -
-~d = 6.OX0
75 -

l ~ iso O.lSQ vvi

-
50

25 -
fr) Le4 2 ~ ~ -^r

1
2 Vj:
0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0-003 0.010
T- ZTT ~
y ^ p 'L Jf> Xir Q ^
3,
lire 1 t

4~La tVx X i$
^
\ \/e~\

IX
'Toie {3 05 £ J- i k\ 4 * ov\ i s

X ~ flwzY
wke^e iv /s «*. wer ekl XccXcv. i7si‘n« Az - 0.25 u/<? &ef *fAe VaJoes
iv\ "Vine btfXow).

z '~yA

X MPa z
z
% MRx w MP (

0 O 0 0 1 0
0.25 O.OoZ HI 3.0 4- 12.0

0.5 O.0OH SB 22.0 2 44.o


0.75 O.00C \\£ GH.l *+ Z58.8

1 0.00% \33 V33.0 1 137.. o

447.2 ZwzV
T - , 37>3 MPa _
r 37(3></0
<

T* ^7T(o.03oV(^7.3v/ot ') ' 1.57 £x|o’ W-v. T~ 1.276 WU*y^v -«

r^ -r
L
^
l"*U« Q g} *
:g
~l°\X° ' 300 * 10 nj 9>
- 17. IT

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
3.1 13 The curve shown in Fig. P3.1 12 can be approximated by the relation
Problem 3.113
T (MPa) 9
r= 27.8 x 10 y ~ 1.390 x lO'V
150 r

Using this relation and Eqs. (3*2) and (3.26), solve Frob. 3.1 12.

3.H2 A solid aluminum rod of 40-mm diameter is subjected to a torque which


produces in the rod a maximum shearing strain of 0.008. Using the t-y diagram
shown for the aluminum alloy used, determine (a) the magnitude of the torque
applied to the rod, (6) the angle of twist in a 750~mm length of the rod.

Ym-HC, “ O.0O« c.= yiJ O-OZO IV,

0 0.002 0.004 0.006 0.008 0.010


^ ^ r 0 7 SO
. *v,

-
(a) Lei Z - yT
%
T * oor
£ p t Jp ~ 2irc
^ z* tT Jz

TUe f.nt* stress -sU«7n c^e is X - BY+ CT% ~ BT^Z +

wUh 3- 27.3^/c? 7 a«J C - -1.390


r
_
T- 277C 3
J ^(8^2 '+ C'C^Z ')c/-L
?

r° t
t ~ .

~ 2li
3,
B z^efz. + C~/L*i 2 Vz
C.
£ £ £_ ^
- c- { f e*c* ^

“ /?tt ( 0 020
.
^ ( 27 .
&* io*')(o.oo%) + j*(- io'
1
')(o„oo%)
1
"^

3
- I.c/oovio N'Vn T~ I.Wo

c<p
(U L
XCi
r

-
LX,**
C
(o. 7so)(p.oo%')
“BTcfe
' 0
3do ^° ,
-s
^ <P^ i7. n

Proprietary Material* £> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced* or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.114 3.1 14 The solid circular drill rod AB is made of a steel that is assumed
to be elastoplastic with ry ~ 154 MPa and Q «* 77 GPa. Knowing that a torque
T — 8475 N m is applied to the rod and then removed,
*
determine the maxi*
mum residual shearing stress in the rod.

cL" SOLUTION

C “ /6 fr,

S* fc i
- I (O'OS)* = 1-X7z x/o'Vi

: T= iVTJT
T- *T?0-

1-4? = H
(2 W47JH ~ O - fokty-
T r &S3 o
& -0‘V7Z*} r 0*4 - ST
f>r

T ^ fri + 7£ a/*i

Ai p c
-
=2«/U^.
Ad p - py
/* 272-

«.

Af /> * c - /Srt+~ . - 100

p~pr ^ aiA,

VkmW^k *^tes “ £7^ fa

Proprietary Material € 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5

Problem 3.1 1 3.1 1 5 In Prob. 3.114, determine the permanent angle of twist of the rod.

3,1 14 The solid circular drill rod AB is made of a steel that is assumed
to be elastoplastic with rY — 154 MPa and G
— 77 GPa. Knowing that a torque
T ~ 8475 N m is * applied to the rod and then removed* determine die maxi-
mum residual shearing stress in the rod,

FVv>»n 44»e sofi/fiow PROBLEM 3. H4-

C - >£) jv. «T ~ I’ xl 2 XI o~ {VN ** & z:


^ ~i4, 2

r ' £* l' ,e -
jA

Ttr
(eJtish'c.) T» SVK N

(p' —
* '
Qumo* Xl**Hxi<T b )

fivi's'f an^/g

%r^ •
<Pw “ f r

Proprietary Material, O
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.116 3.116Thc hollow shaft shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic
with Ty — 145 MPa and G — 77.2 GPa. The magnitude T of the torques is slowly
increased until the plastic zone first reaches the inner surface of the shaft; the

\ >
torques are then removed. Determine the magnitude and location of the maximum
residual shearing stress in the rod.
}

C2 ~ i 30
W Ue ^ 44\e Zone
4^e s4'^e5s 6^4/ -f-o 'fcV.
SC

fs C<*$CV$e*AeJ{ by 1 ki To > .

dT = /
P r'd/4’=
/
yO 'Yy (7.1\
p e^o ^ = 2/7 "2^ yOV/O

(c s -c,M
T ' Sit,
[y J/I - I rr
7

i 3
2

-4 1
- 3
( I 45'v|£?‘)f(30v/D*' ) - ( I3.*T* /O
')
- 7. &0&4 xlO H
]

Un i*\ T # “ 1. GO&H«)U>* N-

T* £(c*-0 = /.m^o c
w,^r i.«4x/o m ¥
£

-v'-* T't, _ Cl.GOtHx uPXv.S'lo*) _ ,^4p Mr


‘1 ~7~ - IS -
* .
0 -4 n.05 .

*lo P«, = 71.


f
os MP*

^' r -Q— - l 2:i^* !Q ^^ xio


* Jo
~ 3
) „ |«*3. C3*|t?
6
fi*. e

!?eS>t* d sfre. SS ,

Xnne/' sc'^'Po.ce 7 2^= ~ 2^ - /


t
/S _ 77*OS‘ - Q7. ‘75’. MR*

Ot/Wsa^te; ~
'ty ~ ^ -
/*f5T-/12.£ 5 - -4 7_ &3 M R*.
fla-xununo r-es<gji2^ ^ £3»0 Mft* «d“ 5UlA"^ce,

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7

Problem 3.117 3J1 In Prob. 3.116, determine the permanent angle of twist of the rod.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All fights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.118 3.118 The solid shaft shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic

with ty = 1 45 MPa and G - 112 GPa. The torque is increased in magnitude until
the shaft has been twisted through 6°; the torque is then removed. Determine (a)
the magnitude and location of the maximum residual shearing stress, (b) the
permanent angle of twist.


C * 0, 0 IS i*i
<gp
- G° - v/ 0

%
~S « (O.OI6X\OH.72*IO~ } .. j.

r 0.007.112$

fr "
^ r
H5 >/0
** 0. Oo 12782
«T 77.2 *10
AV - JVV _ p. qoi%
o. con izs
O. &7ZQ0

J - 4J C,<
-
2.
1 _
“ TT 4
"'7. Co. o is) -
5 102.447 */o"
e?
*•>*

T
T, >
=
3
- | O’* » JCo.oie^Oir.io*) =•
m-m
s
At *J-Tr (l- Jj fA =.
)[l- i(o.evM) ]
= h m>f6' y/O s to- bn

UnJ/oeiJiHy eic^-f I"'- •l.llgi'fxlo 3

A4 ~ ~
A+^. r
c v'_"
r .(uusrxto*)^;^ „„
t7S.S2*Jo*
17*. «>./£> r
fa
_

^ -iwr«47To-'
A+ '
A •*'=
p#- ?
;<0.£7H33)= \2o.$gxto‘ fa

noS JlT — ( [- / V /Q ) (0-£) _ _


- - Oi <7
86 711 ,
Jn‘
y to
*
s ^J
r**t -
-- U in
H.°I 7
4 ‘

KesiJo^: r
'2^5 =• AL.V -
r^v — 2T
tT - q>'

c c
&£> Af /3- c tC* - l75Wo t - l72.52*)o =•
-33.52*/o P*
- 33.5 Mp^
A+ /O - X« ’ W5 Wo c
- | 20 3X>/O .
c
- 27 .G? *
27.5 HP^t

Mcv&t i’ o/uaJ sircssl 33.5 MPa. a+~

S
- ! 04.72 */o^- 26.11 x » >‘/.13v|o’ 1*^3-
^

Problem 3.119 3,1 19 A torque T applied to a solid rod made ofan elastoplaslic material is increased
until the rod and then removed, (a) Show that the distribution of
is folly plastic

residual shearing stresses as represented in the figure,


is (b) Determine the
magnitude of the torque due to the stresses acting on the portion of the rod located
within a circle of radius co.

L Q ft- d <
^
(a)

foud A = T,_< . #T t

Dipped r\
VC ~
X£ -~ -2-X.
4TTC
x
TC 3 3 r <4 /> -
'
c
j

7'' * £- #-rr # = % 0 - M.)


To "P» n$/ Co 5*4 *£U '
^ /°
f

0-1-4% •= C* '

ai T* • 2ir
£ /oVy

* id)’ -(BUZ)']
- 27!
f 1

^
T, (

= 27 -$-3 ’
C

= a ”0 ^ C

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
o

Problem 3.120 3.120 After the solid shaft of Prob. 3 A i 8 has been loaded and unloaded as described
in that problem, a torque T of sense opposite to the original torque T is applied to
/

the shaft. Assuming no change in the value of <py, determine the angle of twist <pj for
which yield is initiated in this second loading and compare it with the angle <py for
which the shaft started to yield in the original loading.

3*118 The solid shaft shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be elastoplastic
with ty ~ 145 MPa and G ~ 77.2 GPa, The torque is increased in magnitude until
the shaft has been twisted through 6°; the torque is then removed. Determine (a)
the magnitude and location of the maximum residual shearing stress, (b) the
permanent angle of twist.

He soPoh'o* h> PROBLEM 3.M3 L- 0.6 m

% ~ IMS' »lo‘ ?<x


J J - vld' ^
~
Tlie resiJoiJ? &tr<ss ok f>
c is 'tm ~ QS-.S MPa.

Fill/' Zca,J( | i n •f’te opposite. sense^ He cA«m<je. m stress -fa

p/'£>docG reverse
se«d y
y is
/5

U * - 3 Z.>5»)Q
t'
~

^ - Tc .
-
T 1
~ ^C 0.
K 0 *“
»

OK
T
Xlll^f >/O
c
)

~ 717 M >wj

A-i 9c of 'fn-Vsf a! V -fotr^uc .


j

^ r
TL ( 7/7 ^o' )(o.fc)
i
,Gy/°
_s
^ .

^ G-J

re oi VrgXolirt<\ /V> o\rj^ir\^X Jo aj£{tu

Gr
L 7V (Q.CMmsT* tt>*>
<p r : - 7o^z*{xl6 r*J <$,- 4.04*
CG ~
(pkoilx 77. 2* /o*}

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1 L 0 a

Problem 3.121 3.121 Using ra 3 i>= 70 MPa and G ** 27 GPa, determine for each of the aluminum
bars shown the largest torque T that can he applied and the corresponding angle
of twist at end

&-27*lO* Pet

Co-') cx- *fS" tv)iv> k - IS


^ - 3.0

From. TJbJIe. BJj C,*O.U 7 _ ,


Cz * O. 2C 3

CAfe*
T- C,

T* - {<9. ZZ'-YP‘OHS)(o.Ots )*(7o x/o‘ ) - fS*.

T = f8T 2. V*

„„ T7. _ 2iCo.
2
Cl?
(l* 4
4
?-
?. i(o. c?oo')
_ loo')
irn a..),,' 5 ., vrt—er />£•**
<p - 7.05
i
,
-
f *
QoV'V (p.2C3Xo.o, s )(^:o^(zi,io^
1

fL>") O. - *7 £> w\»' 4 r PS y ~ l.o m F*"<jk. I a, b^c 2.1 c. ~ *->. “2oS C.j: ~ P. 14
|
j

r — r c,oV£«« “ (o.losyo.oasyo.azs'fCyox/o 4 )
r>. &
- 27 7.5 K/-i* T"s X2.S —
TL _ (?ll.£)(o. r} oo')
S'? Iv (o"*/vJ ~ 7.^/ a -*»
5
I . cp
^ CjOkr'G- *(oJHo£'i(o.025')(a.o7'i')' C57x|0'? ')

Problem 3.122 3.122 Knowing that the magnitude of the torque T is 200 N •
m and that G = 27
GPa, determine for each of the aluminum bars shown the maximum shearing
stress and the angle of twist at end B.

T~ ?oo CJ-tv-. L-- 0 700 ^


. S» Zlxlo* ?c^

(oC) 7S •*.** le>


r l£t**y ~j,
~ ~ 3 0 . .
^

Fro^ TaUc 3. c,~ 0.7Q1 Ci- O.ZZ3


y - T _ 2 00
c, ab* "
(0.747 X^- 0^5 )(o.o;5)*
wr 25
= IH-.D'tlo'- Pa. T^-TtO MPa.**
TL (2q<j)Co-7o°)
Cj,Ctb3 S“
T ‘ ' i
(0.743 )(o.0HS')(^.O/S) C27'‘.
10° )

“ i46.^v 10' V<^ cp


~ °(.ScT -*

(tb o. - 75 i^nvij b~7s rvifv,^ ~ l.o „ Fr^ivv 3., C, 0.2&8 c t O. /V 04



^ }

,y
*'’**''
_ T_ v>-
-

j
'

c - GL£*I0* Pa Z'^GCS'MPA.-i
C O.\T~
k
(o.20%)tc>.0is)(0.c>‘2.5')

- TL _ feo cAfo.^oQ |2).7*lo"W <p* Z.'iS'


3 * 1
CjQ b G- (o.MoC )i O.QPS}(0 075 V (77 * . 1 )
Problem 3.123 3.123 Using « 50 MPa and knowing that G = 39 GPa, determine
foreach of the cold-rolled yellow brass bars shown the largest torque T that
can be applied and the corresponding angle of twist at end B.

CLr l

CLr 1 * &Q Mfoi L dt M


cl Mm la — /v\ - I. O

50 mm K Fi TJ>Je. Sj C,-O.lOS^ Cj.-0.IHO6


a
~
c, a b*
T- C cab r^
(

a
T^C0.2a8^5)fc<oSl ^//o 6) =r (2®&K}h,

y ^*c
f0
2
TL
a b$ &
s
(b. 1 yc>6>)(frio5yp<oS') i ( J>“7 y 10 ^)

=~ l£* m * (o
' s
rJI <pT O -?7
"

(F) ar 7o»wtv, br 3-fM W £- r Fro^ TFU-e 3. I c,-~ O.m c^O.TM >

'£’«.* ~ r
^ ~3 T-
*
c,I a
^ b*zL*
^ <-**»«*. - (o.^cXo-o
/v- 7)(<3 't«-f(^ /# - /<>-fcr >7 ^
T“ *' 0 >SrT
tl
t "
q,a.fe*G- (o. X2q Yp>oi) £>>t>?s} 4 (^uP) <*«J <p~ o^az*

Problem 3.124 3.124 Knowing that T~ 800 N - m and that G ~ 39 GPa, determine
for each of die cold-rolled yellow brass bars shown the maximum shearing stress
and the angle of twist of end B.
"WJHeary

JL x L= cft+M.
C»*r T

m^^T m
^
F^>^- T^U-e
&>’*•*

3. 1
^ C t
*
^
0.20% J Ci?OJf04
*- j.O
1*®

iMj 70 mm Mtelpi *r* — ~T _ ^0 &*


„•-) I, /V.

dlP^M

->
40
400 °”
mm " M*
c.ctb 1 *
to.z°&)&o£)(e,o£y~
z** 1 ' rt

jrt cfr<»6>.y>
3
<fc > ^ C*ab & COJH&G,')(h,o£-')($,o£)*(&?coc>>< lo*")
S
- ‘MV'* )D~ r«J cp = <?r i.'iX° -*»

(b) a - b- Umk ^ 1. 2.0 Frtt^ T<do|« 3.. I


C t
“ 0..2V6., C^-O.ZZ^
T Spy
~ll*°l A*A
-
-r'
C.ab,4 - " (Ot^(,)(^o7)i<3^x) 7*^v *27^* /**-

L (fro q) (0*- 4-)


^t h^
\
°' 6ll
^ '
c^ab*G- ^ Co^)(o^VCo>oJX) i(3')^) f ~o>bfr<t
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.1 27 3.127 Determine the largest allowable square cross section of a steel shaft of
length 6 m if the maximum shearing stress is not to exceed 1 20 MPa when the shaft is
twisted through one complete revolution. Use <7 = 77.2 GPa.

4
't * no*\Qc p«, ^ G- * 77. 3 x/Q *
P<\ tt rW
x - -X_ y
,0 -
~
tl
CAW'- G
D; vyftfie Vo ~
7 J' s«iW -fbi^ lb. ^ - SLQizJlZ ~
C*ctb*t3r Ca.bG-
» „ c,Lr .
a
° €%&<$ Hav* cross section '-g- a f.O

'Fv'owv TsJaJe 3, I C,~O.Z 08 J C x a O.llofe


i _ fo.ao8Yc)Q;U>* fO*T ^ ^
(0J‘106)C77.2x|O, ’)C^')
^ b“ !?. min

Problem 3.1 28 3.12# Determine the largest allowable length of a stainless steel shaft
of 9 X 18 mm cross section if the shearing stress is not to exceed 105 MPa
when the shaft is twisted through 15°. Use G= 77 GPa.

a.- 18 b -
9 K.ey* - /<55 /tf/S*
;

~ 15° - 1 - o.z&ieoYvict
^ -jjj

XLh~* - —
qab 1
f-
— U)
(\) ^
^
T *-
^

C 2 CLb 3 G
Divide (2) (0 +o eii«,;M4 -fe T. S2- - C, a b* l . e, L
C*ab^G ‘
C,bG
s At ^ L . L - V-b!r g .

<X 18 ~ „
b
!o
" a
cf “ ^ To.Ue3.l
~Ts,kit» 3.1 gives
C{ C k
_0.244 C a “ 0.27^
;

i _ h fc^Xo .^JSM a
(0,ZH6\(US-x to h ~ , .
^ L- 1*6 *»
)

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced,
or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.129 3429 Each of the three steeJbare shown is subjected to a torque of magnitude T =
275 N m. Knowing that the allowable shearing stress is 50 MPa, determine the

required dimension b for each bar.


|

T' 715 So* to* p*


(a.) S'/oct'/p : CL = b %~ 0 I -

TjJUe C, - 0.208
T T
c,ab a c.t’
3/
27S
'^J~c ~\Y*Y. {o. Xo8')(£'Ox/O i ')
-J
- vn B “ 2^. 8 vnu*

([o') Circle
'
C : "n ^ Tc
b
2T
T "
TFC*
2T. = 3gjp«i 18.10-’^
%
H'Yl (So MO*)
7 IT

C - ISMS ^ b“ r 3>0M

(£) ' <%- t.&h l~rcn«n. aJjJte 3. C,~C) 7 e


YL+
T _ T
c,Pba
I / t \
f '
Uc, b*
Z7S 5
10 ' = X7.C «lo to b“ 27,6 imw\ <49
j(\-X.XO-m)(£0*lO e )

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
3,130 Each of the three aluminum bars shown is to be twisted through an angle of
Problem 3.130
2°. Knowing 30 mm ,
that b « 50 MPa, and <7 - 27 GPa, determine the
shortest allowable length of each bar.

<pt2 8 * -Z'* 5<9>‘/o


t
ft*
- Zlxlo'’ Pc 30 - a ozo k

R»* SCjOi C-"f W' Jc


'V * T_ ^ _TL
C.0l b
3
C2 ab^&\
DiVi:J.<z -fo X,' HA ^ d* /
T: 3<X<! -£L t-
2

_ 2 . _
~
c , ab L C^bGcp
*£ CzCct^G
'
- 1.0
(/>)

,FL~. TtdjjPe 3.1 C,*O.ZO$ C^O.lHOi


/
rg.l HQ6)(o.03oXP7vlQ
<,
)( Z> f.?Q7x/0~ ? )
i
3
3X2*10 »v, L- 352 »,
to Ao-%)C SO * to *’')

tw c.W< ? c=ib - 0.0/5" m r* 3#-


X
& - XL
GrX
*f>> dA^iV^fe T; He^ Strive 4^> v* L *— r
•=: -- • —
3
c, SX
1
-'
- _ (0.ois)(z7xI0 9 )(3H.3o7»Io'
“ ' * "*)
*"
L, - '. • •
*r OO O
5S3/IO
^
L* 2 8 3
. . !

j^>v\ «aS3
So v /o 6
RecX^iL- (X~L 2 ^v. uUe

^
dC.) b •£*/-* 3.1 C^O.ail, Ct - O.J66

mXo on (^ 07 ., 0 ^
L , ^. l

(O.^I ^(50
7 >.
Moft
= L , n,„„

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual maybe displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

3.131 Each of the three steel bars is subjected to a torque as shown.


Problem 3.131 —
Knowing that the allowable shearing stress is 56 MPa and that b 38 nun,
determine the maximum torque T that can be applied to each bar.

~ SbMpA b - 20

(aJ) ~ b - O'O$0I^
^~ l

TcUc 1 c, - o. 20 %

'£•***- T" r C,QJd

x
T - ( G.2oi?>')(<>‘o}&')(fio$0')
(s;i>xt<)
(> 'j

T~= &b°! Hm
(b) C» rc He. * G - t «/•?#»**

_ Tc _ zr
Tv ire 11
T-

T- '&(p>oi‘1) % (£6xiat>) T~ *>o3 A/f>)

(c.) R&c.~f le » 38 ^ r i
^ - f. 3 .

^
T^kie 3.1 c,r o. :m
x
T“ C (
ab r^^ (p.2n)Co‘*+x(,')0><<>iZ)'<M*to
6'')
T ~^°7Nfn -m

2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced,
or
Proprietary Material ©
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher,
or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this
manual is using it without permission.
. «

Problem 3.1 32 3.132 Bach of the three aluminum bars shown is to be twisted through an angle
of 2°. Knowing that b - 30 mm , - 50 MPa, and G - 27 GPa, determine the
shortest allowable length of each bar.

XU: f * Z** 3^*07 *ftf


G * £7* /o'* Tk
^ T^50 */o 4 P«
h * 30 *>*** O .030 m
Pbt* &cjva*~*.
/y* tst (“/) — .i ~P4r

DtVi^fe "fo kri^' i**jvicj/e Tj ~Hien 4o^ L.


2
9 _ e.frk L
L _~
(
c,bG9
CzCtb^^ C #
TT

1*0
C<X)
^ “

7l4/<? 3.1 c, =- 0 20 % 3 c^O-Wox


.

? , mHoqXQ.OaoY^TxtO^^.Wyc/O-3 ) _ -3 _ 332 _
L-
,
**
(< 0.^->S)C5ox/o 6 )

0>)
(w^j C;*J<
c;*J< c 4i> -
= £i> * o.oiz*
o.o & r*T^- "d
<p - XL_
Gr o
Dtv/< ele fo eiiViV'A^e Tj -New Scbe L •= — -b - - !b ,

cS,<? - (Q.QtiT)(77^ 10* ¥3^07* to' 3 )


L r
^ “
Soylb 4,
~ 2S3y|o **> L5 283 wm *aaa

&) <X-L 2 b p =/-2 FroK, T-tiie 3. { £,' 0 211 .


^
q'O.Ittl

L
,

—{OAUtXo.OSaXzTxlO^X^.lol^
_

(O.,2ll)(50

IO'")
x J0‘1
— = H2 e!»lO
.*
tn L “ W -rt

Proprietary Material, t> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of tilts Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
»

Problem 3.133 3J33 Shafts A and B are made of the same material and have the same cross-
sectional area, but A has a circular cross section and B has a square cross section.
Determine the ratio of the maximum torques TA and TB that can be safely applied
to A and £, respectively.

fe> = s/'^e
of section £>•
X
1TC - t

-vrr

Ctror<z

<
V
£a
- Tc.
t-
_ 2 77
rrrr **
.
~r
'A
vj 7TC
;

3. I,

3
Te* c.b ?*

H r fcVe . i
a
b 3 2e, C. 4 b 3 f» 7 c, -/tT 2a
For -He a+ yx? S 3 &3> Ls ~ L t
1 ,3S& —
Problem 3.134 /i^ Shafts /t and B are made of the same material and have the same length and
cross-sectional area, but A has a circular cross section and B has a square cross
section. Determine the ratio of the maximum values of the angles <pA and <p B
through which shafts /I and B, respectively, can be twisted.

Lei c ~ of cvVcjA>r A ctrtoj b“ s i'Je


of sS t<d~tort *B<.

F<»r a.>re<xs TTG^ = b ~ b ~-rinL

QlzsAjL' yi,*.*
~ -^0- - *’
Pa-
- L3t
C G-

*
T^kPe 3. 1 j
< 1 ,- 0 Zo 2
* >
}
cz - o. ifoe

r& Te
C,e* b
^
7a
d.Sog b3
A Te - O.%o2 b5 2«

T*aj~ b3 r L f _ L2o
<p8 O.iioc h* G- k> (or

Red o i 3 L
C&
b &
I.WIL?*
0.G7C
C fa
^,0.676 rif 3^
<-8
<Pe

For e^oaf £>-fr€S3e3 "f/J “ fe r £>.6 76 Vt - l.m


<Ta
1

Problem 3.137 3.137 An 2.4-m steel member with a W200 X 46.1 cross section is sub-
jected to a 560 N m torque. The properties of the rolled-steel section are given
*

in Appendix C. Knowing 17 GPa, determine (a) the maximum shear-


that

ing stress along line a-a, (b) the maximum shearing stress along line b~b, (c)
the angle of twist. (Hint: consider the web and flanges separately and obtain a
relation between die torques exerted on the web and a flange, respectively, by
expressing that the resulting angles of twist are equal.)
b 4t b

SOLUTION

W200 X -
46.1
a=>o3/K7, t

c,* c* *£()- o.&zo±) x 0-3(1% q>F -


Z^rtr&
TTpP
j/p
-
-

-
C*ab
C2 Q b

( Q'32-2-
?
3

^ iy

o<Zo3> )(o>e>
GjP

/
')*
w)ke<re

r ^7 *70
-

^*»*
C2 Q b^

a. _ !$f
W&b :
CL- 2o3 - (2)( // ") - l£fMb\, b ’
7*2-
r2T*7f

C,
v
-i
r C
^a ~
- i (
o'- I
“ 0.620^)
"•“"’a r 0.3249 • • rt) -
c a ab3 G

*

G*4b
a C^th^ -7“
~r~
f
f w
w

- G,ab
CZ —£— 1 _
=
~
jy £r(P
Kv^-j* v^ev-e
vcKhe^
v^hev-e
l
i _
- cz a. b 3

2>
-I t
*
- (0.324 e})(o°l£t)(oic>oiz) - i/<^r y/« '*

Vo/ 1
rvi "fwi's “t C*.vt<J^eS (pp ~
- (pH/ - (p

TZ{-*.JP -bosque T s
Z7J + TT, - (2*

G# , r TPF -
-
kF r 7L - tor
~
"I a
2krF+ K^ J

.
(2/>9-Cx/^)(Z'6o) _ / t ,7,/,

Tp _ 2 #tP« 4
(CL) rF -
C.ab*-
,3 /*
”(632H)(o.2-03')Co. t |)^ ’.
S

Tw/ „ 62* / M
Oo) tC/* 1 x 7
C>Ab 5U
(O-SlW X* >#/)( a '
0072-)

L
4^- - —T-y -•- <P S-I L_ Uw* L-- J-f (H

rt,
. c-« ° x> y> m . - , _ ...
.

Problem 3.1 38 3.138 A 3-m-long steel member has a W250 x 58 cross section. Knowing that G
* 77 -2 GPa and tliat the allowable shearing stress is 35 MPa, determine (a) the
largest torque T that can be applied, (b) the corresponding angle of twist. Refer to

W250 X 58
O' Appendix C for the dimensions of the cross section and neglect the effect of stress
concentrations. (See hint of Prob. 3.137.)

* Q. - ?C>3 noun
^
b - )3. 5” mw ^ ^~ \5.0 l
t

C, = Cz = 0.3 m
Of(X
Tf = C,ab
3
^ .

k'p ~ (O.'ZI'WXO.ZOZXo.OiZsf - IS9 .SSx/o'" m*


*
Mglo (X - ~ (< }{}3«5 225* L - 3 mrn
^
X03 >
|

mn^zzzzzC

XZ Mg
T /

£
? ,Jc
13 J*
^ «F5
<0 - Tv* l-
.
•• T“‘- C * ab
r (O
3
i~>

L
- *« —
3
I
;
- (O.S^yO.S^Co.OOg) - 37^X10^^
ZZZZ?
p or- Ma4c'i urt«j ,
4u^i‘s'f (pp
~ ~
(p

IsM h£3»' :
T ~ 31^ + Tv = ( 2 KP + k'u )
r<P
(9~<P . _ T” T ~j~ _ kp
*^**
. -r* _ 2 Kp 4 l(^/ -r—
L Zk'p-bfo 5 F ~
2^4 16, ^ ,F

TWw ~ - “T~ - 2kfr K* *T~


3^+*^ ^
f-
V ! *

APPo^MjPe VftA/e -fo/' T* based on olJ?J?WoXPz v«. 4W -fo/ 1

Tp i

T; ~ C.ab'Y
i
- C0.3l ?4Xa2o3yo.(Di35'f(35'v/o
£
} = 4/3. G M-m
T - -
151-5 3
£ ) = 424 .^
AlPo*/ *-bIc VftAte p£>/- T baseAon a.PP&*Ja\i Jz Vft-Ji/e por- ~Fw> I

Tw - c,abV = (a 3 aS7 )((XTC)(aooa)'’(asv/c>‘) - lef.lS W-in

r .m^±^£L( UHjs) = IS60

Cko^se Sr***. JJes* \/&Joe T ~ 925 /V*>»i

T
- I j-
r
•)

0*5.1?
(2kp4t4)G 0>f^.Cxio‘ )(JlZX{o <i ,,
j
) . 2

Problem 3.139 3.139 A torque T- 5 kN m


is applied to a hollow shaft having the cross section

shown. Neglecting the effect of stress concentrations, determine the shearing


stress at points a and h

T' S * \o % M-w,

b toy c e.v'fe»r X\v\%

Cl* tk - (G 9 Xus') * *»*?

~ 3 1-
7.135'Wo tv)

A+ poiA*i ca S m»vi ~ o.oO(*> v*\

r~~X_ . sujI
2ta C7X0.006’X7-93S'x/o' )
3

* -57. 5 v/o Be
fc
52.5 M Pet
Ai b t * /C? ~ O.O'O K’

^L T S*lo% _ 3l.r^/o‘ Pa 7^-3 1.5" HPa -**


ZtQ. CiXo.oioX7.435V/er3 )

Problem 3.140 3A 40 A torque 7" ~ 750 kN m


applied to the hollow shaft shown that has a
is

uniform 8-mm wall thickness.


Neglecting the effect of stress concentrations,
determine the shearing stress at points a and b .

De-f**.' of comes'.

2
*7* i. ~ 0 fan 3o°

- t
e
-Hi* 34>°

g
^~han 3<>*

-f |jSf(74.Mf
-

b
=s 2510.6 w>*- = 2570.£*/d~
t - O.oos^
T 750 I3.67X/0
6
t-l 3.67MP«.
ra - Pci
.2 tQ. aX0- oc,2, Xa57o xio-*
^

Problem 3.141 3,14! A 75G-N m torque is applied to a hollow shaft having the cross section

shown and a uniform 6~mm wall thickness. Neglecting the effect of stress
concentrations, determine the shearing stress at points a and b .

— jj
f
'V hreu. ho uncled hy

\b
d - {'i&f 4 (GO)(cc)' 733 |

4
- 733/ y/0" -

\
~7
t r O.OOG m 4 a ^ t.

TW pof*4s CL o^A loj

^ -
T*
r
(2
7Cq
^ o ^O6X7 ^ /W0 -
4)
=• ** 47v/o1 p« 1 ^
Problem 3.142 3,142 A 90-N m torque is applied to a hollow shaft having the cross section
shown. Neglecting the effect of stress concentrations, determine the shearing
stress at points a and b

-
55 mm-

btf'TTy

IM Routed £Q BY CewrcjiljNii

Q~ SZXSZ -3?*39 + Y&J* - 7370 s j?,3?S */<?

~7~ -
//<*?

^ T-
i Z= '-/.73Mfx *4
Xi<X ~ ?(9m -^)[z,3yaxw'^ 7J

*V _ ’T" _ Jo -
5 $

Problem 3.143 3.143 A hollow brass shaft has the cross section shown. Knowing that

the shearing stress must not exceed 84 MPa


and neglecting the effect of stress

concentrations, determine the largest torque that can be applied to the shaft.

fe. *fke 'bo\jv\Aeci lay

12 mm -38 nun O Hie C/oSS <Sec+i on „

.150 imn Tke ii, fit

38 mm
i
ci>4oc>“H*
imm
12
; |-< mm —! «-5inr» . w-
- I2ST Jr - lifl*""
-*
— 125 mm fc>

Vi - ISO - 12. - >$8 ^*1

V* r
ig - 2'5* - £5-5 *•, >n.

v V
a - b K - 2 (5 V*) - (/zoV<^) - TT (5S-5') - /»M s ll>b y.to K
- 84- MPa £»W« - 6' a OS h\
2d £*
T - ZCLt^'t^- (Z)(f*6xto*)(0‘Oo‘r)(84.*io
t,
)-/4S04 **

T~ /0«Jr£ £,/</*>

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.1 46 3. 745 and 3. 746 A hollow member having the cross section shown is to
be formed from sheet metal of 1.5 ram thickness. Knowing that a 140 N •
m
torque will be applied to the member, determine the smallest dimension d that
can be used if the shearing stress is not to exceed 5 MPa.
goXm^ J

Area. kounJeJP by ce*o4c<^


50 mm
CL 31
( )(0'QllS^<()+0'O<tlKcl — Q'blO 6 I - <Wf/.
)

50 mm %• T* tv-ort**-

|< T5 mm ~—*] *£ *
T
ata
7$.-^
-
£V -ct
2tZ IH'O
d ~ b '* oe) l ?
o.oloqi - 0< i * (ft0tDC isrys^p^)
-

If-M

d r °±°2l£l 9 0*0 fX ?
rd O* |
l

3.147 A
hollow cylindrical shaft was designed with the cross section shown in
Problem 3.147 Fig. (7) to withstand a maximum torque 7o Defective fabrication, however,
*

resulted in a slight eccentricity e between the inner and outer cylindrical surfaces
of the shaft as shown in Fig. (2). (a) Express the maximum torque T that can be
safely applied to the defective shaft in terms of 7b , e, and /. (6) Calculate the
percent decrease in the allowable torque for values of the ratio e/t equal to 0.1,
0.5, and 0.9.

com “Pi !L±£l


0'S )
3.

Let t - c*-c, W -ft* 4W.U*<rs.s of CO

TW Hwevrr'e-ss of 'S t— S..

Tc
F©vr (0 'tesx ~
f®*- &)
2 t Cl
Xjj . T ZtOL _ Tfc
Foir I
V\ 4{ fLe r-tdi'o
Xjo l(t-e)CC T ~
X{t-e.)
T - To (l- f) —
(W) Redo dr* a** in. •foirqo*. .
T0 -T _
~
€_
% t rt((D

1
, % reJt
£xp*essp ^ os 'Vo v^-AucAi'ie %«\oo% O.I 10% *98

0.5" SO%
O. 4* **$]
=

3J49 Equal torques are applied to thin- walled tubes of the same length I, same
thickness ty and same radius c. One of the tubes has been slit lengthwise as
shown. Determine (a) the ratio r* fxa of the maximum shearing stresses in the

tubes, (&) the ratio <pb /<'pa of the angles of twist of the shafts.

w
(b)
Are*, ce^ 4ev\JV«ie • CX - ire

7?
L'Ou
_ T . rl
ZtOL 2irC t
J * TL
Zircft ^
CD - -TIL.
GS Pirc3 t G*

WVfA sflf ? a~ 3rrc, tr t


}
l

c, — c2 ~ £
r T s 3T
c,ab z
Xtt ct 1

ft
T 3TL
Ct Q k G* 3
STFCfc^ S

, . i. . 2t _ 3T * tfrc'i: _ 3c
SmsiJteiiflL- '
tEF T ±

Cl?} Twist K'&Tfo •


<H
CpA,
_ 37 L
3
2TTCt 6"
_

TL
3c
i**
2-
S.
A
^

Proprietary Material. O
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
? J C

Problem 3.150 3.150 A


hollow cylindrical shaft of length mean radius c«, and uniform
thickness / is subjected to a torque of magnitude T. Consider, on the one hand,
the values of the average shearing stress rave and the angle of twist (p obtained
from the elastic torsion formulas developed in Secs. 3.4 and 3.5 and, on the other
hand, the corresponding values obtained from the formulas developed in Sec. 3.13
for thin-walled shafts, (a) Show that the relative error introduced by using the
thin-walled-shaft formulas rather than the elastic torsion formulas is the same for
raV e and (p and that the relative error is positive and proportional to the ratio t fcm .

(b) Compare the percent error corresponding to values of the ratio t /cm of 0. 1, 0.2,
and 0.4.

Cz ~
L^t - otsj-&r rcd'Di CK 4 t «vi«l C, s i rtyt /'aJ.'us - C^- h't
1 t
J - C?) - }(c l + C, )(c 1.4C )(C l -C l l
)

x
- 1 ( C» + C*t + ijt + Cm - c^t * t

= 2t(c* +

r = T c>. _ t

0 = JLk = _ TL
TG- 2tt r

Lo o r\ de ty Cl = 77 a
~
XtCL ^7TC^

TL Tt/2ir TL
WOr if
'
^irc^pG- 7T C^tG

to) % cM<T&
tu r
T lT)(C*+-k,
‘T* 2TC>Lt
x
r Ll 2Tr(c +ht')c~t <*
_' . JL tj

<P. Ck tGr TL
,

4c *

<&.

.

1
_ if O. 1 0.? 0.¥
<?. jUL* O.OO^S O.OI 0,0H
4C
i

j
% 0.2S7o 1%
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.1 52 3,152 A steel pipe of 300-mm outer diameter is fabricated from 6-mm-
thick plate by welding along a helix which forms an angle of 45° with a plane
perpendicular to the axis of the pipe. Knowing that the maximum allowable ten-
sile stress in the weld is 84 MPa, determine the largest torque that can he applied
to the pipe.

300 mm
J (3. Hi +ke i-e-y-i book j
<sl =

- e>4wfk

cx = ^ 0>°o\ - iso m
C-% — t - ISO — £ — to*n

,
j-* I(c,'-o= fjc».«-Y -c».«*v 7
= //

Y - Tc
c

T - 67 k*

Problem 3,153 3.1 53 For the aluminum shaft shown (G = 27 GPa), determine (<*) the torque
T that causes an angle of twist of 4°, (b) the angle of twist caused by the same
torque T in a solid cylindrical shaft of the same length and cross-sectional area.

&J~<P
" GJ> L
~ 4° ^
Cp G^i. $12*10 L-- L7S™
& - 71 &?a. - 21 * !o* Pa
1
«T -
J (c* - cj ) = f (.0.01* **- 0.0/2* i - /32. 32^ y /o'

_ , (2.7 132.3.24 x/O^Y^.S/ax/P'3 )


1.25

- 199.53? N-*o T- I 99.JT W-V*

X
Ibl McdcJ* A ~ TTC. - 71 (C*- Cp
2 T 2 2-
c - -yC t - c, - yo.o/g -- o.on -- 0.0/3916
o. "i

-9
J - ~ C
V
=
| ('o.O/ 3?/£Y
,‘
a S0.S9H- * JO to
v

1 L _ (195.539 'l 0.25)


= 191 .5 1 4 y /o~ <p~ 10.90
GJ ‘
(* 7 * 10 ** )(S 0 . 894 x| o"»)
3.154 The solid cylindrical rod BC is attached to the rigid lever AB and to the
Problem 3.154
fixed support at C The vertical force P applied at A causes a small
displacement A at point A. Show that the corresponding maximum shearing
stress in the rod is
Gd
x sx A
2 La
where d is the diameter of the rod and G its modulus of rigidity.

Lev/e^ A®
Cf>
+o poSl'f tOi/l A’ 8 «.S

.sK©*/* i« -Hye £13

Jhspf*.c is A = ct si

wht'e.h g) - arc sio -57

Tktf Vnoj?itw» t)*A •Shea^'tVwj stress i* Tod 8C is

r -
~ y'*-*
1
s 5^
L
t G
^ 2L ZL
£m

t"Oir sWccfP a/'C.Si'e A. ** ^


'Y — G~d A
*'"’•** -
2 LCL

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, itic. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
A 2 0

Problem 3.1 55 3J5S Two solid steel shafts (G ~ 112 GPa) are connected to a coupling disk
B and to fixed supports at A and C. For the loading shown, determine (a) the
reaction at each support, (£) the maximum shearing stress in shaft ABy (c) the
maximum shearing stress in shaft BC.

SUft A 6
T - Ta 0 L A0 “ 0 .7.00 w-
j c, - * ZS “ O.OZXm
;

H
'Jaa- ?c"* £(o. 07S) - G\3>.S*\*\o'
.1.4 kN m

_ Tab — !

,
T = -Si cp. r J77.a>io’)fei3-y ?»io~
<
.j (
p , 236 .^ 7y 0 ,
'

O, £co
SWf+ BC
I sc . L ec
^ 0.250 M c = ® /?**•* “ O.on W
ec i-Bc
fCo.o.^V xo^.i\*lo 9
!

J sc = •^c.’ = -

-p ^ Gr^J^ ;77.;>i o'Vzoi.v-io ') 1


'8<i
r f\
Yfe
, ss.sw-io <p,
I
Lric 0.2SO

Eq oi'J I bridle of CtoupJ’f'* cPilk' T ~ Iar + Tec


3
236. gHlx'ttP <j£>
e 4- £3. 14 Wo (/>*

cp6 ~ H.&GS7 * lo~*


i

T
1,

A6
- (Z'iC.$H'?Ylo*)(H.C 657 *!Q~ ) - UoSoGvjo N-w>

3 -
Tsc “ (63.5U4 v fo KH. £65 ? >< /d* )

~
(ct) fU&zcJjjws aJj supports . ~Tl
= I ar \osN-»\

C fie.
~ 2^ W*

(V>^ Mt.^ocywon'i s^t-ess t'n A8 „

sy - *3r
_ i+^o v(o s Pa 2^ 45 . V\?a.
Jas <5/3.54 v/o' 3

(Cl sl>ea'r >^^ S~i»-e5S m BC


- T^C _ (24 4. nVo-Qi^) Z7.H*lo Pa
9
r6c - 27.4 MPa.
r* c
.

' 1
J-, 204.71 Wo'

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.156 3.156 The composite shaft shown is twisted by applying a torque T at end A .

Knowing that the maximum shearing stress in the steel shell is 150 MPa,
determine the corresponding maximum shearing stress in the aluminum core.
Use G ^ 112 GPa for steel and 0^21 GPa for aluminum.
SOLUTION

Lei ,
Jt) 0*1 'tf reVer 4® He oufumihutu cote .

Ourid J%
j
OLtoA'tL're fkt fo ihe sfeef
A4 He ode*" svrfft.ee oh Hie sieej

Aluminum y- S *4 . <p _ -n. . r*


*- -t ~ Ck ~
A+ He ooteir surface of 'H(g core

- c ' c X - *>
L

lAatcJiiny
^ for cov**p owen^s
^

& II
C,G-,

0,O3o
Salvm, r, = is
*1

fii
y
-z;
1
=-
;

5 ^S |^'.-'S0- O‘=3-».3WO‘ ( V*.

3';. 3 MPa.

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 3.157 3.157 [n the gear-and-shaft system shown, the shaft diameters axe
Problem 3.158 3J.5S A torque T is applied as shown to a solid tapered shaft AB Show by
.

integration that the angle of twist at A is


7TL
^ 12nGc 4

A4 *$how'\s +
y
r s*
Tv;si )* ^y

*- s
cp = r ^ik L
? k. dz = mu \
tt£ c/
c
- 2L
y**

A-
,
t V ttgc 1
* y" y
*_ 2TL? XTL j_ 0_ + «2
1
*

~ 757? 2 3y^ * -it 0^2 34*5


4
- 3T*.
V
f 7 ? _ 7 TL
VGc'f (jML 3 ] " IZTT&C''

Problem 3.1 59 A 38-mm-diameter steel shaft of length 1.2 will be used to trans-
3. 1 59 m
mit 45 between a motor and a pump. Knowing that G ™ 77 GPa, deter-
kW
mine the lowest speed of rotation at which the stress does not exceed 60 MPa
and the angle of twist does not exceed 2°.

C * «/^mm t 4Skty/s
S}vte53 y-e^uiVeme -tl* 'C - 4* ^ '£
/ “
~~^r
~ "“%

"T “ Irc* = 5 - m*/*»


~ %
Tu^.sf rn<f<s< re*»e^f <p
~ Z 3V. ct67*lO roJl

<p ^ TL „ 1I.L
y GX ~
-TT&ct

T- TTGC
ZL
,f
<P -

TT
(^WT)
(31 £Q3jU°11 ~ tfC#

YSo^i^owi cJh?ovJc,b$e. j-ortfoe ii -fta yoJoe. ~p= <V-.T<?A/ta

P * Stnrf T
p " ~

7if( ^-TP ) -
H-z P* ^34/y>ni
3.160 Two solid brass rods AB and CD are brazed to a brass sleeve EF.
Problem 3.160 Determine the ratio drfdi for which the same maximum shearing stress occurs
in the rods and in the sleeve.

Lei C, - Cz ~ "z^i.

AS, T[ •”

vj| TTC, 3

SW* EF. t.2 l£&-


>JX
- JZJhi
TT (Ca.** - C,
~

Fw S-Ve^ses - - ~T ~ l—
J
fc* Tries -C* )

4 *# T
3
c x - c? -- c c.

U+ X =
§ X - !
- x o\S X •
V' +

c<pp ro x i a 5 k x0
X = U,
^ vr = i.isi LZUj ¥T.
-
j x5 «
1 z-n i 1-2/11 Cc On

X~ I. 211 L2XI

Proprietary Materia!. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, Ail rights reserved, No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
P %

PROBLEM 3.C1 3.C1 Shaft AB consists of n homogeneous cylindrical elements, which


can be solid or hollow. Its end A is fixed, white its end B is free, and it is sub-
jected to the loading shown. The length of element i is denoted by Lh its outer
diameter by OD its inner diameter by /D„ its modulus of rigidity by Gb and
it

the torque applied to its right end by Tit the magnitude Tt of this torque being
/’Element n
assumed to be positive if %
is observed as counterclockwise from end B and

negative otherwise. (Note that //>, — 0 if the element is solid.) (a) Write a com-
puter program that can be used to determine the maximum shearing stress in
each element, the angle of twist of each element, and the angle of twist of the
Use this program to solve Probs. 3.35 and 3.38.
entire shaft, (b)

Kiev Tien t 1

SOLUTION
F&fc <C'ri///oe./cflL PLe*iP»r. £//?>*
OD-* 1
» >

id?)

QOTUK&
Uf 047^ 7b^ l)£ V7*7-+
W/o c&s/tpijyi*
t»vc - -r (oet M/Jt

pw, =• TLi/ 6; Ji

QjFFLL <20, £/v7~'>ef zwfr srm /??////


W/7>/ (£> » C>
}
upwr# 77J/?ou r-M

<£> or ut
Problem 3.35
Element Maximum Stress Angle of Twist
(MPa) (degrees)

1.0000 11.9575 1.3841


2.0000 23.0259 1.8323
0
Angle of twist for entire shaft - 3.2164

Problem 3,38
Element Maximum Stress Angle of Twist
(MPa) (degrees)

1.0000 87.3278 4.1181


2.0000 56.5884 1.0392
3.0000 70.5179 0.8633
0
Angle of twist for entire shaft - 6.0206

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in any form or
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
i R

3.C2 consists of n cylindrical shafts, which can be


The assembly shown
PROBLEM 3.C2 solid or hollow, connected by gears and supported by brackets (not shown).
End A of the first shaft is free and is subjected to a torque T0 while end ,

of the last shaft is fixed. The length of shaft Afl is denoted by L its outer di- ( it

ameter by ODiy its inner diameter by /D,, and its modulus of rigidity by G
(Note that 0 if the element The radius of gear A f is denoted by
is solid.)

a h and the radius of gear Bt


by b{ . Write a computer program that can be
(a)
used to determine the maximum shearing stress in each shaft, the angle of twist
of each shaft, and the angle through which end A t
rotates. ( b ) Use this program
to solve Prob. 3.40 and 3.44,

SOLUTION

7 Offauf AV &//TER
T («<«!*)
i

e a c.m p-r^ better


Ll od. m. 4-

Ccs*PU7* '.
Ji ~ ( 77/?2)( )

- rL (wi/JJji
- n k/%
fW6ig_ or (Zorn zio^ QT BA/o A t

Com po T£ [?crr& Ticm tmb "P>" gf JFnc.H SMPr-


SPffiriT V//TF> Pttt&U? - Phi.
n
ft no uppFTB
/Wo/v ~r? T& 1 two ,
rtPP fPr
fltttUer - rtHiie ( £ )/S^ +• PPL _
f

FPqlppm torpor

Shaft No, Max Stress Angle of Twist


(MPa) (degrees)
1 62.17 1.472
2 84.80 1.719
Angle through which A1 rotates « 3 .816"

F/?dlpaw (p>urrvr

Shaft No, Max Stress Angle of Twist


(MPa) (degrees)
1 382.17 22.403
2 191 .09 11.202
3 95 55 . 5.601

Angle through which Al rotates « 22.403


3.C3 Shaft AB consists of n homogeneous cylindrical elements, which
PROBLEM 3X3 can be solid or hollow. Both of its ends are fixed, and subjected to the
it is

loading shown. The length of element j is denoted by Lh its outer diameter by


ODh its inner diameter by IDh its modulus of rigidity by Gh and the torque ap-
plied to its end by T„ the magnitude 7} of this torque being assumed to
right
be positive observed as counterclockwise from end B and negative oth-
if T| is

erwise. Note that IDi ~ 0 if the element is solid and also that T, = 0, Write a
computer program that can be used to determine the reactions at A and the
maximum shearing stress in each element, and the angle of twist of each ele-
ment Use this program (a) to solve Prob.3.155/6) to determine the maximum
shearing stress in the shaft of Example 3.05.

SOLUTION CoW&jtfrZ Q fiS

frpUS/DWr MO 7*£ *7
Compote w*?* Tg~o:

Foe £l ,
F/rren
U , °°i («*]£ 7( = ra z $
,
TF
Jc - tz>i)
UPCP 7/r T&fZ&u ir
T= 7/ 7-
CP> *4pl>7tr T£>n ZrQc» '
Ai-Mr-V7
jnui ^ T (a h /7)lJ L
Pf//i - T Li/6iJi
Ccjv} r?U7t? Wt7/f <$> '=r& ft/Vp
UP W J/Sf£ Ty/e^ote -» &l£t±*£*t -Tr
e[7^Tm t
' <% -

Compute 3^ /?o f 7z> quit 72>/?<sut~ u~r B


vmt 7nu « ovT/zJi L

unit PMl ~ 1-i/GiJi


P&i r>

UMTB& U) - UM>7i£fc/ C) t i/N/y p///L


J>Up£f$ Post 7?gh i

/Tytf Ttr/Al QtMlf- fifT B 7» Gt- re,« 6 . <£) -/*


lg(u h,,T ~ ^
~ %/('UMT&}/-*)')
Tte" T*=XT(Of7g
/-<3(2 PPtT : Mfly S/TTSS'. 7b mi 77)Vl *= 77)L)r 4-y^ fu N,TmL‘l')
W/ie or 7w/sr: ~7zml PwL - PWl +rs (i}ni7FP»tl)
Pl?o£/ififU OuTpUT Problem 3.155 TA = "0-295 m
j^*

Element tau max Angle of Twist


(MPa) (degrees)
1 -45,024 -0.267
2 27.375 -.267

Problem 3.05 TA « -69.767 Nm


TB » -50.232 Nm
0

PROBLEM 3.C4 3.C4 The homogeneous, solid cylindrical shaft AB has a length L y a di-

ameter d, a modulus of rigidity G, and a yield strength It is subjected to a


torque T from zero until the angle of twist of the
that is gradually increased
shaft has reached a maximum and then decreased back to zero, (a)
value
Write a computer program that, for each of 16 values of <f> m equally spaced
over a range extending from 0 to a value 3 times as large as the angle of twist
at the onset of yield, can be used to determine the maximum value Tm of the
torque, the radius of the elastic core, the maximum shearing stress, the per-
manent twist, and the residual shearing stress both at the surface of the shaft
and at the interface of the elastic core and the plastic region, (b) Use this pro-
gram to obtain approximate answers to Probs. 3:114, 3 1 15, and 3.1 18.

SOLUTION
AT OKSfT OF Y/FLD

nu Y
TY
- (2tL )M-
I « Je~J
JLoav/*6

m
:

u £& (
'

EQ.(2)

{elastic)
'Py- pih6Lf Of* rw>S7 Fate V/VLOGDIW/

.y — <c AT
5 F v ~
h~T
7~AU /c

-mo AT f>^fY
9<r '7'
V sr

^TjPeFFbSF ZOfiP/M Anq UniCHP/hA


/o/g <p~o m <£ ~3 4\’ os/*/! a. 2 4y i//cn.gb* £*-?€

4 < 4y-.
.
%*$.-£- rv- /d
VJHfh > tyY i use £&(<) oss Fo( z)

PfssipuPtL *
fa 7;- y T
fa*
JS'fV

CONTINUED
2

PROBLEM 3.C4 -CONTINUED


t
or «
<ftn indicated

Problem 3.114 and 3.115

PHfM TM *y TAUM ph if3 Tonal 7AUPZ


<1*3 kNm tom MPa MPa MPa
0 0 o o

ly-uys

x-s* <47 ft* ni >/' ib% 7*w/ -32* at

ft b< bbo P<lH I5*WJ *M/7 -4£‘2I1

1/?. /
1 (O' Ue UhM -wan
Problem 3..118

TAUM PHIP TAUR1 TAUR2


MPa deg MPa MPa
0.000 0.000 16.000 0.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
0.807 0.187 16.000 29.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
1 614. 0.373 16.000 58.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
2.421 0.560 16.000 87.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
3. 228 0.746 16.000 116.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
4.036 0.933 16.000 145.000 0.000 0.000 0.000
4.843 1.064 13.333 145.000 0.240 7.198 -20.363
5.650 1.131 11.429 0.759 19.486 -30 719
.

6.457 1.168 10.000 1.405 31.542 -36 533


.
.<k
7.264 1.191 8.889 2.114 42.197 -40.046
8.071 1.205 8.000 2.859 51.354 -42.292
8.878 1.215 7.273 3.624 59.184 -43.794
9.685 1.221 6.667 4.402 65.901 -44.837
10.492 1.226 6.154 5.188 71.699 -45 583
.

11.300 1.230 5.714 5.980 76.739 -46.132


12.107 1.232 5.333 6.776 81.152 -46.543

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
,

3.C5 The exact expression is given in Prob. 3,158 for the angle of twist
PROBLEM 3X5 of the solid tapered shaft AB when a torque T is applied as shown. Derive an
approximate expression for the angle of twist by replacing the tapered shaft by
n cylindrical shafts of equal length and of radius r, « (n 4 i — j)(c//i), where
i — 1, 2, » n. Using for T, L> G, and c values of your choice, determine the
< .

percentage error in the approximate expression when (a) n = 4, (b) n = 8,


(c) » « 20, (d) n = 100.

SOLUTION
/y»* 7 ^ '

TL
7
mr & /c^ 7jL
- a,/8S6B
(^T

/r&T&Jt uN,r nfSr


7/ *

( AfoTf; <ryj*r/&c v/U i*? <c A*

£/y v/t/s //y/sssu Vfit,U£ <=>/“

/F//7&/2 7) HUMeet*. ayi.sy*p&/c4L stf/jPTT

l =rj 7Z> >; VPPQ"?*- ^


« <7^ 7

COEFFICIENT of TL/GC~4

Exact coefficient from Prob. 3.158 is 0.18568


Number of elemental disks *» n
n approximate exact percent error

4 0.17959 0.18568 -3.28185


8 0.18410 0.18568 -0.85311
20 0.18542 0.18568 -0.13810
100 0.18567 0.18568 -0.00554

Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
> ,

PROBLEM 3.C6 3.C6 A torque T is applied as shown to the long, hollow, tapered shaft
AH of uniform thickness /. The exact expression for the angle of twist of the
shaft can be obtained from the expression given in Prob. 3.153. Derive an ap-
proximate expression for the angle of twist by replacing the tapered shaft by
n cylindrical rings of equal length and of radius r, - (n + r - \){c/n), where
i - 1,2 , . .
. n. Using for T, L, G, c and t values of your choice, determine
the percentage error in the approximate expression when («) n ~ 4, (b) n = 8,
(c) n = 20, (<f) n = 100.

SOLUTION
gT/A/etr 7W is c «-L }
(S'
js jAsiAti wo we c/>h Die £ pis -r*/p yxs/rMA/efs
C-r 7s>* V) gtcAt
p"~-
__ >
e*>fi

1 f\
\
_ £*»&* -
f
L
1
\
<C
(

t
S

t;
J
c
. ~ (?trq t)r V 7Trt r/
a^.. zl**: *

F/st**?
a um 7 W)i /pc n ~7J <3^ £. <.

(_/j6T£! w/Huee se /e d£p//2 &o)


J?fY72r/2 //D/T/YfL Vftl Di- &P g?#* &£•£. efr

£/V7^R "y> = /YDPf&en op 72/

pon L - 1 7c> uPo/tt# c£>

<Zp r> e A <£*


czurPtAT ae /’tfo/ap tp

COEFFICIENT of TL/Gtc''3

Exact coefficient from Prob. 3.153 is 0.05968


Number of elemental disks = n
n approximate exact percent error
4 0.058559 0.059683 -1.883078
8 0.059394 0.059683 -0.483688
20 0.059637 0.059683 -0.078022
100 0.059681 0.059683 -0.003127
Chapter 4
n

Problem 4.1 4.1 and 4.2 Knowing that the couple shown acts in a vertical plane, determine the
stress at (a) point A y (b) point £,

20 40 20
F<*r X ~ ££ hh*
n
easvvs Igggg:
- -

20
M = 15 kN m •

H Oohi'Je r^tAo^^h - X ~ feiScfiOZQ)^


x
*A
w. G
f- ^ m ~ 6,

"si -
CcW'-'-'’
Ij- IL €2*tO tLSZx/o
(
.
-

i CtAoiAz I* -
tx (teXzo)*
20
X2 =• IJOU7*IO C L7o<6?*/0~
c

T
Dimensions in mm Sec-4 1 o^. X - I, - Xj_ “ ^.StSSS^IO m"1

(a) -- Wmm * O.OHO* <2T


*
= - -^Ja -
x
. CigjljglX<?»f?!lg)
X3/333*/cr &
~ ~ a * G, *10*"
fo

grA .._£/. 6 HP*. -*•

(W)
~ ~ CO »w*, * 0,QC& Wi 61 r >
X
r _ OS'*
y.SiszSvtcr*
0 06 0 ) r q L7 *| 0
, ^
Gz- ^Li MPa.

Problem 4.2 4.1 and 4.2 Knowing that the couple shown acts in a vertical plane, determine the
stress at (a) point A s (b) point B.

M = 2 kN m •

F.r ike SofliJ 1


V e <Jc ct. i^e
^

I,r X bh ^ , Jj-fatzY*'* V

“-Z-/6 X
^ ~
For o^e ciVciy'?o» r
'
cifiooi I2 ~ 7T ^
C,
t
1= iOZ-%$T)u6 fh‘

Fo^. 4 Ke se«- 4 roi» T - I - 2 I 2 =r *l 6 xto - 7\ ml


*M*r »

^ Va r
~ -
*
r - ~ ~ *° * P«
Msstof*
0T - - ia<7 MP<\ -A

(W Ye’ - *.«?» S-e —^ -.-& ***«* = ,<W «*


6~ r /?.* MPa
0

Proprietary Material. 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may he displayed, reproduced, or
©
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators oermitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.3 4.3 A beam of the cross section shown is extruded from an aluminum alloy for
which ay — 250 MPa and ay = 450 MPa. Using a factor of safety of 3.00, determine
the largest couple that can be applied to the beam when it is bent about the z axis.

’ 15~o MP«.
F.s. 3
|SO*/ 0 ‘ Pa

Plow, djf i * e.'-'V i *_ Z e^46 |S.

3
£8Z.£7*10
% 3
lx ~ ji(u)(Z7.) - 43.64 x lo IriM
W} £
$ IS <3>
X3 - I, - CS2.C 7 *!O
s

I i T * I, + Ix 4 I3 * t.HoyozvlO*

O' - u/ 1 4-b C~ 5 - HO - O.OHO *,

H * ijx *. a ^‘?O K "° >1 ° 0 = h- m rsiaa


c o.oC

Problem 4.4 4.4 Solve Prob. 4.3, assuming that the beam is bent about the y axis.

4.3 A beam of the cross section shown is extruded from an aluminum alloy for
'1 tvi
which ay- 250 MPa and ay = 450 MPa. Using a factor of safety of 3.00, determine
the largest couple that can be applied to the beam when it is bent about the z axis.
24 mm
(\AAo'aj Cl, hie. sf rcss Xk- - - iso MP®.
prs 3.6 o
80 mm
ISO via*- Peu.

i
24 mm
J. T
-f tsT
cJt rntf/'-tfex ,

1
- 16 mm I, - 75 <&X/df +v'8^00(l4'! ' 3SH. ? S7 * lo*

«S % Tz - £(s<tf(/ON io.^23v/o'& mrv,


¥

<D
$ Xa - X, ~ 3SH.7Z7^io mm
I
>*
f
4 X * r, + X* X3 - IZo.Kfo ^ = 720 .lit lo" vS

cr - He ;4l c * • zVm« ^ 0.024 i*’

M . OTp ,
C7 Zo.t./o- 16J=»»/o‘) s nstxtJtJ.n M - V.S’I fe V- ** -*S«
C 0.02-4
Problem 4.5 4.5 The steel beam shown is made of a grade of steel for which <ry = 250 MPa and Ou
- 400 MPa. Using a factor of safety of 2.50, determine the largest couple that can be
applied to the beam when it is bent about the x axis.

The “h*£X t +c

x 200 nnn
o& ^ r <* CK h W l'4-V% Cl. CL^ftP^T

-200 mm — jft t

l.

3
Y-e^a^h' b, " 7.0a b f
- 3 CO I, --
la k k,
(Oo)C2CO)- 252. 93 z*\cr Wlhn

~ %QO ~ IQ - \
ctO wirvi O- (S ^

6
(Ho)(22Sy ’

87 . 6 SZ"/ 0 JV\

- ffc+rer.
- • 1 :
' I
J-x
x = I
-*-| -Jo
-^a.
“ I OS. 27 I » lO*^ ~ \OS. 21 \*Uf v*?

C - ” f 3^5 Homo ” O, 3 ^ / (oo

c
S// * - /£0 HPc. - I60x/o P«.
F.£. 2.S"0

6 C
0 QS.2Hy/o~ )( l6o *IQ )
5?/ " 7*
O. 1 3>o
1
~ |2 9.5£^ x/O ho

My - 129.6

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
4.6 Solve Prob. 4 <5, assuming that the steel beam is bent about they axis by a couple
Problem 4.6 of moment y M ,

4.5 The steel beam shown is made of a grade of steel for which Oy~ 250 MPa and Ou
mm - 400 MPa. Using a factor of safety of 2.50, determine the largest couple that can be

[
4
r
y l tA y

r~ .1
16

i
i
applied to the beam when it is bent about the x axis.

j
f

c
=— X_ 260 mm Yor o^e )
Xp -

— ram10 b T5 16 Miyj Zoo HSI

I*— 200 mm —
1

**|
1A
Id
j

mm
J

lf - -kCi^L^ooY = io.zc&kic
6
^
Fo*- +Ue we.k Iw - 72 kj^w

^ ~ '2&o - i^C\(\C) ~ 7,3 % vv\^ w ~ I


O v*\v*

Iw" “ 19**0*
75
c
Stc.4 lO ^ ' Xy = 2 If 21.3 S2*!d

goo '
c - X 1 (2C? w\rr\

fr — ^ .
Hoo
SO (GO MPa “ U>0'*I0
1’
Pa.
PS. 2.

y go *io c%
fc

M Iy c lg/.3ira vio‘ i )

+Ju y J* Go*
'
°* lo °
z
= 34. 163 v lo

My r 34. 2, \thJ*Vr\

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or

any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without
permission.

Problem 4.7 4. 7 through 4.9 Two vertical forces are applied to a beam of the cross
section shown. Determine the maximum tensile and compressive stresses in

Z
2
I, = + A,J, - j~ (<M*r)l 0 'OS) ~ 4-%'2-Z *<o

lz -
-kKK * KK * T7( 0elz ^)(° iOS)^^ W 47 wo ***"

4
I = I x
+ I* - 7^7x/o
r 17-S f^-tvv ^ = — ?C

M - P cl = O
M - Pcl = ffo) f D - .

4 gtH»o )(*>•/ 2.£)


MA>
^
$* = -
1-
s
f

n^-IVcr**'
= <7 I ^pp{ (

6U -
-
^ =
(J$
oe>oo
7^'7
j
£— o<6'74rj
'K/6~
6,
~X4*X ("f CwiSt'<a« )

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7 ^

Problem 4.8 4 , through 4.9 Two vertical forces are applied to a beam of the cross
section shown. Determine the maximum tensile and compressive stresses in
<
200 inm portion BC of the beam.

25 inm (vt) V
f
25 nim 150 nun
1 1
A Yo j
U, jl.
_ -s'.
25 inm

U J
T
f df ,4) © 5 m.a> 4^7
100 tmn

© © yis ioo 11 S'

JZ "H d> 3‘X iz>s

n /A 2jr IW^ZS
V. ~
lb 2rl~ -j

<xx»'s Itf'ty.
ajpove "H»e fcna.se.

r
0
T~ 3 %
*-k{*o*H2s)*+aoo v)a^i)
Pt>.4
i
i, - £ m>, 4 h,d,

J* 44# fcfo
_46 4

JUMP
,s>
I. * & kk* +
.6 f
- $, 4 .
43*10 *•»*
-6
s
H

^
la * ik * A (|®e,)Ofe)? -r(z^-£>o} 6o6'^) 1'= z£>‘ 4*11 * n

I = I, f Ij 4 I3 r 40‘4T^ X(d~
&
M. ^

6 *W tv-v * ~ IM' 4-^^

p
1t
M M - Pa = O
H « Pol « (6*0(0 = id.

6^ = - -- - Mft, ( co „, p ^ s5,Wi
6^5*1 v n>

6U = f,j>.2 MA (+ e , s .w'i

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
o

Problem 4.9 4.7 through 4;9 Two vertical forces are applied to a beam of the cross section
shown. Determine the maximum tensile and compressive stresses in portion BC of
the beam.
10 mm 10 mm

I, - £(ioY6of* (coo)(s)
x
- I
t&vio'™* I^~- X, * ns ^
z %
Xa - Tsf
fea)Qof 4 (3oo)(2o) - H2.SylQ

X - Xj +* -S' ^ 2 -
*5*
^ / o ~ -5* / 2. .5**
y l

~ — /?6 - — 0. OZS m

a. ~ ISO mw * O.ISO ** ?- |
OWO' hi

1
M - Po. - (loxfo'Xo. /So') - I.S^IO N*y”

V ~
Hv^
j
r
(f.sxio 3 Ko.oas^i
sn^W^" lol.Hvlo* Pc 6 +tp
=
Cco#r.pK"51
- \02M MRa.
»«»"• ^

4
73.2. * /0 Ptc 6^ - 73.2 M Pa. -*
si'x.s'* ter 1
Cfcv* V'o.-s')

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using It without permission.
Problem 4.10 4JO Two equal and opposite couples of magnitude 25 kN • m are applied to the
channel-shaped beam AB. Observing that the couples cau vse the beam to bend in a

horizontal plane, determine the stress at (a) point C. (b) point D, (c) point E.
1

4.11 Knowing that a beam of the cross section shown is bent about a
Problem 4.1
horizontal axis and that the bending moment is 900 N determine the total
force acting on the shaded portion of the beam.

mm

TKe sHess olTs-f ovex -Re e*vhV«


cross se&f-to* is a he n lay He bevtcl»'n<sj sR-ess
Him
moJcl
«*»
wke^e Coo^d inode. W^I 4- rfs
)s <x f r\ ©h
y
Re tteuf- roi «x is and I t's the moment of
of He e*rhYe cross $ecd~t'on &4 a^a,. The force
o« He Shaded t's CA.$c<J$eJ^d 4-rot^. Rr$ sfresS
eh'sRi boh’on Over avv a tree*. e-Pe^eH X4 tbed&f'ce is
,

dF - S* c)A = dA
He dedal! force OH Ct^Ct fS

F= JdF s. -^UcM ~ -jj-r^ydA c -J^-y*A*


r

where <s Re centroid coor®liK«vH of He


shaded pe>fd~ie>t4 and A* is r4s

I - X, - X*
3 3
- it h, b l "iV^^

4 ^
= O*670i£ Xf©

- j^A ^4 y b At,

+ (fb£)(2l)(}) *lo8^ ?
'

= (*7) (&)(£) ria

F .
oH7 o 2 S~'fit>
=
^w
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Al! rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.12 4.12 Solve Prob. 411* assuming that the beam is bent about a vertical
axis and that the bending moment is 900 N *m.

4.11 Knowing that a beam of the cross section shown is bent, about a
horizontal axis and that the bending moment is 900 N determine the total
force acting on the shaded portion of the beam.

The sHess dfsHHwfion ov&r He e«vfiVe


cross secdio* is (j/Ven fcy He bevidrn^ shrews
/ 30 mm \ m u Jo.
6i= - JjX

where
y }s <x coated inode. wiH ids o«
He nevdraJ a.* is and X i’s He rnom&d~ oF ineH/X
of He enbVe cr'oss seexficwad! force <3 treat.. The
ow He shaded c«.$co$ed~ed fVou* H»‘s sfress
JfsH»kuh’avj . Over aware*, ejPew.evff d,4 dUedo^ce is

dF~ dA = — dA
He dcda.S fd'Ve on He shaded awe*. r\s Heii

F= J^dF r ~ dA - - y dA
- - — y*/\*
-

Where ^y* He cewf Ast'd cocrdinoMz o"F He


Hflded p^r-fiew and A* is ids

J * I, - I t
3 3
- -i- U U - 4(2rb k
~ 12 Oi». D n *, t,

0v\
O' 3T14-03H6
?

^*A* - y«.

- 0/-r; (*)(**) + OfHz&W


(EH-. ^
~ h/\
*

p -
r M* i o« 3^j4-o3>uo
542-gyio
6
- 12*2 ty.
S

Problem 4.13 4,13 Knowing that a beam of the cross section shown is bent about a horizontal axis
and bending moment is 6 kN ni, determine the total force acting on the top
that the •

flange.

s’fres* +ke
54 mm - seo’t ioh *s ky +Ue benob^g
sfrcvs
*

y is ^ k/< 44 it's * ry

art "H>e neisjrv'<L$ ^c\ £ c*v-s«4 X is

o'? i e '/fl o. <?f -f <Sv\inr? £rp5


txv^e^* Tfe pov-fipn
1 5 +lu's
JKsf Wu+iVut C?ve,%r <J/4

+4\e force
filF - 6i (?iA - - oM
Tke fore* o*o 4"K« sktf,<?fed £3Lre<2<- is +fe*4

r
f "z “f >

a, = SH- IS - 3G w/Ptr*. j>*is +Ke ce^'froui a/ eoov^U'Wf* of


1

cio - JT4 ~ 36 ~~ JT4 - 36 +Ke sk c^9.J po*- P/on OhJ A* »* »4s <x\r^o-»

M0 v>o *n4 crP of e^fjVc ciross secffov^L,

I, - ig- t>N A, <4,* - X-fcl^X^ ) +


3
(ZIC, )(3&X3C)
X -
10.11 73T* IO
C
^
S 3
I7 - rs KF VAj^- ~(7xXlo&') + (77 Yjo 3X^ '^ 17. G3C ^ ^ wiwi

1 = X, + 17 ~ 28*55 35r x40


c
^ ZS.£S’'*3*(cT
C

Fom "Hie shc^dt


r a.K>

Z
jL
36
qp*—
^?zzm
i
* -
OllOteO* 7776
\j*~ ~ 36 Wih,

A* ?.* -
A’y* ~ 2l1,136x{o
J
^ 3
= 271.13 6x /o

C
MAY 3
F H , (6*JC> Y271-936* /P~
23-6^35 x/-o- c
4

- S2.%xlO M F= 58. S kN —a
. 3

Problem 4.14 4J4 Knowing that a beam of the cross section shown is bent about a horizontal axis
and that the bending moment is 6 kN m, determine the total force acting on the
shaded portion of the web.

216 mm
The e)i\s4r*‘ The
36 mm CV'OSS - seoh x 0^1 (S giVCvn by The bend*' rtg
54 mm sTv^s
108 mm
.y
J5 c*~ cc^ovsJ irv^Te, t%y* 4k ;fs ov'm.cj 1 n
<91/1 +Ke n (fioTv^P <M£is aw <4 X is The T
72 mm oT t ea-TVa. <?T -The
o.ve*- , The Po^ce 0*0 The s bcLided
15 CUX.£c u Jad'e^d -Pv’o*^ +h tS S>’f"^-S5
J>ts+v, Ov/evA a^ €*^ewie^T JA
The 'porc.e

cf F ~ (Si cM - — eM
Tke -Pe v^-ce 3 ^ 44i^ 'sU«ceJe<J aweA. is The«4

dt “ <5*4— IS ~ 5G k^hi i^h^Ae


w/tare 1
6> The
'The ce^T^oiVl 000 ci^T
f
y
jy
J X ~SH - 36 -3-4 = 36*^ He
The shewed
singed po^ffe>^
p
or A* is «*4s

MiotAne^ l i

.
j
*/\ *? ^ h{ A jVe ev'ass 5 e fa ^
^ 4
1, - f$T h,h|+A,^ r- ) 4* (XlG )(3&XS^^ - IO 0
<=[175** I O_

1^ rs fe>
x k*+ A2
^ j£(7jOO°*)* + (7^Y/osX^^“ r
it

-C
£3co*
if
to'
6
kviWi
V

X ~ X, + X, - ?g.553Ftf'10
{
Zg.^sr&t/o w,

The sUjazT aiAe^x

A* - (itSsCio ) - Gd%o tv,^

y* xr 4\S m*vi

3 c
A*y* - 2 =i'K£y/o * Z°l\.£*Id *s

J 72 L <5

rr - f
MA*V* _ (£* lo‘T(3 et).gxf0~ 1
e
X 2Z.5S3S xiO-

~ G {. 3 tier fsi F- 61. kN


4,1 5 Knowing that for the casting shown the allowable stress is 42 MPa
Problem 4.15 in tension and 105 MPa in compression, determine the largest couple M that

can be applied.

50 mm

A ynw1 Ay

<B i$a& nisoo


*}cO 41 4 4 Sr SO
i £
i
<D too fo itoo
3 b'HS

r }ooo 10 765-0
Y * M*
- —aZ_- f0765o .

Y T
r 6Z'5X *»>»
XA 3000

I*/ = + Ad 1 )

= ^(tz'^tzy’ + (ll£')(iz.')(*0'45'?

L
+ &(lzX7?^ + (uY75yi*>osj
•+ -^(wy u^+^x^y^s) 1
= ;?<?<. <Ho<s <»»*>*
-6
^4
+4zMf«
ASSUME *

^ = +-<W= 6

^ XX1
-

' a b^ixid .

-Z

A S&un\E u
cr - — 6
AtL

choose. THe. SMKuv.'&ft. rA * 4-5 kNfn

Proprietary Material. © 20€» The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distribution to teachers

and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
h y .

Problem 4.16 4.1.6 The beam shown is made of a nylon for which the allowable stress Is 24 MPa in
tension and 30 MPa in compression. Determine the largest couple M that can be
applied to the beam.
40 mm *-j

A^' A 0 , *nm
|

s
© 6 00 71. S l3.J*y/o
1

<*> <D 3oo 1.6 ,2,25* /o


^
20 ni m ^

s
£ qoo 15 .IS* 10

T ^ ' w
Yo
_“ 1 SjSj* (Q
s
_
- ll '
-
S "***

Y)eo\-'/c.9 o /is P'«:$ abai/Q "Hi*? oojfotn

\'j - 30-/7.S **>-> fM “*


O.on y,i r -|7.£ *•.«* ~ -O.OfZS'm
w ’
Db w^ /
j

T
(moJCis + ( 4>Oo0(5A = T.S.lS' tom^
X, 75? W, A, 4,
-- 7^" j
t

3 2
' y
X* - 7z hhj + -
7^ (?o )(l5") + ( 3^0’ )(/o) - ‘h$Al£* lo ^n,

4 4
I - I, + X, - GI.W&IC? ^v> - G/.S75
-

» /o"’
C/.S75 y /O'

iei = 14*1 m-I^I


„„ _
L
(Z lylo‘- )(&i. 275* /o'
—r*
To
r
. i

+^s.-o^
)
. m- lit, 2 K/.*v,

o jj k/i (3o*io 6 ysi.3?-S*/o^


DoTl'OM » C.OK* prhS
r
t O'-* „ I t
- '

i
<96, i
A/-ni
o.ons

OJ'looSf’ 5*^#. V/-5 X,) <> M= I OS. I M- **t

Proprietary Material. 0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
?


Problem 4.17

r
d ~ 40 mm
4J7

4 J6 7'he
Solve Prob. 4 A 6, assuming that

tension and 30
beam shown

applied to the beam.


MPa
is

in
made of a nylon
d ~ 40 mm.

for which
compression. Determine the largest couple

A ;
vm i*i
L
JffjJZZL
the allowable stress is 24

Ay t>j
***
MPa in
M that can be

(D £oo ZZ-5 R.-Tx/o*

(D Soo tz.s £asvio*


3
2 ) \ 50 1S.7S* to

1/
i-SlSf
4
I
1 _
Ye -
SJT.TS-x/O
~yToo - Z 3 - Hl ^
TVm> axis J\e$ 23. HI 4W WHW.
y,
J-top
-HO- 23. HI - I & .3°! ** vi - (0. 0I£5’4 wi

^ - 73. HI *», - -0.023 H I m

X, " b, bf + ” iMO s l^( Soo ^ f. O?)


1
- 60-827 X I0
3

Iz , Aa Jz
l
= -feUtACzs) *!
3
SooK\°.ii )
l
* ZS.5S-& * to* ^
* <5

Z~ I, + Iz ~ IH&.3S3 *10>33 ts"'*


V ~
- IM6.3S3
JM £.3SSx/o'%/
*/o' j~

-J^l

Top i fe«s!'t)»i side. M -


O.c
Zl 2 |T im

&
_
* ( 3 oy/c Hi
v/jXlKi ±-
tf
g 7_
Boifo-n : co^reJSf'tM, P\ ^

o.c Z3HL

(Xlli?<35e M* I37.C-.

Proprietary Material. <9 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
,

Problem 4.18 4. 1 8 and 4.19 Knowing that for the extruded beam shown the allowable stress is 1 20
MPa in tension and 150 MPa in compression, determine the largest couple M that
can be applied.

*-
AA WWj Jo ,
Ay 0J
© mo 21 .53320
<D logo 3£ 33 8SO
z 3 2HO <11200
r? - ^lloo _ 0 Hi nn
SZio
* he K ccx\s es 30 w**\ «</«*. L o'ti' w'^

y^ r 5^30 - 2^1^ - O.ozi Wv

30 “ - Cl 030 i

I, -- Tjb.h; + Ay, r
- 75-
7 ^ (40)(^r
(4o)(5H)
3
*
+ (HoX^)(3 ) = S+y. 32 >!o
&
^
£(^‘0(6)* J
Iz - l?kC + ^A' r < 5 3>3. 2H>/o


X ~ I, •+ “ 7S%. C * /o
I 753. -'6 x /o* *

i s I -
J
i ) M \ ~ j

6
_( l^ox/O )( 758.) £ »iO-*)
T»p-,
. r
+e*s,d*
,
.
swU . | H
M ' -Q ~
-
- 3 . 110 S >)0 /vj-vn
Q;?

„ _ ~
(I5o/(0 6 X753.J6 /lO-" ) „ 7
,

boTTo^'
.
Coy^prtsSt
1
ow M “
~T
0 O 30
k
~T ~
3.1 cl08xi& N- v*\

s
CKeosre He swtiJW Hj/, M*w’ 3.7703 */o

'W<j* ^3.7<?

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual maybe displayed, reproduced, or
form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in any
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
C. koose He M-n7.su^*w» ^
Problem 4.20 4.20 Knowing that for the beam shown the allowable stress is 84 MPa
in tension and i 10 MPa in compression, determine the largest couple M that
can be applied.

. .'-Jig 20 mm
[ 2 mm ; | (T) - Ci coj'oof
(j[)

A, 3 (Ho)(>o) ~ boo
- "
f T

Aj * - a?.fc<2

A * hrO - I't&.i s

-
If
Y = ^ Ay? =
^W>)(»o)-U2g>^gr0 _ ^
|,.<fi |vv4v»

ZA
fv/eiy-W^. i* mu -Pie.5 j/o^/Mivi «U»cue *Hi« bottom

M<>h me^biA. aMo^j- fA* lo A^s-e

Xu = ikks -f r’ - -|(4»«^) 3 - |(/2 .) t = l<>4°7S

(Zen'lv'Oi rv46tvi€wi*f Cjf »« ef~bie*.

I •= lh - Ay ^ ^ ioifois' - (ti ;<?)0 b^y

- ZZ8 i°\ Jvu M^


= *«- in 0 = ^ i Ki = - Hv^
6ri - -~j=X m 1
1
J | I '

Toot W*S c/c M = „,, K.


i 2"
'•
compress i°h M = f Up y/o )££2-P/*l ftto )
._
(q » ^ j H

Cbot>se He Sw^XXe^ M = 2-10 '*! kllvi

Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.21 4.21 A steel band blade, that was originally straight, passes over
200 mm diameter pulleys when mounted on a band saw* Determine the max-
imum stress in the blade, knowing that it Is 0*5 mm thick and 1.6 mm wide*
Use E - 200 GPa.

Raji'os ^ pJJey'* r - f^
op
1

Peu»li\/s of* o-^ +€v" Eo-^tjof-e •

p“ 4- t = /<?0*J?5At»i

0. ~ - 0>25 rr>f»

M
1 ,

sTi^fVi
(

?
C*
-
Joo-%5
— - c<oa2.^JA-

<rVess : 6^- ££„.=


6“ +*19‘9 Mf*
MT <**<*•£ AJ/fe

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.22 4.22 Knowing that <r&][ — 165 MPa for the steel strip AB, determine (a)
the largest couple M that can be applied. ( b ) the corresponding radius of cur-
vature. Use E= 200 GPa.

X ~ 757 V» ~(~rz) ('2 $)((>) "

C - = 3 Ms
I

25 mnf^j
(ou) M- biO0%

Es~ ~ (2z<jyio^)^ (a ocZ ^ -


^a -
"
iesito** f>
4 »vx

Problem 4.23 4.23 Straight rods of 6-11101 diameter and 30-m length are stored by coiling the rods
inside a drum of 1.25-m inside diameter. Assuming that the yield strength is not
exceeded, determine (c/) the maximum stress in a coiled rod, (/>) the corresponding
bending moment in the rod. Use E =r 200 GPa.

Le| T) " iws'V)c of c&o


“ <?! i Cc i € 'f of Pod J ^ y

p
r erf o>r<. of ce^4e^ A
<yf Avis

^
r
{D - Cl. 25 ) - ^ (Sv/O^) - o. £22 ^
-T- IT H 7T / \V -'2 **

I ~
7f C -
-qr (O. 00 3) = Z'i.GM X lo ^
tel Cw .
^ * (iooxJ fX^os') ,
- °|65* )0
10 Pa ^ .

<5'=?6S’MP«.

lZ
bl _ (2QQy/Q )fe3.g/7
<T
x/t>"
(bl H O.GZl
) _
20.3 M -

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

4.24 A24kN'm couple is applied to the W200 * 46, 1 rolled-steel beam shown, (a)
Problem 4,24 Assuming that the couple is applied about ther axis as shown, determine the maximum
stress and the radius of curvature of the beam, (b) Solve part a, assuming that the
couple k applied about thejp axis. Use E ** 200 GPa.

eA 1 3 s* f » t

* 6
Wt*V* 's?
H5S */o
*s> 6
Him - ¥V» ’'/o'
H
JL.J - £
t*\*'1 t* IS.Z*
-
c
Sj - »S| vn*** iSI *lo’

*
(cl) 24 fc'M- 24 * 10 N/-»v>

er
o _
-
M
tt'
_- 2 H '*iO %
rrrr: —rii _
= „„ ^
£3.&*io o
r«.
_
-
r-^ ^ Ki>rl
53.6 MR*.
5
M _ 24 * t &3 *
i
t
= 2.637*/©“* m'
I

/° EX (ZO0XlO‘*)(H£.£-xlO~
')

P r 379 |V|

s
(b') Mj - 24 ku-t^ •= 2*/*/o V-*vt

6 5 l£T» V JO
— r i58.¥*(O
c
p«_ * 158.9 HP*.

X _ M y /o
t
3
- 7 8 ¥*/ 0
.
~ s
/* ETX <,
CZOO*LO )05.‘Z*(cr ')
127.5 *n
r

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.25 4.25 A 60 N m couple is applied to the steel bar shown, (a) Assuming that the
couple is applied about the z axis as shown, determine the maximum stress and the
radius of curvature of the bar. ( b ) Solve part a assuming
y
that the couple is applied
about the y axis. Use E ~ 200 GPa.

Sending z- fs „

20 mm ^1i:I
X - rath
3,
- i^O^K^o') -
'
gxio 1
1 V” 1 *
^ 1

r S XI o

C. -
^ - |D - 0.010 vv,

^
^
_ MC - CSoH.o.oio)
” “ ^ _
1S'°" o
c
P« S'* XoMP^
X •
g X- 0 1

X - J± -

go r 37.iT* /cTV w\
r ~£X (100*10* )(.3* to-*')

’ it 0*06 O* “ 2. S&WD* id’*'

C^ — £> Ka ivi -*
0, 006

6Tr_
Me
X
^ (Go)(o.oo 6
2.2>2>*lO
—V *
>
)
=
__ r
1*510
,
HO Pc, 6“' 125*. O KtP*.'

-1
i
P
- -=S-
tr
- rr
(Jpoxio^X^.aSx/c?
r?:=^o-#.i7v/ 0 *r’
v
- <?.6o m

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.27 4.27 A portion of a square bar is removed by milling, so that its cross section is as
shown. The bar is then bent about its horizontal axis by a couple M . Considering the
case where h ~ 0 ShQ , express the maximum form am - k<r0
stress in the bar in the
where <70 is the maximum stress that would have occurred if the original square bar had
been bent by the same couple M, and determine the value of k.

1 -- 4 .
1 ,
+ 21 ,

= (4Y^hh 3 +(^X^0 -20(h J )


= ^*4 Wi 5
- Sh - |h 0 h3 - W
c. ~ b

r-
Me- _ M h 3H
'“i ‘$b0 h*-V ~~(n a ~3h)h'

Etoir 4*lie o^incil Vl - h0


,
C r hD
_ 3M
hj

S '
K3 _ h*
0. 750
So z '
(Hh 0 -3h)h (‘ftv-(3X0.1
6* = o.^so €„ k - O.ftfo

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.28 4.28 In Prob. 4.27, determine (a) the value of h for which the maximum stress <rm
is as small as possible, ( b ) the corresponding value of k.

4.27 A portion of a square bar is removed by milling, so that its cross section is as
shown. The bar is then bent about its horizontal axis by a couple M . Considering the
case where h = 0.9h0 express the maximum stress in the bar in the form <xm = kaQ
,

where a0 is the maximum stress that would have occurred if the original square bar had
been bent by the same couple M, and determine the value of£.

I = 41, t XI,

i I wf -&.] Ml
w O'
_ t4c
~ 1
7V*
' tss,

~ JL u 3
M
v> 0
»

for He «jl v\«j) S<^Oe b ~ (2 - Vi

6r0 -
Me. _ 3 M
h*
Ttf
SI _
<51 “ZS4
,

'
>

3
222.
7£S>
. 0 .W

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
f

Problem 4.29 4.29 A W200 x 3 1.3 rolled-steel beam is subjected to a couple of moment 45 kN M
m. Knowing that E ~ 200 GPa and v - 0.29, determine (a) the radius of curvature p.
(b) the radius of curvature / of a transverse cross section.

For W Zoo * 3! . 3 .s'Veef? s cdh'on


jVl 1
i 4
1 - 31.4 * IO w,*, 3/.V *
is /c*'

(ol) X
f
= 2±
EX
_
(200/ iO* )(3 i.H x
—__
lo~
&
)
- 7. /7*7cT
5
Yn'

p “ 1 3^. £ ^

OO ", r ^ ~p (0.7^T7.'I7 Wo' 2 ) = 2.07*10* wC' p’ * 4S l ^ -*a

4.30 i"or the bar and loading of Example 4.01, determine (a) the radius
Problem 4.30 of curvature p, (fr) the radius of curvature p* of a transverse cross section,
(c) the angle between the sides of the bar that were originally vertical. Use
/i
" 200 GPa and v — 0.29.

F*m>m Ex<MnpFe 4.0/ P) - 3 k-N J X “ 3 &not>0 m^

7*
= tv\~
l ” 24
El (2d a X oQG^-K/ {T^
(
f>

~z- c
(U ~ VZ - .

— ,
= 22— - (OJ29'Ko*0476'7)*f s o*t>l%aPt»
,

f>*
* %Z*1£

0
£$. -
r -Zenitt of ait
•llj tt ZL33E
.
- X
-k^ _ 0*02. _
- ,
^ A
34^ 7
, — 40 £
rW . __
(?.
^ <?(f
0 3 l

Wiatius P*

Problem 4.31 4.31 Foi* the aluminum bar and loading of Sample Problem 4.1, deter-
mine (n) the radius of curvature p’ of a transverse cross section, (/;) the angle
between the sides of the bar that were originally vertical, Use E -- 73 GPa
and v - 0.33.

s^fnpje. 4.1 I - 4*3$t XtoP Av/i>X r fo^f k.(J

X - JM. - t£ll y) °
3
_ , - _ /V1
~l
P EX (jzx/o'i) (&•%$

(
(Ctf ~~ = 2J2T - (0.33 X-0‘ o J/4T*7 ) - Ot of 6^2.0, iZ

p' - 94T'? Av,

ie-v\*r rn a.v^o
(W) e = t>
'
p'

Problem 4.32 4.32 It was assumed in Sec. 4.3 that the normal stresses ay in a member in pure
bending are negligible. For an initially straight elastic member of rectangular cross
section, (a) derive an approximate expression for oy as a function ofy, (b) show that
y
(apflux
~ -(cf2p)(eXm aiici > thus » tilat °y cm neglected in all practical situations.

(Hint: Consider the ffee-body diagram of the portion of beam located below the
surface of ordinate^ and assume that the distribution of the stress ax is still linear.)

Den<?fe vkf+b «rf fkc by b +kc


by L *

s; - VW J.
^
Y
j = i&'U. x z
- Z' \/
X
- ^ **-
)
(cO =•

^ tj
pc* 2
l

L zpz 1

tje Gy ac& y
~ O

0»> (6,
\ „ (<5W _ . (&U.C
2/OC

Proprietary Material. 0
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.33 4.33 and 434 A bar having the cross section shown has been formed by securely
bonding brass and aluminum stock. Using the data given below, determine the largest
permissible bending moment when the composite bar is bent about a horizontal axis.
10 mm 10 mm
G\M
Aluminum "
h I Modulu s of elasticity
Aluminum
70 GPa
j
Br ass _
lOS.GPa
HIS> (..cyil 10 rnm Allowable stress 100 MPa :
160 MPa

Brass —
|gS§ 40 rnm
\m Use ck / j vta i t-i o -fU e v'eAw' 5 * ce -v\<uf e^,' oJl .

iJ.mm Fo^ O. P'J ^ i v*.tj w'x


j
10 - lm o
$|§ 10

-40 mm TT pbvr n - - ios /70 - )„5”"

fcV" pkc ’fv'tfi 35, <s4 \ On


2
4 ^ fc>, h* -i rvA,^ i^.(qoYio')V(Lo)(^oY/oX?5') - 253.3? ^ X /c2 V'T/vs

Ikl
13
U OXW I(oO X IO
Z
V-HvX

ZSS.'SZZ X lO% w*"?

X- X, + Iz + I
3 ^ £> Q> *7 ^ /c? r^Mvs, — *
:
Q> <* <3 * C? / ^ ^ O ^Vi

A ki* l.o iyl-~ So*#,? o/'?ow 5*= h%>x/c>6


j

M -
0^ Xo;o IoH = N —
VI - /. 6 fjl - 20 vmno - Q. 070 ^ >
(S'- I^OX/O 4 -

— (l-sKo-o^y
(\GO x [O c ) (&&G. 47*
= 3.5sr«.to'w.»

o *> 3 « -fi\e sro v/aA^e, M-2.22x/0^ M- kH M = 2.;22

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No pan of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
p j -

Problem 4.34 4.33 and 4,34 A bar having the cross section shown has been formed by securely
bonding brass and aluminum stock. Using the data given below, determine the largest
permissible bending moment when the composite bar is bent about a horizontal axis.

A luminum Brass
Modulus of el asticity 70 GPa 105 GPa
1.6 - Allowable stress 1 00 M Pa 1 60 MPa

w&m U,$e its

FO 'S' iJy^wyso K7 ~ 1. 1>

'Aluminum "Brass bi'xs^j G r tiy / £\ ~ |0£‘/7Q * I.S

VtJ^es o-f Kl ~tr»e

pin' !
e 'i'Y'o.vy $ 4o>/~ <r/ Se.o4io^

^
‘ i,

I, =
I* b,
7J- ^b r '
31
~ J~(s )(32'f v
“ ZL

^
f
'
12 .

rx - j^-( 3 z)(szf - l3I.C>7Z*/cP

r, - I. r 2LS iS3^/Ot l

3
’ I, + 14 + I3 I74.762C *|0 17*1.7626 W»

fl; 1.0 = /6 O.OIG m 6~ - |OC> v (O

w
fv/^ 4 ** O'***.
1^/ - Pa.
^ i

[<oo*,o‘Ym.7ut*io-') = 0 „ N .^
,

( 1.0 Xo.OI^'i

~ 0.01(3 W\ (T- v 10 Po,


E> yosj 3 - vo - I-
5 ly I - 16
^
!

M - ( .. ! . iLPlili7 -
0-5^(0.016")
?— I.K5IW0 1

4"tf SVvsajj1 ^ . M= \-032. Y }C? W* ^ m* Lo<n

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.35 4.35 and 436 For the composite bar indicated, determine the largest permissible
bending moment when the bar is bent about a vertical axis.
435 Bar of Prob. 4.33.

4.33and 434 A bar having the cross section shown has been formed by securely
bonding brass and aluminum stock. Using the data given below, determine the largest
permissible bending moment when the composite bar is bent about a horizontal axis.

10 mmi
8 Aluminum Brass
Modulus of elasticity 70 GPa 105 GPa
Aluminum Allowable stress 100 MPa 160 MPa

J.
Co ^ t yy O Y\ ~ I* O

Fo\r H~ - lOS/TO ~ LfT


\JaJtues rfP n ctv^ s Vovj* o* -j4i€

R?v~ *H\e ^“irctiAS'forivHe^ sec-lio^


I «
r
U^ Vs ^- rf = 106 . 6667 * 10 **^
•—(^Xfof+O.syHoyjoYis') = imo.x/o 3 w,m h
11 '

Ij, - I, - I “to * |C
S — T

X = I, +1, +I3 326. / * lO


%
Vv>M^ ~ 3^.66 7x /cT** ^
(6-J
M ~
I

A Aw n = i.o
j
lyl - 20 v^^-o. 620
)
<5~ = loos/O^Pcc

**)
M — x/o 6 ~X3?>£>.<£67 x /o
L1SU2.
Ci-o)0°*°)
- 1 9 2>3 hJ - m

v'a.sx M = 1.5) 1 - 20 ^ r O. 02.0 €T - f<So x/o


fc

Pcl

0tO»H>‘\3t6-6i7»lcr) _
M =
(|.sr)(0.O2.e>'}
JC>6X N . hn

Choose. five VfiJOe M- m3. N-v> M-~ f.^33 kN*m

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
M

Problem 4.37 4,37 Three wooden beams and two steel plates are securely bolted
together to form the composite member shown. Using the data given below,
determine the largest permissible bending moment when the member is bent
r about a horizontal axis.
£ '^W E k?$dk

S'H'ft
d'M : -:
i£#&
at £_ S ip t® mm
1

p ;

i « - 250
Modulus of elasticity 14 GPa 200 GPa
MPa

Mi Allowable stress MPa


1
14 150
|||:I I

<— -* <—> Use vjooA c^s 4~ke \r & i^eiAce


m 1 50 50
'

nun mm mm j

Wood
} |
Po*"' PI w ^ f

Pw* .s-{~ee$ - hi
s / £~ w ~

Pir^pe^ies 'f I\«l tj eot^e-bri'c section.


« &
S-feei ? Xs - + 4- )fwn?) ~ / *> <^-T X /£> M
/

W<W

i
'
I*, ~ ^(4o+4T>.+Xo)(2Jn3 ) * / C)X*$/2X’ X/<?

Tita.'a 5 *f omeJ Se {*£><*>

I+r^ * ^Is +• toUU'iDsrpb)


9* b X M /H fa

16-1 - l
51
^
Woo^l t to - / lyl ~ (y£ 6T - / y fv\p#i .

m = = 4t.? <(o 3 a/m

Sfee^ ;
X) - m-t’jX} fy\ ~ i 2~X h*. tn <S* - /-To

a ( ASt> X7 0 £ x /o'" ^ ) *** 5.5* 2. v / cP A/


C/tf-wHotrix-)

C-hoo5e 4*1^2- s Ve«A>e Mr £^*2. X/c? *0

- jx. £ H/d.*-

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
a ^

Problem 4.38 4.38 For the composite member of Prob. 4.37, determine the largest per-
missible bending moment when the member is bent about a vertical axis.

i;
V
4*37 Three wooden beams and two steel plates are securely bolted
together to form the composite member shown. Using the data given below,
/ p.T
determine the largest permissible bending moment when the member is bent

1
m 250 mm about a horizontal axis,

*
Pf : Wood Steel

£JU kM m:
.'SiS.
Modulus of elasticity 14 GPa 200 GPa
Allowable stress 14 MPa 150 MPa
50 50 50
mm mm mm
6 mm wood as Vke jt
Po V" Wood nw « }

Ro* sFeeJf O s = £,/£“«, -

PropeH" tea of 4-lve € ov%Ae 4 rtc s e esho


g

TMz It * £ hb
3
= ±(?sro)(/&2-f= 99S7lSoo
3
Sfe«.f t
n H (8 - 4
fc )* fc&srvX&S- 5 #) 0 0*5 ^vv,4-vs

4-
Woo*< ? X*, = Xt - ’ S'izi tSZro i-w^vv

I i^avis -Pe>/'^£ Seoff ov\


^ 4 -

ns X5 +

1.1- |«{!»|
"•If
Woo d t Y)~ I l^y 1 — <P/ M,m s' - I
H-
t*P<\ ,

M- (nc*»ofo
= ^4 *,o' «.K,

"Sitfei ’ n-N-tTSi ijl * 3 /M/va - tstiitofa

CfooSe ft? sM*//ev v&Xoe M- 2 0*1*4- k-Nh

M» ^^ jfsM

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, wilhout the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.39 4.39 and 4.40 A steel bar (Ex - 210 GPa) and an aluminum bar (Ea = 70 GPa) are
bonded together to form the composite bar shown. Determine the maximum stress in
(a) the aluminum, (b) the steel, when the bar is bent about a horizontal axis, with M=
12 min 200 N' m.

iJse £l.s 'fKe


12 nmi Aluminum
Fo\A n - I

36 mm — *-

s-feeJ? n- t s /£^- X}o/~fo - 3

T V^<X $ U'S' S6o4j ov>

© A A
?
mivi* VI "lm 'ft,,***' D Ay^ mm
© 1

<D 432
_>

I24G
,

IS 7 S3 2g

© 432 432 €> 2374 7

1778 25470

Y„
75?2Q
I7X.3
|
Vv> net/ W <2-^1 S J?i £5 fvS" kv'xi^ ‘f'/v* o*^„

1
r f
= “ k,h* 4 n,A, el,
1
-
7
|-(3C)6?l + (n^cVs')
i
= 27.216* /o 3

Ir - ^(se,0^4 (432)07 f = Wo.nt xi^

r = I, + Ix - a?. 372 *!G


3
xvuv,
M
= IcT
9
^
M - 2oo M- ^
g-
b _ _ u M_y
I

t) kio vr. \ r~l O W\ * V) ~


) J
- /S' KA " - O. o IS" w,
Cn(2oq)t-P.o/5 ) _ c
-*
6*** 44. .57 6 *lo P* <5L* 44. r Mfit
C7.M2i< In-" 1

(b) Sfeef .’ V) -
3 ^
r
^ m ~ 0 OQ1
c:
f

6;- <l). & O0 X?- oc,9 qJ = -S?0.|2&*/tf


6
P* 6;= -go.! HP*. -*
&1.MXXICT

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual maybe displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
4.39 and 4.40 A steel bar (Ea = 210 GPa) and an aluminum bar (Ea - 70 GPa) are
Problem 4.40
bonded together to form the composite bar shown. Determine the maximum stress in
(a) the aluminum, (b) the steel, when the bar is bent about a horizontal axis, with M~
12 imn
200 N m.

Use I ccS *H\e

F<>«r &.S O** 0\r\


=
Aluminum \
I *1 1

— 36 mm — Fo\r 6+eeJP, tf * ZlO ho * 3

O* +

S
A > wrvi H^ j
mrr? nA Y«> ^ vv\m
H ,s5" y* ^
1*5" vs'Vl © H22 HS7- 2.5^2

© 128 7M 13 5lg4-

(D IS4 M3 2 (3 771 £

1 153 15552
1.5 £,'£2
Y0° -
US9.
3.5 w,. , TU A«s r&sv* bor/f o iv\, ^

a 3
X, ’ g-b,K + n (
j~(3CVl?) + (432) (7.5)* = W.HZHx lO 3 mn?
Xa. ~
^ W 4n 2Vi *
ia(2'4)(/3)* 4, ('.23g)(i4.5)
/2
'
= °f.ZS8

J3 ^ rtkh^n A^z * 3 ]|-02y(3)


s
4- (tf3a)(4.5)’'- \3.<?32* /oVV*
i 5l.7oW x/o3 » w/
i
- x, + i
1, + 52.704*/o“‘

M = Co /J.

_
^ =
n My
"
I
H “ 5 (Vt/n ” “ O. o 35
y “ •—
1
'
fa.) I {3. I

g.- fty^X-a-Q'Va , ° ^
3 x lo t1 ft. e;- 5/. 2 mp*.
.53.7c?4 Mo-i

'
(b) Sfee^ n- 3 iO.Sm* =r 0.010$
(3'&LP&)(t>.OlOS')_
^
r_ 53.7'oif 775^ --nvsvio
/D 6
.
p_
r* G^-U^MPa.

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AU rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4,41 4.41 and 4A2 The 150 X 250-ram timber beam has been strengthened
by bolting to it the steel reinforcement shown. The modulus of elasticity for
wood is 12 GPa
and for steel 200 GPa. Knowing that the beam is bent about
a horizontal axis by a couple of moment -- 50 kN * M
m, determine the max-
imum stress in (a) the wood, (b) the steel.

Use Wyoe* <x$. rke


'Of SJOOC*. n .« !

V ~
50 X 12 mm -
50 X 12 mm Fov- s+ceZ> n * ~ U-hbl
125 x 12 mm e*, /Z

A,aia^ n X «A» in A

Traces sec* i
d> 375*0 31500 m 5111500

<D (20t> 2.ooaO • 4 31 14-00 f¥-?


tomtl'B
y _
9t.5oo- ^ ® isroo 25O&0 -5 b I5O003
i

73 h\M 02500- *J (>011511-0


1

Tk* net s. 73 fnM <U»aVe +ke tooffov^^

Dfsk^nte^ *FVn*k* “ til - 73 — 6fyf*\ M


da * Ui ~ 73 |
iz 5>& m»)

1
* “ 73 j
rr 67 MW
x
X
T ~ jTjrbth* 4 n, A* eJ t
_
- J_ t (375oo)(64)
(37f<w)(*4) r x/o m*> 4
t
iz

!*=• ^ 4-
rVAj.'sC = + =: 30-l>qm
(
’ fntn'-

I 3 - 7^ b 3 h/ + n3/A 3 in-stwo torn*

- & 4
X 1,-1 xt * Ij 5 44/‘£?mo mm* = Wt-Sh*lO^*n

M = 3<> £A/a>

CeO Wood -
j y ® .z6Z - 73 « /<?f Aim s

67 - mM *r
ULJAX/o )( O'
/'J.ZZS /?/>« <5 W *„/<?. 7
-1-
44/-55X

(b^ S'hee^ ' h ~ 7j y - — <S'&73

g. to My ^ _ {J 5 b 51 <3«>7j)
« Ul-11 Mfa
X '41h5-b%to
6

67 sr (23-0 MF«
Problem 4.42 4.41 and 4.42 The 150 X 250 mm Umber beam has been strengthened
by bolting to it The modulus of elasticity for
the steel reinforcement shown.
wood is 12 GPa 200 GPa. Knowing that the beam is bent about
and for steel
-C200 X 17J a horizontal axis by a couple of moment M
— 50 kN * m, determine the max-
imum stress in (a) the wood, (/?) the steel.

Use. wfooj cbS He ^ e'J' ei/^w +


250 mm
Po\A txjoocf H - I

FW* sfeei* £s /£„j ~ fremiti ?> (&<(>*]

mm x
150
S~o\r 11.5 y
A* a/7o^
tw £w= 06 * /V- Jy » -15^00 **
_iL_
T# T Fot He £ut**\ |3 f “(“« 5 «l<^4u»a oT
11 -f- 4 ~ /V*' ~
o)oo\f< fixe - 2^/* 2 4o>^ cJw**>*te/*

TV<scw s eJf Seo4Von


A jviM tf A pin* y«» »w*v> n Ay, ,*nw> 3

<D zno 3 (*n¥ >^6 3. SltXltf


Y° '
-n b ur
= I&2 */ A a»
© Woo izr ty07soo
0
TU 4r&/f ijes
l^ZhlZ-lib )

He botfaw*..
S'
*
* /&C*£z.X/o Aw~
2
Z, = n, I* + n.A,^, *

lz »
,
b2 b* + n,V£. *&(i™)&tt>)-}+(iixoo)iin>/-nx) 7'2zn>s? y/a
6
^
y

I - I (
4-. Ix ~ tySj.**) Y / /w*v^

M - Xo A/ M S' * —
C<5-
>
V^Ajoel i H - 8.433 m.
1 i
y
AtT! Y(o )(s~~ tfJ'iYto)
si / A? 6^ * Oe>« ) M
<31-
4-rM X/«~*

<W) SW; n - /6. 67 y


- j?-*d f-~x* & *- /<p2« / = 72'~r Av#n

t i,l)l£o*ii)('T}*T x/ob
6s- /2,x»i M/% 6L*.-f}X*SMfe
X/<T*

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
o 1

Problem 4.43 4.43 and 4.44 For the composite bar indicated, determine the radius of curvature
caused by the couple of moment 200 N * m,
4*43 Bar of Prob. 4 J9

Se* S 4-0 V/'clo-law* E Sr**' oPi.


12 mm
12 mm Aluminum
I - <57. - 70 * ID* Pa

36 i
H ~ ^oo (v>

i. - ±1 _ XQQ ^'2.316 v!
o'
W\
-t

P " ~ EZ (-7o*iO >)Ctl.z e e


!?.>‘io-*‘)

p t 23, & ^
4.43 and 4.44 For the composite bar indicated, determine the radius of curvature
Problem 4.44
caused by the coupie of moment 200 N * m.

12 mm 4*44 Bar of Prob. 4.40

Se? To Por c^otsJe^Wovy of x.


o'*
I -Sl.loH *l *** E^~ 7ox to‘ V<x

H = 2oo W* w>
X
P
_ J±
El
- Z2SL
(7o X IO p )(^2.7oVv ID -4')
" w Zll

t
p
Problem 4.45 4.45 and For the composite beam indicated, determine the radius of curvature
caused by the couple of moment 50 kN * m.
, . , 4.45 Beam of Frob* 4.4

See S fo Pro la^vv* 4. ff fo\A CaJcoJcJrEu ;jf X.

= ?
I in'
4
Ew - fZ x |0 Pa.

H - Mm
So *lo^ 3
X, J2L )6 e’
/° El C/zx i 1
) (wi-£3 x
til'll, hr, r //^ M -«•

Problem 4.46 4.45 and 4.46 For the composite beam indicated, determine the radius
of curvature caused by the couple of moment 50 kN * m.
4. 45 Bar of Prob 4.4 L .

4.46 Bar of Prob. 4.42.

See ion Pmtieiw PoV- C<*-jPc>^-?<i4"ic>‘A of X.


r ss j-SWVIO 1*
M*M * EM ^ IZ Spey

M * JH3 iVM
SOVIO* -/
J_ _ ±L _ * O* £> 0 M
P El 6
(/iX/<3^X4JTJ!^K/4 ^

7 /w
Problem 4.47 4.47 A concrete beam is reinforced by three steel rods placed as shown.
The modulus of elasticity is 20 GPa for the concrete and 200 GPa for the steel.
Using an allowable stress of 9.45 MPa for the concrete and 140 MPa for the
steel, determine the largest allowable positive bending moment in the beam.

n - —
f
y/o
7
- \o
c c.
3o /(O'*
2...
- 3 -
= sQ’Y^f'
. 2-
n Ac, - t|4c>4

_k
H'oo

nA s X
1 /ct>y + ~ btn> = o
//;
*- // V-o (it)Uoo) (rf'XGi 6-c-q)
Solve X X
<f-

Z.
-t

U co )
^
tfm - x * 2.5 6 ^
S
I = ^ 2aoX S + nAj (4^0- X Y*‘= •^•(2co')(/64') + 0^c<f)(z l£)*'

4
2-^4.4S?(fo

16-/ - |!2±ly
x
I

I
...
M .
"7

h - I.O }
1= ISl = 4 ' 4X Mfij
u7jr * / q~
M *
(l.c> )( e*IUj- ")
)
/7‘ / kA/^

: h - |o
^
ljl - z3C/><«>
} & = ttyo **(>«,

M - Q^cooieio^lCm^rtfa-k) _ , £a/^
(|o)(o<2?^

dke-ose He s^JJeT v&A/c M = 77*/ A// a.

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.48 4.48 The reinforced concrete beam shown is subjected to a positive bending moment
of 175kN m. Knowing that the modulus of elasticity is 25 GPa for the concrete and
200 GPa for the steel, determine (n) the stress in the steel, b ) the maximum stress in (

the concrete.

Is. - ZOO Sfe _

z.

A* * L^CBS
5
[*— 300 K)As - IS. 70 S Xlo

TT
x Loca-le fiie r.zoiroj is ,
0Qt\S
-4
J
480 3oo X-f- ~ (/5V7o3*/o )(4So-x ^ = o
nA3 ISO*'* 7 o&x/o
5
I S'. * - XS-b^lZtlo- = o
i

•Pov^ X«
- >51
3
_____
3
7og WO + -/(I5: 7d8* /o ) 4 (4 )Cl5»)(-7.3TSf 8 * ^O 6

x - m.si *,«. vsd- x 5 O/. 13


5 3 1"
3 30O x” + (/S'. 70S X/O )(4£o- X l
3
i 300) /7^B7
( ( )
+ 0r.7o^^/o 5 ySO '2. 13
}*

3
I. ^*766 * /o **i*i'
i
~ I. * /O

_ n My
I
(a} Steel? •

^
r * 302, ^ 45" ^*vi **
0.3 02 V5 m
(8.o)(l75~x/oa )^o, 3o2Vir) &
e =
/. x jo-3 ‘JW
- 2l2x/o f^ 2H HP-^

(M Cohere'! e .*
Sj “ / 7 7 .87 wt*!
. » O- (77S7 ivi

6** ~ .oHnyxio^Xo- m&7) -


- fk IS.S9 MPa***4
L ^ |o _i

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AN rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
_ )

Problem 4.49 4.49 Solve Prob. 4,48, assuming that the 300-mm width is increased to 350 mm,

4.48 The reinforced concrete beam shown is subjected to a positive bending moment
kN m. Knowing that the modulus of elasticity is 25 GPa for the concrete and
of 1 75 •

200 GPa for the steel, determine (a) the stress in the steel, ( b the maximum stress in
the concrete.
540 nun I 25-ni rn
diameter

wmm
200 G?*,
n » I-
L~£, 25 GPa.
- % 3,

As 4 t )(2S) = I-5&35 * lO

r1/A s - \S.~) 0-8 X} 03 mrS'

4-be axis

S50X" - (15.10% ylcr )(Li%o ,


s. o
% t
MSi? -f IS-7oz*lo x - 1 .
5’3 ct%xio ‘ - o

3
1 5. 7o?x'/o +7( 1^703 y{<2 f +(H )(l7s'\ Cl. 5313 xio 6 )
000750
X - ll 37. HSO -X - 312.52 mm
3 3 a ’

I - ^-(3SO 1 tf -4-
( 15. 103 X/C? yC^S'O - x: )

= i(G573)(/67.M3) 3
+(/G;.7 o8 x/o
3
)^.^
= 1.0223 x/o
-7
(^rni
4
'
- 1.03 23 x jo
3
^
s
° - -
2
fa) S±e^ i
y~ -3^22 ^ - -O.Z12.52 w,

» -
2.0313 x [o' 3
© !?g = a,o*/o‘p« . xro HP,. •

(b) CowcireK • - 107.43 ^ = O. 16 742* m


6" - - -XL- °X 7 S'*4 °1_X q
.
|
- 1 67 ^ - - J4'. o 8 xlo c *f\ = - / 4..03M Pq. *

7.032.3*10'*

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

4.50 A concrete slab is reinforced by 1 6~mm~diameter rods placed on


Problem 4.50
140-mm centers as shown. The modulus of elasticity is 20 GPa for the concrete
and 200 GPa for Hie steel. Using an allowable stress of 9 MPa for the concrete
and 140 MPa for the steel, determine the largest bending moment per foot of
width that can be safely applied to the slab.

=s _ __
- iO
10

gc Sec4r**n /fio

2
As - l -f (^)* - ><?l /-UVL
W Jf' ~ a^oio ^
140 mm

LocdvTe fttc. o-z-i's.

f<
— £.5 — »|
Jtfoxj - (/oo-xM^lo) * o
//// , 70 X* + 7-0 to y - 7-oiOOO =• o
'////,
•g>w' y
C& « if /„ / M-iV! /C^O -X - S^°h^fvx

- 3
I ^(/^cOx +
K
- /9o)(4-l‘ I "f *(x>t o)(s$- 1

= /<? *>(? X*0 & ^

\6\ *
inMy

Concr-t£e • n = S' ~ *7
y*
I I fiA'Pti..
J ,

M - —
howl'd 0^)14%^)
— 2-2 ^ N/ M
St«e^i \Q y- G* fYoM&i
J ,

o-HZfK***}) .
C/o) £ o< o-ri^J

£.Vioose £,»>'>* ii fAe zJP^iruj t+AJe. -fo/-* ^

M tWfti
;

Problem 4.51 4,51 Knowing that the bending moment in the reinforced concrete beam
is H200 kN *
m and that the modulus of elasticity is 25 GPa for the concrete
and 200 GPa for the sleek determine (a) the slress in the steel, Q>) the maxi-
mum stress in the concrete.

n .. Es _ » r>
" -
Ee. JCfco *

As = o H63'S

r\ As - {s'?*#

3e> XocoAe -He neo\t*Jt costs

x
0 (7Xo)(izsr)(xf <&'*) -f 2<ro
*• /z

AXIS
© - (/ry^)C <t/T- x) ~ O
12.
5U.£
itfSb* + E mj;x + /4nD>P- < 4- /s 7o£* * o
<D
/Ao X* + foltf-Sjb X jr-r o
- A)(/Sb) bsy
So.Pv'^ 4io^ x X_ (
£
A C/X~2>
4/x' - x - ^-0*5

z
r, * A t<?/ - 7~(7K>y/zrf

^
f

3
Iz = iK* ^

" r7 /A 3 ^3
1 " (/-T7 OxFX'^'o ^ 47-7* (>fyio fa/w
-Xa>

X “ X , Xa *-
X^ - y/o

e= ~n2^c wW
^et) S+eefi n-S.o }

„ >x -r «P^r

(b ) ConcreXe = /3/ Av4*v-

e-r- l! ° )C«ggi»n C»:«<)_


-
.
= -g.n^p

Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.52 4.52 The design of a reinforced concrete bean is said to be balanced if the maximum
stresses in the steel and concrete are equal, respectively, to the allowable stresses cr,

and <rc . Show that to achieve a balanced design the distance x from the top of the
beam to the neutral axis must be
d
m <i

where Ec and Es are the moduli of elasticity of concrete and steel, respectively, and d
is the distance from the top of the beam to the reinforcing steel.

-1

_
r
S&5 =
X
J Y) C of-X^
f <S, X

X X
"
i - Af Ec
Gs 61
S
X d
I
+ itS

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
— — . r

4.53 For the concrete beam shown, the modulus of elasticity is 25 GPa for the
Problem 4.53 concrete and 200 GPa for the steel. Knowing that b - 200 and d - 450 mm, and mm
using an allowable stress of 12.5 MPa for the concrete and 140 MPa for the steel,
determine (a) the required area As of the steel reinforcement if the beam is to be
balanced, (b) the largest allowable bending moment. (See Prob. 4.52 for definition of
a balanced beam.)

Ei _ zoo^iQ*
" _-
„ - S-°
El
-
S*IC»"
3

„ n M (c?-*) r-

s '
X
— b-+
n (ef-v'l
'
- n
s: x
L
lo y ID
_L 6k - l

* '
*1 « 6i
67
"
'
&o t^.svlo^
—T
- Z.Ho

“ 0.41467 A - {0. tilCG7)(yso') - 137.5" »rrw

LoceJe az.dtv'c.R oX-\^

f - « As
_ (gooXl*7.5 V~
(a,") A. - £,7 4 vnm (dO A\t - I 474
Zn (J-v) 0UC S.o)U^.Sl
5

rnA s (j-/)N 4 (?DoVl87.S"f+ (?.oYl474')(242.5)

S
I. 3C 73 y |d !. 3G73 ^ /o“ vn**

16"
S' = IlJ^Y
±
M =

Con e : n - i.o
^7
13 7. S’
S' mm r l?7S"m (5* - iS.SU/cY ?<*.

(L3C72.x'/o' ')(l7.$rx |Oc


1> >
jx _ ) - TfO. gx/G*
( 1.0 Yo. IS75')

SfeeJ? ^ 7)* S.O * O.ZtZZyr, 6* ~ l^ov/o'fa


j
—(f.3£75x 10^(140* |oO
7~—ry- ~-Y—r
»* “ j
K1 - <?<?.$ x to U-^
Cg.o)(o. 7C75^

Wote ihaj bo4Y \Zo>2 YU 5 Ct.vn^ b‘^ <x ^ce^ J esi‘3 n.

(bl H- ^-6
Problem 4.54 4*54 For the concrete beam shown, the modulus ofelasticity is 25 GPa for the concrete
and 200 GPa for the steel Knowing that b ~ 200 mm and d - 450 mm and using an
allowable stress of 12*5 MPa for the concrete and 140 MPa for the steel, determine (a)
(he required area A s of the steel reinforcement if the beam is to be balanced, (b) the
mmm largest allowable bending moment, (SeeProb, 4,52 for definition of a balanced beam.)
:^;d

V, - §£ - ?2B2l2l -" a A
E^~ ISvlo*
,-m » • •

_ nM (d-x ) S ±»2L
|

% *
I
sr

§s - n U-vl
C '
x

4 JL^ - llo x \cf-


+" JU 9s \
- |

W
*
“ +
" &o Z.Ho
* " §£
ST
I

12.5x10*

^ “ O.MK47cf t
« (0~ iiC&7)(}i$o'i ~ |g7.5" *nn

Lac-Je weO'K''*vi* coyife

b”>£ ~ v> As (d-*"*

by’ (2oo )((^7.sV


(a,’) AS "
I Ct 74 V»J Mr> («> A** K7W WtV)
(d-y") C2}(S.o)(2«.S7

3 3 i‘
1 - ^by. + n4 s (j-A^ i(^0o'l(|87.5’) + C?,oVl67‘<')(a62.5)
Z
L S CZ3 / lo’ wm4 I.3S23 X IO~ vn**

6* JLtk M _
±

6
Con ot^ef e. * H - 1-0 - 1ST. ST = S' - 12. S' x/o Pa
^y

M , .
(i.^swo- ,.)(« .£yi gil = , 0 .g, /o > M .

( l-OXOJ^S
1

Sfee^^* Y1 - S.o n - 26£ . - O.X&XSm <Sf - (lov/o 4 Pa


4-
Q.S6a.3'xtcr*(l to» lo t
.) 3
70,3 X lo
(g,oXo-2C2S' N j

Note Hat bo+b CXr^ 4-u savM«

(b) H- fcW-Vn -<*


^ ' ^

Problem 4.55 4.55 and 4.56 Five metal strips, each of 15 x 45-mm cross section, are bonded
together to form the composite beam shown. The modulus of elasticity is 210 GPa for
the steel, 105 GPa for the brass, and 70 GPa for the aluminum. Knowing that the
beam is bent about a horizontal axis by couple of moment 1400N m, determine (a) *

Aluminum
the maximum stress in each of the three metals, ( b ) the radius of curvature of the
composite beam.

Ds^ as ref

3.0 i i
|^—45 mm —I -

= b, , ipg-. : I . S' \ v't W*.s s


Be, 70
(Q l.o ~ 1-0 in a Jo*^
'
vn O
<D ±—l-S
— ^3 , o
Fc*' -Hie eX szJtn
<g>
(£)*TN.o
,
3 ‘"
= 7~(4b'Vi5) +{/>^4s)(l5X3o) = 10'
16 x

*1* r
n 2 A, - ^s.sov.GVX'
I3 - j^b s H s r ^(Hs)(ts) - 31.37 * I o'*

1H - Ix - Z^ - ? o x /o wmvi X5 -
- I t
=• 523 . 16 y /o
£"

X- ^ - 1.77 /*<* * lo>


6
*V»,
o
I. 7712,3 v 70

(oj^ A</ u)>v. >‘n 37. 5 IVirh ” O. 0375” Vvi 10=1.0


*
y -

n Vlv_ (l.oV!4ot>Vo.C>375"') < n


ZO' c
= Z^.&ylo" Pa
.

6; = ^.5MPct

6r&ss S y~ 27.5" w.^ " 0.077 5”^

"
nM y _ (X.5-X1 400

X 0 0225 .

c
)
x6.7*lo P*
c
<o!- 26.7 Hpcv
I 777139 y lo~

SfeeJ :
= 7.5* ^ r 0^00 IS Ho h - 3.0
y 3
hHy _ (•3.o)04oo)(7.0o75 C
I7.1%v[0 P« 7.7^HVV -®
I 1.77 |3^WO' &

j_ _ H _ 14 0 0 5 ’

" ~ 7 8 7 v o I vF
A3 E^X ( 7ox/o 15
)(. |. 77 87
/ y 70 '

£> 8* G pkn
^

Problem 4.56 4.55 and 4.56 hive metal strips, each of 15 x 45-mm cross section, are bonded
together to form the composite beam shown. The modulus of elasticity
is 210 GPa for
the steel, 105 GPa for the brass, and 70 GPa for the aluminum.
Knowing that the
beam bent about a horizontal axis by couple of moment 1400 N m, determine (a)
is

the maximum stress in each of the three metals, (b) the radius
of curvature of the
composite beam.

<a5 Hie V'H'e/e^c« mcjfe'/.'rt

= - 2.10
(4 = 3.0 ,"v, sVeeX.
P- 70

n ~ £b . 210 ~ 1* S~ ' V".


b/'A.s^r
0~6
3.0 \

<£> 'ho ’n = 1.0 * VI 0 *4 v) *v\


axis 1 >

-1.5
<5> '
1.0 FW -Hie -H\a.i/\s4W-^,c><4 sec+t'oi^
rs> "3.0

Ij - vi, A,eC

= 4?T (45)0 5 y^3.oK'75Y.' 5 )(3or - L8G0454*iO


£
mX
I* -
-f kk’ + na A t J* - ]— (vsYjs? + O.oX^XisX’^V' *•
i g 4.53 wo 9 — *

T
J-3
— — b hi
7T » a
*

~ (4sX!5)
a
13,48 tt /O Vvifrvi

-U I. 14k b 3 ^ iv- jv«.


Ic
j

4 ~ 0£?o 4
2l J-. - 4. 0640 x/<X rvNm 4. * /eX t-o

ca'i Sfeel •
y - 37.5 ^ - 0.0 375^ n - S.o

6-= xir’x * (3,o)aqooxa o37s) _‘ 3 ** 7 *


c
Pcs
° H.oMok|o-‘
/C> 0, - Sg.lMPee'
I I -

M 7 Pv-. tKiUm - " 5/2-5” Vvifrv-I


r £k 052-S" VY\ Y\ - l h Q

° I 4.0^ox(o-c ' ^ 6^- 7.74 M?ct


*
3r«x.ss ~ 7. 5 O 0075 n - 5
J Hri >v\ - . taxi i.

<r- - A?)0 H°»Xo.o»s')


&
r s.g^p, 6” *
b
3.87 HPo. «*«
JI ‘f.o&^o y io~

- M 400
U>)
j.
P
~
6,1 (70 X X^- 464o X /o- 6 ^
4.4/5 2.* JO~ X
— 503 wvi «ntfS&
4*57 A steel pipe and an aluminum pipe are securely bonded together to form the
Problem 4.57 composite beam shown. The modulus of elasticity is 210 GPa for the steel and 70 GPa

for the aluminum. Knowing that the composite beam is bent by couple of moment 500 N
*
m, determine the maximum stress (a) in the aluminum, (h) in the steel

Use cL$ov*\lr\Qv>i olb

D « /,C> t* ^JP*/** ''no

n #• * 4—
70
* S.o fee#
JS'

V
SVe«P; X, - ^'(v'0 - Y't )
~ (3~o)f'(i6 ~/o ) - 13o « ^ /D* mm
H
Ai> I* » n* f (C- r; )
- (w> ( t^~ /&*) - go. $g * icr mm
5 y
X* Z, + Ja - 181.73 xfo v**,* - IS/. .73 » lo~** tv»

(<*,') AluminUM:* c ~ l*"i


® (XOt^f w
6- -- ails- =• aottS*»Ho.o«> . .rc-3 *<pc fa g2.Z M?<x
1 1*1.73
(b} c r 0»oi& m

JLtfc _ C3 .oV5ooKo.<X 6) „ 13? , y ,o‘Pft 131.1 MPci **


I I2I-73X/CT’

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

4.58 Solve Prob. 4.57, assuming that the 6~mm-thick inner pipe is made of aluminum
Problem 4 58
and that the 3-mm*'thick outer pipe is made of steel.

4.57 A steel pipe and an aluminum pipe are securely bonded together to form the
composite beam shown. The modulus of elasticity is 210 GPa for the steel and 70 GPa
for the aluminum. Knowing that the composite beam is bent by couple of moment 500 N
*
m, determine the maximum stress (a) in the aluminum, (b) in the steel.

Ose cls 'Hie

r}

n -
'
— \ m

#-
O
=
y

~
n

no
a

--
* n

H
3.o
u

Z
Steel: I, * r?, ~ \Z )
* ISZ*£5 X IQ m/»^
v


Xa - i\ * (1.0 ^ )
* ^3. cn*/o 3 m*/
z
I- I, + lz - i<t&.z7*io * nc.zyx/o'*

(a.) A.fuM.i'-n Ok :
C - 16 m*r\ ~ 0*016 m
S'-- , LLo^&oX&ojaJ = Ho.gtf/o* f«. - 40.8 MPa
X \%.s?>«io^
(b) :
C- 19 * 0.0 19 h-%

^ r "
h6.*7-fo-»
r i
L
ts.z*io'?^ * 143:2 mp*.

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
G

4.59 The rectangular beam shown is made of a plastic for which the
Problem 4.59
value of the modulus of elasticity in tension is one-half of its value in com-
pression. For a bending moment M ™ 600 N * m, determine the maximum
(«) tensile stress, ( b ) compressive stress.

I* K
V) ~ % O” tIiv? »'<>«> S’-Ja T

Loosjie: «.* rV.


IT
0 _^L_
4, K), “ O
h-*
© 1
>T = 2.0>-xT £ - r O?-* ^

^ /£ + I
=• A-'fKJl U - **1.421 l^kvy

V) - x” = S'8.^7 £f *,*,

I, ~ y>,-£1ox 3 = (0(tWD )^' ^ £


1
') 3 r u 1844 */o
&

S
Iz = LO*-x) r (i)(±X&)(*8.£7*rf * K 7^- / v /o ° k- frV*
fc*

4
I - I, + I 2
- 7. zs^s v/o gr?jr xto'

(a.) •s'fws :
i j
= - S8.S?*t - -0.O£2S7<9

= G.IS *10* Pi
?.«S«JSx/o-
-

ev =• £- is mPcl
covert ' /e £Tr£*s - VIAZI - O. O^IHZ! *•»,

. .nidi ,. - 8. S'? x /C»


4
"piSi
2. S5^5 x/o- fc

<5~
c ~-8.C9 MP*.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.60 *4.60 A rectangular beam is made of material for which the modulus of elasticity is
E (
in tension and Ec in compression. Show that the curvature of the beam in pure
bending is

1 _ M
P~ E I r

where
4 E.E^

L)s« "Hie rePe^ey\ce y^oJoJos.


<£>
Then Ec n E*
T)c=P
'<£>
it
T v, Locoi^te
«

w-y
A* !

^ *
jJ
|

mky ^ — b lb - 'l
j
2
e- b -*!
f) P - (h -y ')*'
- o -£"* * (h - y ^

h
-Xj ii-x = +
/h" 4- 1 -/*T i

3 3
if.TA»V3 1 1* + ifc(h-x) -(l^pyh-V] u*
i-ttvTT«
U:

M X- ibK-
Et It Ev X

E r I = E* I
tzL
£„. ~ -
~
JiL
a * £* • i>h
I tw
4 Et E c / t± 4 EfcFc
2
(.
+ '
)

(V^c +

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, lac. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.61 4. 61 Knowing that the allowable stress for the beam shown is 90 MPa, determine (a)
the allowable bending moment M when the radius r ofthe fillets is (a) 8 mm, (b) 12 mm.

* jz&Hyof * 4£G6?*|o
S
^ y
- HZUyxlcT'* tf?

C ~ 70 r^trn * O.OZO m
JD go
d 40
- Z oo

JC - % *****
Q.Z Fvo*> ty.3/ * +bQ
(eO
£ Ha> ^ K" 1

m, (<?p xio } C
t, t
n u 7« icr*)
.

KC. ~ O-S^C 0 - 05*0 ')

=•

12
ttrt - 0. 3 R3 4.31 K" I - 3*sr

_____
O X ^
(4o* / 4 4 ** 7 *70 ^ )

Problem 4.62 4.62 Knowing that M~ 250 N m, determine the maximum stress In the beam shown
when the radius r of the fillets is (a) 4 mm, (£) 8 mm.

I = - 7^<8)(Hof * //4W7^oV« 4?.4C7yjo'V

C « £o « 0.0*0™
£ * Stos « .2-00
<3 Mo

CcO *-42- 0 - 16 Fvo»n 4. 3 f


X- 1.87

(1.3 7X7SoXo-°7o) _ &


—a
Si. = 2/9 */0 P* - Zl°t MPa.
4*.€67xtO“^
(b) J£ -
3 JLr*- n
°- Zo Fy^OKA 4- 3 1 K^= i.^ra
a h5^- Fl^J.

GT V — ( 1 .-SG X^ST® ) (0. 0*o) _ t


S 175 pffSt -*
\l$, y-\o ‘
Pa.
4*. as? *io~*

Proprietary Material. O
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
— ^

Problem 4.63 4,63 Semicircular grooves of radius r must be milled as shown in the sides of a steel
member. Knowing that M™ 450 N m, determine *
the maximum stress in the member
when the radius r of the semicircular grooves is (a) r - 9 nun, (b) r - 18 mm.

1 8 mm

(a.) |«>s - &)(<?) - <30 ^


D T£2 -
l.Po X r ± _ 0
'
a 9o d 90

Fn** H-.ZZ, K - 2.oi

l.o93Sy/a '^
c
i 6 11

X“ = - i
4-( l9 V'7°y - 1.032.5 *lo Mr,. •=

^ r \r*v^ “ O*. C? S* ^
~ ‘
- 38 - 3 Y(a 0:_-38.SHPcc-=«
•'»x

it = D -? v * - loa - OOOa ) = 12 v ™ D -
'
Iflft -
r
' L5
’**'
X-“ » 0.25
4 IX 0» 7^
Fro*. Fi^. 4.2.2^ K - i. Cl = 4- cJ - 7Z - o. 03 c w-.

j- = ~ (isX^a') 2,
= SS'j.Zlxio 2,
= -STT?. &7 WO'”' w

4.64 Semicircular grooves of radius /* must be milled as shown in the sides of a steel
Problem 4.64
member. Using an allowable stress of 60 MPa, determine the largest bending moment
that can be applied to the member when (a) r ~ 9 mm, (b) r = 18 mm.
18 trim

teo d- "D-2^ * /08 - (*)C4)* <?Ok,v.

D _ IQ3 ,Zo - O. |

<d lo

FFouv, F| . 4, 32.^ K - 2. ol

T - X^ig^o') 3 ^ |.03 35V


C V
= I .OHbSx {0~ Ki
C. = <45, O. OHS
_ K 6“J _ feoxIO^Yl.oq^S^/O^) _
cr = —sfMe. Mr KTC 6?. °7)(o. OHS')
7oH M -loH fJ-wx

(V7) 4 - lO% - axis) =72 -mw -J-


rr =• !. S J r
^ r 0.25*

C ~ r 3 Smm r 0*036 i/v% Fvuun R'^ •» ^4* 2 Hf ^ ^ > 6f

I = 4l 6*K7 ^ r SS*?.27»/o ~ SS7 .37 * /o* 7 w**


3 3

M - 6g . g>g;^,. X y>r; ~SSo M .^80 M », -»


Kc (j.&t )C O.OS&)
i

4.65 A couple of moment M “ 2 kN m • is to be applied to the end of a steel bar v

Problem 4.65 Determine the maximum stress in the bar (a) if the bar is designed with grooves
having semicircular portions of radius r - 10 mm* as shown in Fig, 4,65a, ( b ) if the
bar is redesigned by removing the material above the grooves as shown in Fig. 4.65/?,

M
For oo{)r\ covvfx gtnr

X) r I S0 yv\Y*
^
d * lOO m*v\

f'
~ 10 VW **1

2 • » LS& c > so

10
d loo

Fo'r (a^
(«)
Fcej h. 32 3»vesV<^* 2.21.
Foia co^Fi c? C i» ^ • 3 iV'-s 1 - 7 7.
*

1 2
S V
“ion 3
i.
- I.SxlO \.£ X iO
* Tz{t8)(loo) vtikvi Vv

c - ^ of - So ~ O. oS m
- A3^AAJzS - n.TMPa.
(a\ 6T i tf 7 y/o* pa «
I 1-6 *lO

KM c _ 0.-79) C 2yio % )(o.os) 9 MPa.


(b'l ^ VI 7 *lo* 1°a_
US x |o~

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed m any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
4.66 The allowable stress used in the design of a steel bar is 80 MPa. Determine the
Problem 4.66
largest couple M that can be applied to the bar ( a ) if the bar is designed with grooves
having semicircular portions of radius r - 15 mm, as shown in Fig. 4.65tf, (h) if the

bar is redesigned by removing the material above the grooves as shown in Fig. 4 .65 b.

D - / S® rntn
j
d- 1^0

f ~
' IS Mho.
o - isa. * , so
d loo
•L ~
-
JiL
\oo
q c
~ Umli> |
d
F"or Co (a}
j

<\.12 Jives Kr M2.


Vo<r COrA^uraj-iOn (o) !-i«r

4.31 jives kb - I.S7 .

r = ^(iSXlOof r I. SvlO***,** \.S*}0~*

C SO fw - 0. 060 m

(o."i <3
~- KMc M
1
=
~
(21 _ CS£SJQ^)(hSsJO^} i.-Wx/D* M-Wi
Kc

2 0-W)(o.as )
L 25 ItN-^

61 _ (gc>x/o 4 X?.5*/o~ <;


)
}.5$»lo N-»> ? i.$l kU‘* -*
Kt ‘
(L5?)(0.050)

Proprietary Material. ®
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by Mc6raw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
4.67 The prismatic bar shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be eiastoplastic
Problem 4.67 with 300 MPa and is subjected to a couple M parallel to the x axis. Determine
the moment M of the couple for which (d) yield first occurs, ( h ) the elastic core of the
M bar is 4 mm thick.

M - 4 My[| -£(*)*] r N'V*

M * S2. 2 hi***

4.68 Solve Prob. 4.67, assuming that the couple M is parallel to the i axis.
Problem 4.68
4.67 The prismatic bar shown is made of a steel that is assumed to be eiastoplastic
with aY - 300 MPa and is subjected to a couple M
parallel to the x axis. Determine

the moment M of the couple for which {a) yield first occurs, ( b ) the elastic core of the
bar is 4 mm thick.
1
'

Co} x- = r i.is2»*/t>* k.w


~ i , 1 $T 2 * J O ^
Vm**

^ ~ 2,^* r mvm — D.OOfS v*

^ Sl.C W-h* My = 57.6NJ*m

yr = £ 60 Z
(b) * *nv,

M - f M^[ I
- ^
f (£?.&)[ I - £( 5 7] - tt.1

M ~ 83. 2 NUyy\

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced. Or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
4.69 I
7
or the steel bar of Prob. 4,70, determine the thickness of
Problem 4.69 the plastic zones at the top and bottom of the bar when M 30 N.m,
(a) ---

(b)M - 35 N.m.

4.70 A bar having the cross section shown is made of a steel that is
assumed to be elastoplaslje with E 200 GPa and <rY 330 MPa, Determine
the bending moment M
at which ( a ) yield first occurs, (b) the plastic zones at

the top and bottom of the bar are 2 mm thick,

r - k U* *
C » ^^
My - &i OiOC tj-
, „. fWK
My - >2°U> hi K.
m , |mJi- i(£)‘]

.
c

(cO M - SoH*^ ^ - J3 - zi Jw - 8 •«.*?:

’kp* 2 0*^-7

4,70

(fcA M -
. zM b 1
- <3-7/ 7/

n| t
A»* 7/7 fj { 4-) - - c-yr ~ l~J3 '
vai
y fa fa^

Problem 4.70 A bar having the cross section shown is made of a steel that is
assumed to be elastoplasiic with E =* 200 GPa and o> »= 330 MPa. Determine
the bending moment M at which (a) yield first, occurs. (/>) the plastic zones at
the top and bottom of the bat' are 2 mm thick.
&(£xJh* =
- ‘("fry fa.

My " ><P“/ 6 A/ -

yy
~ c. ~ tp = ty—S ~

Mf = |M r [ I - i(£f] - i( 0 ] Mp - 3$ ‘12 N *4a

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
S

Problem 4.71 4*71 The prismatic bar shown, made of a steel that is assumed to be
elastoplastic with E = 200 GPa and <r Y —
300 MPa, is subjected to a couple
of 162 N 'in parallel to the z axis. Determine (a) the thickness of the elastic
core, (b) the radius of curvature of the bar.

(a> X- £ (e> 6 t2 )(e*o/sf t 3 -as •* so**h?

c - 4 (f'fiis) - O' 007

mH - 6VX „
~
C 0*0075
= !3SNt»

K = I My [ |

t ^ - /o~_ CsX/^-2 ^)
_
~ ** 77*6
c 1 ^ hy ~
nr 135
/j55

i. i
- (0-774-6 Yogas') =: S'8ltto' tn

TK\’c-l ^rT cor* S r //l 6

(b)
yr = S?f> * §/»
t ,
jf«6/X/o x /O )
P
/
=
Cy
(
= 3*973

3* cttfn
P

Proprietary Material ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc- All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
4*73 and 4*74 A beam of the cross section shown is made of a steel which is
Problem 4.73 assumed to be elastoplastic£> 200 GPa and ar = 240 MPa. For bending about the
z axis, deteimine the bending moment at which (a) yield first occurs, (b) the plastic
y i
zones at the top and bottom of the bar are 30-mm thick.

5
'
t 5
I = rkWV> -
p (co)(<1oY 3.£^Wo^r)
= )
= 3.4^y/d
c - £ V) - HS »r r 0. 04T **i

,
4
- (24QttlD‘ )(3.C /SVfp'‘
,

KLy - Sxi. / .
c 0 04 5
.
.
-

Mr -*

P, e S'yA, - (^40y/o‘yO.OgoXo.03o">
3
s W32 */0 N
>f t
r ) ST»v,^ -V ^ Q.03O ^

4
- ^6VA t *(£Y24o*/o )(o.O£aXo.:>^
- |0 ? X 1C? M
- 3" (|5* ~ O.O/Om

(t) Ki* 2 (f?,y, -> f?2 y,) = z[(m ivirf Xacso) +0as y / 0
3
X ao i° 3
H= 28.1 M-** <-•

€> 20(tf> The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
Proprietary Material.
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission,
Problem 4.74 4.73 and 4.74 A beam of the cross section shown is made of a steel that is assumed
to be elastoplastic with E ~ 200 GPa and ay ~ 240 MPa, For bending about the z
axis, determine the bending moment at which (a) yield first occurs, (b) the plastic
zones at the top and bottom of the bar are 30 mm thick.

30
Tmm
da.) -
.a b, k,
30 mm - 15(3 &')( e}a'f' )
i

30 mm ! .%TTS> It?
6
w,~ ;<d

15 mm -15 mm
30 mm
(3o)( Sof:

C
X ~ X <j)
-f- I<g) " 1 . 3$ x I Oc x l.3 rt X iO~ C= L\S^~ 0.0^5
gyl _ (CtM C> v /o c ^/. g,*} v |
0~ C 'l

* a 0.OHS 1 0.02>»l& NJ-w-.

My - IO.05 lcU-Vv>

*?xjL I
Vi

€Ty /A ,ss C5qo^io s )('o.o3oXc>-03o') *•


^16 v/o* M
" IS+ 15 = So ~ O.ozo *V\

3
1
a (240* fO*YO. 06<*)( 0,0/f> } » fo X /CP Kf

g C*5 w I O Wi yyj

+ R JL ')

y SL

1
* 2 [(^lov/o ’
/o.OSoW (/0SxiO 3 )(0 w OJS'
S
|]

If. IT. X 10 * M-t If. IT kAi.^

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, lac. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.75 4.75 and 4.76 A beam of the cross section shown is made of a steel
that isassumed to be elastoplastic E “ 200 GPa and — 300 MPa. For bend-
ing about the z axis, determine the bending moment and radius of curvature at
winch (a) yield first occurs, (b) the plastic zones at the top and bottom of the
bar are 25 mm thick.

Coo I 4
-

1^ - *
“h Mm*
Is - I, - *7? 4-27 <r

I » I, + i, i3 - svun ***

= ~
<Sr r
=
llouua )(xt)9 c)£&l *'°7— — r 3S-1W* ->

r
I?, ~ 6’r A (?>oot\o ){CnO1$)(0t 02.$)s£C2*S
t
- khf

y x
s Z£+!7>sr s ^7-r ***.

Rz= i^A* = i
= /£7*Jr <U/
~ t^£T} ** lb* C 7

(b) M - Z (tf.J, +

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.76 4.75 and 4.76 A beam of the cross section shown is made of a steel
that is assumed to be elastoplastic E = 200 GPa and <xy - 300 MPa, For bend-
ing about the z axis, determine the bending moment and radius of curvature at
which (a) yield first occurs, (b) the plastic zones at the top and bottom of the
bar are 25 mm thick.

. , I ;n !,
(a) I (
= 4 UK5 -*" '
t1^7X)(>s)^-m)(zsr)(r7S)

25 mm ~-* \*~>\ [<--


;

25
25

1
mm

lx - ii ba h4
3
= - M>o t+n ^
IA * I, = 2734575

I - I, + It 4 - £737 67 /

C - £<? AiV>u
.
-iu
M7 = 6V i
O' OS
.

54< tflMK

p (
*-
e;A - t%o*tio).b'<ns) (o«i&)
(

SrMZ'f k A/

gjj _ Ak_ _ _ 2- f 5^ ^ ^

j—— Pa - s
'


.

CW> M - Z (t?,y, V 9 yz )
t
s 45V3 £A/ m .

Proprietary Material. €) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AU rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
O o

4,77 through 4,80 For the beam indicated, determine (a) the fully plastic moment
Problem 4.78
Mp, (b) the shape factor of the cross section.

y\ 4.78 Beam of Prob. 4.74.

mMl ~T
30 mm
igf jlSi
R-oi~ PROBLisp. 4.77 B = 200 G-Pcl ar J 6:- ZHO Mfo.

ggSill ’>Zi • < cc ?.


30 i
r
X
1 , i

(a} R, ” 6yA,
BiSiSl 30 min
e
~ & to*\O ’)(o.o$o)to.03o)
L

15 mm h H 15 mm -
%
2IC y lo N
30 mm

3.
r 30 0.^30 ^v>

~ <5V Aa
r(240 X 10° )(o. 0^o'/o. 15

pr
5,
V- t Zl£> x lo N
y
L~' ~
r 7#5~ * 0, <7075**

Mp = R (P,y,+ P ?(y z )
r
R [,C2 >6x io^X°-°3«5')+ (2J6 * loz )Co. 0075 'f]

f£. 2.0 y{0 N-s^ Mp - \6.2o k/^-vM

© -Vp
-
Xr\ ~ tR h ^ M2
- L 222S*lo /v-1 rt-%

T
O^3
5 < 1
L ^ H
I { J__
iT (30 XS0) 3 - 67. 5x I kv^yv^

@t~ id)

X =1^+1^- I. S9 */o
6
kJ 1
- L2 C x/o'
6
v>X

c 1 45^ ~ 0.0 45"^


&
SrT r-o k fo Yj.'g cl x /o" c% > ) 3 .,
Mr = -
.

10.03 * [O ,

3
MP _
l6,2ov(o
"
lo.oS^fo'1
k^ f.6o?

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.79 4.77 through 4.80 For the beam indicated, determine (a) the fully pla*s-

tic moment (b) the shape factor of the cross section.

4.79 Beam of Prob. 4.75.

fVo*, PROBLEM 4.7^ £ = -3?*? *70 6 6r * 3<n) .

I
e
J - i .

0 oz$)= tiJ'S’k.AJ,
R ss
6VA, ~($ao *10 ] (°'0l*)C '

1 2.5 mm —] U-zrr *— 1 2.5


50 mm \

Sj
x
* iJT-f/7-.T - 37*4' A^n,

?2 - 6^ = csot> v* )(o>os)(i>. dir) ~ noth)

(?-i7 ) - /7 » i~ to Ai
yz - ^

Mp = 2(e,y, * 1?
2 y2 )
- ; *• xa 6 AN

5, }
ftA J - liUK 4 A.d* - C/r)(xr) f (?s) (**) ^ 7 rJ -

Xz - ^ t>2.^
r
74 (47>>C4t») ~4.'>oi 'i3 to+vi*
!

~ .I,
~ 7-7 ^ 7" 3 7 r M^ •

I * I, • I, * L = flSQs-Pi

c =

&i A A S~
o>or
r
- 3
^ x^ ^
X7* A
A Vi 7

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
V

4.77

Problem 4.80 through 4 .80 For he beam indicated, determi ne (a)


t the fu Hy plas-
tic M
moment r (b) the shape factor of the cross section.
4.77 Beam of Prob. 4.73.
4.78 Beam of Prob. 4.74.
4.79 Beam of Prob. 4.75.
4.80 Beam of Prob. 4.76.

FSO&UrH 4.75* E ~

~
i7*-f

13211 (5&0 116 ) (C'»2£)(Q'62<s)

= 13-1*5 M
- 12'S" <w*
yz

Hp - X ( K, j, + - X^ to<vjVr) rO87'>>r)(ti'0lzxjj - 4(-'1 t kl M

3
&) I, = i|-
b.h, + -M,* - XL
( 7i") f>4'j (1 1) (Mr) nso-lis w
12 = tHA ' 1 iP^)(»)> ~ zbc fy-il ’

-fj - f 1
* A”7 3 O37 t5T

J “ J, + I* + Xj - \

c ~ tv
6; j _ q^vl) (sn-tfiWNo )
4^4- UX

k r -U* t ALL- » /. 363


Mr 1

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.81
4.81 and 4.82 Determine the plastic moment M
p of a steel beam of the cross secti on
shown, assuming the steel to be elastoplastic with a yield strength of 240 MPa.

X 5
A, = (S o)(3G) = ISO 0
; y,
r 1 E Ay ,
' 3?. 4 x lo
1

X % $
A* * 7oo y* *
7 A*y ,
= 4-1 X lo

X 3 3
A3 * 0?oX 30 ) - &oo 5s

2,i A, yj
’ n.4* lo
X 3 3
A,' £ao ¥+ M.
J
MM A,y.1 * Zt-S x lo

3 S C J
“ 7 ?.2Wo
A,y r
+ Kyi 4
A. Vj + hxfwj 78.2. »* lo~

- *
MP » Sr Ay 4 (2H Dx/O* )(.7f.S > 18. 008 > lo to

>V- 18.oi U t\}‘ Vw

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.82 4.81 M
and 4.82 Determine the plastic moment p of a steel beam of the cross section
shown, assuming the steel to be elastoplastic with a yield strength of 240 MPa.

36 mm

\*— 30 mm —

1
H+tJ are*! A= ^-feoXsO - MO hm
-
"i A 270 =r A (

b ‘. 30
I3jy
36 b= f y
>
J
Sj cc A, - iby - S. y i - 11 A
IX J 5
r pftZJo) -
P.5. M558 ~ 2 f, 2 3 2.
J 1> 1

C
A, ® i (VI- 2132)(Z5.«S'S' S) r UlO - ?J0Y\0~
1"
A^- (S?J.:U3
,

0(3.€»- ZS^SSS) - ZZ3.67 6 - 223. £7<g, * tv,

- A - A, - A* - ^£-327 - 1*6.33.4 *IO~‘ ^


R; = 6>A X ' - ZHOxlo*" f\i

R, ~ N Rx - S3. 6B2 2x/03 W //. II7S »ld V


J ^

“*

3
^ 3 •w* ~ S. MS 5"3 *( 0 w,
y !
"j

— ZS^HSb 8 r ~
r,
'l iSl 2.7 <U ihm .5". 27 2. 1 ^ /£>

r
j3 r |(36-xr. ? 52T») 7,o2^S ' 7.0275" * /o“*

Mp = + f?
a jz + P3j3 - Hll M*Im Hp - <71 f N-^ -a

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 4.83 4,83 A thick-walled pipe of the cross section shown is made of a steel that is

assumed to be elastoplastic with a yield strength ay. Derive an expression for the
plastic moment Mp of the pipe in terms of C\ 9 c 2 and ay
,

Sv(A,y ' §S-v(^-C,n

Problem 4.84 4,84 Determine the plastic M


moment p of a thick-wailed pipe of the cross section
shown, knowing that c\ " 60 mm, c2 = 40 mm, and <7y ^ 240 MPa.

See He soJAi'oi* +» PRo8LfTM H . Po^ oier\ of He


feJi oH>iw^ e.y press fow 9)^,*

Mp 3 W ^ -• -i /

<5; - ZHO MPa. ~ moxjo*" 9c,

c, - SO hn*vj * O&O M

c* - MO - O. O tyO wt

3 3
Mf
1 l
- -g-CZHo *lo‘ \( O.ogo - o.o^fo } = y/O*

- HS.6 kK). m

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
o ?

Problem 4.85 4.85 Determine the plastic moment p of the cross section shown, M
assuming the sled to be eiastoplastic with a yield strength of 330 MPa.

T* WJP «<reo. - A » ( 7-00 z) t 1 50 )<>*) ~ SO I***"

h 1 loiter yn , M * igL . ^
J,* /2‘25 /vunj A t y,
r

A t *((,'2<r)(?sr)* iSb'ZG*^ y4
r Az yz *

- fypK)&t)z i
c
i$‘ ^ I- frjO 1 *- A,yA •= *542 r*

^r(A»y« + Atyt 4 A3 ys^


-
2?oYto '(ffOA-r+
i
4<fiP. 5 f- 2 ?^ 2 Jf. £-) ( I* 10 )
— f f ‘7 bfrl t*\
.

4.86 Determine the plastic moment of the cross section shown


Problem 4.86 assuming the steel to he eiastoplastic with a yield strength of 250 MPa.
.

r —
100 mill

sj
.

I i
.12 mm
12 mm 75 min
_t 12 nun TofcJ area . : A-(«rtt n).f cvc)(j *) +(£6)a^)~ 27 oa

50 mm - iBS'o

A, - iwoi^1 y,
- ($*£
a A *y/ - 2Z2-OV

A2 r /^o tvctw2'. A z y^ - ^t7‘S


<3>Hgssg Aa
1- .

~ 2
- ^ 3<B7*S
~^
Afy»} * 4n |vv|a

Mp - ^ (A,y, + A2
yt + As y? + A.,y<D
(zToxto) (2.2-700 + 9 37^ f 23^57‘S+-4lieo) (iXto*
1
)- Zhl M* .

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Q

4.87 and 4.88 For the beam indicated, a couple of moment equal to the full plastic
Problem 4.87
moment Mp is applied and then removed. Using a yield strength' of 240 MPa,
determine the residual stress at = 45 mm.
y\ 4.87 Beam of Prob. 4.73.

= MjLtlcflJ'V* (See So}W;

3 ~ ^ j C - O. O'ii? m

b— 60 trim 5*' s
j y z c , HSj _
<
.

-< . ..... .

- ^
- - - **

.
.J>

s
.load nos-

4
er
O" 4
3&0//D fa.
3. £ +5“ x /

C C
61€S - S''" <S^ r 2&0y{OC - 2HOriO = I Z.O * I Ps. I2£.0 MPcSt

Proprietary' Material. C> 2009The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in any form or
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
~

Problem 4.88 4.87 and 4.88 For the beam indicated, a couple of moment equal to the full plastic
moment Mp is applied and then removed, Using a yield strength of 240 MPa,
determine the residual stress at y = 45 mm.
v l

4.88 Beam of Prob. 4.74.

30 rnm

30 mm
i

j~ PROBLFM 4,78
30 mm “
i X 1 • %& y t O
15 mm -15 rnm
30 mm c.
=•
0 * c?4S ^
M‘jg&uC
i .
^gy-to Xo. QHS
4
1.87 x lO"
-

G
3%s„l X fO Pa. 3 85". 7 M Pa

335.1 Mf>ct I" 45. 7 MPa

LoAO/tJG UUZ.OAD1MG l£5 )OOAL ST7?£SS£5

A+ y
~ HS S - MO MPa 6"' = 38S. 7 MPa
Re.<=.rr \oo) s+v^ess 6^ - G"' - Cy 6^
6L. = —8

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 4.89 For the beam indicated, a couple of moment equal to


4.89 arid 4.90
the full plastic moment
p
M
is applied and then removed. Using a yield strength

of 290 MPa* determine the residual stress at (a) y - 25 mm, (b) y ~ 50 mn%
4.89 Beam of Prob. 4 75.
4.90 Beam of Prob. 4.76

Mf “ -TA£ UJ. (s<^

1 ^ t
C « J&frn,,

S' -
i '
.i
tSbt)</o*)(votr)
TTPfsTTi TpTt
4 U -7 at fy

(fit) A4 ~ ~ \c (S'*- (4£a« 7 ) * Xt'S- PC


j .

6^ r -Aj-o -txiS'ir - - 8h-< bf *hA. —a

(V) y\t .^T2> fWfv, r C, S’


*
~ <-b 7
y
6^ s *-?*»*>+ <f ^7 * 7 3 0*7 /M^»
-
, ^

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using Otis manual is using it without permission.
4.89

Problem 4.90 and 4.90 For the beam indicated, a couple of moment equal to
the full plastic moment Mp is applied and then removed. Using a yield strength
of 290 MPa, determine the residual stress at (a) y --- 25 mm, (b) v - 50 mm.
4.89 Beam of Prob. 4.75.
4.90 Beam of Prob. 4.76.

Mp ~ tyb* °i k ^i ** (Set Soi'Axo'TM 4o Tk»kiewv^ 4*79 ^

X - ^ c rSKM .

6' = 1W . ii£ a y, C.
° " SlXt’ltb'l KlO'-f’-
1 '

4o^r M'/V.

gEStPQAL STRESSES

(dt} M y - ^ S' -
•r(4-o
<p
0 ? -xoQ-^

6^ - — 4T m./a .

(fcO
y
~ - lot?
6^, + = / o^

Proprietary Material. (C> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced,
or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student Using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.91 4.91 A bending couple is applied to the beam of Prob. 4.73, causing plastic zones 30
mm thick to develop at the top and bottom of the beam. After the couple has been
removed, determine (a) the residual stress at>> ~ 45 mm, ( b) the points where the
residual stress is zero, (c) the radius of curvature corresponding to the permanent
deformation of the beam.

Sec solution +o eu?M 4*73 noofJe


£"Jrtss c! v$4in bi/4t a*

H - zs.o&vic? n)-w> yr - ur**.** - o. o\s *+

E - Zoo GPa. 6V " 2HO MPou


C H
I 3. Tx/o" t» c * O.OHS M
(28.08 r/Q*)(Q. 045)
346. THo
0
(a'l <5
3.645* jcT*
Vc, - 346.7 MPa.

^
" =
^X 3.6^
<ppCQ;.p_/ £)
I
o"‘
. _ 1 1 S’. G x )o
6
fta.* )l5.6 MPa.

Af 5 C, 6^ - £>- <5^. - 346.7 - 240 IOC.7 MPol


y
6"
A+ y “
yYj <£ ei - e”- r - 115. 6 -ZHo 6^ -/3.H. 4.HP*

2Hp Mfc 346.7 lKP* IO&.7 MPa

-I24.V MPa.

3-4.7 MPa

/
1

3HO MR*.
7 MPa.
UK) LOADING R6SIOUAU sTeessg«

6^ = O - s; - O
* 1 g; _
fg'.GHfrcg^fofor/o*) _
- 3 1*. 15 */o
~
3U5»~h
1
r&.otuo'
is. ~ ~3l*l£ **>n 31. iS" *m*.
ya ,

&
(c^ A4 y - yy ^
= -IZH.4 * lO ?*

er=-^ - Ey _ (.%oo»foM(o.oi5)
24.U
5" *
- 134.4 */o 6
r

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AN rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
>

Problem 4.92 4.92 A


bending couple is applied to the beam of Prob. 4.76, causing
plastic zones50 mm
thick to develop at the top and bottom of the beam.
After the couple has been removed, determine (a) the residua] stress at
— 50 mm, (b) the points where the residual stress is zero,
y (c) the radius of
curvature corresponding to the permanent deformation of the beam.
25 mm

50 mm
c

5
See SoiuT/oM
mm sfreSvS
t> PROBLEM 4.75 W UttA'nj co o?h

25 mm M
25 nu n
2,5 mm

E " >&Z> h'Pq = jkH3 t^Pct

X *
c. - 5©
31 0
(a) e' M -i
/z
JL
/7>7/ 6? x/o"
fo* } o&r)
= J1& ,x MSci
I ti3*uvi'u*
Ai c Gws - <5 ' - 6*, r ZtrO - -
A4 or* a <5 ^ - <?*- g; r /97*7 -J»x» *• - /<? 2' 3
y

*7^- 3. MPk

- toy 33 ^

0M LOADING residual stresses

<S«3 .
= O '•*. ^ Vq - 6^.-0
,z
d f

^73-7/4>7X fo )(2°QlfiiC>)
79 M
- _ (
~ O3
H
.

4sr?oo
~ — 3 7' 7 m. *1 c? 3 7" 7 Ai-/w
yo ^ ,

fc) A+ ~ - ~
y yr j

/
p---^ Cl
. Q2!*±VA ?:***>
b
fol*3Y,lo
, w 7 /K

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AIJ rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
l

*4.93 A rectangular bar that is straight and unstressed is bent into an arc of circle of
Problem 4.93 radius p by two couples of moment M, After the couples are removed, it is observed

that the radius of curvature of the bar ispR Denoting


. by py the radius of curvature of
the bar at the onset of yield, show that the radii of curvature satisfy the following
relation:

jl
u+ ±
ft El >>

rn 3 -Zvn

4*94 A solid bar of rectangular cross section is made of a material that is assumed to
Problem 4.94
be elastoplastic. Denoting by My and p Y respectively, the bending moment and radius
,

of curvature at the onset ofyield, determine (tf) the radius of curvature when a couple
of moment M~ 1 .25 My is applied to the bar, (b) the radius of curvature after the
couple is removed. Check the results obtained by using the relation derived in Prob.

4.93,

(<X)
My M
11 s I
x
y
1
r \
/ ,
1
3
l
£
p *
\
) Le+ m ~
= i.ZS'
f>Y El J Y

vn r
n #(' -af -) r f,
* V3 - 0.707/1

- 0 . 7071
p }
pr
1.^5-
lb) - J- - i± -

J. . _i - J2L - L
pi P El /=>
El p /°y b.ncn\ip x /=v

O. ICMgf
P# - py
pY

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed In any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
i \

Problem 4.95 4.95 The prismatic bar AB is made of a steel that is assumed to he elastoplastic and
for which E = 200 GPa. Knowing that the radius of curvature of the bar is 2.4 m
when a couple of moment M= 350 N m is applied as shown, determine (a) the yield
strength of the steel, (b) the thickness of the elastic core of the bar.

- 3
Z Mr (

1 O x Gr 1
3 iE'V.

_
"
is, t(scf ( ,
^<5;*
’ 12C l
1
5 TPt* '

- 6^ be* ( 1-3 0t' )

(<jC) be ( I
“3^”^*”) ' M Co\o'fC Tv* S'r

^
E ~ 7oo * 10 'Fb
^
Mr ^70 U 1

f ~ 2. H

b - 2O - 0 02 0 ^
. C ~ = S m * r £>. ^
(».2Sy/o‘
c
[l- 75C?*/o'
2/
6"/] = 35*0
)

21 c
6V I - 7 So xlo’ 6y ] - *73. HV x/o
[

ijy S*r - 277*10'’ P<0, s


6Ty* MP«b
t*

^ >- •
zoSZToi
' 3 S° * y{0 ^
•fkrcknesS of c coirz. -
% yr ~ 7* Oi vviivt

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.96 4.96 The prismatic bar AB is made of an aluminum alloy for which the tensile stress-

strain diagram is as shown. Assuming that the diagram is the same in

compression as in tension, determine (a) the radius of curvature of the bar when the
maximum stress is 250 MPa, (b) the corresponding value of the bending moment.
(Hint: For part b plot o versus jr and use an approximate method of integration.)
,

>r (MPa)

(cl) GT„ = ZSO H P<k. * ZfoxiQ- Pa.

- O.DOQ* fV

c - jh - 30 ^ ~ o.oso wi

b * 40 ™ O. 040 *.*»

_L r _ 0.0064 _
~ _ ->
0 0.005
/° C. O.OZO £>. 2- ! ~>33 w,

p - 4.^ **

Us) S+vAi'n etr&fr'kiytian - - U w U B


^

M =
y 6" k = Zh ^ y is" j
aly e
^i>c" ^ L> )<S"| alo = 2 bcP J
viVere ~fl>e vT \$ g^Ven l&y Ja U let do
Ev«J?«afe J" t/S'ng o. v^e+VioisA <jF Yivm'ffaJ? Xt- Sim^sohs

J r Au Z w (J Itrl

wkev-e* •*/ a w Vs *rs<^ &U : O.Z£ we gef


'

Hie. v<itve$ iVi +l«e )o&Jo*J

\S“ljCMPa^ yk5l 3 (HP^| W ui<5]^MPa)

o o o
0.2.S 0.00 1C I I o 27.S
O.S 0.003? ISO
0.75" o. 004$ 22,$- 1&&.7S
i.oO 0.0064 2,50 2i'o

’g wo
/o/.25 pip* * ioi.ar*io* p*

2 c
H- (2)(o.o‘tc>)(o,03c’) (loLt5' *lo )“ 7.23*10* */«r* V\-7.^ klO-rn
Problem 4.97 4.97 The prismatic bar AB
is made of a bronze alloy for which the ten-

sile stress-strain diagram is as shown. Assuming that the <r~€ diagram is the
same in compression as in tension, determine (a) the maximum stress in the
barwhen the radius of curvature of the bar is 2.5 m, ( b ) the corresponding
value of the bending moment. (vSee hint given in Prob. 4.96.)

^
(a.) {=> - t C - IS b^.
cr (MPa) ^30 mm

350 - °-°° 6
280
f " TSZo
1 cur\7«. y
210

140 j
70 ]_
0
r 0.004 0.008

a> SW« -
g
8 Couple

M e -5
y6’t«(y iffjoiy v )^I Jo = 2bc* J
c
-
^y *

viVe/« -He T 15 g,Ve* by U {©'} do


J W\€^lio<4 « I*P $i'~\J)Se>wTs

J--^Z WO 161
wbe^e w is a wei'yl^ ZJs<‘n^ 4u O.ZS
t ws. gel
He v«.iues gfvfc-^ «V He 'HI-/* *

t£l ftgV,A*&|l) Iff)., I W W t> \6*)j

O o
o.ts O.oo is nsr n\
0.5 6.003 2<"2.

0.75" O.0O4S 2^0 %(o £<fo


1.00 O.OOfe 5oO ZoS> ^Crt>

1551 Zwuls-I
l$o*6 mP*<

M - O' ofs)^ CHo-i ltd *)


1
a /•lyx' jtA/ft.
Problem 4.99 4.99 Determine the stress at points A and B, (a) for the loading shown, (/>) if the
60-kN loads are applied at points 1 and 2 only.
60 kN
(i0 kN
h fi0 IN
(Oil is tevilric.
-- 150 mm

P - l$Q kW * 180 * 10* |sl

A » C^oX^O) - 2I.QXIO* * Zl.c */©'* wp


At A ...I 8 6- -4-
A #1.6 */o'
r -8 33 y/e‘ fit
.

~~8 33 MPa.
.
sS ^
Ecce^’i^ic sP&adtti^
}<) mm *!• I.

WOmm 90mm 9
T> - /20 kb) --
tto«io
3
M - (£O*l0 3 )(\So *JO* 3 )* 1.0 x/o
I - ia *
3
tkCloy^qo) * |i>3.rgx/o 6 ^ 1
'

0* “ I O ^^7 O. $0I m
A
n ~£ - fci£ s _ iao*icfi (1.0 M03 Xo.I2o) _ lr „ J)n «o _ _
is.
-..-\5.V*tO ra -“15.47 A) pet —a
s-
A I ?> TST
jt>3 FS' v 7rr-%

Aj B ^B B - .i«o>/o!
T
,
C?.q^/o3 )(b. /2o)
1.84 k fO
&
Pa. r 1.S& MPa
A I ZLiYltr* 103.68 */©-*

4.100 Determine the stress at points i4 and #, (a) for the loading shown,
Problem 4.100
60-kN loads applied at points 2 and 3 are removed.
(b) if the

60 kN
60 kN
(Ol* Cg^^iC w *P ~ IS 6 kM
» i 1

~
rr 0*OZt(> fn**
4>-l. ; f\ (d<£f')(p*24‘')

—150 iimi
A"{~ A cx^\J 8 CT^ — —
6T- (?z-$-3 /fl*a

(.VA Pcc^v^'Vrt'c .Xxa-cA « P— Bo kN


M = (6oyp'&') - ? £//*,

4'

I " 4 ~ ft(p o1'i$‘Z£f


>
z fo2> 68 tfc*’tr>

120 mm ^ (^) C ~0'l2b\

AH- A O'-- O'OltB l 0Z*B8w-(


’~~ nM 6^ z-frzMPa

AcV B <5“ " ~ JpebL + <J?tiEEEl±l = 7


7,1+mt <%-s 7t> MPa. met
font toi ^8m-(>
}

problem 4.101 4.101 Two forces P can be applied separately or at the same time to a plate that is
welded to a solid circular bar of radius r. Determine the largest compressive stress in
the circular bar, (a) when both forces are applied, (6) when only one of the forces is
applied.

For &oJl :) secfr** A-W*, C - r

s4n2.ss <5~" “ nr
)
Me
A
- *fM
1-
TTY TTY 5

(<3-1 Bo "fin F" ~ X.P ^


M - O
6* - -2 P /nr'' s

r- p, M ~ P\T

<5r r _ JEL 'H-Pr


S' - — S' P/77 T~
Ttr 1 'rrY''
1

Problem 4.102 4.102 Knowing that the magnitude of the vertical force P is 2 kN, determine the
stress at (a) point A , ( b) point 5.

A - ^08** H32 Mm
2
= ‘4S2^lo~
<:

w.
2

I* ^(aMKlg^r // k

C ~ f ~ - 0.00* w>

e r 40 s) + 40 " W •*>•) - o.o^ 4


? kv,

M r Pe. - 'j
- <?g s/.»v,

>

4 (
<
reYo.ooq ) c
= 71. 6 x to f*
6; -=r 71.0 MPa. —a
6
_ Wfo. og* - - So.Z'x-lo*
432* |0“ ^.6<^4xlO- ,,

6"
a * -So.^MPa -SI

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, lac. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
0 ) a

Problem 4.103 4.103 The vertical portion of the press shown consists of a rectangular tube of wall
i- \0 mm. Knowing that the press has been tightened on wooden planks
thickness
being glued together until P-20 kN ?
determine the stress at (a) point A x (b) points.

\j§ t** cut oo{ i? G>0 4o Vvi *v« ^

- (C>t>yqo - 2 A yjo^fnrn -
2
60mm -
>
cP
fa l

A \

I**- 80 mm >]
,r "
r-
4
~ 7j-(4o-j(€of = i ,^<10* ^
J/iH * O I VO**
Section rr-fl

mm
200 80 nun
£s jfOv^*0.0*tP>n <2.= Z0O+H-O- 0.2.40 ^

M - Pc ~ (2o vIcfXo.Mo) 4.a^/o


5
M-n,

<*> s;=
A f
A
<
'f-
» |2ta^ + 4 . nr.7</o' P*
-L ^«4v|o^ U8xlo
s; = S HP*-**
^
rn r - P
A
He
X
_
'
MP .
JUtWa*
(if. 8/ 1

iJfngz
1
Xo.o H-O.
' W-Q-lo
/o
4
P-
ft.
ll2.

--m-o. MPc*. —e

Problem 4.104 4J04 Solve Prob, 4.103, assuming that / - 8 mm.

4.103 The vertical portion of the press shown consists of a rectangular tube of wall
thickness ( ~ 10 mm. Knowing that the press has been tightened on wooden planks
being glued together until P 20 kN> determine the stress at (n) point A, ( b ) point B.

Rec4 aja^v 9&/ <^J\oOf I* Witvi V


s
A - (So)O j- (G4)6m) •= L984*/oW
%
H-80 mm^l ~ iA-8 Ltr/cr ™
LS7SSI*lo&
?

Section a -a I - ^ (<So)(W- £ (w) (&f -

200 mm 80 nun c
~ I- S^2SI y fd ^f
C - HQ V*\ ~ O . O# ^ Un e- %oo\- 4o- ^4o ^ - o. x/forn

H - Pe r
3
feox|o Xo. 24 o) = tf.gx/o*

(Q.)
5 6:A =
S' £
A
+ ~X Me _
- -^L,
7o*io
/.484>{o^
%
4- Mmo^(p£>°)
l.SI'ZS) X tO~ c
, no# lo <-
p*
^ - i%o„ 1 MR^ -e
s
(bl „ P Mo _ 20x10 o )(o.O^ l
%
llo.Pxio c p<\
'
A X 1.484* /o'* ulFim* /o' 4
6g = -llo.e MPcu—
Problem 4.105 4.105 Portions of a 12 X 12 mm square bar have been bent to form
thetwo machine components shown. Knowing that the allowable stress is 105
MPa, determine the maximum load that can be applied to each component.

I stress
Si - -105 MPa

A rs (p>P/Z}(o'Olz) v f44*te> a>

]£ - jt" {p'Dl2)^0'0t2^’ T 1-728 x lO ^ fn*

e. - O' 02-4 An

?) C ~ O'OOb M
IZtnfo N ~ f44xtcrl
+ WHU w/.r
j'7z8*tcrl
1

P_" - £e r -kl!£*!h
1

\< ?0J77‘S

p r 1143 N

) c ~
0'0!2-
— ~ 0*00849 tn

For a. $tf l> &/-& X 4 he -s-avne

•for o-kJt ce^f-ro

I- h72$ * to” V*

K
r * —
/44x/0~ &
‘ +•
1*728*1*-*
s U4W2 m
Ge, (-t» 5 xlo'.
(24722-2

p- *2 //
o -

4J06 The four forcesshown are applied to a rigid plate supported by a solid steel
Problem 4.106
post of radius a Knowing that P ~ 00 kN and a =* 40 mm, determine the maximum
, 1

stress in the post when (a) the force at O is removed, (b) the forces at C and D are
1 removed.
P»j I

li** IIP

Foir Ol $$ch'L>\* 0*5 <X

A - ira Z ~ u* aH
(clI far '-v
. F - 4P f
M x - Mz ~ O

isatiSliN
-

(h) ptofcZ. oA V> \s v'e^o'StA.

F = 3P Mx : .pe, ;
Mz - o
f- _ _M*z _3P (-paY-q)
JF
A ~ ,r“"

^ ^ cf-

Co) ho/ c ej1


y~i C a- r A Q cls?. fe^ o'/e d e

F = 29 M* - - Pa Mz
R esof-f-^^j \
A'- MY YF Po.

r-
c-
to
- F _
_ -E
A
Me
HF
I
- - 2? _
_ 'LL
1
Trot
*
-t/IPa-O. — <? + S-fc p o /. ot p a, <

P^ lOOx/cf |Y Cl r Cl oh o ^
A-swsi (a) 6" -7i. & < lu‘ po. -"M.6 —a

w --
- p«i - /3^.3 MPc».

e (Z,. W)<!*°*I°
(O.OMOp
±\ . ,«., wo 1
p, -/52.*> MPcv.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw*Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.107 4.107 A miiling operation was used to remove a portion of a solid bar of square
cross section. Knowing that a ~ 30 mm, d- 20 mm, and <ra = 60 MPa, determine the ii

magnitude P of the largest forces that can be safely applied at the centers of the ends
of the bar.

. ji
A - ad i

Tz acl j

e -- 3L

r . £ , lA , J? <sPed
ad i

kp K *
aJ cxd

Dr>4<=l,* Cl - 2>0 imhi - O. 03 O cf - w\ m — O. OX. O k-i

=
(ZKo.oiQ') ?
k +
Co-OSo} (0.£>> O 1
t/£C7xiC?
( 0 03 *1 (0.02 o')
'')
.

§L €o*/o c
‘fo M P- IH.Ho UK) -*«
K "*MCC7v|o*

4.108 A milling operation was used to lemove a portion of a solid bar of square
problem 4.108 cross section. Forces of magnitude P~ 1 8 kN are applied at the centers of the ends of
the bar. Knowing that a ~ 30 mm and <ra H ~ 135 MPa, determine the smallest
allowable depth d of the milled portion of the bar.

A - ad, X = 7

e = f-4
4 Pe.c ~ X+ P r JL +.

or & d* + ““ ^ ~ °

s
DaUv CL - O. OSo P* ISv/o N, 6" = 13s *10
6
Po,

»
jSE iaOgv/o* )Q3gWQ*) - C2.Y.t8*ft> ^l
a» 6.030 6
C0(J3»S'*Jo*') 6.030 J

» i&.ol'Alc?-*
d= Uz.oHr*^ ~*m
0 )

problem 4.109 £20? An offset h must be introduced into a solid circular rod of diameter cl
Knowing that the maximum stress after the offset is introduced must not exceed 5
times the stress in the rod when it is straight, determine the largest offset that can be
used.

_P
Foir ce.«W>c- -Poa.4in<
1 1 A
F©/• ecc e*Wn'd po*.JT<r\t £. + _Phc
A J

£A + , 5 P
.

J A
Fhc _ „£ h , . i

d
,
_ 0 C(to j
J
1 A cA 2

4.110 An offset h must be introduced into a metal tube of 18-mm outer


Problem 4.1 1
diameter and 2- mm wall thickness. Knowing that the maximum stress after the
offset is introduced must not exceed 4 times the stress in the rod when it is

straight, determine the largest offset that can be used.

c - ^J - .

c,- c -t » 7- 2. rr

J = tJ(c- c D 9 ? 0*- 7“}

FW cenfriTc <*-» A Fo* <2 ce.ewf r- Cc Jocdi'nc^


6«ct ”

* 4 S~Ci
X. 4 -
JPilC. ' /J
v
A X A
he _ _3_ * JLL r (3
h h =- /o
X “ A Ac *<nct ?^ 3 ( 0 • O^r®!

Proprietary Material ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No port of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
- c

Problem 4.112 4.112 A short column is made by nailing four 25 X 100 mm planks to
a 100 X 100 mm timber. Determine the largest compressive stress created in
the column by a 64-kN load applied as shown in the center of the top section
64 kN
of the timber if (a) the column is as described, (/;) plank is removed, 1

(c) planks 1 and 2 are removed, (d) planks 1 2, and 3 are removed, (e) all ,

planks are removed.

fflO C&'A'Vs'mc. 6*-


X
A - (fae>)(tt>6) - Zxro 4't»M

6 - - £T * - 3-ZMPa -a*
0‘0Z

(VI Eecet*i>< M - Pe O’-

7~3l7~i A = {l°o\(/oo) +• (3\2f)(t 60) ~l7S00fnf^ Q


c
\X/zEll -
a gAjt = - M3
J j\ moo

r - ’Z(i + Acl i -
) -feQso'lftoy’ 3 {i^o\(joo\(B‘73\ +* (/eo)(zrf + ({oo)(jr) (53-15') %
•= Zl-OSticf tom 4

0- _ £4WQ 3 o'*)
CT- -S'Z&MPa
nsCQtJo 2! 05 % i 0 ~6>

7* y" 11
(o') Ce^+y'i'c. M - o 6T--
A
T pt c V/ !

X
loofoW / / = f £ ffoe
A.
A = (Jt5o'\{ioo\ ix\/«

~ 64* o
:

(T- 6'= - 4-3 MPa


O'&IS ‘

(a) E-CC Cw'tv'l'c M- Pe 6"-


-1^ -

A ~ ({00\{to6\ + U)(/co)(2S) -fZ'Sx/o tom* Q. ~ 2L,

IfiOMh)
% - 6*5 - SO - /Z/X fnto

c

- X - -faO°°)(>2S)
h - tb'TJt,
4
Xto toto*

nSototo °3 _ (^4 Mo 3
(j- = _ tf2t f

12‘5M& % l6'Z76Xlo~6

(X--6-2 MPa

(e) Cewf^i’c M - o 6"


A
A - (A?el<W) w ttto^mto x

,T
^7, 64x(o z
'zA <5^ OtOi
0" ~ — b'tyMPa
1 '

problem 4.113 4.1 13 Kilo wing that the clamp shown has been tightened on wooden planks being
glued together until P ~ 400 N, determine in section a-a (a) the stress at points, ( 6 )
the stress at point D, (c) the location of the neutral axis.

mm, mm
ri
,10 4
i

Locate c ivf.

1 3
pburt A, mm Ay0 , *'*!, i

Section a -a fjiS X2
CD 40 18 7?o _ 1^.32

© en 8 SI2
Jo*f

* //.S44
lo4 !Z3Z

TKe C£iaT Jtes, 11.846 ahos/e. poiV"f X^*

EotoA4ir«'e;4y: e -(£o±zo- n.s *u)*-s'8.is4 ,

^
3 ens4 ir\^ Pfi ~ (.Hoo') {— 53 0 ~
coopJe \ . * !

- A7*m
1
A ~ ioM |o4 * /o’* wC

r, = ik b,h' * A, of,
i 2 . a \/ \3 f

= ftfioYir + (‘foXe.is^r =
fJ . *«rr<5o.*
i.5«s irs*
1 ° —
A*^ &PtKi«? + (S'tXa.siO" = 2.SltO.
^ b.(v'+ -

JT * I, + I*. - 3. 28pZ* !o
S
^ " S.2%02* ID* r*'

?
(_Ol) Stress poi>>4- A .
J
~ ZO - H. 2 HC -
2?. 1-5*4 - 8. li>4 */0 vn

1
-
6A
° - - , .
1 °° _ (-g-awYnifKio- ). _.
ez.7>io‘ r*
A Z ioH*lo' s Z.2$ol* lo-i
6a ^ SZ.l MPa. -«*

S~fres
,

s X) ^y~
= — (/•3 tf<ix/c> *vi
,

r - £A t ^ 1
, ,i»o
/oH y[o
_ (-^.?MX.ii.8' i & vjg;Q
3.3302* O I
1
,
- . 2.* io‘ p„

6Tr *-67. 2MP*. -*

(c’J Luc-g^fton oX ioeu4t^e>4


>
fl-'ttlS .
€* = o

c- - P _ Mv
- 1±L

X
X
_
,
AX
EP Pev
_ EgJ/.,
-

j.S 2 oZy icf*


_
r ,

~ c
-- 0 .. 6V2 *| 0‘ ^
Ae. (l o4 * i
o‘ )(~rSS. iSH * |o'
“ O. G ^ ^ *^>VV\

IL844-0.fin r iLJtOtf*.* I f* ZO ^ oJsQJe. D


4.114 Three steel plates, each of 25 x 1 50-mm cross section, are welded together to
Problem 4.114
form a short H~ shaped column. Later, for architectural reasons, a 2 5 -mm strip is
removed from each side of one of the flanges. Knowing that the load remains centric
with respect to the original cross section, and that the allowable stress is 1 00 MPa,
determine the largest force P (a) that could be applied to the original column, (b) that
can be applied to the modified column.

(&Si t £T - — —
A - (3)0s°)(zs) - 1 L

P “ *
©A -
-(-}0O * lO i )0 t. 2b l
* lor A
'
- L 25V lO^N
1. P- f/ 25

(b) EV.ce>-rf V i C- £>^53 SScfen 'l

s
A ;
fo ^,X j
wiiv^ Ay ^lO* UM>v>

&7 4 tTfn^ © 3.75“ 37.5* 323 .125 76.S&ZS

A © 3,75 0 0 10.7375

SZS^ ® 2.50 - 87. 5“ -2(3.75 ^fS. 4375


I

X jo.oo \ 0 4. *375

y lo^
la. ^375“ mm

i he /t cs (^.^375 i-li* r^idpot vtf" o'P +ke we ^ .


3 4
X, - £ + A,^** ^•(^V^5'f+ (3.75W0 J(7e.3TS257 = 22. 177* (O

I, r nk Ul+ 7^ (25 V ISO V*4 - ( 3.75"* /O )([ 0 .^ 375


3 -')’’'
= 7. HS 0 * /c?
4
^
I3 -
la kk?4 A.eC r 4(2.So*/o^3.4375f =• 2H.35-rv /oS

3. " X, +• Xa 4- ^ .012^/0 in-i**' 54 . of 2 */o

c ~ /0.73 75"+ 75 -* £s* = 00.7375 Vv\ W\ - O * f /07S7X VVs

M r Pc C ~ 10**1375" - /O. 437b * /C?


5
yvn

ffr
u .Z-fch- - £- ^
,£s<x r -KP A - lo.ooWo'
1
!*!
1
A x '
a r
3
(|0U*37SX I0' )(0. 1107375) _ •

K r
7t 10.OOM|O‘J
+ - '^465 vn

P
r
=-£-
k
*/<?
3
w p* &n un
5

4.115 In order to provide access to the interior of a hollow square


Problem 4.1 1
tube of 6- mm wall thickness, the portion CD of one side of the tube has
been removed. Knowing that the loading of the tube is equivalent to two
equal and opposite 60-kN forces acting at the geometric centers A and E of
the ends of the tube, determine (a) the maximum stress in section a~a, (b) the
stress at point R
Given: the centroid of the cross section is at C and
Iz =-- 2 X 10
6
mm4 .

A A- ( ^)Lf Ch^)( &) t&)


~ lil8

M ~ Pe * ( bo) (d»o£- O'OlQ » o°ify (c-Nto.

(CL) MocAi sfre-ss oc.c.u »"s cA ~h>p of se<^fi'oto

VJ t &\rZ. -a
l0~0 «- •


c S^tv )to>o (Sf)
» £. + Ms U'Uo >
0
nzjKio* 2.^(0

GO At p oi«i F O'
t? £ /K>*v .

6;=
p . My - !*jt £
X 6^ M/fa _
SMP/ 0

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
6

Problem 4.1 1 4*116 Knowing that the allowable stress in section a~a of the hydraulic press shown
is 40 MPa in tension and 80 MPa in compression, determine ^dargest force P that
[—250 i rim -* can be exerted by the press.

I--® L&C&Az C£*4r ot‘i^ s


*
• min _
d 5*
L_i © A^o •**'>’*
,

Section a -a 0 6250 /R5 7%l.25*io %

Dimensions in mm -MeiJSir'WSJf-
© 6250 262.5 /.64062S *jo 4
1250 o 2.4 m?5v lo‘

y0 l
-
| ?So y " n= . 7C
/o mm

TUe. czvii'r'oiel Jti'es e4 C.

i
X, - b, A, r (2 S')(^o) + ?5p
i*
g
s 62. 0<?S */O

I> |*~300- Xx =•
ri KK + A X* - 7^250X25)*+ (c^oY^tsV
ii = 29.S67: * |0< wV
X Ml* J> f
X ~ I, ~ 82 H
1^4 x/O
H tf/O
.
.
6
4
~
- e
i4.ft60x}o
/o m
w
f

A * 11500 ^ * i2.5X/o“ s m*-

I -mm £ cc<s<4r*‘o 4y 6~ 3<%> 4 25*4- 25£> ~n3.7S =: 38 L 25

Tlie cJoo\A 4k« ce^-f^ufd/ /s M - — P<2.

s+««.- er*£-J^ = £ + £p. „ kp a..*


Tire* p - §
S %
Ten si'A stress : <S* * tyo */0 Pa. ~ 8L25 * to~ wx
^ J
%
u_ 1 jstt^zs «to\ Xtt.2S:i!lcr )
iZ.Sxto* 5
'
,

q/.^ax/O” 4 “ ^
P ’ " ^(.oxio* w
TfOF"
Co^pAtssi'v* sfi^s 6" = - 20 s - -r<?3.7S'*/o" 3
: H 10 PA y *»

s 1
i
_ )(-H3.?5'x/o „ ^ ~t
,7 <
feg«.25-x/cr‘ )
' "
12.5- *{ D^ wo* io~
fly.1W$*/0“*
fn*
c

p * Ho.6 V I o’ K?

Choose rtc st^>a lie-'"' vteJW P~ N P » JcH


) :

Problem 4.118 4.118 Knowing that the allowable stress is 150 MPa in section a-a of the hanger

shown, determine (a) the largest vertical force P that can be applied at point A, (ft) the
corresponding location of the neutral axis of section a-a.

I- e> c&4e. t oi'd ,

A r*PV) y*j Ay0 mivf


y *
} ,

(D i5ioo 30 3&*ZO* Zh
d> 1200 70 $H*lo
3 — 125 *19!
j 2HOO
2 ?‘foo 130 v (O 3
— So no*-,

-f-lBPH- J eff
cenirot'd
e>4
Pies
4-k*
SO
see.'ft'oM.
+« +ke +

—-60
60 m in —L-
01 111 *J
*-j O J • j
20 mm M
»
- pe
~ ~ “
Section a
fl-fl 0. 4P + <50 <?0 O. Q*?©

- 5 1

X, - 7a 0 ?O }(«>)* 4 (iSOoVaoV 8^0 y lo H »>'


3 1
^z. ~ 7a (66)(?Oj +0^or5)(ao')’
-
- 3"20 x ld

4 1

X - X, + 2Z - 1.260 v/O w^ *
- 1 . 36 oy|o’ A- 2HO0 *10**
(o?) B&ss-A o*> 4e>0St'ie sfir*S5 sti iMTf <e*4ji« = -JTO r — O 0$O
- )Cy

S' -
^ --
KP
= ±- Qo?o )(-0.0S°', = 3
K A
» !
3 JlSSxlO
* '
J Mooxio-*’ l.36o y (O'*
' ~ ‘ ^°-3xlO M 40.3 kfJ
K. S.TZSSx-fo*

a) Lo <=>f ne o* f$ t S- o
* -£ P£y
P. - -E-gX _ 0V
/-*•

O
(C
°
-r
*
AA
-ST-'
H
r
- Q
O
.
° -zd-
JI
-
- T
JL
A
I

J l.36ox)o-c , 3
s-.-
4V — G 30 */© W, 6.30 Vnm
“* . , . s-
,
AS. (3400 vfo'‘)(0.o?o
7~l>e neuimj *.yC$ Pie.^ 6.3e> 4o -f-lie o>*T 1"l>e c.e>n4*‘$»W

S&- 3 o |eot« -He Jleff f<vce.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc* All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may he displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
t

Problem 4.119 4.119 Solve Prob 4.118, assuming that the vertical force P is applied at point B .

4.118 Knowing that the allowable stress is 1 50 MPa in section a-a of the hanger
shown, determine (a) the largest vertical force P that can be applied at point (/>) the
corresponding location of the neutral axis of section a~a.

B l ot<x\c

Aj y* >
m Aso j r> _
© l^oo 3o 36x/o 3 2TA
3
l?Ox|O s
'll & F Uoo
J?4O0
70 S'lxfo

12d x/O 5
^
^4^00

Tke troi d $\t% SO *rke of


I 1
ffe Pell of ffe
-
60 mm
20 mm
Section a-a c oo ? U: M - Pe
Q r
- SO - 120
«5”C>
i !?0 1 - — 70
7o r**v\
~
*=*
—O.O/O m

1,= ^(ZoXtto)3 + (mo)(zof 9 SWxfO3


lz? ^(6o )(2o13 + ( f 2oo)&op - -520 /Id3 ^ 14

4 & H C
X= i (
4 It = t.Siox/O = I. lbOylO W\
9
/A - ZHOO>lO

(ol) 8<^edi ov% 'Stress iV£f ^ Sec/’Wo'At r -59**** - ~ Q.3&0 vn

6-= £• - --
k^P

K = -L- Si -
A r 24e>oxicr* I.360X/O* 48,

P = -§r
Kl
=

-?./56?x/o 3
~^
X/O* _
- S'?. 6 */c>
s
..,,.3 K
l\»

0«.se<al -54^5 5 o4 ex^e ot sec4»’e>^ - 3o»v,w» - 0.o3<



y
6 ”
r
f ~ —J~^ -
K? P
L>
KgR
-
-
X
A
- - /.^Gogx/o 1 **
A -r
.1 24 O0x|O‘ fe ).36oxfo‘ fc

0!
p '1
_

*
jX
K
)<
- LS?...*
1.4608x10*
|.4608x|o*
1
.
t nr
7S.o^ x/o
xlcfi U
^
A/
*

C,koo5e j-he s>vi e> _)J?r MmJuz P~ c


Q> i.G'r 1&" (VJ - (S'?. C k-K)

(b) Loco-4i’o<a o 4 xie^4x«<2 ».xrs : <S~-o

e-' 4 -^ = o
f = 4
= -3.10 Xlo-V - 8.1/ o ww*
- 2.
7 = ife “ pi»»*w-‘X-b*OTSy
foev+r-J «.*is jPieS SO ~ 8.(0 t Hl.q ** 44w JteH $a,ze., f
Problem 4,120 4.1 20 The C-$haped steel bar is used as a dynamometer to determine the
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
4,123 Solve prob. 122, assuming that the measured strains are
Problem 4.123 4.

Ea ** +600 ft eg “ +420 fi

4.122 An eccentric force P is applied as shown to a steel bar of 25 x 90-mm cross


section. The strains at A and B have been measured and found to be

€a “ +350 n eb ~ -70 ft

Knowing that E ™ 200 GPa, detennine (a) the distance d, ( b) the magnitude of the
force P.

Vi t \S + HS+?>o «

b ~ C * ib ' O.QHS
1

^
5 mm /\
* bll-(55)(9o)r teSyth? * 3.2S*)0*

r U5i*7r*tO* ***
T * -

~ GO- HS - IS **. - O.OlS — \5 - >4S - - 30 ' - 0.030 vv,


yA
5+ ret,s e s 4-^o«^ 5>4r-«'»'! ^<a.<=jes ^ A 3 !

- Uoo-*io ')(&oo*(cr c 'l


,
- Ef,, - \ 20 »lo‘ fu

6Ta « g’fo * (2oox lo^X^ox /o*


4
)
- ?1x|o 4 P«.

^
M (y*
6~* _ - Yn')
S 'i *
1 4v«. *4i "3» ' r
^ _

6
i
~6m)
[(6; (/.^/875~>/o' V36 v/O6 )
_ r l%)S N't*
jA-yR *
O.OHS

HuJt* (5) by AjftJ 0) by /a *•+ )

(?.ZSx/o-5)[C0.Q/5-)(8^/o‘)- (-0.03o)Q30
*/Q<
P» A .YaQ6 - Yet*
(7*66 yg QV_ )
) 7

JW* O. 04-5"
%
2V3 * lo N

H - -P 4
- »?<S-
*
k5" * lo ^ »*i els 5.0^
CN3 x'lo

P= 2H3. klsl
Problem 4.124 4A 24 The eccentric axial force P acts at point A
which must be located 25 mm
below the top surface of the steel bar shown. For P ~ 60 kN, determine (a) the depth
d of the bar for which the tensile stress at point A is maximum, ( b) the corresponding
stress at point A.

1 .
- "m bd
M
C “ 1
-
Td
. .

7 (£ - a.

2 .
+ £ec
A T
61A - Efi
b 7 d
+
lit

r-
(.id -0-XiJ) .£&l
J2 !

(at t> P H d P Drff eve-r^K *-4^ wt’VU y^espe^i +o cl.

de; _ £ $ - ± + wo I ^ o r 3 CL ~
JT ‘ v> l r \
c)

4.125 For the bar and loading of Prob. 4. 1 24, determine (a) the depth d of the bar for
Problem 4.125
which the compressive stress at point B is maximum, ( b ) the corresponding stress at
point B.

.
U 4.124 The eccentric axial force P acts at point A
which must be located 25 mm
below the top surface of the steel bar shown. For P ~ 60 kN, determine {a) the depth
C"" d of the bar for which the tensile stress at point A is maximum, ( h ) the corresponding
a ~ 25 mm stress at point A.
^

A - be) I *
*isF

e - Fd - ct

(r - _£L

p r
*•
(Vs 'Dep-FF
-
h d -For MAxi’wiih (Og OrFr
— +

wi-Fl respect -io A.

dS _ _£. j 2 |2a r O - Gd = 1 O
dd '
W ( dP d3

(W> g ^
HO * lo" 5
j-
( iSoxfo^
Problem 4.127 4.126 through 4.128 The couple M is applied to a beam of the cross
section shown in a plane forming an angle 0 with the vertical Determine the
stress at (a) point A, (b) point B ,
(c) point D.

M= 15 N m
*

-HZ™
Iy - yi (je)Uo)\ = vr#> h-M*-

yA ’ > * - r ^
= -Z* * -Z e = (kX'O) =

My = Cos 60° - Mz - - lfi.r sA, &Q° sr- t4^‘

(a.) (S'. . - ^£4 + -My?, . _ (Wrj


Xz Xv ~ zis&vyKfn- £jr&^x lc> -fz

= 7/ MPa

* - H*> 4- My zfl (~^X Q< «'P ^ri^,Q rt .r\


27-XcroYfO' lt Z&Crv )L (Q-i-l.

- -'I
0! M Pq
M^)(o*oisr) (vrx- 0-OX> J-J
4-
It XT ‘Z 2 S~&Z>Y (0 lz 2 fZr&-f< Q-/Z-

- 1 / MPa

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Ine, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.128 4.126 through 4J2S The couple M is applied to a beam of the cross section shown
in a plane forming an angle /? with the vertical. Determine the stress at (a) points, ( b )
point It, (c) point D,

M* - ~ 5 si’ii ^ 0“ » - i-2/4- fat*

Mr r C^S Ho° r Z>$3 kMto

r - to*
> ye ~y» - 75

* w Z
a
- - Z0 - 125 r*m
?A
1'

I? - (tsfyQso? - fr./n

6
Iy - (lSd)(2?0Y‘ - 2 [ ? lf(^)\6z Y ] = /87-l)(/o Mm v

C-3ZI+')(.*o75')
LP)
t^?A 4-

Ww* iSy.iXto't

6‘0ti MPa (,-oZMPa

(Jo) &
,r^ + k
C7P3o)(-/S'/zs)
Wtia
6 MPa 6q - 0* f MPa «dk

_ M,yP My?d {- a2j4)(-f°7S) C jPteY-O'iz?)


^
,
,cr ‘
(o') " 1*“ t,<t>7*lo- b t#7>2Kto-t>
I,
-(,•0(6 MPa (,‘OZ MPa ****

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any former by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.129 4.129 through 4.131 The couple M
is applied to a beam of the cross

section shown in a plane forming an angle 0 with the vertical. Determine the
stress at (a) point A ( b ) point B (c) point D.
y ,

M™ 1.0 kN m

Locate ce*rKrt>««l
1—
4 ft
jf
T Zj M ho . ba to

© 0 foooo 0 CrrtO

I. 4- 4
50 mm 100 mm
& £qoo <TT> 2-sr 0 oxrO

s 1 S 00 6 0
TV\e ee*)4tro ^ pdf*4+ C

Iv - £C»«d(4T>J*+- %(mUcn>y
- - —l &V
y8 ^yD

4 Cro * °
M2 - t o=a <3’°!^- kH t*. •

ply - I sU 2o“ k^i

CoO
“ _ Mxjo MyZ«
6^
Iz Ij •S'TH/O

(t>)
6"
= _ Mofe 4-
6
Z, no'

. H, y? My2>
tci §,= ,

1, x, 54^'7-T * 0‘ ;
O-THfO

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or. by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
S

Problem 4.130 4.129 through 4.131 The couple M


is applied to a beam of the cross

sectionshown in a plane forming an angle £ with the vertical. Determine the


stress at ( a ) point A , (b) point (c) point D.

: T2 ~ (too) 0%) Cu^f'


(l*
r $4*0 / /u^i
v

~
I* r n(lt)(zw>¥ Km
Wet,: Iz - -fca)(nl)h

Ij ^lCV'QL*)* j

To4&<t X2 ~ (z) CiHo 1^2*0°) ~f~


— 7^7>r^r7 hn^y
1
Ij - fflC&Xfo ’) - (booy(q'?,

~ ZA = — 2 2, - Zc
^ -
'Jti
T ~ (fo A'-MJ - - l OX> K-fw „

Hz « >£• cos -SO - Jc<A^ .

Mjf - - sTa So° «• ksfii

Co-1
" ^ Iz
+
I*
_ _ far.Xtti$)( 0 'lir) f
Z'
'7£'!TS£stxto'
tl^iUlul
x/7^‘
r- /2/7< ,f )*/Vj -*S

CO .
2
'
4.
('^ooz> )(~ 0 "()
^
__
77' 7/M^ .
^
7 ^7 ? Zfrs/Ylo' x/0

c<^
M,Zs _ _ (ZLf-TSVX-V’tVr)
o' 7' +
l~m-6rx,)(~0-l)

^ &0 ^ b
_ 1X1*$ ^
Tr ism &%s> y i Y.io'*’’

Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Ine. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.131 4.129 through 4.131 The couple M is applied to a beam of the cross section shown
in a plane forming an angle fi with the vertical . Determine the stress at (nr) point A, (b)
point ( c) point ZX

4‘
I2 = - z.is\n*\o
& ¥
r 2. IS 11* fcf s^

Xj, » ^ilo)0Ho')
%
-^(50 ) 02 ^- g.godxlo
6

- &S667 y/cT^i'vX
~
y^
- ~ yo ~ &5 **** ~
o. 035* m
ZA - -2 a * -Zb ~ 70^ - O. 070 ^
1
Mz - Mv'« is
51
~ ( IS* IO*) S.'n 15° 3.2SZ3 * /o' KJ»v^

K, r M ct> s i - ( i5~ * i } cos, fs IH. f833*


t |Os K/.r^i

5
'«•>
6“ -
^2 Yfl ,
My 2* -
( 3 -^ a r?3>y /o^(o,Q3ȣ')
c +
(f H.fl$g?>MC> X0 « 070 )
a 2.7Sn»IO- c
Iz -Tj g.&o67xlO-
0
ZS.SxlD Pa
6; - 6S1 g. MPa.

,\ c~- „ _ Hy Ya My ZB _ (3.8*23 y jo 3 VaoSS^ ( i H.H&a^x l0a X-Q»^o)


(
.
,
r ,

s r '?"?<'
Z„?577x to~ /V* G
c O 67x
g.go
<? nw
X, *T t z:
/O'
f

IW.Sx/o* Pa
63- -/6*.S*Mfct
Tk^a + MiZl ( 3 .ssa3*/t£X-o.Q3s) f&a?»/o^)C-Q.Q7o)
61 -
t

(c'j
»r *r*
_ t
Ciw.

I7 % 2.7St7*/o'* &.so&7*/0' 6
h
- 6S1 8 * \o Pa
<5b= - SS-.SMfV

Proprietary Material. © 2(109 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved- No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 4.133 4 JJJ and 4.134 The couple M acts in a vertical plane and is applied to a beam
oriented as shown. Determine (a) the angle that the neutral axis forms with the
horizontal, ( b ) the maximum tensile stress in the beam.

FW C 200 v 1*7, ( sl«*p<

4
I. - O.S3.S x |0 mm* « O.S?? * lO~‘ v**

r \2> V to
6
i*\rr\‘
>
— 13. H « to-‘ ^
zf - 2 D - - ZA * - Za - - lO/.^ mivt

” “ l*f. H kvM

ye
•“

> 1
S7-H.H * 42. 6 *•***%

3
M, r
(Z%«io % ) (.os, \o° -
Z. ISIS'* lo N*m

' U.Sv /on s .v> 10° * *+26, a 1 M* m


r
(CL) *f
Cp
^ 0 r |
3° O.OQloiq
13. H

Cp ~ o.qoS6°

cL ~ \O°-0.qoSG° £>c = <7. 54°

(fc>) Maximo** S'fy'CSS OCCt^vTS poi'w


-
! D
^D “
HvZ*. . _ ft.757£r/p*)(-/Wo*) (Ng*.3iXo.iQiS-)

Ij C.53S*Io-‘
c
= 73.8<>7woS 3.C89 - 17.S«/o P«

6i - 17-S HftL

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.1 34 4.133 and 4.134 The couple M acts in a vertical plane and is applied
to a beam oriented as shown. Determine (d) the angle that the neutral axis forms
with the horizontal, (b) the maximum tensile stress in the beam,
SI 50 X 1S.6 20°

-V
po*" S’ {£>&)( i
V'oWed
/
M •= 1.7 kN - in /(
B *°

> !*. - II XI 0
j7
1 W 85 mm lj * 0*18 2-*io
G

« 4Z*£‘

--yo : -Jfff ~ 5 0 ^ = 76

Mj, T f*7 sm ao* * 0*^81

My *
)7J
o~%lov •*
/*£> kW^
(&) 4*^1 cp * © +A* (’?£>'* -20° V~ 2,2.'

A/* 0
1
<3> - eO'Z
~
ol= 7o '* ($'"2-‘

Cbl H<xow fe^si i*c sbr-ess occ^ri D.

t
Wj?. c m t^U
<?•
i
<rx i o
at°* Kfj i £>=‘it.(,
o~nfr?~ ft o
^

Proprietary Material. ® 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

Problem 4.1 35 4.135 and 4,136 The couple M acts in a vertical plane and is
applied to a beam oriented as shown. Determine ( a the angle that the neutral
axis forms with the horizontal* (b) the maximum tensile stress in the beam.

M * 2.S kN * i

lz ~ 9 eiiy<o
* Xy/ & 9 y. id°
/ \12 mrn/D\ 100
>
mm Z^ "• ~ Z1 •

100 mm / ___ /

= =
l = 2&X 10® mm4
.
“fee "f 2-Z. -~7j?
y
/. — 8.9 X JO^mm 4
r
Ja -lo-O yB - (OOh^ }
jrD - ~-!'2 M. *1

M/ = sin 45° * — ictJf*,. v

M • *

(ay -k* $ c i © - -|^1 -U* (-%*•) 5

„ cp - - 7 %.s°

oL - 1 Z.S°-HS ^1.^'

00 H«* | K/1 1>M fensi'.f* Stress occult <a4 patVif J) .

e ^ - M»y0
+
HyZc _ _ *_22£)
$•*1 ^-Hu
= X 7^

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.137 *4.137 through *4.139 The couple M acts in a vertical plane and is applied to a
beam oriented as shown. Determine the stress at point A.

~ $4-. *4- Xfcf ton*


Hu - 14- sih i2A*S° ~ 4-4-3 Wm
N^r ^ 14- CO 5 1$, - IZ-3 k-HV

0
U^~a-l2cos IS.H-SS + t'Obsl n IS. LtZ3‘'

a
nr
A
~ - 0-12 sin (W5&* 4 O'ObcvS \%.HZ5 r O^fWJh,

^ M«r°* n.
I^^
(n3oo)i<>-/l28) (
t
i +
?4-24'tn>~

~ - M»i4 MPa. 6^- - U-I MPa -*=*


Problem 4,138 *4.137 through *4.139 The couple M acls in a vertical plane and is applied to a
beam oriented as shown. Determine the stress at point A .

1 40 inm C*VcK* <^eTeCvn*Vi« "Bie p/iVlCi*f?d/


^ rSBEi
'/l
)

e^4 >'**
inv JlClJ
III 10 mm Ct^eS >.V\A + 1 1
M - 1.2 kN •

srr
lOmm-H |»70inm—|

l,
t
~ mm4
1.894 X 10
s

/. = 0.614 10 mm
4 r‘
X
r„ - +0.800 X 10 mm4
s
Iv.I,

Y ( 1.81*4,0. Soo) »li>


&
z (o, £/ 4 ) 0 Soii^x
-
I0 YSn*y

£ (l.2J>"4j O ) * jo jv,iM

-6 *
Rt^efN R?*
1'
1

-
-J
O.CYo* + 0.&*)7 */0 - 1.05^ x |o‘ h, M

X„ ~ (1.254 - LozHS)*/o
&
^ - 0.2Z c
7£~>'/o
e
mm* - O.ZZ^S: » lo^ ^
Iu ~ (1.2 51 i LOWS') *l0
b
T 2.27SS'k/o' ^ ^ 3.Z7S5 * (O*’ ^y
J. On
2pm
_
- ——
F2 *
O.SOoxlO- _

, ,r 25.Gr
O.64o* ro *
T<»=4 -
“7T73 l


Mv - M DOS - U.z*jo 5 )cos *5.67° - I.Ogl&X/O1 M-W,

Hu = - H s.^ = “CUx/o* 2SU7 0 r -05 . m x/o


3
H-yy,

- j/, ci»5 “ 2^ 5<> £*,


“ 4*5" «.os, 25.67 - 45" sf* 3&.C7° - %l. Ol h*

\/^
“ Cos sm ~ 45" Cos 25”. 6/ ^ 45* s ^ • 25*. 67 ~ €<r©5 ***

UA M„lft f).t>SI6v/0a y2>.07v/0~


3
)
(-0-5/18* to3 X g£XX
_
~ tf v _
'->A *
— T O.'iZtSxiO'* 7 '?'7«Cv/o~c c
Z.77SSxjo~

- 113.0X1 o 6 po,
6"
a
= 113.0 HP*.

Proprietary Material. £> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Alt rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or

distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the
limited distribution to teachers

and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without
permission.
j

Problem 4.1 39
*
4.137 through *4.139 The couple M acts in a vertical plane and is applied
to a beam oriented as shown. Determine the stress at point A.

FZ
R X r &7tuo hvhft
^ « H - l.btffr

, </

Mu a * &«$)*** * 8 5 - .
- *•!( kN**.

M„ - . (&*$) co* J23.-5* ~ kjj

0a= 01 cos f Z* »<Vi A* = -<?£- £pS 2-^ 4T c — >7 c/h 7 ?* 4 T» -


'
/<X5 * (> M-*V

V'a
? - 7a «*‘a d*. = ~XJ ox ZZ.JT* -f °!% Sth 3 -?.r* » > *Wn

^ s _ 0A
+
M 0 v4 f £
^
{$7fa) (p'&lQ'l)
Iv Iu IhLtlo^ I'/STM**’

• 7 > / M-/?t '**

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

Problem 4.140 4.140 For the loading shown, determine (a) the stress at points A and
B , (&) the point where the neutral axis intersects line ADD .

z as sliowvw

A » Cto6)(H*) p-
::% 'v
H 1 15 mm I2 * ^iCtoo)C^P

uiM“<sti*4 “f’tw'cc cu**/ co'JpJzs

'pr 'f2<rZK> -tlo^o d ~ 3^0 0 A/

M 2 ~[- Cfoifato&t (*>oo )C°' nsr)+(i<xH>)(o- i ip o')

— £^4~f4 M ^
(r*n)(t»ojr)-t (zooo) (o, otr)-Clo(x>')Cc>'>cHr)
v = <5W*v

C<xi s* * X- » +
^ .
M
,
y
,j,
?,
..
_ 3^ ^ (£1K£i£I^ CM^£) ^
|
l ^ -t
A Iz 4reaYfo"(> 7jP957rwcr^

6* ,
°6
£ _ H2ia_ +
HyZe . 3^ *
(go oX-O _' -/*<P7 a>A
'
A X2 X, 7.4

a) 14

o
«r ^ 6 (s w! M f.
/
4
«e AB a/- ,4 s -e^le^St'oi.

6T^ ^b'OVlXb.^ 2 « f
3 j
<Pt) 2.
jp MxV + Mv y_ +
° A XT >%
Xt -?P~ zkrti&XMr 1* "kwtkTt^
7jr°n'?s-xto l^.CK/c
5-7TK/'

tz. ~ o -z. ^ ogTsf


Xn4^ev-se c4s Ab t'/*owv
,
A
J^1e<~5ec4 Joh o"t fletd'rvj? ft^fs w>4t> X>iAe BD o*'" ,4s

<5" = o z - —-Co av-m.. ~ ?

o
0 -. 2 . HfcX 4. H** - _i±±El__. 4 1

>
A Tt
I I,
x, /^Uo^ •
?.7J\*/o^

- &*zui k *~ibuu y*o y


9 -* <?o ^-r ^
£*4e^sea4* B0 <l+ /^TXa^av-. D
Z .

Problem 4,141 4.141 Solve I ’rob, 4.140, assuming that [he magnitude of the force
applied at G is increased from 1,0 kN to 1,6 kN.

4.140 For the loading shown, determine (a) the stress at points A and
B, ib) the point where the neutral axis intersects line ADD,

t\jj 2 cts 5
y
A - C(*o)WX) 2 Kfl o M/vJ'

I2 ~ ~ (t*+) (US) 3 = jfOj 37jf Kh f

Res-Jf bend me^ codpsPc*

Pr ^0-6 •/• ^firQ- 0 ~f~ / 6 0-6 ~ LfZ-O'O t\j ,

- (ol'XfdfH
~ [o r OS)-h (7£>t>a) [o* os) - t/fcoo )£o< o«jr)
Mj ( G<xd

•60 6,.
A I
A
- to , to
X,
TL
=
*oo^
0*00 Cfsr T*rn?^o rr2-
-r^qxnZZiB 4
rr — 400^ ^
.
?#7n( 6
-

- to + to
fO)C-«.« ) _
g- r
D £ - 12f£L ,.
73M p
xr
1
s
a X ' Gt&OU-X -rs-ai-iS'j.r-il-
^sxto 6.
~ 1,

tf>) Xn4e^s r ov\ o4 n r* <xx s t wi*fK X* AB t’4s t<4Sf

6* S o 0,<? fn.

0 _ P _ Mt y t
Hw _ 4- 2^° (fe7»-r)fo<oiz>!r)
|
|T&z
^ f%'
J-2 -3^ Qicoq-s 74r^37xyio iilxy.fot’

:z ^o z ^ O* a$ ft *. &o
T)®es iu>4 iv\be<s-seA AE
X*rlf <r &ec4i<&w df neo4r*i* «Vts mi 4t iih€ 80 ov- i-H extent on

<sr ~ o iz » ~R iV

B £_
A
Ba + Hy-z. _ _£2fj 0* OX)
I* b*&tty¥ 74T7$7jr>c/<r

to'l &e>U<ol. -W'tn 0 ! ^


^ O {/)
2- 0‘ Oo2> ft = 3 Aa?„

Xr»4e/'5ecAs BO A-f /^f'C iTv »v *-v 8 -*«&


+ 2 }

Problem 4.142 4.142 The tube shown has a uniform wall thickness of 12 mm. For the loading given,
determine (a) the stress at points A and B t
(b) the point where the neutral axis
intersects line ABD.

y- sec.fl a*
js a 75* XiP5rw.iv,

S"! wswi x j(pi m**\

J,* 4(75*1625^- -^(siXlotY* = l.S7%S^io ^J


6

- l.-gzsZxio'*
i y
I - £ 0*5X75 Y*- ^ (lot )(5t? - 3. 218 » idI
1
WvyvL

- 31278/ x/O^w/

A = (l?.5Xt3S)-(*500e»') r 4. 23 *•/*/«' v\rv\

1
r 4. 22 M v lv,

Pesu^i crv^'i -Po^ce avn<sj co^


pr 14 4 78 + 3S r?okW - 7ox /o^ N
>

H2 - ~ (£?,£*« Vi 4 iNUfej.5*»^Y2SfcM )+Ce?.5'>—>X2SWW'i


-
= sess n>*>^

Klj -
-(3?.5 ^Yh i^wV (37.5‘-v,-X7aifW‘)+(3?.S'^X28 l<w)
- -57.5"

7qx/o 3 (zasV-o.teZs)
(a>) r ~ H* +
tkli =
XY
- _
~ 7.8223X/C)' 6
(-szsrYo.ozi*
l*/D~ cQ
3.2l8l*lo~
3.378
A £*
- 3KS2<4ylo
<‘
P« ^ rZl.SIAPc,
_ £ M 2 Ya , My b _ 7<>W0» (2625 , (-5^5 )(0.037S>
~ ‘
+
A It ly
"
H.r^lcT* 7.^383 h|o- & 3.2781x10-*
C
/0.31 x /£> P* <5fcr-f0.3ftM?ec

M Le4 poirs-l H fee-fka poiYp^ke^e + k« *\e u4 *.Ws mlc.v'sec.ps AB.


2 h » 0 . 0375 m,,
yH ~ ? }
6; = <0

l.Sl&ZxtO* 7oylO %
M2 v A 3G25
seas 4.574 xlo" 3
; j

- 0. O 3> 1 .5 I »*i - 3 i.S! ivn*

31. G2.5" # D •
*iH.O cJqchj* poivA'f A#
- L i

Problem 4.143 4*143 Solve Prob. 4.142, assuming that the 28~kN force at point E is removed.

4.142 The tube shown has a uniform wall thickness of 12 mm. For the loading given,
determine (a) the stress at points A and B, (b) the point where the neutral axis
intersects line ABD. t

A T- ces Se^t'oo
y~ M

is O. ns miv> X Y'-e X< ovi4-ta ct

im Vv^iv^x {Ol t--f: c“f a 4*0 t/h.

L, - KfrsX^s-p ’-* 5
=• i.H2<i2>xio e

- 7. S2SSX/Q-*
Xj - ^(1*5X75^ - | - 3..778IX fo‘ mm*
“ 3.7731 x /o'
4,
w-,
1
*

i
A r C7s)(/i5') -C^'Xl 0 ') r L
t.22 lfxlO

- Io“
S
^
Aw-f 'pov'ce. a-rtJi \oe*>dltri^ coup^t-C^Z

P - |M + 23 = 42 kK> = H2 * lo* N

M2 - - (62.5—,')(HUm'^+(67.52vMi)C7SIcW)
= SIS
V

Hj ~ "(?7.5'K n.Xl tn<'M4


> - (3?.5m-X7? IctxO

“ £~2- S fj *

. . _ P

M,A_ Hy7, _ tt3*lo* _ C97S'X-Q. Q6
^~')
. (535 X0.0375)
(fi) C5 *‘
'* *
A.
~ + -* '
t2i3*/o'3
~
7.8283 xfo’ c 4 -2 '>>»*
3.778 ^/o--*•c
27.M35'x/o‘ Pa 6; - 22. Ml Hp^
P MiYa My 2a *13x10* (^sX^OB^sr) (StsXo-o&s)
^B _ ’
~A~ X* X* *mMWo-& 7.2783 »to-‘ 3.77 MX/o' 6
g_<?03/y|o‘ P^ <5£
- 3.% MP*. -**

(tA Ld~ poi'wt K be 'Hie 7


p< <\ I w g^p +iie we u}<s«J c*^i 15 mf e^seeps BD„
zK o oL25yy) o
s- ? } yK ~ }
(Sft -

P - pkft
4
A Tx

-
7*7
~ 0.0/ 8 MSS’
3.
^5
27g /y/o"* j(875 )(O.Q6AS) _
[ 7 2Z83x/o-
c
^x/O3
f.72M>t |0-'
l i
1
J
~tS.46Sm**,
hi. S + IS.H 4 S ~ 5^-Okm AhSw/crl 5<=>.C>»wvn of point S.
Problem 4.144 4.144An axial load P of magnitude 50 kN is applied as shown to a short section of a
W150 x 24 rolled-steel member. Determine the largest distance a for which the
maximum compressive stress does not exceed 90 MPa.

AoM y - z -

\A/ IsSO *

A ** ~ 3 ^^ ^ r«

lz * i
3^*4 K IQ* YHK* * X )Cf* hn *

G “
JTy ~ I „ S3 * /D f* 53*^0 **

fT~ -
t
i

dl - 160 \ 03, Vr>»r>

y*
‘ - i ~ so ~" > *- if * &
3
p P * So* |0 N
EZ
a *c~ W - <SC>« lO*)( 75*10"*) *-3.74*10* tf-w

My = - Pa
<0
A = -£
A
- 4s^L +4^ JLy
6"
A * -?oWo ;
?

3 g 3
88 XIO"* f-3.7^x/0 X-8oylQ > 50><;o c
__ 1.
^ -t
+ ,
?d -;q )
3 3 t>6oy/o- c
'
SI X Id-
ID” / '3.4*10'
^3.4 x |0

4
+2Z.-38S+ | G. 3^0 -<?o^xl0

- ~L$378*/0 3 N*^
Mr - 83^*10* 5
rt . 5 "
I.
SC. g */o' m CL r 36-3 mKvi
p So x o 3 (

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
2 '

Problem 4.145 4.145 A horizontal load P of magnitude 100 kN is applied to the beam shown.
Determine the largest distance a for which the maximum tensile stress in the beam
does not exceed 75 MPa.

fwll#- , -

Lt> d c&A \ (


ZA
Dimensions in mm
X,
20
t\j rri»vj
% MM
- % * 12?
3200
© SOOO 10 PQxlQ*
- 3
<2> 2 oa
\ - \0 1 * to
|

*
7 |
3 fioo 35 * 10

re1 w a
1 fe
4~e. *H» ’fke C *fv O f W^
Coo/ iWJ pOfVf «*
Xp - A 1 yp
'

Be n el »
My“ “ CtP

I* - £ (lOO )6'>r ^M(7.5f+ £C6o X*0’ 4 (^OO)02.i-)


,

r O.H06a>l(f
c
- o. L M*7* lo~ y*

ly * viC'Xoyioof 4 77;
(soy^i)2 r 2.0?a*IQ
6
wJ - X.OU7 «/o~* ^

, £ 4- - -Hr* Pa. ¥* 100*I0
%
N
A -Hj/ j-v 3

m — Xr j£. 4. _ r* F?>r pe>i*\ A 96- 56 V*\ HA V ~ — J?. ***! K'-t


1

7 x l A J7‘
'1
2 r £267WcMj |OOy?o
?
/\
_. (~?.s)(loo* lO% ) (- 7. S> I o ) cl
X (

5b*io“* 1 39.00/ io'


6
O.HO£C7 kIo- c ° j
4 4 3
~
= -L9352J1LQL ( 31 2S + 1.537 -75“T*fo -I.1IU* lO N*»*
Soy to-' l
o

J 7* // x /a m 0^ c* |*7 *vkM
\oo y >o 3
# 1 1

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw*HiH Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
-

4.146 A beam having the cross section shown is subjected to a couple


Problem 4.146 M a vertical plane. Determine the largest permissible value of the
0 that acts in
moment Af0 of the couple if the maximum stress in the beam is not to exceed
84 MPa. Given: /y - /. - 4.7 X 10 mm A — 3064 mm k mn ~ 25 mm.
6 4 2
, ,

(Hint: By reason of symmetry, the principal axes form an angle of 45° with
the coordinate axes. Use the relations /raia - Ak*i{n and /Inin -f /Initx — 7V + /j
3g inm
t. I i

m
I
I
Mu “ M0 6 in HS * 0.70711 Ho
h
I
Mv T M0 c»*HS° - 0,1071 M*
•* m- !
mm
125 ru

I.,. * Ak_* --

= L, + X2 - £.*, *(4-T+tf.7- j-tZCtto" kM.'f

ue = ys c^S° + ZB 0**^°+-

Ve - Z6 cos VS° ~-y6 s-- ^5° - to5 V5°

- - UuCb = 0 . 707 // H0 [ 4 Ji-


6k +. - .

Iw
r (— {?>or
- 0.70711 M, i
j __ j H,
6
i M/^V/ST^ 7. 4£jr*/<r J
GTb _ * ¥"7 jbA/ M.

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGrawdlili Companies, Inc, Alt rights reserved. No part ofthis Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.147 4.147 Solve Frol). 4.146, assuming that the couple M (j
acts in a hori-
zontaf plane.

4,146 A beam having (he cross section shown is subjected (o a couple


M 0 that acts in a vertical plane. Determine the largest permissible value of the
moment M0 of the couple if the maximum stress in the beam is not to exceed
84 MPa. Given: f
y
-- lz --- 4.7 X ID 6 mm4 A , 3064 njnr, kmm - 25 mm.
{Hint: By reason of symmetry, the principal axes form mi angle of 45° with
the coordinate axes. Use the relations /inin and i Itmx — Iy 1 l)

Hu * cos 4sr° * 0.707 1( M0


Mv« - “ Me s» 'i * - 0.70711 H.

5 Xy + ~ X^v, ~ /‘‘l/r)- j</o Av/*^


•e

Ud = yD
&**$*'* Za sm Hs° * + W sM
VD r 7d tt » HS° - y0 sin *S° * 6- ^ )a* MS" - Of ^ sin 4$° »

e; «
Xv la
s 0.707 11
t
'

Xy**ta i.
-1
3 O.7o7/ 1 Ma 4 — ~ JXfSY-3 Mo
L M*sm*

M0 - “ i* AV M

Proprietary Material* <£> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
I .

Problem 4.148 4.148 The Z section shown is subjected to a couple Mo acting in a vertical plane.
Determine the largest permissible value of the moment Mq of the couple if the
0~
maximum stress is not to exceed 80 MPa. Given: 7max ™ 2.28 x 1 6 mm 4 Imm - 0.23
,

-6
F x 10 mm 4
,
principal axes 25.7°
b
and 64.3 - *L
e

40 mm
_t 10 rum
_
-
Iv I mt4L - 2. as x ;o* Z2S
*
Iu 0. 23 * ~ 0.23 x io **

M„ - H0 cos 69.3*

Hu «•> G4.S*

e - 69. 3

•htn £p
~ ~
J.y
jv.* 0

~ favi - 20,59-1
0.23*/0" 6

<p
- S 7.22°

PoitAj S A aJ 8 -piro v.\ "fie <KX\$.

Ug r cos &1.3° + 7q sU QH. 3° * (- ^Slcys £4.3%f3S') sU £4.3°


52
S * OS ^ ^

Vg - Cos 6V.3° - J& 5i^ 6V.3° * (-35 ) cos feV.3° -(-9s)s^ 5 =*.3
~ 4 *
25\37 ****>

My L)b Hte VS
6k - +

3
b ~ _ (M„cyW. 3°)(-g/.»^SxfO~ ) f
U
H, s,‘«, £4 3 )foS,3? ^ 'Q~ ?
8o*lo
2.7&*<o- 4 <X2t3 x/o~~

93. St * /0 s M0
c
So x to
M»~13S W*m
1 09. 1 *(o 3

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.149 4.149 Solve Prob. 4.148 assuming that the couple Mo acts in a horizontal plane-

4.148 The Z section shown is subjected to a couple Mo acting in a vertical plane.


Determine the largest permissible value of the moment M> of the couple if the
40 ram 6
i maximum stress is not to exceed 80 MPa. Given: /max - 2.28 x 10 mm 4 ,
/m j n
- 0,23
£ .10 nun x 10"
6
mm 4
,
principal axes 25.7° ’ST and 64. 3°^ .

1 f
1 40 nun

70 nun ^1 I-*— 10 mm In/ - L.V, = o.2%*io <‘ ^


c
Iu * * 2.23 * to 2.23 y \o

Hv = H 0 c»s £13*
a
M. si ^ CH,Z

0 - €i.z

0.23 W O' ~
2076
fan G>H.3° 0.
2.28x10 2

R»\«ds D -fVoi»-\ ’til® YN«N/4 r<»J?


,
AXl'S*

COS 7S.1* - z9 Sin 2$. 7° *(~5)e*2S.l* - ¥$“*/» *5*. 7*


t)p -
y0
- - 24.02.

V& a ZD cos 2^.7° 4- S»* 2SV?*» * V3 to&2S'.?° + 2S'.7 C


~ 3#..3# hi**

rr -
<>
MvUp x Hufc _ _ <:M,cos6V.3 y-2V.02xl0*) (n.*h6WX**-3**l#*)
4
° Xj/ !„ O.Z3*fo“ 6 2.2* **/a'
/o‘

So* to 6 - GO.ygxtO 3

1.323 xJO* N*. Ma ~ 1.^23 kN>

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
n

Problem 4.150 4.150 A beam having the cross section shown is subjected to a couple M 0 acting in a
vertical plane. Determine the largest permissible value of the moment
4
0 of the M
couple if the maximum stress is not to exceed 100 MPa. Given: Iy **4“ b i 36 and ly*
4
1
b / 12.

V i. *
£ • It'
x/o 6
>
'

T ^ - o. is-'? w,«
7a -77

a/e5 (s./!? s^y »vi m e"} ry <v,KeS-»

Us»V^ HoWv's ciVcA Jerfer »-•'** He j>>n’re.y,«.S vtofe.e^’h o-T

4*
R - i I
“ 0. ISO x/O

Iv - 4 1?

- 0.S4O * (6 ^ - OSHO * (oV

h* &* - 9
*
O.r^OxjO v*r* - 0.!8£>xlo’ r»

Mu * Mo S.\»4£
0 *
0.70711 Ho ^ K, - O.707JI M K

B - h-s° +*-» ^
y
*
.-
*
I,
t:
zr +**> o --
^ h$° - 3

<p - 71. SV
Foini A* UA - O. v, ” - to V5. *.*>

9a-
5 T. ^ 0 *0 * 10 -*
Ul '
A * I O./go
. 1*io~*
- fOOKjO 4
M. - ^oo
|J|.ll*o> Ul.lT>lo*
2o
P<»>4 15 * uG = - ^ *«**
&
=
a ***
;> 3
~ -


MtfU *
+
MtiVs to 77
fa7o77HoY-% >to ) (0.769
T
I* ‘ T.
X,
'
O.SHovio-*
O.SH& *lo~ o./«o/(o-‘
3
lll.n v(o Ho
6*b _ locWo*'
* tjOo W-H*
H,
1u > “ IIMlMO* 3 'Ul.il

OAo«» 5< /"4a. e*~ . Mj, " qoob)*™


Problem 4.151
Problem 4.152 4.1 52 A beam of unsymmetnc cross section is subjected to a couple Mo acting in the
vertical plane xy . Show that the stress at points, of coordinates y and 2 ,
is

yl f -zip

where ly >lz and,


J
lyz denote the moments and product of inertia of the cross section
with respect to the coordinate axes, and M the moment of the couple.
z

*z , SJvoce +~ke c.yr^/

c<a**Y /'©.{ <scx«s..

C V + Z C, &vi ol C2. <si<^ C-ov^a^

My- ^z6^«/A - C.SjzJA + C*^'z*idA


= I*C, * Iy C, = C

Mz - - ^y6"A olz - + C ^ yz«/A


i i

= - 4 c, - JTj, &C
-Cy

I^MZ = -(£,1*- X,*') C,

C, » J*
x^iz-V
a - +
Ij 2. -

- ,~ djrz.,2_
***
—i-v ‘**~y 2*

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
,

Problem 4,153 4.153 A beam of unsymmetric cross section is subjected to a couple Mo acting in the
horizontal plane xz. Show that the stress at point A, of coordinates y and z, is

zl. - yl
<*A >
lyl, i yi

where Jyt lz and denote the moments and product of inertia of the cross .section
,

with respect to the coordinate axes, and


y the moment of the couple. M

Pir,ea.-/J^j wl 42 -fXe
CoO?e< !M<s.f-4S jxt'id -2. S GLX\'o>.j
jy
is •f-t'e
y ~ o. r J ~z- az-e
C ei^T /of &&.). dixes.

4- Cj, Z vi covi

~ -C ^y z o\A
x
- C& cJA

22 C I -2y* ^2

c
^ - '-Ss C 2
I
y »L 2
-

= z
^ 2 6^, <24 = C, §yz at A +• C z ^z oM
IyZ C, + Iy C t
“2^ C2 + 2j

j;k (2y 2Z - xy 2 } C.

C2 - X,Mv . XvzK.
c. -
2yX*“ IyX

6a * ~
Z.
MyJ
-
2y I*

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
i .

Problem 4.154 4.154 {a) Show that the stress at comer A of the prismatic member shown in Fig.
V4A54a will be zero if the vertical force P is applied at a point located on the line

x 2
+ =
b?6* h/6 “
j

(b) Further show that, if no tensile stress is to occur in the member, the force P must
be applied at a point located within the area bounded by the line found in part a and
three similar lines corresponding to the condition of zero stress at B, C, and D y

respectively. This area, shown in Fig. 4.1546, is known as the kern of the cross
section.

I* *
^ bb A - bb

** * V
** r - —
7

le4 V tkr
po * T

Mj, - -?9Cp My = f Zp
6*
A
- -£ + Mslt _
A ; X2 I*

= - JL + _ P2e -Vi
bh hb 3
Xe _ -ZslI
b/a h/e .

6^ - Oj 1
- j< ;z_
o JL 4- ?— ~ t

b/<S b/G

At p
* a
\ 4 E * z - o X 6 = b/&

A4 potV 4
*
X - O • 7f - h/c

iT ~hbe P me ckcA* o*s\ ( y Pj 2P ) PlZ*


f r\ He poy-j'/on maY'lfed Ta ,
1^nSt'P?

wi OtLCOf CQf«#s Am

By £on 5 f Gg ~ o^ ~ O ,

p^+ro&ns prodc>c*'n-j fe^st-As s-frejses

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.155 4.155 (a) Show that, if a vertical force P is applied at point A of the section shown,
the equation of the neutral axis BD is

where kz and kx denote the radius of gyration of the cross section with respect to the z
axis and the x axis, respectively, (6) Further show that, if a vertical force Q is applied
at any point located on line BD; the stress at point A will be zero.

Def.^<h'oK.s : k

(co Mx - M2 - - Pxa

E _ JPVf./e _ jPg^Ze
A 1
AK* A kv

~ O ,-F £ Pies cm y\s<Av^} ftX'"?,

1 *1
/Xf,
) Y + (^* +
(fi) z
-- - /

(b) Mx r Pz £ P *£
wA -f 4 _ _ Z _ P*g*/> _
A A AX/
I*. A kV x
- 0 tvN> Pa.-rf

Proprietary Material. € 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed rn
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 4.156 4.156 i "or thecurved bar and loading shown, determine the stress point
A when (a) rj — 30 inm, (b) r — 50 mm.
x

68N*m/ V eSN-in
h -r A - ($& kero

Cao r, “
4
V^.
=• 5£>M'0't\
I

* / 5 Av-£vi

r,

V" r
^ ) a. 40*'*-
e s ^ * o*8.5h\-&h.

^/v = £ I i
x V* s- 3*.

My, (&&>(*<> Q^fS,)


^A _ _ _ _ ~ 4*o 7
6
AfiV^k £'&»lCf6 )£0lW8r)^>iO%)

CfcO f, - ST& - 70
=
R.* 7k = T~T
_
As
r -
^ 6*, *. rt > - && rwv^M,

e - ?- R * o*sr & *

yA * £T7« 44 ~ £7> - 7* 44 rA * r, - jS^>

G*A - - 74yA _ _ f68)6> ,0f) *?447 * &£• 2.


"
Aer* ('6^K(cr 6 j^'<>« 0 5^^‘o.r)
- 3£* 2 Mf«j

Proprietary Material. €) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.1 57 4.157 For Hie curved bur and loading shown, determine the stress points
A and B when -- 40 mm.

N m* s' s 6S H m
-
v
v -

^>^1*^.
^ = 2-0 fnho V^( = et **

:: >4 J 20 mm
M ^I 7
;
"
A - •= &e>e

° ~
V}
” km
n w “
/ £«>

v« - ^(r, + »\) - £o M.m.

e - v''
— 'R.~ or (^2>°f m^s.

- ~ - 4.^47 k^ K-M
yf,
*bo A * 4-0

~ Mv< cMo^omu) - **•


2 44 A}
A e IT* £6o© (0<ooo&m )(0 0 t+) ,

.Z%2-M/h ~*a

~ 'C?f-'&o /Q r (i7 ^ ~
'j^

- -
(5* -
616
'xy
J±fe_ __ tme-io- k!122/£l * <? W>?
Ae
AeVk
\A tbe^> ^(6^) Co t00l> B'l b‘b)CO'H)
,
'
'

$P\*Oj M/fb,

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, htc. AH rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 4.159 4.159 For the curved bar and loading shown, determine the stress at points when (a)
h - 50 mm, (ft) h ~ 60 mm
Problem 4.160 4,160 The curved portion of the bar shown has an inner radius of 20 mm. Knowing
that the allowable stress in the bar is 150 MPa, determine the largest permissible
distance a from the line of action of the 3~kN force to the vertical plane containing
the center of curvature of the bar.

R eAo ce i fW'ce.s
Wovui ww* tfect o.cv'oss Se^’oi 4 g
-h> & -PoTcc -couple syg-fet^ f-/,<
ce^+ro J or He section , The
i

coeffa is

p M - PC cL+ir)

DcuW h - %S w }
r, - 20 = HS' P ~ 32-S k*
r\
~ ~ ao» '
|„£7 i^.
~r, Wsr

b ~ 25* ,
A * t>k = (XS)(ZS ) * 625" = £ 2 5“*/ o"* *»*
.

R - r, = io. ms mw

P S 3*Jo* N* w 6T* a - }SO*lO C Pft

K r - jSlA „ - C^SO *]£?)(B£l!£12 - 3I.2S


3xfc>3

at r , IH:
^-r,
l
) er . .
'
(3o,»sX|. tii;X*>>
lo.s^ss
,

, , 3 s7
. —
93.3"? - 32.5- a= £».<* -=*
CL *
a

Problem 4.161 4.161 The curved portion of the bar shown has an inner radius of 20 mm. Knowing
that the line of action of the 3-kN force is located at a distance a — 60 from the mm
vertical plane containing the center of curvature of the bar, determine the largest
compressive stress in the bar.
r - 20 nn »k A V - 3 kN

Re^oce 'tke \ *,

•W'ow'Va w>*’ Vte«?| a.o/'OSA SecTi&n A 6


H o. 4-onrY.e - GoopJe. Sys"fe.i^» <cct

cc^-fr'o]^ of "hhe &ec4-\oy>. The


c.oopfe is

~
M P C at ir )
(< — Far -He recHjwciiU'* He yieotwsu^
j
ouit tS for elin^ ccopJe or\9*j >?ies

o --h — Aiso e- f - R
9v\

The. £e>*^p^SStW S"hAe3$ OC^CV^S


poiVi A# X+ \s gi'/ev'v b^
^
txfr

A £- - - £ -
S.A = - ,
A A® A A Ae/.
= R- 1

Ca+r Kfi-O
e f,

Dafo,* Vi - 9.S Y'j ~ 9,0 MM*, ~ ****» P “ 3^*3”


j ^

R- = 30.8*afc-w«
,
e- 3*.S -3®.*2*S
,
- 1.67 12.

b = 25“ ^ ,
A * bb = (XS-XZS)- &t$ ^ = SXS'x/cf* **’

ol ~ Go . oi-v - 9Z ->
<5~
3
R ** V\ - I o. SR & 8

K= 1
4- - 30. ^QS

P = 3 x'fO^ M
- - KE r - (?°T?6g .)-(S
-4
.
.
^OS ) tr -H3.C,
C
*/C Pa
I43.C xlO Pol
C1S~ Kto -

(5;
= - 1*9.6 MPa.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved, No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.162 4.162 For the split ring shown, determine the stress at {a) point A, (b) point B.

Re<slac« He trv}-£<rvtA^? -Police'* ax.v'yss


SCc4it>»o A8 H ce •Poi/'cc - sys’ffi "'
1
tCT

He ce.^HotW c.f +ke cv-oss 3ee4t'<»vn . Tke


LevvsA'vo^ c.c>t)jpJ*e is

M ~ Ppl -
Pr
4
- (1£oo)('&3.£‘* /O* )- Sl.ps N-vn

(eO Poi»4 A » H - 20 m**

y A - so.sasa - zo - io.ss.ss ™
ls
6*a “ - £ ^ My, _ ?,Soo (si.2$n(MZds* (o~ )
<
A AeR 3 5C>*/o~ s (s5c»>«/o' )0.6?i^'xlo' 3
X^ c ’
Wo"* )
&
~S?.4*/o P*. 6; z-ZZ.HMPcu

(P> Pomf 8 ; ra - -30. 32.SS - HS - - IH. mu wi*.

2goo C8 L^r^C- fo~^ it. nut »


s6 '
AeAi 3Se>*fcr e (3ST&>MO^Yl.47/2MO‘ Xt$>/0‘ 1 ') ,

£
* 3d - 4 y /° 6*g= 3£.6MP«_ **

Proprietary Material. © 2609 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. Mo part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
i

Problem 4.1 64 4.164 Solve Prob, 4163, assuming that 6


j
— 60°.

4.163 Steel links having the cross section shown are available with dif-
ferent central angles fi. Knowing that the allowable stress is .100 MPa, deter-

mine the largest force P that can be applied to a link for which (3 90°,

6 mm

.
15 mm Redact. S&<d“xon 4-©. m
cou sji^teiw act -tLe ce«+-ror<!
of- -Hie cv'oss AS.
15 mm
— _L
ou - r Cl - cos &
TWe Ts.~ . H - ~ =Pou

He neojinJ?
>Je <3in Sit’s M
R * AJ?Sd , e «r -9
9 ,

At" 4 A -tU fe*«}t'jp£ s4v«3 cs <S

c- - .£. 4. « JE. j. Paj^A = £^4.


JEL
( * w
s K £

A Aee, A A
K
er, 1

wke^e (<f
" I
+• 1

«yiA * JR
y*
- A e»
P K
~
Dofft.- f ~ Z2- pv\
1
fn 0 V", - /Jft+rfnj Zvfva* W- iChs * 1 1

y
lo

/?
A * (b)ClX~) & / 10 « jm* 4 9"
A 4-

<2.
“ "2. "2- — ~ 0. * >{. 44-- 15 -
s* 4-
y*
a, - z'z- ( J
- cos 30°) ~ J2*^5~ Av^n .

K . I f ^ 4***7
to*10Cir)

p . fj . kJtJ.
4- 4 >7

Proprietary Material. ®
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.165 4.165 Three plates are welded together to form the curved beam shown.
For the given loading, determine the distance e between the neutral axis and
the centroid of the cross section.

“ t ~ 1 ? - b c 4f /vvM t ^
)

Problem 4.166 4/166 Three plates are welded together to form (he curved beam shown.
For M ~ 900 N * m. determine the stress at (a) point A (b) point IK (c) the ,

centroid of the cross section.

12 mm
T
50 mm
231 lip 2 mm
M
L
1
J I
75 mm 75 mrn
£ ^
?A_ ^ . ZA

r
_ zA1a
A
Jpfirft b h A hLr, r Ar
] *7:

(D 7X iz °! ©O ihn/K £1 lZ°\oo
ft
Hz OO
|@
m ~
0
p ro
\Z £b

(?&x>

An)
~A>w$°i
/93 fZfoo
(oil

Q 3 3)00 2**nnti 2.21*70 0


Z
* ^-{y£>0 __
K s S /<?/- O'? /*./»,
->
V' - ^2Al2£
>fOO
/ d?. r7 m^
C. = V
s
- R - = — a/ a..

- R - - / oi * °1 — 7S~ ~ >6 ,a 7 hu~


yA ^
,
(a.)

&* - _

Aer, 04<rc y/r


/ iy/ ti n /_
6 J^O'OC>6rJ
•%
(o*Q7JT)
O'*7 t-~\
,
~ 1

~
(\>) - /*Ao7-/^ = “

Hye ^w)(>o«o»7?jJ
r
G>a
. _
Aefa
r
(n^(trb) (o.otuyc 0 '^
- — X{>2.

(o'*
> - £ ~ ^ " e •

^
HVc , . He M _ 7o~Q
6e Ae m Aef A r txto-o Yio^)COr(olSl)

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed inany form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
2

Problem 4.167 4.167 and 4.168 Knowing that M~ 20 kN - m, detemiine the stress at (a) points,

( b ) point B .

150 mm
I
,
45 min
mm 2EA _ 2. Wil?,-
f 135
2
ZA;A-

Pay'1“ L D
Kip* nr* %^i
A ^ Wtw,

CD log 45 H 860 2S.3353 17 ?, r 838. 35 *10 3

JD 34 135 434^ 2.&1.5 1 a is. 75

2
<
?77o HI. 71 m i
2114./ < lo
i

K
e
T

-
172 o
~hz7tTT
71

~ r ~
"

/•/.
?0 5 eoe

S 4*
-
-

»«..
~
r

M
_
a
-

-
^
III**.
^ 1Zo
IWo 3 ‘

a/.jv,
_ 3 - .6
ZI7 .
c mm

(cl) *
'R ~ ir T 8»S.Co€ - ISo - SS.COi *.*.
2/* .

H.Ya (2Qy/o 3 KA5:€&6xio^


GA J2JHL- _ _
3 x
A
Aer,
e r, ” \Hl2v ^io'^Xilshh */o" -.)( ,S0> io’
'j

C
r “ 6¥. I ^/0 Pa. 6^ = -CU MPa

(b) y6 * £-/* - 2 oS.£o£-S 3 o - - WV.W hm

_ M,y8 „ (2o*io % X-
e ” ** 3
Aefj. (7720^/0'^ )( U.'BY'/ * 3,3o */o' )

- &S.Zxlo c ?CL 6& - C£.2MP*

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual maybe displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation- A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.169 4,169 The split ring shown has an inner radius r\ ~ 20 mm and a circular cross
section of diameter d ™ 32 mm. For the loading shown, determine the stress at (a)
point A, (b) point B .

C 2S ~ i& 1 T 20 7 + <5? ~ 1

vs If, * C - 3S ^
R = = i' + -/ie 2 - is"

- 34. WHS* ***-

e = f - R ” i . 87ST

A = = go f.25V/0"‘V
l

~
P ~ N M - ff =(Z^I^)CZ£,y}ar l ) *to

’1
/ol P 0IV A • = R-r, * 3H.MS - zo = h. /»««>.-

®A
p Ky< __

_ ^|oA (^oKl4.124T>Oo'
3
)
‘ A Aer, ~?t>W*io- & (&W*io' i }(l.97S$>‘ I©' 3 )(aox /o”
» - 45: * * /s* p-t 61~-ys.2 MPa

{&) Point 6 : = R- « 34J*4S r - 17. ?75T **


t ')
_ _ p ^ Hve „ ZSvic? Go)(-l7-*7$r*)o'
®»" A Aev* 86f.tr xkt 4 (8oV. ZTx|p- t )(/.S755‘x/o' i ')^^
-

Id' * )

17. P<L S0 = t7.Mo MP<V

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using Ibis manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.170 4.170 The split ring shown has an inner radius r\ “ 16 mm and a circular cross
section of diameter d “ 32 mm. For the loading shown, determine the stress at (o)
points, (ib) point B .

- 80 M-m
f * 2,5 vie? h) M " 'P? * (zs*lc?)(&*icr*)

(a) Poi#rf A- * R-r\ *• IS - I3.&T& 1


/ ^
s
My* 3.Sxio» C8bXtS.8r<f x/q- )
p _
* " '
A Aer, 8 om.25T*io-* )

* -43 .3*fo 6 p* <oa =-43,3.HP* -*

point 6 - P-rx - Z^.SS(,H - 48 - -18 ,iise«^.


Cb) ?
yg s
r ~-£-.Ky»
* "
^xio6 (8D)C-t8.m3€»io~ )
~ ” (go^Z5x fp*‘-)(2.H36xlc>'5 X48x|o -3
A
,

Aefx goH.XSVtcr*’ )

r H.tf3 x/£?‘P«, 5^14. 43 MPa.

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student rising this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.171 4.171 The split ring shown has an inner radius r{ ~ 20 mm and a cir-
cular cross section of diameter d = 15 mm. Knowing that each of the 500-N
forces is applied at the centroid of the cross section, determine the stress at
(a) point 4, ( b ) point B.

*
? A
Nv
v* ^ r r - zo ^T7p
6 C B
~ rA 4 - 20 •*• /£ - Mm
- (VA + XI •$
Y' ^ - to tn 7-5 mtn

h~- i W V
^
7.C* * TrC7-n*- 176-7 so/'J C .V 5 ec+,^

Rr 3 Tr + C* 1 T ^ [^7-jT 4 J(?7^)^-(7-5']^ ^ - ^7 /n/»

~ r - R = 27' 5*- 27 ~

<3„ - Soo N i 2. Px = o : P- Q. - O P s xbo w


-OTMjj-O.' 2rQ.+ M-o M --S.V'Q, —
= r _^7'^ //*»

ccl) r - r* = zo.

G" - — +
~
r + Cz2l£)^ojo2 zAl£2H
' A Ae^/V /76'Jflo- 1,
(n6-7%io' (> )(0'ooc’£‘)(p‘02.')

= //A 77 */0 £ /a
61 ~ ///- ^ MPa
s

<t ) r -s fA =•

r- _ P MOV-R^ + l- irj.^Xo'OiS- Q.oXf')


s ~
A Aefs %7<.7*/«-« C Tu- 7X / <f *)(«•*» w ) 0« <**0
“ ^
*- 6$'?2'X I &
<51- — ^£*3 /Mt

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, lac. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.172 4.172 Solve Prob. 4.171, assuming that the ring has an inner radius
r ]
= 15 mm and a cross-sectional diameter d ~ 20 mm.

5(H) N
4.171 The split ring shown has an inner radius r x
= 20 mm and a cir-
cular cross section of diameter d ~ 15 mm. Knowing that each of the 500-N
forces is applied at the centroid of the cross section, determine the stress at
(«) point s, (b) point B.

rA * r, * /sma,

^ ~ 4* XO - iS Mm

r = i C^-*- O - Cr » J : fO fntn

1 7
A r 1TC * 7T r /£> 'i’* - fnt» -fov~ s&JPx'J

p. ^ +-7?^- e.*"
]
~ ^ + JT^P^Tfoy- 3 - *+ *»**

e “/'-R - IS - 2ii- ~ l fan)

a - soo n i2F y 3 0 P-QrO 9 - Soon

O JM 0 ro *. ^Q. +• M = O M3-2f(5 3 - - / a/m

ca} r= v\ =•
/.$**,

g- _ £ 4
Mfa-ft'i „ & - 0 >oz 4 -)

w
.

* " A Aef ft
~2t4-H>xuf &
t

1
ypo is")
~ * lo^ Pq
6"
A -3-5 MPa «*>

Oo) r a rQ r ZStntrs

+
~
" A
A Ae^
L\a iA, ?!&..
5(4 UXt/fl’
-ntt/T 1,
(?t4-li'tlff 6 )(0'Oo \Ho>
iXo'osP)
6
Jr - v/o
€1. = - o>& Mfa

Proprietary M aterial. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or

any form or by any meaits, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.173 4J73 For the crane hook shown, determine the largest tensile stress in section a-a.

Locate

VX5-J I

A >*<*t Yj IV>IM A mw*


mm 1050 53 */o 3
! 1

60 <D (JO
Section a-a
ISO So Go x 10 3
T I3oo losxio'*'

r = ~~~ I8oo
- &8.Z33
~
F»f*ce - CoOpSe, Sjs^e.^ <sd~ iJt 'P =• IS * lO 3, K I

M * “Pr - 8. 333 *&>'*) & -I. ozs* lo


3,
A/'H

o - i ^ ( b, » bt.

(b,^ - -h(k-bi)
Z
(0 .S‘)(6o) (.35’ + Z5) ______ _
C(35Xi oo ) - (?s»Y] jt, - tc»Xar+A5-y

e - r - P - <*. w **«.

NUnlm*** vS’freyt oceo/vs ad pui A


v ,

t A,
’ *3. 87S «»h,.
JA -

>5* Jo3 -(U3S~Wo3 )C?3.g7g*ro' 3 )


gA _ JP _ Mft
A Ae/ 1
_
I8oox/o~ fe Gtooxior -)(t.<i$z>f l(> s )(‘1oxio- % )
(
,

c - 8N.7 MPa
- SH.l *lo ?«, S'.

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hitl Companies, Inc* All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced,
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teacher
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
i .

Problem 4.175 4.175 Knowing that the machine component shown has a trapezoidal
cross section with, a -
90 mm and b — 62 ram, determine the stress at (a)
point A, (b) point B,

900 N ^ m

ic
"f v^oi s?

bk
I rr^l ~'T
a
A, AW* Ah**
\ I t
© into i&O t.ofzexio*
h *r(
©
-*

150 mm mm 6
100 4-bSO 2&o o ?$ x io

r t/y-04

_
~ mz&>0 _
- r7 *>' 4 *./h
,, .

f 77^0
£> - kA
(b©* ~ Jta
% “ b Ct>,~ to
to*s) O£°?(*io + £%)
= __ sm*-*
= /6?,i *"*’
- rtWwtfAg® - Lice) (1,-te,
e “ ? * R - //d M = kN.

(ct) ? R - r, - /^9’ $ - i o-o » ^


tv vi

6; - ~ J!&- - - 4- 2* 2
A£ V\ Ol^Ootfo'£)(o*0ltf)(O-l)

(b) y fi
= R- v\ ? ap^j- zrs s - <?o‘7 .

cr, .
6-. * - £Lk_
!lis_ =
K
Aef* .A

/
c±z>iz‘:“> B V
\y y / '~V>
.t /
CU*fO»Xfef) (0.0 Ui) Z_\
t

(* ‘It) ... J .. -*
~ «,#
r zs, v «/>*
#

Proprietary Material. ©
20(19 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
) J

4.176 Knowing that the machine component shown has a trape-


Problem 4.176 zoidal cross section with a — 62 mm and b= 90 mm, determine the stress at
(a) point A, ( b) point

900 N * m
)
L oca-4 e ceiA’Hrofd

A>1 Av\ »**

<b 4U>o C£rO 01JTV6

C7Jrt> >0“0

it 900 %oif-7<roc>

- __2s3mz i 71.6
llif-cro
2
4~V\ C ^ot ,

R-
(hA- hMA* & - h(b,-

6 z-He>j
Au^>j
CWt/ov) ]u f~* - Cf-ro) (6l -n°)

Q. - t r r

«« > - r - n
tqCrtT>)(O'0it(t-)
6; ~ 4$'l Mfa
/\e.v\ Offroo */t>*x hz) C°‘ i

(VO - R - r - - */• £>


fa 2

„ M.Ve (4 oc*>)C- 0 0 #i&)


'

6 ~
Ae #/?•<*) * 0-0U2.) Co *z*t)

Proprietary Material. €) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
d

Problem 4.177 4.177 and 4.178 Knowing that: M 560 N *


m* dctcriptnc ihc stress
at («) point A, (/?) point B.

A “ p" bh - j[
t^t) (~1%) ~ Z Z’Z'S

50 nun ^ "^4^

75mm “ b. HZM, r. rg&MiK U = O,

Use. "fb/ 1
'tifa.p e&o < w i "Mi b^ ~ ^

_ 4:
-

b* ( b t 4- bQ
^
(b, A. - b*^ t) in " h (b>, - b% )
^
r — Unite) -
—C&flu f~p x j I' I *t /h *\
l( C°)
J* - IS(U-O)
e ~ F - R 3’$(? fh~M M - £ bo
~
(cl) ~ R - f,

— — 2-
6;A - (’)(i>'O03eiyCo*o&)
(o * 4~ M-f9
^
Aev\ t2teSHa

R “ n_ ~ —
(b)
Jg -
(£h?)(-o< o{T3.g-&J _
61 -- - ^
~ * '***
her. frlSS%lh b
'

) (6ioolH')(0*ilg>

Proprietary Material. <0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.178 4. 177 and 4.178 Knowing that M - 560 N * m, determine the stress

at ( a ) point A (b) point /?.


,

'

*
A
“ _ /-XD " fo©

b (
- O f% - (2-Ch~-iv).

Use “?«/' to'jl w'H b, « O.

4 be)
D -
M
.

(b.r, - b2 h)i«£ - b(fc,-

. _
O>0 wr) -
c oiiin^
-**)J A
^A U-
gf - 7T ^
= ^
<2. ~ y"1 - R - ?*£ M “ *t%o hi h^ •

(a)
> - R- r, - tyb' Av*>

- M - Csr^CD'OW) — (&>»•/
<$A r
,Y*
Aer, (zny*/e> i’)Co>oc>}t,)(0'OJr)

(b) R - KV - — (p

N.V& 0SU>)C~c> * orH) /5~'3 M/V*


&Q," r .

(
Ae.^ ( Z'JZXXJ o ’)Co>
oegfo) tO' IZS")

Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.179 4.179 Show that if the cross section of a curved beam consists of two or more
rectangles, the radius R of the neutral surface can be expressed as

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of tins Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
A - (fc>, * ) Vi

n A u vb,* bo
% - h(b,-b t )

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.182 4.180 through 4.182 Using Eq. (4.66), derive the expression for R given in Fig. 4.79
for

4.182 A triangular cross section.

Th Wi'cJ-VU W Varies w t’

w - cD -v c,r

w - W Jt r = y\ w=o ccf f - r*

b “ Co + C (
f,

O - Co + C, <\

b * C-iCVV*.) * - c,li

C, - Co - ~c (
r2 =
^
1 ri
r - C a
O Y Jf, t V*

7 1 n 1^ \

Cp v + c, r
1^
*
V.
It
= CpA,
^ 4 c ,(A- ( -o
— bfi n tjt
. b
b ** T % h
h

A
» b
Vi
^o rv
v^,
- v>- - b(H y
v

\ bb

-
A \ b
R r cr w "
o v Pi

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
! & 1 \

*4.183 For a curved bar of rectangular cross section subjected to a bending couple
Problem 4.183 M, show that the radial stress at the neutral surface is

- —M (
-
Ae{
I
—R— r
t
5
In —R
r

d ^ and com
vuiii|JU«P
Plite lilt? value
v*uuc; ui or iui
of u for the curved bar
uic- ^uivv-u of Examples t.iu
vai ur 4. 1 0 an
andu *r,n.
4.11. {Hint:
to d ^<x $ f S*f«.nc6"
consider the free-body diagram of the portion of the beam located above the neutral

\r- surface.)
b a-'_ r\ C
A er
M _ Mg / \
Ae Aer /
/ 0
2
0
2
\
X

Fey i'oia at>ov* 4Ae neulv«,^


axCs j
th*. r
,
<sv/4«.h+ tWcc h*i
n r%
h r
j e; m
. .

* J e. b *
R
, Hk C Jr - MJ>.
As
f*
^
Ae '-’a

Mt>R
Ae 0 -S -
M )

O^
1

G*n I

Fr -

"
^
\
<=r <»* fi

cos/? b
/I z \ k
-3
J.

“ Gy b R C COS
^ o fi
4 * *

Gp, b R s?m /S
j
I R, ~ c$
'V 6.
3 Gp W ft £ J*
*J

Rc?r e.<|U'/! pm'i*' • Fr ~ 8 w sfo-l = O

H.
26^ k>R «,* f 2-^~- ( i - ^ ^ A»|)s/ -3 r*

-
-tStC i
-S

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed* reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
i

Problem 4.1 84 4.1 84 and 4.1 85 Two W 100 X 19.3 rolled sections are welded together
as shown. Knowing that for the steel alloy used <rY = 250 MPa and cr (/ — 400
MPa and using a factor of safety of 3.0, determine the largest couple that can
be applied when the assembly is bent about the z axis.

fVope^ifes c$ W iov}, roJJed seef/o*


See App*vw^v* B

2'
5 fy&O t*u* Dep+k - l°b .

IX - MstoJ*'

For ov\e> rofJed secA'o^j Moment of ine^i’a. adt&oi ors/US CL-&*

X, * I* + A a1 - 4*11 uJ* 4- (mo)(£i) x ~ (bvnrtb


^
Fo<r lb«3 "Hl sec^to** JLz * ^ "tft. * )</ 0
c = e#ep4b - l t> (& k'l-h'U.

6> = -
3.0
6')
- _ C/33* 5?^0 ’;{z2'fr><ir5'
<

Mcjt b./o't
Zf’? jU//n.

4.184 and 4.185 Two W100 X 19.3 rolled sections are welded together
Problem 4.185 ~ 250 MPa and <r*/ = 400
as shown. Knowing that for the steel alloy used cry
MPa and using a factor of safety of 3.0, determine the largest couple that can
be applied w'hen the assembly is bent about the z axis.

Piropewhes ifT W lox?A-l*f*% rafJed SCC^ion


See Appe^ix S
A^eo. z l/VfJ+i, r fa} /v^/K
Xy A4/ K/0^ fac4v\.
^

for one secA'io*^ ** emevt'f oi tntrjriA. a,xCs fc~(» is

It, - Ij 4 A dz * MW * 4 /W^ff/.r) 2 -
-
/ ^
For k*>*fk serious Tl
z ~ Z - /^ ?7<r
£ frvft't

C - WIcifA sr 10 $ /x-fVL.

1
6i« It ’ T5 -
-
,

M* r 6^fJ _ 6S3*33>U&^/frmS/o J
tz^bSkN to •

c <W<>3
Problem 4.1 86 4.186 It is observed that a thin steel strip of 1.5 mm width can be bent
into a circle of 10-min diameter without any resulting permanent deformation.
1,5 mm Knowing that E 200 GPa determine
t (a) the maximum stress in the bent
strip, (b) the magnitude of the couples required to bend the strip.

I Xd'ize'i* -

\V> ~ fQ Ihh
10 mu/ p ~

(cCi

Ob )

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc* Alt rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

Problem 4.187 4.187 A bar having the cross section shown has been formed by securely bonding
brass and aluminum stock. Using the data given below, determine the largest

8 miri 8 mm permissible bending moment when the composite bar is bent about a horizontal axis.

Aluminum Brass
Modulus of elasticity 70 GPa 105 GPa
Allowable stress 100 MPa 160 MPa
32 mm
us^ OlAO m
8 mm Fov wp* * v\ o Ha Y)- )* O
Brass Aluminum ktr4.*>s
;
f)~ £fa//£^ r ) QS/lO ~ us
'slcJtoe.s of V* a.**. Hou/n ov\ "file ske4o K.

Fo*" He f
3 1 *
i,
' ft>A * (s'Km.'i 32 . 76g */o WM '

, 3 3
Ix -- b, (Rf- h,’ )
r j£(3l)(3Z ~ \t ) - li.ttsi y/o mm V

I3 - I, - 32.762 x lo
:

X - X, + X* + Xj ~ "+|. 77^ X lo
3
mw* Ml. US* io^ ^
6-J
It *1
M «y

A § Or** k1 i^lyj • ~ ~ - D. 0/6 »M C=^ /OO X /O 4 Pa


t
j b I I*® ,

,
' looy
10^ X M’try ‘l
„ ?s7 . 47 ^
Q.O)(o.Ol6)

4
Btass- O* l-S* s !jh lUrn - 0.016^^ 6“* J60 */o Pa.

M = Il££jil2l HUH i?!3£ —UL ?.? = <^ 44 . g 3 W.


(1.53(o.oiO

Choose He 5 mA J^V \AsJt>£. M = S37 A^*kh

Proprietary Material, ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 4.188 4.188 For the composite bar of Prob. 4.187, determine the largest permissible
bending moment when the bar is bent about a vertical axis.

4J87 A bar having the cross section shown has been formed by securely bonding
8 mm 8 mm brass and aluminum stock. Using the data given below, determine the largest
^ - -
32 n m permissible bending moment when the composite bar is bent about a hori zontal axis

32 in
Wifi
m p'1§8
1.0 m~

im
I
s mm
Modulus of elasticity
Allowable stress
Aluminum
70 GPa
100 MPa
|
Brass
105 GPa
160 MPa

Miras* Use « fKe


Foy £V.A>twiVlO>v>.
)
j”| •= 1.0

Bw* b/Kas, vo= £ h /S^~ ) OS/70- l.S

at w sl'iaw'o on Me 'sk&fc-U -

Foit Me seolt'OHj
s- 5 2 s z
I, ~ b, (8, b, ) - ($2)(HS - 32 ) - 311.2^6 */o

I2 - y~ b a t' = i^(g)( 3 ^ i
>)'
= ZLZHSS* lo* rwv/

s
z *
Ij, ’ I, 21 . SHSZ *(<? Yr\

I = X, + X* + X* * 3SH* ^ y io
3 -
3S‘*. ci ci vto"
9

?<J»r<\isnJrr>. * f|: 1.0 ^ \^j\


- )C ~ O. Of 6 M (S' I OO X“
-

/O* pit

(/opy/o^fss^. 1

?*?* L£l!}
- Z. 2.1 % 7 v/o 3 /V»t
(Lo )(o.OlC)

Br^-ss - fi ~ l.S

(itifc gn
lyl
'

— * 0.02 H

= l
1*1

-f7773 '"°
S'- ICO v/O*

w w -
P<*.

Cb»°se Me Vft^ue . M r I* £7773* /U' N* **> M- /* £78 k M v*i

Proprietary Material. €> 200V The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
4.189 As many as three axial loads each of magnitude P ™ 40 kN can
Problem 4.189 be applied to the end of a W200 X 31.3 rolled-steel shape. Determine the stress
at point A, (a) for the loading shown, {h) if loads are applied at points 1 and
2 only.

Fov* YVSvo X It. 3 A ppe i * C ^ V

A ~ 4&o® m^
”L-
<A-Xlo w* ,
JTy ~ 3 (“4 %}&

At potvf A y - i J - /<?r -

S'
_ JE Mv
X
(Cl) Ce./i'b'i’c. -io«wsAi<i<^ ' Ft kN V
M= o »

i>t?e
6* QT = M P&l ,

4O0d tko

(fc>) £oc e^+r rc iV*


^
*
h ~ £P - ^ /A A/ M* ~i 4 o)(a< 0 «t) = 34 r./VAj
0- _ *
_ A 3* i>wo*).( 6* - 5^ -*«8

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-HUl Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

Problem 4.190 4.190 Three 120 x 10-mm steel plates have been welded together to form the beam
shown. Assuming that the steel is elastoplastic with E = 200 GPa and Oy~ 300 MPa,

determine (a) the bending moment for which the plastic zones at the top and bottom
of the beam are 40 mm thick, ( b the corresponding radius of curvature of the beam.
120 in in *

36o MP«v

K~ (\70 )(1 Uoo f?, * Gr A, r{3oo*io < )(noo *ior* )T n

M (SoUf<D — Soo - (2oo*(o* )^«ox|o“ ) * ?£Wo3 M

A3 r (3a) (lo 3> 0D * f G'f/A 2 = \ ( 3,00 > to* )('3oo>/o-‘ ^


= N
-3
€£ - 65" yjo
*
* - 45 = 45 x /O'*

s
- • X /o"

(a)' M r ;? (R.y, + 1?^ 4 Pjjj) ~ ^ {tecoHes) 4-(?©K4.s') +

-
56.7 vto* M =•
56. 7 irtf. w,

0°)
& r ft
(;?6C>X/0 T )('30*/O
~9
)
/° * r nsT

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
4,191 A vertical force P of magnitude 80 kN is applied at a point C lo-
Problem 4.191 cated on the axis of symmetry of the cross section of a short column. Know-
ing that}* - 125 nun, determine (a) the stress at point A, (b) the stress at point
B y (c) the location of the neutral axis.

r*

TWi A thnW* A3>** - „ zA&j,


'

7&oo
1 1 1 1 r

tzs- °1¥150O
y “ zAi
(D

@ gooti sv rsrvova IIST>V


1

z IzSqo IfS-lSoo
75 mm to mm
~
* k cce"i'fw<=« ly of P0 &.rf e

K mm b
* iit.\<\\7%[o t^+y-
j

(-*

50
4rM*
mm 'y' 50 mm
j
^ X s ,1, + 2* - 2-^* & Xfo ^ Avm-
35 mm

Sf(^e5S erf A C/s


~ Av#vu.
(<&.)

£. +
A X
r JS22L- + C±ozq(o^2Q<o±s± _
(Zfoo^fO^ 2&*faH.tS’rf
^
(W) S'Wss «d B CR 5 tCb-qj- - ST t*-**--

^a - X . ~Peca = _J2££1_ * Xg0<^o)A>0 /


*
<>rff
C _m «\Ajm pa
A IzrfOaYtifi 2'2<‘(&'(.i£:b '

-
~
(C, ) Locorf',0^ of axVs •
<x O

<5T = - -£•
At 4 = 0 e<3-
1
_
'a
j_

cl - -i- = -ZZial = 0.3


Ae 0*ST>*HZO)

hieulr-^ ayt's -Pfcs A?* ?


1
bePo*s ^ -T— Po-

s 77~*7 A,
Atti m~rrf pA>**v J9«ivif A

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-HUi Companies, Inc- All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.192 4.192 The shape shown was formed by bending a thin steel plate. Assuming that the
thickness / is small compared to the length a of a side of the shape, determine the
stress {a) at A , ( b) at B t (c) at C

Proprietary Material. 0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved, No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 4.193 4,193 The couple M is applied to a beam of the cross section shown in a plane
forming an angle fi with the vertical. Determine the stress at («) point A , ( b ) point B,

(c) point D .

H
& It
3 tt
rr -<a

zo - 1 1 * S' 1 1"? Wtm

Zo mm* zs - °
M z
= 100 =-
B&. 4<?3 m
- |oo 3o" - So js). m
2 s
(8C.&031 (- ?A883xlo ) (5b 'l (20 x/o* )
T
-i.

1-7. SCtt v |o-l 62.9 ZX*lQ-'


c -*>
S7*8>*lo Pa S; - 57.2 MPa.
o' 5
(84. 60 S ^ (II. Sll 7*1 (50 )(<0
")
4-
T
l7.S£l) xfo" 1 G2.9sax(o'“ r

-54.9* fo
6
Pa 6; - »5fe. 3 MPa. -*
3 ')
cc') 6; - - (24.403 X- 8- +»83 * l
iti
4 ( 5 oX~?ox{u' !‘')

"
17. 5r 4.ll x |o^ GZ. 833.x lo'’’

ZS. 9 *lo c
Pa “ 25. ^ MPa.

Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
m , *

Problem 4.194 4J94 A rigid circular plate of 125-mm radius is attached to a solid 150 x 200mm
rectangular post, vvith the center of the plate directly above the center of the post If a
4-kN force P is applied at E with 0- 30°, determine (a) the stress at point A (b ) the
r - 4 kN
,

stress at point B ,
(c) the point where the neutral axis intersects line ABD.
/( = 125 mm

2
P ^ ID *
(4 ( IGvO

M> * - 'P'R 30 °
- s
- (V* /o s )(ia S*io~ ) sr* So"
- - *»•>

H2 = - PR c«s So-
?
= - (^x /o~)( IP -S’ o ;
} So*
t - 433 M-

4
IK = jj(2oo)(!Sof ~ 56-25*10 •»* -- SC.2S Wo" */
h
T2 r ( l-SoX^ooV* - j 00 * \0 * IWx/o' £ w/

-XA - Xe “ IO<9 mm*

ZA = Zg = 7i" m**

2 oo)(lSo )"
' ~
A = ( 30 *lc? - 3 D*/0 vn

3 ;

irua -*-»*£ 3Stn(7£V/g~ ) f-433 Y-/oox/o )


(a)
l0Ci ^
gA
*
^ Iy 2, Soxfo" 3
Sd.7£y( lo'^
t

I60*t0~
c

s
5 £33 */o P« - 633 kfi*.

3 3 ')

- - P _ Mv7q M;/s _ _ M xlo _ (W-SoX 7S*(S*’') ,


(-43SX loo*lri~
Ct) 6e A X 3o*(o" £(,.75 rlo~ c loo X iO~

233 */o 3 Pa 233 kfa.

,) tst & ke j'kf p«i\i t>r\ A8 nei/f'f'A.-f o~y(i iv»4<’X'5* -"4-3

^ ^ Z* - 73"

fi-
W/L
-~ _ Z
A
_
T +
, Ma x*
T
-

x
)/
- I* f P MyjA - i<x> */o" \ q*|p 3 + (-asV )Cre»<o" *> )
& '
Mz S&.7>5*lo-* (
l A 1„ J -433 l 3ox<y-

3
* /o' vv> f/ £ *
"2 kviia*

fW G .Jici N6--2. poivf A #


Problem 4.195 4.195 The curved bar shown has a cross section of 40 x 60 and an inner radius mm
~ 1 5 mm. For the loading shown, determine the largest tensile and compressive
stresses in the bar.

h ~ 4o * l£T *virvi T
^ ^

A = (G>o)tHo) * 2Hoo yJ"


60 mm
u Ho
R * A; ti
t,
"*
T-T5T
** ££
3*.7S£ ^
<f 0

X' •
? C r, + ') - 2S mtv.

€ ~ V ~ R H.atM
Aev*
A+ r- 1-S *>.*.
y
- 30. 7SG “ - /S. 7g6 »>»m

(IX>)(tS,7S6,l'>-n
G- = , _,5«vto‘P.
(2too«Ki-‘ X'f.Slf-lo-’ )05»to- i •
_ -iz.ll MPa.

*
Af/'* £Tm.v>
y - 30.78&-SS-
6~ ~ - ~ f T >
' .• ...

(^t»oy/O',i X l-2W>|0''
L ,,

X'S s'^
'

I o'* )
= ^.22 MPa.
i*. 5 ©»\ \
<’

Proprietary Material O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc. AH rights reserved Mo part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Two aluminum strips and a steel strip are to be bonded together to
4.C1
PROBLEM 4.C1
form a composite member of width b *= 60 mm and depth h — 40 mm. The
modulus of elasticity is 200 GPa for the steel and 75 GPa for the aluminum.
Knowing that M — 1500 N m, write a computer program to calculate the max-
-

imum stress in the aluminum and in the steel for values of a from 0 to 20 ntm
using 2-mm increments. Using appropriate smaller increments, determine
(a) the largest stress that can occur in the steel, (b) the corresponding value
of a.

SOLUTION

( qu. sree t)

Foe us)^6 2?™ jhts/zv/us ccp>f>07£ t 7^ J, <7^^ ,

t> ~ 60 ntm h « 40 mm M ® 1500 N.m


Moduli of elasticity: Steel - 200 GPa Aluminum « 75 GPa

PRO 6 ROM OUTFOr a I sigma sigma


aluminum steel
mm m A 4/10~6 MPa MPa

0.000 0.8533 35.156 93.750


2.000 0.7088 42.325 101.580
4.000 0.5931 50.585 107.914
6,000 0.5029 59.650 111.347
8.000 0.4352 68.934 110.294
10.000 0.3867 77.586 103.448
12.000 0.3541 84.714 90.361
14.000 0.3344 89.713 71.770
16.000 0.3243 92.516 49.342
18 000. 0.3205 93,594 24.958
20.000 0.3200 93.750 0.000

Find for max steel stress


and the corresponding aluminum stress
6.600 0.4804 62.447 111,572083
6.610 0.4800 62.494 111.572159
6.620 0.4797 62.540 111.572113

Max Steel Stress * 111.6 MPa occurs when a = 6.61 mm


Corresponding Aluminum stress - 62.5 MPa
4.C2 A beam of the cross section shown* made of a steel that is assumed
PROBLEM 4.C2 to be elastoplastic with a yield strength a Y and a modulus of elasticity E, is
bent about the x Denoting by y Y the half thickness of the elastic core*
axis, (a)
write a computer program to calculate the bending moment M and the radius
\ 1
5 of curvature p for values of y Y from \ d to | d using decrements equal to \ tf .

1 |
Neglect the effect of fillets, (b) Use this program to solve Prob. 4.190
flJ \
3C

> SOLUTION

P
' '?
f \iW' .

1 CoMFOTtr — JT>

( cotiStoc-f? V pperz HALF c>F ££CT/o*) <C« 4

ST/?££$ ft T JOHC T'OH of \hBZ f /vo FL fSHtF

* yr v
RfSUL-'TflrH‘7

CONTINUED
PROBLEM 4.C2 - CONTINUED
y>u oin6 m wgg (cm, on wn& HM*
C. a d/%
£#£££ £

r)

~Rj~ J^f V Jjp

a* 9 MSy+ (*"**)]

Vi 3r

Bf^p/nz Mw/w? f? a
> •?>
*»»*<r

Pwiriz q£ <-//> vflTUKf -

ijy*
g^p " V..p
^ V£
ry
Ffc/xst7^ AifT /-V £XP&l?&Sfr»S p&fL cX. Cond t? = fbj2
5
^ /
Fen <- 7» (<-tf) op -if/jz Oi^peee^rs '

ty-
£&AS/Pu7& M - 2 s~ Fy, e = -£
^
ei P&fZ. -ex / To 9 — ^
/^5V /%/'v'7
*

Fo/z (c-Hr^ ) 72 .
^7^ /5J/- -ifjz rr
CCWPV 7T M)~ 2 P a»t -e ^ S 7b? . «//? {? ® / ^*4»y ^^7
/PPb7 MUWf/Z/cAt. \/alU £S ^//? FUP> pPeprzptSA

£!££P2W± ‘euTFuF

For a beam of Prob 4.190


Depth d = 140 OlTlffiS
,
'
Width of flange bf * 120.00 mm
Thickness of flange tf » 10.00 mm Thickness of web tw * 10.00 mm
I = 0.000011600 m to the 4th
Yield strength of Steel sigmaY = 300 MPa
Yield Moment MY = 49.71 kip. in.
yY(nan) M(kN.m) rho (m)
For yielding still in the flange.
70.000 49.71 46.67
65*000 52.59 43.33
60.000 54.00 40.00
For yielding in the web
60.000 54.00 40.00
55.000 54.58 36.67
50.000 55.10 33.33
45.000 55.58 30.00
40.000 56.00 26.67
15.000 56.38 23.33
30.000 56.70 20.00
25.000 56.97 16.67
PROBLEM 4.C3 4.C3 A 900 N m couple * M is applied to a beam of the cross section
shown in a plane forming an angle fi with the vertical Noting that the centroid
of the cross section is located at C and that the y and z axes ate principal axes,
write a computer program to calculate the stress at A, B C , 7 and D for values

of from 0 to 180° using 10° increments. (Given: I


y
- 2.59 X 10
6
mm4 and
lz - 0.62 X 10
6
mm 4
.)
(XtO*)
SOLUTION tvrur <?CsOn * r. £ } £>

% 2(0- So is
?/>>•***
Is-'"/*)’ ,

?0}--3o -sr
%(*)- 3o ~?r

x 2?
M* /hJz/y)
jfip *tSS
t
* I <r&>>
*9 ~^3
& iHC#£rt*WTT*
|gr- C *70 /£& ^ 0</S'A /* ,

p&ft ~?7 •« / 7^ y US' (J///T //v<ze£/**tr»T3 1

&**LDfi>7£ *f>S$ AND pfc)*T SnptrSSer


P£TufZ/v
Tpterj

p/266/z ouy'foT'

Moment of couple M « 9o* ~


Moments of inertia: Iy » Iz * 6*blf<(o M
Coordinates of points A, B, D, and E ( )( io *)
Point A: 2(1) a fft>: y(l) = ?r
Point B: 2(2) =-50: y{2) « ?r
Point D: 2(3) =-h>: y(3) = ~?<S
Point E: 2(4) * X>: y(4) “-34"
- - - Stress at Points

b&h A b J> £
dt$ hP« M/P(\ M/ 2*

O -r>/w -&*Uf £>- (41 t2 -i4j

4-0 -£l‘ Wo -7%'Xll 4£- 4£%

40 p - It l 2- Ml -2-m
llo on -tyO' 3 o2

1*0 ci- 1 y I £7-141 -£>\(o( -Cl* (p


1 2

PROBLEM
4X4 Couples of moment M — 2 kN m • are applied as shown to a
4.C4 ~
curved bar having a rectangular cross section with h 100 mm and
b ” 25 mm.Write a computer program and use it to calculate the stresses at
points A and B for values of the ratio r,//i from 10 to 1 using decrements of
I. and from I to 0.1 using decrements of 0.1. Using appropriate smaller in-

crements, determine the ratio rjh for which the maximum stress in the curved
bar is 50 percent larger than the maximum stress in a strainght bar of the same
cross section.

a
SOLUTION Mr(IT : h = too b= M -

F'on J T/?n )^JQ7 Bne: <T~ - ~r~ ~


-•
S7tttV6H- h h
Fc>(( NotA T/ot-* Of Sj-c, f. /'T, K£Y /fit 7V/ :
4 &£o/aj£ *

h +r * pZ TJJToc^r,) j r jt r; i - r - 4 ~
f j

Smfc&rc ; 1^- 07 - M(r,-f?)/(fte.r}) M fa -#))(?>* Q j

ac*z rjh */£> f/ = Tj/h'/Oj r}-M><o

fMrbr QfiM : Mon r, - 7^ flr - Tco pE.cr<>e/r>FHrs


US/H6 £g>ua7 w, r>r- / /me r J */w>7i £vfi{-uc-rTk Rj r, ~T rs
f]Lso £unv«r*: ration
f?£ruR» wo ptPfe<7 F&& r; - 70 /?jr -/^

£*}?&£/? AM OOTpU7~
M « Bending Moment = 2. kN.m h « 100.000 in. A = 2500.00 mm"
Stress in straight beam * 48.00 MPa
rl rbar R e sigma sigma2 rl/h ratio
mm mm mm mm MPa MPa -
1000 1050 1049 0.794 -49 57 . 46.51 10.000 -1.033
900 950 949 0.878 “49.74 46.36 9.000 -1.036
800 850 849 0.981 ~49.95 46.18 8.000 “1.041
700 750 749 1 112
. “50.22 45.95 7.000 “1.046
600 650 649 1.284 “50.59 45.64 6.000 “1.054
500 550 548 1.518 **51 . 08 45.24 5.000 -1.064
400 450 448 1.858 -51.82 44.66 4.000 “1.080
300 350 348 2.394 “53.03 43.77 3.000 -1.105
200 250 247 3.370 “55.35 42.24 2.000 -1.153
100 150 144 5.730 -61.80 38.90 1.000 “1.288
53 33 S3S3»tSSr=S35«:2S jjsessssrjKsrsssstiss cs«ata:sss==!35
100 150 144 5.730 “61.80 38.90 1.000 -1.288
90 140 134 6.170 “63.15 38.33 0.900 -1.316
80 130 123 6.685 -64.80 37.69 0.800 -1.350
70 120 113 7.299 -66.86 36.94 0.700 -1.393
60 1X0 102 8.045 “69.53 36.07 0.600 -1.449
50 100 91 8.976 “73.13 35.04 0.500 “1.523
40 90 80 10.176 “78.27 33.79 0.400 -1.631
30 80 68 11.803 “86.30 32.22 0.300 -1.798
20 70 56 14.189 -100.95 30.16 0.200 -2.103
10 60 42 18.297 “138.62 27.15 0.100 -2.888
Find rl/h for (sigma max) /{sigma straight) = 1.5
52.70 103 94 8.703 -72.036 35.34 0.527 -1.501
52.80 103 94 8.693 -71.998 35.35 0.528 -1.500
52.90 103 94 8.683 “71.959 35.36 0.529 -1.499
Ratio of stresses is 1 .5 for rl =a 52 8 mm or rl/h » 0 .529
.

t Note: The desired ratio rl/h is valid for any beam


having a rectangular cross section. 1
I J A

4.C5 The couple M is applied to a beam of the cross section shown,


PROBLEM 4.C5 (a) Write a computer program that, for loads expressed in either SI or ITS. cus-
tomary units, can be used to calculate the maximum tensile and compressive
h—
A
-r mmm stresses in the

SOLUTION
beam, (b) Use

//yPar:
this program to solve Probs. 4,7, 4.8, and 4.9.

t M

For y)- / n> •»; PnffR ano hy,

A flRf/S = ( PW T>
CL
->i~ ~)^ (^->7 - i )/? b’y/'Z
£ OR F£0774/</<fl-F OWR’ lJ R 3 ASF J
A>n - (AflRffl) CKy
Wo/ol-R C/RofS ££CT/0*~\
>7 = ~f- A ’*1 OS = RS/iRts + A A Rtfs
’ /It-

loCQ-T/o/v cOF <C G-wmotO Rr&ove & (S 'F

J> 'n/fsRBA (PBrr)


A?C>/~f£/>'7 of— /A'/fV? 77st OS SOU T t&te/T/O/rr&L <7 £f/7~/20>0 R t- ^yiS"

Po/z ->?=/ 7t> -??r

Al~ b,-7) bp,)/ ~


>;

J~ Ji-Al (P£!f>r)

COFVRR ~F 7700/ or iSr&ESSi'S


pAmi //turn R&s >7 r- / /a »

STfttK tfr -top


//— tj
(Pg/rr)
ZOTToM

S7rt£$r> rr tzorZ^l

^Stymy* ^ IffiJHT)

Js&tr //£-* 7~ R/Uf FOR P2trr ours

CONTINUED
7 4

PROBLEM 4X5 * CONTINUED

Prob lem 4 .

Summary of Cross Section Dimensions


Width (m) Height (m)
0,225 0,05
0,075 0.15
Bending Moment * 60,000 Nm
Centroid is 0.075 m above lower edge
Centroidal Moment of Inertia is 79. x
Stress at top of beam * -94.103 MPa
Stress at bottom of beam * 56.462 MPa

Proble m 4.8,
Summary of Cross Section Dimensions
Width <m) Height (m)
0.1 0.025
0.025 0.15
0.2 0.025
Bending Moment * 60000 Nm
Centroid is 0.1194 m above lower edge
Centroidal Moment of Inertia is 60.59 x 10~ 6 m4
Stress at top of beam * -79.815 MPa
Stress at bottom of beam * 118.23 7 MPa

PROBLEM 4 v 9

Summary of Cross Section Dimensions


Width (mm) Height (mm)
50 10
20 50

Bending Moment * 1500.0000 N.m


Centroid is 25.000 mm above lower edge
Centroidal Moment of Inertia is 512500 mm"
Stress at top of beam » -102.439 MPa
Stress at bottom of beam » 73.171 MPa

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
4<C6 A solid rod of radius c — 30 mm
is made of a steel that is assumed
PROBLEM 4.C6
to he elastoplasUc with E = 200 GPa and fry -- 290 MPa. The rod is subjected
to a couple of moment M
that increases from zero to the maximum elastic
M M
moment y and then to the plastic moment p Denoting by y Y the half thick-
,

ness of the elastic core, write a computer program and use it to calculate the
bending moment M
and the radius of curvature p for values of Vr from 30 mm
to 0 using 5-iiim decrements, (Hint: Divide the cross section into 80 horizon-
tal elements of Emm height:)
SOLUTION Aly* big Hfq

CX'HSlOS# Top fteLF OF Too

F~OP 77-0 70 L- l STOP 1


tj ~ t? (A A)

2~ \
<?- { (7>-+0-S)Ahl 1 ~*r- Z* »7 MPA>£teAT OF £IAFM£»—
fifPFAJ
/F tSO TO /OO
(>>7C.S) A h tjy - Zetnt*
V
~r- =
"
~r S7PFSS / A> £A FS7K COST
Y *9 TO
Cg0 70 2.CO %-*
«*~STafss //i PA ASTc Scamp pr
/<X> $m m
200 APUt-p « P ZM 0 PFC£SftPH75
A Fence - (A miff)
A rr A POF-Cf (to 7 . F) £ h

P= Hr *Ay
PSF/-J ,/Pij wop.
h>£F7

f/?C>6WM OUTPUT
Radius of rod 0*03 m
*=

Yield point of steel * 2 90 MPa


Yield moment ** 615 MPa Plastic moment as 104.4 KNxn
Number of elements in half of the rod * 40
y Y (nun) P (mm x 10 3 }
30 20 690
*

25 17-241
20 13-793
15 10.345
10 6.837
5 3.448
0 0
0

4,07 I he machine element of Prob. 4.178 is to be redesigned by re-


PROBLEM 4.C7
moving part of the triangular cross section. It is believed that the removal of a
small triangular area of width a will lower the maximum stress in the element.
H 50 mm 75 min In order to verily this design concept, write a computer program to calculate
the maximum stress in the element for values of o. from 0 to 25 using mm
2. 5 -mm increments. Using appropriate smaller increments, determine the

Cm-
distance a for which the maximum stress is as small as possible- and the
*C
corresponding value of the maximum stress.

SOLUTION ^52r£ Ft 6 4*79 2#?

fl — ry*|
M-S forth rx -tlQhh * {?2

£be - c> To Ao 4 r /// v&ty

K ~

4- 4 ( */( h
Ptfi£H= (6i-62)(hj-z)

Sotnfr)
t-~—r f- rz -(h-y.)
R o. j^U±M
/X\
i
U a: n
e ~ r~ R
M(r,
S' eX^)J

Pg/A/T RN9 kfTORH


pvrnrr
a. b f <2
fr\ fv\ Av>vv h\ /w
0 <
17.911 -Sfr'bsL (7 lOt-lcOO JK?3
5 12<>73 -
-Sc n.7 W-q&jr 4 >3$ iQt.frSTfr 3,-SX6
It'S 9^171 -kS'JU to* bb$ iol'frlo ,? D2* ^

20 ioX*bX7 - ^syx 11 ‘Otfr to<£‘B9<h 2 - 3 ??


25 lo$,£Ll ~ 4,?- 02 2 /
>$‘7*2 Xt-ofrZ 1 S' 9 tfr MW.
Determination of the maximum compressive stress that is as small as po i

a fi. r/g <rwi D ST/


5 /M.0 b, €
hr\ frv
MA AlPo KM A'-M. ,

(s-s [CrV' i> 6 <f -if-Zj-Moci lfr‘ 22 oo /. 32/ o»277


/•C' 6 lX /o t?f 64^ -44- frill 18-2 766 /- 32/ /o* 33? 0-277
is* 7 r -44-.2914- i*‘-iZ4-r /- 32/ /0 * 3? ? 0-277
Ms her: t0 kg* t^ziS • h'2 & fn ft? -fru. Urn\.'f>ctSfW£' i s
Chapter 5
5.1 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bending-moment
diagrams, ( b) determine the equations of the shear and bending-moment curves.

tPtac'f towS „
wL
£> M0 = 0? - AL + o A -
"z
o: 8!_ - wl*|= o 8 = mJr
2

Over O < %, < L

?$«ct 5ecffov» ai X.

RepiUcf clirivhbvffttfl
Jloa,c\ by €yutV*-/tet'H
Jpo<\d.

4 ZFj-- o: - WX - V - O
V s w C j -*)
PX Mj - o : x + wx y + M - o
M * ^(Lx-xM
H -f x(L-x)

Masri'm u *>-> tjenei'inc- r^i o mo e*« "f OCCURS

M
1 »
S

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.4 5.4 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bending-moment
diagrams, (6) determine the equations of the shear and bending-moment curves.

J. Mfc* ,

HX/L. a X* J

w^x
i

I L
- x - V - o
Vv - -
O I

o ^ - y . •$ 4 M - O
M *
CL
AV x - L V *
W0 L
2
M„,- at
x
W, L
C

Proprietary Materia). €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved- No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in any form or
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.

5.6 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bending-moment
Problem 5,6
diagrams, (b) determine the equations of the shear and bending-moment curves.

Ca.ifco)<xie te&ctio*s a-f+ev

ci J/oat\ by an
'

C c S if f ?<s (

w(L-3«0 ReaotfovvS are

A - D
A to 8 1 O < x < a
M
j^) 4 t^Fj = Oi iwd^VVrO
'
*^ v
i

a.
\\ l~a
J V - ^w(L- 2 a)
JLw( L~* a)
-~w(L-
3 r 0: -^w(L-2aHM = o
M= J-w(L-^)x -«

Fv"owi B lt> C/. a < to < L-a


'j£
. S
j3?>
« j
VJ w(x- a)
I

x- a.

£ C O f(L~2*)

'ace sec
-
} i‘o ia co4 «,4 y . .Replace

+t 5ff> s 0 1
£ w (L- 2a
s
) ~ w(x - a
N
i
- V r 0 V = w - ( - x 'j

i) M,~ O; (L-Za)x -v w(x- aX^—3 ^ + H - O


1
y\ * ^ - (v- c^ ]

FVg tVj C }o D I L-a < x ^ L

M ,t V A'zFj = o: V + ^w(L-2a) = o
<?l=i
k”y V
- M + «jr
w (L“ 2a)(L-x) rr O
n
M= * w (l-&o(L--x i

A^ x ~ TL FWx “ w ('g' ~
"f" )
^
n A

Problem 5.9 5.9 and 5.10 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and
loading shown, and determine the maximum absolute value (tf) of the shear, (b) of the
bending moment*
30 fcN/ra
130 kN

1 /)
CJ>C.O Pcds T' » £>V\5 A ’Ht R<2.yC^?£^C^

j)»‘s4w lovi*l"eJ ioouA. ky

f Jo u j e»P\ It'S -Hu?

•f i>ocly ACO 8.
goVW
+3 !TM B - o *
-S’ 4 (h-X&o') + ttY&o') = o
* A = 72 IrtJ 'f

1 lM^ = o: 3*8-0 o
r/\ + - C3V&0*) -
8 - 4*8 kV) t

VCkU'i CUeJ/c ^SK~01 17- 60 -Go * O


i 72

A t"° £. O < X £ 2^
3o
*_ V X
2
!_
b±±f g) v
+t ZFy -
7a -
D*.

3ox - V - o
72^** V
~^ ,V V “(72 - So x, ) kYJ

+3 iMj. = o:

(kW'A'i
- 72 *. +- &>o + M = o
H - (72 - /3X
1
) kvJ-vv,
I ZH .

C +t» D . 2^ ^ ^ 3
3© kvJ/wi -ft ZR " O

V
±=i
j i .t)
* 72 - (3oW - V - O
C D >{«’> V
_J
p -2»>
<-VA
V, V= is. kN
-72
7 t
C x _ 2.7
Cx-z^y*, + 3 TMj=o;

8
-72 X 4- (3 oX2 )(x-lV M =o
4 f 2 Fr ^o : 48
V 4+ M 3* o
| v = - 43 kt
kw7 H = (/ 2 x + £o'} kfO- tvi

y\ k u OTHr - o: - M +- 4 s Cs*~x>
+ Cs~~%^ FlrOv*x 'f'l'ie

|VL* r 72.0 ku -»
M- 24o - 42
</2 x
X <-<0

tb^ |hL« * %.o kw-ta -«


Problem 5.10 5.9 and 5.10 l)ta\v the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam and loading shown, and determine the maximum absolute value (a) of
the shear, ( b ) of the bending moment.

Reactions

A- -/HW i>. /<?• £ |


/2<)W
i t)ZMA *o c - - (* 7) 0*0 « o
£, w Z-XO ‘5 M t

k ‘to C 0 < X < /'<? M


r x
<-v M
/?' r "

>r
x -

4V / 9' 5
Y MV
+f *ZFj - o -h'F-4£x - V = O
V ~ —f cl>£ — 4Sx khf

OZMlj : o -/ 9'S"* “ (*£•*)($') - H * 6


z
H 5 -tf'S"* - 2 Z-e X

C 4o 8 ^ ^ ^ „

V Oj
.
^ 2.0

C >7-x
tIFjrO. V - 11-0 st O
V - / 2(3

SlMK r O -M - (2 *%X)(U-o) 9 O
M r izo x - 32-4- A-A/m.

(cO |VU^r ito k(4 -

JmL^ =IO$'kNto^
1

5.11 and 5A2 Draw the shear and bending- mo men l diagrams for the
Problem 5.1
beam and loading shown, and determine the maximum absolute value (a) of
the shear, (b) of the bending moment.
A Grj
1.6 kN 6.4 kN , T-> 1-6 kN

20 mm

20 mm -4t>C 4* [^00 ) 0*^) 4 ($<m)( 6*&) ** C$c&)(f*t>) - O


C-
*

72 M/:
1+ZF* = 0 Gx* O La(
mm vSOOmm oUU mm juumm
~ 0 - Afo - M- + Gy - t'b - O
r (& La/ ^

A^>>E V~ ~ l* (& £>a/.

E 4* F V = - * £aA
f- 8 V r A b La/

A+ A < 8 M= 0

DZM„ * o
M ( ifJ/rC) (*V(/*tr) 4 M ~ O
|^1 r - 0» J* M •

A F 8
\
v t\
o
w \ t)?M„ -
(e‘$)Ci‘t>)- (a>ot)(Tl) *- M s O
-M 2 - t fL kfJm

%> xm6 * O
(p\ M tO'OCt°i>)~ LO'OUTL) + M « 0
*H*4 k'] r Ottf-fr k-fJm

(k0 Mo.* ik*dv* IM^


' \* °\ 2 -
A*/m
t>X Hf = o
-M - { 0 01 ) {7Z)~
.
M)(/'0 *0
M ' - M2- tn -

1MF * *>

- M -MHM) r O
pj - — Q'ty-fr fn,.
V
}

Problem 5.13 5,13and 5.14 Assuming that the reaction of the ground to be uniformly distributed,
draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam AB and determine the
maximum absolute value (a) of the shear, (b) of the bending moment.
1.5 kN 1.5 kN

CJ D
A ^

1C +f 2F7 =or \.s vj - US'- i.f -o


0.9 m
0,3 m 0.3 in
W S Z l

A
\.S If iJ

llllliTTTTTTTTTn
O
!.£ l/!s)

0
A
A

HTH]
r *<*
,
1
"
0< % <
+f2F^ -o:
6.3i

2*,- V
V
= o
kM
'1.5'

7 wT 2 H>/m + 5>Mj = C»: -(OOCfH H - o


M- O*" ) kM - \AS]

AF C~, X- O.^h,

V - 0.6 M * O.DQo kb).**


- fj m ^
C Vo 3D*

b °*'i M + t ?l=^ = o :
M 0*0 a
J - /.S’ - V - o
llTTTTTT
U X V - (Rot '“4.5-) kO
s
V

1
M- (x ~ LS'X + 0.4S* ) kW-^

AF ce^ I e ^ o"F "fiva ^ » X~ 0.*7-S" *i

V - O K)
“ ~ o, I !25" k^* ^
~ — I I ^ -5*"
KJ*kvt

A+ C*

60 I V l - 0.*? kM * <?oo NJ

do Im U
Problem 5.14 5J3 and 5.14 Assuming that the reaction of the ground to be uniformly
distributed,draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam AB and
determine the maximum absolute value of(a) of the shear, ( h } ofthe bending moment.
36 kN
10 kN/iti 10 kN/m

vAoi# ~ O
3£ V4 - -(0^)(}o) - O
Oil III 0.9 m 0.9 m 0.9 rn
w
W *= 15 UU/tn
v(k w)
18
A C O < X < 0.9 m
9.SJ M
I

k c
»

/^s
e e

7k.X tP -id
4#
r*v'I5y
1.

1 “IB / i tTFj^o 15 x -lox- V- O


V = 5x
t>ZMj = o 4 (loy)^ 4 M = o
M - 2.5x*

Ai x r C 9.5
M - 2.025 kN- *
C h> t) 0.1 w, X * 1.8 * X-0.9S

mr ^
\ okMA^
ElIX;
'TFTTr
-

i:
r t)
M

(ct) MftyiwOw l\M


iswM i 7
T* tv
IS*
= 18 kW
I5x- 9 - V r O
V = I5x ~ 9
00 ImI
~ \?J$
^5xX|) + (x-O.ls")
'
+ M ~ o
2
M~ 7.5 x - ?x 4 9.05 - o
4+ £' V --
)$ kN
N - 1%US kti,yr>

£> H 8 Dse £y»«*etiry +*> C&icoPttie


He sheetr a.o\ai jwow^ed.
6

5.15 and 5.16 For the beam and loading shown, determine the maximum normal
Problem 5.15
stress due to bending on a transverse section at C.

10 kN
CB <ts a tWe

jjjaoojnim $)t M c - o

- H + (2.Z)(3«\bM(l.l) - O
M - 7.U*\QS N~v*>

Sedto* mo do Jos •fo»A

1
S 1 ibV,
3 *
- - &G&.7 X/O \min
"g
&
- €66.7 xlO“ m3
Womai S'b'eSS

ff . J± .
M$r%r. - I0.8S»K>*'P«
fc>6£.7 x /O 6

6* * 10.21 MPa.

Problem 5.1 5.15 and 5.76 For the beam and loading shown, determine the maximum normal
stress due to bending on a transverse section at C
3 kN 9 kN

Re^*f i A .

•+j)M B = c?:
- + (l.sXa) +(I.*Yh. - o
‘i.S’ A +C^X2>)
k * 7.0^ kW t

Use. AC as *?- ko^y ,

rnm M* *OZM c = o: Mc - (J.os)O.S')+ 0.2 )(i.s)(o^s) » o


5 Mt S.STkKJ*^ s.S^xiJ
1

k .5
f.
4 - ** M“v,
C
7. oS Icy r - j~(S°')(3oc>y - tgo y lo^ tuid ~
!‘

I20*/0 wj
£ r ^(SOO) r ISO *H*\ * O.

Mc _ f s.ss> ld*4(oJ5*>)
7. 35 WO
6
Vc,
' 1

I izavio-*-
1. 13> Hpa. -*
Problem 5.17 5.17 For the beam and loading shown, determine the maximum normal
stress due to bending on a transverse section at C\

100 kN iO()kN?
7Ty kNAn J A Oim 4 = o
W4I0X 114
CfDf E\
‘T 3
- R* + (hlGXioo) * (l)((iro)
“ 3
SSf +. * O Rh *m*2khl
-* * -*-4*- 2.25 i
m 0.75 m
0.75
Se^J mg I d-c. a
H K— 0.75
+ H = o
A M M* /w* /c M/ m •

Fp <• d'7
Fo^ VJtytot Hf. roiiesf sfe-d* sed >s ^ 2Zoo i- 1
(,} Av/w'
i ' t

(^‘ZkhJ v
sp^ss id" c
3
r - ±L
•S
- Wtlllll _ Iffrf
2 K o“ 3- /

Problem 5.18 5 J8 For the beam and loading shown, determine the maximum normal stress due to
bending on section a-a.

30 kN 50 VN 50 kN 30 kN

g— Reac4*'oi«S ^ By Svf ft* ivvg4/y


^
A - *B

Ui hi
M = o: A - 8 - so kti

5 @ 0.8 m “ 4 m
Usi^ bc<J^ o3 be^w- <25 4ve kody^

3t^ y\j. - o
-&o)(50 4 C3o4(l.a) + (;5oXo.Y) 4
;

M - o

5?0 V
M - \°H kO'm r |<?4 *|q* W* rv,

Foir W3 I O * 51 * }
S « 748x|o 3
„ /
*m
3

3
= 7tfg y |cV yv,

stress, <S -
M _
r
|0t- !
y /o 3
134, ,£V|o‘ fk
$ 748 < i o“ 4

(T- >34.0 HP In.


Problem 5.21 5,21 Draw the shear and bending-momenl diagrams for the beam and
loading shown and determine the maximum normal stress due to
bending

,
+) 51M b - o
ci'ixtoo) - jc , + &<4 )u™)\ (o‘b)a^)- o
C52 C - 2(0 Lfv/
0.3 m 0.6 m
9lH t sO
pc
ro) - ((e*>)( 0 ‘(>) - (1'<+)0<™) +• 3 B = o
B - f O LkJ

Shea/'
A +o C V= - /<T7>
I'lM C h> D“ V* Uo Ul
X)* fo E
~
V • (o t^i
E + -h>B
M (Aa/jO
Bend »
nqj
moment
M' C u* *r t)^H c = d
+ m * a
T/ M - - 3-0 tptjn* .

At D A y.
£. t) 2" Hjj s O
A
(0^)(na)
V + h = O
M - Jftv.

M E
M /» £—? ±)^Mg * o H * (o°k)(t*) - o M= £V- Ulfn.

\J Y 0*k>

wax I M t - Sty Mf*»


5 3
Po/1 £3/« X Sv toSSecl steef section 5 -
zz fax *P
<S~ 0 /k m
Nort»\a.t s+t^ess C - - —— 3
- - a
-> (sT^KtcS'*

Proprietary Material. <0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or

any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
6"*. = S6.0 MP*
Problem 5.23 5.22 and 5.23 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and
loading shown and determine the maximum normal stress due to bending.
9 kN/m

fUTTic: nr = 0:
Y -6A + iX)(ci'Y.S) + Zo ~ D
W200 X 22.5
A * 2o kU
2 m 2 in

OlM, - o :

M - l/W-m
A+
+ IIF/ --o* \j - % - o
V " 2
Dih 0 = o :

- M - = o
M - “ ^ - >vj

wjax iMl r 24 few* *v * 24 Wo* N)»>vi

3
Fo^ 'ro^stJ s4eei^ sedlo^ W ^Oj' 22. S- 194 x to* nt*
r m */o‘
6
^

VI siress. G - r —————-r - 134. e> x-/p* P* •? IS^.O MPa.


S m*l 0 -<r
5.25 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and
Problem 5.25 shown and determine
loading the maximum normal stress clue to bending.

(Z -Dm 8 =o
C£'4>0>) - +(i'£)C4-o)* o
G ' 43* / k-Kl
W360 X 32,9

1 .5 m 2A m 1 .5 m f?scud to*N ”££ +D M c = G>


0'S)(>€>)~ fr ,«-)&<>)+ t o
B * L-M

S\i€Ol^ d* .

A HC *
S/= -» AV
C + •& D“' V- -zo + tfz-f sw k-tj
0+ -t» B V - 2 1*1-4-0 tv
A4- A c^J B M - o

M j
tA/^-
A-f C Ohc - o
>s>*r 4 Mt s O
- — -?-t5 jLa/ <*»

A+ D + 3 ZHj, - o
^ d e
- M0 i tbS){U.<i)

Ha “ Z£‘ i,$ k-Kj f

M-7

C *><> AW/r,

Fo*’ V\/.2£e>)< rofijej s{-e ej! S&o-f S ~ 4''74t'K/^ /ka-v

D --
^ 63-3 M/V
474 - X/p

Proprietary Material. <& 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5.26 Knowing that W- 12 kN, draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for
Problem 5.26
beam AB and determine the maximum norma! stress due to bending.

4-1 ^y-o: A - S + 12 - 8 4 8 - o
f\
* "B » 2. UW

"
SV^ecxv'
A +o C. V s X kW
C +
+» D7 V = - € ANf

p4 £~ V s* £ kbJ
V(W) C
-fa>

V - - 2 WW
E* h> B.

2
c e b
A D A+ c- *0 ^ K'c, -or
-2
& c M c~ 0X0 = °
- G Mt- 2. * Wi

A+ D *
+ ^M 0 = O!
M
m c>
- o Xx i + esxo
A ~~c c zr O
|
— — H kKJ*^
2.*<" y\
y

sy Mw>*f ry ; pi r 2 W * ^ *>^ £? Me =

hn o^C I M i H fcW • Vv\ £


-
3
Fov- w 3/o x 23. 8^ S* r 2$>o y (D w,0 - 2SO x fO *
wO

Moew = * Q* /o 3 _ IH.lWlo* P,
<J? .sfr-e-ssl
^i«j6 ^ac-xto' 6 -

e^’^.awa-

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced,
or

distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution
to teachers

and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.

5.27 Determine (a) the magnitude of the counterweight If for which the maximum
Problem 5.27
absolute value of the bending moment in the beam is as small as possible* ( b ) the

i iA
^
yv\ovvy cef D ,

*
I
Hi* = - (s- + &YO + h 0 = o

—1 Hd — (% - ~Yf 'j kKI-vv>

- o.S V"

E"o l/ a.4"« - Md = Hc V- 2 - S - O.S'W


•*»
GO ~V= 10.6667 kN V-/o.£7kVJ

Mt - - 2.6667 kk) - no M0 = 5.6667 kW***- 2.666 7x/o* jj.*,

IMI^ - 2.6667 i<u.^

For' ']a/~3IOx 23, S \roJMeJ fAzeJ? sh^pe^

Sy - 3.80 x(0
S
^ = 'X'bO'tlO Ki
1

tu 6;
_
'
7.6667 x to* _ _ _
7,SX*lo ,
c o
Pa. MP«_
S* Z&oylo-'-

ft ^ yf
!Tn°i
hy
J7-
mea n f
, ,M.^
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill L
T
® 09 The McGr Hil! Com Pa " i «' ,nc - All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
lth0 Ut ,he pr,or written ermission of *•« publisher, or
P used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
r

Problem 5.28 5.28 Knowing that P ~ Q = 480 N, determine (a) the distance a for which the
absolute value of the bending moment in the beam is as small as possible, (b) the
corresponding maximum normal stress due to bending. (See hint of Prob. 5.27.)

12 imn

P - 480 N a* 480
Jt A. s or
- Aa + 480 ('a.-o.s') - H%o(\ - aS] - o

ci ivi okv\ €.«*.( 3D , -f tD ? ~ c> »

M Df -M e ..moO-^-o
^ I
p Mn - r^/So(l - N • Vv-l

60 t - Mn - H_ 480 ( I
- <0 =• 4 80 -—p
<5L- 0. 1i66oS Vv^ CL ~ 366

A - I “a.*. 62 W M. » G 4. 3 I A/- Ho M d »-G 4 . 3 l N-w,

(\> D Fwa P-e-


^
^ •^*'A sec^fio^ S -
^ U*
^3
°!

S= ' G48 = GHSV/O**

I Ml
S
£4.3
— q ^ <^.^*(0 Pa.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No partofthis Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
M

Problem 5.29 5.29 Solve Frob. 5.28, assuming that P = 480 N and Q = 320 N.

5.28 Knowing that P ~ Q - 480 N, determine (a) the distance a for which the
absolute value of the bending moment in the beam is as small as possible, (b) the
corresponding maximum normal stress due to bending. (See hint of Prob, 5.27.)

500 mm —J-*— 500 mm — P - N Q. * 32.0

Ct D
}B 18 mm 'R i'ova cJt A, +!>'Z s ^ or
jjg

Aa + 42.0 (<x~ O.s') ~ 3 zo Cl — cl'') = £>

A- ($oo - ^2 ) is/

13 t* C. +3?t\=0:
-aSA + Mc » o
r o*.££

- (Hoo - ) M.

IB^kisfi’n* r*.+ •&. +5 zm # *o;


V. <2 =
- o
M0 - 32» (l- cl') -
1^6
v*
* 7 - -- !
*
f

&
MD = 32o + 32P cl^ N-**
I

Co.) BojtsoJe* - M0 ~ 3 Zo - 32o cl - f-oo

32o a. + Boat - 2go = O a. - O.S/ 273 m ;


- /. 04873 i~>

pLjec^t kc^a/Iv/?. fowf ,


CL-S^^vvi

A - MG. o/q w Me 5 SZ.0P1 Md ’ -^rs.006

Ob') F^ r> e c.4 a,v. u9 S - 4 ^


^

S - £0*)0a^ r G43 ^ ^

= s’-^‘ TV e^si.trhPa.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
M .

Problem 5.30 5.30 Determine (a) the distance a for which the absolute value of the
bending moment in the beam is as small as possible, (b) the corresponding
maxitiiu m normal stress due to bending. (See hint of Prob, 5.27.)
{Hint: Draw the bending-moment diagram and equate the absolute values of
the largest positive and negative bending moments obtained.)

rj B
\Y360 X 32.9
7-0 Ol — (2 + 3’^ Pg " O
-<•- (t ->4'* - *
2,4 m 1.5 m
Rg - ” 20 a. t

S&mcJ iivi^ y*\o eni" Hr T^.

M, kNm * * O1fM 0 - o
M0 + i'$ RB - O
1* ~ /*if Re * -20a)

>otn O Me - o
~ Zfla. + M.
e-a. >
>6*7 yV

hefOeAi Me .
* M f

>c>ou 0^4 - Sea-)


5*7

ex* r -A 33 M O*'} CL - h'3'3 A^

Tl^ - Mc ^ M 0 s 4le>)C/*33)

J 4*7 feW />% .

3 5
Fo/* ft \1 c i z'ofl/es? sF ee/ 5 ex. "f o« / S r

stress
M _ > bjTftt (ft*
X%*5 M/V (bt JX*3MA.
0
'
S ’
faq-nto

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.31 5.31 Determine (a) the distance a for which the absolute value of the bending
moment in the beam is as small as possible, (£) the corresponding maximum normal
stress due to bending. (See hint of Prob. 5.27.)
X

Problem 5.32 5.32 A solid steel rod of diameter d is supported as shown Knowing
.

that for steel 7860 kg/m*, determine the smallest diameter d


y that can he

used if the normal stress due to bending is not to exceed 28 MPa,

Lei W~
w » vr - Air = fJ*LY
f? e a <d o m i a.! A
A - i W
moment <S-+ ce.^le*'- erf beam
2
^
l i)lM c ^ o
^

h ? -#&) - (f t) - o
w V •WL
2 M -
8
£ s5l?
cPlV
For £ ¥^6 S£ $€ om (c - %d)
” “
I -
= fc
fe\ s - ! - fc* -

Mormaf sfr'ess

6- m. s L*r
^ = r*
S -rr . <&
3
d c#

L*r
Sojhn'iftfi^ !-»' ol dU
Bd“ci : l~~ -5^

g* r

<j|
g TJ)l<gWf.f/) =

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
f

(3.C (7 V(>o )(7.gl)


/,*
lb b _~
4
b - 6 # CG>
(3\(<ro*|o‘)
5.34 Using the method of Sec. 5.3, solve Prob. 5.1a.
Problem 5.34
5.1 through 5.6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and
loading shown.

vj/L
±)7.V\ B ~ o : -At + wL- j- o 2L

SZM, o ; Bi- 8 -
^
- w
V ~ V* - ~ ,5 W rl*
o
5 “ WX
V wL wx
V -
ft
- wx - A - w* -

d£3 - v
M - MA “ 5o VJly
wLy “ wy*
X 2.
1
M - M, * if- , ^(ix-x'')
M ocdu^s *,4 X » %
v -i : °

wLl
s

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
535 Using the method of Sec. 53, solve Prob. 5.2a
Problem 5.35
5*1 through 5.6 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and
loading shown.

= o: IA - t>P = o
£o.
£>rtA,= o: lc- ar * o r
U _
'
L
?UL
(£h&)
A+ A\ V -
^ ^ M * o

A fo 8~ o < x a
s; ^
Ih ft

W = o x - O
^ p«±> Y V. = <3 „ Pb

Pko.
L
A-) 3*. I/: »-f - £3.
A v
6+ -foC* o.< % * L
rx
W - o Vv' ^ " O
v0 - v, = o V - - -Ef-

Mc - Ms - C -l&(l.-<*,) -Bat
£ V,*t,
Mc - Ms - ^ ^ IHU - 2»*

=
= O

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission
5.36 Using the method of Sec. 5.3, solve Prob. 5.3a.
Problem 5.36

5.1 through 5.6 For the beam and loading shown, (a) draw the shear and bending-
moment diagrams, (b) determine the equations of the shear and bending-moment
curves.

A+ At v;= -'P
ft
*- —*J
A 8. = - w - °

% r V = 4, -

M - - P% + C
M - o <Jr - c> C =o
t

H =• -'Poe,

At 8. X- — cL M * -Pec

4 8t V * - p - p = - z?

c. °

M - - 2P*. 4 Ct

A+ 8 . a. M = - P&
— Pet = ~ 2 P <3. + **

M “ Px t PGu
At C, X - 3 Pa,

Proprietary Material. © 2609 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5.37 Using the method of Sec. 53, solve Prob. 5Aa.
Problem 5.37
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators oermitlcd bv McGraw-Hill for their individual course oreoaration. A student using this manual is using it without oermission.
S

Problem 5.40 5.40 Using the method of Sec. 5.3, solve Prob. 5.7.

|20kNl48kN |20kN|20kN 5*7 and 5.8 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading
shown, and determine the maximum absolute value (a) of the shear, (b ) of the
Pt Ei bending moment

0.225 m 03 m 0.225 m 03 m Ovt* ACj C-Dj fGSj


| &X\J[

^ - w - O V *
v. (£h)
28 5^e

c: V" -20kH
e .
L ..
8 t+» D- v- - 29 kfj

D e
nr - 12
p

-bo

-k> 8-
V
V
-

r ^
-Z^- jm - 9
-
k/t

- iz ku
-10
*Hut sks*.^- AjSJ V*\ <t5 sktJU/*. .

M (**//*)
Area.* erf -sheav-

A +*» C • A ac - (r 2/})(0'229') - - 4--^ kNh


C +» *t> *
A £d - £a5(>*5) - ^ ***
r D 4« 9 Aoe ^ ~ 1-8 V-Kh)
/ D
I
s (8)(? ,
22S')

9 4t> S* Agft
r r ~

&e*vtffu/»A v^\ o^ev


o
Since V is c.owNS'l'ctw'i'
o - ^5" - A*$* k.Nh ove.s' ecus4i ©"T H-ve
- 4-t 4 ?•* * M Wb
M 4 bS = 5*7 ^ ben.ohvv^
Vj i+Vv SJ&yTe
f-ke
a^vciAif^wv

-f*7 ~ “ JJ./ i/v'Al


e>vev fkestf po'A(o*\S.

CsC) IvU r 2> klV

ct) ImL_- -f-7 {i.Nfn


; ,

5.41 Using the method of Sec. 5.3, solve Prob. 5.8.


Problem 5.41

5.7 and 5JI Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and
loading shown, and determine the maximum absolute value (a) ofthe shear, (b) of the
bending moment.
21 kN 24 kN 2 ) kN

Ct »t Ei ft iov\$ oh A F-
•O^Mp = o:


|
4 @ 0.75 m = 3 in -
~3RA + CiAS'itoA} +(1.50X2*0 + (<X7y1C?«0
•(a?rY>f> - o
V. kW
Ra - 3c) kfJ 4

OIM a - O
- (p.is X3*0 - (i.SoX^h) ~ 3 Rf
~(Su 1S)(2H) - o

Rp - (a(> kW f

A 4o C. V-
C -h> D„ V 3o-2*/ - 6 kV
Mj kM-*
21 D 4u E. V * £ - Z1 * ~ /Sky
E-fe F. V-*- - IS ~2H - - flUw
F 4-o B. V" -*t3 *£6 - ZH khl

o? s^iga*- »»

A 4® C. A Ac ~ C0.7SY3o) - 22.5" JrN-*

C. +0 Aco ~
(o.?sXO -
4.5 kU*wi
D E. “
Aoe C0.75 X-/S) r - /3.S"
E -K F. Aep
~ (0.75) ('”42') — 3/.S fcV/.Ki

~ ky^
F +» 8. Ape. (o.75rX2l') = is

8e^;^ tnoiwe wj S rn

M A =0 (a) /Vl^ =• 42.0 kW


He - 0+ 23.5* r UM.vws
(F> )m\^ » 27. .OW. w
Mo *. 1.ST* 27
Me * 27- 13. S' r I'J.S’ kW-v*

Mp = I3.S" - 3US - “<*

M6 - -12 + 13 ~ O
M

Problem 5.42 S.42 Using the method of Sec. 53, solve Prob. 5.9.

5,9 and 5.10 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and
loading shown, and determine the maximum absolute value (a) of the shear, (b) of the
bending moment.

+3 MB * o: - SA +• Ci)Q>°)C*\ + (60)00 • C>

A~ 72 kw f

OM a
- o: SB - 0 X><ACO = o
6 - H8 ku t

CW^k: ff^Py - 72 -(2)0=0- £o 4 12. - O

$kea.f ok

V.OtW'l VA - 72. kh/

A C. 0 *= oc * 2.^ w - 3o kfJ/»v7

\4 — VA * ~ S0 ‘A*. — — Co k.u

Vt = 77L- Co - 12. k^
C+» D. V = \4 = 12 kw
D -fe* 0. V - \4 - Go = - tf S kw

Ay^eas. o-p .s Ke^Lv/^ .

A-kC. '

Aac * ±(7a + ia)0O -SifW.h,


M( |< M • tn) C fo 0. A^ - (uYr) - lx kv-*»

D f* 8. Aoa r (“78)00 - - 76 k^-*vs

Be» HA<^ lA^ <P »VS e-v-fs • M a =o


Ht = O + Sf =• &7 ku
MD “ 37 + IT. = 76 If

- 76 - 7^ = C) as

C<t) IVl^r 72.0 ktO

(\0 lML* - 7<S.o kW-vw


,

Problem 5.43 543 Using the method of Sec. 5.3, solve Prob. 5. 10,

5*9 and 5.10 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and
45 kN/m loading shown, and determine the maximum absolute value (a) ofthe shear, (b) of the
120 kNI
bending moment.

n nn \c T

Me- o; ~/-M +Co'iKsi) ~(o'l)(tzS) - o


H^-b.9 m A
A - kM i.e. b
- O: /4CL-<°'lX.8i) -&-7X lza ) * o
V (M') C ~Z 2o-s k-M t

-Sk ect^ ,ol >o>nrQ.w ..

VA = -n-skfi
A +o C. O < X < kP tn w= - 45 A/z/a, r

r <r
,
J'9
~laa<S v® - vj, » M/ /*> * - 6( kN
V6 - -H-5-8 1 - ~{oo-5 W
M (in*) C 4© 13. V - -{00-5+ ZZo-5 -S' ;z<?

Av'eftS " of skeav'


11 " -*•' — ^ (/'<aL
" .1
vv\
i

A 4o C. $vjtx -
J )(- l{5-{0d-5)(t-8)
(
- -fog (cNfn
f<>8 kttfo

C 4*> 8. $V Ux. ~ (o'fiOze) = tap

Ha = o
Hc - MA + - O - lap r - top kHh

- Hc + S^ ~ — /<>«? 4 to 3 sf O

M <x.x v w»o w\ | V I
~ /2o k.N

Mm \ ^ *»

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
s V

Problem 5.44 5.44 and 5.45 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and
loading shown, and determine the maximum absolute value (a) of the shear, (A) ofthe
bending moment
240 mm 240 mm 240 mm
— fr -4— * * ——

c d\ i

OXM a » o: - 0.73 A +(0.<*iXl2o') i(o.M) 62o)


- 7. % -7.X = O
A - IOO y f
120 N 120 N

t> 2M* = oi -(0.2*06**') -CQ4g)(|ao^ -7.3


- 7. X 4 0.72 B - o
7.2W-*> 7.2W-w>
B - I Vo Wf
C Cl SVi&q^, gPt, K CQ/v\
.
-^OJV -*j
A f-0.:W -fO.M g A C. V M
looM
1 7o mn +e» ® loo

C io V, V* )0O- /SO ‘r -.?o /V

V(W) 0 ^ 8 . V “ - -/2o = -/Vo /d

, io© rShe^urL-dH
<**0 l-H.3) A fo C. $ V j
*•
ZH bl-*i

C +a D. S V4» - (o.a.MV-Ao') ? -Z3 a/-w


C-33.0
- \Mo D -H» B t \Svdx *(p.2*/^/Vo)r - 33.6 W-v*

M (W'»»0 8enj»M<g r>i©me»if »

Ha - o"
Me - 0 4 2H ~ M
Me 4 -
+ 7. a - 31.7
MjT - 31.7 - H. 8 - 26.
Mb 4 - 2C.V •* 7.X * 33.6 A/, to

Ha ’ 33.6 - 33.6 - O

Cd) Mco<irm>«^ tvi * mo n


Im t - 33.6 M-i

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.45 $.44 and 5,45 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and
loading shown, and determine the maximum absolute value (a) of the shear, (£) of the
bending moment.

3.5 kN/m

oui A.

-O IH
8 - o:
- 3,0 A + (i.s\(3.o)&.s'\ - o
4- (t^Ks)
A = 6.75 kN 1

^ea. X I O n <^8. e - 6.75 few t

3.5 klA*"
8&Ct,lrV\ AC B 6— SOCl.JPir)^* See skc,-i~C-k,

A^e*-S o'? <?/

G.75 feN
£.75" feW
(

am*. £.4)6.5) - a.
1
# few
3kN C +o B, (0.6 X^S"') ~ *. I WW
-
(C.^YS) 7.7
5kggt<r sh <st^ .

= £.75 kM
V, Vk? Vt‘ = 6.75 -8.4 ~-l.65feW
ve * =•
-L6S-Z - -i.CSky
<G.1£ UN
V6 - -H.65 - 7.1 = - 6.75 kW

OvAe-r A i C, V- 6.7S-3.StL

A+ G. V - 6.75 - 3.5 56s. = O ot,^- /.*?*26 *


(-o.vni) *

A y-€go s A?**/" diA.^/v&.v/y. .

A 3.4a |
A (o&, 4 0.^6X6.7r^ 6.508*1 kU.w> =•

& C„ i (o.47N )(- /.65 ) ~ - 0.385^ kU‘mo


C 4« B #
^(o.6X-V-65~£.7sr) = -3.43 iAI-iv,

&.Sow febA*
M a =o
Ma. = O 4 G-Sog^ =r 6.50 8 <7
Me." - 6-5084 -0.328? ^ G.nUU^
g- c e
M^+ - 6./a- 2.7 = 3-47 A4J-^
Ms - 3.42. - 3.42 - O

(a) 6.75 fcW

(b) IHL^ - 6.5/ feW. ^


; -

5,46 Using the method of Sec. 5.3, solve Pfob, 5.15.


Problem 5.46
5.15 and $16 For the beam and loading shown, determine the maximum normal
10 kN stress due to bending on a transverse section at C
3 kN/, 100 mm

TT n
|j
200 mm
* *k B £>5MC = ^
u 1.5 m 1-5 m 2,2 to
- 3A +( l.iTXio') -
A - kW
(l, 1)62.2) (3) » o

Ol M a = O
0
-tf.s) Cilo ) + 3 c -{4 Ofr.aKs^ .
*

C kv

A +0 V x ZSV kM
D4 +o C~ v « 7.58 -/o - - HI kfj 7.
4
C V -7.47 + W.O.*9
=•
G &£> ^ M .

B V * €.CO -(3.0(3) = O

A
M(lrtW)
A -b D 3.8? InJ m
D 4* C 5vjv r ( l.s)(~ 7.43 ) - II. 13 ko-»vj
C 4i> B .£ V-lk * HYzaYcaA -
7.ZG kW-m

Wo^evirf\5
W* 0
- D 3.8? - 3.87 kW.
Ho + vn

He r 3,87 - U . 13 “ - 7.XC
Me 7. *6 - 7. l& * 0

IMj i.zc ky-* 7. 26* id*

~c*iT t^ec.4 C^S!S ^ ed»' OM s = z^ x


* (i)(/w>)(aooY
* 6CC.67WG '
r CC&.C7 * fO* *T

0 , _ *-£~
6-- Me | I 7.2&*/o3 c 0
rl sires*, = c fc fe X7K|D-*
r 10.S9*|O p«
,

- lo.g9 MPs.

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
O

Problem 5.47 5.47 Using the method of Sec. 5.3, solve Prob. 5.16.

5.15 and SJ6 For the beam and loading shown, determine the maximum normal
stress due to bending on a transverse section at C.

3kN 3kN
B 'J sy :
A - B
1.8 kN/m
L/_ + tlR ~ O': A +8- 3 - 3 -CH.S)0-2>) = o
j

P 30(Unm A * B - 7.0s JeW

-1.5 in-
,5 ct l- V'&.v^ * VA = 7. os kw
A 4-0 c; w/ = i*s kwAi
Vj CkfJl
C\
A+ C“. V - 7. os'- Cf-a-K/.s'i - k$s fep
+
A+ C .
, V= ‘^S'- 2> * J.SS" krV

C+ 'f'o t). ia/ = \.% kM /**


-
A4 D~ v~ i-ss - 0.SX/-8") r

- 4.3S"-
A+ D+ V 1 " - L'iS’-S * - 4. ss ^
-7. OS' D+ +> 8. w =? I.S fcM

A+ B., V= -^.35" -(/.S' )(/.&>* -l.oiTkW


M (lcJJ*ivb

C\S'6Z5
Dir<w skettV" .

V ^ O at p*>i**4' £f
3
*Ht€ pui wf oFCD*
yp 4-ko 0^1*60^ .

C t? E MoC
A +o C £ (7.oS+ *f. SSYl.S') « S.SS-
C k E £= i(i.3sX».75'> - 5* t'M * ikt/»

£k D 4:C~I*'3> s)Co-75')
* - O. S0625 kU*H*

bk b £M.SS- 7.0S)&~£) - - S.5S" kM*M

n>oMe^4s? ~ f—ov' <x ^ec4"c«.v, seek


1'

M G - o + s.6"<r - s.sr ikio*^ s = i = (irXso)(o,oo')

x l&
Mg- “ S.S5"+ 0.5c><**5
“ er.C»S63S' “ I ^ Q. iviivt * 1.2 x/c? y*\

Md - 1.0S&2S -O.S°t>*T -
nO’TiviA.J S+v-eSS <k" C,
Ms = S.Si"- S.ST = o
r -~ ±U- s.ssxlQ
° l.avlo
-
? '

5 '

1, S
M-t- S.SSxltf
- U^s^ia* P*
<$*- 7„/3 HPcc
Problem 5.48 5.48 Using the method of Sec. 5.3, solve Prob. 5.17.

Svl 7 For the beam and loading shown, determine the maximum normal
KKH:N lOOkN stress dm to bending on a transverse section at C.

-O'? = o
— 4'S' A "V -k (2>)Uo°) -+ (IS) (2 < l& )(!*(£$) v* o
A - ^2-2- kkl.

SWea/' A +o C V t m*%M
Areoi ohoIc/* slwe.^v’' toy'i/s A to C j Vdy - (o«7s)Cm*i)
- W'tj-'ts .

' °
Mc ~ Oh wwf r ksi fa ~

5
i~W IA/ AiO 'kCU^f *siee>^ se*4~io\* S - ZZCQfilO A«-a*

i’lfess 6" - H
S
l^r/ry/o
,
... >

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

Problem 5.49 5.49 Using the method of Sec. 5.3, solve Prob. 5.18,

5.1$ For the beam and loading shown, determine the maximum normal stress due
30 kN 50 kN 50 kN 30 kN to bending on section a-a

i
h W3I0X52

2 m \ IlVj - o; A - B - 8o few

V (kKO Sl^ea/». di
go A +*=> C. ,
V * So kU
So C +o D, y - So - 3o = So ku
^ j
(4o) D h* £“. V - ^o -vS-o * o
* 1 —•
"*
Av'eas ok
H4 (kU
(UK) ^
km)
. A ho C ^>V«4y - (,8o Xo. 8 r UiJ~m

/64
/ C +o D* S VAy
r
- (vTo)(o.8') »

/ Xi +* E, S V<4* = o

L x Vr\gW\ j~s.

Ma = °
Hc = o + qh * 6V kiA**
Mo - 6*# + 9o - kU*m
He * )©4 + o> ? f*4 kU-w>

hA m - Jo^Wo3 H ^
3
\-or W SlO*^ r742 * lo *V,M
3
= * IO~
C

No*'*-^ s-fvess. 6* r m
~ 31.o */<?*” P<1
*}o- *
i

6"- 134.0*4 Pa.

Proprietary Material. 0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
:

Problem 5.52 5.52 For the beam and loading shown, determine the equations of the shear and
bending-moment curves and the maximum absolute value of the bending moment in
the beam, knowing that (a) k ~ 1 (b) k = 0.5, ,

i*i = (i + k)*p - kw.

- kw0 -

V s kw«x - + c,
V-o d x * o c»* o

cho
- V = N,x - Ch-JO|^—

Ml * (i + ^ + ct
M = O cut X * o C, = o
+ k )w<,
H = _ U±i
6t
c** k = \ . V
\ * w0 x -
L
>-

M**.; •*t M OCCUv^5 at X r L


C

M k , j.
z • V * W0 X
z Hi.
3w„X l
3
Ml -
W0 X*- \w„x
~ HL
H

V-o Jt y = § L
l
A+X s *it -- 0.0370M w„L

At x = L M » O
Wp L*
7.7

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5.54 and 5.55 Draw the shear and bending- moment diagrams for the beam and
Problem 5.54
loading shown and determine the maximum normal stress due to bending.

JGkN/ni

T +D2M 6 =o:
A
SI 50 X 18.6
- 2.5 A + 0.75)0-5)00 - O
1.5 m 1 m A r 16. 8 Vrw

-O^a r o:
V (kw') -(o,?y)(l.'S)(iO 4 2-5" £ - o
k B - 7. 2 It K>

Shear ,
.0 C VA - I6.« Ich/

Vc. = 16.8 - (1.5)00 r -ZZ kKt

d —^1 Ve = -7.2 kw

Locale p«M>n + D where V- O.


8.82
\7.2 ~ 45" *1
d - 1.05' K7] J.5“

ie s/*e<a^ =iAa wo

A +* t>. IVoJv " (^(1-05)06.8 ) - 8.82


DHC. X-7.it)-
C4» S, $ VJy - (0C-7.O * -7.2 kW**'

= o
Ho - 0 + 8.82 * 8.82 kM-v^
Ho - 8-82- /.62 - 7.2 kM*****

Me- 7-2-72-0
M<^Xi yv\t>n^ IM) - g.82 kM-^ * g.82x/o 3 M-»^

For S 157> * 18. C t'ojfed s’i’eeJ section


j
S- \20 */0
3
wm1 - IZO*to *»

45
Hotw>o,i s-freas . S' - “ 73.5 *7© Pa
S' - 73.5 MPd.
4 1

5.54 and 5.55 Draw the shear and bending- moment diagrams for the
Problem 5.55
beam and loading shown and determine the maximum normal stress due
to bending.
45 kN/m

m nCI m &«gj$df£
c
’."i. :!
ink

n 250 him
**) ?h6 =o
- 3-bA + 4) - lip O
-H h
-

75 mm a * 67' ^
t — 2.4 m -'•••*" * 1.2 m-H
t)ZM tt = o
vcun - C4$)t2-k)(l.z) * S‘ipB - lb ~ o
B - 4-0'4-^n

SV»eav'. VA = k-M

Vt - 64' 4 - owr) ( 2*44 - *** ^^ ^ k-N

C -h> 8 V - - 4-0* 4- kW.

Uoc«de poin4 ID w/»eye V - o


a _ ... „
4
'

7*- “ hbd * -?'T


rt

Jr /*^4l Z‘4~J * 0*^ fa

M (tti H') A/'ec^S onde^ she^c^ «4 a.^

A +«> t> 5V *lx r r $V7 <*~

D +* c, $ v a* •-
^ ,4 ? - /** ^
>

C 4» B i V^x - - " 4fr4$'k^


Bevo^ vnom c^is: Ha s °
^ — o + 5° *7 r So 7 f fa

Me ^ £>•?*. r

M& - 32*52-- 4^ 4# =r - /r-44

IM\* £-0*1

F»y r«4** 3 oJPo* cy»ss :se*f S U* “ = 7P/25& ^


" IMI Sb'7*(o>
N»yw a 7 stress CT rrjjr - 6^** ^ A4 /^J
7#fiSoY./0

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
. 2

5.56 and 5.57 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and
Problem 5.56 shown and determine
loading the maximum normal stress due to bending.

(it) kN I 1 60 kN
O IH g r o :

if 1
'

imki -3.0 A +(2.8)(t,o) ^ (2.2)(Ct>)'+ <l> -^)Cll 0


{ )
~ O
W250 X 49.1
A- m ku

+ 3Z H fl
= o:
-(O.H)(Co') -CO.tXCo) -(ZZXllo) 4- 3.06 = O
y, w B - ua kP

c|i^ir<>u

K Ml.
Skect"*
A
C4 4
+o C~.
4* D~-
V
V ~
* mS-6o
12
ku
£g^M
D 4* E". V - 6S
+
£ 8, V= 2 - IX.O ^

(u.JUcUw*) P o£
A 4* C. (O. 4)0X8^ - SI. 2 kY)-^
Ci D. 6).‘0(6S'> ~ 21.2W’^
D 4° 0.4K8'! =
E 4o B, (Q.V)C-lll') = -«<?.£ k’M-rv,

M, UK)-h
MA = o
Mt » o + 5 a /. - 37.2.
M0 « SI.Z + Z?.Z - 7F.7 WW-*o
M6 - IX.M+l/.a = S^.C, Icti-v*
M= ~ 8*?. 6 -g?.6 - 0

iMl^- S^.C -gt&x/D 3

Po*' W 2.5-0 x 4 7. I ro9ftaJ! -s4e<?^ secAia* S~ S7Z^/C) tv.»* - S12*lO vZ


3
Kjoir
ft
c.,*
i
stress .

.

b z
lM(
'
89X^lo
^ - ~ ISb.C v (O Yc^
^- 7
~ Q
<s
^ ^

<S - 15*6.6 M P<l

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Jitc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributedin any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution
to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.57 5.57 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and
loading shown and determine the maximum normal stress due in bending,

HO VS/jkx
O2 T Mg ~ o -o*S a * (t‘to\(0 ' 1 )(0 -is) -o
h - 2?'4 ktf.

0<r& - = o
0,3 nri

B - kH

SheaV' ~ z7*4-£//

8“ Va“ * ~ 04 »)(<>'$)- £ M/-

B* Ve < - •* (<*'*)- 7-7-/ £V

C Vc - 2-7»# - (/</*)<>**) <5? ,o

Locate peiw/ "D w^e»^e V - O


JL - *£=.«? 70-3*1 = /v>7

drM/te O/JT- W - 0- 2-*? At .

Arv^s Omcletr -sh«eur

Ai»B i'Voly. - (4X***)(*'*') r -?* ^7 M/a


;
O+o B 5
r 7 m/**-

BU £\0*- (I )(z7^)(o,z) r 2*7i LN*, •

8etn«jltlft^ MOmeiA’ts • f^A ~ ^

H0 - 0 4 3-oSl r S*o8T Mm
Hq “ 3'0&7 - 5*'£?7 ” -2*/ fcs/m
Hc r <-2-,? 4 Z'7<? # O
|« <j

M A.xt**na*n (Ml

Loos-K ce*vfroi‘4 of dross Setfiow


Y r i~ £2£? -
.
M-m, -fW>M, loe>~HoH*
3Z-Zs
Fetr- eoceA fWVi.'i^ie J -

Mome^f j>F
|«—— Jr^f
I, XI +
i^esh'4.
XAd l

~ 457$9*} -f 7$t$ - \M~


3
min JL)inhr>
fitirt A,Mm y/inin d/InlV)
Noirmai sfiress

<D II2JT SO Uz$o ti< 2 % ZIM Km ? 7


° ~
Me , fc»off7 C4UzHfc)

&n>8i ioSltSd £ !H£Ulster (Z -

#; lido }£ £2 So 6 g‘W
& M lodfSo Mm ~ £&' °1 /Asf>e\
6~r.^c ~ t
; 7

Problem 5.59 5.58 and 5*59 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and
loading shown and determine the maximum normal stress due to bending.

2 fcN
140 mm
3 kN/m
UK' ) - O’iOOtiO + H 8 » o
B - r.5 kN

160 mm 02 Me - <5: &Xi) +(&)&)(*) -*tc = &


-
C 8.5 kK/

V OctO
* A-kC: V = - Z IrU
C +: V c -2 + 8.5 - 6.5
- - 5.5 A*M
D : V - G.S -

i.ocoAe
r' p«i"w + D V — O.
j = t-J
£.5 12 c/ a- xc
5.5

d>- 2. 1667 4-*/ = 3. 3333 r*

Areas gf -He 1

r
A+*C. XvW* - C-2.°X0
C -/to D. ^Ve/> = £(?.»6«7)<ks>- 7.0417

D +6 B. 5 V*f* - £(s.8S333'X-5.5h -S.O^n

Be.vic/tyi^ wi e Hs Ma ~ &
Mc - 0 -2.0 r - 2.0 fcM-wn

M0 - -2.0 + 7.0417 = S.OHl


fv|
a
x 5.0 Ml 7 - 5.0417 - O

M c^y i»nc> »vs |Ml r S.OHl 7 - 5.0HI7X/0* N**,

Forp.yf Co- i Jo * i(l6o^ - SOm^ ^ C*- 4 lo M,

I- f(cj- O - f[C8oV-(7oD r \Z. 2 /aS»lO*to*


H

s „ x J3305</o' ~ jfy,
3 _ 1 £6.406 x'/d"^ w,*
Co So
NW<v> <s / .sHes* 6
'
_
M S. OH llxlo*
30.3 *ID
C
Pft
s f 60 . Ho6*io-
&

6*= 30.3 MPa


Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
,

Problem 5.61 5,61 Knowing that beam Alt is in equilibrium under (be loading shown,
draw the shear and bench g- moment diagrams and determine
i
3
the maximum
normal stress due to bending.

A C O* vc < (S'f/n .

w ’7^o 0-^) -7 Jo - met


It. t in— O.d m *\
Mr
tfht.
- W r Mir X -TS'O
x
V (kffi v sr V* + Jk
(/<P 7 X X ~7So')Jx
-7^0 X (£ki
- o 4
Jx

- /jTD M ~ Ma + £v<iy
=T o + Jsox)^
3
= Hi' S' X - ?7Jf X*“

A-f v —/ra //-


M = ~ fo 7/a»
C ’ft> s 0 S£
Use fvi*v»e?Vy ConJl

) M \
r fyo 1*.

SecHo* C - 9 (6 A

I - ft*- (f )(/«/= 7fj 4-*^


N—^oi j+rt',5 S' =
ij5 - =
7 txvy/T-k

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-HtH Companies, Inc. All rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
*5.63 The beam^i? supports two concentrated loads V and Q. The normal stress due
Problem 5.63
to bending on the bottom edge of the beam is +55 MPa at D and +37.5 MPa at F. (a)
Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam, (b) Determine the
maximum normal stress due to bending that occurs in the beam.
0.2 m
3
r- ]k(2.*06^) - 43

}
c = 3o

s - 4c.
, - H.VWO-* »’
f

M =SG-

V, w
At D*
4
M» = 0 ^ 4 *|b^)(s<r*fo ) - 79a ^
At F. Mf = (h.h* ld‘XZ 7.S*l<?') » 590

FBj. £>2Tm f - o:
-Sto + 0.3 8 - o
8 - = |$oo M
03
. .

L)s<*«J fr'«e t ojy DEFS ,


0?M0 = o:
7451 - 0-3 a +(0.fc)68<>c>') = o
Q. = 2/4<? ^

+3m^ or
^O.aP-(o.7X^I^
- 0
P - 37.40 N

+t - o : A - 3740 - 7f4o + 1800 * O


A ~ 3400

Atr/+
V - 3600 w ~ 7Zd
ISoW-m
N-t*
C +> E; V « 3400 -3240 * 360 M K*- ($,?)(. 3*°^ =
E
+
-K B„ 340 - Z\Qb p-lSoo M A tB /soo V -9oo N* w,

MOt»> . IMI K ^ - too


~
M* * a <?d>o
- !»««»
Mc B O + 77o 77o */•>*
- St s 14.4 xlo’
6 6Z.S«tO Pet

Me • 12.0 + i%0 = 7oo


-*»
M& - loo - 400 * e> (t) 67.* « 67.5* MPa.

*5.64 The beam/t/i supports a uniformly distributed load of 7 kN/m and


Problem 5,64
two concentrated loads P and Q. The normal stress elite to bending on
the bottom edge of the lower flange is HOG MPa at D and 73 MPa at E. f

(a) Draw the shear and bending-inomenr diagrams for the beam, (h) Determine
die maximum normal stress due to bending that occurs in the beam.

Fvir WZ&& Y'tjJe.J sleel* g rr


?C i d K I If
W200 X 46.1
M * ser
"H h n H
1 0.5 m 0.5 ml At D 1%- (44-Hto )(wi>x\o)r 4^, j> i kI m

1*^d * 44-*8 UN > V4c » 52*7 kNfn

V„F^ Use -free bo Jly T)E


IcJ.il
I«4 f l OTMe * 0
^^ iA//«
.v
|T]TTTTT|
jJillfll
7 h-J w.


~ 4 32*7 + (7)0*4) ^ -0‘ rj M- *
=0 r,
v» >
Vi *— 10*Z*) kfij v£

r v. OM =0 fr

- w* 74 - 44^ 432,7 - (Vl*'l)Co*4S’) ~0‘<i Ve = O


S7-33 ^ Vgr - Ltt-

U 5e *IVe«. ACD r O
H j hN A\ *a)(o*7s)(o<$7r)
I?
47*572
i j V
p- - u^ !>!>
ui* n rma/ t

A
l«-o.7H/ 6
.jf 4Ily.
+f O
Fy * 0 2.

\ A - hHo ls *
) + /a^9 « o
A ~ '*7-*? A// t

0&e •fV'-ee. l~F- B 4-3 Hg « o


Q* <5 «45‘ <3, 4 (7) (0*757 -
H sj
ncl
r j~ mm u
-3- (**7ir)a6'S‘i)

Q,= 4t>‘
-
t-7-
7
A*/.
* o

+ T iFy - O
g _ (d‘ls)H) ~ 4 , 0 ‘
(,Cf - d
B"

Cowft «2e J
4

ProtievK £^ 6 ^ co* 4 'V^e«)i

Ar^txS o4 d yG^<yt£<.v^ A 4*> Cl (0 *%-&) C'l ) *


C+>F (('$){ ~l) -

P -
4** B ^ o*tfjr) C~i ) * 3 * JS I^M

S^ea<^ Jt\ eu^a.'** V* = tul-2-1 htl.

V~ - 101-2*1 - 5*/r «*
loq-'iqlA f.

\Z«T
s ta^ n- UZ'lb - -.*•/? w
Vp = -j>/f - /<s*^=

Vp = '•/-P-61 ~£?«3 5 M/
V& - - S7-23 - ?'/5~ - -bZ'k-frkM-

Akm <£ sU«r AfoC i(o^r)(/o7'2lf/^W^ * 4i>n2bJM.


C4 F *> 4L (h$)t-2‘i c)-rt't>‘i ) - - ?o-l 6 Mtfm

F 4~ ft z1‘4-o 7 M/*-

& e^J t"


n wotnei^fs ~ O
^
^=04 4-7* *72 = 4-1 -5 7Z -

Hp- 47-512 -ZO*U> - 27*4IZ


M& = Z 7 4 4 - 27 40 / <tt £>
« i *

|H 1 occ^s <d C. I M 1*,.^


“ 4-1- 51 Z [cj4 ^

M^im^
hA 1

Srir-esS
t
—= IhlL^
-
4 7* 572
~~ ”
y<o
s
_
~ .
rt
0
/ _
0 2- u//j
M
W / *

S
e-
4 %(0 *

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.65 5.65 and 5.66 For the beam and loading shown, design the cross section ofthe beam,
knowing that the grade of timber used has an allowable normal stress of 12 MPa.

1.8 kN 3.6 kN

40 min
—I h-
+02M„=o;
"1
r

c ]

nm \h
-ZH A + (1.6 )(l.8> + (o.B)Ct. C ) r o
A * ?.f| IfW
4 •02T s or
0,8 m 0.8 m 0.8 m
-0.3)0- 8) - (l.C )(3. c ) + D*o
V (uu'i
D =- 3 HW
1 3A
Gw* vt'ri/ci skectf w\o*\e*T
t=
(o.li)
F
iM) r 2.4 kU- m r ?.H vie* AJ. Ki

r 12 MPa - IJWO 6 Pa

1—
IMI— 3
^2A «. _ .ir
J. 4 X/ 0 ^ -* $
!
t.n 5 ~" •
r
12,10*
r 500 WO ,

w
~ 5t6>© x/O* »***>*

a
S* £ bh ~ h* 5 Zoo'ib*
L* _ (QYlOOHfO*) „ . s *•

n -
ij™
- 3oyio
h - 173,2 iv. wi

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^ : « .

5.65 and 5.66 For the beam and loading shown, design the cross section of the beam,
Problem 5.66
knowing that the grade of timber used has an allowable norma! stress of 2 MPa, 1

Sy A ~ TX

+f 'Zty - ot A + idyls') + COOs^


+ i (o. 9 ) + p = o

i(UM')
A - B ~ 21. 75* UN

ro»v vA * 21.7?

.vs - 7I.7S - k(o^)Cis') -


IS .
-

Oku
Vc - !?.o - (aXis^ = - is.o kw

VD = -IS.O - iMVM - kw

Lotaife poivi.'f t wUe^e V/ “ ^7

By sy Er is "H* w.i poivt of 8C

_*L
A f* B. (0.<?Xl?U §(A. cM(2.l.75'-fs') - 17.5*5* kK>.*»

8+o£» - 7.-5 w>

F4*C. ^ 0^-/5^ -7-5 UN


C B. By cunhi— sy #vA**e-/vy ~ 17. ?5”

w. Dim <? 5 ? Ma ~ O
Ms - o 4 (7. ss - n.ss’W- h*
Mg- 17.?? -f 7.? “ 25.05 UU^
Mc " 25. OS- 7.5 - 17.55

M0 * I7.SST - o.sr * O
ilMl^ s 25.05 ktM-v* * 35. 0$ y. Id* M.*,

3
S * ~p «• 1— • * X.o87Sx/o“ m3 - 2.087?
s

V-o^ u'ibir sec?l -S ~ g u 1

fo-HsE - / (6X77^87? y fo* ^


323 l-nha H r 3/23 m»vi
V |7o
5.57 and 5.68 For (he beam and loading shown, design the cross sec-
Problem 5.67 tion of thebeam, knowing that the grade of timber used has an allowable normal
stress of 12 MPa.

2 >) feN
)
4 -Pilots.
SkN
B Cl |p k
1 '
*1 b
6 - B - 12 kb
sisaiii F
||||j
pill 240 mm
.itv*' 4 1 s o /*wl
t

0.0 m 0,6 m 0.9 m 0.6 m 0.6 m A 4» 3” \/ - — •Zo kb


B+ -k> C" \)
~ -- 4* 12-
+ -H»0~
C V - ~P~ + # - o
V, jUf
D+
4
~h> E v - o + #^ ? M/.
£ 4o F V ~ p 4 /a. - fcA/<

A fo B ~ -rz bjK-
(t)‘ £>}(' 2 c>)

gt C (0<t>)(-») * -4-t M'”-


C Ao I> (M)(°) - °
ti -K> S' i°‘ ^ ~ ^ ^
£T F (<i'b)(M) ~ iz tM/K. x

B i na fv»t>vw>€wjfs

— 4
$*= O
Hs - o “ 1 ?
; - -/'2. bN A
= — /2- — — — l b e $ icM Av
M, ^a/ m
-

Md ~ + o - -/A*# h-ffo-.
He - -/&*<? + = — /2. .

VV ‘ - f-J- 4 IZ - O
IM 1, r /£'<P £*//*

(?e«fy

^ }Ml*-**^ k/o
s -'KT~
r M
For ^ -sec^/o^ X” ^ bb^ ^
c~
bb* — *,
S ~ c **
*~g ~ ~
=r Q<oo^&
,
Q<&0^fa ,

b
y

'flat *btkT» e^i^iS5iow*s S

L - 1*4 ot> k/o


^
b * ityb,

? 0* /^G to.

Proprietary Material. <D 2099 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
teachers
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without
permission.
Problem 5.69 5.69 and 5.70 For the beam and loading shown, design the cross section of the beam,
knowing that the grade of timber used has an allowable normal stress of 1 2 MPa.

100
Mmm By sy mr+i&hry ^ Q - C
+ TZfy~o: B-r C + J.s'tj.iT- (3X0 - o
B *' C - <S.S kw

VC kV) Sk&cr : A +o B- V = Z.S ku


V B+ * 2. S’ 4 G.S = 9 kW
Vo - °i - (3X0 -

C +o T3 . V- - =1 + 6.5- * -2S k\J


of -Hoe skeo.^ <s4i
Afs
A +o 6. = 0>-0£?.0 r \.s i(W- Vw,

B E. ^ V«Ay ® (^yi.S’X°i'i = (T.?^ kM-m


E to C. Sv-lv - - 6.75- k'V-tM

M (kW) C D, S Vely - /• S U\J' tv,

>ewgfth^ Mt = o
Ha » O 4 ).£ - US’ kiAv*

Me = I.5* 4 6.7^ * S.SS" kl7*

Mc - 8-*3'-6-7S’ - AS k’M-vv,

- 1. S - I * s - o

Im} =• S. 25 kW-w> ” 8.HS*lo*

6w, r « HPac * ISX/O 4 f*

^ „ JilkuL .Cg£yJ.?.? 3 s
„ , ..
- G87.Sx/o‘* », -
/o
Wx to 6

For- a. re^tawgu •P**-- secdtovij ' S - ir kk'


3 = x ^ f48?^K|oJ
G&XS'xfo C^Cioo'l k k'*- ~ ¥i.2S x 1 0 mm
h r J?o 3mm

Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No pan of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
: 0

5.69 and 5.70 For the beam and loading shown, design the cross section of ihe beam,
Problem 5.70 knowing that the grade of timber used has an allowable normal stress of 2 MPa. 1

3 kN/m

+t> H6 = o
150,nm
- 2.H A + (6.6X3.00') ~ O f\-2 . 7 kW

Oh, * or
-(L#)(3.6 Xs) + 2-H 6 - O 1S> - 8. | KM

Shaav> : V* s 2.7 kw
V6-~ 2.2 - U.V Ks') - -
1^.--Uh8.I “ 3.6 VkJ
Vc 3.6-0^K3) *
s O
Uocfrte *D wiiei/*? V = O*
A. . 72 J. ug
c H
S *
7.7’ 9.5 ‘

ol -- 0.9^ 7.*#“ «f - l-S m


Airea-S ~Hlg &l>ga»* gfi <3^v^<a.w^ .

A +o D. _$VJy - - 1.2/5 JrfJ-iv,

0 +» 8. $>M*V 6xXl SX-'/.s) = - 3.375 kk)'"«


8WC. $v*i* - (£)(i.*)(3.o =• 2. 16 krJ- **

^e^«4in^ iv>ow>-g^*t3r = O
Mc - O + 1.21$- - 1.2)5 hi-n*
~
Mb - 1. 2 1ST- 3.3?^ ~2.\(>

r -2.16 +2. 14 - o
3
lMl - 2.16 kW- * 2./6*lo ivAy*

<Saft - 12 MP«t * /2*/o‘ Pa.


1*1 2. 16 v|o 3
S*r« = ,
' I SO * \cT k
1
Vr? ISO x IQ*
6u< 12 * lo 6

Fof*- f>ec “f «;««f]Qv\


4
S - ^kh 1,
- fkClS-o) - l«o»l
:

L - (6 y 180 x/Q 3 )

i sro* b r 43* O

Proprietary Material. &


2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5,71 and 5,72 Knowing that the allowable stress for the steel 160 MPa,
Problem 5.71 used is
select the most economical wide-flange beam to support the loading shown.

lOOkN
1 1 1

c -El
ptorr*-;’
pgp^v ..
- !

•-'j
i)l M E a 0 ~ 3.C A + (3)0e><*) *C?.<Odw>) + = O
A ~ 2oe> kw
"*
l
*
0.6 m |
0.6 to Om,-- o 3.6 f - (i.a)G&oWi.2Xloe>) -teuKtoe?) * o
0.6 m
£ -
V CkWl
A 4o 13 V - 2o© vy
BiC V s Coo - /jO© jr
jp0 \r\J

C 'k t>
V * 10° -l to r O
D -fe» F \J - O ~\o'o * ~l Oo UU.
A] 6 C
Awe*.s sWav' v\«.w\
'
“-‘too
A 4» B S V«ly - (o.^X?©©^ =•
j zo
M B4 C t> ^ V«Jx ~ (o,6 )Crop) - 60 kM-M
C i> t> 5 VJx - o
0 fc H §Vdx - (L^)(-\oo) ~ -\(>Z

mi t moments M a -o
mb = 0-1 no = IZO kv-t*1
- ICW+toO T 1 SO fcW.wx

Mo - If a * 0 * \$o kU-w,

Me - tZo, - 13(5 : 0
2
Metxr»*w**'» t Ml - ! yd ~ 1 8Q* <o U~n^
Sljif - I &O M Pa. “ 1 60 x (O c
P<^

^ * M S 3
1
_ 3
h^ 3
l '
.

160*10 1
I. I 25 X |d" M t | /
25~ V /o
aT,
SWpe «£> ClO^ ityiv? J

Ut^lifesl wide iaeavvv


W 530X66 mo W £$© *66 <2 66
fey 7H%<*> x £3/**.
.W 360*1*? V2.20
VJ %so * jo | la.yt)

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
6 ,

Problem 5,72 5.71 and 5.72 Knowing that the allowable stress for the steel used is 165
MPa, select the most economical wide-flange beam to support the loadi ng shown.

OrHc = 0 -7‘i A + (!(?) 4 O0O)(4‘£ ) = O


A r 0 £>* S fc-M *

c - = o
c - /*/. sr ///.

S li cctif * b* &
itN.)
Vg“ " toi><£ ~. l4-0)(Z' 1) r cl8‘g /.a/-

Vg+ " *H‘S~ - /<?•£> - — /‘iT 4-a/


Vt - - /*£” - C4-t>)(4*$) * -ift.f

Areas o«de*r shea.' ' -

A ;fc> B 5VJ* - ti-ok'Srfts) =• 4U*7fkM fyk

B 4» C 5 V'Jx * ^a$-)-_ 4./1, 75-^^

(M*V
Bemehng niome*TS •*
M4 = o
M!
Mg ~ C? +• '47/ '75 — 4t\*lS i'"77 f*> •

Mc ? 4tf*7$r - 4N«7i~ * 0

ImI~ 4//.?rfcA/M-

I 1&S Msfa ,

s^= -£!• , , *. 4 *r*,;V


U>&Tn> 2 3.
~ 7^-JT Xro M>X
£ M. /v, K t £>
£t ,

^ Lt^+ed- wcde
WUot ta)
%1'Z-o yyy oK/of @>
'wH'bo A / / 5 >tyoa
/ <»
/
^j /n., -

W * /)-/ 3 &o d>-

Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
R .

Problem 5.73 5.73 and 5.74 Knowing that the allowable stress for the steel used is 1 60 MPa, select
the most economical wide- flange beam to support the loading shown.

50 k-N/m
'

n d 3' I 31c
k^H
=o: 3.3.8 + * O
1 B " I2D kV
2.4 m
0.8 m
O'E'Mrs O: 3.2. "D - (0„S V3.3')(5'o^ a o
VCIttA D - Ho kw

SV>€ Ci)T - VA - O
V6 - s O -CO.$)(So') * -HO Uv
V + - -Ho + i?o * go Iru
Vc = PO - (2V)^oV' ~4c2 kM
VD ~ - 4o + O = - HO k*J

Lo c««.4 e po
c««.4e f>o iw4 i £ u/ h eir< V~ O
e_ _ 2 .H-& (2oe - 192
80 “ 4o
~ = 0.8 ».
0 - I . (o hn 2- V
M (irtl * *0
Are*s: A f * (iXftSXHto) * - 14

B fo E. 5 Wv -(4yi.6y«o^ = &H kO-m


E 4o C. S VJv (iXo.sX-^o') = - 14 Jrtf**.
-
~ - 32. M/«*.
C t>. S V^vc * (O.S)C- *>}
8 er»oli h<\
< ^ »v\ - ma - °
5C
M* - 0 1 4 ~ /£ ktJ •

Me = -16 + 64
- 48 kU- m
4S - /6 ~-
32. kW-H'i
Me =•

~
Mo * 32. - 32. O
ImI = Hg tVMv^ 1 * 48 Wo* NJ- Kl
6
6^ - 160 MPd * I6 0 xfo <P*

c _~ _" 48 x /o 3 C 3 „ a 3
.
Ol^t KV * - 3oo x lo w\ .500 x/O
,
Nx
6 ^ Uo v JO*
,

SliAfle S 0oW4
W 3/o 32.7 x HIS Lr^K4es4 vo»de laeA-wx
•*• W 2i~Oxn.4 3o2
WZSOX 2*. 4 <S H8A /m
W 2oox35:4 3HZ
^

5,73 and 5,74 Knowing that the allowable stress for the steel used is 60 MPa, select
Problem 5.74 1

the most economical wide-fknge beam to support the loading shown.

IS kN'/m
W ~(C> 4* ^ ) 5 -I ^ kV/n^

~ -w - ~ G — 2 y.
X
V - -Sx - 7L + C,

V - o <J~ C %
- o

-%i
- V - - Gv - K
H - - 3^ - 5 -jd
3
4- C*

M - <5 oi
1

x= o
M - -3^-ix*
ImLoCdur$ oJi 7C r 6 Vn

1mLv=I * iso few. k,


=• iSo * (oa

c
ISO M Pcl. •= l£o»(O P*

£ hctpe S (lc? VVM


S.,„ * M r il£ii2l ,
ICovIO**
US fK,o-» h»
- 1, 13.5“* /c?* imi«
£ Szov&C
'

134t> *6—

>H6oy7<4 W&o
smo x 35 IS 1 e> L<’^ Ivtes
-
/ c^cccp'f iviie •£&in..je ,
/36o x 7<?(2SO
^ 310 %[ol iS^o WSZo x €6
^’
ISO * lo l2Ho
1

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1

Problem 5.75 5*75 and 5*76 Knowing that the allowable stress for the steel used is 160 MPa,
most economical S-shape beam to support the loading shown.
select the

cN/ni
“T" +t)I mb = O 0.8 A --
(O-HYa^X/oo)--(i.€X««0 5 o
'

%mr .
C A* 280 kM |
n +05 M a * 0 o.8 e ‘(?. tl)( 2 o) = o
0.8 ni - m B - £00 kN r
r ' 1 ,6


v(m SKeov' VA - - 28o kv;

Wo “360 k\j
N \ v6- = -280
Ve+ * -
~(0.8 Xt°°)
360 4 &0O r %ilc> kM
-

i
Vo - 24 ° -(1*00°©) r £o kW

Ay^Cft-S U«®W diet?J^<5C*V

A (iYo.8Y-38o-36o') - 256 kW-»^


8 bC (i)(uV240 tlo) v ZS& kV-w,
M (kW-hA
fe— r- mo^is ‘ Ma * o
Ms ~ o - - -*5*6 kM-w
Me = -256 + ZS6 * O
-2S6 Mo-X' m I
r 2S6 kU*n^ - 2S6 */© M* *h

Gtjj - 160 MP«. - 160 o‘ Po.

c '' JMi - 25-6*10* . - -s s * a


Sv i 1
*
*
\6o*lO*
* , ' Cy,° ,
K = |60Ox/O mm ,

<SWpe S (ioVw?)
S- S e t-t i’ovi
S Slo x ?g.3 HS’o
S 46e>* |o¥ Kg5 SvS/o x <?8.3

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

5,75 and 5.76 Knowing that the allowable stress for the steel used is
Problem 5.76
1,65 MPa* select the most economical vS- shape beam to support the loading
shown.

s4c<A\ds "Hie \oe^d/4 ioi/» 3 A T~ ct-z'e

A - 2*4 AM t B - Z’M- M f

erf 9»cJ aw CD 0f)06o)'zW Ul

J » t I
kA^x^
A to V - e^4 AM.
B *
4» C V 3 - — 0£>~ 144-

At D v -(if,$,-2gg- ? -144 AM
1

O +» E V^ i- (4.4 AM
+=» F V= - m 4- S?c) s - tt-Q- AM

Ov^ CD V= W“ ~

At G V=o I > -

A\r«.^s o? sheet*" alCaAf-^^


A 8 (o.tjW-A) ~ B4-* 4 AMn.
£ +o C (c»fc)(M-4) r
C. "fz* Cr ) 04%) r
G- D at,

E - -gb'tyktJm.
x> t> ( 0 ‘L-)tm)

El *fc> F (0<fr)(~'k
,2
4) ^ KM

Me = <3 4- 4 ~ 3 4- AM *a I .

Ap ~ (54. 4+ g£*4 - 2^€>‘& AW<*


M & = tzo‘8 4 124* £>* zg#*4-k kfth.
M0 e ^C4-I^'A zzt>«? AH*n,
M AM‘\.
e “ ttff'S -6?A*4 ~
Mf * J34»4- - 13^4- - O
ImL^c 3 5* 4-

Shape SjClIO
% i
fnm, g t
- y r z*\’L\ t\6
^
Sji t
&&)<*&**
2|2\KfO^ ftK-iw
^

S Zio* i>$ 2550 Dse SS/OX/Z0

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
- :

Problem 5.77 5.77 add 5 78 . Knowing that the allowable stress for the steel used is 60 MPa, select 1

the most economical S~shape beam to support the loading shown.

70 kN 70 kN

y
Sy j-f-y
rv%»v\£i B = C
D ft 2 - o 7t> 4 B - (#sHC -7 0=0
B - <2 - UfK) f

^.Kg.gt'A l - — 7o kN*

- ~7o + O - -7o kw
Vs
V6+ - -70 4 Z7 2.S ~ 700,, S klJ

V4*'
- 202.5" - CTY^S) * - 2o2.S kW

ot*
V£ + - -207,5 + 272.5 * 70 kM
VD » 70 kW
/Ov'cc'a/ <V p oi^'f E"
v^kcv^. V = O.
f; i 4 + *aiVsipt>i vt of 8C.

Avve.4.s of ~Hve sk
Ah B. i V^x - (3)6- 7<o) = -2./o feio-iv,

Bf F. Syetx " itoV^o^.s'Ja 455.635 kO*h<


e »
f c. 2.sy -vst&erfcK>*m
C -fo 0, Sw* " C3)<» - ^/c? N. W>

Bgv\dw \*| ,
wnoywevvf.g " Ha = O
Ma - o - 2io - -210 WU^vvo SliA-pe 5 ^ 1 (y* Vf\y*\ }

pi_r _ 2{o 4 45$”.6.2ST * 245. 625 kv S 5/0*09 2880


3 1950 <-
Kr 245.625 - V55.625 --
-ZloktJ'l*
S 460^ /O^ !6 85~
Mp - - 21© + 2f© O
3
iMl^r 245.625 kM-^ * 245.625* fo Liej^fcs-f -S - skupe
c
61^ * (40 MP«t- / £o x lo SSlO x <78. 3
_ IM)
6T

c-~
^ lEi “ W£B5±122 - I.SS 52x10
,
V*
3
6"
fr |6o*(©
Ii!,nv/rt4

= IS 35* Z x io
z
^
.

Problem 5-79 5.79 A sled pipe of 10- mm diameter is to support the loading shown.
Knowing that the stock of pipes available has thicknesses varying from 6 mm
2 kN 2 kN
to 24 mm in 3-mm increments, and that the allowable normal stress for the steel
used is 165 MPa, del ermine the minimum wall 1 hick ness / that can be used-

I cf ^
— — 1.2 m
r* 1.2 rn
100 nrsrn Skestif - AkB \}~~ -Zkti

v (£a/ ) B fo C v- -2 -- z « -4 M
Areas' A -fto B "((<£) (Z )
- - 2'-^ ji

E 4-0 C ( ('Z)t- 4-> = -4'^ jU/*»

m ~ o

M (|w4m)
Ht * -2-4- 4-? - -7‘4.fA//n.

\Hl* 7<2-f44v.

6^// — / 6.0 A-v/-,'.

s- =

r - ^ (c;- o c ~ c. Cz * &>**
C
^ -
'
x;
C

'
TT
4 ~cT“
c^-c,* TT
tf
.£t>* - C,
rr~ — ¥
~
A 6
,
^Yto
s
kk ?

c,
'
- Hinm c }
~ 1 7 fk ***

"
£**“£ i
*"
\1 ~ /W-mq

DfctVt^ 5 tue^e™ e^fs fr

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved- No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond die limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5.80 Three steel plates are welded together to form the beam shown. Knowing that
Problem 5.80
the allowable normal stress for the steel used is 154 MPa, determine the minimum
flange width b that can be used.

-1Z‘ 6 A + OMV'jrs-WT'f

A - I3a-J Jt-N 1

/*£ - (l-DCnS)* O
l2.» M
E x jsi-~l kN t
J rc o
*
r
A B. «/>•* Aw
j

4-1^ 2A*>
1
8 4*> c /3<?*3 - 3z - 9JP-3 M
G 4-2*^ p n
t

C ~ Aw
k> V W-3 - l*9- 29-1

V, Jew
D 4« e. - M-7 - tz8 « - 157-7 Aw
Ue-Z
J?3*3
u p &
Aircas r

j A 4* B- C M )( V /w *ii AA/Ai

24*7 8 -k c. ( 4 4 ( 4** 3
.
} ~ 4/z-£6 */Y«

- /s7» 7 C +a D. (4
- 2 ) (-*7*7 )
a - /Z4-74 M* 1

M k"M
jte« = ~
-
D +o E. (*1 X- I3f7.7) 457-33

*^0^0(21^4^ * — — 0
A 8 P £ Mb - O + /£?-31 r /63-34 k ^*>

hc - 4 412**£ £ J-J2.25 AN*


£ 582-25 - /*4-74 ^ 457- ifl fcNM

Hg r A5-7-5/ - 437-23 - £>

h <xy\ ^ m. (Ml - $82-25 AWto <5*1/ - /54 WAt

Ml !Tfr2.Z5 K/O 3 } 3 s
i>
i
Sftvri
[ = 3-18o?Xio yn 3.7p0#X«> *>*.
/six/o*

- 3 » I6H8880Z + St2l(>o fb
l

I 4 + tt>)$s)<«^*]

C.
r 737*54- zr r 2 U-S f*V)

s « i - 6^433*5*+ /(^J4*7 t - 1 -lMv** b = ** ***


c
.

Proprietary Material, ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc- All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distr ibuted in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
0

Problem 5.81 5.81 Two metric rolled-steel channels are to be welded along their edges and used to
support the loading shown. Knowing that the allowable normal stress for the steel
used is 150 MPa, determine the most economical channels that can be used.
20 kN' 20 kN 20 kN

<C *V
% sy Mmet £ A =

o
+ f!F^o; A+ E - 20-ZO-ZO —
4 @ 0.67o m “ 2,7 in *

A - e = 30 ku
v (uva SWoua: A fo 8. V 3o kw
-

8iC. V 30 - 2o
^ t lo kV
C "D. V /o - 5o
-
<-
- jo kw
D E, V s -lp-?o » - 3a kW
C D t?

a e.
; A +« B. (O.675‘)(3o> >
r 20.25 JrkJ-w,
-To f
B •!» C . (o. Os ~ £.75- ktJ-t*
C 4o ti. o. 67srX-<o') - - £ .75" kO-m
(

t> -H. £. (o. 67 sX- 3 ») e - 20 . 35 MAh* -

\A (W-knl

Zo.TS QcnAint rry&^s-xj s •


Mi - o
He * O io.SS ~ 20.25 w-n
4

5 20. is + 6.?r - 57 kM- *x

Ho - 57- <S . n
Zo.is M.v* -

Me - 70.2$ - 2o.Q$ - o

3
Maxi ro 0<~\ iHl- 57 VvA vn - 57 »/o

6^ - )SO MPs. - ISO * lo


6
?o.

a- se&4i©*A Otises oT
3
S -" ' = ' 80>q0'‘ r»* = /so«/
180 x 10 tn*?
aj '

fQxlo 3
3
Fo«r e.a.ck cKannei 1

., S^ ;rp )(l8<=» “/cr ) r *->*>

3
S(i<*p e S Cl c* v**? )

C I8OX/4.G 49.3. Lt^li'fes'f C/liAioMe^/


1

sgtsfivv
C 3 43.6 C I80X 14.6

Proprietary Material. O
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual maybe displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
l O

Problem 5.83 5.83 Assuming the upward reaction of the ground to be uniformly distributed and
knowing that the allowable normal stress for the steel used is 170 MPa, select the
most economical wide- flange beam to support the loading shown.
Total load — 2 MN

' iiSIBP ]
poWh cfis’t'v'j Lu4<rJ Po^J W - » Z MW/Vvt

0.75 m
1,11 *"
0.75 ni Jli kt/fed <KCt\V'* Q --~—— “ 0*8
<X 8 MlO/*

V (MnI Nel dfsiw b-kd $otu 1 o\f^ 8C Lit MN/kn

/A
/\ 0 * 6,
0-4*
\ VA - O
Z \ V& ~ 0*G MN
/ \b\c
Z
A &
,
T
c
£ V*~ <X6 -<i.o)(f.a> r
VD -0^4 O
MW

V/
\ r (0.7S“)(o,8) *

-o.tY
-o. t Areas’ (5)(W5^0.4 )z o.WrMM«w
B 4-0 £. (4V0.5X 0 6 ) * - o. ISO MN-M
M E (*X 0* ? X*°-6) r -OmISo MKJ*m
(MN**)
/ — w 0.37S
*\*
C
-to

to
C.
*D. (ito.isY-o.o ) - - o,32r MU**

/ \. BgWci>in^ mpi^eAfs *

S'
* O
K“ O + 0.7.7 = 0.225* MW*»v,
-
Me - O.Z2S+ 0.150 0.375* MW-ha

Mc * 0.375* - C>. / j"o * 0.«J MU-<*


M* - 0.225T - 0.225* * O
~
HavUox. \\A) 0.375^ MW*wv * 375* */o* N*»*>

- 170 MPa. - |7ox70 6 Pa.

S Ku *
-
tloW O 1 * 2-T.OS* |o'* * WO&k/o\« 3
Skape S Oo* )
sect*
Lightest vi/t'c^e

W 64ro*i2^ 3 Sio
W 6 »o* |o 2530 W Gio * lot
W 5 So * Iso 372o
W 44o* U3 24oo

Proprietary Material. <0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
' 1 ,

5.84 Assuming the upward reaction of the ground to be uniformly dis-


Problem 5.84
tributed and knowing that the allowable norma] stress for the steel used is 65 J

MPa. select the most economical wide-flafige beam to support the loading shown,

800 kN 800 kN

Lea
V> *$. WW i A Vt *ct> t<\
i
3- L
« Jfa

Sheas' Va - °
1.2 m 1,2 m 1.2 m
V Q- - 0 4 s? z^kM
9wkN B'g-oLN - — - hh
V+ ft
o' S-
7

a M Vc» r -O' lb'] 4 h lfM-tfr) - - Zbb-T kH,

\/c
+ * zU- - o*$ = -jmSk-h
vb * - 33 +c/*2&{44-W) - £> N.
V(h-0
533'3
Q
/ 6
7
/ c
AX
X>
Av*6«*-S

6 +C
-

C
(\ \a {hz')(l‘h)(!>'$?'*&)

{PjlfO'O (~2.&i>T}) = -
-

I*

-Sl >3 X lc h> c (i )<> 4) c 2 b-Ctf ) - ftffo At-


-
Cb t>
M (W *)
+s : Ma * o
Me * O 4 3.2-© ~
Hg r 3^45 - sr 2. 4o0\| >n

He. * >4o 4 £-6 *

Ho = 3ȣ> - 370 = o
M cvy m utvvi IM 1

Grf* t(ah h^f. S|W M ,’ *

^ V°
.
9
MW
M3 1^3 M**
3 **

Stape i s C^(° fa***


Littles! W~ shped sec/ftcx'i
W£$o %°\7 2.c’7o^~'
Wty-tki £ if 3 2-tfCiO \n $u m?~
l

bihlo X u if 270 0
WHtfX 177 %0\0
WJfo X /i/3 % l£~0
vsJ %*u y- t 6"? ?o$e

Proprietary Material.© 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for (heir individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
- i ? 0

Problem 5.85
5.85 Determine the largest permissible distributed load w for the beam shown,
knowing that the allowable normal stress is H 80 MPa in tension and -130 MPa in
compression.

Riscusl
-
icwi „ By 8 - C
+ t£Fy =o : 8 + C “ o.*w * O
n c*| 6- C - o. t

— 0.5 m
SV\ p.iS./- " V. - O
Va' - 0 1 o 2 w -0.2 W
V-" - <0,0 w+ C*.4£ w ~ O ,

vc - 55” v\/ - 0. s' IA/


~ —
CX ^-5^ VA/

vc«* -O m 1S u/ 4* O. w ~
O - 2. w
VD r •“ 2 \aJ - o
A 4*
X (o.2)(~ 0.2 w) a -0^02.
Q-* X
O-Oll^vy 8 +«* /r* %(o.25)(o.%srv,') X O.OStZS' ^
BevA^iiVig »vit>>v,(?io+s - Ma = o
O - O. 02 - O.oZvj
Hb = VJ -

Me - -O.OZ'AJ + O.O eh>\2£»j - O.OliX.S'w

C <?) aV ^ i w </~i
~ ' <*-

< >|
Ajy ()O^I'40 djWlM. Ac? I (lo *V>IM ^
P(S.yff y >
nr>*<'>

© 0 (?) Uoo 7o g't 2$ Hgo 40


@ |2oo 3o 3C 20 H8>© 360
X 2.460 120 , 360 HOC*
Hoc*
3 Omm 2)
if —( y
1
5
2H&&
-V ?0
1 * XA*T+ XT - !3€>0*/0
3
— 4

- 333 * los
ft
Top ~ (lZQO*lo*’)/zc> HS. ~ 4S.3S3 */o“
i JL/y

Bo#o^: I/y -(/36o^/o s Vf-s‘o) - -?7.2*/o s ^ = -27.2x(o~ c rS


Kwe>tv.e.n*f fli—n'i'S C M ) a.y>A JqkA W#
<4 8^ c: -<3,02 * C- (soV^X^. 333*40
i
6
) w= IZJ.3* !oa uA>
CoMpn't^s art S&not C* — 0,02<v = — (-IZo* (D }(.2-7,2.>( lo ) W -'~
1 7 6.$ * (C*
5
fT/>V)

- (,Sox./0 6 )(?7.5 X lo' w=


fi

Tewsx'o* <*f £ ? o„0'/ 75"fc/ -


} I
U/W
!?o-v, r-eVa lo^ cdr E' 0,o(i2S'
w“ -(-/ So x|d)(V5".333x /o’
6
w = S23.8>/C> N/m 3
p )

W~
>

T(ic sn)AJ?fl&5'l' Jio'O&kJte


<a Jo&tX cow\^ol^>. l"?6»2x/0'
W= 176.2
— 2 e w

5.86 Solve Prob. 5.85, assuming that the cross section of the beam is reversed, with
Problem 5.86
die flange of the beam resting on the supports at B and C

5.85 Determine the largest permissible distributed load w for the beam shown,
knowing that the allowable normal stress is +80 MPa in tension and -130 MPa in
compression.

B M
C p?i R o~ck !
ow s „ f3y B ~ C-
| j-.

— 0.5 m-
^
+ fZ fy-ot
J
B+ “o
60 mm
^.l 8 » C =

|0.2SV/
OAoj
0 -A I-*-
—p^20 mm
Mj^k va = o
A a \a c n~V9 ’ - O - 0.2*/ = ~O.Z»J
H r*~20 ipi
~ _ _ ^
- 0.2, w + O.H5 VJ - O.ZS^J
.
,

V6 +-

— d.2i>w s vc " r o.asw - o.5w/ = - o.o s'

v+ c
- -O^SWA.O.^w - 0.2 w
0.0 \\l£vJ V„ “ 0.2 w - 0,9, vJ ~ O

C P f\ v'f? cc% * A “fo 13 . ^ O, 2.^ (*0.2 w')


“ **0.02
1

B +*> £?_ ^(o.2SVo. 25 w )


=• 0.23125 W/
y^ow^en'l S - - O
H6 r o - 6.02w -• ~ 0.02*;
- - 0.02 + 0.03/ 25 ^ s* Q.O!\ ZS~

Ce wVv^*>t d O'F

P«urt Ajhnvi Ay, (ft?**?) <^V«Iy)

0 I2oo 50 £o 480 36o


I
u 0 { 2 oo io 12 20 4&o HO
® A 1 moo 72 460 HOO
t- t£>k », — -vj
y -~ 72WP
1

I - ZAJ l 4 If * \$t>ov\o^

Top ' ~ (^HCOtlO )/C5^ ~ 37, ? y IcP rvv^ ~ 27L2>*/0 kvt

1/y - 0^60 * oVC- So') = -55.333x'/0 ^^ - -¥5.333


8 3
1
>^/o"

1
4 jP.vrfs Cm^ — Cjo*£ PocA Pi V* i4 4 W.
6 S
Te* «jion o4 B aw J £ + - 0.02 «/ - -('&o xfo )(27.-2y/o‘') VM - log. 8x/0 M/k,
:
CtfMp^eSS'^K 8 aw <4 (L
*
- O.o2^ - -(-?3ox/0 'y45.333^/o’‘ ,
) w— 244.7 x/o? N/ 1*,
-6
A £ • o. 0II25W- (-(sox/^'lC-^.SSSx/o ) W ‘
372.4 W/w,
C
Co^pressr^ O.O/fSLSV' - f3okteO(27* X * IO~ ) - 31 H, *>*[0* MA.
TW SMcdl^es^ ohfa $o*.J ooAv'o^. w~ I os, f?*;©
1
M A*
va/ - iog.2 kM/U -«B
,

Problem 5.87 5.87 lector mine the allowable value of P for the loading shown, know-
ing that the allowable normal stress is fS5 MPa in tension and 125 MPa
in compression.

~
P 23 mm Ke^dioios , 3 - X) 1..5 ”P t
250 mini 250 ram*
r it"'~ir
E 1 125 mm SV OA>T ell „ A ~h 8“ V -- - p
...
t

4
8 h C“ v --
~P+ 1.5 P ^-
0.5JP
i

mm 25 mm C+ 4* D~ v * O.SP ~ P r - 0.5 P
TSm^’ 1.5 m" 0* M E V - -0. SP + /..5P - P

A resit s . AiB (0<&)(-V')*


BiC (/-OCo.sTO ~ oaST
C -e X> C hiTX-o.sP') - -o.-7 5P
t) 4o E

B Vv'.jt ,
MQ^e'o"
.o»rp HB - o -0*2*Tp
-
Mc “ -6*2S?’ + otcP
Mo -

~
otfP - WP P
-cHij'p -*2?r Me —OiZ$ P + 0*'&Sp ~ O

r
|5os -| ir>otM-e>o4 ” £?»EP
-
L«i-’/^e'S i ne^cj| i\/e how e-jf r -^Z£P
Cenl^oivi &-*\0I of iwe/'tift..

f\j tn*n Vo^ mm Ay^ Aim A si* m/’V £ M /VK

8l-f £73437 45. *75 t ut 4‘0Mx//


43tr tZ'S 5^4 ^ / 3/-‘25 4>*7Z y io*
,. 4
-yfoo .

4 r 3>CfG ^

Top v / o ^ 2 /jiv.h V " J±£!3h _ 4J.75


- =•
» ,

4 V7.G »*,«.
fn,
8o4W -
-4->7x MM
ft's - i-&
1
^
M 1 - IA/ ZI + * Ajk55?-X to 1 ’
^
° X
-T-^
To^Te^o. 53HWC. _
(r*'2£p'X*/»m) _
P-
f»„ Jo.
rM* I
J t A|
tA|
,

T
T“f>
Top r - 0.rp)G>./<?6z~n
,lX!( 0 ’-“7 o_"
p
P- ,,
T-w^T—
, ,
Cov^p. -/^TX/C^-r
' J4<4 /-A/
tM
.

Boh T«*sio*
Te^Sto-o T
i f/<P- -
J,Tf/<P- p
P - „?£. MV
6 tfV
H*£tKmo~ h
Boh £0^
Co^ pp 1
*
- // zS
2-S K/e^ - _
• -.h^VlP
fSL^l'-Si y, v. . JT'/v
Jl ) .
P ~
- / 4 A ,1
iii'i M
LN

S/vw/f/£s"f \}tJl<)% oF T is *t ke 'teJluz P- So. / 1,A/


5.88 Solve Pfdh. 5 87 assuming that the T-shaped beam is in veiled,
Problem 5.88 . ,

5.87 Determine the allowable value of P for the loading shown, know-
ing that the allowable normal stress is f 55 MPa in tension and 125 MPa
P 25 mitt
< 250 i n mi 250 mtir*i in compression.
- it*

JL i> IC cJl .J V
t'anS . B - X) “ US p t

Lr-rU Shejv/* . A 4e> 3 V - - P


m m
1,5 1.5
> C‘ V P+ US P - O.Sp
- -
C+ tt. D" V 0 5 P - p - — o.S P
* .
+
0 +*» £ v “- 0 5 P+L 5 P - P .

Ared.s. A "ft» B (b<J-.P)(-P')’= -^«2iTp


Ei C (/‘SXo.TP') - t>- 75 p
C VD O'PX-o.-S'P’) - -#*7jrp
t) 4o £ (o'^yCP'i ~ o«wrp

0 > V\A . Mow £ * S , Ha = o


Mr." O s*

Hc r + 0*?5*P - p
M* - - ^5Tp ~
He r -v 0*>25"P - &

L^v^e-s^ pp$f4»V« t o« 5“ P
* -^ ^rP f

eur\J Mowe^i c£

fam Vo, [
mm |
A Y*> ft1
fn
1
hj^2 [A^t hvno^
[
;

© 62* £ ^3.7 s 4*Qt>*i*(o\


® H-ns" }yi-$ 6oi&t-z $(<%& +.tf.$uo 0‘ZW}(i6 \
i (

X j
7<r«»| |T»frW. I
fo*2SJhto I 4* % X ^ ^ i

a
f
:
ry #
••

-
7 .P At. A.
- / a t>.x£~ Aw”
r, '
Y
7<%m~
77^7
74^
<a
=
.
/o6
,
‘^ .

i^v
I - 7A/PII=
~
X
Ti Te.” S/otA X r^^
3
, _
r
-
(-ooS'pYoo o^yiP ) „* .^.,
Ufi
.

kN , , ,

-f . 4
‘f'ftyM-t

Tv, C«>^p, ~f%yna - ?***>'*


Bed. Te^siov, iy^ttb ,
-
r ~ £ei^0.Cr-Q w ^fczr ) p ^ /$. )
kkf
if 'S if if

Bot. ~
-/ 25 ffo>*•*
fc
- &i*s£fei!dg£l
*
?-
tio

S/VUtZ/fi^f 'Joj'vz oE T is 4 ke «v£Aw «JdA Ji+JIqv. P — I& ! k-N


5.89 Beams AB, BC and CD have the cross section shown and are pin-connected at
,

Problem 5,89 B and C, Knowing that the allowable normal stress is +1 10 MPa in tension and -150
MPa in compression, determine (a) the largest permissible value of w if beam BC is
not to be overstressed, (6) the corresponding maximum distance a for which the
cantilever beams AB and CD are not overstressed.

J2.5 mm
-200 mm-

M * e>

f/t B C D\ Va « - Vc - (i)(7-Ow ; 3.6 m;

(t 7.2 m a

12.5 mm Av'Co- 8 £ oT m

(i)(3.G)(3Xw) = G.H2 w
-0 4- ~ <o _ *4 £ W

Cc<n4trtne\ ovur-t wio^e** 4


A 6

1 a
AG*** } Y Ay (wm ^ A AJ (^) xc^>
4. 48 w © 35oo 156.35 340635 34.82 3.031 ^lo" 0.O3J6 fc/o
4

© 1875 75 l 40625 4C. 43 4.042 *Jo 3.576 v/o‘


7 437 5 $%\?So 7.073* fa 3.548

V s ^1^°- = #21-43 wt*


437 s
I - TAJ* + ZI lO.QZi *ft>‘

Location y 6-***) r/ydo5 ^?)


T |
1

fop 41.07 258.6


HL07 (T
k © t+om - 121. M3 - £7.47

a tt
liTi’,35 Bend.**3 vno>vie*i
,

f' M- — S'X/y
131. n3
1

dr r
6
Tt cd E : - (llov/o ) (-87.V7x/oO = 1^**
I

- ! * 4 «_Jf C^p.4 £• (56x^X358.6 y/cr‘) 3ft. «


-0lt>K/Oc ) (358-6 Wo"4 ) - ~??.*/5»/u
5
|JS J L Te*s.‘on4 A#B: M*
Co^p. «t A4D* “ 43.)?|y ^
a 3
foj Allo^aM? w . €.48w r «r.6#*/O i.W*/o N!/* ,

v » e mbs' vO/m

•Shea*- i^f A* - (q 4 3.6 ) w


A "h* $ ot diA^ya***! ^ Q.(y, + VB ) - ^aCa+T.^w
mo 1 A A CsAo'D): a(a+ 7.^.) w
-^a(a+7. z)(\.H$S'*lo 3> i = - 13.131 */<>*

(tl P isift.* &e a. „ “?[ f 3.4 ct - S. B37 = P CL - I ,^35 m


% —

Problem 5.90 5,90 Beams ,4#, £C, and CD have the cross section shown and are pin-connected at
B and C. Knowing that the allowable normal stress is H 0 MPa in tension and -1 50
1

MPa in compression, determine (a) the largest permissible value of P if beam BC is


not to be overstressed, ( b) the corresponding maximum distance a for which the
cantilever beams AB and CD are not overstressed.
12.5 mm

Mq -- M&
VR -- - V,

h *f* H-
2.4 m 2.4 m 2.4 m Arc ck, U <*T sK eco*
12.5 mm P

o * 2.H ? r Z.H ? * Mr

+
[& £ F

Parti A(mm)j V Ay (w*?) I G*#*


4
)] X C ***1
4
)
. ,

Problem 5.91 5,91 A 240-kN load is to be supported at the center of the 5-m span shown. Knowing
that the allowable normal stress for the steel used is 165 MPa, determine (a) the
smallest allowable length of beam CD / if the W310 x 74 beam AB is not to be
overstiessed, (b) the most economical W shape that can be used for beam CD.
Neglect the weight of both beams.
*- t/2-~b*-l/2 - W3I0 X 74

J foiled s+eei Section. W 310*7*1 of fce«.«w AB


4
5 r 1060 y/o* - io€o*f©" kP
6^t
•=
165 MPa. - lCS*t pa
h / * —5 m
Allowable bertfKrt^ K*1 ,

V(kW)
I -a Bec^ AB
* I74.°l kU-*>

8
(p,^ Besw AB
-e a -*|
Are o. AFC oF slie^r dt'd^r-tx - 130 <x

M lkU*i»i)
C 120 Ol

\2o a. - I7M, 9 - 1.9575 *

G-eot*e4\fy- 2o. + J?~<5" -?=v5T-Za.~ 2. 085 »*>

(U) B eoino CD C W'u’dpo?*! £ )


Arect C \o £ eft sbe«* r‘

- Cl. 0<42S’Xiao') * 125.1 kl\K v*

Be~h. hoaivie^f aA £

M* /?s:/ H>-*1 - N-

c .- H _ <311 y/O
3
6 5
”' ,M - 758.2 *|o' *,
6*u 165Vjo‘
- 7S8.2*<o s *»w*

s
S ( 10 v*rv\ ^

w h£o * £2. qn
WHIO >“16.1 779 «- Ans we^ I
W 36o *S2 8 899
W 3(o * Go 851
W2S'ox £>7 loq
W 2oor 84 25 3

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
*

5.93 A uniformly distributed load of 66 kN/m is to be supported over the 6~m span
Problem 5.93 shown. Knowing that the allowable normal stress for the steel used is 140 MPa,
determine (a) the smallest allowable length / of beam CD if the W460 x 74 beam AH
66 kN/m aft kN/m.
is not to be overstressed, ( b ) the most economical shape that can be used for beam W
CD, Neglect the weight of both beams.

YV4 G 0 X 74
Foia W 4 C3O v 7 4,
C /> 5“ ]4£o* lo
s
^
c
- ll&oxio*" wd
l
6^ = ]40 HRo.= iHo*io ?c<
L« 6 m
a S6^= LlHGo+icr'Xwoxio^
- 2c>4. 4 x/o 3,
= 204.4 Hi- tv,
AB
- By sy A = B 3
C - X>

Oi
A 8 = 198 fcV = 198 >/o* N
k a 4^—
•=
i
MfkW •*0 + t Fy — o * C 4 D — gc jP
~ cp

C - D = C33 i
1
) kM CO
su £ Ct/ k/\ o Ka e.^’4 HA ^)£<3.w\ A8„
0“f x<cX ()
v= i<?s - <se. x, kv>
1
/w/ M- l?2> x - 33.x I/M-k,

At C; x = o. M -

- 35a.1 kk
k— 3.3eTi M a
- k(J»* w,
tv,

|IC>.« 1
Serf M - 193a- 33 a. - 2o9.H
33a - 198a + 2o4.
l
H ~ °
3
Beat*, CD
e d O.^ J±JQ3Si~nT
}
1-32437 tv,

8y geotwel^y - <£ - 3a r 3. 35* fc*i


J- 1 io.5-5 }

M
Ftoowi CO d~ O ” 1 1 0« -5"G kN
96. 60S,
Dv'o-" S^ea* etyitfl be*d I*v*j rv>»iv)e4"f eft&.^iNe.wvs

keAtv, CD. V - O poui Ej "He ©"P CD.


A *<• <k P*!'o^ A 4u £f . , 5 \J rix> ~ a'Cno.5’5c*')C'aj^')

Mgr - °I7.. Qo2.ltfM-fcv, - c!‘Z.GO\xlcy‘ M* IV,

5
WHloxif 6 .il
W3&ox 4*f
774
£73
e _ i^£ _ 93.6 o^y<o

I4<?v/0 fo
' _ „
S&I.9Hk|
S&I.44* 0
|o“ ,
-c
C 3
Wn,
wv

wsfox-ifa 743 “ 3
W25-OX-53 C£l.44*/o ,*„/
&9 3
W2ot>^7 l
70 ci Use WS&ox^iH
Problem 5.94 *5.94 A roof structure consists of plywood and roofing material supported by several
~ 16 m. The dead load by each beam, including the
timber beams of length L carried
estimated weight of the beam, can be represented by a uniformly distributed load wD
wD + n\ — 350 N/mu The live load consists of a snow load, represented by a uniformly
distributed load wL « 600 N/m, and a 6-kN concentrated load P applied at the
midpoint C of each beam. Knowing that the ultimate strength for the timber used is
Otj — 50 MPa and that the width of the beam is b~ 75 mm, determine the minimum

allowable depth h of the beams, using LRFD with the load factors yo ~ 12, yi ™ .6 1

and the resistance factor (j> - 0.9.

16 to
,
WD r 3^6 fj/*, r 0.35 W/*->
r £oc> W/*, t <9.<S F = C ktf

rn'i'iTrm n VeaJ h«At

A 4^ C of
GXl t>)(o.3s)* 3.$

P Kn
7.9 kV (iKsX**) r *'**

1 ft f C*- II. 3 ku-w» = U.3X/0’ W-*

L^e haJz f? *
A
^l(K)Co.C') * C] - 7.8 kM

5lieAK^ *-f C ? 7. 8**('8)fa.6') ? 3 kV

A^e«_ A fw C of ske^V 1
elwt'j/'A** 0

(i)(8)(7.8 4-
3) = H3.2 kM-m
0£n<?(urt^ yno.nei*t <»,f C* H 3.3 kM'J-l * tJ*W

t)es,- wr +
3

« - To Mp + 71 Hu _ (U2YiJ.2*lc^)+(uy<i3.2*/»*)
(0.T)(5O*jo‘)
3 s 4, 3
* 1.83 H 7 *lcf w> i.83<#7Wo wlv»

Fo/' o. Seofio^^ 5“ t fl

GS (CV<- 33*17 vl^T


^ - „
J j
Vi ~ 3£?3> mw\ 1

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
*5.95 Solve Prob. 5.94, assuming that the 6-kN concentrated load P applied to each
Problem 5.95
beam is replaced by 3-kN concentrated loads P* and P^ applied at a distance of 4 m
from each end of the beams.

*5.94 Aroof structure consists of plywood and roofing material supported by several
timber beams of length L - 1 6 m, The dead load carried by each beam, including the
estimated weight of the beam, can be represented by a uniformly distributed load wp
- 350 N/m. The live load consists of a snow load, represented by a uniformly
distributed load wt ~ 600 N/m, and a 6-kN concentrated load P applied at the
midpoint C of each beam. Knowing that the ultimate strength for the timber used is
0v “ 50 MPa and that the width of the beam is b ~ 75 mm, determine the minimum
allowable depth of the beams, using LRFD with the load
ft factors yp = 1,2,y/„
- .6
1

and the resistance factor $ = 0.9,

L - 1C a. - ^ w, Wp r 3£o IM/Wi QAS kwA* -

WL - Goo N/*v - Q.C kYJ / P - 3 kM

DeaA $oaA} P* - (k)(iG)Co.'is') = kv

Av^ec. A to C ot

&)(*)(**) T k

^4 C * kU-

Live i[(lO(o^)4 34 3^“ 7.S kN

Sheas ar\ D~ 7.3 -0t)(o.£l - S'. 4 l<K>

SUe *+ c4 £>* S.H - 3 - kM

o.£ kW/* A^* At«T> (£)0ri(7.s4s^V- ZLM


Av**. D t«> C &Y*Y *« 0 <
- V .8

SfiMelirtei MOWfirtt Co\ C c 3.&.H t 8 r 3A2 klJ- h.


J ~ 3
3/.2*l© A/.m

Desi^; r;M 0 + XM L
= <pM u -<pS*iS

= l.*tOS * |o~* - /- *fofc x/o c

h = 'S36
c
i — r ) )

Problem 5.96 *5,96 A bridge of length


15 L
is to be built on a secondary road m
whose access two-axle vehicles of medium weight. It
to trucks is limited to

will consist of a concrete slab and of simply supported steel beams with an
ultimate strength c v — 420 MPa, The combined weight of the slab and beams
can be approximated by a uniformly distributed load tv 11 kN/moji each
beam. For the purpose of the design, it is assumed that ii truck With axles
located at a distance a 4 iri from each other will be driven across the
bridge and that the resulting concentrated loads Pj and ¥$ exerted on each
beam could be as large as 95 k;N and 25 kN v respectively. Determine the
most economical Widc-flahge shape for the beams, using 1PM) with the
load factors yp « T25> yh 1.75 and the resistance factor <j> =*- 0.9. [Hint:

l* istn
It can be shown, that the maximum value of } occurs under the larger load J M \

when that load is located to the left of the center of the beam at a distance
Ot" ^m equal to aP2{P\ f Po}']
P, r kN
P2 - zS'hN OeaA : R* * 1?a = (j)(>?)Cil) * **.* kU
W = HUHl tn
Area A 4t> £ of ste«r £)(&£*&) r
// .

. rt rrrU t*L.= *°°t * £f* JcAfj>%

Ji

ag^'

8z~s
- wj-- 1

3 -~y — * ~~

82 -sk.ti
Li »/€.
*
o = _&JL_
200 ?0
~
(4X1?)
<2X'2°)
e- 0. #77 »*>

L * "}.<>$£> m
X s
2 - o - 7.r-
- 0^-3
X+ <5*. - 1-08-3, •f* -4* //.»

L- x~ a - IS ~ n‘*0&3 - 3>?2

X Mg ^ o -‘ /s~ + fr* lt-)(fS) -f 75- <ft)(z?)


j
V o
* £-A/
*A •

A4o C V * r^*7 £//


C-K> D Jh#*7 -*?S" - ~3$*$
4STM D te B V ~ —
Jt X7 A/.
c * jdL Area A4*> C (•7'»Pz)CS'6n -

a |

<—?> 0 £jJ #*-*, fy\'± t^i


\3e>dtV^ w>o<we*d ::
Mc - 4fot'6> khf ** •

jSri»7t*t 63*3 £ a/

M*7 jPesjjjO i;n+ T M l t * <?M U *

D
a
c - ^ Hp » VI Ml _ (l.ZS')CM-Wf*)+O.7s)(4<>f'H'0
{OAUtf-tonre*)
-3S.3
& & £
- TJtH'fy *to tn* -iWi'thW t**'

^Va. 5 (k// Aifeh


wbfoxn? J«$T7 0
w 6/6 k /rx tf-zto W$> £fo)U&g~ <-*
W £}a xf£o Mio
W 4$o)as:s- 1340
wMbfiKo Uqo
*
Problem 5.97 5,97 Assuming that the front and rear axle loads remain in the same
ratio as lbr the truck of Prob. 5.96, determine how much heavier a truck could
safely cross the bridge designed in that problem.

o
f
— a—
*
*
i

5.96 A bridge of length L 1


15 rn is to be built on a secondary road
whose access to trucks is limited to two-axle vehicles of medium weight. It

will consist of a concrete slab and of simply supported steel beams with ant
ultimate strength 420 MPa. The combined weight of the slab and beams
can be approximated by a uniformly distributed load = 1 kN/m on each W 1

beam. For the. purpose of the design, it is assumed that a truck with axles
located at a distance a - 4 m
from each other will be driven across the
P and P 2 exerted on et
bridge and that the resulting concentrated loads P, each
L - U? M beam could be as large as 95 kN and 25 kN,
}

Determine the
respectively. i

(X. * most economical wi de-flange shape for the beams, using LRFD with the
widc-flahge I

P k
U! ~ £ load factors yD
l}
-- 1.25, y L — 1.75 and the resistance factor <j> - 0.9. [Hi
[Hint: - -

P * 2 &
1
k A/ R be shown that the maximum value of
It can he
t
1 M
occurs under the larger k
\ load
when that load is located to the left of the center of the beam distance
at a distai
WvUkfii/* aP2(Pi*
equal to aP^(P 4
! />*).]
/>.).]

See SoftsitoM 'pro lo S’.*? 1#- -for c<k.$cJ ito* of Pie -

Yi a - 2o°}~4- khf/n Ml. =

foMeA shej sediv* W Moyti** $ - S£fo X'0 ^


AWowalie J?tV€ -PoAtff Mjf
f
^r,ML - <pm 0 <$>(xa< $ g
„ qpg^S - V»H, =
(0.9 *">)
L
T l 1-75
r £% 7*2. £a/Ax.

koTlO -
i'ii* li
I
4-0 / 0?
-

There A.se 11-11%

Proprietary Material €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5.98 through 5.100 (a) Using singularity functions, write the equations defining the
Problem 5.98 shear and bending moment for the beam and loading shown, (b) Use the equation
obtained for Mto determine the bending moment at point C and check your answer
by drawing the free-body diagram of the entire beam.

w0 - W 0 <X-<=1> - - %
V* - w„ X \ */„<*-*>' * jf*

M * - *
i‘K

A* p« \*i ("l

(lrt Me - *~ X wo
5L

i)TM t ~ oZ (M)(^a) f M fc
-.o
-
ft
Mc "
& °
0,j X

5.98 through 5.100 (a) Using singularity functions, write the equations defining the
Problem 5.99 shear and bending moment for the beam and loading shown, (b) Use the equation
obtained forMto determine the bending moment at point C and check your answer
by drawing the tree-body diagram of the entire beam.

J
w- a *

/ N \J -
V- - dp
Jx

M - - w.x" + + ^<*-*>*
Go. * (aO-

C x *
A+ p oiA-f
*
M -
'
w„ foO* . Ha w/0 a°

Go, 64.

CW ecW - -O 27 = o* + Mc = o
iw* Me. = - 3 V/0Ct

L-
| W»G-
Lj

B
3 4)
A
v.
Proprietary Material. €) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.100 5,98 through 5*100 (a) Using singularity functions, write the equations defining the
shear and bending moment for the beam and loading shown. (6) Use the equation
obtained for M to determine the bending moment at point C and check your answer
by drawing the free-body diagram of the entire beam.


%V-

W - W0 -
(X
* £<*-*>' ’
-ir
- 4-
- z
V -w0 y + , Wit <v-a> =
2a 2a

M - w0 x s ”_ Jik <*-*>*
6a 6a.

At p<& m"f C x = 2 CL

yi - - . kCM*\ w»a3 M
1
'c 2
C Vieck * fa G6L
4 Mc O -

M, - -|w0 a l

Problem 5.101 5,101 through 5.103 (a) Using singularity functions, write the equations defining
the shear and bending moment for the beam and loading shown. (b) Use the equation
obtained for M to moment at point E and check your answer
determine the bending
by drawing the free-body diagram of the portion of the beam to the right of E.

+t)XM 6 =0: -4ctA + 3ap *• 2aP - O


-U? . A - I. ZS P
(o.) V ~ U5"P - P<x-<r,>° - p<x- %eCf -*

M - L25 Pic~ P<(x-a.y -

(b} A+ po*«i E it- 3ct

Me ~ I* 25" P ('3a.') - P - P (a.') - O.lSo fa.

A ** P — P+ P> ~o D * ons~o P f

b ^ m
Ms.
Cf=l O2 £
e 1 -- 0
c> - Mg. + 0. 75*0 Pa. - O

0.1SO P
* 0.95-0 pft. ^
\

5.101 through 5.103 Using singularity functions, write the equations defining
(tf)
Problem 5.1 02 the shear and bending moment for the beam and loading shown. ( b ) Use the equation
obtained for M
to determine the bending moment at point E and check your answer
by drawing the free-body diagram of the portion of the beam to the right of E

: O - 4a A + (3«U2 ®l&4> ) ' £ <n HCL

vy -tr v/0 -- w„ <(x - 9


-$£
W V - ~v»4 >< 4 w0 (v-leC? 4 -

M - £ W tf
IcCy 4 |\A/e ay +o
A4 puj» I - 3 cc
fc y

(h>) -J;W0 (3aV 4 £ x£ + jw;aC&0

- o' Ma C -(a^w.) = O C--

i) 2 Mfi ~ o: - Mg + (cl)(^0 c\ )
> O
Mg * vJ0 a

Problem 5.1 03 5.101 through 5.103 (a) Using singularity functions, write the equations defining
the shear and bending moment for the beam and loading shown. (6) Use the equation
obtained for Mto determine the bending moment at point E and check your answer
by drawing the free-body diagram of the portion of the beam to the right of E.

zr
5^SSSB#SS3??
||| IIIIIH
f
-
# —4. rtf
- ->-L —a— *- e — O2H t
--0 ~Z*A - (fX3a w0 )r 0 A -f w6 Ck
=

OlM^o 2aC 4 o C f w.a


-

w * Wo <v- ay = - $•

(a) V - - v\/
(1
<y-£X>' - |w,a 4 — vv a.
^
M- - ^w0 ax 4 i£ iA^<x<(x-2a./ 4 o
A4 t y * 3ct

Ob'! Mg ' K (&*)*.- 4 -^>4 (cx)

Check ^ 4 ZH f
Mg
J
- -

5.104 (a) Using singularity functions, write the equations for the shear and bending
Problem 5.1 04
moment for beam ABC under the loading shown. (b) Use the equation obtained for M
to determine the bending moment just to the right of point D.

(a «= -P - ^
m ~ -p*> +
C V
-J./3 - U3— -~IM- -f

Just -fAe vv<jXf <sf D ^ ^


•§*
B,
3 3 t
OA -PCf )+ f - P 60 -
D B K/J
|V| - _ H£.A -as

l*_ at
3
— -
3

Problem 5.105 5.105 (a) Using singularity functions, write the equations for the shear and bending
moment for beam ABC under the loading shown. (6) Use the equation obtained for M
to determine the bending moment just to the right of point B.

(oA V - - p<x -«.>**


= -
H 3c
n c
L ft _J i |

M - - - cCy - Pa "\x
p
£h £ <j* usl Vo V lie tA k"f of 13 X ~ <3,
9 g
\ \ X

(b') M~ - O - Pa. -Pc,

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
m

Problem 5.106 5.106 through 5,109 (a) Using singularity functions, write the equations for the
shear and bendingmoment for the beam and loading shown. (6) Determine the
maximum value of the bending moment in the beam.
48 fcN I 60 kN | 460kN

b\ c
+f>TM E -o; -tSRt (i.sX<e>V(0.?)«o^ = c>

R* - 4o kN

0.6 m 0.9 m

(a) V = 40 - 48<x-|.S>°- Go<x-3.o>“ +- 60<x-3.6> kU

M - Ho* - 48 -/.£>’ - 6o<x-3.o>' 4- 6o<y-3.6>' kU- W)

Pt X (*->) M (kM-tn)
A O O
8 1.5 - GO k!4->*
C 3.0 (H*)(S.o'> 48 kW-
D 3.6 (>toXa.o- -(coXo.a'I - 7.^ kW* »w
E 4.5 moKq.s)- 4 &°)(o.l) * o

(y) M, K* ” GO JrW.iw

Problem 5.107 5.106 through 5.109 (a) Using singularity functions, write the equations for the
shear and bending moment for the beam and loading shown. ( b ) Determine the
maximum value of the bending moment in the beam.
40 kN 80 kN 80 kN

3- +2Z M b = OJ -J.tC+ (9<>X^+ (?o)4* 2 . -') O


4-
C - KN t

0.9 m 1.2 m 1.2 m i.2m /?0 - 8o<x,~3<iy


0
-flo<^._3’3> kW

-
M -4oy, 4 Uo^y.~o<T} —
- So<X -5vS>' tiM to

PoiVt* -35 (to) M CkM In')

A P O
C O' 5
! -(4-0)63- c1') * - Zb

D 3-1 - (4-0)6* 0 +(l5o)(!'^) r* 72.

£ 5

8 5 -•
+0 *o)C* *>) - OW-O - flpotf -i) = o

<J>) (M 84 kN rn
e 1

5.109 (a) Using singularity functions, write the equations for the
Problem 5 108
shear and bending moment for the beam and loading shown, (6) Determine the
maximum value of the bending moment in the beam,

|
1500 N/rn

|)|
j
1— w ~ US

By C - D - 3 ktJ t

rrJ*
0,8 m
2.4m 4r—
0,8 m
( 0> V “ ~ l-S 06 + 3<(x-0.8>° + 3<(x-3 .ZJ WN '

H* - o.is' 'it + 3 + 3<x-s.x>' in

L otftie p©iv4 $r w4v^^e V- O. Assume


O — -LSTXe + 3 (Xff- 0.8) 4 O "/j
e - ^.O ^
“ ~(o.7S)(o.8)
S
'
+0+0 = -0.480
z
- -(o.Tsy&.o ) 4(3)6.:*) 4 0 - 0.600 M-*,
Mb - - (o.75 X^V" 4 (3)(2.4) 4 0 = “0.480
0.480

O .600 ^ OO /v/ •

5.106 through 5.109 (a) Using singularity functions, write the equa-
Problem 5.109 tions for the shearand bending moment for the beam and loading shown.
(b) Determine the maximum value of the bending moment in the beam.

;V? I'M
pyfcnefry, A = z /<*0 + z(4S)io-°n]
>:if> kN/m " 45 kN/m

0.9 ni ‘

1,2 m '
1.2 m 0.9 m *“ O tC 4 ^
fy

V=x^r-^ r%.+ ;
M.
£ I
^
M - sr^r- tz-sTK?- + 2z.-sr z-/) - fe-A/^1

Vc

-
~
(4-£H<>-i)?
sr&f- (**)(z»0* t+tr>tM - /$*A/
/s, m «*_. ^ vv
cl«/>
CA«-/h
V* “ i-^r- (*£)(& 0 + t**)0-z)- U - ~f&khf
Vc- - /s-r - (**-;> cs‘i) + ?*•
- -/£ r*/.
VB - ^ -mw#*-*; ~ -r6-^r IN.

(K> IM-L. - M. - c?6'£)a»)™(it<)(3-- iT+kt-0(/-a-t- o-o =• tr/'tzsr


) «*

Problem 5.110 5.110 and 5.1 J I (a) Using singularity functions, write the equations for the shear
and bending moment for the beam and loading shown. (b ) Determine the maximum
normal stress due to bending.

b\ cf e =
/>t


f
X vv250x
VV250 X 28 4
28.4 '

-3i?,
-
*U1SW - O-sYi'i
+t0.7TX^H = o
— ®
4)®l).75m
0.75 m=
« 3m3m— R* »
Cc>.75X‘2M')

$0
1

O - o% - (0JS)(SH) - 0.sXa*O - (HAS VCw) + 3 Re - (3.7 $Xw) * O


Pg. “ k}J

(cj V s 30 - 2*/<v-0.7S>“ r- i^/<y-/.5>° ~ M<y-2AS$ + C£<x-3>* (<KJ —


M = 3oy - ^<y-o„7^>' - l.5>‘ - •?*/<*-:?. 25 >' 4- ce<x-3>' kM* * —
x M (kW * ^
B 0.75- (3o)(o,ns) a- 22.5 kU'W,
C /.S (3o)(u^1 -^vUo.7s) = 27
D 7.25 (3oX2.2S)-<^ l')(l.S> - 0«lXo.7s1 =
1
13.5 4

E 3.0 (3o)(3,<0 “CN i( 2.7S)-* (7fXl-S> ~ (2*0 (0.70 = -IS kW-M


F 3.7S
>
(So)(3.7s)-(lH)(3.o) - CiHXlAs} ~ (M)( i.ff') +((C )(o.7y ) - D ^
IM) - Z7 kbl-K - X7v/o’ W-h
3
Po»A roffed sfe?^ sec-h'o *-> W256 x 22. 4 S- SoSv/o* mw
- 3o8 x /o' ms fc

(i?) s-fr*^* <5*


Ml 27v q3 (
27.7*/0
4
P«. ~ 87.7 MPa.
3og y fO~*

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.111 5.110 and SJU (a) Using singularity functions, write the equations for the shear
and bending moment for the beam and loading shown, (b) Determine the maximum
normal stress due to bending.

- OA B +I0 .s)(\zs) ~{ 0 .ti(S6) - o


I
life si 50
SI X
x 18.0
is.o B - i ZS kW t
k 0.5 m - J-]

m 0.2 m
0.3m
0.3 0/1
0,1 in
rn 0.2m
Ma = O',
fe.s YSol -GvOO* 0+ a4D -C u >(s°) - o
t> “ loo kw f

V - -50 4 3S</3d-0.3>° - + loo <>- UZ.'f kW -«


(a) 1

\A - ~SObO + I 2S + loo^bC- I.z'j kW-»n

fin* t k (m») M (
8 o.'b ~(Sc>Xo.<Z')\ O - o +• O - — IS IcU - ^
C 0.1 -iSo')(o.l') +L\xOio.l +o - is kKl*i^ >
)
- o
D J.A CaslCo.^VCusYo.s') + o - lo *

G 1.4 - CSkV/- 1*') + 025')0.0 -~(IZ5)(o.-7') hUooXo.Z') - O MeJts)

Mt^i \M l
« - i^xio 3 W-Vv,

Fo^ 5 IfTO x 12.0 V'oiieA s^ktU s ecficM^ S~ IZov/O - l$Ox/C? wi

<5*
kr~ ~ ~ ^5*{0 Pa. <5”= 12.5.0
(W) S-fr-ess ^ -
jjoJ To~ &

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5.112 and 5.113 (a) Using singularity functions, find the magnitude and location of
Problem 5.112
themaximum bending moment for the beam and loading shown. ( b) Determine the
maximum normal stress due to bending.

<10 liN/m

S3 10 X 52 4*) Mc ~ °"
18 - 3-G Rh + ~ Z1

Ra ^ Z7.S kfJ

v ~ w. s - 4o <x- i.zy' kv

P<«vt £». V = o 27. S - (xa - l.z) = o


XD - 1 . WS K.

M - - is 4 27. Sx - 2o <x - kV- HO

M* * - 1 * k - ho

Hd - - /$ + (Z7.s)(l7%7s) - Uo )(o.-rZ7£') K * 23.278 k«*H,

He = - I? * ~(2°Y2.4)* - -27

|M |
r 28. 17% k(J* w\ of y.~ /-?37£~ —>
3 3
roMed sieeJ* 5- €"2.5 X /O r»uy,
6 3
« 625 X /o' Hi

_ |M| 28.27gv/o 3 6
(W) stress r ° ’
5 ‘
GiS'xto
" 4512 x/o P*
<5~~ HSiZ MPa. ^

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-HHl Companies, Inc. All rights reserved- No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed inany form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission-
'

Problem 5.113 5.112 and 5.113 (a) Using singularity functions, find the magnitude and location of
themaximum bending moment for the beam and loading shown. ( b) Determine the
maximum normal stress due to bending.

60 kN 1 60 kN
+3 ^ Mg ~ O *
1

40 kN/iu -%5 A + (2.ZS)(‘i.S')l‘1o) + (2.1 )feo) +(0.9 = O


A = /3« kbJ t

W530 X 66 ~Z Ma - Oj
•1.8 in -4> 1.8 m-
~(2As')(i.5Xto)-0-2)(Co)-(3.(>XCo)^ H.S 8 “O
B - \GZ UvJ t

tv = Ho kKl - jcjr

V~ - 40 4 13? - £o<<£-/.8>“ ~ 6o<-56-5. s>° -


^
M - -20^ - 138%. - -/.«>' - £o<%- 3.C>‘

» -(4o)(/.«'> 130 - Co = G tV

-(4 o)(3.6 } +- 138 - Go ££ IrK/

L*>c.,ofe jpo.vf & A7 - O „ Jrf Aes W’fuAte-i C o~~J D.

Vc " - 40%* + 138 - GO 4 O /.9f

Mg * ~&oYl.9S'f+(73S)('/. < ?5') -(Go)Cl.9S'~/.8') - 184 kW-wi

~ ~
(cxi \ M 1 184 kyj W-l 184 * to* K)* Wi qJt %> - I . ^£0 yr\ -*k

F*> a N SZO x 66 ^4"ee// to** S= i3^o Wc? m*n " i34e> >{d

(iA s4ress : CT
-
^ fO"
6 ~ ^7.3^ ^ P*.
C?~ \37.3 MPa.

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
-

Problem 5.114 5 J 14 and 5.1 15 A beam is being designed to be supported and loaded as shown, (a)
Using singularity functions, find the magnitude and location of the maximum
bending moment in the beam, (b) Knowing that the allowable normal stress for the
50
IS
IcN A j

n
oo

tc
|
so kN |
I
steel to be used is 165 MPa, find the mOvSt economical wide-flange shape that can
be used.

Hp = o: -(A- 8 )(5 o) - 2-£>e + (z- 4)Uoo)-(!-z)Orci) = o


9. •= -16-47 feN B=
Mg = o: ~(j.z)(.Sro)~(f^Xto6) + i-il> - - O
D = few

CKee-k: +T ,
^F^ “ So -U- 67 - /»<>+ fl^H-So - O is

V - £o -/£' \oa^V,~2 4^° 4 u 6 67 <^- 4 -g>°


- -

M " -To <56 |/ 6 -n<.'X.-* 4..a'>°

A+ A. * 0 If
M- c
At B. 7t> -t-2. * ^
M - (fo)(t-£) = io kN m
= 2<4*> h = - /co
A+ C. <X,

A+ D. %>- 4'8 f*
}
M* Y+. g) - (li-ilYs-C) -0ao')(^-4) ~
(jTo ~ ^6 few^

A-t H r (j'fVfr) - 0 47X4 -OooX?'^ + (JU'


'
’g) 4 l)Cf- 2) - O

Oo) IM - loo kNhn

leoooo -6 3
M^ }
. . , , ,

D =
6- IM! S^ . “C*
,
O ^ Sob*Ob X/0 Auvi

€*> d y t CL j
-w* sh*pt is

W 4tox3s-8 **

or
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced,
limited distribution to teachers
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher* or used beyond the
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student
using this manual is using it without permission.
1

Problem 5.115 5.1 4 and 5,1 1 5 A beam is being designed to be supported and loaded
as shown, (a) Using singularity functions, find the magnitude and location of
the maximum bending moment in the beam. ( b ) Knowing that the allowable
90 kN normal stress for the steel to be used Ls 165 MPa, find the most economical
15 fcN/in wide-flange shape that can be used.

iffl
B .J

L mJ
0.9
r* 3.6 in I K - fiws kKl
VV r 4$ kNjhx . s- - ^
D
V * £ X - 7 p<X-o*<J> £*/.

L ocft-l Ion <sfP


X* wkev'«. V ~ O. Assume ^ Q-S"

0 - m.2£ - X D - /•££*

M - ( - ti.-Gx' - *?o<x -«?>'


*
Ai P^ivd t) H s (n2”.2£)0'$$)-~(t2-'& )0'85)~(3 o){o"1sJ

= fS'Sk^^k

(a) M*. X i v^vJvv', /S$ £a/m cj x - /-is* M ,

? 3
il - qs7'6fitA
6
-t**
6k /&ya> ^

s > i

Sk S C x/o J
w5 1190
h} x7k (9 Bo
W 4(0 X &o fO bo 4Sr~~~"

ki 3&>)<kCf l °3o
k) ?/ o y74
K/ZfoX lot

Proprietary Material. 0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
6 •

$.116 and SJ17 A timber beam is being designed to be supported and loaded as
Problem 5.1 1 shown, (a) Using singularity functions, find the magnitude and location of the
maximum bending moment in the beam. (6) Knowing that the available stock consists
of beams with an allowable stress of 12 MPa and a rectangular cross section of 30-
mm width and depth h varying from SO mm to 160 mm in 10-mm increments,
480 N/ni determine the most economical cross section that can be used.
30 mm
H I—
4go I\jy^ - 0.48 kW /tv,

I {

R. r 0. CSiT t

0*21-* 0.48
W , X
\.S
_
I S <X-/
.£>' = 0. 3* X - 0.32<x- /.5>'

V= 0.64S" - O.IC X*+ O. 16 <(x - /.£>* RM

Local e p»iV,f t) u^ke^-c V = Om Assume /-S’ tn < XD ^ H ^ •

O - 0.64S - O.I5 X„O T-+ 0JC(M


io b ~ I.S)
- O.G4s - 0.!6x-D0l aai^s 1
<o Xj, - 0.48*0 -» *• 0.36
X0 = 2. 0<? 37S ^ —
3
M - 0. 6VS* x - O.OS333 x
3
+ O.OS333 <x- /.S> VW-*>

OuO A+ D. Mp“ (O.64«f)&0W V- (d 0S233)6. O^Vsf UO.oSZ^Yo.S^Slsf


* 0.872/1 W.»i
3
Mo. O.$72ll*lo _
Q -
- s
~
- 7;?. GTS2 y/o
,
72.67S& ’/O v*,»i
61#/ 12 x/O 4

Fe^ * 4 avi*, Ct'oSS SCcTion


c^oss sec.'fusn S r 4" b h

„ , 30 5&
.

C& Ai tfex4 V> ~ \^0

Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced/or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7 W /

5.116 and 5*11 A timber beam Is being designed to be supported and loaded as
Problem 5.117 shown, (a) Using singularity functions, find the magnitude and location of the
maximum bending moment in the beam. (6) Knowing that the available stock consists
of beams with an allowable stress of 12 MPa and a rectangular cross section of 30-
mm width and depth h varying from 80 mm to 160 in 10-mm increments, mm
determine the most economical cross section that can be used.
500 N/m
30 mm
-H I— 5oo W/l * O* S fcU k*

IT O^kl =o:
4R* + + (U)(i)(2.H)(0.$) - O
#A = 0. 880 kW 1

_ _ _ .... . O _ / - dV
O.s- 0.20833 <x- hey kW/V>^
. .

w O.S - §f <x-U>'
.

= *

V = 0.880 - O.Sx + O. |0HiC7<x- l.6>* k

V* - oJSo W 1
V& O.88o -CO.sVl.4) - 0.080 kfJ sr 3 n
Vc =
-

0.880 - (O.s'lC'O + (O.»04 = - 0.S2O WJ


lyOCtoJe. I) ( C^ \/ — O .

1 2'
O = 0.880 - 0.5" tf© + 0.104167 (Xjj- /.6 )

0.104 167 X* - O. .833^3 X c + 1.14 667 - O


- 0**3333 *VCO. 8^353) t - (4X0.104167 yi. iM 6670
X
° (a-Xo.lOf/C?)

- 4.0 + 2.2347 - 1. 7C&8 n -*


^

Mr 0.880 X - O.RSx*- + 0.347 272<X ~ 1.6 >* kW-v*>

Md * (0.8goV/.7^S3) -(0.2S-)(l.765S)* + (O. 3V7«Xo.l6SgV = 0.776 kv-n,

r 0.77C tW-hn 4 X- ^
*
7 6 */-? 6 3
’ * -? - ? ^ 04.ee */o' G4. CC. x /C? wi»a
Sm,* - -

v ro 4
.

<S>

Fo^ &. c^oss set'it'ov^ S “


^
u _ / (c W^ucTWT _
- „„
us - 7
us.
~i' so
At' v^eyl JO- cvnna 1 V\Ctr€ V) - 1*0
8

5.1 18 th rough 5. 121 Using a computer and step functions, calculate the shear and
Problem 5.1 1
bending moment for the beam and loading shown. Use the specified increment AL,
starting at point A and ending at the right-hand support.
12 kN AL — 0.4 m
Mi kN/in

,, (i
i{ ,
rii it i n = of
CST.JOOzI- HB 4 C2Y4V/4\ = e>
3 ~ H 7. c, kvi f

1.2 rn
OiM a * or
&
(LOO*) - &)6O0O + H-C *
a = 7%.h f

W sr 16 < 06 - Liy* « .At


c

V - - C <*-/. 2 >' -
/ 12 4 ¥7.6 <*-L
M - 3 <06- /.i>' - 12 96 4 ¥7. C <*.-/.:!>'

X V M
m kN kN-m

0.0 - 12.0 0.00


0.4 - 12.0 - 4.80
- 12.0 - 9.60
0.8
1.2 35.6 - 14.40
1.6 29.2 - 1.44
2.0 22.8 8.96
2 .4 16.4 16.80
2.8 10.0 22.08
3.2 3.6 24.80
3.6 - 2.8 24.96
4.0 - 9.2 22.56
4 4 .
- 15.6 17.60
4.8 - 22.0 10.08
5.2 - 28.4 - 0.00

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed* reproduced* or
any form or by any means* without the prior written permission of the publisher* or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
9 4

5. 118 through 5,121 Using a computer and step functions, calculate the shear and
Problem 5.1 1
bending moment for the beam and loading shown. Use the specified increment A£,
starting at point A and ending at the right-hand support.

A/. = 0.25 m

Mc ~ D J

- 6 f?A .4 t'4)(\ko‘) 4 (/)Ca)(3)(56) * O


R* - Z7 kv

2 in I ni
W - <X-3>' l2<x-3>’
Z
V - £9 - 120 <*-*/- G<x-5> ‘
kW <-» x V M
m kN kN«m
3
M r 2?*- /2^<V-R>'- 2 <X-3>
Q Q 89.0 0.0
0.3 89.0 22.3
0.5 89.0 44.5
0.8 89.0 66.8
1.0 89.0 89.0
1.3 89.0 111.3
1.5 89.0 133.5
1.8 89.0 155.8
2.0 -31.0 178.0
2.3 -31.0 170.3
2.5 -31.0 162.5
2.8 -31.0 154.8
3.0 -31.0 147.0
3.3 -31.4 139.2
3.5 -32.5 131.3
3.8 -34.4 122.9
4.0 -37.0 114.0
4.3 -40.4 104.3
4.5 -44.5 93.8
4.8 -49.4 82.0
5.0 -55.0 69.0
5.3 -61 . 54.5
5.5 -68.5 38.3
5.8 -76.4 20.2
6.0 -85.0 -0.0

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5.118 through 5.1 21 Using a computer and step functions* calculate the
Problem 5.1 20
shear and bending moment for the beam and loading shown. Use the specified
increment A t, starting at point A and ending at the right-hand support.

ornc = o
-J-6 R a + (iotil'QU'M 4 (*>) 0'$Hi)te) - O
P* ~ /£//

W - J~o

* So - It’d X 4-

V - £4 - fo x + S'Stox- M m
V m £*/m .

M ~ b^X - 2?X x
+ b&SZ X*
0 69 0

O'L
hi 11 Co
-3
-20 4-6 Sc

3 * o -39 3-S‘Z

3‘ 6 -T7 0

Proprietary Material, O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies Inc* Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.121 through 5,1 21 Using a computer and step functions, calculate the
5.1 1 8
shear and bending moment for the beam and loading shown. Use the specified
increment A L starting at point A and ending at the right-hand support*
t

M - ~r. sy-tf? + £>srt,(x.~ I’if'f -

X V M
to kN tKfM.

0 0 O
o- y>. “f-K -ht
I'tsr
222
7' ~ -tfZ'Oif
l
45
2*7 £ -7w4.

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-HiH for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
2 ^

5,122 and 5,123 For the beam and loading shown, and using a computer and step
Problem 5.122
functions,(a) tabulate the shear, bending moment, and maximum normal stress in
sections of the beam from x ~ 0 to x *= X, using the increments AX indicated, ( b)
using smaller increments determine with a 2 percent accuracy the
If necessary,
5 kN/m
maximum normal stress in the beam. Place the origin of the x axis at end A of the
beam.

+ )5:m d = o;
W200 x 22.5
L*5m -5Pa + Ak.oiO.o'Ka) 4(i.s-)(3')Cs') A.(i.s-y3) = o
AL = 0.25 m
Ra » to. 2. kW

W a 3 + kVJ/w,
&
V- - 3x - 2<x~*>' - 3<x-3.s>° kW -*i

M - - - <x - 3<X-3.S->'

X V M sigma po<r s+eei* sec-+i


m kN kN*m MPa W 2oo « 22 Tj .

0.00 10.20 0.00 0,0 S = t1«t * |o 3


0.25 9.45 2.46 12.7
0.50 8.70 4.72 24.4 - 1

0.75 7.95 6.81 35.1


1.00 7.20 8.70 44.8 .

1.25 6.45 10.41 53.6 6"


1.50 5.70 11.92 61.5
** S I

1.75 4.95 13.26 68.3 - 83. 3 *lo Bt


2.00 4.20 14.40 74.2
2.25 2.95 15.29 78.8 = 33.3
2.50 1.70 15.88 81.8
2.75 0.45 16.14 83.2
3.00 -0.80 16.10 83.0
3.25 -2.05 15.74 81.2
3.50 -6.30 15.07 77.7
3.75 -7.55 13.34 68.8
4.00 -0.8Q 11.30 58 .

4.25 -10.05 8.94 46.1


4.50 -11.30 6.27 32.3
4.75 -12.55 3.29 17.0
5.00 -13.80 -0.00 -0.0

2.83 0.05 16.164 83.3


2.84 0.00 16.164 83.3
2.85 -0.05 16.164 83.3

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw*Hili Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5.122 and 5.123 For the beam and loading shown, and using a computer and step
Problem 5.123 functions, (a) tabulate the shear, bending moment, and maximum normal stress in
sections of the beam from x ~ 0 to x ~ L y using the increments AL indicated, (b)
using smaller increments if necessary, determine with a 2 percent accuracy the
maximum normal stress in the beam. Place the origin of the x axis at end A of the
beam.

20 kN/m
- O
Ozrto i

1
300 mm + (6)(S) + (H.SXi)CiO') - D
L 6 m - ¥5 kW
M, = 0.5 in
w * 20 <*-,?>* - zo^y- s y° W/* chc

-5 + - ?0<y-^>' 4. ^a<x-5>' kW

-Sx + 4s<*-2>' - \oK.x-V?' + lo<*-s'> kvi-r*

X V M sigma M O.V i y*^U»v\ ImN 30 kW • Vv)


m kN kN *m MPa x ~ 4. o
0.00 ~5 0.00 0.0
0.50 -5 -2.50 -3.3 FW- re t { c\ro%% seek* o\a

1.00
1.50
-5
-5
-5.00
-7.50
-6.7
-10.0
S - ib^ 2 = (irV^)(soo') x

2.00 -10.00 -13.3 1


40 s ISO y /O 3 mry,
2.50 30 7.50 10.0
C
3.00 20 20.00 26.7 - ISO «lO'
3.50 10 27.50 36.7
-3
4.00 0 30.00 40.0 '
3o X IQ
r
4.50
5.00
-10
-20
27.50
20.00
36.7
26.7
’"**
s ~ 755» WO71
4
5.50 -20 10.00 13.3 = ifo x/O fU.
6.00 -20 0.00 0.0
SU* 4 o.o HPec -

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
- - ~ . ««

5*124 and 5.125 For the beam and loading shown* and using a com-
Problem 5.124
puter and step functions, (a) tabulate the shear* bending moment; and maximum
normal stress in sections of the beam from x — 0 to x — L> using the incre-
ments &L indicated, (/>) using smaller increments if necessary, determine with
a 2 percent accuracy the maximum normal stress in the beam. Place the origin
30 kN/rn
of the x axis at end A of the beam.
18 kN/m

a
u
mmmmmmmaMsm d €>m
lii ~ 1.5 m
**0.45 in
*"
""
0.6 m
1.2 kN
L **
A£ ~ 0075 m
= 0.075 * HW
w* io - ti(y. /.?<*- /*r>* *•*//*

V - + 1-2- o-4-s'} /^<X“/.f>rV - hz(*- t*<>r


^ fctj —
H - I'l'ZlS'x -/$"* t ^ <? 4 f <X- A2. <X-/‘04r^> fcA/ft, —
S a
£ {X jXm '^ iMi*

>c - O* & (>h\


0 t$-U> \
0 0 I

o >!> 7 £ S'H 4-J“? X-U I?ec4aw


|

So
d' £> b> 0 irwr b £6
f

v
S* fbK
j

£.4T& =rtV4&X3*0)*
0-1£ ~f.w+ S'Oj 3
\ j

r 75T>0OO
hi z£ -7-*<e 3,-lS 7
M £^£
h S’ ;
— 7*#</ o 0 f ^ s 7 roooo xteT^
- L’$h m/°# .

Proprietary Material* €) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
* a

5,124 and S. 125 For the beam and loading shown, and using a com-
Problem 5.1 25 puter and step functions, (ri) tabulate the shear, bending moment, and maximum
normal stress in sections of the beam from x --
0 to x ™ L, using the lucre-
mentis; AL b) using smaller increments if necessary, determine with
indicated, (

70 kN/ivi a 2 percent accuracy the maximum normal stress in the beam. Place the origin
of the x axis at end A of the beam.

W310 X 44.5
L “ 4.5 in
+!>rK* o
At — 0.375 m ~3*7rf?fe 4 (iq)(IxX$- 7&*
0.75m 0.75m
Ra = US kU.
w * lo 2O <X }^KlJh\

V - - lo X + 4 r< x-o.iCy
/

1
M - - ?r x 4 /4 r <*-o. 7«r;>
X V M sigma M * 7£‘ff UN
tn m bJ*
<J a«7h.'
0 0 0 O
pos fojU/eA steeJ section W3-ld y.uU«S
r/’£
S - 634 Yit?
z*z£
______
r 75 . 2/2 -
ta-TT
0 7ffW/ m-i Ma.y\ vioWYx*.]! SpreS'S

i
j5
* o -\l% 1 &-*)<+ nt-il 6" - - fzltZMfy
tf'g - 76 * 0 O

Proprietary Material, <£) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Ine, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or

any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5.126 and 5,127 The beam AB> consisting of a east-iron plate of
Problem 5.1 26
uniform thickness b and length L, is to support the load shown, (a) Knowing that

the beam is be of constant strength, express h in terms of x,


to L and h 0 (b) De-
, .

termine the maximum allowable load if L 0.9 m, h0 = 300 = mm, b -- 30 mm,


«>
and cr^) -- 165 MPa.

+t JR, - o f?A + - v,L-oi

A
mn D
M •OJMj* O
WC y _ WX + H - o
\^L a «•

M * |x(L*0
wx^L-x')
s= iHL ,
1<5<m
2
'

6t» trec-fo cv^oss seo4io* $ - e’bh

C&)
E*fi

to * * k h - ln„

W/X(L-V)

j3wL*?''*
H^T v>= K.l£0-£')] t
-

1
m!) Co-5; 1
(b) 4*> r' w w _ b bo
r
3L* (5)(o-1J l

Problem 5.1 27 5,126 and 5,127 The beam A£, consisting of a cast-iron plate of
uniform thickness b and length L, is to support the load shown, (a) Knowing that

the beam is be of constant strength, express h in terms of a; L* and h0 (Jb) De-


to ,

termine the maximum allowable load if L ~ 0.9 h 0 = 300 mm, b — 30 mm, m i

and <ra]l = 165 MPa.

V - -P
h •= - r* imwp*

F©^ ft. gt/fat* CV-O SS SCC'i S = jkkb*


<r «
6 ^^
1HJ. P x

c'bll*’- 4^- h
I;
A+ x. L *- • k - fgtr a'*

~
(cO Di'iiJe* £q,0') £7. SoJbe k> r F In

6IrbJn?'
4-tof *P p ~
6L cZTfoTT)
Problem 5.128 5,128 and SJ29 The beam AB> consisting of an aluminum plate of uniform
thickness b and length L, is to support the load shown, (a) Knowing that the beam is
to be of constant strength, express h in terms of x, L, and ho for portion AC of the
beam. ( b ) Determine the maximum allowable load if L ~ 800 mm, h§ ~ 200 mm, b -
25 mm, and <ra u “ 72 MPa.

+)2 Mj = of
- -gx + M * o
H = £*• (o < x <

Fo/- o- seo'fioyx <S r £* bH

i<x) A4 x* s,
f
3PL ^ v..V?
Fo^ ^ rAf>Jc^e,& x ky L-y„

(b') S*^3 W P 'ty O_ ^


3L
-
(a)(7
^^ (3X0- S')
= GOvtc? fJ

-p = &>

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.129 5.128 and 5*129 The beam AB, consisting of an aluminum plate of uniform
thickness h and length L , is to support the load shown, (a) Knowing that the beam is
W0 to be of constant strength, express h in terms of x, L and ho for portion AC of the
,

beam, (b) Determine the maximum allowable load if L ~ 800 mm, ho =* 200 mm, b ~
25 mm, and o*\\ — 72 MPa.

^ By A * B
— +1 z Fj, - o : A-^w 0 L + B~o
A - 6 ” AkjL t

L Foir O$ t6 ~
d*A
~ ~ \AJ
_ ^tAfcX-
ck/t* L.
a
tvfl x
V - C, -
L
4
A+ % - o i rt0 L c*
ii
-n-

L ~
--
V -- ^- u^j
.

L.
5
M * VJ0 L% 1 Vt/oX
4
y
.

3 *_

At x - o M-O c* - «

Wo 3lV-
M *
f

12 L (
***?)

Me . X
X H |>Ll <&) "'ill Li ',*
-
- '7 X j!

, /uj
4U S = ±L = irk _ Me
i

3
{-A 3L *- Mx )
2

1
Fo*' secsfiovij 5 - s = jKh,
S _ LkN 1
s. U. J h, h.Jl Ep5
L r ho“ 2.0<9 **** b r 35^ 5? 72
X
i(2S-X2 0c^ =
4,

So" £fc>ho * 166. 667x10* * ICC. 661 x/o" k*


e CN
Hc “ 6^,S 0 ~ (?2.x/c> Xl 6 6.667x/o' )
=

‘ MA* wd -22rfeW/rv,
/

Problem 5.130 SA30 and 5.131 The beam^, consisting of a cast-iron plate of uniform thickness b
and length L s is to support the distributed load w(x) shown, (a) Knowing that the
beam is to be of constant strength, express h in terms of x L> and ho. ( b) Determine f

w - w0 sin~ the smallest value of ho if L ~ 750 mm, b ~ 30 mm, wo - 300 kN/m, and <ra u - 200
MPa.

il TTX
W - WQ s |V>
Jx 2L
V =• EX CoS + C,
-ir ZL
V o cdt X = o s\ _ _Z
~ ~
L
T
m 27 * V *-
( |
- COS— TTX' \
J

M „
IT
2W°L*(x - ~ s1,0
.
7TX
2L
\
/

IM/ ~
ZWa L / X
77- t
~ ;

_ IMj
Oc ~
tt6^
/
/S
—“

T\
* O
XL
TTX' \
)

P"otr ex. c Gyro’S ^ 5 ecli S = i


- 2w.L/ 2L 7Tx \
kz<ji>a X W S*Vt
2L '
77(5^
XL _• 77*’]
vx -
( s,w
ire^b 7r zr J
'1
-

M x = L h - K . J 11
C 1T6U/ b
/
1
-
ip] - f. /7S-y
£Sm b

7™ i/t

)/0-| )]%
,
2. e*
(a) h - - T*-
P6S'<? h,'«•
t 2Lj

~
P a\c t- ~lSO OSIS w —t> - 3o
j
r O, 030
W 0
s 3oo UV h* ~ 300 *10* M
<g 200 MPa.
- r ZQoxJO*
(b) 1.178 = „7.6»)dV ha ^ "17. 6
y{ 2 t)Ov I 0c )(o. 03 o) I

Proprietary Materia). © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

SJ30 and 5. 13 1 The beam A consisting of a cast-iron pi ate of uni form thickness b
Problem 5.131
and length L , is to support the distributed load w(x) shown, (a) Knowing that the
beam is to be of constant strength, express h in terms of x, Land h 0 (6) Determine
,

the smallest value of ho if L - 750 mm, b “ 30 mm, w0 - 300 kN/m, and cra “ 200
|j

MPa.

«F"T
= JM
<S*V

M - -
&L

61& 6L6>
For o. \te,c.\ av\ guiav' C.V'OSS S ~ k bb*
C ill!,
bb ~
u/p
"
& GLCltf ~yoMbi
h - k *» h- kgf
61wb
TX4*/- L ~ 76-D 0.75" ^ ~ £). 030 ^
W0 = 300 r 3 ooxlOi N/^ ) 6^ -2(50 MPa = ZOO'lcfPc

K = IS7.7-I.-V k*
V.-U7.7—
167.7 mm

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.132 5.132 and 5,133 A preliminary design on the vise of a cantilever pris-
matic timber beam indicated that a beam with a rectangular cross section
50 Dim wide and 250 mm deep would be- required to safely support the load
shown in part a of the figure. It was then decided to replace that beam with a
built-up beam obtained by gluing together, as shown in part b of the figure,
five pieces of the same timber as the original beam and of 50 X 250 mm cross
section. Determine the respective lengths l and / of the two inner and outer
2 x

pieces of timber that will yield the factor of safety as the original design.

+>2 Mj = O
E =*r Px + K) = O M- -Px
|M )
~ P*
M 3
Af C IMIC=
A+ B Xp/^
M
o
x

*
-L
& bh* = =
f^
A lo C sc * i*
- it3
C, “fo X) Sp = i b \
x* _
'
1
(1 ) 00
"
ss Xc 25
i mi & 2- sQ
Z~ - O'08 **7

IMI* s» -
imi 6
* 2-Jk- -
S6 '
-3-
as x„ =
*0
= 0.72 IV,

J? a = 2- - o4z -

Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for (heir individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5.132 and 5,133 A preliminary devsign on the use of a cantilever pris-
Problem 5,1 33
matic timber beam indicated that a beam with a rectangular cross section
50 mm wide and 250 mm deep would be required to safely support the load
shown in part a of the figure, It was then decided to replace that beam with a
built-up beam obtained by gluing together, as shown in part b of the figure,
five pieces of the same timber as the original beam and of 50 X 250 mm cross
section. Determine the respective lengths 1 and h of the two inner arid outer
{

pieces of timber that will yield the factor of safety as the original design.

+ PI ~ o
m- - ^ | mV ^
B ml* mu.
A4 C mic- m
i c*t /z')*
A+ D |Ml D r iml

A+ B sa - - i-tfrt)' -

A C Sc - iUM* * ib*
C ^
1-

t> “ 6 til '

yc -
A -
%
•patiaisr—
_
— C>* £}~ m
19S
-
4* •
2Z. - O « H / (o hi

*
Xj> _ z 7? s b% M
~
1*s
X r 2 - /* 2- ~ a,
S’
m

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior mitten permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5.134 and 5.135 A preliminary design on the use of a simply supported prismatic
Problem 5.135 Umber beam indicated that a beam with a rectangular cross section 50 mm wide and
200 mm deep would be required to safely support the load shown in part a of the
figure. It was then decided to replace that beam with a built-up beam obtained by
gluing together, as shown in part b of the figure, four pieces of the same timber as the
original beam and of 50 x 50-mm cross section. Determine the length / of the two
outer pieces of timber that will yield the same factor of safety as the original design.

0.8 w
K - K* 2
0.4 w
F K G Sfiea^ :
A 4t» C V = 0.4W
ti B V• - 0.9 w
Af'eeiS •
A 4o C ( 6. 2 )(o.*t')w - o. S3 w
C E ) w
(b)
+» ( £1(0.4 5 0.0 8 iV

B ending hiotvi ewf

A4 C Mc = 0.40 vj

A 4c* C M = 0 .40 tVX


l
A+ C St Me* - 0.40
* £ b ht
1-

A4 F SP - g" k> hp Mp = 0.40 WXF


s* loo V* _ _L . Mp _ O.SOwXp
e 1
VV '
\ jfoO* <-i ) 4 Me 0. 40 W
Xr = 0.2-S *1

i = 1.900 m

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

Problem 5.136 5 136 and 5,137


. A machine element of cast aluminum and in the shape of a solid of
revolution of variable diameterd is being designed to support the load shown.
Knowing that the machine element is to be of constant strength, express d in terms of
x, L, and do-

- p*
O « 96 « y >
H z
H P(L-xV
i 55441-. -
z

Few* C*- SojllJ C*rco$<k\f C - 2*

s • x. .

i)3
32*
PL /Z C,

_
S
M
- 6"

Fo/' D^ 76 tf OeO
*2 j Si Z
FovT ^ L x *ia w
32
pO--aI
5?.
(lb)

At C j
X^
32.
a.
, PL
CO

Ey. (2),

0^06 _" 32L


2 ) L
d - do

Df'/ i A ! r\ EejXiy} by E^. j


a
L < L
% £ j L

d -

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
;

SJ36 and 5.137 A machine element of cast aluminum and in the shape of a solid of
Problem 5.1 37
revolution of variable diameter d is being designed to support the load shown.
Knowing that the machine element is to be of constant strength, express d in terms of
X L> and do.

wt-
Z

-OIMj = o
+ M » O

M x(l-x')

3
X_ TTg?
foir so IA J,
LiCcJ'f&f' cros* section X-|c3 Sr c. '
32.
3
ni X (L-x^ IG
er J.. 3j
^
52,
-
"
tv

_ 1 1/3
f TT 6lu
1
*
.
A-f
,
x
L.
c#
J _ -
j
ct, -
(
J • zAHO-t)}
-
7 }
^ j

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Iitc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.138 5.138 A cantilever beam AB consisting of a steel plate of uniform. depth h and
variable width b is to support the concentrated load P at point A .
(a) Knowing that the
beam is to be of constant strength, express b in terms of*, L, and bo. ( b ) Determine
the smallest allowable value of h if L ~ 300 mm, ho ~ 375 mm, P = 14. 4 kN, and <r^\

- 160 MPa.

02 Mj. = o: - m - pcl-vI* o mv -pc i-x'i


iMh PCL-xV
PU-x)
s--

hov" CL i'ZcA«\A^O$CiY' c^o$s secit'<?n


)
S--£bV
r~ JL iL 7,
- 'PCL-x} \ _ *p n. ~ x^
bh -
<;
6>h*-
x=Oj b =
6pL b* to-*')
A+
£»V>*
Sof\Atrt<^ ‘for"'

-
'£><*+ l£- - l_- 300 MK. - O„3oo ^ = 0.37S **

P = 14.4 kfJ = I4.4 h/d 3 160 MBs, = 140 x/o^


/C£X»4.4vlO^X^3oo')
V, - - ?0.?,TtlO Kl h - 'Zo.Q
’ ((6©x/P b )(c>„ 37S")

Proprietary Material. O
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5.139 A transverse force P is applied as shown at end A of the conical taper A B.
Problem 5.139 Denoting by do the diameter of the taper at the A y show that the maximum normal
stress occurs at point H which is contained in a transverse section of diameter d ~ \ .5
r
,

do*

V - -P * M = -?X
Lt,\ d - Ja -4-

Fex/' 0.5 oJh'J Cfl reoPetS- SCtdlorij ~


.1 -r|

= jt-CJ'.+ Ux-f

|Ml _ Pto
•S+r-ess <r= S '
s I _

Af H pS - -- 0
- ^ (

S- 1
-- *•«

- k%n~
H*
0
It
0 d~ LS* do

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, tnc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
» -

5*140 Assuming that the length and width of the cover plates used with the beam
Problem 5.140
of Sample Frob. 5. 1 2 are, respectively, / 4 m and b - 285 mm, and recalling that the
thickness of each plate is 16 mm, determine the maximum normal stress on a
500 kN
transverse section (a) through the center of the beam, (b) just to the left of/).

i) 1 6 mm

r 750 leVf

W690xl25 = or
— 4 m »
- 250 x + H * o
M - ^50 x Ktv>-m
2SOVV v

r lOOO
A')’ Cenfe/- <4 beaw> X =

A4 X) £(*-*0* Mc - £«>

At ce^te^ £>4 be<a.»v,^ I" +


s ll
c
?0</0 6 + 2{(28SX^( ^ 4

2*28 XlO 6
+ IG - 355" S=~ - GWWo' S 3
=• x JO~ hn

C<*> Uom&f sfiress ; G*~ “M x (0" 15S.Z *1'? P^ * 155.2 MPcc

3
At X>. S - 35)0 * fo

6* =
(M *

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.1 41 5.141 Two cover plates, each 12 mm thick, are welder! to a W690
X 125beam as shown. Knowing that / — 3 m and b — 260 mm, detennine
the maximum normal stress on a transverse section (<sr) through the center of
the beam, (b) just to the left of D .

s O
- jro m M 5 O
H = 3£v y fcA/Ai.

/e».£> kN **

A\ cen+«^ of tec<w X” X fa(t ««, + 2. Ip&k

I~ orto%to) + xfat)cn>)(£i. £#)% 7i(ztp)ozf}


& tp

S tie (HM

c. = {^)-t H z •

Co} J\ lo'f'w 6- =
^ - 0**o*fi %>0-**0 _

A* oi*i T> S - JS7#


3
*10 /w fn
%
v? ?S/0 X to M3 .

MatTw/vA/f &'{' /'CSS s-» £


^
.
347* /«/d
* m-t*?*

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Ine. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
o ^

Problem 5.142 5.142 Two cover plates, each 12 mm thick, am welded to a W690
X 125 beam as shown. Knowing that cr ai — 165 MPa for both the beam and

*;
* 6^S -

- £7IrtrUJh.
Set Mr M •tt 5^K 0 =C^./X X© - ^
Si -
£ - 2 *© r- 2 . 6<P ^> -

fa*

A4 ee^te^ *1 <*v M - (?s*)C$) - /oo A/Vm


* 4
s - yfo ir, c 3 bty w
&M f64"Xt0 &

C. - ( -4-
IzJ ~ 5-C / K
vvto^e^-f erf I - 5 C. ? £2 S3 * $ |Vv
-

X - I be _ 4 a IpU,
6
2^3'Fxlo’z Ot*foXio ) ~i- zfenHb) ((>+ ^Ch)OzfJ
— U^OXtb ~h 2'#X7X/d^ (b)

(W b = ${>$+1 ^*v. ««#

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without (he prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5,144 Two cover plates, each 7.5 mm
thick, are welded to a W460 x 74 beam as
Problem 5.144 shown. Knowing that / ~ 5 m and b « 200 min, determine the maximum nonnal stress
on a transverse section (a) through the center of the beam, ( b) just to the left of D.
40 kN/m

}, -U 7.5 mm

160 kM f
<0

W4.60 x 74'
- or
- |6o x 4 v M-O
M = 160 X - Zoyf KU-*,
A+ ce^'f’ev* o'T kea.** X - H& = 3 20 kbJ*

A+ t> X* -k (8-JO - US* Mc T /95 kU*Y*

A4 Cories of £>eawx I = Ifce.na •+

)* +
r 333 x ID c 4 Z{ (2oo)(l.S )( -If
6
= 444. » x /0

c r 7.S - 756 MM 5= j? * Xof7x/o3 wm


- 2&*7 « icr*
Nor«.i 6"= r ?<
S ~ IO-* <5* *|$2.6 MP*.

M V S= 1460 ^
6-=#- ri
,V6
133.6
6-= 133. C MPa.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in any form or
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1

Problem 5.145 5.145 Two cover plates, each 7.5 mm thick, are welded to a W460 * 74 beam as
shown. Knowing that a - 1 50 MPa for both the beam and the plates,
<r determine the
required value of (a) the length of the plates, (&) the width of the plates.
40 kN/ni

.
fo
_>J 7.5 nun

R* = - 160 kW f

W4G0 x 74 > •uT.ini .h o?h, - o:

-/{ox Ms o
+( )o/](|')'+
t

XU> M f

V M: |{0x-20x‘ W-M
For W 460x14 ro JJeJ sf««J
z 1
S~ 1460 x/o 3
i*m » l4fio x/o‘‘ i.

AW 4)W<t Ue tug

VU= 6^S - (J5o«/o 6 X>^^o*)


- 219 v/O 3 N-r, * 2.19 W-w

To i^ocafc points D e**«t ET , se+ M - »

1GO* - 2£) x" = 214 S 0 %-\f>Oyt + ;U 4 = o


140 4-Vicq^
X » _ I 7J3 M
wool 6.JH7 K,

xi yp * i.is^ ^ ye - €. 2 *r? m x6 - Xo * 9.44 ^

Al" ce^te/" of t>ea»v>


;
M~ 320 kw-*vi = S2oy(c>

S* It
C ~ ^ + 7.5 23C m**

R««l</»Ve4-l oT X- Sc r 5o3. 4 v/o mu

X - I4< ^ + ZIptj* 1
StK.H'IO*' * 333*/o% 2{(tY7.sX^ + ^) +

333 * 10 *+ 8 04 2*/<2 b
3
- .

]q r 3 1 mnn

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
-

Problem 5.1 46 5.146 Two cover plates, each 16 mrn ihieJk* are welded to a W760
X 147 beam as shown. Knowing that / .3 m at id b — 300 mm, determine
the maximum normal stress on a transverse section (a) through the center of
the beam, (b) just to the left of i).

ir, "" n
i ( |”r]l^TTT 1 j'
i>

K * * {l *£ M
fSiif c
Sv7(K> x 147 r


4^>kN/»
4 i4 111 1,
.

-^
Mj
-//zjrx +
•- d
$ t H- o
* ^
H - tilt X - itSTyC kNK
zX MM ItzS M V

Af center of t>c< V = X-S~ M-


Mc =- lif-v

Af pov^f O x - 7 -0 - !'0 M.

KI D = f6 o IVa .

At te*ifer of fceo-wt T - + ZTfA-k

C S.
{
XXX /4 ss. £ M /n

(<0 Woomfti stress G" - * U±.tt?£


H1>Z M.Pq %

A4 poi^f D 3 r £{(+( 0 yio

M qooy.ia' , , ^
(lol stress

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

Problem 5.147 5.147 Two cover plates, each 16 ram thick* are welded to a W760
X 147 beam a$ shown. Knowing that cr^ ”
150 MPa for both the beam and
the plates, determine the required value of (a) the length of the plates, (b) the
width of the plates.

co m mg »,n
Ra * Rg = f/zSTL^.
5 -
::r

'
D h x W760xl47
|
\

H ,
~
1

jmi + ti =

M - //zjr x - Mk
tnsk-tj

Fox W7^X W? ifloJJeA sieeJ? seoff&i

>3 “ ty'ty'l 0 XV o' Mm


A JL$ Out -P <? he&itzl ikt'i MoiviCi^d

5 - asbwttMMtowo J

r* J^ocAjj-e X> fcr


}
se.~f M ~ M<uf
ItzS^ x ~ x - //£4f~x + ~ O

y . « 4 .« Wj
(zjfwr)
j? - Xa - XD *
~ 3‘6 4-tn

Center of fc>e<s*v. H * t4-si>-2Sr kMfn

~~ ? - av^
S ~ -
/&%/&**'
* f - itx*/ o" **
*
1- iir
C~tf

~
C r .w _ ^ .

Re<y tn wi ^ of ftrt
?*/•
*f t r = Sc. ~ 3&7?'7

*21 ^ X^eav* 4 2 J[jp&Txe

) (&X/6J
2 £7f .7 tfo -f zfo) ( (b)($i T-pJ -i 7^. _y

:?/*** X/^7- 4'1llhWb

\ t, - 4-3-6*^ MM.

Proprietary Material. C> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of thus Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.149 5.149 For the tapered beam shown, determine (a) the transverse section in which the
maximum normal stress occurs, ( b ) the largest distributed load w that can be applied,
knowing that <ra ~ 140 MPa.
j;
~ .

Problem 5.150 5 .150 For the tapered beam shown, knowing that w™ 1 60 kN/m, determine (a) the
transverse section in which the maximum norma) stress occurs, (b) the corresponding
value of the normal stress.

i_A
120 mt))
1 wW
h ^
Ra ~
' k
R*a
b " i iV Lt

M i>2 Mj = o:
— 0.6 m - *- 0,6 m
*) -lu/Lx 4- wx-f * M - o
f(L*- X-)
vK ~ x (L-x^

w 5 160 kW L. - ). 2 wi

For b - 4 |<X

OL - 120 rvi*^ * -r 3^(9 m**/ *v>


)<

c^oss section S ~ bb “ ^bC^+kvY


£


)

s+««: S * -g- -

To Poca.k'to*'? of KmaXi wi)*m .s'fvess Set ^


j ^
Lx-xl ^"3f (a*kxWL-2>0-(Lx.-x )2(a+kOv
l
f 1 - ?

l (Ct4 kxXJ b *
(a 4 kv V i

( («X 4 kx^L-;?*^ - 2 k (Lv -x*> 7


TTC (<x + kx') s ^

3 */ f <xL 4 kLx - 2ax -^vtkx* - 2k Lx + kkx


3 T
b C (< 3.4 kv ^

- 3 nw I at 2 ax - k'Lv ~) _ 0
b ( (a+ k*)* l

yw - aL - (Uo)(m___
t 2a +- kL (3oo)(/.p **=
7^- 0. 2HO h»?
0,‘2HO
)

h», t a + kx» ~ 12° +(3 oo)(o.m ) - \<\z ^


s s
£0>XmV‘- 3
}«_8g*/er
Z2SS*tO ^*
Sv. - f t>C * 122.38 */o - I

s
y?
- f6
f )C.(L-y^ )
f
.

. (o.gfXo.^O T |«.M32*|o tf. ^

(10 be^ltV^ stress ; 6"^- -1 -


-j
|

y /Q-
fc
“ l5to *10* ^
6L- l&o.o M?cl
( ' :

5.151 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading
Problem 5.151 shown, and determine the maximum absolute value {a) of the shear, ( b ) of the
bending moment.

tucA to* A ,

- 0,750 Ra +(0.$£oXk) +C0-3og)C7S) * O


RA r- ^Nt f? ft - GS hJ t

M.C, V - SS V
C 4b o. V - \o N
D V - - cs N
*> 8,

A+ A —^ 8^ M*o
<Jusf 4o He Jeff of
t22TM c - °

-&>.2s''iCss) + M =o
M * XLZS */•*

jus+ h v'n^io'f of C;
O ‘2 Me = o
Ho^s)C#s 4- M * o
M -=• 1 1 ,S0 A/*

JuH -ft> He JPefi of D, !=

OZM» = oS-
- 0 **
5T0 C 35 l Co . 3 oo)C7r)
'j
. +-

4 M * O
H ~ /V*

Jusf 4» He of D,
£)2M d = o:
- M 4 (writes ^ * o

M * /6.*r fcv

(?0 )vL*~«£/>N -*

(t
1

) 1M - 21. ?? -*
~ M

5J52 Determine (a) the magnitude of the upward force P for which the maximum
Problem 5.1 52 absolute value of the bending moment in the beam is as small as possible, (b) the
corresponding maximum normal stress due to bending. (Hint: See hint of Prob. 5.27.)

!)kN| A I’ |OkN

A Ct DI J B
W310 x 23.8

cJ A
k
A ~ B
1

1 in l m 1 m 1 in

+Trr5*0; A - *1 4 P - 1 + B - o
A =•
8 - <=!-£? P - 1S-2A
.Sy' i*n ivi e 4f"y AX”

AA
3 1?^
3
Llsln^ po*-4l£«*'i Ac
A
r
£ - O;
Av - \ A + Mc = O Mc -lA
A
^oit4i ACD ^
<3 a. -Pr-e^ sa>o?y^
l

A O 2" 0
-- o :
c
L — vOX^O 4 M* - o
M* * XA - 3

£y^e Mc
I A - 1 -£A A - 3 kut

The* ? - is - C0C3) = J3 WN <oA P* I2.oo WN t

r 3 kKJ * a*
\

Mo - tzXs'i- 7 * ~3 WtA ^
I Ml*,.. - 3 ktJ- 3*10* N-v~

W'2>\0 v steeJ secAjo* ^


S- 'XS 0*(0
3
- ^$C>^fO A
\]ar~u>Q sirrss ;
S' ~ ~ - r \0.7 * (O* 1 Pc*.

00 6*-- 10.*?l Mpcc

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.1 53 5.153 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading
shown, and determine the maximum absolute value (a) of the shear, (b) of the
bending moment

- o:
0.07-5 Ffcr - (O.ZXSoo') -(0.c)(3<zc>') - O
FjsrF * N
%
-- T fv'- o : A*- s o A/* 3 2 *io n.

mo ZR
TT O 300 -300 O
8 +f - I Ay - =
Ay a £0° |M

3oo 2>oo
T (o.o7r)&AWo>*)
6C>o Couptc cd D, -

- 2ND Wiw
v<X>
Coo SVfcCi,/ .

A +o C. V - COO b>
300
Oao)
ii
(CO) (€£>)
C fo 8» V - 600 - 3oo = Soo A/
1 |

A^e&s b-f fit e sit

A +o C. * (o.aX*<xO*
C do t>. i Vd* * Co. aX3»o )
t to y*

4o B. r
(p.7 X Soc0 - 6°

ma 3 0
Hc - 0 + 170 = 1*0 N
Mo * ( 2o + GO = 180

ISO - Mo * -So A/-*n

M0 - - GO + QO ~ o

(a') Mtk.y v v»uJ w\ |V I


~ 600 N 1

(W) fAcon lM 1
r ISO AJ.jvi

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
*

Problem 5.154 5.154 Draw the shear and bending-moment diagrams for the
beam and loading shown and determine the maximum normal stress due
to bend m a.

30 kN/u>
*t> Me = o
~3 *Uf\ 4- (?>o)(J' 2 )L> l) - (>^)(0 -(a) = O
WS500 X 46.1 A = A A/’
-LB m H** H
0.6 m + t)H A - o
V(W) -foili-pMo'D + >fct) - £4K4*-£) - o
t> - 4/^r-

SV\e«,<^*. VA r 3(s>*£~ t A/
Ve = ($o)(i'f) - - } 7<C tsJ

(-3/^1 C 4o D V ~ — i 7* s k- a/

D +o B V - ~ n* i~~h wr = 34 k a/
* t/ LoccJ^e poivtf j? \/ - o
e _ Afr-e t _ 7
” ~ axv/
r?sr
e = / 0-2 /.j-e» 0 ‘ft
M
.

(jt.N'/n)

Axec*.s skeo.V' di'a.^ i^v*»

ALE S VJx ~ (i )(un)t^v) -2-2'2-t W*»,


E+o e SvJx* ii)~(o*m07>£) * tfjA

c +o t> ,$ v ji* r -<77^ -~n- r kM .

D +- B s V«*K - M)(0‘L) = /4« 4 Ex/yk ,

"
Be^dln^ Wfotview-is ~ O
Mi ? O 4 «*>? ~ 7 2- VI ^ •

He = Z1-J-7- f.o74T -

H6 r f pWJT - 3/-JT,- - 3/ EA/ m


h8 - -fryt + tw ~ o
H »v\ tMl - lt<i 7 kNh.
3 3
For W^>X^/ V'oJUeA s+eei Wio» S - 4-4$ if 0 *n"

fJorm&j stress €T - “i- " ~ ^y e ~j fvlpci .

Proprietary Material. <£> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or

distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by MeGraw-HtU for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

SJ56 and 5.157 For the beam and loading shown, design the cross section of the
Problem 5.156
beam, knowing of timber used has an allowable norma! stress of 12
that the grade
MPa.
JO kN/m

React to •'
A = B ky swj^t^e+ir^

~Ol A + B - (S)(lo) * o
A * B - 25 kU

Fv*o«vi

* 3/. 25" *3 L2S*/0* h)-»


- 13 MP« r 12 wo*
e -
*
M If


ZL7S«!0 %
12 k*0‘

T k/o'V
V.^oQylo
?.fco
, _»
(Sl/i
\A (VV)-^) e ‘

- $.Goy*lO (nm*

$- - (^)ri3o)h* - 2.<Z0Hm(o'

> ?. p $ 4.»L - S'Zo.ll x\c> *>«,


\2&
~ 3& I WltV|

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The MctJra w-Hili Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5.156 and 5.157 For the beam and loading shown, design the cross section of the
Problem 5.157 beam, knowing that the grade of timber used has an allowable normal stress of 12
MPa.

25 kN/m
A
i
hi
^ i

T
M IV - Jo yi
d
t
v = - s* 4- c, - ^
M - -*§

M = c? -jc.
~ c> . C* = o
VI — O tvf 'J£> - /?. i> M .

30 ^3 kw
.
+ C, 0?. s*) = o C, = 10.411 kk>

V - - + 10.4J7

V = O -5y l + 10.417 * o 'X' - 1.4-434

- - f (I.4H34V -f-Oo.Hn^LHHSH )
3
• 05-
= I0.O23 kM-KM - lO.o^x/o N-v^

2
10.023 * ID 4
r,
R "T~''
. I ^
S - _

- £35.74 x/o‘ m3
lxy(o6
- 3
- S35 . 3.4 x/o

Fe>«" "kite JL-

c-iJ ~
^ -
"
x _' cL
c l£

Ef { owas - -Po/^ S,
«** - ^ 35". 24 * /O' ~
d I £
\a

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
6 i 3

Problem 5.158 5, 1 58 Knowi ng that the allowable stress for he steel used is J 65 t

MPa, select the most economical wide- flange beam to support the loading shown.

290 kN -O 2 Mc = d
B C ( 2.^ 0) + (bS ) (Z$o) - o
V
B - id t

SS01N
+52Mb - o
(t-&c>)( he) -t- 3 "ie> C. +(z£~o)(£‘l) *r <7>

C- - 3 bhi o* c .
= 47 f- id 1>

SkeA/ 1

A + "to 8” v- —
8 4-0 C“ V - -zfo-i- 4 5P--3 - 7-0^3 k^L
+
C V> 4-0 Vr * o*. 3, - 4S7*5 - - 2g0kAl

At^ea, s 1
of slie^/' «ti’44/a*w.
A +» 8 Q*S)C- ze~o) ~ — % 7£ k-blfH-
B +- C (3'h)C^$ ci ) * WW&jc/fjn.
C *t» D c/.r)i- 2 ^e) 5 - 345 k-H ,

t^&mCvcts *, = o
- “ 57 StdM.
M6 = O ~ 375 ~

He * -37£ + 7<H'£P - 57f"W idi 5

He = 377 7r - ??r*
o

l ML* S 37? W*
Re^tnre^
^ ini
r
r/r */o3 ** (a
2
h*r
Ltf ikSKfO** 4 }
r %>

$ ) %T [ ^ )(/o M.M
ln/^o %sfo
wuoh i°i
[h/Shoh iSD %1’hO
Li^ k4«s"f v^tVle -dLwjc keavw
Whbo X 75 Pt-tyoo
s)&G0*
17 ? * 3/ \A/i>(o%to *€) /<-j>/
^1 m

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies> Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

5.159 Determine the largest permissible value of P for the beam and loading shown,
Problem 5.1 59
knowing that the allowable normal stress is +80 MPa in tension and -140 MPa in
compression.

= -ojs A + o.$? - o./s-P - o


A * o.qtcci P

Ma - o ; D.ySC - 0 . 2 SP - 0 .
e i ? - O
C - 1.53333 P
v
Shear : A +> B. V •» o.*K&? P
B fo C, V- O.W7P- P r - o.5SS$3 P
C +• t>. V r - OJT3SS 5 p+ I- 53333 P * P

A A +- B, (.2rtf.M6667P ) r o.f/66 7 P
B +® c. ( 0 . 5 'tf*- 53 SS 3 'P
^- 0.26667 P
C T). (OJS'I P - O./SP

o fs: M* =
H b O + 0. II 667 P * 0.1164,7 ?

M c SO.HCC7P- O.ICCOV - O.iS - P


M 0 * -O-tSP CUSP £> 4- -

Cew fv'ol *1 *>*wV ait me/'t i’«s*„

Pa/4 A )
y
(m**^ Ay f«*'
V
^ Ael 6*»M*
l
IW)
© 57 €2206 10 1 15 Zoo
<*) 574 24 (gS2« 2o 230 Moo If 0572
2" \72S 1 7603 2 3V56oo 124416
yr _ 7C03i _
*
’ MM
I72S

I- TI - M7ooi6*4

; “ /£ *»> x r 77 00/6 .

27.376 -/o’ *4 * 77. 376 */o


C
V,
3
7^P J j 16

jBo'Hotw.
*
r -
i 4700/6 _ 10. 682*fcP - ** .£83 ^/o
7 HM

IBtud i ilw! 4s r M
Tension 4 B* *•(- U>. 63 a>|cr‘)( Soy /(?<) = 25H.S6 N-t* ^ 8
CD ^p. cA B . -(2^.374 v /0* 6 7<- /*/<>* fo 6 ) - MJ»Z6 xfo* M»*
TWa* 4C, - (24.376>‘fo~*K8o*<o e ) r -13?^
Co^. .4 c V - (- l©. 6 S 2 X to'* )(- No *(0C 'l - - 1.4455 xlo1 W**n -O C

f\j)h*aU* i«.l : 0. 1/661 P * SSM.SC *P r 7, 32* to ' N


3 S
-O.ISP - - I.M1SS*l0 P * %l7VlO : N
Tlje v«4o« \’s P- 7.32 ktJ
«

Problem 5.160 5.160 (a) Using singularity functions, write Cite equa-
tions for the shear and bending moment for the beam and loading shown.
(p) Determine the maximum value of the bending moment in the beam.

£0 i:N
WfcN S 1 1 80 kN

Bf Cf ?D + IHg-o 4 ( S )0) 4 4 * o
A - / 6 <? A A/.
*7*
!•< '>• -«f-

0.6 m 0.6 m 0.6 m

(a) V = /6o - S'# <x ~ ao<x-AA>* AM

M - /£o x - - 0 o<(y-/‘ 2 y -

Va.A>e&. V
A
B
+» 8
h> CL
<sT

V
V
*

*
t&o m
/6c - Po 9 P-o tsrkf
C *h> T> V “ I &O — <Ao — (Jy — o
D •B £ V ~ /£o — po - ~ — c?t> ^ N

8a»'4*n2 w e*~f~ is Co*\ s’t«‘A t And m roo^x G *fo TX

(WJ At C X •= /-2AO M 5 (f&AO'Z) ~ O ~ O - tM/n

Proprietary Material. 0
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.1 61 5.161 The beam AB, consisting of an aluminum plate of uniform

Proprietary Material. ® 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 5.162 5.162 A cantilever beam AB consisting of a steel plate of uniform depth
h and variable width b is to support the distributed load w
along its center line
AB. (a) Knowing that the beam is to be of constant strength, express b
in terms of a; />, and bxy (/>) Determine the maximum allowable value of w if

L 0.4 m> b0 — 200 mm. h :


20 min, and <ran 1.65 MPa.

Ozm t
* O H w(L-x') tpJ -

H* . 1
wft-xV
2
(Ml _
« u/Ol-vO
2
in I wa-vy
s -
61« 26 >
dross s&cA'iov* S = bb*

= V>- 3wfr-x )«
6 " 26> 6Tj* b*
o _ SwL 1
A-f x = b -
'
<Su*b K
b- b.o-fr
SoJViwj 'Po/1

vv w . -SU b, >,*
.
-*
3L 2- 2(4-4)*'

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
0 — 0

PROBLEM 5.0 5.G1 Several concentrated loads P (i


~ l ,,>.*«) can be applied to a
2 f f

beam as shown, Write a computer program that can be used to calculate the
shear, bending moment, and normal stress at any point of the beam for a given
loading of the beam and a given value of its section modulus. Use this pro-
-* %— .

gram to solve Probs, 5,18* 5,21, and 5 <25, (Hint: Maximum values will occur
Po f;
at a support or under a load.)

%W r
- 'y" ~

SOLUTION

frgACTt 0 N 5 trr A AND E

rL R„L-K P. (Z;-a)
k*-
.
2Cr~>
M L RB = (i/L)ip.(z,-a)
«
A ^ >
fB
>• *T 1
'

O 1

n r f,

Wt HAi STEP FUtjC T OH 5 / bottom of page 3^8 of text)


we pcfpve-. (Fx >cz T S7PA = * srpf\~d
ITX> a^tL TtifcU 3TP8-I ELSE 5TP&-0
IFX >X.£ r (fen jtp(l)Ef FLSiz S TP( iJl =J)
\/ r
^ 5 TPA + ST PB -TP l
St? (I)
M - fk
A
k (x-a- L)STPB ~~ !L (X~XC ) SIP (I)
(T~ = M/ $ j
\pbere $ ,f s obitct from /^gpench* Y C,

PR 0 6 R f)(M OUTPUTS.
Problem 5.18
Problem 5.21
RA= 80 . kN RB= 80 . kN
R 1 = 2/ 0
. jiA/ R2 » tfo Lkf .

X V M Sigma
m kN kN.m MPa X V M
k\ IcN /w M (>/\
2.00 0.00 104.00 139.0
0 - lo-t 0 O
Problem 5*25
U0 -w
El a 4 S*- 0 & R2 3:5
U>**f 2- k-^-L <?•*? to C7*L
> v M si'j’***
M 0* 2-7 — ^0 Xtf ?(>'<+
M IN kN
0 ~ 7 0 * 6 T' 0 0 0 O o
M
-

2-3* (0 -3o - <c3>


(.sr

2 £*32
J-l
-tb-W 0 0
i o

PROBLEM 5.C2
5.C2 A timber beam is to be designed to support a distributed load and
up two concentrated loads as shown. One of the dimensions of its uniform
to
rectangular cross section has been specified and the other is to be determined
so that the maximum normal stress in the beam will not exceed a given al-
lowable value cra}} Write a computer program that can be used to calculate at
.

given intervals AL the shear, the bending moment, and the smallest acceptable
value of the unknown dimension. Apply this program to solve the following
problems, using the intervals M indicated: (a) Prob. 5.65 (AZ, - 0.1 m), {b) Prob.
5.69 (AL - 0.3 m), (c) Prob. 5.70 (AL - 0.2 m).

SOLUTION

?
-j jTl REACT tod S hr A fhv B

iMrrffrnr +^/V 0: % L -a)- P2 (xt -a)


^////^
Af
J

f-A
W -
i
-j-l
I

i %B+-^f 2 4>3
=
i P (x
-4tr(x -x$)'(Zn±Zs. -a) -

r af
v
!
^ ^
b Rf,= P,f-Pl -n»r(x -*J )-j?& lf

ty!L—H~!j~ —STEP
FONC OM'j ( 5ffe bottom 3 T-8 oE text*)
t I

SFT qn r (a+ B + k)/&L


Fon L~ o TO ; x. = (A L)i
DEFINE X > a Tf-J-EN STPA -I FL51 5TPF)~6
IF
lF ^ 3 a.i-L/lHTN ST? 3 = fiS?, ST'B - C 1

if x > x st pi -/ Sit ~o i
t

* - TI-IEN $Tpz -f ELSE TTPZ ~ 0


/T.* TficrN srps~{ else $TPS> - 0
If -*
7 H E/V tvl, _-/

V “ fy STPfl + ^ STPa - P 5TP1 - $T72 P,

-4*)fa ~X 3 ) STP3 f tT (t-ol^stPT


M* f?
A (z-a)5TPft (x-cl-L)sTP3 - p, (z-'z,)STP'i
- n (*-*OSTP2 - $«r(X-x£ 3 7Pl -FUoU-xiffSTfH
^YliiV

/A ON WN DiMt A/Sft A -)% h t

Fro HI S-j?th 2 sS '

, lynSe h = \j&S/t
\

IF. iWrtVtW PlA/CWsjflA/ £ *

£ ~ 6 S/A
Z
5 - JL t h ,
/We
(CONTINUED)
PROBLEM 5.C2 CONTINUED PRO <Jp f) M 00 T P\J T 5

Problem 5.65 Problem 5.69

RA » 2.40 kN R0 — 3.00 kN RA - 6.50 kN RB = in in


o 23
X V M H X V M H
m kN kN.m mm m kN kN.m mm
0 . 00 2.40 0 000
. 0 . 00 0.00 2.50 0.000 0 . 00
0.10 2.40 0.240 54.77 0.30 2.50 0.750 61.24
0.20 2.40 0.480 77.46 0.60 9.00 1.500 86.60
0.30 2.40 0.720 94.87 0.90 7.20 3.930 140.18
0.40 2.40 0.960 109.54 1 . 20 5.40 5 820
. 170.59
0 . 50 2.40 1.200 122.47 1.50 3.60 7.170 189.34
0.60 2.40 1.440 134 16.
1.80 1.80 7 980 199.75
0
0
.

.
70
80
2.40
0 . 60
1.680
1 920
.
144 91
154.92
.
2.10
2.40
-
-
0
1.80
. 00
.

8.250
7.980
203.10
199.75
^
0.90 0.60 1 980
. 157.32 2.70 - 3.60 7.170 189.34
1 00. 0 . 60 2 040
, 159 69.
3.00 - 5.40 5.820 170.59
1 10. 0.60 2.100 162.02 3.30 - 7.20 3.930 140.18
1.20 0.60 2.160 164.32 3.60 - 2.50 1.500 86.60
1.30 0.60 2.220 166.58 3 . 90 - 2.50 0.750 61.24
1.40 0.60 2.280 168.82 4 . 20 0 . 00 0 000
. 0.06
1 . 50 0.60 2.340 171.03
1.60 -3 . 00 2.400 173.21
1 . 70 - 3.00 2 100
. 162.02
1 . 80 - 3.00 1.800 150.00
1 . 90 - 3 . 00 1.500 136 93. Problem 5.70
2 . 00 - 3.00 1.200 122.47
2.10 - 3.00 0.900 106 07.
RA = 2.70 kN RB = 8 . 10 kN
2.20 - 3.00 0.600 86.60 X V M T
2.30 -3 . 00 0.300 61.24 m kN kN.m mm
2.40 0.00 0 000
. 0.05
0.00 2 . 70 0.000 0.00
0.20 2.10 0.480 10.67
0.4 0 1.50 0.840 18.67
0.60 0.90 1.080 24.00
0.80 0.30 1.200 26.67
1.00 - 0.30 1.200 26.67
1.20 - 0.90 1.080 24.00
1.40 - 1.50 0.840 18.67
1.60 -2 . 10 0.480 10.67
1.80 - 2.70 0.000 0.00
2.00 - 3.30 - 0.600 13.33
2.20 - 3 . 90 - 1.320 29.33
2.40 3.60 - 2.160 48.00
2.60 3.00 - 1.500 33.33
2.80 2.40 -0 . 960 21.33
3.00 1.80 - 0.540 12.00
3.20 1.20 - 0.240 5.33
3.40 0.60 - 0.060 1.33
3.60 0.00 - 0.000 0.00
^ |

PROBLEM 5.C3 5.C3 Two cover plates, each of thickness /, are to be welded to a wide-
flange beam of length L which is to support a uniformly distributed load
t m
Denoting by the allowable normal stress in the beam and in the plates, by
d the depth of the beam, and by Ib and Sb respectively, the moment of inertia
,

and the section modulus of the cross section of the unreinforced beam about a
horizontal centroidal axis, write a computer program that can be used to cal-
culate the required value of (a) the length a of tire plates, (b) the width b of
\D E the plates, Use this program to solve Prob. 5. 145.
k a *

SOLUTION

Ft=A2>;$2-*ip^o; H +*ez(f)~ - o
0 But: and Alp - 5 0^^ J>ii/ide hf J
jyivmt

\ffl4PL + (2 Sfr^/vs) -o Setx*r- Lx. k > = 2S &*:


TTT *

if-Lx -f k ~ o
Solri'nj -file <ji/ad ratio f x — L " Yjrlz SJi
Z
Compute x
a- £-2%
(b) R eg uifed Wi cl Hi of Flat te z
At /
midpoint C
i f . t
iff beam’-
FB-AC^TM-O- M i MA-iei Jr
c * ¥ T Z
^sjp^ CompJe >1 =
. . .

X -uTjC£
n r; MK T ^ Com k c -t+
r ~d
C Fnm M C
<£f=^ com^ I = tk£_

CCT 11
>
I
6ut

Soll/fnj> foy b,‘j


I

b -
^f bh =Ii
^ fr- 7Ta
^[i6t + bt(d±f]
/
3

PROGRAM OUTPUTS
PROB, S JtjSl CdQx7% Qii-ISOMea, fR&B,
, W W76wrt Gji~
5,1^3: Wrtoiirt
PROB, 5JS2j /ad M Pa
Gj\-ur>*
ips £fp kH/m, L - 8^t- A#
4\T-~ 4-£okX(f*\>>
gt 4-£X)ktf(fa
\s - /£
! mM
b fw .

dr 457^,1^- cL=r37(A*\
hvh£
Problem 5,145 Problem 5.143

4.49 m 3* (etybr^
211 mm fy\ M
. ~ -

5.C4 Two 100-kNloads iife maintained 1.8 m apart as they are moved
slowly across the 6~m beam AB< Write a computer program and use it to cal-
culate the bending moment under each load and at the midpoint C of the beam
for values of x from 0 to 7 m at intervals Ax *- 0.45 m.

SOLUTION
HQTfrTiQJi t Length ot beam — L
Loads ; Vzpz,~r~ i<r°h N
D'tsfoncz
l
hef u/ec>') loads zz cL'~ L&m
p P dote that &<L/Z
0) & V c We
A ci=~
(I) FROM DC - O' To pc - d '

r(L~x)- 7?„L= 0 .

%= ?( 00/t
Under
Mc
At C:
Tj
'VV
(2) FROM 7c = d. to = i~.:

-0‘ P(l-xh P(L-x+d)-/?


A L=0
+) s
*A = r(2L-lx+d)/L
Under P :
t
M^Rn x~Pd
Undtr j>\ Mz - (x~ d)
(Z h) F f?o nx=clTox.= L/i'.
Mc~ **(£)- ru-xx-r^ -x+d)
- Rn -T(L-ZXfeL)
( L /Z)
(ZB) FROM X-L/Z TO X :LfZ + d :
^(L/z) -r (! -Xid)
(ZC) FROM X- Liz i d TO z-l:
*< = Wz—
(3) F pool Ft / to x-Lfd.:
+!> r^
g
= o: Ffi-x+d) p l -0
8

Under
V J> :
a
P(L-x-id)/L
p\^~ (x-d.)
fitc; f\ ~
c
n n (t/z)
(CONTINUED)
PROBLEM S.C4 CONTINUED

Program oum/7 — ‘
* " ”

p = 100 kN, L = 5.4 m, D = 1.8 ra

X MC Ml M2
m kNm kNm kNm

0 6 0 0
0
/'$ lof-7 llS-b 0
J o 3^
3 * to £o 3 * V" 0 ^ • £/- \ * Cj-

1 IS -Iff
S'tf w>7 0 ns-h

Proprietary Material, €) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of tilts Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
3

bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading shown. Apply this pro-
gram with a plotting interval AL - 0.9 m to the beam and loading of (a) Prob.
5,72> (b) Prob. 5J15.

SOLUTION

KeacnoNS at A B
OSlNGr F3 .
SlftG-RhM OTVlfiH'
Rb L ~r Pb - AXa(w/z)~0
R b = (t/i)(Pb + £**<**)
p -i AXra ~R3

IA/C 5 f tsP i- Upt /fON$ of ptf^e. 3QB oi / fvf)-

SET fL- L/SL , ro/? I'- O TO n : X - (/\ L) l

WE VEt/NE : > a THEN STPP\~\ HLSF stPA -0


IF sc
if X>b Thi£hl $TPB=I 5TpB~,0r
V - PA ^^lT 7C + ^Ot -#) 5 TP a P STp
M~ PfiX - EttfxX -fj'MT (Z-af' STpp - F (z~'b)STP3
COcnrt ahQ Print (x V) &WD (x> At)
}

S(fF NtXT P$GE5 FOR f^OG^AM OUTPUTS

(CONTINUED)
PROBLEM S.C5 CONTINUED PROGRAM 0 lJ I P<J T FOR

Problem 5.115

RA = 173.25 kN RB « 119.25 kN

Shear Diagram

x (m)

Moment Diagram
t

PROBLEM 5.C6
5.C6 Write a computer program that can be used to plot the shear and
bending-moment diagrams for the beam and loading shown. Apply this pro-
gram with a plotting interval A L ~ 0,025 m to the beam and loading of Prob.
5.112

SOLUTION

Re Me Tip MS AT A AjVv Z
L *•

lA#(b-rC>
,{(<"*>) ftg L i Rb “ AVl
h«— —
(yO[MVM B + jW 0*)J

R - Mf(b- a) - Pg

W Cl U5k. ST^-P Fuf^c i \ots}*3 (S^c i>otto rii oi


k o(~ i^xC)
StT -ii-l/al, Pofii L = 0 70 -n; X:(ti)L
W£ JfB.fi tit IP %>CL THLN STPf\ r ELSE 3TPA-0
/

IF X> b VffE.N SrP3=I ELSE S7PB-0


V- Pfi - 4$(x-a) 5TPA TAAr(*-£>)$TP&
l 2
K X~l<*r(7c~a) S7Pf\7^(z~b)' 5TPB
Pi
L0CF\7£ /\ivp Pf>/MT (Z,V)APJP (ZjM)

PR 06 ram output mn next page

(CONTINUED)
PROBLEM 5.C6 CONTINUED rHO^Khn ooi pl

Problem 5.112

RA = 29.50 kN RB = 66.50 kN

Shear Diagram

Moment Diagram
Chapter 6
A square box beam is made of two 20 x 80- mm planks and two 20 x 120-mm
Problem 6.1 6.1
planks nailed together as shown. Knowing that the spacing between the nails is s ~ 50
mm and that the allowable shearing force in each nail is 300 N, determine (a) the
largest allowable vertical shear in the beam, (b) the corresponding maximum
shearing stress in the beam.

I -
A t. K'
- ±
n - j^ (goXgo)* - \3,2(>C7yt/O c
4
* 13.2467 *to‘

A,- (l 20 )(zo) - z Woo

c
~ A, - 170 * io* r*rr? - ?owo‘ ^'
Q., j, 1

2 - 3
13 */o A/

mX
,-3

-
a
V
s ,
" <:
_&I _ (fXylO )(i3.266?x/o )
v
^ [70 * IO'

\.3?£&7xlo* hJ - /.38 7 fc/V

Cl ~ Q, + ao)£<|t>l(ao)
T ~ V |0 J T ISZ */o s
40*»ir« tzo-rto* +• 33
e
- 157 * /o'
&
VQ- _ 0.33667y/o s )057» to" )
y -
~
X£ C S
(/3. Z667xio- )(z«2o*io- )

- 38o*/o3 P* 3sro kPec

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1

Problem 6.2 6.2 A square box beam is made of two 20 * 80-mm planks and two 20 x 120-mm
planks nailed together as shown. Knowing that the spacing between the nails is s ~ 30
mm and that the vertical shear in the beam is V- 1200 N, determine (a) the shearing
force in each nail, (b) the maximum shearing stress in the beam.

kk* - ik kk'
ggjgjpg^ -j£(«>Y*>P* 13.8667 */o' ,< »

IS. 8667 WO'*

(Ct) A, - (llo)( 2 o) r 2^06


- «£>C> irr, KO

* 130 */0 ~ l?0 v/O w-j

cl - KQ - 0^9 )L ??* o 0
.. . l l
- |o. 38Sxlc> N/w
7 I 1S.8667 * |0~ 6

S r 2 r^.-,

f.. : , . f - oo.^p:kso„^} r ^ g ^

QL~ Q., 4- (5tX^oX4 0 )^3.o)


4
^ T = IZ&*io 3 + 3^-x/O
"
I5"<2 * /O mm3
6
152 *fo“ m’

v - - Qzoo)0sz* iS-1
~Tt ‘
(ig.SSCTWO^X^v.^y^**)
3
32<1 X JO Pa 32Pt kPet-

Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.3 6.3 Three boards, each 50 mm
thick, are nailed together to form a beam
that is subjected ida vertical shear. Knowing that the allowable Shearing force
In each nail is 600 N, determine the allowable shear if the spacing s between
the nails is 75 mm.

3 z
I, ~ ikkb * A d
— -j-j (j£&}(£<$ + 0$v)(pp)(7$'')t ~ 4‘Z*7£Xlo MfJt ‘

Lx - * -fJj
(£t)(/oo)* * 4'/7X/0^m^
Xj - J, r ty3‘7£YtO t>
hxrrfr-

& f
I - X, + X2 + I3 *?/• 67

&.* A, y, * (f^)tmnz) - £%%szr»

T J/,
s * Fwp 0 1
^
vo.
x (?)
i_
£^r 60 ty £46 )
Va
<DHEI
J
t/ -
Qs
-
(-tt**bo) (7 s)
~" ^% a ^ hi
f ll /v

Problem 6.4 6.4 Three boards, each 50 mm thick,


are nailed together to form a beam
that is subjected to a vertical shear kN. Knowing that the allowable shear-
of 1 .2

ing force in each nail is 400 N, determine the largest longitudinal spacing s of
the nails that can be used.

I,-" £U*4- kd X
mm 1 *
50
- fao)(&>)
3
+ 6?o)<%a)(7^) ' = 43- 75 * A?*
7-C

I* - “ (.StTJjoBfi ~ 4-77X10 tnM*


llr

I3 e J - 43-75 W#*am +
6 H
X r X) X 2 4 Xs “ 7/>67X/0 tr,rr\

1.50 mm
^1 Ql - A,y, ^(/5oX^)(70 r tn+

Q~- mm
rr:
^.S- Fw 60 £
- C?)

s
Fv^./X m
VGl ”
C4o o)QV't>7xi6
(r2oo^)(f62‘S xi*
3
6
)
S - 5f-X ^
)

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
6.5 The composite beam shown is fabricated by connecting two
Problem 6.5 W150 X 37. 1 rolled-steel members, using bolts of 16-mm diameter spaced lon-
gitudinally every 1 50 mm. Knowing that the average allowable shearing stress
in the bolts is 73 MPa, determine the largest allowable vertical shear in the
beam.

1 £ ^
W/So><37-/ - A -43W Wh ,
Ibz Xyt -
2*' 2 '**'>

7d - 8-1 far*

ComyW+e : : I - Z fc'Zxfo + (+37o)cei )* 1

"
Q_ - A7

Bo^hs_ : a = b b to m 'ifji
r 7^ /!/£& .s - (Utom ,

s Slmtn ^
_y
? 00 r zobob /»M a

Fb .^ * - m77 //

. 15* r gy^ r BH, .


W/1 *»
7 $ I5t>

y : jl, (/o/-7^x/
fe

n _ VQ. ^/ l5-^) o
S C *
»- r C[ 35^70
y = st.zkN

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

Problem 6.6 6.6 A column is fabricated by connecting the rolled-


steel members shown by bolts of 18- mm diameter spaced longitudinally every
125 mm. Determine the average shearing stress in the bolts caused by a shear-

ing force of 120 kN parallel to the y axis.

CahoUie MoMjKrf of .

k Ck^) d C**) 1 (*h~)


*
Top 3 jrao /n ib*°l8ty Y/tfi
Cj-f&XS? 47 5T> 0
W > T
2 C2&>*37 47.S7) o
~ ft? Av /vt -
Bot. p-t*te */?2- 3QU>1.
r
nY*
X iZ-h l)6h/o

i = Zaj* 4 zi -
W'Wyio*'- + yPKMo*" =

a- A*?. r C ( fgg r 4^ 6 2 Mai

W
)

VJ2 _

(Jt±I£2£li£lL -
*
VCU.^ Ml* /
I m-Sw/o-y
FLk r ~ (0‘ir$r)^ r7-J7.i hi.

7"'
Ai.i+
~ '
%( l*Y r MV -<=7 A^

fwt- /vtrJr
r,fc.it - MPa
Ab.#t ^rv-47 x/o

Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
/

6.7 The American Standard rolled-steel beam shown has been reinforced by
Problem 6.7
attaching toit two 16 x 200-mm plates, using 18-mm~diameter bolts spaced
longitudinally every 20 mm. Knowing that the average allowable shearing stress in
1

the bolts is 90 MPa, determine the largest permissible vertical shearing force.

cJi two"*' e^it c»F «

M A 0**?^ cl (rvwO A ck } X C/0


<, S
^rv» )

Top* pittite32oo *1 Qo.S 8Z.M3 0.07


305" ^ It
* ef- S3lo *52. GGSo O as. 3
1 GO. S
Sot. pA+e 3200 *1 60.5 22.43 O.o 7

X 164. 8&

u c
I ^ XAd* XI * Z& 0 . 3 «lo w* = 2&0.3 * i&

Q. - ApU* = <3*o©)0£©.0= 573.C */o


s
^ *,513.4* /o'*
‘ 6 2

f
a ut * 5 ZSy.Ln x 0

Fb.it - ^A Mt c
(qo*io WzsH.W'Kf
6
) * n.<to»/o
$
n
QS-
P
ZFk.it o
P
-
S 12 0*10-3
_ 381.7 « lo
l
N/^
s
VQ tfC©.3x|or*)(38l.7*/O
^
. .
'
T N/
V -
~
I«5L
-
5
Q
_‘
s
)

V
10 «

i
5*10 N
q3 <r l/W

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Ine. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual maybe displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
, ) ^

Problem 6.8 6.8 Solve Prob, 6,7, assuming that the reinforcing plates are only 12 mm thick.

6.7 The American Standard rolled-steel beam shown has been reinforced by

attaching to it two 1 200-mm plates, using 1 8-mm-diameter bolts spaced


6 x
longitudinally every 120 mm. Knowing that the average allowable shearing stress in
the bolts is 90 MPa, determine the largest permissible vertical shearing force.

CaJ c^-PeJ'e t'V} ow m flA, .

A <W d fvwm) Ad
1 '
i Oo 4 ^)
Top 2Hoo
p/fcj*
* 1 S8S go. *7 0.03
* d ' JOS'.
2
£ S3lo*£? QQSO o 0 75.3
* *
Sot, pAjf*e 2.100 U>8.5 60. X 4? o. oa
15 5

X \2°~S% 35. 36

H ~ *2 A &1 + 2" X ~ 3. 15 7^ v / o - 21 5". 7 V * to t-vi

3 3 c 3
Q_~- kfiM JfKA* - (2ooX\X)(i£% .s'] “ 38<X4 x/D ^^ - 32o.7x/o~ w,

R*ft ~ 7^ * c
( io>.io
6
Y2sy. tn * to'
6
) - ^.^ozx/o 3 w
3
or 2JEb^ *(C> 3
- -2 Fwf r-
-3
) - 3%L~7 x/O N/xv,
s UOxfO
7WO»)
\/a u.
v Is - ^17*
3 '* |oS
)(T
,u N
x a '
3So.tfx(o-‘

V - 5? 17 U-M

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
6.9 through 6.12 For the beam and loading shown, consider section n~n and
Problem 6.9
determine (a) the largest shearing stress in that section, ( b ) the shearing stress at point
a .

72k*d
J2i_i

^ '
0.*»\ 1
f.5*^

= O :

-2.3 A 4(|.£T = O
0,S m
A = |<M 1

Dimensions in mm A+ scc,4'io^ h-Mj V ~ A - 46.S57 Hi


3
CcJ? Ci>$e*A t~ Mow e* •j*
^ i v* e ux. I ? 2.14(15 X^ ] s
4 5>[i(t5Xsof] 4 4(SoXl3o )

(5 IS
[
JJ S, /S
~ 5.7C » lo
6
^ - s.76 x /o'
e
^
-~F~
20 At <q 2 £*_ - 3c? ^ivv - 0»03o *1

+“ "1 3oy/o s
(3ox Zo)(So) -
20
4-
20
ilf 30
so
- soxicf
6
^
Ii£j
N.A. VCu _ ( S4 .357*1 0^X3°
" c
fc
It* (5,76*/O' Xe>.O3<0

8. 15* xlo^ p*. - g. IS- MPa

A4 ~ *
0.06 0 w
*
Q^+Cco^^oX^o) - 3oxto* + 36x lo =(£ 6><|0 w-w, = COld r*

ft, = 8.<!7 MP*.

A4 K/A • tWA ~ 70 mm - 0. 0^0 hn

Qva " Qfc* C


e
fox2o')Cfo')* GG*f°
3
4 18*10* - 2Hxloi ^ - gfx/o'V
«. *

rw = *J ?* )£$** - -0---)
, ,
;
. =r
7.6/ r 7.6 | HPet
ItM)l (5.76v^o'M(0.07o^

(C& Tmmc *4 b. tL** B.^7 MPa.

Cb7 21*- B.isnPo.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, withoutihe prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.10 6*9 through 6.12 For the beam and loading shown, consider section n-n and
determine (a) the largest shearing stress in that section, (b) the shearing stress at point

jO kM 40 mm

Af section h-h

me V - \t> kU

- i l
4 m a

= ik kb* + ^ ( Ta ^ + )

- £ (/Oo){Kof +
c
- 28j2S’*/o’’ 4 Vf o.oe>«*/o + 2.2sea*i o* ]

4 4
“ 3?.S*Wo‘ n,*, r */0‘

Q. r
Ay, + 2 A a y,
75
- (/C>o)(75)(i7.S) 4 (2)(5oX»*X^>
= 3CH.OS *)0* - 3C^.oS Xftf* rv)

t ~ lOO i*v*i * O. lOO id

(ipKio»)(s«.«r*io-)
= <730 *fo P«_
3 ^ .
kp4
(3 ?.58*JO‘*-t )(o.lo^ )
<

JS> © a - A. 4 2A a yt
J,

= (iooX #OC5Sj + CO(SbX<*)A*0


<

4
= 3(3 J?. 8 x/03 **.*=• 307.gx/0’ m-

t - | 0 O *»* - O. loo w,

-
y VQ 0oxlo % )(3o^.Sx| O t ) *
. ' 7£<S p r^lCS kP<l
It (S9.S8xi 0-‘Xo.»oo)

Proprietary Material €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
P

6.9 through 6.12 For the beam and loading shown, consider section
Problem 6.11
n-h and determine (n) the largest shearing stress in that section, (b) the shear-
ing stress at point a ,

V — 2 0-6 ^(4
.

15 mm

®l (hittol kj* 0*m^) 1 (/M "' ) 1 = rAj 1 + zi


=? iO£*bn*i-q Cl $<}£-#
F^Paw^e 3
l
ii 7'*r
0
znnwi't 7 o bt/i-
^
WeV O ~ //Z'S k fi/O rn Ar,

Fh«y $ ur**r ttVwp'f


ioiws#

(a)
VZZZ2Z2 2
q
A Qk, ~ A, y, +
V - c$7Sb)(‘i7‘$~) + (f/o) uo)(sr) - £0 nz£
\

t “ / r? A*v /H *

^^
_ VO. \ $ 9 Mfk. <*k
r~—zz *** ~
"
It Uti-rytfo^LQ'o t)

Qi- A ( y, + As y3
- {3 7xb)(.U?‘p + (to)Oo)£ /e>£)

- ii 2X
t ~ /(?Av/n '

- N/Q&
It
- f X/^ ^-r
(ui*r(,mt>)C0'0i)
0 „ , Mp ^

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

Problem 6.12 6,9 through 6.12 For the beam and loading shown, consider section
n-n and determine (a) the largest shearing stress in that section, (b) the shear-
ing stress at point a.

IS mm
10 kN 40 kN

12 mm ~
gj t?A

4 r °: P* + 1?e - 4* ~ ~ °
Ra " - 40 M
40 He sKe«*ir V ~ 40 bbJ d n-n.

i i -

~4o
- A (?*) (7*)* - ££S3tS 2-

Q- A, y, 4 Aavya - Cib Qi)^) + z(fr)ui)CL$


3
r 70/2-^ K^A
/•?- + {Z~ T 2 #

* = 2/ ,f
¥f- .

{lS ^ f*

f>Q AvfM
Q- Ay r ((0-o)tlV-)(l+U) - $l$Ob
*
- It- 4* /2-
i rv>

T =
y q _
ftoyjr^o-BXrtr*)
!$*$!> MsP*i,
1 */o~
n
1 (zrrtfti )

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, inc. All rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
4

Problem 6.13 6.13Two steel plates of 12 x 220-mm rectangular cross section are welded to the
W250 x 58 beam shown. Determine the largest allowable vertical shear if the
shearing stress in the beam is not to exceed 90 MPa.

1= T Ad* + xl = Xk IO
c
r 17 ‘i.'bGX* iO
C
v*'

cey t$ , £ - 8 D
. - 8. O y (O y*

D < vh m 5 l&u 5 no r^^v\ : © ! 3.xxa.o; (©


-
n.-s * zos •
<j) g.oxiix.s
-

7X5'.<flxlo\*' = ‘H* /O'* w.*


e 1
V/Q rtf (l7?.34^xlo’ V8.oxt0 V70>t/g & )
Vr ,

v
, _
'
it ’
a '
ns.*/ v /o- c

s
S Ml. V 10 M V- 177. <» kM

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

Problem 6.14 Solve Prob. 6.13, assuming that the two steel plates are (a) replaced by 8 x 220-
mm plates, (b) removed.

6.13 Two steel plates of 12 x 220-mm rectangular cross section are welded to the
W250 x 58 beam as shown. Determine the largest allowable vertical shear if the
shearing stress in the beam is riot to exceed 90 MPa,

fW-f A.Wf;.') a G*,*). LAidfifli*!! I (io^)


* 130 2^.744 O.OO^H
Tivp p&d? HfeO
W ISoySS 7 470 0 0 87.3
* J = Z&.+.
d * »2 Bot, S7G& * !3to 24.744 O.oo4f
3.

Z 374. 488 87,3(2

I - I A/ + II = i46.%07 * [cf - IH6. &o7* \o‘

occur* ck Hev/iv'J* scyfiS. t - £.0 ^ - 2.0 */<7 ^


,0 v/Cw,^ A„-Jv--Oo*
^ ****

W-S# 1

0 Top \i6o !3o 228.8


V

a-®
0 Top 'F&.rje 27 40.5 11^.25- 326. SoS
0 Ha^U/eE 400 S 6.25 So.GZS
2 606.23

: CD 8*Woj 0 I3.S-KXOS; d> s.ox (12.5-

Q.= ZAy - Go&,15>i tc? m*vC“ = COG.2S * to* ^


c <>>

r_ _ VG v „
It't _ (m&. go7xfo- )(S.oyfo^U ?ox(Q
{
)

~
it Ql eo&^svio-*
- nn.^yio^N

W *-f U pJ?«vl fes •

C
1 = S7. 2>xlO = &7.2>k lo^ £- %.a*[o~* in

S 3 S
d~ [ZI&.SOS + 6^ ST) *fO - 2,77 .ilSx/o 3 ?7.4 2,x/o“*™

6
- Ifc^ _ C^.SKfo^C&.o xi P^^oxfQ )
V <3l

377.43 *lO' c
3
- \CG. 5"* /o N V ~ 166.5'kb
6.15 For t 50 wklfc- fl tinge, beam with the loading shown, determine the largest
Problem 6.15 i

load X* that can be applied, knowing that the maximum normal stress is 165 MPa
and the largest shearing stress using the approximation r m ~ VM^is 1.00 MPa,

+>?M, - O - - 4<SRa f >7P - o


- as P .

S k Q.&y'

.4P 1h\ ~ O* 6
*“ /*?
k AB

Wfo/o X S 1=1
H&ZO ¥>10
IMU 0.6 *P L*e
o '
<W
^ S ^
p .

£7^, 7 kd<x fax |/7

Steav'. Awftl - d tw
- ( b/o(nn)
- 7 ?X^t 7 /K.

V
- !YL I I 0.4 P

P' ^ Awefe Aw<b

” = M3 W
i f> e \J op. of *P j i dke VrAjs ,
p - fcf,r <U/. -*

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of tilts Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
e o •

Problem 6.16 6.16 For the wide-flange beam with the loading shown, determine the largest load P
that can be applied, knowing that the maximum normal stress is 160 MPa and the
largest shearing stress using the approximation r,, = i7/f,vcl, is 100 MPa.

+t> IH e = 0 -S.fcPA + 3.0? 4 ZH? + l.sf - O


ZP1
Draw m wiS

V Mb --
2PU ,
- 3 PU
|VL*» *P

8sn«l i
. Foir W 360 *122. «S - O lO x jo
*?
4 3
- Zo IO y lo* V-.

Mcu "
3 PL *s
e:#
- S
p_ (leowo^fcoiowo3 ) _ „ .j
P~ . j 73.7)1 /o
.,
N

Skeo/' A^f, - <5/ “ (363)03.°)


A 8 c D e = 4-.'7l
£
}*|0
3
»v,^ » tf. 7f*f x/cT^Vn*

r ]VL* r

3
rAw.4 _ 0 go V toOft.717 >/d )
" |V
2. 2
Tlie Sha/I yj/xdo Pis "Me o.jlHii'J <• 2 0*2 P* J78.7 WJ

Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill For their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
3

d

U
Problem 6.18 6.18 For thebeum and loading shown, determine did minimum required
depth h y knowing that for the grade of timber used, 12 MPa and
?4M - 0.9 MPa.
120 aim.
iOkNAn H h"
iiin'iTirmi ToU h,J (/o) (t) * &> kN
A vxl^V^'-l
!~

j 8rv^ \ ~~ i ~V^ •'A'^V^y v’j1 si.


t^e*.<stion <A A kk}

-«-•- - j - }S i>ki

\f(k^ M - £(!'*)(?$) r ?/'>!

Qe.*A'<v\^„
,v>
3' 3 r
"t
r^H<si>vj sedian.

3^2 4 x/O
S- _.

/2
^ ^0 ^7 (?'t fnt*?‘

{ E^o t(-{ i>l) ]/2.


~
-y?-t t> t- !%0
.£££?» <?• /h/>i

3
Skea^ X.* fc>h po^- secft^n.

A - t> b
H
7— i:
s - ^
Q. " AJ ~

O „ 3 Vk«^*
r*
,IV» zyh

h„
3W V.ft *—j£> t3jCg£jUo^l _ _
~ , Ci k-
tJPl (X)(t%o)(&< *}) >

Tie i/aAx? cd h is He ^iwiMUwi t-e<|ut>r'£,i


l

deprl'li. h r 3b0*Jf A-^

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
m

6.19 A timber beam AB of length L and rectangular cross section carries a single
Problem 6.19
concentrated load P at its midpoint C. (a) Show that the ratio xjam of the maximum
values of the shearing and normal stresses in the beam is equal to 2 hll 7 where h and
L are, respectively, the depth and the length of the beam. ( b ) Determine the depth h
and the width b of the beam, knowing that L ~ 2 m, P ~ 40 kN, rm - 960 kPa, and am

— -- - u-2 — *|
-12 MPa.

~ ~
Re$jc4»ov\s - f?A ¥/% t

0) ~ f?*

(2) A - bb 4-otr sec. 4 iO*

/-\ *)/ - A
3 VL.^» -
_ -3 P p
P ji n 1

C*) £»,
-
~y
2 ~X 41 l +£>»' r-^T&w >r sCcJfio*i.
.

-P/2 (H) M, - £L

pu/v (s') s = g-wh* ^ i^eotctn oX<*.* s^c"fva»

(e'' ST - - 3PA
2fcb*

5
(b> SojPi/.-rt- £>/> h,
J h -
6 ^,
= 320 wo w,
J 12 x I O fe

In — S/(c) i*mm
SoJ?i/img ejua’iiob (3) fov' bj

U
b
- 3P _ (3)^0 WO*> _ a
^77 -
7 y M
'
UtL '
m#*t?wir s )<*?&> wo* )

b “ 77.7 K.H1

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. Ho part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
6JO A timber beam AB of lengthX and rectangular cross section carries a uniformly
Problem 6.20 distributed load w and is supported as shown, (a) Show that the ratio xmiam of the
maximum values of the shearing and normal stresses in the beam is equal to 2h/L ,
where h and L are, respectively, the depth and the length of the beam, (b) Determine
the depth h and the width b of the beam, knowing (hat L ~ 5 m, w - 8 kN/m, xm -

A
.(TTTTTTTTTTTTTI'rr, 1.08 MPa, and am ~\7 MPa.
B
i T
1

O ~ 0 - rlt
B ~
Z

\/l *

A - bU (2)

Y' ~ /a \
Lvn ’ ls,)
'
a. A 8 tv>

p voi*-. bevteU'n^j w>© v*e* t f'ct.

IhL -
^ to

For a. recA<xv\<^>J JlciS cross secTi’o^j

S - Xkk* (S^

6* . 1JiiLs ,
3 .XL" ,
..
c)
Cc)
~
S /Cbh’-

CoO D*</iei>n^ } L 6>y.


^ _
~
zh
y 5 L

(b) S chin*4 4*ov h ? h ; - i^^ Loax/06^ - ZZS*lo'*»,


2 6T*. CHiX x lo 1
Vi
~ 22.S’ *****

1 (3)(g*/o» )(^>
v3 ) 4W lo * t r
*/o« )
s
- G L7 x fo hi b - & I **7 vn*

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual maybe displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
o

Problem 6.21 6.21 and 6.22 For the beam and loading shown, consider section rt-n and determine
the shearing stress at (a) point a, (b) point b.

1(50 nun

Tip
~ 500 mm —H Pg
30 mm 30 mm
,20 mm
Draw -fke skc*./ 1

A * IvL.* 9 o kM

pa. iff
|
Ailfnyn )| y6>J«Vj Ajy ((<^blfc?)|dGrAlj Ac/i ('Icfmm*) I I (fcf I

© ZZoo 0[O 283 zs 7.000


'
o.\oc.i
<£> leoo *fp Q*r -IS !. OOo (>,8533
ISo LfO £4 -ZS I. OOO <D-8533

T | 6Hoo | I
Hlfi I
tf, ooo 11.8133

V_ lAi*
Y - 2"^ lli
gyoo
*^ .
" ,c w
m,v1

&'
I s 2^*+ 21- C^P»+ L8.i35)y/o
— ^I 33 x(o 6 - S.9i$3 < lo‘
c

(eQ A” CSo)Czo) r ! koO m


- 2S t**>
9 c
Aj - 4o*/o mA* - Ho*(o~ kT

fr va, J3P») 0 YH 0 »(Q' )


t ,
„ ,| 0 „, o« p
3i.o hp*.

0>A A - 0)(?X = goo


v ~ 65* — /
5^ - ** ^
si _ ^ 1 ^ C
30 x|D3 m3
. 5
- hy ~ vnA - 3 o*/o'
(<?O to»X3aW^)
*^ . £2i * 4 3
. 23.9 v lo
e
P.
It C£S 'S3 *Ji> )(2o X lo )

Tl, = 7Z.7 MPa.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material* ® 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

6.23 and 6.24 For the beam and loading shown, determine the largest shearing stress
Problem 6.23
in section n~n.

v He •zbenc IvUr* ^
AW) Ag (lC?*n4) J L(o\J)

D
<D 320D
UiOQ
40
Ho
m -25 1*060
2, ooo 040 LI
Q,%533>
-‘fo J-N

U>oo HO OH -25 1,00 0 0.8533

X Ct^od ^16 LjsOOO L8i?5


<D
^
1

J
65
i
.
"
7 "
© T
2:/)

1i
£> 5 VpQ+t 6
(f.^OOf l.8/3^V /0
1 ~ £',U33*iO t ’
- £?|33< {O'
4,

Parf A (wi*? ")


y (*Y}vC) (!&*».*
(W///////Z//r Ipr-1!
CD 2ZOO 75 go
© 300 l.S 2. is

a> 3PO 7.S 2.2s

X 1
84.5
6 3

a- X Ay - S?S»(C? K,nf » 3V*. S' * /o' tv,

1
t r - ¥0 - IjOrtlQ VM

^
r-* - TZJSL - C 3^1£lXgjm/Q!l — 3?
00 7 K /n
'
p-
Pa
4
It- 3?. 7 MP*
It (s.?iS3v /£>-‘X>(ox|o-n'

Proprietary Materia). © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
. £

Problem 6.24 6.24 I ‘or i he beam a nd loading shown in Prob .6.22, determine the largest

shearing stress in section n-n,

6,22 F7or the beam and loading shown, consider section tin and deter-
mine the si rearing stress at (a) point a> (b) the shearing stress at point fX

f?„ * R* sr /<H9 tM

A+ secfi'o*^ ft-h V r foo A A/

Locofe. cen4<oiVl J?c K>iD>vient o4 i n ev'+iA.

Pc.V't A 0*0 hy(tn/vi )


K
e)l(hvn) <>»
!

) 1 (hw)

€ no 5ty<r(S0 0 SS'4- Itnhn te

<g 7 *£•£>{? n
e y+Sboo tH-'tc 4 3 $1/61 mn co vo
(0 H oo i/qiooo

x, _ S'ASr _ i/ t}zae i Zy\ fn


' / / <+ #
"
1
za 7 cfy oa

1 - ZAd% xi = }<f-n&t'ty + tisthtul z H'W****

L^v^esf s+^e$5 occurs o^ +^*03 k cev^4^*M


ew4ire c^oss 4 1

Gi- /\y - (%£>)( 1/4*6,)

-
4;

rj
(let>0Oo)(l3li$l'(,)
_
L “ r
I {^* M- Iv.
It j.

{ 35 72

Proprietary Material <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1

Problem 6.25 6.25 through 6,28 A beam having the cross section shown is subjected to a vertical
shear V. Determine (a) the horizontal line along which the shearing stress is

maximum, (b) the constant k in the following expression for the maximum shearing
stress

where A is the cross-sectional area of the beam.

A = kb I ' 3C

V~7 r
For <x co\ at tyocukiov\

>

m. £_ ACyl
SCyl* f h
=-
*(*>*•
- iy
¥
&(y> = A j (b-y'J

'
tty )

f(y) _
va ' - ^yxihud = uv/. y.)
it by bh 3 bb*W y
(^3, "

)To P Vi 4
(si i
O C6s\ ov\
\ op tv'AX tro u> "“ft,
&
%
-
*
15
bh 3
V (b - = °
\x v (by.-
to r* =
bh 3
-
1 #
I'S'oo
V * f -

Proprietary Material. €) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or

any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used heyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
»

Problem 6.27 6.25 through 6.28 A beam having the cross section shown is subjected to a vertical
shear V. Determine (a) the horizontal line along which the shearing stress is

maximum, (A) the constant k in the following expression for the maximum shearing
stress

where A is the cross-sectional area of the beam.

A = ttc*

4c
3TT

f££ C
Q. ” Afl 3

Co.) r. occurs 6.\ ce^e^ £ = .?C

T va _
2 ^3
v-fc y
(h)
I1 c ** 2c
1

3 rrc f A 1.333

Problem 6.28 £25 through 6.28 A beam having the cross section shown is subjected to a vertical
shear V. Determine (a) the horizontal line along which the shearing stress is

maximum, ( b) the constant k in the following expression for the maximum shearing
stress

V_
T max “ k
A
where A is the cross-sectional area of the beam.

Fo*"* a fljm vjcJ}$e<^ C\CCo$c sec^fio^j A =

J= Ac = I - tJ = K>

c* iUv* r
Fat/'* ci
j IT
l
i As - 7T^t M Ky * ^ = 2C t
t = 2 A?f nev4v«I *MO«.ik"Wvw. OCCUrt,* * 1

<£)

TL *'*V
vq _ v pry to _
' _v yv k *
CfcA
It ‘
(Trr^tJizU) iri/Vt. *
A

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 Tbe McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using It without permission.
i X

Problem 6.29 6.29 The built-up timhetT beam is subjected to a vertical shear of 5 kN.
Knowing that the allowable shearing force in the nails is 300 N, determine the
largest permissible spacing $ of the nails.

f r 3+
( ijihk
- + t&>)t£b).U<yof

- 'ZZtzoS-il

~ r LSiet’Mrf
" fk K
I* HX, 4.
A -

/*-«?'
Q, -
Q, = A = (SftXSrvKtoe) - 25b ose
* -
r
mI
-
(<

'T^uWv^W
y
(

C*O0t,){2.a>&0*) _
- ^
1,4gN r'in M
Fwl MM
i
T~H
0 0 foxir "
%
_
^
. „ _
~
Ja-q
n* mb
0 * I

Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
/ w ,

6.30 Two 20 x 100-mm and two 20 x 1 80- mm boards are glued together as shown to
Problem 6.30
form a 120 x 200-mm box beam. Knowing that the beam is subjected to a vertical
shear of 3,5 kN, determine the average shearing stress in the glued joint (a) at A b )
(
at B.
*- HX) mm

3
I = -flaoKsocO -
= SX. 6*>3 x/o
1-
m*

[CL) a -
C to)(zo)(<jo)
=

T C D a VO O.O^O
t ft
v*

_ va /o'XWWor
It* (*s?-C.43* /o-Oto.o*H>)

= 234 x io ?<k
- 3.34 kPa

Ooi Qa ~ (120X^0X40)- 2 6 1 * = Zl4,*ld* *


ig* .
V<k (3 ^k o»)(a u; /Q-*)
T
-r„
*
r
rt»
.
(^.mwo
_
~ * Qy/ 3 p
3SCfyto

r8 = 3$*? fcP*.

Problem 6.31 6.31 The built-up timber beam is subjected to a 6-kN vertical shear. Knowing that
the longitudinal spacing of the nails is s ^ 60 mm and that each nail is 90 mm long,
determine the shearing force in each nail.

3 !
I, ii hK + A,J,

- (So)(\oo 'f 4- CS&XIooXtsV


>

= 32.2HXxtO & w>m‘


^ ^ < '
i

I

50 nun 1 50 mm I, , = jkCsoYisof
C
~ 14.062S x lo nm*
6 v
+ Zlz ~
e
- Zl t
<72.7/ v/0 H,m * 42.71 »io

s '

-
Q, - A,^ (
" (So)(lOO )(7S) - 37S*lo \rAv*^ r 375 x /O

v:/O s XS7iTx/Q-*
- 2V. 27x70* tfA, S> ~ Co O Jrv?
43,71 x/o"*

F«,y “
^ F^U “
^ £s * £(2H.Z7*/o*)(6o«io-*) - 72S W
632 The built-up wooden beam shown is subjected to a vertical shear of 8 kN.
Problem 6.32
Knowing that the nails are spaced longitudinally every 60 mm at .4 and every 25 mm
at determine the shearing force in the nails (n) at A, ( b) at (Given: lx = 1 *504 x
10
9
mm4 )

Ix ~ I. £0*4 x/O^ ~ IS&) v/O

S* ~ r 0. 0€>O ^

(a') 0^=0,- A,jy, - CSbXioo^O^') - iso */o%


- 750 x/o' m 1 11

Fa = <^*SA
s r
4
_ VQ,s4 . (g v/o )( 75QK)c?' )(a^)
"
I ISo^'kIqt*"

- N -
3
(W) Q,= A,j* = (3oo)(so)(i7s-)- lo >»*?

QB - ZQ. t
*- Q t
=• m is x /o* 4,
~ HIZS * /O' m*
(S^/o3 X4J35^/0' )(o.oa5)
6
r _ „ e _ VQiSs _
B " a
1 ISOVxlO-* S W -*»

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.34 6.34 The composite beam shown is made by welding C200 x 17.1 rolled-steel

channels to the flanges of a W250 x 80 wide-flange rolled-steel shape. Knowing that


the beam is subjected to a vertical shear of 200 kN, determine ( a) the horizontal
sheafing force per meter at each weld, (b) the shearing stress at point a of the flange
of the wide-ftange shape,

YVZSOvSo: iZ€ v to*

for C 200/0.1 : bp-57*^ t^rqr. *»*.«*,

L, - a T l

i v> •fif® '4c. b©A_wv,^

StT + ^7 - 14.4 - 170.6

Co i fe t
C x
r= \Z&*lO 4 2 [<3.533 >«/£>' + Cai7©^/7<3.6) ]
f
253.3 4y|0 6 M~ - 251.29 *

(cl ) Fv>kv I/ie +WO vc/C/^isj

G£ w = (2.17^(170.0
C
- 370. 20 v/oVi*^ a 110.10 V [0' vh*

3N g

'
VQ _ ($C?Qx/O )(370.2t9 x/Q"
c
)

% 1 " 25'3.37 k /<9'

= 292*10* N/k*

j&mzA
A' TtH
W* Foir ^Me - f46.!*JO*M/Vi
>1 1* j ]
iiaw« H2

Sb£*«V»* -?oiac.c joe^ MA^ev' wd/J! * 146. / ^W/fn -


(U cwfs a O-* foje-f^ev^

2. ( N2V fS.G) - 347V.7 = I3°.2«*-

% 3
>
= 19o.a?>«lo* = 77£?.25*/£> *2
0.a- 2>10.2O/[O +
(24<*4.4')(l$<?.2 >
^*v,

cv4s «d a <t*J ctj t - 2 tf -(2)(t5.6) T 2L 7 •*«*> - 0.0112 *•>.


Smt,e avh?

v~ vo* - ^° o ^ o ^^ 7<?o g3></0-'_!l. ~ ,« -


/o
6
0 p
4
It ~
(Z53.19* 10*)( 0.031 Z)
19.99 MPa.
Problem 6.35 6.35 Knowing that a given vertical shear V causes a maximum shearing stress of 75
MPa in the hat-shaped extrusion shown, determine the corresponding shearing stress
at (a) point a, (b) point b.

40 mm -

mm { $ es 30 ^ <4vto*>C

E im
VQc
It J
t;
_
-
V<3*.
f~T~
JL , ^
20 mm 28 mm 20 mm r ob t
h _
"

At
to. %. Oc t>b

Qt (C)^3o')0s)4 W&O ^
tt - £
)( ZS ) c
~
t,G_ 4 "^
rr

Qt - is&s m2
- 4 w»v»

r c ^ IS MPa.

t*. r 0 «l
.
jU,

r TS 41.4 MPa.
Oe t*. 4*6© 4

Ok fce 'T' — &.


, „
4
« t$- 41.H MPa.
Qc tA H2&Q

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may he displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.36 636 An extruded aluminum beam has the cross section shown. Knowing that the
vertical shear in the beam is 40 kN, determine the shearing stress at (a) point a, (6)
point b .

%
X- yi
(loo\(6o\ - ij ( U0-25*\('$6 - 12)*
60 min

r Urf)# 60

Cal Q^~ A, y, r (j0c-2f)(&)(26~ -j- )

- \Z 1 So /nM 1

-
(J? K61 - iz mm
5 yLe~ _ V _ C4qw*Yi2/5q xioJ2
tx
J ~ )(a>Bi^
I fl
to. ((\oaSoazro

'C.- M‘5MPa -*

Qb = IZI50+ CDOz)(3o)(^)
— JZ 2*]S>0 mm

tj,
~ CO(^0 -24 MM

o' 5
V Qb r (4o%i e^Cz^sattB^
,r
X tb {ji»#9aextf )6f'»24)

tt, - MS MPa

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
v M ^

Problem 6.37 6.37 An extruded beam has (he cross section shown and a uniform wall
thickness of 5 mm. Knowing that a given vertical shear V causes a maximum
shearing stress r 50 MPa, determine the shearing stress at the four points
indicated.

15 mm|
Qa = (500 i‘.sr ) ( n,,< - ^, n \ - w es 'i isr

|
^ ^
f

i5m,
4 Q k - (ryi^.ry-^ + RR'
38 mrn 38 min
Cic- Q*. + QC +

V-
T Xt
m Qj* ZOA + ZQb + CikY&Xwf) * IH/S* *>*.(? *»?•

S* h<e V <
1 j?/ ib Qk.- Qj+ (5Xz<0(7<A - \<\hiS‘
*, ',

/s "/'o <£.

fQi"t>'lpf , hUS ~
t
efZ, r. 4?. £•

r^= 4‘0? MAj =• f/Mft, J r, ' >74M^ .

Problem 6.38 6.36 vSolve Ptob. 6.37 assuming that the beam is subjected to a hori-
zontal shear V.

6.37 An extrudedbeam has the cross section shown and a uniform wall
thickness of 5 mrn. Knowing that a given vertical shear V causes a maximum
shearing stress r — 60 MPa, determine the shearing stress at the four points
indicated.
1 5 rmnf

15 rmrj (1

15 iwriT 111 Q*.- Cf Z-e)(£Xz$'h'l r 22? C-'7S {W.^3

38 Trim 38 mm Qt - Cl 2 '?)rs 40 £
- ,* 6 ')- 2-2.1 S- l s

Q c r -Q*. + QU + C5-K?5'S^C2o) s* 7W‘J


Qj = o r Oe r "T J 7 "5 fo- ***

ya Since. \y t, one Co^'S'la ^ is p^po^-i* 0*^ *./ +0 Gb


It
_ . %*
miS'isr tyB* is rir/.s 0 < 3u '
?fri '5
R- 7 ^R-x j 14 r R- 7 A4 A •
R M./V Sj ~ 0 -««

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AM rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for thesr individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.39 6.39 Knowing that a given vertical shear V causes a maximum shearing stress of 75
MPa an extruded beam having the cross section shown, determine the shearing stress
at the three points indicated.

^ is p>
t'O t o»\ 4<p Qi/t*

rwh C V Qi^- C2 p)Cio)OsI « u. S»io*


tc " IO wtvi

Qj, /t c - Mso >AWv


P ?
Qt " Pc •*- CZoYff®) (55^ - 77.S" * lo'mw
~ 2/? *^>*^

Qj, / " 3 3 7jS* rvi»M

%
pg.-wj a. • 2Q k + * %OC(»\0 ,*,*
c
“ I ? C> MV)
1
Q*/K t HMI. 51 mm"

(Ct /t)^ occu^ oJt b* Y^r % - 75-MPfl

T* - Yi _ Yc
Q*S £<*. '
«u/t k * o c/tc
Is MPs _ — L< i.

17MI.S7 " 3S7S- mwv,’-


' 77SO«^

Ye,- 33.1 Hpq. -**i

4- 75". <7 H Pa —1

43.S-M P*,

Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH fights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
6,40 Solve Prpb. 6.39 assuming that the beam is subjected to a horizontal shear V.
Problem 6.40

6.39 Knowing that a given vertical shear V causes a maximum shearing stress of 75
MPa an extruded beam having the cross section shown, determine the shearing stress
at the three points indicated.

•f» Gi/t

imKm — ir
160 f©iv*+_e • Q-c. • CloX^oY25 ') r
O
7.5 »lo ***»

tc - I
rv\»Vi

GU /tc. - 750
% ^
PaC.-t- b : Gk tr
Qo 4 * S~?»$ X mm
Dimensions in mm

“ ^ 875 mm*

%
Po,'*+ CL '•
Qa = 2Q, -< - 2X3 * lO *-«**

Q„ / t. = 3716.7^
c?ccl/v^s nA Cl r„ - 75FIP.S

'Eg,

o*/tK Gb/El

7SMPe», _ T*
~ 1SO »»»> x
Til 6.7 WIS'hw

H^rlS.O Hft»

Xb* sa.o mp<*

21 * 15.13 MPa.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
(

6*41 The vertical shear is 25 kN in a beam having the cross section shown. Knowing
Problem 6.41
that 50 mm, determine the shearing stress at (a) point a, (b) point b.
8 mm

I, - (£b)(g)(S6)* = I.VSG53 x/o'^


=
1$ ~ cj" (7?.)(fi^1 184 x' lo rw **

X ~ X +• Cl. X^ *"
|.ij. 37 33
(

- IS. Site « /o'* ^


- 3
Q, A,y, - (£&.(&)(&) - 22.4 */o
=• Vx/o' 6,
m 3
22.

Qx ~ A a<y2 -- (721(40') 30 I - |?Uy|o3


- f27.«WO' c jv,
3

Cal Q«.“ C2| ~ S ~ 3>*/o 1^1

VQ^ ^
c3
fis-y/o ) (22.^/ v/4>~ )
'
It*. 0iS'.3'»S3*/o**X8* /O'*)
- 4.55v/o‘ Pa. -Z^ - 4.55* MBs.

(b'l
Qf" 2 <2, + <3^ “ 174.4*10"*^*
S
tb - 72 » 7^ x/o" 1^,

V =- VQl _ (25x/o^X 17^.4 *lo" fr


)
3.«73 y/o
c
Xtb ‘ (Is.^zzHio-'Xy^io-3 )
Pa.

rb = 3.43 MPa. -•

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form Or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.42 6.42 The vertical shear is 25 kN in a beam having the cross section shown.
Determine (a) the distance d for which rG “ r />, (b) the corresponding shearing stress at

8 inm points a and b f

Q.,
= * 448 «l ^
Gl, - (jz\(c o)(zo) *
c
\Z t.G *10* mw S

_L ,
Q„ - <a, - 448 d t„ - s

r
8 mm Qw=- 2Q. + Q,. ? In^/O 1 wr

~ 77.

V*-'- 73* VQw


L
It_
-
a* x Ok
S,'nce 7^ 'Tu
tte

876 d-t- 127.4WQ3 d-4/-3

CW) X, - ^dTsf-t- dMsO 1


* ZS.tZl d - f.0367£*/o G K,r

- S'.

X = 4 J. + 2-L. r 14.5/58 */©


c
'4. 51 58* /O' 4
S 3 4 a
d C^4S)<:4/.R<S3) ~ 8.4857 */o »„* ~ /8.4SS7* /o' v*
Q.^ r ifHS =• 1

C
^ „ V £« _ fo5*|P*yig.4357*/0 ) _ - ** y /0* P*

74 - 3-78 MPa.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
0

Problem 6.43 6.43 Three planks are connected as shown by bolts of 14-mm diameter spaced every
150 mmalong the longitudinal axis of the beam. For a vertical shear of 10 kN,
100 mm determine the average shearing stress in the bolls.

^125
mm Li 125 mm
I* i
Loc.ca.4-*. yie.u'Vi/'A^ coal's eu/id

of « "f"!

Z
PiMTX A >w?*) d(ww) Adi twyo*) '
X (m**-?')
© IZSOO loo 2.5X1 4*
37.5" n.JSISt < to
6 t0. iH67*to
fc

© 35 000 12? 3.\2?-*tO


fc
37.5 35.156 xtO
4
13O.2O&1M0*

© I2 5QQ 2oo 2.5«lQ fa 32.5 17.5761x10* 10.4167*10*

0 T qT® H I
5
5oo 000 I 1
8.125*10*
8. 125*10 I 7o.3i 2 *to* 15 t. 041*10*

Y.AZJ _ g.lZSx-to 4 _ ”

i ~ c
Via
i.A. Ow.~3-1 ~- IfcZ.S
STOvtto^
ww

"X x + lx ~ ZZ\*3S * lO^ wi^


« 22i.3Sr x to" 4*
va*

5
A,y, - 0 25-3 oK 37. 'l - H6-B.1S * Jo 3
=• H 63 7SX iO
.
~ 6
m3
162,?

= *Kl 0^^6 8.73: XI


£ IT ZMSSx IQ~*
: 5 = { 5M. tT?*ld ‘) 0 &>*lo*)
i
= S.ncSxlo* y
6
Au „ t - Jo «#')*«’
IS3.?SS r*L- 1 53. 43S X (o' »L
^
r‘."
.

fwf
7^
r
3,/765-Mio
TiSww^
4
" ^
„ 6 o
p<

a **.6 MP*
tL/f

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
* & '

Problem 6.44 6.44 A beam consists of three planks connected as shown by 10- mm-
diameter boils spaced every 300 mm along ihe longitudinal axis of the beam.
Knowing that the beam is subjected to. a tO-kN vertical shear, determine the
average shearing stress in the bolts.

50 mm 50 mm
-*
150 mm H p
-

1500 IS ShZSuc an 7£
f
I
~m
8* SO Him
m
M$ 75 66 25 187 so a
14<JI
$3 it 1*73“
(*

iS&IXoo
150 mm gg 7 5 eo 75 Jfb25a6 /6. KSUbIX L

-~- —
|
|J§ 7 !
i f-e>bZ$'00
JtZoQ >?. kciXicX
'
/
13‘tlSo o
r

j
12-SyhS
4 1 1
1

HI
?A,+ AG*//) y (mtfA Ay
/"S..

dl (fv'wY AsPCn*^) -S'

0 12 3 36 oxa S.$33 36
0 \2 1 12. KS5S 2/ -333 H
© 12 3 36 0.667 £333 36
2 36 n |
sa 76
Y z A? _ iZi‘2S~ 60
-
ur c £$*3,

m
.

t*-

c
I = 2AJ Z + 21 - 4>‘i1 +to

"Jp /£'&
Qr A, y,
- (ithe) OS~£?‘3) ~ i‘l^>s<j h\ hA

rtrm X I
V
r, -
~
_ i£±_
4>/W
- •*“*'y N mm., /

f 1 ‘
j
R»it ^ «s « pA'in***) «• £. 9 / Ay
l

'Mt
-
'
jr
M dbJt
'
-$ ( /0 ) IS- ry~ ^
- F^t- . #9/0
A^jt
/ / ,4 '
V M /if

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-HHI Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.46 6.46 Two 20 x 450-mm steel plates are bolted to four L 152 * 152 * 19.0 angles to
form a beam with the cross section shown. The bolts have a 22-mm diameter and are
spaced longitudinally every 125 mm. Knowing that the allowable average shearing
stress in the bolts is 90 MPa, determine the largest permissible vertical shear in the
beam. (Given: IK ** 1896 * 106 mm 4
).

x 450 mm

20 nun
: If - ~ YW 4 O&'oXjo)(nsf « 497.3 */£>
4

3
Web- 2W “ (?o){V5b) » 151.9 x/o* ****>*

Aft
J
$t * X ~ II. C H /O ^ ^ A - v5M 2 © rnw'
j r W,? <#* -ZaS"- 44.9 --
ISA*

I,: I ^ A/ Z
t
- tLG*/Q*+ (£*%(>)( 1 80J) tS7.*t y|o‘m^
6 4
I r 2lf 4 Iw 4 41, 1 S«£ X iO Ynm' - / g7£ x/cf* ***

r (*lSo)(2o)(z%5 ) r Zl 5* }0
Qr 1 m*v>

%
G* - (StZojClSo.f) * 97 &»lo Mm’
4
x
d = Qf 4 23* *> 406 7 =• 4067* /o' **
1 4
= felJJ * ^6?a) - 38o.i *,* - 38o. I */o'
6
R*a -eTtojt Ab <?)(<?£ »<£> )(3 so. I k/o“) ~ 68.4?*/o* N

^ ~ =
-fffijffi*
. £-17.Xvlo' N/«

? •
T V-« •
Q

^7WO*
los/./o-c
* sf wo W
= 255" kW

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Ine. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.47 BAT A plate of Cvmm is corrugated as shown and then used
thickness
as a beam. For a vertical shear of .5 kN, determine (u) the maximum shearing
stress hi the section* (b) the shearing stress at point B. Also sketch the shear
flow in the cross section.
D
f k
40 rum ! nK
1
"
-
A
l
1

^ *f

U-oO i«m *i*


30
**-

mm 30 mm
— >|*{>0 mm-4

A^D t f 6) ( B'O ) ~

tyt 5? ALy (^^ ? ) d (/*«* hre^) X {*


ma /0 Y - r z to

AB }ot> o 0 to %o 6 vd neglect
* 4#ootf
BD 3 * t> 0u <5 i) to ? 0 £C'£ *TS A„h‘- iC*»X4*)'i
*
>©. ^ 0^0 to 4~o&c*o Mt*v 2.
J>£ ? *t>

EF o 0 to £ OOOtf nejjfteei

(206 6 !
I 20 OO& Bo 0o6 I - FA*T ^
S* 3~&X) Q- €> O' M.4

(ai Q»>' 4 Q«c

QAb — ( 56 )^k)(/<?)~ ^<s-d> « frw*»

Q&c r 02-9)(&) c &) “ 375^^


Q* ~ 3 3 > '7 S f-tA t-v?

r
C{v>
-
~ -MiXi r i£S£ii±12£i r /4-w At/^.
It ^V- A3 t>C»Ci)
£ 4 ^)

(V>> Qg r s S®€>& /n <v-t^

r o-i- Mft,
6 It (xaooae) t&)

?* - O

. ^- 1^1 MP<*.
Problem 6.48 6.48 An extruded beam has the cross section shown and a uniform wall thickness of
3 mm. For a vertical shear of 1 0 kN, determine (a) the shearing stress at point A (b) y

the maximum shearing stress in the beam. Also sketch the shear flow in the cross
-60 mm-
section.

cC * 35 oL- 2S.o7~

Sijjfc A “ (3 Sec cOC3o> = jOS him


a
I ' rk (3 s*eoi)(3o) ~ 7.649? y/O 3 mm*

fe»0 A ^<wv«r? ) Ay (loVnO AdY/o*^ I (lo* ^


Top /3o 3o f.H 11.435 657
75".

Si'^^ \o'X 1ST /. 53 3.07 7 0.966 7.6445


Side \a% iS“ /. 53 3.07 7 0.466 7.6 4 48
Bo+ sv 0 0 12.077 57.444 vje^7«*4"

2 463 2.46 i
d>*i> A ^ 15.7496

? . ?Ay ‘
2.46 *ifo
3
r
O
"
/ S »Oll

I - + 21 --
70.31* lo* - 7o„2>l x/o' ^
C
(a) G^~ 0So)(n^ZZ) - 7.74776 */0
3
mm* - 7. I 4776 *to~

% ~ -*
(Z)(2>* /c>~ ) G*/o w
V& _ (/ok/p Y7JV776WQ"*)
-3

"
(7o. 3 w/o*^ )(6 k /o* e >
-SO.IxlO* p«,„
I £ 1

GL* Qk + (7>C 3 sec 00 01.93^X4:*//. 43:0


- 7J4776 v/cA + 424.06 - 2. 6 3 IS * /o’ tW 5

_i
= 2.6312 x/0 m*
-3
t - 6 * /o'

^w _ VQh. (I0 *IoO(2.63/2 * |o' c ) , ^

' rt (yo.s/^/o-M^K/o- 5
* GZ-Hxiv fV 'tfr&z.n MP*-*
>

m wA
2
0.8 * fr?H3)('l?.677> = I.SI 8V7>/o

^t0 _ Oft y _ /.5/gM7*103 ,


'
0A 2JH7?6*{&J

36.0 MP«t
Problem 6.49 6.49 Three plates, each 12 mm thick, are welded together to form the section shown.
For a vertical shear of 100 kN, determine the shear flow through the welded surfaces
and sketch the shear flow in the cross section.

Loca-te neo+vs axt's.

2A - (/2)(2tx>)..+ (.Z)(‘W)0z') -

IAZ - (/* x^doo') + frXwWCso')


~ 3 £2*8 * lo' h-i#*i

Y » r 76"- 77 •»»*

,
+ 2. [A C^XisO* + (^*O02)(2S'.77) J
5
6
6
= 10.45 4 x /o r /0.^3V X/O k>i

S 3
Q r (It )(mX 2^.77^ **
!
29.0 7WO M », = no?^*.,
=
VQ. _ ([QC)» /C^X^^h/CTO ZSC'IO* N/h - Z66kU/in —*
T X IM3H x iO
-*
4-

TU Ivi I
vv, #v^ S J*i 6 ft./* h
‘Iv^>k 7 *f |*e C^ftSS 0£.Ct//vS <aj| ~bl*€ 4r-J «~»t s .

)= ^.74S*/oV*N <72.74 2*tO*»S

VQ~ _ Qoojd^X21JJllS^} _ g43Wo*


I *
0.434* (o' 6 ')

34? fc-V/vn

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.50 8*53 A plntc of thickness / is bent as shown and then used as a beam.
For a vertical shear of 2,4 kN> determine (a) the thickness ( for which the maxi-
mum shearing stress is 2 MPa. (h) the cones ponding shearing stress at point
IL Also sketch the shear flow in the cross section.

f Bb ” f £F " VZ& z + £d* * f3& to. M ,

AB
—/•:> mm 50 ijnm 75
d
in in
Caf’cwlede
<20* i'&

X*
Jt'es oA CO ^

IAR -=• Cl5't)( lo j'z 11 OO O&i


t
I«p " &O*otHl**y =l5’le-0Oi
Xog - (t£ot)(&o) l ~ £4&ooo~t

X^p - ^ c> c*

r r
Jp<y Xab

i- *

i<x) A+ pdio^ C i Q. c - G^ar + 0.8c ~ (75’£’X^*f) * - &£f£c/ t

vL - va= t _

V& ™—t)
— r i^» 5 6 ,
~
it c> >u t * - /tv oi
i. -E v oo t ^

(t>) X = (/?^o{)<3)(f'rt) 77 S' 2-0

~
Q.g Qep -f
^f<s

= O + ? Z G 0*2- 0 Ai ^vT
-

^ &£ (g^oX)C.25o2e)
^e It
r
(?7S9i?*<0 (**"•£)

i* 4 m fq

2Mf&,

SUe«>^iV><\ srfyx&SS C

Proprietary Material ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.51 6,51 and 6S2 An extruded beam has a uniform wall thickness t\ Denoting by V the
vertical shear and by A the cross-sectional area of the beam, express the maximum
shearing stress as rniS x “ k(VIA) and determine the constant k for each of the two
orientations shown.

(a)
JS
h-f
n = z A
.

a
A, = at A, - i«-i
A -A,
t
- at
I, - I, +
l
r
I, = A, - 0.tU f Oit
^ ath%
In*
- (%+]?•)

17 ' 3 K^ ^ f
r
k - Z« i
3
* i*‘*
I - 2J, + 4I2 '
f aft i, --
i mt j-H c?h

Q, - A,K - |a 2
£ I -
4A + ^ ^ =
3
i
l
Q«* ^| =
f n’t Q, * at if + £) 5
^a t

Q*- Q 4
4- 2Q* - f3at Q**Ci«t^Y=
3
Va _ V3 V a- X Q, + 2QZ Ia t
*
IfttV (|as t)|i' T'at VO
^ _ . V-%G?t
V ,
£/S . \c
)t
^
IW‘ (fa>tX*n
5 Gat S A
42 j£.
_L 2i y.
k -
^ - x.os 2o at 20 Gat » A
= k¥A k
“ 31
to
2. \o

Proprietary Materia!. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Com pa ales, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.52 6.51 and 6.52 An extruded beam has a uniform wall thickness /. Denoting by V the
vertical shearand by A the cross-sectional area of the beam, express the maximum
shearing stress as rnisx ~ k(V/A) and determine the constant k for each of the two

h a
'i
orientations shown.

li - \ a
1
I, r (Cit)ix)
l

= JrG*t
I. =
~ A
3 n
A. h “ V
3 / V.
y I

, *d*fc

I - 41, fa t
--

I - 21 ,
+ 41 , r
§ at
Q,
= at(^' |VTa£
Q, -

GLz"(k*£X4)
tat Xi) * i:

*
a?t

i<ft
Q - -2Q, * ^ «**

VO vdWt')
Q - Q, + ZQ t - | at ^
r ‘
J(2t) ’
(§as lr')(2£
,
>

^ VQ V(| a* t)
£i(L _VL 3Vi V
*
I(atV tf^tXxi) « at a 4-^t
c
»G at H Hat
* 3. y.
^ A ~
3V5 V. _~
A
X.SL
* A
~ k
jf
-• k -
f --2.2s
V-
K ~
^ a

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7

Problem 6.53 6.53 (a) Determine the shearing stress at point P of a thin- walled pipe of the cross
section shown caused by a vertical shear V. ( b) Show that the maximum shearing
stress occurs for 0
~ 90° and is equal XolViA, where A is the cross-sectional area of
the pipe.

1
J - Ac = 1 2 wj? t
6
© Ck. CtVc «->>&*** iS^lAC.

AP - & t

A p
V" -

V St'* 6
TTlC, t

- g v/
J -
ZTir^t A

6.54 The design of a beam requires welding four horizontal plates to a


Problem 6.54
vertical 12 x
120-nim plate as shown, for a vertical shear V, determine the di-
mension h for which the shear flow through the welded surface is maximum.
12 mm
T
(iO nun HvsiT i t. 4 -Jl juitJ'-e. 1

i 1
I* = 4(/^X/z’) +-C //oK'z-H
60 riim
!
-m = (£84-0 + nx? h*

h _
1 10 mm -
-J U— HOthm—I .

*
12 mm pJLre

z
W Uo$*. $ c cJr ''o^ l I * HI* * I*, - Mt* u + rnn£ £ £> M. ‘

otnC !oor.£o^4 fju-- a* 2 /


, I

ri MM £
v<a \/ t’ixo A
„ _-
f ~T~ a* t

To ho c^c,l >vi i*
tat
^ “+ 3? r °
i,

( 6‘t/2 U*~~f ?/? ko)- A.


_Q r tn m
l V *
—rTr—mk
l£>
c ttr
)

-t i7*f/z&o)
~ s~
j <j , y.

Proprietary Material €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Alt rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
6.55 For a beam made of two or more materials with different moduli of elasticity,
Problem 6.55 show that Eq. (6.6)

, ave
js.
It
remains valid provided that both Q and I are computed by using the transformed
section of the beam (see Sect 4.6) and provided further that t is the actual width of
the beam where ravc is computed.

l>e o. modoJos
Ln l»*j v
t
of ei&s+i c»' 4 y-

Yl r It
E*_ yi - e 4-,
T
'
i c
Er# > a
e*'
rr
1
AL 1 1
^
1

^
WJfJis b of adOA^ secf('<t»A ar^
|rr, t/,04 ‘P’ti tjy fl *S -to "fAc

Ac+oaX Tf'u
Tra S t*© ^ i Wwd S^c^UWI* Tbe
Sec'Kotn Sficfl OM
SficrKcm s^v^e.s’s A xhfa' Wu+* o* 'm i~Ue cro^s
S£c4»o^ ts

6* *
* - TLflx,
I
X ts -fke vwoi^ew't oX tvteAio^. of "tr-dk^s-fo^ieJ cross
y^eo^Sijf^A -ffw**. 44c cewtroicl o'? 4ke 4V‘AuAS*fo> /'*n£J Secrfiow -
y
|

i'j

Tfe fi0Wzd"t«J? sheets 'fzv'ce oi/€*- vPo»*j4-li AX is

AH ---^ 4 <r,) HA , jnmy.M= MjnaJA. aOW)

Q. - $ny dA - fV^st oX 4v «.ns'fot/'*n€^( secfion.


v

$JPo*o
- M. - -Am gl - v^a
; '
Ax *
271 "
I
is <4»'a4r \bo\ee\ nctoA.# u>i<4+h ^ thas X -
~j[r .

v _
'
m
It

Proprietary Material €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, lac. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
' - -

6.56 A steel bar and an aluminum bar are bonded together as shown to form a
Problem 6.56 composite beam. Knowing that the vertical shear in the beam is 20 kN and that the
modulus of elasticity is 210 GPa for the steel and 70 GPa for the aluminum,
determine (a) the average stress at the bonded surface, (b) the maximum shearing
stress in the beam. (Hint: Use the method indicated in Prob, 6.55.)

Aliunintini - 40 mm

H — I in i h
20 mm
Steel O
^ 3.0 l ^ ef ceP MA _1
30 nun
cLv\<k
i
t^O r* o'?
\Y\ ^ C>$ \’Y'Cl\A 5 -FoiT

S€^*F \or> *

P«4 nA, n A el* 'W* SO I j


vn*vi
y>
1 3
700 uoo MO H% ooo 3 SS.gxtA 16 o x l©
AA>v*. 1 *9

|3oo ©Oo (O
1
60 X (o 3
5+ee#* £00 fo 13

3 3
3ooo £600 0 £M'2>x|0‘ 22o x /o

vT - - && ooQ _
‘ ~ ~ *v\rs\
7v>A 2>ooo

ImT + 7 10 AJL
1-
862>*/oV^ r gsax/o

Co-1 A+ +lie boberled -sroixlkcej Q.- CscACmoKib \ J?l. Cv l<y*


6 3
r ai.6 x/o' w,

t . m T
It *"
, C g£. «J°lXa^»io-M
(8&%*(0~*)(o.oso)
, ls .5,„ 0 ‘ p,

't- I G.S*

(I'l A+ 4-lie o-xv'Sj Gt'C3o)(38XT 1 ' tU.CCxlo*^


- Z\. 66 m /O'® m3
C
VQ (20*{0 3 )(2L66*lcf
r = “ )
r|6G ^ y|_° 4
_ ^
Xt (S 6 ax|a-^(<j. 03 o) P<!i

Tf - 1
6. £4 MPa

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.57 6.57 A steel bar and an aluminum bar are bonded together as shown
to form a com|X)site beam. Knowing that the vertical shear in the beam is

16 kN and that the modulus of elasticity is 200 GPa for the steel and 73 GPa
for the aluminum, determine (a) the average stress at the bonded surface, (h)
the maximum shearing stress in the beam. (Hint: Use the method indicated in
Prob. 6*55.)

Alumimmi" 73*
3*7^ sieefl

y?A t./^) y C to*) ft Ay d nAcTQ^dQ


SO tboloo S> B ns no
qS6 [l*g Ij8l£ JUJ
y ~lT' mine ITzTnib

? =
4 ZA
4
(t>t Vc h/il

<*** i* rnAd + Znl HZ ^ tvl

j-

(Ct) Al fie bonded Surf^re; Q, - (^ST))(il‘l) ~ 5 O il fa*

^ ft = S- 6
cz2km?e ><:2«)

(b^ Ar fte heidv*,l Q - ^W3U/^-


r
v- r\<vw
VQ. _
T
It
4"
-
{ N>ooc)C^J3S6)
(Z5r3 i)cii) ^ Hf «-

Proprietary Material* €> 2009The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
j I

Problem 6.58 6.58 A composite beam is made by attaching the timber and steel portions shown
with bolts of I2-mm diameter spaced longitudinally every 200 mm. The modulus of
10 GPa for the wood and 200 GPa for the steel. For a vertical shear of 4
elasticity is
kN, determine (a) the average shearing stress in the bolts, (b ) the sheafing stress at
the center of the cross section. (Hint: Use the method indicated in Prob. 6.55.)

Let ~ Es T /too Gl

nS
Yl -- uj - _ I.ZJffS: . JL
I
1 - So

Wwsi+lis o"f a *13 $,e cAlav\

&'//SJ /SS SrA


k>3 ~ ISO iukvi ~C^E>)0S"O^ 7.5 *'>»-?

4
I = 2 foCl5oyi2^ + O^oXwXias + cVj
-a* *1.S 3
* w (7- 5 )(^o)
1
= 2 [o.omWoS 17&6W0
1 — lUSZ^ */0 6 «a y s 11 . S** *lo <m
n*
5 s
ied Q,~ OsoXiOt ur + c 'i
“ 23518*/© k,^
6 *
- 2S5.8 * fo'
- v/o3 )f 335^.8 * fe>~ 6 )
o '
2 4
r \3.i7&*lo N/ *~t
II. SSI */o"
'
P
3
* - (2S.I*?*tv s )C2oo*lcr s ) 2 .e>$S>lo N
<p *

“ l c -

Auk 8
fJu* 8
113. I M« * IIS. I * Id W*
«. Ft»^ _ 2.63$*l0 c
-Wt-

&
23.$*lo fk. * 23.3 MP*c
Ab.1*- 1 13, 1 x /o'

(lo'l Q^= Q, + (7. 5 ) 0a * QlS-V + lC? + SS.SlH'lo* - */o’ mm 3,

- 2<W.H*lo w.

3
5 = |'i O vifM — I .S O >/O kvi

V Qz iawelX22Mii°iL = ... t. /0«p, - ,


0 » 7fcPa
1 t

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.59 A composite beam is made by attaching the timber and steel por-
6.59
shown with bolts of 16- mm diameter spaced longitudinally every 200
tions
mm. The modulus of elasticity is 13 GPa for the wood and 200 GPa for the
steel For a vertical shear of 16 kN, determine (a) the average shearing stress
HH 12 min
in Che holts, (b) the shearing stress at the center of the cross section. (Hint: Use

1 8
ms B***?*-
fm I
the method indicated in Prob. 6.55.)

LH E rrt ~ £w ~ / 3 Pa
|||jl3 100 mm
l£*3>8£r

Jr H
75 mm i oinm
"ov* one Xtv
~ + (Ts)0 0i Hi*°)

L O-
X/0

Fo^ sW^P A ^
( fz) (330)^ r >7

Fovr ’tr^vis;lww\e^ Se^t< X* n.X. + 4

(a) Q., - (:7$)C<6c){itrx>\ ~l foo&0 /n ,j-.

^ M£HS£J2i „ /t .^ *1/ M M .

v X l4-0'¥>Uc 1

F^jft - <^..5 - (
,

M'2)(>c«jr3x^oN/

Ab.it ^
X j*
a d
TfJ* - fOO* * >ei
Ktt 31.^0
- MPa.
/<F/
At.it

3
Qg * uS‘ns-)Ut)(ito>)ax) * teib°nx /mv
/?-

^ (JU-oo)(3£7^ntr)
‘'it

-fiZivSu*)
s ,
mA

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.60 6,60 Consider the cantilever beam AB discussed in Sec, 6.8 and the portion ACKJ
of the beam that is located to the left of the transverse section CC and above the
horizontal plane JK where
,
K is a point at a distance y < y Y above the neutral axis
(Fig, 6.60). (a) Recalling thatox - aY between C and E and ox = (aY fyY)y between E
and K, show that the magnitude of the horizontal shearing force H exerted on the
lower face of the portion of beam ACKJ is

1
fc IJv. (
y.

( b) Observing that the shearing stress at K is


.T
AH AH dH
Neutral axis tr
^
= hm —y -
,

aa+o A A
lim
ax >0
77— ~
1

h Ax
7—
b
1

ox
and recalling that^y is a function of x defined by Eq. (6.14), derive Eq. (6.15).

> m 1
~%d I
-*-f
t>

A
Poin i K is JocJtJ
V Ootov/e +J>* Axfs.
il

The siv'css dt’s } v7 k *


-

f(on is by

6“ - S*r £*>#• 0^y * ,/r S' = 6V 4or yy £ t? c.

poir hfi t>*vi of -Soirees OLeTir^ ov* AOKaJ,

H -
^ (T <fA - ^ k Jy - §xk. (
y'xV .
7% t> ( e - jr )

= ( 2c - jr -*(«.)

Nofe -Bixf 15 ^ ^OtAC^iOM Jx.

- - _ ig- _ Jil )4&


%
o'
b sy t ax ^ J/37
( i
jv*

e,t M - P* - t-Myf 1
-

ifc r - P^l r Pc*- 3_ p


-
<?u '
yVM y ' jy^s^bc'

TU„3 ^
Problem 6.61
6*61 through 6.64 Determine the location of the shear centerO of a thin-walled beam
of uni form thickness having the cross section shown.

Iab - l eP --

Io & - &tKs 2~ 11 r iitea+ck+hVH*

fVI /AD : Qr ix j~ *
A
ess ^-~~ t
^
T=
V Ql '
Vh*
Tt
f, - S

_ vht
r ja =•

yM*-
£ ^
^
tJ*
Vkta2
-

21 2 l 0 4 I

BO : Q. = tx 7 W ~ ^ tbx

y VQ VUx
usswjz&i
It 21

Fz - StM
J
• J°
21
Vht vM 1
*
= VVt
21 Z >o HI

t>2M„
VV>‘t(k*-a')
Ve - F2 n - F, In *
HI
. 3 Va - 4
s l
)

30>'-a# )
e -
Q (<x+ b) + h

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc* All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced,
or
distribution to teachers
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

6.61 through 6.64 Determine the location of the shear center O of a thin-walled beam
Problem 6.62 of uniform thickness having the cross section shown.

*r 1 F6 - 31 ^ ~ Xc r * Xdtd 4 X. 2t<X

It* ' ifetC**)*


- '|ta I-n - f ta
3

Part AB A -
1^ y i
5
q. - tt

It *
32as t

F; --
$ -TJA =• S>iJy ’ " £V
PairtBp;
Q: Q. + t; ±ta
CL - -
4 LCJLX

* Jt
T
Wt ( * a
'* a ^

+ 2xV
F, --
S -
£‘J£, («

Ve - Ucl)( 2F i
')
+ (2aKFa ^
= -£ Vft. +
f Va -
f Vo. ,= fa
- MSTO<a

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may he displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
«

****** t ^xrou
S^ Determine the location ofihe shear center O of a thin-walled beam
Problem 6 63u of uniform thickness having the cross section shown.

*t (fDK * ft*
2,

1
Ioc - Ire- * aitir- ito.

1 A4 ' T* t(3*.)
s
- ^ to} I ~ ZZ TftoL

0.= |atx
P*rt : A-t* y -
^
A
asa e
va _ V*iatx G vx
I£ fta t3
";ria‘fc
A
C -- C-r'JA - ( tJy r jSdL. (\ckx = J-V V
F, -
Xx^a L
t 2<? ^

•&& : A - tx
S
T
^ Q.
r
» ^ *
t> E
r~wsa r _ va _ V- £at* 2 Vv
x k It '
«£a»t "
29oa t

fz -
r* *Vx t Jy -
JD T.’Ha't

Ve - F,(3«A « Ft (V) * £ V«.+


^ Va.
e =•
^a r o.s^r

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc- All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed m any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1

Problem 6.65 6*6$ and 6*66 Ah extruded beam has the cross section as shown. Deter-
mine (a) the location of the shear center O, (b) the distribution of the shearing
stresses caused by the 12 kN vertical shearing force applied at (X

Bw-t A e) AcJ*6*40 I

150 trim
6D 5 <yo ?r tWltt O “Zi 0
A8E& 7 5h 0 0 c
z u>i'ts'b

V= 12 kN £F 7.r fi>8 -JSZjO « O


L J
~ibo rwn 1 ZZlStyot VicUS/j
xa.5
t — 3 iimi

X “ ^A ?
^ 2fX 7X llXls

I F»o P..4BD
_ ~T
r c ms
.
a(*i s X ti
7
Fse '

triZ*Z- , girt*)
~~7 T 7 4~

^ *«i6 -
7 4* ,

* nsyvt
a *T 74*

X+« <4,U H : H»\ 1 KT»’ —


8*4 £F; Sy FlSP *
^nxttcXvt \
1
ka \ _z$*ut*'(fvt
jr 'er'/f "

<X F>a ^
eV*i,f t~gfr. aheo\ H ze^o

Ve - ^ MH = ^ 2^1 i£2lijLL _
X
ujXyt
b
_ _ *rh,i£%io
_ t _ %i'iS yj> )C
^ _ IT
“T *
*2- ^ Av vj
X 1% Snsro ^

A+ a ?
t>j f
% sa^jf G.t q .
= o - r'p. -r& »

Xo&f «Jjoi/a 8; Gt,= QAa - - C<3-<™~t

*
x, = V
Jt
,{6i60)(*w^j
“XT^xrxiyx
— _ O , A/1 /ftr
'

Xus'! 1® "H»e V^lf of s : Qg 0 “ (7 jT 1 t C/0 0) “ "7S. 6 o


- i.

Xos-I UJP*~ 8 ? 0,3- Q,f + 0 a,. n &o-o t -


'

Vfa VQs g-icoo) (/2-£06t) *o<£> MPa


"
It ~ (iisnsfyt

Conf'V'uM on page.
— i

Prolate Q.GS con^in t*<sdL

IS 'i 1
Qtf
- Q5 + Q BH * ilfcott t(7sr)C21^s)-

^ -
It
VOn _ Cl 2o»o ) C C _ ^ jti/5 -
By sy **** dry * r3 - Zo. 6 t^Pq

^ - rz *• IZ.H /Ufa

^ » *,
’ - sj? —
Problem 6.66 ft ft£ft An extruded beam has the cross section shown. Deter-
#5 and
mine the location of the shear center O, (b) the distribution of the shearing
(a)
stresses caused by the 12 kN vertical Shearing force applied at O.
|^' 100 mm >*j

Iae - - 4^7.r^^
XB p ~ yy (i$o)( 3j' /- C/oo) (l) (7 Sp *r

r j^OXm) 3 - $4y?S7> Mr#


- 1*. =- fvxbi*'

i =* 3 mill
-
-*A,
i = 21 - /**.

A6-.

. y^i
0.6/) - fc
H o.S-Vt
= »^t/
X J
75
- O.STVt >
Fag -
i
f
&i >

lit Hie/oo Be " lo-mso^- t>


I
Qs - (©. S) (fc )(7ff “ JT t
<- x
P<w4 eo; Qiv) - Q. & + %£ C/sr't - (tzn.rtjsx) t
V *
£ 2 £/;>•
-
X 7 7 £ x)

Xls iv.ocne./.l rtJasot H *


7^ Pgo ~ q-°jliis 7^7>

CxLp ~ l.T-S'il'-fi (7X>(/ct)J t ^ /oSfJ-’jT^

Conli’m/gH otp next p g<-3 e *


WJem £>*CC» cx>n 4 Jvwedf.

P corf" £ F * By &y**>*e£iry u/cU\ ,pav4 F^-p ~ *“*->

Ifcs ^o*MeA^ N »s IS'Vgr - 4<l3-i$7S0lZt t>

R**f FG '
8y s^»vMr«e4^ wcfh pav-d /\B (
Fjp& - ~7o'2.t2'B ^

X4s iwo^e^f «J>o</f His l&<> f>& “ loyj-^Q^r*- ~X)

Mo e-'f ai>ov4 H erT 4-»^ce «*i X>E is ze^®,

Ve- 1.
(zl^xtsisoi-io-i,^]) xr
JL
TS *J°
~
e - lt&
~
£ _ , n’ MM
I

X "
So^&T) '

- Qs- ” o rA -

‘^mro—-
r*
-v - r*
'y - VQs _ Cl2ooo) ^ /_„~i aaPs>
it
0-D~ * fo3i'2* S fc

*•- r* -
W -
<:

^:^:: i)
'*•+>**

At H (hfcvlr*./ c*^x,tS^C **
G^o 4- t ^ ** /3 / ^ -

Proprietary Material. C> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 6.67 6.67 and 6.68 For an extruded beam having the cross section shown, determine (a)
the location of the shear center 0, (b) the distribution of the shearing stresses caused
by the vertical shearing force V shown applied at 0.
i-
%
“+ 078)6: Hi 1 + p-(cX*9a>
/“N

H
14.9849 )

192 mm
ta-x a.- Ay -
07.8 Vf 1
)
= \\ s*’*
|f I 12 mm
va. ‘ 1(52 Vx,
v no k.N I I
I X
-F A 20 ~ ^Aa - 72 poi^i B„
72 mm

6 F, .A
.. r H57V%
4 I ^
, . usaV
X
otf-
2

!?.4S4 c v/O* i'


V - 0 . 153*06 v

C
Fi
+t)1M c = +Dm c : Ve - C0./S3246 vKhjO
~ 2.9, v«iv. £- 24. 9 "

b
F. ct.'i R>.«F A : x= 0 Q. = O j
* O

PoJni 8 P<*^F A,8. tC - 77 vv>w

q_= (US^XTa'i -
'

ZX.WHvl&m* - -^7.9 HH"lo***

£ r 13 ~ D. Ot ^ tv*

<

.
_ y/Q „
r
(HPK[oM(B£. f ^»lO" 0 < ,

*© " (I9.9 S‘H*k>‘ 'X c> - 0,jO


i

xt
- 34.0 * 10* p<^ I'g = 39. o MP«a_ in AB -

1
S
Pay-i BD: p„;4f B: y=-?6>«*, Q~
Qs 82. 994 wJO3 w»w, t
994*10™* 82.949 Mo’
32.949 *fo ^
wj*

~ YZZZZZZ I •£ = = O.OOC,w>
a
e,
*
l ^L ® _ va _ n)QHfo^x&2.q49x|o'
't
)
~ (14- 4&H4 V 0 Xo.006
^‘

J4-1nA
^ It { 'I

s 98.o xi0 c t& * 7€ o ivi 8D


IpO ^ "f { (2 * = ^ ~ 6 ^ O* 006 l4i

Q.- 82.w>«io + (€X.90(fh


l
= ho.^k/o 3 ^ 3
t-
i to. sn *io'
c
v?
_>
L
va
it
'
%
(no*io )0to.&n*icr
c
) _
' ,0 *' ,wo
c
r
p* r =, °^
< ^ r
Problem 6.68 6,67 and 6.68 For an extruded beam having the cross section shown, determine (a)
the location of the shear center 0, (b) the distribution of the shearing stresses caused
by the vertical shearing force V shown applied at 0.
6.69 through 6* 74 Determine the location of the shear center O of a thin-walied
Problem 6.70 beam of uniform thickness having the cross section sho wn.

ICB = i&xzs) 3,
- 8S.1S "iO*

r M30
10 Am r (?*X6>= |VM*0

35 mind/ 2 3 *
LI 1*0 r
3 - (if)(^o)(35) = 17 1.S^/o WW
3 3 yy^*
I - UK«£'.7S’’*/oM +(^^171.4 v/O ) * ^1*7.5 v/ 0

Port A
Part A66 : A
4 = £s
ts - 43 ,

v
V - z
Z s
S STk> So" --
Jo" iS
1
Ay - Is
- va _ 3Vs l

F.-S *<« - Ow ^ 5 5 1
¥f ’
S Js

- (3 1(70)5 y
(3X3 > X
. |v
3
r -OH Hp • Vs - 2(P, c©:. 4o*l (7 S/>) 4o" ^3

a 20.2 V
Dl Vwsti*^ |>y
\Zj C = 2#. 2 rhuo

Proprietary Materia). €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5 8 c

6.69 through 6,74 Determine the location of the shear center O of a


Problem 6.71
thin- walledbeam of uni form thickness having the cross section shown.

,38 mrii
F,' S
I

JM ^ ~(3$)Ci‘5) + 2 3,1

j, go
t
J]3$?
rs? - 62' A eo ~ * 1&7 AvM
-

iso
r
i A^h* * * notoii***

I » .? IAa 4 21*0 ” 7
'\~’2
AS* A 60 r £ 1C ~ -2*£T 'tfr
2
+

C qaa * A<y>y - /,2jT 06


" m,n
U-J'
> .00 1

2in.
2;« *aa - 3£-&C?0 - r &Jt.S-&~

%g
r- r 38 „ > , _
:
\i-srv
tcM , i
F» )o
-
4> —f-~

m ^
^
r ^

Lfk* wfs* y ky £fFj

+5-2H . 0?M,: Ve = />0 FJ = ‘foz.'Teoo « 12 * 2-52 V


ty V/, e * /Z*3-S‘M*

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
M M

Problem 6.72
6.69 through 6. 74 Determine the location of the shear center O of a thin-walled
beam of uniform thickness having the cross section shown.

U
= t)((,o) - IW* 1C? t
!*«.

Ids r + 60* I OO - ioo t

1 X
Ios. = 3 Apah =
i ('<*> t)(Cot T | lO*!o t

X- X Jm * 2 I„ B = Sz8 */o* t

~
Part A8 : A iX y
~ GO *>•
Rx -*l

Q. - Ay - £x
\20 tn
- VQ, V Uotx^ £0
y
It
-
"
It “I
_

^ ~~~
T"
f
R -
^ f JA r t N, Xel*

- —2 x
L
= X^ gXjg}—
. -

(2)(S2B~ io'\£
=•
O.OSM36 V

£> I Md = + )1 p : Ve - (o. os-//3d v e= (o.o5»isiX«o> - 6.H **,

Proprietary Material. €) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Cora panics, fnc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed m any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
i

6.69 through 6*74 Determine the location of the shear center O of a thin- walled
Problem 6.73 beam of uniform thickness having the cross section shown.

For uAo-Pe cross f\ » ^TTCht

J - Aa * Zrrat I = * T1Q?t

Use poJb/ 1
coo('^i>in te 0 to/ p^fi'aj cvosS se&4 i’ow,

A - st = aG£
<X —— ;
• whev'e oi -

S t^ 0^*
- siV»ol

a- Aj - aOt a - at ^ s,^
=• a*£ 2 s.V # - a* t ( 1
- *05

if ' ^ c-—' _ Van


^ a ^ clA S
^ ( I - Cos 0) £ (X et© (o ~

y Zl Va*£ 2clV
iras t

Mc - Ve e. = 2cu

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may he displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by arty means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 674 6.69 through & 74 Determine the location of the shear center O of a thin- walled
beam of uniform thickness having the cross section shown.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AM rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
'

Problem 6.76 6>75 and 6x78 A thhi-wiriled beam lias the cross section shown.
Determine the location of the shear center 0 of the cross section.

Idt b,~ AB b* - OE 4
h3 rF6*
120 ttimlji

I = £t (b 3 * b,
3
1 h1‘) - ^
T
i;

B |«
78 mtft
IVt AB-- A =

j-‘ iCiK 4 ^)
Q.= AJ - it Xi’K+jA
- it (+v-y)
— V / il] 1 .
^ 21 A 4^
.

It " 7 f

R * S tJA --

- ¥£
:
H'vWf'
Uk
3
_
"
b, V
a
"V+k
L)ke -P&y- P£ r* =
v
3
4 W* FG Z
r _ H V

Qj b z 4 tig'
-OTMh R^IH h Ve - 4? F1 4 %F a
/
/
V
Jt

3
b* 4
3
K>
*

? 3
ty V (C „ Qa b a 3 +<33 bg _ (7$)(i'lo)'-t (iz$)(Ioq)
b*+H, 3 4b« /£o 5 t /ioV /o jj^
~ 3~~J« l h\tv\

Proprietary Material* <0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc* Al! rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or

any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.77 6.77 and 6-78A thin-walled beam of uniform thickness has the cross section shown.
Determine the dimension b for which the shear center O of the cross section is
located at the point indicated.

A(s) - t s
* (s')
y
f7J Q.(s^ - AC^yCs) -
£yA s -

60 mm
jUj^*
^(s) -
^ (>s - is")

A+ B: Qg r tyA iAa - 4fc4«*


Bv/ S^y = F>6
NVIVI C--f Frj.

Pco4 BP r AC^ = tx
r &(*) - qs + :/bA60- g?b 4 iyo-^
<

j
.60 » ~ ^"1 ' ( Q-b 4

Fbp *
^ ’
x * ^
Sj rwrt? e*4 * S, - f*
8^ y,

vrtvV (fs .+ 0 is 7£?o<

T> IM0 r O t k ( + Pps. ) J/s * yp

U* ^ )
- zye £ fot i% -f B )

1
b ~ i^a )jB b Jh% b °
£ A® -{6> ~
- '
jfjA
| ^
t>I v d
> S«As"F 4o4‘i»i^ nOi*
^

{^(VK&oV'- b ~ feo)(Co')-J{6oyj(3 0)_|3 0- - o


%
IZCvlD 2 b - lassie? k + HSO h - O
l$*lc? b - = O b-O b - 40. O
6.77and 6.78 A thin- walled beam of uniform thickness has the cross section shown.
Problem 6,78
Determine the dimension b for which the shear center O of the cross section is
located at the point indicated.
" ‘ )

6.80 For the angle shape and loading of Sample Prob/ 6.6, (a) determine the points
Problem 6.80
where the shearing stress is maximum and the corresponding values of the stress, (b)
on the neutral axis corresponding to the
verify that the points obtained are located
given loading.

Sa^ pA* Ptala. CS,


x
(a) t\$ov\^ vef^'eai
q-.Y }(q+^ (a. + 4 ay -Sy x )
*JtaA
<Wt m 3P ( u .
_ ,0
IA A

'

_
~ n
°
• irrra j
7f
r„ ’j&U' + M&ti-wte?] - Xo to.

W»»J A3 : r, * --
-|^r (
» - ^ + 3?*

77
£=
W^
r-SP. fal -
,a * Sz) ' °
3P fS
z = fa
- 1 JP_
yU qta* 4 (‘faYH^Xi 4 t CL

Af* fli€ CoiPrt<?(A? rL =


a X.
4 tQ.
3
ly - a3 I/' - m ia Q = 4S°

fan CP
~ t** O
y - — Cp = /9.036
T 4
V
0 - g> * VS -H. 036 30.164


-

* . 2 Ay . olUo/i') - ,

of T^r
= _ 5TA2 _ at (a/g) _, a. -
n
'
ZA \ 2a£

Ayi‘s i^4ev\sec.‘Ks Ve^Kc*x? «l"^

~
y z so-iti”
y *

"
(^ + 3©. 944° ) a - O.Voo a.

NeyfyvtP 00ns iwfe^sec/ s <trf

2 - Z 4 J tew (4£°i <p ^

* (4j
+ -4 t<s« .ST 03 6')©. - 0. 6C67 a
d

Problem 6.81 *6.81 The cantilever beam A/i x consisting of halt of a .thin- walled pipe of
30-mm mean radius and 10-mm wail thickness, is subjected to a 2-kN vertical
load. Knowing that the line of action of the load passes through the centroid C
of the cross section of the beam, determine (a) the equivalent force-couple sys-
tem at the shear center of the cross section, (b) the maximum shearing stress in
the beam. (Hint: The shear center O of this cross section was shown in Prob.
6.73 to be located twice as far from its vertical diameter as its centroid C.)

sili'J +Te $o}o( I “fo - G.73;


3
| o t ~ t &iv>Q

P = i()
u
tl
TI
-
cu-.-
i"6»“ ck U«.JW-ptpe seci ion ^
1 i-1 P <-J iS -g, f

Ce. nle e „f ike se^/- ciVc(?e 4° A^e ee.4*’'ot4 ts

A4 6<acIv aF ike bt&sn j


He sheets' ‘t.W'ce

fS ~tQ P — IAs -Pine o*^ pusses


4A € c«M ivoi C« The. waw«4
erf rfs pnotvjc^r 6t\}ot)\ ike sheas c e^-ies O /s

fet) Eq«/|Ve,Ae^l f o'Trre - CoypE sv^sl


V - P M-Vd - 4-Pa

D4<^* 2 f A/ <3- = 3& h<y.tv\

V- 2M
Mc K - 3§t« 2 fjf, J

CW SKig.in.v'in^ <4 i^esse s

(f) D^e h' V .


~
It
rv -
'
f£Xo!£l *
jlp
TTat T\(6'Q?,)( B . C IJ 4 .. A
Cfa’tXt^

U_ jj _J (X) 0 oe Mo ^ *He ‘j-otefUL .

F<^ a fc-ei^ rev.f am g o§ajs sedta* of* .4 ^,7 tv 44 It t -fAe 4


s4r*ss J,se 4** 40^ ire M5 ti

^-m ~
c 4t
*' e 'e c, " 5 0~ £X63o~|‘ 4

4= ttq.-- rrf.Et?) - qtf.ijrth.* £ - /•/»*» Cr- o*3/7


c 0 3/7 .

ti,
~ — IhltLS. _— _ -.
/ ^ 1 /U fh\

% t
t* -
- ?7 + T7 ~” 40-4+ 033
/ 0 3 =
<£>3
< - /7«3 A4 P^ M
* $

*
6.82 Solve Prob, 6.81, assuming that the thickness of the beam is
Problem 6.82
reduced to 6 mm.
*
6.81 The cantilever beam AB> consisting of half of a thin- walled pipe of
IlfexC . 30 inrtunean radius and lO-rmti wall thickness, is subjected to a 2 kN vertical
load. Knowing that the line of action of the load passes through the centroid C
of the cross section of the beam* determine (a) the equivalent force -couple sys-
IWgiB 30 mm tem at the shear center of the cross section, {b) the maximum shearing stress in
:
the beam. {Hint: The shear center O of this cross section was shown in Prob.

6.74 to be located twice as far from its vertical diameter as- its centroid C.)
W& fr"

Frov^ fVe* u £>W C .73


I = Tfl't 5 - q2 t s.‘* 0
e - fa CU-'
UM'- pipe secTro** }
d fS ^ -fro^
Ce nfe/' of curc$? fo 'ffce

A4 b<kcX sed /*?^ -

e?T- Tke Wttx.**


^ sAe&^
"

~V
f
s <£ <j v *Q i- T Us ?;»e J f DM pc»^
4Ti
^ H ‘fi. ‘fv'Oi cl d .» I h C- WOW
4 |4s homW c^faaoj; 4 ske**' c e^f r/- O is

2 .2-
e- x lR
it rt ,
- "
1T
a TT a

(ftj Eejt/j Po/tf e - Couf Jz. S,U sP^v*. swt 0,_.

V - P M-V«» - fpa
't,'.
D4c,' p-aPAi ^ ~ 3 o MT*
\T as. fcAj

(l> Dor ft> VI


P *)C&? t <£)C^«c)
<7' ^ (
^ %P ^ _ _ p*
Cv -
($anxt\- at ~* 1 <

-n ‘
Td^°H <°)
(%} 0^ tto H0 4"ke

F*r * lU^j €j
O^CLr ' S £c^t o *A <$ $ CX ^ J(
1
\K> f J+k t iU 3 in e&fi* v

s4re-$5 M<* ii

~ C, r 3* ( I
^ £>-63o )

D<oM J-HCI- r ^AvM C, ~


C,r £L3/m
7^,
'ii-H __ ~ ?£< iq MPa
(0.31 WcWfytZir)
% Sipes'
p os i4t*v.
~r
C ~ ^+ tC,
~
~i ©"7 “4 2 A * /
^ — ^2 5 ‘
, ' . £

Problem 6.83 *6,83 The cantilever beam shown consists of a.Z shape of 6 thick- mm
ness.For the given loading, determine the distribution of the shearing stresses
B'
along line A’ in the upper horizontal leg of the Z shape. The x! and y* axes
are the principal ceniroidal axes of the cross section and die corresponding
moments of inertia are - 69.2 X \(f mm4 and are ly 51 X lit mm

I K-S

V = I*-k-*J --
Z2.£°
300 nun \

- Vsm/S \ ~ V co sfi
iz
150 imn
.150 min In oppes ho^iZonj'a^ Je
(a)
V UVi Coo*^ < € ^ y
^ ^ < O
jr*
|B’ A r ^ ( /S& + 36 ) M/k v

• •'p2.5'' 36 r
I(- /5~# 4> X ) M. /h
)j 1...

r
^ - /ra m
jtr®

m X
* ~ X cos /§ + sTt* ^3

/ r
J /S — x
A >> A
Due -fo V,. -
^ .
--
U* Ax'
k-y JLy £

r - (Vs^/g )(6 )(/.**>* X)[£(-/&>+x)eos/& +/5^s.n


T
- $. oXh x,<?' <f (fsa + 'X )(- //« ? + 0. 4 C|<?4 x)

Diye fc. VO ; r = AkAH - (V Cos /6 )t»Q.r& + )p[ os /3 - £ (- /** »x) *«/&]


D t (6%z y.tt ^ ) (&)

- A6tfZ X /<>'* (/>!?+ x)f/6>3 - <9 ' /<?/•* v*

IDkJ: r, + T* - (/5o + o*o6o$4-i$x\

x -njr ~ioo -jsr - c ro ~%x o


X o -O'bXt ! 0‘Cf2-X t'otri %'5Z\

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
*

*
Problem 6.84 6,84 For the cantilever beam and loading of Prob. 6,83, determine the
distribution of the Shearing stress along line IV D* in the vertical web of the
Z shape,
*
6.83 The cantilever beam shown consists of a Z shape of 6-mra thick-
ness. For the given loading, determine the distribution of the shearing stresses
along line A' IV in the upper horizontal leg of the Z shape. The x‘ and v' axes
are the principal centra rial axes of the cross section and the corresponding
i

moments of inertia are Ix > ~ 69.2 X ID


6
mm and are /v - '
5,7 X 10* mm4 .

V * 12-b V /&* n.s*

\/y 1 r VS i*K fi Vy * “ V C OS /S

for p«r+ AB* A = (&)(***) ' ^


X = " 75 aim *
, J
For p«W 8V
0
A = £(/sr>-y)
X = o y - +y)

X* = c 0.5/3 4 s>^/3
y
y' - co s - X s<n/S
y

Dae +o V.
V r X<tt» 4 Abk )

v i -i

_ (Vs.Aj8)[(?fro)(- ;<r y6 4 /STD


% (£>7y/ 6 c )( 6)
= (V^A)r -lo-feo - ZSS/3’ - /‘/WM , a .
4W7 _ o.aottsi, V*
^ Lf-rZ. fitbto ^

D «e f Vy,J Vy' y^e 4 A&ry* 1


J yA _p__

r1 - tV c-^s^ ~)[ H<> o X/-Cbc»s/a 4 -re 5 .^^) 4^C /grc? - *•


y) cos/8
((> ‘t<ZY.ta*) ( (?)

, ^ :Z ZLxU *,*<, -
7y
*

TVbi: X 4
^ - S*6?/7 -

y OM O ± 0 ± t CrO ± iS>o

XCMPq') t>bl2 *>(11 6' Vi

Proprietary Material ® 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, !nc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using ft without permission.
*

*6.85 Determine the distribution of the shearing stresses along line D'B in the
Problem 6.85
horizontal leg of the angle shape for the loading shown. The Jt'and y axes are the
principal centroidal axes of the cross section.
*6.86 For the angle shape and loading of Frob. 6.85, determine the distribution of
Problem 6.86
the shearing stresses along line DA* in the vertical leg.

*6.85 Determine the distribution of the shearing stresses along line D'B* in the
horizontal leg of the angle shape for the loading shown. The x* and y* axes are the
principal centroidal axes of the cross section.

/£ ~ S/# ~ P

A60 (a-xA t y -o
- so- i(a,+

Coo#"#?

y r
Cj *
§ ^ ~(sC~ T q')s.'^/S
%•’ - ~-o_') cos /3 +

Iv\ ICO

y' - '-|a)ws/?> - (* “ & <a') stv,/%

* C"** ) c.os
a Cs ^ ***
3 a.) s 1

- - 0.13414 - O.JSZZHg
r 1 oi' -
j
kJ ^ ^ £,.$ A + Cy ” 3 ^0 s> *sfi>
1 l
'
* ~
<3L *
JL
'c—
l + (-gcS.) s.’t. /3

iXr < - O.HStll K +- O.I3<m o.

+ {. 't * . Vy! AMy *

Vt t x,'
CPc^s/S)C a- y)^(o.HSr//«.-f 0.13932*0
(0. isn t&s )(f>

I
13614 X- 0.73^4 o.)
0.4X8 ta Xi 3
V
PCa-y-X g.QQ-jo + Loooa)
ta 3

%>(<& 0 i i X 2
2
1 t


£> U'ooo f. 1.333 - t.'as'o |. ftOO 0..S83 0

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
X

*6,87 A steel plate, 160 wide and 8mm mm


thick, is bent to form the channel
Problem 6.87
shown. Knowing that the vertical load P acts at a point in the midplane of the web of
the channel, determine (a) the torque T that would cause the channel to twist in the
same way thatdoes under the load F,
it (b) the maximum shearing stress in the
f: channel caused by the load P.

100 nun U*>t reso of W* so


Vj “ fOO ck*\ A t- 8 m


e - —2-
k -
«U421 x/o, k>
z+ /? 4-

- 15 J^\
4
X - -j^;tia (6fc)4h^ = (s)(joof [(6'lCat.') 4- loc/j

r I.&6CC7 *IO
c
rovn'
1 - l '24.467 * /o'
4,
^
V - /S’*' (O' p

<» T= Ve -0 5V/O5 >(?.


3
C tm»/o >- 144.64 M*,*

Stress cd h* v;
T=Ve
J
a- vt|
v V
I

= ^iW(h 4 4 t'>
4

^ (8 {o°^ l°° ^
r- + 1 (Sc,\3

~ ZZ*I o ~ to **\
-> £ Ur
|^.

t = Sx/o'*vv,

-V -
Lv
y “ 0^ V |0 . j— - JO .
0 X /o
fc
fU^ * * ? *' 5jo Mp
J£ (i:*£an*&r c.(2*to-s )

Stress 4^ ~T • CL-. 3.b + h - ,IC£>v>m = O- ISO

^ 3 ( I - 0.63o 4 ^ “si 1- (O.fiSo') "if^J “ 0.322 «.


T
~
m. 64 43.7S x/O
6

c,at l (o,3zl* V°*i® i »"X8>'K>"* f


- 43- 7€ Mft.

(b) S^pSiT |3«* S kt ov\


1
} ^ + xv - TL_“ HPa.

Proprietary Material. £> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
M

Problem 6.88 *6*88 Solve Prob. 6.87, assuming that a 6-mm-thick plate is bent to form the channel
shown*
*6.87 A steel plate, 160 mm wide and 8 mm thick, is bent to form the channel
shown. Knowing that the vertical load P acts at a point in the midplane of the web of
the channel, determine (n) the torque T that would cause the channel to twist in the
same way that it does under the load P, (b) the maximum shearing stress in the
channel caused by the load P,

100 mm Use resells o'T b “ 30 v***


b ~ lOO «iiv

I
^ e
* 3h
ISkNT^I

Jr X tW (c b + h) - 75 (&)(/0ot[(G)(2o) +- loo]
4 4
- I.Hoo * |0 T L MCOXIO’ vJ

V - IS* 10
s
M
1
(a) T- Ve = GsvioMfre^^o W
5f i-e6 s esl" v'A.f «otffs dt'Jt. "4t> "V/

0 a- bt i(£X^
T= Ve

- }&, S'* fO K*l w> ” /^»-5” k /0 Oi

t - G*lo~

?<L' * 21 MP«.
It *
(l.*fo

S + *rss ctae +< CL ^ b 4* K r 1 60 ~ 0*/4o ^

.-4(1- o.«s 0 i)t i[l -(^ioV-yf^)] r 0.SW6


-_X
£. <7 t*
r- liiliil
(0.335*1* )(o.l6o)(&*io- 3
„ )*•
r 77. iCxfcffV. r 77.K HPa

(Isl By Svpes- 't, + 1;


r r |0G.6 Mpct

Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.89 6.89 Three boards, each of 38 x 90-Jinn rectangular cross section, are
nailed together to Jbrm a beam that is subjected to a vertical shear of 1 kN.
Knowing that the spacing between each pair of nails is 60 mm, determine the
60 mm > shearing force in each nail.
go i.im

fa ty
“ j(* irZ po *wk'
^

‘>S imti
j
-j^ A- 3^0

90 nmi
I

*1
T i? 5* MM .

Q. - Ay, - /z^ 1^ c;
L
90 rmn ~*|
V UHn^Uo VO J ^
1- * '
r<- ' = ^ '< *
,

I '
( ThiWm
c
- 2 R, F * -
%r - Jtl >LtSL^ , 3SW

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
/ —

Problem 6.91 6.91 For the beam and loading shown, consider section n-n and determine (a) the
largest shearing stress in that section, b) the shearing stress at point a.
(

n IGO

* i
«
^ ^
i
So kw fo ku

-0.9 m —>r*— 0.9 m $ec^\a*s V * £6 If Vi

Dimensions in mm

CrPnsi'^e.'T ci^ds s coV' r^c>^<^v


cr? "K|pes (D j (2)^ CIX
4
X, ~ CwKSd') + O2)(S0)(<loX “ S vio**

X2 “ ^ (l?oXl6? + (lSC>)C(6)02X ' 5“. Hl7e x/o*


- - 3
mejr.HH * IV s
JL
I.
-3 ? ‘
la
1* (U)(egl r

I * HI, + 21* 4 21, = 4 H>Z7H*/o e to/vi


y

= W.Z7<t*l C>- L

(s,^ CaJPc^ Q. cvf <s^n>»5 .

Q, - (I2)(8o)(<ro) - 26.4 WO* wvwX


— Cl$o)(l&)(HZ) “ 3
<3* 130. 76 x/O
1 Q4 - 0&)(34>(l7} - 9.H 3v|oXJ

Q. - 2Q, -+
Q, + 2.CU - 311, Z5C> * lo
3
m* 3 - 3l?.Z£(>*/o~
e
^

x V&--
y~
It~
(g^io^Cs^g^^o-n
(Hi, 27‘MP' t )(a.*i6*/c>- ) s ' t7 -
t
c3x, ° “* Hv63 MfV.'

<V> A-} f>o.vf CL; Q. * Q, *•


86.4* /o ***' '
- 86.4 v/o

(sox q s x S6,</* /o'6 ;


fr vo. .
13.0/ x. /o
c
!3.ol MP*.
It ~
(4H-^7Vv(o- t XlXxfo” s')

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AN rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
6.92 For the beam and loading shown, consider section n~n
Problem 6.92
arid determine die shearing simss at (a) point a, (b) point h .

SO kN
R* R& * Ji k*i

&ke4,c- oU*.«j#Nsc''

V kN
100 min

h> € £6e'“ H
,

pA>pe/4f£S*

1 —% fk-'d A 6**0 S(^ M Ay(m^) cl (fth) )


i(^k)

(D 2^tro to £> 2S&VO0 At> b'L’S't- 6 frO

© iZXovQ 3/zfwo f6WW 7

~0> 5T VsTbD ZlSocx> ^'fSbrso

- 2~Ai ? ? iiwo „ i~, ,

© i
^vw*v\ I * TAd%
A ~ (slS.i^tN
\j
t $%£ /ivw ~ f
\ y
-7 0010 b/i*\

~
t A?A'->'

**- -
b It az-tvSHxtJ-
****
(Q A ~
/2^1) S' 75TAUK £t>
J

V VO, ...
ia*»*H4mb) _
'
,

C<*\ (Ui
^ IT - toTT^JT

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-IIili Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.93 6.93 For the beam and loading shown, determine the largest
Shearing stress in section nn.

~
Ra - £?>M

0 S k & A:r* ^r d
v

V* h>kN

De>-€XwyIjn^ SecrTVo* pAspe/’t /eS .

Par! A.(fv)p^ AyfanS 1(mX)

<D %fstn) lo<t in? kiSOooo zo&nz


© w> I Z ro te - ?- r l±lz $~0 d 6 !(t %(&(>!

lJD X :
,
7£& o ll£ecc\ i? tizs-cce

yShVQ
y
Y , 2A ^ A* 1


©
Tf.'

f& MM X. - XAd + XI ~ \Z**>Y-(Q /n

Q. - A, V, ~ (2SDa)(i>X>) iifropo

~t ~ 2 k AvM
£
£& Mm
l 4r VO _
to Mf a.
It ~
(li'£rio ')ttk)
{

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited
distributed in
distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is
using it without permission.
Problem 6.94 6.94 Several planks are glued together to form the box beam shown. Knowing that
the beam is subjected to a vertical shear of 3 kN, determine the average shearing
stress in the glued joint (a) at A , ( b ) at B .

120
J-|
1 30 Ia = n
[20 r

1
i.
30 ±
I*' IX
1 20
JL -
Dimensions in min
Ic ^ 12

1» + 2.1^ “ j 1-8 8 vc/o 6


y* “ u.gg^/o'V1

<
Q/<- ^3 T tSo )(a*XseO - &o xios **»?* Q>o*lo~ '
vr?

~ o
~t* ^ O ITM* + I? T Lfo hMV, — 4o y to
r _ vq .
(3x^y^/o- c ) „ Wy /0n .3
P*
Ca^ M -
2£ (|r.88yto' )<:¥ov^o- 5 )
fc
" 57 ^ ,

'

rA - 37<? k Pa-

Qa = O th) - O 2^- 0

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

Problem 6.95 6. 9$ Knowing that a W360 x 1 22 rolled-steel beam is subjected to a 250-kN vertical
shear, determine the shearing stress (a) at points, (b) at the centroid C of the section.

1 05 inm

For a - 3G3 bf 2\.7o»™^


?
- t? = £w - {3.0^
= 3(>s*l C 4
J = 3£S*IC> r*

, A*." 27.1S.S
— T - - _ft _ tf . ,3&j _ **.70 _* r- . „w
j
Z 17°* fi5 ,v”
<1^ Z 2 Z
„ ^ 3 C
3
A*y«.- 38S.8*/o vn.v? - 388.2 x/o' y*
3
L I to. ~ tf r 21-70 >m»v, - 2/.7»/0 (»i

_ vo , ( 25b? * I0 3 ')(S>W_2*I0-
6
)
J2. 27* /£>*?*. * /2-27 MBs.
( 365V 7 x /o-’ )

A, -
?, (2S7)(2L7o'> = £577
_d _ tf _ 3£3 _ a 1.70 _

Az - tw tpV (I3.0 )(is'».3 ) - 2077


j* = z(i’U) - 73. *}

Q c
= ?Ay ' (5577^1 70. C5>+ (2077)0^) * I M7„? x /o 3 m».

s
- IIIZTx/O^m3
t. - tw ~ J3.0 * I3x/a* *v,

VQc (250* I0 3 )( lh 7.7 k/O" 6 ) _


51*1*10 6 0
_
r* ~
It* *
(355-x/o-‘)O3x/0- 3 )
"
.

?<z - 58,1 HBx

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed,
reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without
permission.
M

Problem 6.96 6.96 A beam consists of five planks of 38 X 50-mm cross section con-
1

nected by steel bolts with a longitudinal spacing of 220 mm. Knowing that the
shear in the beam is vertical and equal to 8 kN and that the allowable average
shearing stress in each bolt is 50 MPa, determine the smallest permissible bolt

diameter that may be used.

r
Part ACW') U M) kj(wj) y (m /W) Ay* 0*#i X rn

<D 51 fro ns 1/7 5a o •2,2.8 oo o 0 10(2750 V


€> (6* 51 o o o c 14 iSoc (0(9l56-o
© Slot w n-n&oo ~ %c Stucco (Q(9l$TrV
<$> try (CO Slot) 06 - s I4%?oo (0(9y5t-o
© S16& ns h ii-Boooo (0(9l$T;x>

z zSSoo soo 1115X76 0 £3**£lSf(t> h

__
IA i _ >1175rho
r __
foS M
2A
r - xr -

Bef wee-v. CO dD t Q (Jt


« a ,-- Ay ,
-- 0*7 **)&>) * iih-ooo

Se,4v.ee.\ CiD dD = Ql, + Ayt “ 114-006 + ™ $ *5 £oO h'x ^3


VQ.
<r x
(. 8 7/4000)
MaViVow »i fc>AS«£;i ~ ! 140 40

Futt » » (0*o ksi

^bJt *

K'pt ~ ? dut - -=r

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
. *

Problem 6.97 6,97 A plate of 4-mm thickness is bent as shown and then used as a beam. For a
vertical shear of 12 kN, determine (a) the shearing stress at points, (b) the maximum
shearing stress in the beam. Also sketch the shear flow in the cross section.

4*" d -
Oi.-- 22. CZ'

Sie-nfeJ siW<? *
Ag~ (H see d )(*rt!) ~ %0$
A w
H^ ».>0
ft
-1 3 * ^
20 20^ "25"' Is r seecO&S) 33. 336 */o* r*\ rw\

Dimensions in mm
Top: IT - (5oXT)(?4T - m/
1
6att^: 1& - Ij - HS.HCxio

X= 2 Is + IT 4 I* * 310. g X IcfnirS - 3I0.3*/©'


0~
(a^ Q. - &SWCM ) - 2 4 IO* ~ 1

t * ‘i *>•*

y*
£-4
/ -
^ ^
VQa
T- .x
„ (S2*
r 23.2X/D* Pa - 23.2. Mftx
It (3IO-S*JO“*XSWO- 5 }

s/ie<S/.».^ 0£ctf« pei'v*t Mj 2^ tv>M <ctov/e 'hiut Wo’HoW'V*

Qm - QA + (4 Steal )(2‘i)(t*) ~ Z.HxtO* 4 ).M2»lo' S- S.G38 */»* "m*


- S.CiSyto- c ^
(12V «.,,<
y r
t
-*
/« * v **•
#v v/o -p ifit
. a,
M
, *« ©
rA
It 4- rt
(Sio.3k|o , \/.»
*)
«. *

Q8 = Qa 'ts -=
% * 23.2 MPa

L .2 2
'

Sbea^fr*^ stve*^ C^PtO


1 > c

Problem 6.98 6.98 and 6.99 For an extruded beam having the cross section shown, determine (a)
the location of the shear center 0, ( b) the distribution of the shearing stresses caused
by the vertical shearing force V shown applied at 0.

Xm - Ins r 4 fcoVcWf - O.3£6«(o‘

FT « Io* ~ Jr6 ,
r (30 X* K
k&°¥H 'f+(3oX‘t )(.<ST T
" 1 ^ O.OX
0.0X77 1I 6 * It

r * O. 36*^0 x O I ^iivi

V- 35 UN
/•'
c
I = ir - \.\
l
i28Zxio
6
^
(CL) p£>v- £>. lypic*^ A{&> * ts
i i
-

j
30 mm h •

QCs) «. y£*
L - 1 . 1.49 X Hr mtrr -j- r mm. ys-)
_
* Yj2£] ,

Iu J t
k

F* * A <^s
YlC

0^1 5

Ae : r>«' CiXt.nsxt"icr
c ') 0 .\oS 7 G> V
F°* *
) ’ 0.M3SMV-
Pfr.
F >-S
FjUys. FG t PFCV t 0.02.3S02.V

IF §a n*i< HJ *
£>. |os 76 V

+5 2M k ~ OIM^:
Ve - Re + IS Fee +- /-S' + 'AS' Ft 10 . 223 V
D * v/ m l>y e. ~ 10 , XX
^

(b') CXl! oO ot S"ft^eSbCS


C
V - 3S *fo
3
N 1 -
r L
LIIHVBZ »IQ rS

At B, £T G. J" 't' -c>

4
^3
3
At A Hz Q- (3 o)(C){HS)r 2 . 1 via* v»i = 8.1 */o v*

5
t = G X (o' ^
^ _ VQ _ (SSxfQ3 )(8>lv (o'*)
' HU"** <UMf»
It (U (SS^^(o'‘K6>(o-M
t

Co/if moeJ mevf"


4 )

'P/^K^e'n Com -{'( Hc/e J

Jos 4 cdt)0 ^ T5 JOS"f ka<fo*J F *

c
Q. = 8.|x/d 1 + (S)( 2^(30') = t Z.S'ylo
1,
«• \ 3 .S*lo' m*
t-C */o
'
-
3

3£j§- — 3 / j3 ^x fO 3 -
Cyi/n^ P
^-5*1° -- C Fl O -*
0^
1 sr

It *
CI.HR«^ to-X6x^)
. - . .

r*. ea-S-Mpa iCT\

JVs4 -jii rrjA4 of I) **.Jl Jusi 4** *H« v'C^ltV <3? F


3 3 e
Q. ~ (3o)(H )()s) - \.%^10 MM - 1.8 * \d' ‘
fif t = ¥*/ 0'V

r s (SSxto'-' )(\.2*!Cf'-
[2.7/vIO‘Pa * 13.71 IMP*.
It ( LHSgaxto-'-^yio'’

\J*t>&4 "D (K*\A j«4 tfv/Lav/e: Pt


CL “* 1 3* <5* * /O 4* L$ » (o^ ~ 15**, 3* /o* \nn+*r*
~ 3 */o
*
£ r & * Icf rn

r °$r-- fr^£ll^x!.75') = 77 -7’' to‘ ^ ’ 77-7 MP‘


-5
K: Q. - 3 wo + '®)0s)C7.s)
>
At is*. * \$. cn5*io

i t
7 =
'f 3Z£L - (SS"lO )0.S.'t7S'"l6 ) _
* a ,*
S/ vJn
)0
*p4, . c /.
8 , , upPa.
M
(mm*.
, -
I I -
-
lt - |o*‘ ) (& v| 0 -•?•)
I

Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Itjc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed* reproduced* or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 6.99 6*98 and 6.99 For an extruded beam having the cross section shown, determine (a)
the location of the shear center 0, ( b ) the distribution of the shearing stresses caused
by the vertical shearing force V shown applied at 0,
}

Problem 6.*?^

<Il)s4 ^ <x^ A jos4 VI t fc ~ €>*/cf* **

4
X -
^ * 33.2 *to pfl. ^ 33.S hPo-

<Josi aJbo^ <t D t>,*d jus4 F"; fc - 6 X-/.Q ^ 1^1

Q_ « SA*lO* 4- C<&)(3oKs^ - lO.SWo'V.n 3 '


=• /0.gx/0'
C
w3

* - ¥f ;
&WP0P 7 67- s "°‘ * -

Ju>s4 4o +"Aj» rrgVt' "D £s £ - Sx/d^kv,

C^^IOs) - 5.7 Wo3 )-.»*"* - 5.7 x/Cf 6


Q. “

** ¥f * = ,6 - M * *»!>«. - «•» ^
.S
Jus 4 LeJ^ 0*0 t> O^-Jt
J
0^ 4 «io^ F: t - 6* Id
3
d * lo.^/^i 7,7 >lo% - I'S.S'x /o - IZ.Sx/o‘»?

* 77
Tp ' . *¥.*»*• fi. . Ml Mft. -

% c
A4 Kt (5-- )ZS*(0 4 (€)0sX?-S) - If. 175" >• /o' t*^

'•y
L

'
It

' ( <&s*_io_
Co.^x,^Xc>io-n
Xnj7sw<> _

jjn
*
.•
C
t

/0
& o
^ _
^^
oj} s mp

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
c i 5 l 1

PROBLEM 6.C1

6.C1 A timber beam is to be designed to support a distributed load and


up to two concentrated loads as shown. One of the dimensions of its uniform
rectangular cross section has been specified and the other is to be determined
so that the maximum normal stress and the maximum shearing stress in the
beam will not exceed given allowable values o- al and r a!1 Measuring x from *
.

end A write a computer program to calculate for successive cross sections,


,

-UK from x = 0 to x = L and using given increments Ax, the shear, the bending
moment, and the smallest value of the unknown dimension that satisfies in that
section (1) the allowable normal stress requirement, (2) the allowable shearing
stress requirement. Use this program to design the beams of uniform cross sec-
tion of the following problems, assuming a at = 12 MPa and r aI1 =• 825 kPa,
,

and using die increments indicated: (a) Prob. 5.65 (Ax = 0.1 m), (b) Prob. 5.157
(Ax — 0.2 m).
SOLUTION

solution o{ ?f,C2 for fhe c/eferminalion 0{ £ p> V (z) aal M (z)


We re all that
V(x) r STpA 4 S1PB ~ P $T?l - ?z $TP2
t

MW ~ K a -(z-obSTpA 4'R 6 (x-^-l)sTP5 -^(z-XfpTPI


- ft (x - X ) TP - iff (X-X3 f$ TP 3 4 <tr (x ~XuJ
|
'vMert 5TpA f
$T?$>
f
5r?'\ 5TPZ STV3 STPif aze~ 5fep
)
funcrionb define* I in TXCZ. ’

(0 ft ItL £ £ LLmm £UL &LMM & L SZSz ss ^T<VUi,R,H,M£?V7 ?


If Qhk-niMYn cf f men5 i Pi-) IS hj
- I^I/Oj/ " ^rmi we h d/e h- h =. \fTs/i
If IPlKVluivn <?i imetlbivri [$ fc:

z
d^-lm/^11 , from S-jth ,
we have tQ -tz 6 S/tf
(t) 5 AT) ST/ THZ /4LU>Wft6l€ 5~ H (TftK / STRESS 1\Zts)\JiVr^(tWl t

use
'
(tr./o), pace 37d '
-
?**'
Z A
-
"
£M
z*b
if imKnuVn dimension ish: 3M

Uhfv diMenOton ji t 1 -
£
~7h2^ii
(CONTINUED)
.

PROBLEM 6.C1 CONTINUED TRt>6RflM OUTPUTS

Problem 5.65 Problem 5.157


RA - 2.40 kN RB = 3.00 kN RA - 25.00 kN RB » 25,00 kN
X V M HSIG HTAU X V M HSIG HTAU
m kN kN.m mm mm m kN kN.m mm mm
0.00 2.40 0.000 0.00 109.09 0.00 25.00 0.000 0.00 378.79
0.10 2.40 0.240 54.77 109.09 0.20 23.00 4.800 141.42 348.48
0,20 2.40 0.480 77,46 109.09 0.40 21.00 9.200 195.79 318,18
0.30 2.40 0.720 94.87 109.09 0.60 19.00 13.200 234.52 287.88
0.40 2.40 0.960 109.54 109.09 0.80 17.00 16.800 264.58 257.58
0 * 50 2.40 1.200 122.47 109.09 1.00 15,00 20.000 288.68 227.27
0.60 2.40 1.440 134.16 109.09 1.20 13.00 22.800 308.22 196.97
0.70 2.40 1.680 144.91 109.09 1.40 11.00 25.200 324.04 166.67
0.80 0.60 1.920 154.92 27.27 1.60 9.00 27.200 336.65 136.36
0.90 0.60 1.980 157,32 27.27 1.80 7.00 28.800 346.41 106,06
1.00 0.60 2.040 159.69 27.27 2.00 5.00 30.000 353.55 75.76
1.10 0.60 2.100 162.02 27.27 2.20 3.00 30.800 358.24 45.45
1.20 0.60 2.160 164,32 27.27 2.40 1,00 31,200 360.56 15.15
1.30 0.60 2.220 166.58 27.27 2.60 - 1.00 31.200 360.56 15.15
1.40 0.60 2.280 168,82 27.27 2.80 - 3.00 30.800 358.24 45.45
1.50
1.60 **
0.60
3.00
2.340
2.400
171.03
173.21
27.27
136.36
^
*tfj
3.00
3.20
- 5.00
- 7.00
30.000
28.800
353.55
346.41
75.76
106.06
1.70 - 3.00 2.100 162.02 136.36 3.40 - 9.00 27.200 336.65 136.36
1.80 - 3.00 1.800 150.00 136.36 3.60 - 11.00 25.200 324.04 166.67
1.90 - 3.00 1.500 136.93 136.36 3.80 - 13,00 22.800 308.22 196.97
2.00 - 3.00 1.200 122.47 136.36 4.00 -
15.00 20.000 288.68 227.27
2.10 - 3.00 0.900 106.07 136.36 4.20 - 17.00 16.800 264.58 257.58
2.20 - 3.00 0.600 86.60 136,36 4.40 - 19.00 13.200 234,52 287.88
2.30 - 3.00 0.300 61.24 136,36 4.60 - 21.00 9.200 195.79 318.18
2.40 0.00 0.000 0.05 0.00 4.80 - 23.00 4.800 141.42 348.48
5.00 0.00 0.000 0.00 0.00

TV \cs\ c. value of h IS the largest of the values

^lienvu in the fact two colu m no.

for Prob- h - hG - m.z m#i

for ?rob. 5/5? h ~ h* - 375 Il\ M

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1 7 ; , , ]

PROBLEM 6.C2
S,C2 A cantilever timber beam AB of
and of uniform rectan- length L
r b gular section shown supports end and a uni-
a concentrated load P at its free

1 formly distributed load w


along its entire length. Write a computer program to

mmniTT 1 r* determine the length L and the width b of the beam for which both the maxi-
mum normal stress and the maximum shearing stress in the beam reach their
largest allowable values. Assuming <xM] -•••'
12,4 MPa and t* t,
- 827 kPa* use
this program to determine the dimensions L and b when (a) P =- 4-448 kN and
w 0, (b) P 0 and w = 2,2 kN/m, (c) P - 2.224 kN and w ~ 2,2 kN/m.

SOLUTION

fitrfh /Vte MflXiwwJw] r Rnft j/wopkx


Occur at Pi. M/e /j*j/e

*»/. r PL -f 1 <#£
TO SATISFY THE ALLQ\aM&1£ AjotfMfl! ST(T£S<i REfoi)} r?F-hfcn/7>
MA
<? -
f - _ J/b,
-b-\J- "» /}

LtJlslLU ry J7XL„^A,to w m etg .


gj jtn stress rf uQhufthh/t
Wt use (Sjo), P’o.op 3 ^
^ v/ _ 3 Va 3 Vi 7 ‘A

z p ~ b b(8b)
t-r*-*
((ob Z

Tbr L = 0 J \^~ P okid b^>0 ;


m/Wile At
A
~0 aaJ b^-0-
5+arhrn with L~0 and ostry increments. Ai- 0,001 )n. We fhcrea^
- 01 bQ
. 1 as) 4 btcotft ecjual, Wt ihen print l md b.
PR 0&£JW\ OurP OT5

For P - U'tityfykM > w ^ 0.0 It A/


j fr} For P ~ 0 kAj w ™ 2*lk b/fhl :

Increment 2 h hr Increment -

4
L = /S2 t*\tA , b - 3P 7S KAi L '» , b - A)/h

For P *» 2* 22-4 U-l w = 2 - 2 j^N f/n


.

Increment == ~2 M/n_

l = /S'/? mm, b = 2^3^ *>?


. '

PROBLEM 6.C3
6.C3 A beam having the cross section shown is subjected to a vertical
shear V- Write a computer program that can be used to calculate the shearing
stress along the line between any two adjacent rectangular areas forming
the cross section. Use this program to solve (a) Prob. 6.10, (b) Prob. 6.12,
(c) Prob. 6.21.

SOLUTION

/, Enter V and ike number n of


rectangles,
2. for is I to enter the d Iwenslons 0.nd -

3 .
Determine the. Qrta - b' h*
t of each rerfanjle .

Defemint the eferaifon of the Centroid of cock reefa-rvj /e

cFi “ 0.3 h *

&r\d ike ejerafion of the cent toed o4 the €*rttre sec f(oh '

if

E
$=(f *&)/<$
2>ehrrn‘me the centro/W moment of inert fa of the entire
x_ ~‘£ hk¥E\(?r~tfJ
Section _ _

E, for each Surface Separating two ced'an^fes land i+\>


determine Q_, of the are**, below tU at surface. •

&i=£r\(h~z)
7. Sefect for t '
fhe Smaller of b* and b-,
V c+ c t
1
.

Tht shearing stress on the Surface between the rectangles


i and L +l 13

V 6k ^
t It ;

(CONTINUED)
PROBLEM 6.C3 CONTINUED
PROGRAM OUTPUTS

i m ——it i-
IZ m&y
Problem 6*10

2$ rn Shearing force « 10 kN
v YBAR = 75.000 mm above base
35~ m»v| X “ 39.580*10~-6 mm"4
* V
h
Between elements 1 and 2:
TAU - 418.39 kPA
Between elements 2 and 3:
m 6>3 to'V)
TAU - 919.78 kPA (a)

i
0
200 mi*
m V
/ 2n\yv^
Between elements 3 and 4:
TAU « 765.03 kPA
Between elements 4 and 5:
TAU - 418.39 kPA
(b) M

. /D O Mm .

ii^m Problem 6.12

3& Shearing force = 40


YBAR « £o hn m
X ~ £>*£>&?> }< itr^/n
Between elements 1 and 2:
TAU - iS*8*T MPa
3$ M fY)
Between elements 2 and 3:

jZ/nrrj
TAU = ZhO$~ Mfa
Between elements 3 and 4:
M (<x)

^ TAU - IS'8£ MP* m (b)

p»f- —— IbOmm - Problem 6.21

Shearing force = 90 kH
YBAR - 65.000 mm
I - 58.133*10^-6 mm~ 4
Between elements 1 and 2:
TAU « 23.222 MPA Ml ( b)
Between elements 2 and 3:
TAU - 30.963 MPA <M (&)

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
: :

PROBLEM 6.C4
6.C4 A plate of uniform thickness t is bent as shown into a shape with
a vertical plane of symmetry and is then used as a beam. Write a computer
program that can be used to determine the distribution of shearing stresses
caused by a vertical shear V. Use this program (a) to solve Prob. 6.47, (b) to

x find the shearing stress at a point E for the shape and load of Prob. 6.50,
assuming a thickness t — 6 mm.

SOLUTION

For each element hand $t'de.j

\jtt console ( for L~l to

u»s lh of element = 4=-\/fo SSf


Area tkmtmt - A; - tL~ where t = 6 mm
X>i6lfVi(c from X arn fo Centroid ot efewoj t-dji.
Q,t+ \
L ' 1
£>i$jo. i-<e from to centroid of Section!
*

Note and that J/„ +



,

Mo({)ct ft f i i.t-fi ig cf_ Ject ioi- aUsvf centroid e I ex (5 :

!
X ~ Z EAl (t
Jf
^ il - j. ( £. - l) ]

Qtil
'
flf
Q pAisil E xA'fev'c stress is dtes\ red
6l -
(f;
~
3) where sum extols To the afeas located
between <Mie end of section rind jpttint P>
Shefiring stress at Pi

It:
/fOTt ^
’PRO&RBM
,*
/tv decors on neutral axis, £>„e. s for &~p ~ V-
*

QOjyP 1/7 5

Part (a) Part (b)

I = 0.2 X10
6
mm4 I 8.352 X 10 s mm3
=
Taumax = 14.06 MPa -4$ TauE = 1.293 MPa
TauB =12.5 MPa
* I

PROBLEM i
6.C5 The cross section of an extruded beam is symmetric with respect
to the x axis and consists of several straight segments as shown. Write a
computer program that can be used to determine (a) the location of the shear
center O ( b ) the distribution of shearing stresses caused by a vertical force
,

applied at 0. Use this program to solve Probs. 6.66 and 6.70.

SOLUTION
*r///ar /x tvirM rx uj
co M usut &/T bestir pan

p<o/Z i - / 7b <?*+/ 7? +/ /s 77*£ <2 &/&**)

PZ y-i> tk

COMPUTE LWCTH o £ FAcH


Fori L. ~/ 7Z> "»

* 3<>>
l -djc**^*)* f
CAL CULR7E OP IHtfZ ft A ' T,

Conston* e*cH
OF /6o £QU+ L Pti/LTS.
L ~ / y~c>
A We* - li t£ //oo

F&2 /&e>
-±_zJL Hl
(
J
=
% +Afa(^-o-s)Jjoc
£ = /ASiFert)<j*
TIV - T V-Zi

s/»c£ oniy 7t>r p/alp oseo


2~zL
-‘y. 1c.

/"ftLcULPT^ ^/P£rPPJ'/£. S'~r/2(FS'1 /fr F^OS o P


^££^'£*7% <4/*p sp/cpp Forzcex /*> $'F££n lrHTf
F^tz Z tr / 7~ e> Vi
A P/2.EP ~ Al t^Jloc %ie u f Xve-)Ki
FO/£ -f — / 7TC> fC>CJ

k * A % 6*
-~ c
' ‘..<TjJ/o6
t)

4 (35

Xu~X » <3 = Q+&Q


r^-vGjs^
nr- T+Xw*
1
CONTINUED
1

PROBLEM 6.C5 - CONTINUED


Fa/Zce: £ = rUftrtcf)

Tc-VO/1^
(Z^t\ = •

4.+/

a>
c
-Q

/ OCrtT’fQf'/ C>F_ -jgv^yftg


CtU^CULATJ? A»i5v^/vr OF £//£>*(?
FoftCt-S. Ahgou 7 &/1/6//V

F^&rz. L-}T6~n
fe \- L^OUt
L%)l
~ fbr^i (A*ic)jLd
-C +{*1)1*1
Mo>M&Y7 -= McME*Y7 +* AfOMEHT^

Fort V/rtolf g&cTtoM MoMi?H7 t 2 (a/omskt)


S&JF/HI ae/yrefi >S AT
€S =• Mom £a>tJ v
P&O&KAH OOTFuT'
I

Prob. 6.66
T{K) X{K) Y(K) L(K)
far*} /nnj hritY) M/y)

1 3 ioo .00 7$
2 3 (CrO 7r /6tf

3 ? .00 7 S' 7£
4 .00 .00

iertia: Shear ~ 2* J^A/

Junction Q Tau Tau Force in


of segments Before After segment
MPa. HP* k-N

1 and 2 b’(o{? i- a o'fn


2 and 3 2<*f*7>5 24‘M 24-W tf<bt+-0
3 and 4 3^315 3 HI 31-11

about origin: M ~ PoO kNth


+ counterclockwise

shear center: e ~ bb* £47 M/vt


CONTINUED
PROBLEM 6*C5 - PROGRAM PRINTOUTS CONTINUED

Prob* 6.70
X(K) Y(K) MK)
mm mm nun

60*62 .00 70.00

.00 35.00 35.00

.00 .00
Moment of inertia: lx « 514487* mm**4 Shear ~ 1000.000 N
Junction 0 Tau Tau Force in
s Before After
mm* *3 MPa MPa

7350.00 2.38 2.38


11025.00 3.57 3*57
Moment of shear forces about origin: M -
20*309 N*m
+ counterclockwise

Distance from origin to shear center: e 20.309 mm

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to
distributed in
teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual
is using it without permission.
a :

PROBLEM 6.C6 6.C6 A thin-walled beam has the cross section shown. Write a computer
program that can be used to determine the location of the shear center O of the
cross section. Use the program to solve Proh. 6.75.

T SOLUTION

1>lsteibvtii>f\ of shearing shg&i in skufcnt L


"i
Let V r* $lr)&tr t'n cross Sectioh
I

Ir CenlroUd of /V)e rha oijeciidri

We haV-e for shaded area.

It : ll
Force e^ccrhA ojo g f

1
F
a*, 't--prW>--
-
^
K -L — a
/T *

OQ
Ji . ¥• w-K)* §fvt
'The $y3 jWi 7Ae -fpre^s
flf ^u$i 6e_ gyp /v<x/^hf~ fb V af^hesr Cen ter:
r.
f
"F-f <.
' t.

A
y
ZF-rZT:
'
mt
J J
I

L
6
a*1 rrV O)
'1

r~Jb
*
1
V

•< m N
^Zi\:§^iF^ h^eV (z>

D)\/t’de ft) ; e th ol he
FROCtR^M OUTPOTj Th of
Problem 6.75
For element 1
t = /#A)/o , a = b - 0

For element 2
t = /^A' , a = 7 £ /n , b= J2*trO

Answer: e *** ^
Problem Solutions

By
Dean Updike
Chapter 7
A °

7.1 through 7 For the given state of stress, determine the normal and shearing
Problem 7.3 stresses exerted on the oblique face of the shaded triangular element shown. Use a
method of analysis based on the equilibrium of that element, as was done in the
derivations of Sec. 7.2.
l
GO MPa
— *" 45 MPa
\
I
i

&

fRi '20 MPa \%0 Mftt


\
\
\
o
**
\
\
\AA
ISO A eo*20’
^
a>\ S

46* \
< 4SAcos?<>^
tf[ P* \
A st” ni?o° MiAs.- rt ?o*
>

Stresses Areas Forces |eoA irn 2o°

-U' 5TF * O:
> m
<5^ A —\20f\ co&2D' cos2b° 2Q siv>20 *- 4iAsi*r* cos 2o ~6$A s in 2o** s>n2o'' ~ O
a 0
- I 'locos' Zo* *-l}Sco%20 s»Vi <?£>" + ^SifiZo cos 2t>° t&ZSin*' 20*

<S- 14. I* MP*,-*


+\?F* oi
u a ~
*tjA -»#>Acos-?<?Vm - %bco% 2o ca$2o°-l- QH>A s.i'nlo's,*, 20 -£c>A sm 2o"c<yt 2o ©
e
t - -l%>C‘>s2b\;«?o + ^Ccos z 2o°-S{^20
a
) + 6osi« 20° cos ?o
a

IWPcl-*

7.1 through 7.4 For the given state of stress, determine the normal and
Problem 7.4
shearing stresses exerted on the oblique face of the shaded triangular element
shown. Use a method of analysis based oil the equilibrium of that element, as
was done in the derivations of Sec. 7.2.

Mmfa ^4 A cos SS

v^ ; "

ihZWPa. 4-2. As \„SS*


a\
esses Aretes

CA “ #4 A cos + wA a( o55°Smj5 a =r o
& = *« Cos* 55° - 4-z. S /w^a

AIF = O
f'A • nAt« S5*«»n 5^“ - 42. A s!« ST’cos £s
°

t' * /i*6 c«i ££* sU .=•


^2 M/°«
Problem 7.5 7.5 through 7.8 For the gi ven state of stress, determine (a) the principal planes, (ft)

the principal stresses.

10 MPa

33 MPa <S* * - Go M Pa- GTjT-Ho MPa t^-ZS MPa


60 M P;t _ (ZY$S) -
lo) 29 rp * - 3 .So
<S;-6^ -go + ho
O
7.9 t - 7 ¥.OS a Q? * ~ c° 0
f
37.
}
3 2> #

(w s-„.^r. *
6^
;?
i^ZKyTtJ
— £o~ VO ~ 6o ±4 o \i
z 4(
"V v 2
) -*(3S)*

- ± 36. 4 MPct.

-rl3, 60 MPa

6 ^- -*6 . 4 MPcc

7.5 through 7.8 For the given State of stress, determine (a) the prin-
Problem 7.6
cipal planes, (b) the principal stresses.

5 2 $Mfa iH-oMfa TZj * 42 M/v?



7 < 5
^ -

<a) -0.1SO

2©p - 36,87° Of * 18.43% 108.43

(vd 6 *. fi|Sr ± *T,'


-l^¥)
a *jfeg*r+i~w
- fvl lo

S. , llfMPq

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.7 7.5 through 7.8 For the given state of stress, determine (a) the prin-
cipal planes, (b) the principal stresses.

61 2 6^ - " 42 MP<\

w **r
- ' °- 533 "

°
2&p - 28.07' BP ~ 11 . 04 ° 104 . 04

<ki S'—,..--. - ± * r.,

z
/O'ZiSI'Z

6L* - -TO

-
6^.v

Problem 7.8 7,5 through 7.8 For the given state of stress, determine (o) the principal planes, (b)
the principal stresses.

(>x
~ G M Pa 6 -
^ 30 HP^ '&,^- cfMP«

m +6.^ 20pp -
"
~~
<5-*-%
r~ -
C>-^o
_ o . 75o

2.9 - 36.87” 13.4” 108.4'


p

CM 6T ) * ^
_ 6 +3o
a *,/ (Hr )*<-'*
19 ± }5 61.* = 33.0 MPa,

61, „ - 3.0o«4P<*_

Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
- S

7.9 through 7.12 For the given state of stress, determine (a) the orientation of the
Problem 7.9
planes of maximum in-plane shearing stress, (b ) the corresponding normal stress.

1 10 MPa
- - Mo MPa.
35 MPa
6; r - CO MPa. 6^ tty - 3 MPou

- - ~&o + Mo O. 7.8S1
(a.1 ze>s ~

^ o°

_ -63 -Mo
a>) 6 (T*- -So.oMAt

Problem 7.10 7.9 through 7*72 For the given state of stress, determine (a) the
orientation of the planes of maximum in-pJane shearing stress, (b) the corre-
sponding normal stress.

I 10 MPa
*

6k ^ <$/ ' WoM fa - — fyZ Mfy

x., - _ - €>j 2$ 7 #"^ _ _i'• 3333


(=0 t«. 7fl
Z0 S - -
-
cu,4z) -

2% r-53. 13* Q^r-ac.S?*, &3.M3'

(h> r„„ + 7,*

~
-- c -I*"?*

«* 6" - K- - .« ,

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1 M

Problem 7.1 7.9 through 7.12 For the given state of stress, determine (a) the
Orientation of the planes of maximum in-plane shearing stress, ( b) the corre-
sponding norma] stress.

” ~
6^ -
7L ~

~ 6;-6Tv 63 +4-Z
( <a-) t&H /- 87 S'
)m)
(2

ZO^ - - Q\.73* Qs ~~ 30.<ic aj si.


gf-g.S»

» ZgEfijW
(Cl 6" - 6L. - -- . 4 ::
-^ .
'

. /fl.s- M/Ss

Problem 7.12 7.9 through 7.12 For the given state of stress, determine (a) the orientation of the
planes of maximum in-plane shearing stress, (b) the corresponding normal stress.

«* * 6 MPa 6^ - 30 MPa. Zy- MPa,

19S = - %# - - ££*2
OX-'}')
- .. (. 33 ^
2©A - -SB. 13' ©5 * - 26.6’j 63.4°

- I( ~ €y

<$*'- - 6* -t~€y
o>>
2
g t3o
GT' = /2.6>o Mftt*
2

Proprietary Material. €) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may
be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

Problem 7.13 7*13 throogh 7.16 For the given state of stress, determine the normal and shearing
shown Has been rotated through (<*) 25° clockwise, ( b ) 10°
stresses after the element
counterclockwise.
80 MPa

G* = O 6} - - gO MPa. Xj e -So MPa

s- - qo MPa e;-6^ r Vo MPa


50 MPa 2 2

< ,
- ^ * 5y ,
cos 26 Xiy Si" 2©

-y
Tiy*
_ 5V “ 6*
"2 Sm Z& + cos 20

Ri6i. _ cos - S.M 2©


°jr 2 2
(al Q - - ZS* 2© - -50°

s*
- - ho + HO COS (-So
9
) - SO Sir, (~SO° ) 6*'“ 3M. 0 MPa -•
~ 0
Kj - Ho si* (-So ) SO cos (-So”) - USttP*

fy = - 40 - HO co*(-So°) +SO£i n C~SO*) -JOH.OMPot*89

u
(b^ 6 » lo 2© = ZO°

-Ho + *lo caiCsteO -£osi»(2o') %•- -l*y.SMPa


~
•*
~ Ho s;»( 2oa ) - So cos( 2 o a )
~ -60.SMP*. -*»
-Ho - Ho c.o*(2o* ) 4 so tt« (to* €y
m

Problem 7.14 7.13 through 7.16 For Ihe given slate of stress, determine the normal
and shearing stresses after the element shown has been rotated (a) 25° clock-
wise, (b) 10° counterclockwise.
64 MPa

1

\4 -.
J
“ *

06 M Pa 6; » kP it - ^4 M Pa
,;£-s

c
~; 6*rf + 6^ _ G*-Gt
7 u -
12 MPa 2
If-MftK.
2 7c' MFc ;

<V ^2 *
+ ^**2 ^ Cos 2© 4 'fuj St* 2Q

% - - S/m 2© 4 coi 2Q

% “ ~ 2© - ^ 5(Vj 2©

(a4 0 = - 25" 2B = -6*0°

§,* - -/y- + ao c«s(~s2>m - 4* s.*»(-s©‘) - ,/ wfq

T,y ~ -"]o ^ (-5©°) - 42 - cos (-So’ ) - 4£- £ —


- - —'7 o coj C-S’o* ) 42- si>» (-5"©" } ~ MPa -**
6y +

(b7 0 - 10° 20 - 20°


,>
6'*. - -Ht +10 c 6J (?o ) - 42 sm(3°‘) » 37 -ItMPoy

% * -7o - 42 c-sCSo*^ * - —9

6y * -Ut -lOcos (2o* ) 4- 42 ^

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed reproduced or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
5

Problem 7.1 7J3 through 7.16 For the given state of stress, determine the normal and shearing
stresses after the element shown has been rotated through (a) 25° clockwise, (h) 10°
counterclockwise.

90 MPa

30 MPa ~ -Go MP* tjO M Ptf. 'I = 30 MPa.

T I S mPa = .
-75 MPa.

4 cos^e 4 1^ S»‘«^©

- sm 29 4 1 cos 79

* c*s 3d - 1.fry
6y

(a) e - ZG--SO*
e*' - (5 - 75 c»s (~S& a ) ~F 30 $tn C—So*} 6;. = ^SC.3 MPa

r*y * + 75 s.v. (-50° ) 4 30 cos f-5o° ) ty ; :


-38.2 Mp*. -e

<v
- 15 + 75 co.s ) ~ 30 (-SO") <5/ = 26.2 MPa. -*»

0 - fo° 2© - 2o°
0
6",' - IS - 75 cos (at?*) + so s(«(30
')
• - HS,2 MPa

%y - + IS S m (lo* ) f 30 cosfto’^
?V - 53.3 MPa

9 * is +* coS {.2.0° ) — 3o s«v(3o°)


9 = 75. 2 MPa. «-*

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manna! may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
©

Problem 7.16 7,13 through 7,18 For the given slate of stress, determine the normal
and shearing stresses after the element shown has been rotated (a) 25° clock-
wise, (b) 10° counterclockwise.

€T* “ o r £foi4pc K
r BGMflq

!kzJh r

<5V * C«S J?© 4 ^ s,V> *<9

r,y? - sm?e + -Tv;, cos <2

6y* - ~ COS

(oO © r -SS* 2©---5© #

2$ - COS (-£©°) + iS Si* (-SO"'} •*•


f(p*jr MPa
0
'liy ~ s.v> (-.SO ')
4 35" cos (“So'’) - h6$Mp£><
%
6y
:
4 c<* C-S©° ^ -j?5" s.* (-s& 1 =

(b) © = io" Z© - 50°


oS
6;» = z£ - 2P cos (?o > 4 3^sm(ao*) - il* 7 MPa

%Y • 2? Si* Clo") 4 3S cos (ao*) - 4-1*4 M Pet


Oy “ 2-J?" 4 cos (ao'A — 3S cos (*o°) - 42 4 * Mpe\

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7

Problem 7.1 7.17 and 7.18 The grain of a wooden member forms an angle of 15°
with the vertical. For the state of stress shown, determine (a) the in-plane shear-
ing stress parallel to the grain, (b) the normal stress perpendicular to the grain.

4.2 MPa

6* = o 6^-0 'Ey- 4*2. Mflq

0 = - \£~ to • - 3 o°

coo r*y = - ^& siv, to + c«>% z&


- ~0 + ty<2. CosC-3e>“)

- Cfr- Mpq -*

ft>) ^ + J^lSe c «s £0 + 2^ s.V. 2e>

= 0 + 04 sm (-30° )

r — JX«/ —

Problem 7.18 7J7 and 7,18 The grain of a wooden member forms an angle of 15° with the
vertical. For the state of stress shown, determine (a) the in-plane shearing stress
parallel to the grain, (&) the normal stress perpendicular to the grain.

e; zs mp*
=- - Sj, * - I.? hp*. - o

0^-/5^* to - -3o“

<feO Ity - - s.'h 2© + IV 6 -’ 5 Ze


~ - ~ zJzhlL s ;*(-3o°) +• o

=-O.JW&MP«

00 Si* - h c<>3 ^ ^ sm 4- 2e>

Zlz£±CfLrS).
2.
4- zlSs S-=£z1x5\
Z
^(-so0 ) + O
6;*- -2.M3MP*.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-HOl Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7.20 A steel pipe of 300-mm outer diameter is fabricated from 6-mm-
Problem 7.20 by welding along a helix which forms an angle of 22.5° with a plane
thick plate
perpendicular to the axis of the pipe. Knowing that a 160-kN axial force P and
an 800 N m torque T, each directed as shown, are applied to the pipe, deter-
>

mine a and r in directions, respectively, normal and tangential to the weld.

cf^ “ C% ~ ^ t r mooLto

C ~ Cx
t
~t -

1 4
A - ir (c ^ - c, ^ - ¥((•//-
T - 1 (cf - 'j* j(o.ts't - o-m* ) - hwkh>-* h?

Stresses
2 9' 88 MPa
P. „ - - 2#- $8 MPa \
t<ooz MPa

= TCa.
X J !<ooz MPa
ff%?x/o~ 6

6^0^ 6y= - l9‘M MPa. *£yy *” j*o(>2L


J

Choose -fte t<! y' d-yc-s y^tzfOe cl Vf t


^
4'*'a®|^vv ^* <av\,A. wvoi/'wi e»^ t® "tU^f

TU^ ;
61, - Cy Tn*y

0 = 27.6°

§k±&. - ££ - ttv 3<‘* 2a


2 2 J
i=i™0_
2 £
„ s H£”- /.«i w"
~ 3S.3& MPa, 6^-~ 25-4-Mfy

- s ;* + 7^ c«5 20

- g/*, US* + i, ac2. cos *ts*

- JW^ MPa **

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
/

Problem 7.23 7.23 A 1 9.5-kN force is applied at point D


of the cast-iron post shown. Knowing
that the post has a diameter of 60 mm, determine the principal stresses and the
maximum shearing stress at point //.

1 ~ 3 US
l Bf ” + (ijs) **•*

PeSoiW. -Ike 14.5 kN ?ov'c.e F «-'f p0>* n"t b

300 nun

Fx - o

Fj * ~fff <w*s) *-ia ky -i3//o5 n


%
Fz - c
f.S') r-7.5 few - -7*S*iO N
-|H Cl
+ke kW-c* -coup-Pe <sc{

*4"
^6. *Hn€ S

H aM<sfr K* y'
Ms'
3
O, J3/IO N Fz / = - 7*S»lo N
Rf/- Hi'
K (7.S kW)( Sc>,9 ^ 'vi - loo - - l.s «io
%
^|h
If*'
(7, 5VkN ) (l.r<0 - l.US*|o M~ m IV
s
Pf “(J*^ kW ^ iSO Mt**) ~ -2.7 x|O f0*m

fWpe<-j~tgs c»f seo-Fo^ . C-Civc^e} c- - 3 c!>>m*»i - 3 C> %{0 v**

1
927H X/o'V*
1' a>
I&* r
A= IC : T(!3o)‘ - 7. %21H « *u*i Z.

X r &£*« =T
f( 2>Oy - &2 6 J7
> * /o*.tr W ,* r S 3 G* 17 X l&~*
6

J - fC1 - lC3o) i = 1.77 235*10 Mm" L 7 7235" h o" tvF


3

(Se tVM C t V^C •M Q. = f - |C3 &)


%
= (gx/p
a
^^- /gx/o
4.
m
-3
£ tr e} =r &£> *v»*1 r -6-0 XfO

s
Skv-fcs.se s ccf H II* c - /a»lo^ 3
r-/^^/p )(3ow g', j
6 "
- £V l i^ 1 t » ui_M-.Tuiur.-r- “**

*
P T5
C3&. H**©"**
t S' A I ?. S>31H *fo

- £4, 370x10** Pet = 64 37 HPa*


* _
'
M
xT
4* jbkF
j " n
° i
^M^io^Usoxio*)
/.msrwo-
6
“ 7.&„£«C* |£? pcv. « 76.^76 HPa
Proble w\ 7. 23 c-onj-i r) J ^<4

r»*c« ie-cuT stv^ts^


6^^ = ±|Sf^777

- -3a.l^ir± 4/. 707 MP*„


Hpft - 73. <? MPa.

C.n * -H.5Z MPa. -«

Me* iwuiAi sKeftyi *2A si~^es& t» !)^l‘tr: -K-x’ 41.1 MP*-

Problem 7.24 7,24 A 19.5-kN force is applied at point D of the cast-iron post shown. Knowing
that the post has a diameter of 60 mm, determine the principal stresses and the
maximum shearing stress at point K<

_
***
Z 0 2 s ')* ~ 3/LiT

fosot'c {U
twio ")ij y^
l*».s
<k
kN We F Li P
a ;nj D
21 c a*v\p<pi^ 9
«\li).5 kN

F„=* O

kj '
"375" Of-S) ~-[g Icy — — rgx/o2 ^

100 mm 1;- K
.
A F* r
~itf
<:, ^ 5 ) r -7.i-feKJ - -7.5 -Wh
+ke -coop^e s^s-feu^ ed
-
po, ^f om Hie wAe./'e «f

H w
tuf e/'set-’f'^

K.
"H">e p/o.w<» Ca^'facVu'rt^ e/etvi^wf's
J
iXW
fv- °j pj'- - 18/ lo z N Fz/= -7.S«lo3 fJ
}

M*'~ kW )^3<5<9»w*n - loo V H K


3
Hy* 5,
(7..^ few Kir#***^ - i. us * jo m-*h
H - (I s kw X I5TO «»») ~ 7v|
O'3
NW v

con+ in u ed
P/'oUem 7 . 2H co^i iVio eA

op ftr- ~~i es of se.cA't&xst . c~ ^<9} - “ 30 xYc? ^ v*>

1 u H
A » Tc - TC3o)' - 7.%xm «!D 3,
mrv l
’'
r Z^S27H «ld*w,

X 636,I7 x/o 3 wr** - ,


f C = f(3o)* S3G.I7 *fO'
11

-
=• wi*
c - c H
J - jc* * icao) 1 - I. 272ZS*lo L 3nz$*/o' h«

( Set^ic i /'£-?£ ^ Q_ r 3" C - 3^30^ - IS*/c> w") - /S*/o i~i

t - cl = GO mm r &o >qo~ m

Slr-ess €S gX K .
Fy M z -C _ — 13 x jO^ (
i i
r 2.'7xlo' ’)(2 o*lo- ) >
+ ” 3
f S- A I ?.s;m*/o' 6Z&J7VIO'*
v X - - IZZ.Q««I 0 C ?<x - - I 33 .£<? MPa
g 3
'

rC ~ FaQ. .Mvt _ (-Z 5~xip^| 3 v(d- ) ('i. R 5'</^)(3 o^/Q" )

It J '(^• ,'?W 0'1 )(6 oMo' t ) [^ 723 ^/ 4?-*


4 e
= 3.£"3<SS x/O + 2C.£ZC*tQ
6,
" 3 o. 0 S x/O P«t
r
3 o.S>6 MPo.

P^iVicpai s^r-esses 67*<,


= + 7^"

- -'*— i-
04;^- M 1
'
* (30 . ot) 1
1/( )

- ~66.%4£ ± 73.233 HPe>- 67**- <S. 4 $" rip**

67,* — im^Mp*.
s^ieciv ~>tA^ , siv^ss )
+
^ ”7,-* " 73. ?> MP<o.

Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
, J

Problem 7.25 7.25 The axle of an automobile is acted upon by (he forces and couple
shown. Knowing that the diameter of the solid axle is 30 mm, determine (a) the
principal planes and principal stresses at point H
located on top of the axle,
(//) the maximum shearing stress at the same point.

c ~ jc
°t -k ( A>Ai

ToOl^Sl on - ^ - TP ZT
J 7Ti a

L
TT ( /5")
3 ~ S>*
i
h I = ii- ^ -
tntJ

M- 0$oKVHc)^Ua»* Mmm S'-- - - -ns^M/ 3


*}

I o|p v/i<
2 (0.6^ — H

Stresses
* m. -

6; - - 115' 2 Mpa O

6Ive - . ifo +6^ =

R *
~J(
^
<
S

^ L
)\ <£/ it ~ ^ MPq
+ 1? ~ ~ 4 &(c> —
b’7' I

6* R * - h7-°i - T - !5T1 MPa

^L 7 «<•-
z _
°r -
%
K.:*r.
6-/-^
~ vj
aV52^)
-in.o,
’ ,

- ~ 0 (si+ ^f
0* <x2* Iq

(t) -tU.- R = ?6 /Wf«t

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.26 7.26 Several forces are applied to the pipe assembly shown. Knowing
that the inner and outer diameters of the pipe are equal to 38 min and 42 mm,
respectively, determine (a) the principal planes and the principal stresses at

ovy pipe point H located at the top of the outside surface of the pipe, (b) the maximum
shearing stress at the same point.
DC£r t»y <tn

'fo^c* ~ coo pJe sys-f*^ »k150 mm


I

Cm>%S seef/ow. C,~


^ Ca ~ ^
J~ - -C,'*) ~ (00782 for**

X * - £ol °ii font


3
Qj
S
- i-(Cj -C, )r- - M*}- t&Ol/nfJ

t - ct - C ,
~ 2 h\ M
A+ +l»e S£&fi'ot^ co^4 ct/n '^2 f•/

J~ = 4-0 & tre N'*m i M2 =.4-8-0t-o Vj; - > 00 k!


S+^sse^
(jMO-^o ) (2 /)
lorg -£.3 MPa
/SO

>
0^8-g) (z/) __ >~ 2-0 /W/V}
S03<1t

"Tr-»^,sve^s< Sheets 2. “p
**
~ VQ -
*
(iu> o)(tt,0i)
r 3^M ^e£
IQt) (SOS^l) ( 2')

TAJ '
^z ~o 6; - - i**3 *t* 2- 1=1

W
f v jl 70
2« P
^
= >St
0
_ 0 C £-«s>O
s -

a I3‘5-
C
A 7^ 5-° 2 s

* 4:fo + 6*« ^
r
4(p - zot * - /oma

R * ^ =- ipzm
r 6^^-f R ~ Qjf /3 *5° 2 fv^*^ 2“*W< * ^
<-1

<5,-6"^ -I? - -Z/.2MAI <d 7k‘S°^> -pro-. -Z-~*lS.

00 <-«,* R 'EU* r / /' 2 MPa


Problem 7.27 7.27 For the state of plane stress shown, determine the largest value ofoy for which
the maximum in-plane shearing stress is equal to or less than 75 MPa.

6^ £0 M Pa. j
Sy , 2^ - 20 MPa.

Ld O r The* Sy- 6^ ~2u

R * Jo* + 'Ej IS M Pa.


l
u •= ±. ?O = MPa.

6}- 6;-2e/ - 60 + C^)(1Z.2S^) * -8*7.6 MPa. or ^<TMPa


Larked of is v'e^dl\re*? s <S^ - JJ'^ST

Problem 7.28 7-28 For the state of pi arte stress shown, determine (a) the largest value
of t^, for which the maximum in-plane shearing stress is equal to or less than
84 MPa, (fi) the corresponding principal stresses.
56 Ml’a
1

-
6* = 7
Sy ?
~ .:^PW —
70 MPa

^ 4 't,

'T'^j - y * b W f* c\

5^-- 4 (<r. + 6, ) * 7 M p«
<v. ’ 6^,„ + R . 7 +?<(- = ?/
6W = 6U - R - 7- n = -77 Wfo

Proprietary Material. €> 200$ The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by arty means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
»

Problem 7.29 7.29 For the state of plane stress shown, determine (a) the value of %
for which the
in-plane shearing stress parallel to the weld is zero, (b) the corresponding principal
stresses.

* 12 HP* j
- Z MPa j ty = ?

Since ^j X -Jt/'fcfi’ovA
is <sllV^<5r4l 0^\ t

Q? * -/s*

•tan 20, --

(a} twy -2.8* WP* —


R -y(^gS)‘+ r.; ~ -

-\£
x + 2.8^*- * £.1135 MPa

S^e. - i (S'* + 6^ ) ~ 7 MPa

(Wl 6^ S (w 4 R * 7 + 5L7?3r 6k-- 1*2.77 MP« -•

S"k ~ S'&jc — R ~
7- 5". 773 S' s- I.77.6MP* —

Problem 7.30 7-30 Determine the range of values of crx for which the maximum in-

plane shearing stress is equal to or less than 70 MPa.

105 MPa

6„=? ,
Sj=l6£^ ,
^ri*MPq
Lei u * L 6* -

R - /u' + Tt/- -

* ±
^rr , ^ o* _ .5^ = * ^2 mZ<4
0

S'* a S'j +.?0 ~ /fiS * (^.X^-2.) ~ MPa ov 2/ Mfc?

Aii Oi/SJK U*. ra^e 2/ MP& * <$; < /i'9


-

Problem 7.31 7.31 Solve Probs, 7.5 and 7,9, using Mohr's circle.

7.5 through 7.8 For the given state of stress, determine (a) the principal planes, ( b )
40 MPa the principal stresses.

35 MPa 7.9 through 7.12 For the given state of stress, determine (a) the orientation of the

60 M Pa planes of maximum in~plane shearing stress, ( b) the corresponding normal stress.

wm-m

6*
'K
= - CO MP* 6^ r - Ho MP«; %, - 35" MP<t

61„e
- Sx+fo tfP*
2

X ; * (- &OM?* } -35- MP<0


V* J
r*3 )
* (- ¥0 Plfo J 35-

C- 05^, O )
-- (-SOHP^ o)
a5 -" 33T -
-fiScy") r 3.Soo
r CG 10
£6'"
0 : 7*#.

- - ie r - 31 03 r

.
° -
oL
~ ISo * T loS, 15°
*
= i* * 97

R = VeyT sx :t.
r

-J 1
o* + 3€.4 MP*
tfet . = 6U - R T-
-50 - 36 .¥

~ Q*\n 1 * R r A 36 .4 6‘^--I3.6MP^

fct'i 0. - O0 +• ¥5* s
7. 77 * % ’ S.o° ^
oc ' + ¥5*' r
77. 97* &e - 92.0° -*

•ZU, = R - 36.¥ MPa. 2U - 26.9 MP«


0/} 6' f - HP*. <o' - -*3Z>.0 M 0*

Proprietary Material €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.32 ISl Solve Probs. 7.6 and 7.10, using Mohr's circle.

7.5 through 7.8 For the given state of stress, determine (<j) the principal planes, (b)
l HO MPa
the principal stresses.

7.9 through 7*12 For the given state of stress, determine (a) the orientation of the
28 MPa planes of maximum in-plane shearing stress, (fr) the corresponding normal stress.

42 MPa 6**“ n MPa ) (Ty


~ - IH-O MPa . %*,
~ ~
4zMPa,

6Le - £{> MPa

'jomto
n
pcCrtp-s 4W- MqVw- s ci .

X * (<$*,- - (iSMpaj AzMfa')

Y: (<£,
(-/*» - 4Z Mfi* )

d (^o)r ( r HMPa i O)

FX 42
,

fa* ot
* - ~ <*‘jr
-jy

oi v H-51 •

0* = 4c(
- - /3.Z1* —i

^3 * 1
80° -at. * /53-4-i *

eb * i/s --
7t-7i* -«
1"
1 *-/ccFy><FX) *1

6k * 6k. * * 6"„^ - 31-1 Mb


<x..„
- -
6k. -R
*
cf n a? + - J/'7/
* •=•
^/' 7

°
- 0b + 4S* - IZhl2° 0* = /z/-7

T*,,*.
- “R *• 73.7 MPa
Problem 7.33 7«33 Solve Prob. 7.11, using Mohr's circle.

7.0 through 7.12 For the given state of stress* determine (a) the
orientation of the planes of maximum in -plane shearing stress, (b) the corre-
sponding normal stress.

6“ Gjr-4-2 t*Pa ±8
x =

=- 10 * B Mfri

'£’) Lmp*)

Poi«rH
X-* 2$MP«)

<XCj e> )
* o)

* *
If -
-Ok = o* 333
r 28.07°

- id. - 14.04*

- ea + 45° = 5T04°

ee - ©a, — 45* - -30.44°

R - /^FTFk 1 - -fsziS * + 2 5* - 5^.5 A4/Vi

r^or - R - S^SMiPa
6' - 6^ T 10*5 M/°A

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of tins Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.34 7.34 Solve Frob. 7.12 t using Mohr's circle.

7.9 through 7.12 For the given state of stress, determine (a) the orientation of the
planes of maximum in-plane shearing stress, (b) the corresponding normal stress.

fiT* r o MP^ MPa. TL} *

<£* - iC<5*vi-(5y ) - £(c+30 * |«MP^

ipJPo4fe<4 po>Vi4~s -P°^ ciVc/e .

x i (cr*,- r*,)= (&mpAj 9 mpO


€>
(MPa.)
C- (6^,0 ^Oshp^o)
- it - °- 7:r
ft
d-
- 36.27°

f
8*43°

(a
1

)
^ => - hs°

9e ^ 63 4 °.

R - -fEP^ FX^ " -f^T? 2. ^


IS M P*

'EYn *pCin- pJ*i**-)


~ R ~ ISVoo MPa ^
(fc)
6"' -
G 1
- )*.oo MPa

Proprietary Material ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
0

7.36 Solve Prob. 7. 14, using Mohr’s


Problem 7.36 circle.

7.13 through 7*16 For the given state of stress* determine the normal and shearing
shown has been rotated through (a) 25° clockwise, (b) 10°
stresses after the element
counterclockwise.

6* = ° 6^ r
- 8& MP^ - -5o Hp«,
2
• - ~ Yo Mpa

(mp^

X : (O^o HP& )
Y - (- Bo MPa, - SO MPa,*)

C ••
C-4oMP* 0>

FX * V 4o*> 5-0 *
K--JCF
* 64,03 MPa

(CO 6* ZO * 5*0° *

qp
* SI.ZH' -SO* |.34° 5

6/ - + 'Rc.-oi^)-” 24.0 MPa *


r) (MPal
fty 5 - R sm (p ? - f.S MPa t

6/ = - R c«»s ^ - - |o4 . MPa

a> 9*10*5 2&*zo°S


<p - Sl.zt* 4 ZO* * 11.34°

6** - 61/« + R t«> s cp - - tf.s MPa


Ky *
f R 5m $>
- - 60.7 MPa. -
Sl/* * 6L. - (? c»3 <5P
“ ~ 60.5 MPa
»

737 Solve Prob. 7.15, using Mohr's circle.


Problem 7.37
7.13 through 7.16 For the given state of stress, determine the normal and shearing
shown has been rotated through (a) 25° clockwise, (b) 10°
stresses after the element

(eU e^iO, 2 &r S0 ‘^


0
-Z\.%o°r
(p-2Q-2&P* SQ ?g, 7o" }

Gf = SU - £ cos<p -
-Si. 2 MPa—»
f) (hPcoI
- - R s.Vi <p - -32,2 MPa. -«

5y' * 6U •+ RtosCp * u.2 MPa

(fe) 9-- lo°3 „ ^ - ZcT *)

q> = + ;?© -

e;. - 61., - £ * - ‘fcff. a —


% - Rs^f - £3.3 MP*

“***
6;. = CL c + R cos (0 - 7*5’. 2 MP<jl
Problem 7.38 7*38 Solve Prdb. 7.16, using Mohr's circle.

7,13 through 7.16 For the given state of stress, determine the normal
and shearing stresses after the element shown has been rotated (a) 25° clock-
:
56 X wise, (b) 10° counterclockwise.

35 MPa

••

..

Ml = o
_§* + ^
(Sj
~
- ?5MP<j

6; v

Po'iv^t s •

X (Oj -_3S MOO


-

Y- (S&KPa, ZS M.P«)
C* O)

+•- *®r '


g ' f - 5.35

R*V rc 4
+ fx* z
J%% i~3S*
r 44- ^ Mfti

(a) 0 = 25“ } 2© * 5o“ )

<pr 5I.&° - 6o° /.3V°


7.39 SolveProb. 7 .17, n$ing Moines circle.
Problem 7.39
7.17 and 7.18 The grain of a wooden member forms an angle of 15°
with the veilical. For the state of stress shown, determine (a) the in -plane shear-
ing stress parallel to the grainy (b) the normal stress perpendicular to the grain.

O'. = & = o T„j - 2'2 fApa

(MPa)

Poir^S
X: (Cvy-t^) -

) * 0> <f *2 M ) 6
C-CS^O ) r (0,0) (MPa)

0 = - IS* ZB = - 3o°

CX - R -

(.©,)
~ Pv c«?s ffoO c**s 3<£> J?< L mPc\

4
(t) 6*> ~ 6l,«. - R S.n 3o‘ - ~£o<? Sm 3c? * ~2-l h\P<\

Problem 7.40 7.40 Solve Prob. 7.18, using Mohr's circle.

7.17 and 7.18 The grain of a wooden member forms an angle of 15° with the
vertical. For the stateof stress shown, determine (a) the in-plane shearing stress
parallel to the grain, (b) the normal stress perpendicular to the grain.

2.5 MFit

<5* r -?£ M Pa Sj- - IS MPa


fT = 6V.t_S *- - ~ 2.0 MPa
^a*/«
2

pot'ahs Potr Mt>V> CiTt-tg- r) (MPa)


X :

Y* ^ O )

6T (wPa)
C- o ) r (-2'OMP^o)

q * - irv 29 * -3o°

CX * O. ST MPa £ = O.s MPa


(cO "2v. CX' j»tV> So e -Rsih3i3 f’ =• 3o°

>
(V.) €>*• ~ - CX'cos 3o" = - 2,0 - 0.£Tcos3o‘ r 6:« -2.43 MP*
Problem 7.41 7.41 Solve Proh. 7.19, using Mohr’s circle.

7J9 Two members of uniform cross section 50 x 80 mm


are glued together along
plane a-a> that forms an angle or 25° with the horizontal. Knowing that the
allowable stresses for the glued joint are a - 800 kPa and r ~ 600 kPa, determine the

p. Sin p>_ " (Z )(M'*lo~*')(£oo*lO ) _ - m


t* Zk 1 ~ si*Scr s. . 5o»

CUoosln^ 4'A* P“

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Htll for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.42 7.42 Solve Prob. 7.20, using Mohr's circle.

7.20 A steel pipe of 300- mm


outer diameter is fabricated from 6-mm-
thick plate which forms an angle of 22.5° with a plane
by welding along a helix
perpendicular to the axis of the pipe. Knowing that a 160-kN axial force P and

G .mm
an 800 N m torque T, each directed as shown, are applied to the pipe, deter-
*

mine a and r in directions, respectively, normal and tangential to the weld.

~ h\ C* ~ "2 - O' IB tn j fc
r

Ct
~ Cx ~ t » hi

X
A = TT Cc % - C, 1 1 - TT ( - 554/ x/t~* t»
x
v “ ( t*
J - f (cx - C, y^-/sr H - 6-I44 h
)
U‘l’8xt«~ ’

S~f resses
28- &8 MPa
g- - _ P. _ -
b
X8'89 MPa j,

A £541X10 f-ooz MPa

foQ
r » TCi
C
_ l< oo2 MPa t
vi

<5*- O y
6C - - MPa i
- hoc 2 MPa

fKe Motto's
Vv'ixyJ

Xi (O^l-ooz MPa)
Y J (- j Uotx MPa )

d: (- f*’44 j
O)

tftK! of - '
- O'OiW =• 4/"

R, /4.<f4 Y +(_ P’ - 14“ 47 MPa

6* " - /4-44 " /4-47 ws 41° * - .25-4 A?/**

“ 14’47 " - f'S MPa


“ 6 »»\ 47 Yw
Problem 7.43 7.43 Solve Prob. 7.21, using Mohr's circle.

7*21 Two wooden members of 80 x 1 20-mm uniform rectangular cross section are
joined by the simple glued scarf splice shown. Knowing that ft ~ 25° and that
centric loads of magnitude P
~ 10 kN are applied to the members as shown,
determine (a) the in-plane shearing stress parallel to the splice, ( b ) the normal stress
perpendicular to the splice.

- £A 6TV - o r, y = O
HoKv *
? Mhi PgnVifrs {-air-
-

X (V/A 0 o') 0
: r- (0,0)
C: (P/ZAj o')

.+ y'
0" ~ C -
I c.u?
2fe) H =
2j^
s |V ^/® '

Divt<U*- A- (St>Xi2o) *

«* ** r 371 "c?p ‘' * -

(b') 6" ~ 0° y
, ..
~ jg4,o v/o f*. * t%,okSk*
(XtXX* to* 3 )

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.44 7.44 Solve Prob. 7.22, using Mohr’s circle.

7.22 Two wooden members of 80 x 120-mm uniform rectangular cross section are
joined by the simple glued scarf splice shown. Knowing that fl^22° and that the
maximum allowable stresses in the joint are, respectively, 400 kPa in tension
(perpendicular to the splice) and 600 kPa in shear (parallel to the splice), determine
the largest centric load P that can be applied.
80 mm

e>'
.
^ =
f , %= ° > % * <=>

x: (T ol J r-(o,o~)
C '
CP/^A jO)

R= 55 '
wT
*
o'? poiVf Y

^ Cl- 6-5 20) X --

D : A- \Zo)* xc* 1C? **

11 HOO kPa, “ 4oox/o a P*. J


3
l*- -+-£ p „ %A S' _ <%)( ty.4y|o~ )6foox/o'*)
l
- C6>5 2/3 (1- co 5 ‘fr)
3
- 21.4 y(o a/ - Z7.4 UU

if * . g 0O /<p* . p,
J
p*

- * 1 6. S3 kM

TUe s^JPeis dr P - /6.58 kW

Proprietary Material. £> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AM rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
0

Problem 7.45 7.45 Solve Prob. 7.23, using Mohr’s circle.

7.23 A 1 9.5-kN force is applied at point D of the cast-iron post shown. Knowing
that the post has a diameter of 60 mm, determine the principal stresses and the
maximum shearing stress at point H.

x
. s J{Zoo} 2 (US')* - 3^.5
" mm

ResoJ?v>e. -flie 1^.5 kN We F D


kN
300 mm

Rf - o
tr
rJ ,-2 (Pf.S) --is icM -l'3x/o
3
|0
3

F, ST -i^C 0^0 r-7.«rk'W - -7-SV/O3 N

+ke {»*''<;< -coo pi e 1


SjiS"fei*i ec{
150 rmii
Fe. poi'v'l am "Hoe v-e^i's if -

inf e^sec-'F* f'ke pWiA? «Wu'n-j eAw«e«fs


H A-Het K*.
JW
vr

F„/= Fy- - 13/ lo


3
N }
Fz /= ^S
z
"'(7.-5' " l°° rnw ~ '
t~5~ *!O
f4*'- )
(7,5* IfN )(is"0 *vMVs ^ ~ t. 17S* (o 3 k)-m M/'

Hj-s- '-(IS kw)( IS'O -2.7 *(o 3 N*m

fVop e^-fi e s of 56 o-fi o vi ( C A:ie )


* c = 5 <?l "
- 3o * 36 xlo v*

A - TCr = V(3oy- * 2.%X1H mm* r Z.327H *lO*w?


3 1
16'*' Mi*
Jr - ^(Soy - &3G . 17 * /o mm *
r <S3£. 17 *
t C

J - ?C* - IC^o) 1 - l,2723£-*|p Mm‘' * /. ZITAS’* fo'


% 3
(SeniclrcUV Q. r §
ci ~ |(3o) = f SWo^rW 5

- /Sx/o*^
£ ~ d “ £0 - £ O x(o w?

Sflre&ses <xf H .
Zo */c?~
-/S»to*_..._ _ (zL£ «J&yX$°.
_ bt
“ 5* " A T 7.M Vh x/o C3G. i 7*f©‘

—j-»_ t; - £4,370* Jo
4,
P«*. - £4.3^ HP<t

.
'
M It
J. C,
t ljv
c
J
vj
-
~ n
u (l.l^<o*Uag^.l?:!
UVthS'^lo^
C
~ ZG>.S&£«1 ?<k = 2&.S2& HPa.

canfiWerf a'H-**'' fWk. 7-


*

Problem 7.46 7,46 Solve Prob. 7.24, using Mohr’s circle,

7,24 A 1 9.5-kN force is applied at point D of the cast-iron post shown. Knowing
that the post has a diameter of 60 mm, determine the principal stresses and the
maximum shearing stress at point K>

~ 4k (US) 1 ~ 3^iT MW*

Ike i^S kN F p^ini D


Xj
y > z components „

300 mm Fx r O

Fy r ~fff (^*5') =-|g |cM - -fSx/C^fJ

3
Fz - ^ ,qf ''S 0 ~-7.S-feNJ - -7.5"x/o N
KH) iimi - A

Oe.'f'ev' k fke Po/'c* -couple s^s'fe.u^ «c{


»v,trl

He. po Hie v 4* 1

itHex-se^F* fke co*iu>'vun« eA^ewts


H «*J- K. J
,
JX *v
Fx '~ O Py - - tZ/to 3 N F2s~ -7.S *to2 N
o }

Mx # - '*~(7*S UN )(3O0H4ni — loo -r 4 /..fj” * /O* M*fvi


7
My*” (7,^ kN U5«|U* U*m - I,

H 2 «r -(IS kw)( iso»„) = -2.7 x/o 3 N*m . y


V^per-fie;, of seo-FcMo . ( <£ >cA ) c=|^30m»,= 30 xfcf 1 y*
t

X
A = TC - T (3o Y~ - 7.%21H xi^mw 1 r */0" S wF
3
X
1

- 4" if
(3c?) =•
G3C , /7 x /o rvKV) *
r G3G. 17 * /D”^ wF
J ^ fc'f * lC3o)1 - \.712ZS*\0^ * L27 ZZ5y(o~‘y* h
^(3o) %
3 5 6 3
(Se^i'cnXc A'l Q. r f'C ” ss |§x/£) >iv»^ r /8 * /C*" i-^

3
~tl
~ o I - GO >^»vi - Go x fo iv>

Sfy-esses <rf K ~ MyC _ -igxJO


3
(-^x/p^Caox/Q-*)
J*
t G A
,

X ^gS7Hxio-^ ^ £3G.I7*|o-»
- - (33.69 *|o* “ - 133.69 HP.,

, t> S
7> - „Ra + Nk£. _ K(« y (Q~ )
(~7.S'x>o . (i.ll£*lt?Y30*l& )

ft X (GS^.lIxio^j^oxfo' 3 !.2?a3V*/o-‘
c c
- 3> .526,% x{o * 2C>, sic *lo Pa

- 30.o g x lo* Pc. ~ Zo.o& HP&


vwe sf
i

PVolo j| 7. *f5~
G4. 3,7 MP*

off-ej p oi'tA-fs fw- HoU^a sJjrcJjZ . *6.53 MRt


X» C^r r»')- 0> 26.53^0 '

y: (% &, } = (6Y.3? MPa.^ 26.53 MPO


C' (6*^, o V (37,/^Mp^ O )

R* 1fCF l + FY^
- TiTI x
+ a'fcsv 41.11 MP«
+-AW CL ~
- ~ <3 '’ s24?
2,1. \Cf

Ot= 3*?.4** 7 © * fc
1^.7° "C

&* = 70.3°-*

6^- 73^MPq
- *L5~ HR?.
s;-<5w-r <5; -

'twtutC. ~ 1 4/. 7 HRv.

Pv'okl ew\ 'l.HC co\r> Vi'no-e.c.(


\2>3.64 MPa

P & M. |?Q|V\^ £of* HoUva’s /-cl g . 30.06 MRa


X: (o,- 3*0 * mp<)
Y- ^
G-'C&v., tO
) -

r
(- I33.G4

(-CC-SSW* o)
MP^ 00.06 MP«)

"T), CmP„ -
*"
R * 7 CF* 4- Fx
- /ctlaS * + 30.06* = 73.3 MPq
* s
If * 1 £# '

#
A 6~
Oi“ 2H.2* 3 e^ v I?, i

CM P«.1
&-J77.TT
&a.
~
^«v* + 6*- G.4r tfP<* ^
61- 61.- R (51
=•- 1 4o.^ H P<i -a

r T - 73.0 MP^
Problem 7.47 7.47 Solve Prob, 7.25, using Mohr’s cireJe.
.

Problem 7.48 7.48 Solve Prob. 7.26, using Mohr’s circle.

7.26 Several forces are applied to the pipe assembly shown. Knowing
that the inner and outer diameters of the pipe are equal to 38 and 42 mmu mm
respectively, determine («) the principal planes and the principal stresses at
o v\ pipe point H located at the top of the outside surface of the pipe, (b) the maximum
DCEr Uy An lA shearing stress at the same point,

C. y
fo^c.« - cQopJe sy art I

“ 4^cc>o b//n/n

C/zo ~ 4froc# A//h^

r a/

“ dj. to m _ <4o
Ot>*S $eo\io\A> Cj I
X
J“- %(cS-C, H )=r 100 19-2. mm*
200 tKr “J.20 N
l - iX : £0 ^^
§(c/-C, 3 )- gfaU* - 5 ~ <bci tor* 3
- #? )

i - Cj, - C, = ' ,1

A4 -fte secsii'o* coio4af <®^e»^i«^4 4/

T= *3-oOt>0 Ntnm^ M2 =. 4-gooO Nmtnj \?z =- 2-c o Kj

S+r-ess e£
^c-7x ““ Tc ( 4-eoce) ( 21 )
'

' ••-- 8'li Mfy


j- iot'l&z

; €T, r - tkl r - r . 3o M
T ^03^/
4

^
*

Oflli!±llL
X(£t\ c^c ^ 1 ) 1 %)
J

7^4^ i 6; =o, <S^ “ - -4>.3 + 3-A - ~J?.i Mf«


PJCtteet points
2 t (Oj Jf. I )

X* (-fo,~£‘l)
<t- i-to o')
>

6T, -

J? *
Problem 7.49 7*49 Solve Prob. 7,27, using Mohr’s circle.

* S, + * Co + m.fl- 6j*2°SMFo.

Proprietary Material* €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc* Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
*

Problem 7,50 7.50 Solve Prob, 7.28, using Mohr’s circle.

7.28 For the state of plane stress shown, determine (a) the largest value

of rx> tor which the


, maximum in-plane shearing stress is equal to or less than
84 MPa, (b) the corresponding principal stresses.

70 MPa
The c**te<r of iUm Mohr's ciVcie jfce* <d po ,V, t C
ivTfh coor'dt'naies ( — x O }

- CV >
3
0 The of F^e c \+cJe '*

Tht sfrcss po Vt f
~ T** ^

-$ic of fh

MoU v' c.« i^cv^e Jf wv*

X |
'
om X^ •

(a) The
of Tysj is o kfeune^

CO X^
'
T)X * ox; *• /tx; - CD 1
T«J
- /T5 = 55-' Wp^(

pr-iVtcipaf sf^SSCS • "j + S4 - A mp<3 —


(A*') / lt<r <5^ i

6*1, * 1 - 64 * -1 7 MP‘i —

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed inany form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
°

Problem 7.51 7.51 Solve Prob. 129, using Mohr’s circle.

7.29 For the state of plane stress shown, determine (a) the value of for which the
in-plane shearing stress parallel to the weld is zero, (b) the corresponding principal
stresses.

i 12 M Pa

'mos't Jilt. ok> xV" So


•H<4 6y ’ 17 MPa.. Li hu^nsej
poiw} Y Y
So Hut - 3. MPa. . T7>e

C-OOlAstt of C.

^
O - (iMP^O).

. _ Couo'lew'" cj! &<M. wfsA to**


o
"Ht^oOGj I, lsro° Isia'kkjjs j\ne
CX 4*> C8-, u>t»ei/-e r- O.

ft = sec 30°

* Sec 3*“

- S. 77 MP«.

(cd Tty ? -§LZ<k So

* - 2^
}
sb*
*~Z %°t M Pa.

Cb) & ft
‘ 6L* + ft - 7 + 6-. 77 6^ . 17.-77 M p^
6L, - R - 7 - r.77 61 1-73 MPa

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, J«c. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual
may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or
used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it
without permission.
Problem 7.52 7.52 Solve Prob. 7.30, using Mohr’s circle.

7.30 Determine the range of values of <rx for which the maximum in-

CoorM«4es oT pa.-.4 C, C Ojiesr-**) «

Coer'ti e5 o*f pot* f Cz ' (o^ io£ + 42.) - {Oj /4-7MPi't)

Cow"^t fcs of pof-t X, _ ir^) * (2lMP<lj

Xx 4Z J ' 4~4 r M ^)
CoovA *»»•! e-S of poi-it C ^44 7- ) ( j

TU p
C>t v\ t (6;, ~ ^ -$<e /•/.e
1

i ! lri< X,Xx

rUs 2/MPq < 6* ^ i$6>MPe? ^

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Alt rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
. /

Problem 7.53 7.53 Knowing that the bracket AB has a uniform thickness of 15 mm,
determine (a) the principal planes and principal stresses at point //, (b) the
maximum shearing stress at point //.

%> \j co^jp^e^fs.

F& ~ ** &0 ” — (/^)co& 3>0° r* — 10* kfiJ

Fy ~ )s*‘* So* t (& kN


A+ FU section codhstitai’n^ point's H e^d
P “ “ Kc - >0' ph j V= -6 £a/
H - {O'/zr) (^aoo') “7 So urn

~
Sec4~cov) f>^f 'es. . ( £ = o> o/X.tn j A ~C 0‘06iP) ^/m 2-

I - &( O'OlxXc-oizY ~ zWxio’Int ) c - = O’OBltn

~
Af po inf Hj
y
& ~ r 7,j ° 7 v'*
1,
•*

S-f^esses pe»’»r,4 H
+ D =
U-tl MPa
A
^

I x fo'
5

f = VQ- r )f Wx/Q-Q
It (2')7x/o~7 )(<3<<>/.y)
- 1-11 M Pa

5^ r 1 7 11 MPa
) &/ ~° i
'Ly~~ <
?,7/ M/a

x- ( n-n MPa) <?*7

v- r,y ) = (o - f-7/ MPa 1

C- (6^ o ^
- Cs>£8f MPa o)
= ^*5-^

R= 7 £*8s\ FF = U>2 MPa


<w I
•f&h 2&p~ ~ bitn eao° 3 9pZ= 3t>° "J
29f?
(a) 6w- 61^+ R- * r/.2 6^= [&'% MPa 3oj?~l

- GV^** R r &£&? - ti-z <S,.v


~ - S' to Mp$ 4 60.0" t> ^
&) ~ R ' H-2- MPa nf
L|v //•2 A7/>4
m

Problem 7.54 7M Solve Prob. 7.53, considering point K .

7,53 Knowing that the bracket AB has a uniform thickness of 15 mm,


determine (rt) the principal planes and principal stresses at point //, (b) the
maximum shearing stress at point //.

+Vje IZ kU fWvc. F A*

F* - “ Feus r - </ 2 )co& 30 ° r* -tf'i? *a,


31 mm
I- 125 mm h » psiw ZO~ ^ C/2) S* n 30° *r k kN

H* coivtai’niVi^
p
t>\ hFs H a>.«el
^
P ~ “ tv " pN j V- FJ —b UM
VA * (bao) ~75oA//«
P\~(:0'OiS'Y.O‘i>6z)- tn 2-
SgC-'f'gW) £ - Oip/Xfr>j *?}*(<>

JT ~ rk( o’Oix )(t»oi 2 “ z^nxio'


1
? tn 1
^ c - fositn
^
*
A+ po,v4 Kj
y
r Oi<j/0fri yj
— 2££- /5 mm'
t&fnm
= ( 0<A IS y; a.o/i e-o-Wr )
r -f-777 24‘5J**

Stress en g.4 o o< d X .

g 4 A
- Sa_-
I ‘tHuf*
-
<•

2°nw~ n
-J u
va r c^^ Ui:Z 7 Zygl}
y^ t It ,
r <. Wi ,
C 2 ^ 7 y(o' Xg«)/jr'> ,?

.frfr *2-1* ££ MPti


$, = -21-UMfa j (SI = © 4
t!y ~-£*«3 MPa

(.MPa)
X' (jS^ -^j)- (- 34*A «A , *4J AfA 1

Y; j
‘t-y ) * (O,- 6 ‘Wte)
C :
(C*, o') - (- n-fr Mfia^o)
_6L_
r - /7- /+- /*/« (Wa'i

R* {TrwT* - /8-3I Mfa

?6>,
* -—— - 0-375/ 2£>p
• JO -5-4‘

»4 6'^6'^^-R = -Z7./4 * /<?•$/ 6^- /‘/7A/A *t 7+7 * >

(WS 6^,v = 6^ - R - - /7 - - mu ££,.*


35. 45 A/fti d -*

p - 1941 MP« - t S* 3 A/ Pa.


Problem 7.55 7.55 through 7.58 Determine the principal planes and the principal stresses for
the state of plane stress resulting from the superposition of the two states of stress
shown.

W s CtVtJe fo*r <2*4


rp y
S'* r tfo + 4o
- 6^ MPa / \ \
r -^Otos 6o’
tjo Y' \ \x
~ MPa .

\p T
~ *fo s,v> 6o* V \ /
* SH.GH-YIP*.
Resulfgul sire&scs
|
S', -
~J0 -tGO 130 MP«.
-

6. - v5"o * 20 70 MPa
Zj -- O *3*U‘f- 39.64 MPa.
**> C.Mp«.\ S*a-« ~ it6r„ + 6^) - ^-(12,0*70)- jooMPa

+a „ 2Sp - . /. tsn
6-<>pO Z&r 49.11° ^ 29.4“ Bk ? 114.4" —»

p , y(^Stf 4 ?«/ Mi". H MPa.

e; -
<w + r 6^~ m.snth

6l - <Sw - R &L- SH.7hPd

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed* reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7.55 through 7.58 Determine the principal planes and the principal stress
Problem 7.56
of plane stress resulting from the superposition of the two states
for the state
of stress shown.
t

7.55 through 7.58 Determine the principal planes and the principal stresses for
Problem 7.57 the state of plane stress resulting from the superposition of the two states of stress
shown.

wmel e
\ 730°

©£ S"i>^5S iwv 4e^*vvS ©4 co*^p


4iv& sUdvj r\ $4 tit.

0.? 0O;,
rV.0L G:^ xr <1
JL

pV;
.' I.

X v >
/^ps
\ 0 Tr 4j t

om%

W/ R=Vy
VV30’
/ ii «

<1
L_i._
Vj-,

j?;k« C©*^ pov\ €*4$ f4t€ 4v© *f S-i

_ ,— ,

5<r C\mA ~ "Q)


TlA o

Jr +*
'C.SSf V
0

(9p
” O as>J Ho 2
CW* <S*

6^ * - <5;
Problem 7.58 7,55 through 7.58 Determine the principal planes and the principal stresses for
the state of plane stress resulting from the superposition of the two states of stress
shown.

|
ov\ tW 5 tiowv\ t'k-e

£p = 0 3 -*

€w - f.732<S*0

6^ --1.732
Problem 7.59 7.59 For the element shown, determine the range of values of
maximum tensile stressis equal to or less than 60 MPa.
% for which the
120 MPa

6; = - Ho yiPa = - no HP*.

-7o MPa

Se-f 6T„ Qo MPa = 61 *, + R


R - 6L* - 6^ e - i3o MPa.

B oij 'R * )
l
+
^
tell = •/*' 136* - So* 1?0 HPa

67 - no HP* s? 55 ISO MPa.

Problem 7.60 7.60 For the element shown, determine the range of values of ixy for which the
maximum in-plane shearing stress is equal to or less than 150 MPa.

121) MPa

6* * - 2o HPo- (5
* - no MPa.

iCft - ) - So M Pa
Se^ - K - IS-O MPa

64 ft r ^SEITjFTx*
ItU - V 1? * V 150* - So* = HI. 4 MPa
(?anqe of "Zl t - HI. 4 MPa. ^ « 141.4 MP«v

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7.61 For the state of stress shown, determine the range of values of 0
Problem 7.61
for which the normal stress oy is equal to or less than 140 MPa.

126 MPa G< - H6 Mb }


6y - o
ty - -

M MPa

r ) iWi)
R *•

-
-fW^f *
-fh^
1
~i a-f
1
W
- lof^MPa.

_ Jt
3

Xe p s -53.13*
*
0^ « - 26. 565

6** ^ l^oMPa sixties of


cor-^e sp olefin* -K* Arc H 13 K of*

Mohr's ctVc/e. F^*n •fAe

R cos Z(p » /** - 43 * 77

cos -- gr * 0.73332

- *
92.S33' <5> - 2LMI7

0H ^ ©<^+9? * - 26.565% 2i.*07° - -5.15°

2 0* - 20h + 36p*- *f<p = -/o. ?«} 7° + 360° - 85.666 ZCV.OZT

Ok - 132.02“

Pe^/vv/ss «* A* rff 0 is. 0m ^ 0 — ©*

-5.15* ^ 0 « 132.02°

Afso i n .85° < © ^ 3\x,oV

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed* reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher* or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.62 7.62 For the slate ol' slresss shown, determine the range of values of 0
for which thenormal stress oy is equal to or less than 140 MPa.

r ) cma ( )
R *
V~
r ' IChMfri

+*. Z6e ,
6*-erv
Ji. , £&iai
<26

3

X©p = -53. 13°

°
©c, = - 26- 565

S'*. $ ItyoMfa -Fov' sletles oF


Corre sportclt'n# +o ctre BSK op
Motif's C/V'cie. Frtxvt Me oVc-ie
P C“s 2xp ~ l^fc — 13 = 7 7 Mftf

77
cos 2$ / ft£»
0.73332
*
2f - 43.333” $ - 21.4(7
s
©H - ©a. + cp - - 26.565"+ 27.4/7° - - 5.15

2©* - 2©w + 36o“- 4^) = ~/o.21 7° + 360° - 85.666°- 264.037°

©« - (32.02“

Per MtSSf i>e of © is 0h ^ e ^ e*


-5.15° af 0 * 132.02°

AjPso 17^.85" -s 0 * 3\%.oZ a

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
S

7.63 For the state of stress shown H is known that the normal and shear-
Problem 7.63
ing stresses ate directed as shown and that o x ~ 98 MPa, <ry — 63 MPa, and
r

aam — 35 MPa. Determine (a) the orientation of the principal planes, ( b) the
principal stress crmx > (c) the maximum in-plane shearing stress.

S'* - l&Mfaj 6*j - ^ = l V Go-sMfy

= 6U - R -- R= 6;^ - <S1 « :

= &o-g - H'- 4-^SM.fa

r -

* i./ R'VfMzj&y- ± - ,7.*-*- - * 4^ ^


But i 4 jTs -jiv'e* f.s
^ 4Ws * 4 43 'W/ij
p

(a)
,
4-ak,
_ z?«H
*
g; _ ^
_ (2X6) '
Z.H
S
» C7.38°
2&f>

£L = 33.6?- —«*
* 123. CT
(b) 6w 37

-
^ nitAfy
4 R
—<•

(c)
- 44'

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
A

Problem 7.64 7.64 The Mohr’s circle shown corresponds to the state of stress given in Fig. 7.5 a and b .

Noting that OC + ( CX ) cos {20p -20) and that tx y = ( CX ) sin (2 0P - 20 ), derive the
expressions for <vand rx y given in Eqs. (7.5) and (7.6), respectively. [Hint: Use sin ( T
B) ~ sin A cos B + cos A sin B and cos ( A + B ) - cos A cos B ~ sin A sin B>]

1 N
OC = i(SV r>i
x s CX
6; -6;
ex' CoS ^ - CX Co5 r
2

5?
< Si ^ ? &p - CX siVj rT*)

= oc + ex' cos
~ OC. ^ CX ( cos ^ siVi di*i

#
- OC + CX cos Z&p c.oz>Z& 4 cx ,s>"^
= §*±§2 + 5rr §ir cos *© .
.

+ s/* 2<9

'fry r CX' Si~(20f - zb') - CX' ( Si* Z&f cos 4<S> - Cos 2fy>

~ CX cos 3,© ~ CX cos sT*^ 3,©

^ Cos S ,„ ie

Proprietary Material €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, lac. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

Problem 7.65 7.65 (a) Prove that the expression oX ’Gy - where ox *, ay % and v^are components of
'

the stress along the rectangular axes x* and y\ is independent of the orientation of these
axes: Also, show that the given expression represents the square of the tangent drawn
from the origin of the coordinates to Mohr’s circle, (b) Using the invariance property
established in part a, express the shearing stress t in terms of 0* &y , and the principal
,

stresses er^ and ow

x (a) Ps Molly's ci>f Aj

= R 'XQfi

- 61« t R CoS 2 Gp

Sy' - -R c<>s

- r.y
1
=r Give R* cos 20 f> - R si'** 2Qp
*
- R * <>J

D <rci»J § me OK -P tr-om oV't jtVi

io tPe c>V*Ve e^-f R- "TVra.n<jt« OCJ^


\s o.

1 %
OC* - OK + CK

OK - OC - CK
-- 6^- R"
- Sy' ~
(5y'
y

fo 6y, 6^ , aj <XSA$ +0

G* 6^
*“
< - < 3 ^ 5* - rr

~
Tit * °> 61 -
j
(S'
VJ **«*n
.

- r,y *

-
£
*or

^ -

T7t<? 5/^*1 Ca^rof be P P •ra m e«jr i 1 tfUS *


.

Problem 7.66 7.66 For the state of plane stress shown, determine the maximum shearing
when (a) ax * 0 and ay - 60 MPa, (b) ax = 105 MPa and a = 45 MPa.
stress
y
(Hint: Consider both in-plane and out-of-plane shearing stresses.)
!'l

(a) S* ~ o j - £0 MPa.,, -Tvj HO MPa.

€w-
- 30 Mptfi

' 1
"/(-3o)% <li)

- >St> MPa
61* go Mfi» (w««)

<Sb - 6U - R - ~2<> MpA (•"in }

6; * o
6^ * to MP*. - - 20 MpA
MPa. -*a

lb) £ 10$ MPa 4S’MfV 2Cj - Ho MPa.

- 75 MRa

R - /^7TT 1

1 1
y (-^ + ho “ ffo MPa

6*. * + R - /2 S MPa.

- <SU - R - 26" MPa.

6t = D

6;^ - 1X5- MPa ,


-
0
n' * 4 te-*- c.:«) - C2. S MPa -Ah

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of (his Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed inany form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
0

7.67 For the state of plane stress shown, determine the maximum shearing
Problem 7.67
st ress when (a) <rx ** 30 MPa and oy ~90 MPa, (b) ax »> 70 MPa and a - 1
7
MPa,. {Hint: Consider both in-plane and out-of-plane shearing stresses.)

£&4 6 y ~ 3*0 M PcO. <5y - ^ 51


W& M fia.

6;- + R" CO+ 50 .

-
6b - <51* - R - Go - So

6; * o
j
~ R r •5"° MP<*

^ Ow* - C-r. ) - ‘55 MPa

10 M Pa. MPa rJ Ho
(W> £, * 6C
J
= IP ~ tfPa
^ LMP*.)

<w i C 6> 6> ) * Mfi*

v
R - ) + 'IV'
= -/&> + 40^ - 5"o Hp«.

~ + R ~ *?£> MPa
&b ~ £}*>< - R r ~~ 10 Mf?a

61= o

6w ” lo MPa.

<SUv r -lo MP«

^<6^-6^) - ^>MP^

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved No pari of this Manual may be displayed reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.68 7.68 For the state of stress shown, determine the maximum shearing stress when («)
oy - 40 MPa, (b) ay = 120 MPa. {Hint: Consider both in-plane and out-of-piane
shearing stresses.)

(Q-) <S> \qo S^HOMP*, fry 80 HP*.

.su *<$;+§ 5
n (MfV>
I : ,
MPa
= 90 MPa
MO M Pa

-y SO + %C> « O (AjS-_
ICMfe't
MPa
61 - 61 t + 1? v /2H.3H HP* (tint

61= 61* -8* - H.3H M Pa. (m-'n ^

II
0

a (61- 6V ) * R * fV.SY MPa,

- 9i.Z‘ HP* = ew.'b HP*

({o> 6* - I Ho MP* , 6^
~ l?o HP* ,
- So MP«
r
'fc’i (mPa
(Mpo.)
<SU *
-kiVt+Gj)- ISO HP* i

/
R - /(Vo'* V /

=
f7o rrior * so, GZ Mfc,
A c
6^ - ^ + *R - 2/0.62 MP* <MfiO

6V, - <51« - R - H138MP*


r 0 (wiTu ^

61 - XIO.62 MP*.
61* -61-0
^6,-^) = R* 86. G2 HP*

I OS. 3 MP« Th**Io£.ZH(>k

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed m
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.69 7.69 For the state of stress shown, determine the maximum shearing stress when (a)
<jy ~ 20 MPa, (6) (Ty ~ 140 MPa,
{//mf: Consider both in-plane and out-of-plane

fi shearing stresses,)
|

* ?(6^- 61)= loo HPg


/oo 'li**.- \ OO MPec ’-*»
6^v.) -

CmP^
(b'l 6; - I yo MPa. J
SJr (40 Mftx
r go MPa
6^ - - >^0 MPa

r V^r
= /o + 80 ^ = So MPa

C- <$U + R r 2?o MPa 6n**)

6j, - Sw - R r Go MPa

6t o ftwlm }

- ^(6:- <rt ) - go MPa

ZL~ -
K<w C*) ” Ho MPa 7^. = l/o MPa

Proprietary Material €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.70 7.70 and 7,71 For the state of stress shown, determine the maximum shearing stress
when (a) <rt
^ + 24 MPa, (b) ~ - 24 MPa, (c) <r, - 0,

<%- 30 MPa. <5}* £o MfV r, 3bfAP(K


f 5

t*} (HPO

AJ <L
= ^ mp* CmrO
R - T*
+ C-SO

6^* 61,e + t? « 8H MPa

61 - 61,- - R ~ G HPa

(«•) 61 - +ZH MPa 6^ - 8H MPa 61- 6 MPa

6^t- SH MPa, 61,, *


- <S MPa 'P r -i -€T . \ S*^ MPa -**

SI r — 2^ mPa * MPa 61 - C MPa


(Is)
6^ 8<f

^ MM Pa. = - rh MP^ - K<SV -6.,,

tc) 61 - 0 61 * 3^MPa 6'.- Q MPa

6T.rO MPa.

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AM rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.71 7.70 and 7.71 For the state of stress shown, determine die maximum shearing stress
when (a) az ~ + 24 MPa, (b) az ~ ~ 24 MPa, (c) az ~ 0,

g& wp* 6w„ - - /a mp* 4 (c* - -3*? mp*. -*

GT2 ~ -7H MP^ 6^ =•


GGMPcv eb * -U Mp<v

<s^=- ce MPov Hir MPo. -*

tO 5, ~ O 6^r G& HPc 6; * - 12 hpA

6*^ cc Hpo, 61,.^ - MP^ * 3n MP^

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual maybe displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7.72 and 7.73 For the slate of stress shown, determine the maximum
Problem 7.72
shearing stress when (nr) rn - 122.5 MPa, (b) ry = 56 MPa, (c) ryz - 0.
.

to Pa 6U - - - *7-ir */>«

~ i (jS^ - 5 MPa <*»

-
6^ - 112 MPa G„,„ - (S'* * - lo MPa
~
^ L*n»* *?/ A//^
5 &

Problem 7.74 7.74 For the state of plane stress shown, determine the value of t for which the
maximum shearing stress? is (a) 60 MPa, (6) 78 MPa,

= 00 Hptj 40 HP<% j
6** I
Sj -
6^ = o
Cw*. ~ ^ (jS7 + 6^ ) 55 70 MR*.

- GO MPa
ssmmm IP 6 2 1 6w„ 6^^, — Syv\ ,'t-i "P 7
j
100 MPa
-p .x:.-
<51.*- 0+C2U60) - (2tf Mp*,

61***
” $1*. + R
R - 6^- <$I* » \%o— io - So mP*.

61 = SI** - 2R = 2o HP-s. > O

R = + X so + -fcj - So hP^

'sp* - so
% - Ho HP*. -

(Vd 71 = 73 MPu

IF Gz i s *V*V»j He* 61.*,- 61,;* + - <9 + CtlOsI '/SSHfii,

JrntAjO ~ ^ O'J* +
<51* R
R ~ SI,***- 61* - l-S^S -70 - 86 HPc > 71, - 72 MPa

Set R ~
'll**, - 73 M P<i . 61,v, * Sl^,- P - — 3 mP*. < O

I? - V ^ ^ 3>0* 4

a - 3o‘
?2 /
L,j- 17 MPa

Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.75 7.75 For the stale of stress shown, tletemiirie the value of % for which
the maximum shearing stress is («) 63 MPa, (b) B4 MPa.

6J,
= to s hfh - 4zrffcf

~ “ ~!$'£ Mptj
*S'a-JC. }[ C(5* + 6^ )

O T Sci-Sf - 3 ,^mP«

tr) (mro

Ce-\te*- of Mdli^'s CtVrie Aes C * £ r

L O' - ± 7P'7 4)Pq


*J

6^ - + W 3 S,- 7bS -97 - - iO'ZMPtu

& - o
*£(&**- )
~ $7 MPA ox
5 ) j (

Problem 7.76 7.76 For the stale of stress shown, determine two values of <r for which
y
ihe maximum sheafing stress is 52.5 MPa,

6*„ = 1P r*, - 42 M A*, ^ M ft*


_ 6v - S'*
ltd U % + 6;

due - 5 (6; + 6 jr
) - G*X V U
1 ? -
y + r^ 1 'R* - r.

Got.se I tl*. - P T- S‘2'S MPf(j £j = +3|-SMP<|

(Iftl O -
"V 5/. Al/ 5 * 6
j
- 2 i> + 6T* = n’i^Ps\

£w - i(<Z<+ 6j)~ til'SMPaj 61- 6le+ F -


6Tfa 5! 61^ - R * 44 mP«
61 m. - ‘SWa, GIm = 0; td* - i 61^~ 61m > - ?7 W* =jt mP^

Ob') U - - tfPSMftl Sv = 2u + ($1 * 1 Mftf

6^ - Kg + 6j x r #*r ma, si* 61 ~+ P r 4 ; > g; -*


61*.- P - - w-Mfy
61*." 6 «.-„ * » 6$1 -*- 61 „ 1 = i-^Z- 4? Mpc ;

Cft.se 2 Assume 61, M - O 61* •


2 . 21* = (0 SMf\ * <51

6*.= ^ + P
~
* 5 ,+ u + -/u* ;

+ 21

61 - Gy — u -/u* 4-

(SI- S’, - U ^ --
u1 +

(6^-s;
.
)
(
x
-

61 -Gr*y - r*
+

(fg£ ~ lo)*- fi*


+ V
)S*<^Mfc
6m- 6* /ai'- Ip j

~ 1.1 Mpc? Sj T + Gy = Sty* t> Mf<%

G«.,e = i (6, t 6y 1 - (ol^M.t\< R r /us't l; 1


42-7 MP«j

Co. = Gl«- + P - tcs MfA */ 61 2 61^ — P - f 7 4^A^pt?


'

61m- r t<2‘>'/MPa > 61:* - o 5’2 - £ /V? Pcj

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.77 7.77 For the state of stress shown, determine two values of cry for which the
maximum shearing stress is 75 MPa,

Uo.'V u-4 63- W MPa 6y~ 2oa <5* >56.. 4 MPa


6^ c t 6.S6 MPa

6^ r S G8. 4V MPa. 6"b * 61^ -R* -SI.^MPfe


^50 <S^«* “ 62.4*4 MPa MPa
-63.4*/ MPa 20 * - tli'.SZ MpA C^je4')
(}b) U = 6} * + S<

6^ = ^(<5; + 6>) - -» 33.^1 V MPa. 6^ 6U + R = -S8.4M MPa

6^ - 6^-fc * -208.44 MPa, 6^*0 ,


<S«m. ~ O
- 2 og.W 4 MP* ;
I 04. 22 MP^^ 75 HP„
= .5*6.4 HP*. -*
^
(2^ Assume 6w^ - 0 _>
77^* “ a (<5—*.- - 7S MP«v

SU,* -ISO MPa


6i = 6— - R »
=

6. *
Sfc

a .
- -/
^__
V u*+

JiFlx^ = -ex + o - eh
z
m* + - ( 6 * - s; ) 4 a (s*- +jy*

/U
20 cr
T** (^~ (-?P tigd* > - isa f<c,w nrA
MPa
®,--.<S* -70 4/4-0

U= -So MPa V“ »3o MPa.

a -
R - -,/ u 4 50 MPa

6^* 6Tb + 2R - -/SO MOO * -.S£> MPa OX.


-*
6^--iso.oMPa
9

Problem 7.78 7.78 For the state of stress shown, determine the range of values of for which the
maximum shearing stress is equal to or less than 90 MPa.

ia = 150 MPa
fJ

6V = tfo MPa } &2 » 0 3


Gy - ISO MPa

Poia HoUt 5 ci/'cJe o? S'fv'eSSeS in ZX - pA «


ip 90 MPa
' *(<5* + CO r MPa.
<5 X - &
2
6^,= 6y = !,£b MPa.

-£ } ( MPaA
~ \5o - (2V<?o) r -30 MPa
R - 6^ - Gy
- H-S - C-3o) = IS M Pa.
= <5_ + “R

- 45" + 7.5 - Uo MPa < A y g


<SV
,
i
(MfiO

4
R -
V u + r«'

1
'7'
L*Z - ±
a *•
- LI

= - 45 * ~ ±60 MPa
£o MPa tU 6o MPa

Proprietary Material ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 7.79 7.79 For the state of stress shown, determine two values of try for which the
maximum shearing stress is 64 MPa.

6< - 17 MPa 6, : O tU* Hi MPa

3
P* 72 MPa
4 Pa
Mohr's ^ -s4*resSeS m Zx-pJ***.

6^ * .£(<$« S') - 3Q MP«

R. - /(§<—>')* + ^ - /ift*T t2‘* - GO MPa.

61 * 6;^ + t? * <76 MP< 6Tfc s 6U--R-- -^MPa


(mP^
Assume €1^ - 61 = MPa .

tf-G *4

* (51.V. “ 6l»^r ^ 71*t*


= <76- - (2 - - 32 MPa

Assu*-C 61*. - 6l ZH MPa Yi. fs o c. “"" X


At 4
r
S'
<HP^
- 61~* - Sl.o + 2 21**
- - 2«f + (* YfcM) * 104 MPa
7*^54

Proprietary Material ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission Of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Assume 'iL^, ?S He i shearing “ P
IS *»i'ni’ivui»i i‘
f*
U ~ O_
&j
- - 2u - 6^ - Ho MPa ^
* £*- u * No MPa
P = f^l ~ 20 MPa

6*^ * €1~ 4 R - H© + go - 2.20 MPa


<5*
b r 6a ~~R r HO -go* Si? hpa
61^6* 22c? fip«_, 6^,v, - Oj ZL* * lio tipex.
7*81 The state of plane stress shown occurs in a machine component made of a steel with
Problem 7.81
7r
< « 325 MPa. Using the maximum-distortion-energy criterion, determine whether yield
wilt occur when (a) (To ~ 200 MPa, ( b) <r0 - 240 MPa, {c) a0 « 280 MPa. If yield does not
occur, determine the corresponding factor of safety.

100 MPa

(5. R -V^5)V£ = loo MPa

Col) 6p r 2QO MPa = - 200 MPa

61 r 51* .
+ *R - - zoo MPa , 6b --
6U - f* * -300 MPa

/gI* ~ 2QH.5Q MPa < 32S MP* (Ho


y
)

r S
F - uaa*8 —s
* 26*/. S6

(b'l 6; £ gMP MPa 6U * - MO MPa

Gx. ' 61* + £ = - Mo mPa. ,


Gh - - - 3¥o MPa

-/gJ~ + ^ - 616b -
'
W.f? MPa < 3 2S MP*. (No yieJJ:^)
3;?S
c s - F.S "Lo'iS -*
2<tsr.<n

(o’! (Sp - ^go MPa 6w«. “ -280 MpA

61 - 61~+R - -180 MPa, 6; -61^-1? --380 MPa

V + ^V" - 61 S'b * MPa > 3^5“ MPa (VfeU.V^ o^c^s)

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
i

Problem 7.82 7.82 Solve Prob. 7.81, using the maximum-shearing-stress criterion.

7.81The state of plane stress shown occurs in a machine component made of a steel
with ay ~ 325 MPa. Using the maximum-distortion-energy criterion* determine
whether yield will occur when (a) rrD - 200 MPa* (b) ~ 240 MPa, ( c) <r0 ® 280
MPa r If yield does occur, determine the corresponding factor of safety.

t
= - <$; P - )' » lOOMPa

Coi) 6p - 200 MPa , G^ * -^COMPa


6^ - + P ~ - IOO MPa 61 - 6Lt - R ’ - 3 oo MPa.

<>«*. = O , (S'-.-* * - 3oo MPa


'X.'t***#. - 61** - - Soo MPa -=
3 XS M Pa. (Wo ( eAiiVj )

r
Iff F.3, = }.OS3 —
0°) 61 ~ MPa , 6;^ - Mpa

<S«~ + R -- - Ho MPa Gh 6U ~R - = - 3Vo MPa


61,.*. » O J
GT~.n « -3*to MPa.
- <Sw- 61.v * 3Vo MPa > 32 fT MPa (y.'oUwj occ ^

(c) 6; - ISo MPa .


S;^ « -«?8o MPa

6^ 6^ + "R - - ISO MPa ,


Sh * - K * - 320 MPa
61,.*. - o ^
<S~,.„ = - 320 MPa

Zt^, 6^-6^ - 320 MPa. > 32.5 MPa*

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7.83 The suite of plane stress shown occurs In a machine component
Problem 7.83 made of a steel with oy — 210 MPa. Using the ma xi mu m~distort ion-energy
delennine whether yield occurs When (a)
criterion, 42 MPa, (b)
84 MPa, (c) r*v - 98 MPa. If yield does not occur, determine the conespon-
ding factor of safety.

ery - iL2Mp«, Gy * 6*** °

Fov stres-sc-s r*i £we - * Or. + 6^ l r /33 mA*


s 35“ MAt

tel Tkj - 5 R r - Vfel 1 + Wf = £4.7 A» A,

^-tRr i*7<7 Sfc - (ol.e-'R - 1h‘i mc*

61% IGi'S MPa < zip Mf* (u* )

F.S. -- = l.iFfc
jfft,

tyv x
- ai) MFq
(bl tvs --
4 -
Y + ($r)

6^. -~ <£,*-+ R «
61 * ^ - 1? -

%o (s>* 2~ MP* ZfC?


y icAeix **j
)

- z/v
'.012
Zftb-'Z

(CO tvj - A? A >* + (?#)* = /o4« / *4 At.

6L, »- R * 2-3 ?./ WAi <$l - 6U - R - MA?.

+ Ufe
22-4- /VI >2/0 ( YWJ,’^

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No- part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

Problem 7.84 7.84 Sol ve Prob. 7.83, using the maximum -shearing- stress criterion.

7.83 The state- of plane stress shown occurs in a machine component


made of a steel 210 MPa. Using the maximum-disiott ion -energy
with ir Y •

criterion,determine whether yield occurs When (a) rxv - 42 MPa, (h) r xy ~-


84 MPa, (c) tav - 98 MPa. If yield does not occur* determine the correspon-
ding factor of safety.
f:

168 MPa C* - (A €>, r tfSMPq 6,-0


Fov- s+ re-sses i* Xy-pJanz. 61* - ^ (-6, + Cj. ) -

36* M.P«r

(* - 4a- wfy

61 * * R * *7 MAj €L
6t,
- 6"
~ -
6;..
0 1? - 7£*3
61.* •«•
($7‘7A?/Vr, 61v» - O

££1*. - 61** - 61„ = Ubl'l MP<\ C 3-io (tio p/rjtntj


y / )

F.S. r
187*7

%* - 84-MP* R s
7 (S^&p'T 4/

d €L*+R
- * 6*1, ~ 61* -R - 42.*i/V

61* - z- 2"4^^ 6«n o


2tl* * Sl~-61*.» - %7-4-m^ > xio wf\ occ^/S

2^ - # r - 7(%^y t T.!" •
MAt

61 ~ + R " 2-3>7't & 61e- R - 2-6*1

2$7'l MPa 61.v - O


- 61*. - 61;* - **7* I
> 2fO MP^ (Y.yJW <Vi^ <3CC^S )

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^ .

Problem 7,86 7.86 Solve Prob. 7.87, using the maximum-distortion-energy criterion.

7.85 The 44-mm-diamcter shaft AB is made of a grade of steel for which


the yield strength is crY = 250 MPa. Using the maximum-shearing- stress cri-

terion, determine the magnitude of the force P for which yield occurs when
T- 1500 Nm.

Let* Hi«* 44it t'S

« a
, _ Tc.
6L - ** ~ J

Seoft o*^ e& : e.


•*

2' 4
A * TTC - TT f C022 "f !52'°S tfe* J" - S c - J ( tfPOAZ
*f
) r ItJ-nX/o
1
£
+,«;«,» ,
rK¥J - = **«, **.
; 'J

Motor's cireJe^ = 4$*

R -/(S^s&r - 7 ^ F -

6b - 6^* - R -

Q«sfor-t toyi c^i

+ 6/ - 61 6; * 6^

(Gw + fO' + (6^-Rf =

+ 3R X - SV*
l
ff )
+ 3 [f + £] = <=.* + 3 ^ S'/

1
Si - Vs'r - S'Z'g

p« G*/ “ .Cffl-WXio* I‘M>05XkT


S ')
pr Jtn-y kN -I

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.88 788 Solve Prob. 7.87 using the maximum-distortion-energy criterion.

7.87 The 36-mm-diameter shall is made of a grade of steel with a 250-MPa tensile
yield stress. Using the maximum-shearing-stress criterion, determine the magnitude
of the torque T for which yield occurs when P = 200 kN.

p - Udo kN - looxio 3 w C * /Smm S /gK/cr 3 ^


A “ ire*-- 7r6s*v<?"
i
)
2
'
r \.onss xio'
3
^
g- 2oo XJC? 11
94. <+88 X/O
y a uons&xtcr3
1

-
HP*

^ = ° 6^e = £C6>^ = ^ - -?8^4<+ tffe

R + !ijF = V^a.awlV V
- ^o-vc
** £ = 6^^ - (?

Dts-t-or-'t t o*A crl ’t~ i* ovi ^

eC < - s^s; -- er^

+ +- - (6^ + R K - f? ^ - <5^
x
sj + 3a = S*
L
24^) +- (3^(98. ;m)* + ] - (25^ ^
zHJ - 2 42 Mpc,

1 0/^5,* J* “ C** - 4jr ClS x/o * )


V
“ fc,(f , g<+4 y y
^ _ Tc
sy
j- “ £ l'8*lO~ 3
~ ? g N* ” 2 a*-
I
/$ W'l

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, lac. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed m any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.89 7.89 and 7.90 The state of plane stress shown is expected to occur In
an aluminum casting. Knowing that for the aluminum alloy used xr w
~ 70
MPa andrr^r - 210 MPa and using Mohr's criterion, determine whether rup-
ture of the component will occur,

6* * if MPg 6j - -loSMPct =r

6L* - ~ 4$'S Mpq

R -
-JJ&jfif + r y^.S* + 63 s- *

6^ - t R ~ 4K2 MP*

6fc
*'
(T*» - R c -132*0. Mp«. SyCMPq)

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc^ All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
i

Problem 7.90 7,89 and 7.90 The suite of plane stress shown is expected to occur in
ah aluminum easting. Knowing that for the aluminum alloy used (t ot 70
MPa and <rfJC 210 MPa itiid using Mohr's criterion, determine whether rup-
ture of the component will occur.

- - Pa
6* > 6j
:
0^ Ty *

= H6 * + <% -26 m P<t

ft ~ ^ _ g&4
{MPc£\
Sa, ~ + ft - ~ 2 $ + ^6>4

Gb - eu - R - -iff - “ - #4*4 M Pc

(Ml of 4 rii oT fc>o u nd £}

§*, „ g; _
" ,

*5J/t 6k
18>A-
io
-
'3M0
= O.S 08 < |
1

CMo tf-opfore. ^

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGrawTIill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.91 7,91 and 7*92 The state of plane stress shown is expected in an aluminum casting.
Knowing that for the aluminum alloy used am ~ 80 MPa and auc ~ 200 MPa and
using Mohr's criterion, determine whether rupture of the casting will occur.

€Ty = - 3Z MPa }
Sy - & ,
T»j ~ IS MPa.

- % C<5;
*- - \Q> MPa

R - " 7C.£«? MPa

6^- + R r -|6 + 76.e<i - MPa.

6^ ~ 6Le - R = ~/6~76.6<t *-«??.£*» MP*


fc J Ct/f t Cfvcuzl /'•An'f of ,

S. = i

5, T 60 1.

~£z£L£l1 - 1.223 >


So 2<^o 1

Pc»p j-ure bJitl occ</r . *

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, lac. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7,91 and 7.92 The state of plane stress shown is expected in an aluminum casting.
Problem 7.92
Knowing that for the aluminum alloy used oirr ~ 80 MPa and auc ~ 200 MPa and
using Mohr's criterion, determine whether rupture of the casting will occur.
1 1 IX) MPa

iO MPa = - lOO H?a, 60 Mfa


6; -
( <5j )
-

-- S±S ,
X.

si. V» MP*.

I (MPa.')
~ +• R — Hi> + <J 1 . 3*1 ~ MPa

6; - ^e-R~ -45'- HL3,<js--UC.3£tMP*.

t r ov\ of 9+K of koun<J.<K\Ay*

S. _ Sl , I
/M
Gu>t GGc.

36.3? _ 7-/3fe.3^
I.0S7 > I

t u re \*j\aa o cc '

Proprietary Material. 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
O
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7.93 The Citato of plane stress shown will occur at a critical point in an
Problem 7.93 70 MPa and
aluminum easting that' is made of an alloy for which cr{JT -

iruc - 170 MPa. Using Mohr's criterion, determine the shearing stress r for {)

which failure should be expected.

•56

ra

R « V a
T
[mFTIC, £, « A i/ R
2
~ **

61 - C, + R Si*
I 6^* 1
< J? ^ stress po j*f
J? I $$ i H ^VA<c4
C>f ^ *Jt/<SLcl*'A.*f \ooO<Tid <»
\j

^><X
e:ur Gvc
^no+ R. .

(70
- )

/JL JL "N ©
4 (70/K y I _ j
+
. 2£.
I *70 (7<3

R - S-7‘<? tffa £ - i ^sr^F^Te 1

Proprietary Material. <® 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
a

7,94 The state of plane stress shown will occur at a critical point in a pipe made of an
Problem 7.94
aluminum alloy for which am ~ 75 MPa and aUC ** 150 MPa. Using Mohr’s
criterion, determine the shearing stress tq for which failure should be expected-

6X = -So MPa, 6j - a, 2C, - - U


~ + S'j ) ~
a

R - + = -{ho^TzF MPa
S*.* 6U + p ,
6Tb - 6^ - 9 , ft * ' Vo^

S iv%ce |6^« |
< J? poi'^'f
,

crP MlK <jri/4.<4 rA.rt'f is

-
' l

6i T <2^

~4o + R _ -A0_~ P = ,

75 /-So

_E + _£. - + - J&. r I.?<f«r7


75 IW )
7-r 150

R r Sa.33 MPa, ft -
± %- ±44-1 Wat—

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.95 7.95 The case-aluminum kk! shown is made of an alloy for which <?ur~ 70 MPa and

Proprietary Material, ®2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
n

7.96 The cast-aluminum rod shown is made of an alloy for which #vr ™ 60 MPa and
Problem 7.96
vuc =120 MPa. Using Mohr's criterion, determine the magnitude of the torque T for
which failure should be expected.

P - Z& * jo* N

1
A ® J (3i) - go+.zS-^ «•
soH-.ZS h/D

= -32.32s mp*.

**
^ 32, 3-22 4o} ~ /6« /£*f MPa,

^
^

, 14.1^ HP,

+ R s

61 i(mp«.
3 K
m
/

' r> Ce 1 [
** re ^,5 pc
m fke
Ol -/4>e *M/? Sk
(mM
§k 6i
6^
Lr±±jR _ [£d£l z &
Gt> l2o
J6./CV
- 1- R - SH.GiZ MR*.
(i go |3o

f?
=

% = V'r
1
-^ /SH.G12. *- It, 30. GOG MPa

~ Z&. 60 6 */£>*

P^ ^O^SlOt^S
9
r Ic.ir
nr

TTc
J” " 3 j^ev^c. C 2 - 1C * /£

TT 3 v^/
T“ ^CS/2kj
. -7

* ^(/0 ^o* )’(3<9. £<9<WO c ) T ^ l9£j?AArn*

Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.97 7.97 A machine component is made of a grade of cast iron for which
airr = 56 MPa and <r uc - 140 MPa. For each of the states of stress shown,
and using Mohr's criterion, determine the normal stress <r 0 at which rupture of
the component should be expected.

i*>
- s;, ^ ic .

po ^ /? * i vi U+ CjO&cWavfr.

(«> <*> (c)

6^ =1 C0 = 6*u T - Sbtofq

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any fonn or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7.98

Problem 7.98 A basketball has a 300-mm outer diameter and a 3-mm wall thickness.
Determine the normal stress in the wall when the basketball is inflated to a 120-
kPa gage pressure.

IP ~ 4 ef - t ~ i H~1 — 1 H~7 * / O p
r 13,0 *|0^ Pa

6" PV* _ (i2o>clO^)(|H7 * |o~


W| - S', 2.94*10* pa S"= MPa
2t '
<7X3yio-M
7.99

Problem 7.99 A spherical pressure vessel of 1,2-m outer diameter is to be fabricated from a
steel having an ultimate stress u ~ 450 MPa. Knowing that a factor of safety of
<r

4.0 is desired and that the gage pressure can reach 3 MPa, determine the smallest
wall thickness that should be used.

< 5^ _ 450
3cM F.S.
112. 5 HP* r= - 1 = (o.g - t 'j

= pr
(2X U7.5) t ~ 2 (0.6 -t ) 228t =|.8
7.100

t - 7. 39 xfo" - 7* 89

Problem 7.1 00 A spherical gas container made of steel has a 6~m outer diameter and a wall
of 9 mm. Knowing that the internal pressure is 500
thickness kPa, determine the
maximum normal stress and the maximum shearing stress in the container.

3
ieJ~t 9 *7o 2. 991 £ e 9x/o" *vx

p
= 500 * to 3 Pa
r<3ox/o3 if ?. 94
83 .1 */o‘ P*
'
&m*io )
S3,l MPa. <***»

- - o.i'v /o‘
i
p pa
=f MLS *10* Pa 2L, - 4/. 3 MPa -*

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

7.101 A spherical pressure vessel has an outer diameter of 3 m and a wall


Problem 7.101 thickness of 12 mm. Knowing that for the steel used « 80 MPa, E * 200 GPa,
and v ** 0.29, determine (a) the allowable gage pressure, (b) the corresponding
increase in the diameter of the vessel.

3 - m - x/Od
IT - - b ~
^ C2^ \% * (o' 61 •=
<w- SO p^,

ate _ ^vovip^X&oxto*)
p-l «; * s. = P “ yv “ i’.'+SS

- /.2 efox|0‘
i
Pa. prj.xno MPa.
p
£’

cfc) e, » £(«; -^611 * J - 0 -^ -(8Qy/cP) - 28‘+x{0"


XCO^IO'*

A«f = o# - (3VW4 vioT^ - SSZ*lo~\to

7.102 A spherical gas container having an outer diameter of 4,5 m and


Problem 7.102 E = 200 GPa
a wall thickness of 22 mm is made of a steel for which and v
— 0.29. Knowing that the gage pressure in the container is increased from zero
to 1.7 MPa, determine (a) the maximum normal stress in the container, ( b the
increase in the diameter of the container.

f - -Lj - £ - - %%-%$ t ~ 2^ fa fa.

Ccd) % - <r
* - 'mSL rr
ft., MPa M'/m/k
2 g£
e, - e* -
£ (<s; - ~ e; ^ - If* or,

- (e&'i) T 3c>S.bt> Xio^


%c>t>Yn>

hd ~ ~ (45$ ~ 1*5 8 fa to

Problem 7 1 03 7A0$ Tlie maximum gage pressure is known to be 10 MPa in a spherical steel
pressure vessel having a 200-mm outer diameter and a 6-tnm wall thickness.
Knowing that the ultimate stress in the steel used is ay - 400 Mpa, determine the
factor of safety with respect to tensile failure.

r* {J-t - g ~ Hjo~ Z 1=
j Cioo}
- tfy- mwi r r*

lo^) c
(jo*fc> V*?** * c
S'. * * *
ft &-K 6*Tcr*)
- 18 .ZZZ* IO P(k

F.S.
6a _ q5(?x t Oc .

F.S. * <ST. II
6^ *

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1

Problem 7.1 04 7.104 The uiipressutized cylindrical storage lank shown has a 5-mm
wall thickness and made of a steel having a 420-MPa ultimate
is strength in
tension. Determine the maximum height h to which it can be filled with water
if fi factor of safety of 4,0 is desired. (Density of water ™ 9810 N/nf’.)

— 1 jTo 'S tv\

r _ k - » ru'o - ST - 3 7f 5"

€>u _
.
“ 4-v-o
^ io^> M Ph
Rs„
£X
f
\P

- P - — 14**3
B*rl p 'Y'U "XTv od ) t 'MVj in
Tj

Problem 7.105 7.1 05 For the storage tank of Prob. 7. 1 04, determine the maximum nor-
mal stress and the maximum sharing stress in the cylindrical wall when the
take is tilled to capacity (//
“ 14.4 m).

- 7.5 m * 7.1 04 The unpressurized cylindrical storage tank shown has a 5-mm wall
thickness and is made of steel having a 420-MPa ultimate strength in tension.

Determine the maximum height h to which it can be filled with water if a factor
of safety of 4.0 is desired. (Specific weight of water = 9810 N/nr\)

* 7-$M £ “ 0 00*
£
T - jJ - t r

p
- Th = iltlO y/4-4-) *•
14-IZ64- fQ

'
a. LWWKww)
Z O'OOS
^
6^ * 6*.
6^ fS't HP* -a
(OS' 8 MPa

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7.106 A
standard- weight steel pipe of 300-mm nominal diameter car-
Problem 7.106 ries water under a pressure of 2,8 MPa. (a) Knowing that the outside diame-
ter is 320 mm
and the wall thickness is 10 mm, determine the maximum ten-
sile stress in the pipe, (b) Solve part a assuming an extra-strong pipe is used,
,

of 320 mm outside diameter and 12-mm wall thickness.

(pi b — doit* P~ ? -t = P‘t5 to

~ _ l*8 _
* '
t
' A-ZHpa Sp 42 H?a

“ ~
Co's flfj O'lZtM t~ aiafzr^ tfo - t.

_
pr _ a>l4& 1 .
74 '5 M fa.
^ " r 3A-S MPa 6T
•£ O'OlZ

Problem 7.107 A storage tank contains liquified propane under a pressure of 1 .5


7.107
MPa a temperature of 38°C, Knowing that the tank has an outer diameter
at

of 320 mm
and a wall thickness of 3 mm, determine the maximum normal
strevSS and the maximum shearing stress in the tank.

- %(?£$') - 3 =• iS fmrrs t s 3> M m.

6i- f = * msrtP*
6^*,- 6; - 7 ^* G MP<* Ig'SPtP*

4o M Pa 40 MPa

PtObteni 7.108 7.108 The bulk storage tank shown in Fig. 7.49 has an outer diameter of 3.5 m
and a wall thickness of 20 mm. At a time when the internal pressure of the tank is

1.2 MPa, determine the maximum normal stress and the maximum shearing stress
in the tank.

V
s
- £«l - t - -kCS*#)- 3o x IO "* - I. 73 ^ t - 2o xtcr* v*

a- - EJC O.^k >o<-Xl.7iQ _


~ 103.8 A p*
t 2O»to~*

6^ - S; - los.g *lo‘ Pa.


6^'- 103.8 MPa. ^
= -p ** I -^I0 c Pa.

6^,0 = S'X.SnlO* Pa. 2^.-- 5^.5- MPa.—

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AU rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A
student using this manual ts using it without permission.
Problem 7.1 09 7.109 Determine the largest internal pressure that can be applied to a cylindrical
tank of 1.75'm outer diameter and !6-mm wall thickness if the ultimate normal
stress of the steel used is 450 MPa and a factor of safety of 5.0 is desired.

S h Pa, - <30*10° Pec

i*l t ~
- t
a ^ ~ - tCx/O-3 - 6.SS3 ~y

££_ tg -
1.676 x/o
&

t P' r ~ D.gs-«i
Pa.

$ = 1.6 76 Mfec

Problem 7.110 7-1.10 A steel penstock has a 750-mm outer diameter, a 12-mm wall thickness,
and connects a reservoir at A with a generating station at B Knowing that the .

density of water is 1000 kg/nP, determine the maximum normal stress and the
maximum shearing stress in the penstock under static conditions.

S
r = t ~ {pSo)~ 17 - 3C,3«rvi S 363v/o* ^.

|o
=
-
^
7.
e
h r
iM3xfo
Oooo
s
fcj/kfjfa.gi

Pa
lO

e
r Pr (2.
e
iHZ*to ')(3C,Z* IdPl. _
^
S
.
-
V ii'xjo'^
* b^ 0 * 10t
6^ = 6| 3^.0 MPa.-*

6-„,x * - p * o
HP^ ^
Problem 7.111 7.111 A steel penstock has a 750-mm outer diameter and connects a reservoir at A with a
generating station at 5, Knowing that the density of water is 1000 kg/m3 and that the
allowable normal stress in the steel is 85 MPa, determine the smallest thickness that can
be used for the penstock.

~ ~ (fooc> l&j X*?- SI tv./s


1
Y?>oc> tv,)
/•*»*
P
- 2. ml* ID
4
fit

e
S, - MPo. - &S~*/O Pa

r - ^o( - t “ ^7S‘ox/o' s ')-t = 0.37S" - t

D « t
e~ IO
fc
K0.^75 - t)
$ 5 ylO
fc
c c
( £7. 913 *lO ) t = L 1 0.36 25 x to t= nsvi* isrV
t*
5

7.112 The steel pressure tank shown lias a 750-nini inner diameter and
Problem 7.112
a 9 mm wall thickness. Knowing welded seams form an angle
that the butt
50 * with the longitudinal axis of the tank and that the gage pressure in
ft
the tank is 1,4 MPa* determine (a) the normal stress perpendicular to the weld*
(b) the shearing stress parallel to the weld.

~ 3 7i> /nm
~ *
£ (T, 2.*} « » 5 Mf«j,

* if 6$t + <s; V 4 3 72 B
. At Pi.

R «r - /^.STS-MPl
(

(ctl + t? cos loo"


41*2 MPa

(m £, R sM l0O°

Problem 7.113 7.113 The pressurized tank shown was fabricated by welding strips of plate along
a helix forming an angle p with a transverse plane. Determine the largest value of
p that can be used if the normal stress perpendicular to the weld is not be larger
than 85 percent of the maximum stress in the tank.

ft
- $£
C<s; + 6*, -f

<s~ e; st
R J.
H IT
£TW r €>lv* — R cos %ft

€ -
f-
O.^S
^ "
(
- 4 c >s ‘ ^

CoS Zfi
? ~H ( 0.85- - 0.4

2ft
* U3. 6° ft
* 56.2

Proprietary Material, ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
45

7.114 The cylindrical portion of the compressed air tank shown is fabricated of 8-
Problem 7.1 1
mm-thick plate welded along a helix forming an angle 30° with the horizontal.
Knowing that the allowable stress normal to the weld is 75 MPa, determine the largest
gage pressure that can be used in the tank.

t- t * G

J .8 111 1:

6U' Ke^SVlf
I _
R*
6L -
^ ^ f
6^* + Rcos &o°
£ ET
« t

&
s
SxlL
r*

P* - 3.3SMfk

7.1 1 5 The cylindrical portion of the compressed air tank shown is fabricated of 8-
Problem 7.1 1
mm-thick plate welded along a helix forming an angle 30° with the horizontal.
Determine the gage pressure that will cause a shearing stress parallel to the weld of
30 MPa.

f--ko I - fc = z CGoo) ~ 8 = XHl

r ££
t >
<?, - i f
R - —^1 _ JL _££

“ R sin CO”

~ id ET
8 t
0
P
. i
^3

lit

f* = 2.10 MPc,

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed many form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A
student using this manual is using it without permission.
7,116 Square plates, each of 16~mm thickness, can be bent and welded together in
Problem 7.116
eitherof the two ways shown to form the cylindrical portion of a compressed air
tank. Knowing that the allowable normal stress perpendicular to the weld is 65
MPa, determine the largest allowable gage pressure in each case.

-3
f- id - 1 - 4:6r')- l4*/o 4 ^

zt
6
ca> 6; r 65 MPc : &S */0 Pa,

r r z.'tsi

ip r •
kfra.

6*ve 5 + O f "If

R =
6-. -61 - X _J2j£
x i z

(g - ± ^5°

6w ~ + R
- -
S £T
*» t

wvtgwo «to»jo:?j .,

, -or r, prOTtPo.
'
3r fxV •? uo u -n j

Proprietary Material. ®2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
,

Problem 7.117 7.117 The pressure tank shown has an 8-mm wail thickness and butt welded seams
forming an angle fi = 20° with a transverse plane: For a gage pressure of 600 kPa,
determine (a) the normal stress perpendicular to the weld, (6) the shearing stress parallel
to the weld.

, 1*6 m
d~ 1.6 t = '8«/cr $ ^ r = id-/t= o.-m w
CT.
, EX Xfi a? «lo»K°.T?0 - „ ,„«• Rs.

6
6.- c 23. 7 * lo P*
(*U&*I©**)

*6^ ~ W.5£*\ o s pci


6^ - ^(6;

R - £(£-0* N.giTxlo* p^

~ c
VfO - 6^vc - 33. 17 K /o p*
ffV, = 33.2 MB*. -

(W tL, = R W 9 - ^.£5*10* Pa
^ - Bsrn p«. -

Problem 7.118 7.118 For the tank of Prob. 7.1 17, determine the largest allowable gage pressure,
knowing that the allowable normal stress perpendicular to the weld is 120 MPa
and the allowable shearing stress parallel to the weld is 80 MPa.

7.117 The pressure tank shown has a 8-mm wall thickness and butt welded seams
1,(1
forming an angle fi = 20° with a transverse plane. For a gage pressure of 600 kPa,
determine (a) the normal stress perpendicular to the weld, ( b ) the shearing stress
parallel to the weld.

u tn
;
t- r1 ®

fr - £!C
3 " ? 2f

<Le=iC<s><s;) =
ff
1
R. - i (r, - 6; 1 - «r
f
G'w
r - R
< — -gr
0.^'3f
^
„ -- ^ 6Vt _ ~ *' 17 ic> u
o. - o
** n
\-t iao.
HP*
f

Ti= Rsih = (if-smK) If = 0.|f>07 ->—•

r-t_ 4®£i!H^2£!lc PS * J.D4 MP^


p = O.Ui>1 ^ r
' 60"?
(o. ! ^Co.lH^
yr. io‘P«. =

Tlfce Se p'nes'5^*^. 11 41^ V/<^y€ . - 2J7MP*-*


°

7.119 For the tank of Prob. 7. 11 7, determine the range of values of that can be
Problem 7.119 used if the shearing stress parallel to the weld is not to exceed 12 MPa when the
gage pressure is 600 kPa.

7.117 The pressure tank shown has a 8-mm wall thickness and butt welded seams
forming an angle fi- 20° with a transverse plane* For a gage pressure of 600 kPa,
determine (a) the normal stress perpendicular to the weld, (b) the shearing stress
parallel to the weld,

^ - t - 0 . 1*12

<T - PJC - r&oo


*
r “ 2.x<o-'
- .S
e?.‘4y|D £ ’
S%H Mp<*

6^ -
^ - 23.7 MP^
R = = H.usr MPa.

r*, R |sm 2/3 |

Is." 2/aj -- 0 .S 08 OS
ife
-53. 3/

0
2 A, --hS3*1| /3 t - p.
° 07° °
ISo"- ^3.^1 > 4 1X5. /3 C ~ 53.0
e
= l'Bo + " -+233. 71° } ^^-117.0°

L tf /'/ic o-T -foiT


^ t>e. -ISo ^^ ISo°

5g<.Pe ^ . “•2X0 ^ /3 — 2.7. 0®

«*•( S3.0°^^ ? 117.0’

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
^

7,120 A torque of magnitude T~ 12 kN m is applied to the end of a tank containing


Problem 7.120
*

compressed air under a pressure of 8 MPa. Knowing that the tank has a I80~mm inner
diameter and a 12-mm wall thickness, determine the maximum normal stress and the
maximum shearing stress in the tank.

T :

vteS;’ -lS

ci = ISO >v,«v, y* =
z d - 90 £* 12

* on * Cj ~ Cz ~ *70+ I ^ “ IO%
c ,<

f (c* -C*) - ££.?6g*/0'* R, 1

>T = GG.968-/'4> >v,^


9/
*»fP*Y/03»lO~ ) -
"
g^.,968 m 0 4 IS. 777 MPa

ressortt gr - E? =•
Go MPa <o * So MP<
2 ~ §£
p-f stresses J S* - 6o MPa 5
30 MPa ,
12-277 MP*
A SO Mp<s

r=J=^-r iS. 277 MP« r > (hf«)

* - i —

&a ,£ ’ z (&*+6j ) * MPa


A .6
l
R - -/(%Ҥ* )
+ ?,/ - 23.6*1 MP« (HP*)

0*. - £*,+ *?’ G8.G9MPa

6Tb - 6;,, - R - 21.36 MPa.

6U* - &S.6 H Pa

-'A** *
£ Vc 6_ - e. ") r„„ ” 3H.SW p«.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7,121 The tank shown has a 180-mm inner diameter and a 12-mm wall thickness.
Problem 7.121
Knowing that the tank contains compressed air under a pressure of 8 MPa,
determine the magnitude T of the applied torque for which the maximum normal
stress is 75 MPa.

e* - ) * t =

Al as3 60 MPa. - 50
<r -
t
T r
»*
= = 1 = MP«.

6^ - i 45 MPa.

* IS* HpA R - <SL*- - -3o MP«.

y^iz&TTiZf zn
R - r r
n
Z r
1*3
" r -jf $Q - IS*- 25.73 MP«
1
- Z5. el$*lo '
fck.

C, - 9c? c2 - fo 4 ft - lc>Z ^
H
J “ i CczH - c,'
1
) c 66,763 * GC.968 * 10 ^ r»

^iv . Tc T= vT _ (66. 21 *
1 - i7£> e, v/o3 A/-M
j X ' c 102 * (O'*

T c 17.06 kk>-tv%

Proprietary' Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1 7

Problem 7.122 7. 22 A pressure vessel of 250- min inner di a meter and 6 mm wall thick-
ness is from a 1.2-m section of spirally welded pipe AB and is
fabricated
equipped with two rigid end plates. The gage pressure inside the vessel is
2 MPa and 40-kN centric axial forces P and P' are applied to the end plates.
Determine (a) the normal stress perpendicular to the weld, (h) the shearing stress
parallel to the weld,

T' ~ J ‘*2’
&C>) “ ixS twin £ ~
1

~ ~
4)^6
t
t b
1
p/ (i.)iiz,s) _ _
* -
* xt " ~dvisr
(*W -

C * V + fc ~ /'?~s5'+ 6 - /3/ Mm
A * tr (/„*- r A * ir ~ / 2 c4 ) -
4^2 ^

" /Wpq
A 4^25'

lo+ai S-frcSS CS . Lor>^l}oJtn<nJ 6^ «• ,2tP *<?3 - if - fS Sty>


M Ss
CiVcum Sj - tyh (y~j M%
T» y * o

P/i> HeJ po i s 4-W- Hotels CiVti^e

X (tS'Styj o')
:

Y: (4-/' 47,0)
C (ifaerj o)
?

V c
0*1 fO <5^ - ^(6; + <^) - 2 fr'tpos hp<{'

I r ^T*5'4-4/.fe7')l 7 ,

- y L 2 J +c> =- /^. o yifq

(O.) S’* > ~


S>a„ e + c^s ?o® *•
06O" Co5 7D“ - 34* l Mfq
Sik 7p" - o (2"'& Mf«i,
(O ll^i Il'0(e£'<>in7o -

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
. ^

Problem 7.123 7,123 Solve Prob. 7.122, assuming that the magnitude P of the two
forces is increased to 120 kN,

7. 1 22 A press tire vessel of 250- mm i nner d iameter and 6 min wall thick-

ness is fabricated from a 1,2-m sec lion of spirally welded pipe AB and h
equipped with two rigid end plates. The gage pressure inside the vessel is

2 MPa and 40-ftN centric axial forces P and F


arc applied to the end plates.
Determine (a) the normal stress perpendicular to the weld, (h) the shearing stress
parallel, to the weld.

T™ *=
^ (Z$0) ~ l2£h\**\

pr ~ (z)Ciz0
4_- r 4„ .), fo-j

<$Z
^
-If
'*»'«
t0 - \r + t - fzs + (d - i%\ m
A Tr(f*-r
u
)
-
it (m % ~ - 42-zSt*»?~

& A 4-P25:

stresses . « t HA J €v - 24-* PI - — 4-« MPcl


C !
“ •4-f*

cv> hw<\ - R s*Ta ^ 7‘7~ *$S£> Jo** ~ *2 l


* Ad Pc^

Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

Problem 7.1 24 7.124 The compressed-air tank AB has a 250-mm outside diameter and an 8-m m
wall thickness. It is fitted with a collar by which a 40-kN force P is applied at B
in the horizontal direction. Knowing that the gage pressure inside the tank is 5
MPa, determine the maximum normal stress and the maximum shearing stress at
point K.

Sh^esses Aoz

P - S MP -T JT* lO* P*

id- t * 2S- 8 *117*


,
3 ’>

fr - J2T - 6S‘»io* >(n7*/cr _ |7<

S',
J
r E,
2t
CS»tg*)Qi7x o-M *
_"
tfV** /<>-*)
t
34.^G3
34.iT43MPa

.S'l’ires^ ajlu€ "Vo >e^f . pOltftf K IS. cm H * >i eu <5v*t’3 ,

= O
^
S-f^SS diSC fs> V ~ P ~ ^fO^/O^N

C, • 5* cf |2£T **** C| ^ i
"*
t - ll^n
4 S C 3
§(c*-e, )- |(l?S -||l 3 )
r * 34.34 */C>
3
™,3 - 234 34 k/o h, .

S c
X = $(c*-C*) «
^
117 ** * 44.573V (o vvuv? = W.S7Z«lcr vS

** - if - £§!
[Vl<J s+rwcs 6* r 73. /24" HP* # <$^
» 36.563 HP* > 7^ - 13.144 MP*

Motifs ciVJe €we = 7 (6^+ Sp - .S'q. S44 MPc<

r/c/ 2 2 SI)V(l 3 . .mf - **.'570 HP«

<$> 6;,.+ R = 77,340 MP*

6 .= 6 ^*- R 3Z. ZZS P»Po.

Co^-j'iVuJedl
— 6 X .

~?A2H Ct?nf iHO eA

P^i'wc-i'pa^ sHe.vs.es . 77.4 MPa, ^


= 32.3 Mp,*, ^
The p
»Ai K| Cr t
p
a/ s4 i*s He r^JieJ? sHeS'S- (Si ** O ^
6"
K ^ 77*4 MP S 67^ = O
M rv* *>»*> sA e s-f^s . 21^ - i (62^ - c*. 1 3&?mp«.-=j

Problem 7.125 7J25 In Frob. 7.124, determine the maximum normal stress and the maximum
shearing stress at point L.

7*124 The compressed-air tank AB has a 250-mm outside diameter and an 8 -mm
wall thickness. It is fitted with a collar by which a 40-kN force P is applied at B
in the horizontal direction. Knowing that the gage pressure inside the tank is 5
MPa, determine the maximum normal stress and the maximum shearing stress at
point K .

pvA<r <
*>’s u^e „

u
p
- S MP* - S*\O P*
*
~ SSo
r -
= \^ ^oi -
~ t
^ a
8 “S'
117 rnivj

6-** ET. ^x;a=-)( HP^


t 8*|o-*
s
_ £21 _ (SxlcftXn7*/P~ )
2t r SG.SGSMPct
C0(8*/o~' O
!

SHess gio& -H loei^g|iV\tf| M - (*/<? kiM g^O * ZHOOb fj-

C^-j(c4- \2S ^ C,- C2 -t - I^S--8 IPwm ~

4^.573 x/O^^r
4
* 4‘f.S73x|d' 'yv,
,f

£• - M£~ _(2H<?ooy iksv /o" 3


... .
) ~ -G7.40S-
^ I if*f,573 * IO~
c MPa.

S+res'a ofee 4-c> stec^ „ L lies m <»£ symweHy,


7^ = 0
"fetal sHev^es .
6*^- 73. 12 5" MPa j 6^ --30.74 2 MPct-j = o
finViC-ipgt/ s4ires.sgS. S<V>te Tly - O e; *.J <ry p#Vk»c*i|3«jP S“Vvsi55CS*

He 3*^ p^ihc.,'^aI str-e-s-i t-s irt -fn i uJl rec^fi tHA* 6^ -54 O
61^^ 73.1 TTMP^ €u,v** O / 6^= 73.1 M Pa }
6*b r-3f>u7 -*

M o-x.t stxys T«mc = t (<51,^-


c ^

Problem 7.1 26 7,126 A brass ring of 126-ram outer diameter and 6-ram thickness fits

exactly inside a steel ring of 126-mm inner diameter and 3-ram thickness when
the temperature of both rings is 10X. Knowing that the temperature of both

rings is then raised to 52°C, determine (a) the tensile stress in the steel ring,
(b) the corresponding pressure exerted by the brass ring on the steel ring.

\ STEEL
L “ mm '3

E, - 200 CPa
ggg| «'
tin ~ lux u) 6/°c

mASS lei be He conHtef presort.


\ - t - 0 mm. p b*4we£^
b »
'e
JJj, — 100 GPa the VmVi^s. Subscript £
i
y'e+e»~s |o ii, e sieeJ
20.0 x to C VS«ij Sufesc/i'p'f b
. fe- ike bf'A.SS

S4eef Iniefnaf pr&ssorc


p % = ¥ oV
Corses pot^xJi’n^ sixain ” = jp^p
SfrAi^ due 4o fe^pe^fu^ ckn^« 6sr - ols A~
Toi&J £& ~ -£~ /\j~
*•*&

Chart je {Vj of £i
* HTHf £s * 2* r ( Jr^
+ <** AT ^

S ^A-SS • E^^errtaJ pt^ess 6"jj = “ •^T*

Co^espondtn^ S+Vnmws ~
- Jr~ £“
fcr = AT
^

ClnA-h^C **» Anj FJ» of CtVy;u>w«ilPe^e^ce


AU - 27r^5b =• (- + tfb Ar)
5 <|
o*.f » At$ -fo
i**.
fc
t of* Af - - + of b 4r
* *•* £{,

+
(5t $ gtj P = AT

P4-0-- at- Ez°c ~ to * =

P~ ~k d T
a 0^-E) * k>3 .

Fr— £*.&) [-
L3po )(3S).
L r \1 P?
>(ovoo3j (looKfe^fo'sot)
Czoc? XiO'i

10
‘J.'i'Ut?
P ~ 3‘WtX'o^ P - /* &7 Mfer

Fro^, £T<?. 0) 0s
~ et - JJlhllShll— ~ $g-„j

(a) 6; - 350

00 P - /> to! mPq


Problem 7.127 7.1 27 Solve Prob. 7* 1 26, assuming that the brass ring is 3 mm thick and
the steel ring is 6 mm thick.

7.126 A brass ring of 126-inm outer diameter and 6-inm thickness fits
exactly inside a steel ring of 1 26~mm inner diameter and 3 -mm thickness when
the temperature of both rings is 10°C» Knowing that: the temperature of both
\A, STEEL
— 3 mm
t$
rings is then raised to 52°C, determine (a) the tensile stress in the steel ring*
(b) the corresponding pressure exerted by the brass ring on the steel ring,
i§| K,«2t».GPa
« 1 1.7 X 10 «/9C
L&*f
pbe fKe pre&Suire b«4
BRASS
= 6 *iim. flie vsngs- SuJbscrijjf s rt Pe*r$ }<* iUe. steeJ
looGPa V'mg b re'-Ters fo +fce
*
^ = 20.9 X I(H*G
aj*
ernaJ priests «r< it
4 *1

pv^
pot^i i sf^AUn 6S p- &£*
ft
+6 f emper^t 4)v^

Strnm <^ne cbou/i^e ftr
*•' AT
St» *
<X3

C be* n 0 e lx) vf C.v\ jH of


Ala - » 2tf r( + ^ ^

S^SS py«55 p^j


6*b = - fjjr

Cot^e-s j=>«*4»*rt«} shr-a-tVs - ~ ^


€“
fcr * Of* AT

Cli^ge im Je.n^'i'h of ctVc y**


Ai-t, - 27t\r€ k - 2 tj\t (- + <Xb Ar^

6 i“‘ f; "3 ALs +° Al ‘


4 ot.Ar . - ££ + o( b Ar

(it,
+
£0 p * < o( *~ o ^ ir w
P«4*: AT - - /c?*c » 42°c.

r =
-M * - 6?* 1

S1' (a) 4 r 11-1)6® )««.


[{'^o tT'^Tco.To^) P
3 3 Mfia\
p- 3* 4<? 6 i*
;2'&2£ino

f*»« e,. <o itmi±n , i2 , ?Mfk


%* 1 4- WPa
a>\ p - a?/^
0

7.128 through 7.131 For the given state of plane strain, use the method of Sec. 7.10
Problem 7.1 28
to determine the state of plane strain associated with axes x 'and y 'rotated through
the given angle 9.

g» * g, 4 » -330/^ &

f- * ~ VCy „
Ho /t = - 2%o M a

cos 29 + % s.v 2©
~ 4^0 (-2% o)c*± l30°-f |3 c>°

r c*s ZB - »•'"

o"
~ 4© - C-^»o)ios. 13.0° - (-14>5')s<* 13 £/ = - IS. ju

5/n ;?<© + eo S 2 <9

- - l-ZHO- 320 ] s.h 130° 4 (-33s)c.o S 13d" ~Cy * mi /t

7,128 through 7.131 For the given state of plane strain, use the method of Sec. 1,
Problem 7.1 29 1

to* determine the state of plane strain associated with axes x ' and y ' rotated through
the given angle 0 .

e* = +vtoju^ £ y - + i &*6Q ‘
6o
°

jk. +...&<
2
= 4- 4t> M 7 S#
71
g-
x ,
= l ^ Co5 2e +-
^ a.v,

a
+ 75 (~I20 DS.O/f
s- 2®0 + 4'*-5 c.os('l7o ') 5»*o

£\, , cos 2© s tV> 2©


2 Z 2
r ^<50 - 40 e.=?a (-/20"
-

}
— *7£- $>*(-) XO*) Z«5>

/*y - -(£* ~ Sm 2© + Tyj c«s 2©


= -(CWO- |6o) 5m (-120") + \SO £.*%(,- \10°)
- 0*

7.128 through 7.131 For the given state of plane strain, use the method of Sec. 7.10
Problem 7.130
of plane strain associated with axes x 'and y 'rotated through
to determine the state
the given angle 0 ,

U-ZSO/i^ S^-O, Tvy ” 4" 1 2 Ojh


=-^°
.

g/.t-Ca » P!T/M
2
-
|7 S M yk.
XL
- Go/4

£*+ ?* +
4k

2 cos *(9
2^ s/o *<5>

* ns v H5* col (- ^ <5* n 12>£> ) 717/4

£t±S*. - ]^.6iy(-3o“7
V *
2
C<>5 \0
A
r I7S* - I 7S cos (-$0°) - go s.VjC-S**') SS.+ /4 —

^y = - (e* - 1 s>n 4-

- (3Sb - o') s,v C-3o“ } 4 120 cosi-ScT') Xy -


Zll /4

Problem 7.131 7.128 through 7.131 For the given state of plane strain, use the method of Sec. 1. 1
of plane strain associated with axes jc' and y* rotated through
to determine the state
the given angle 6.

° >
£j-~ -tSgP/t, rV¥ = ~[0Oytf x Bj=_ &£2. * + 3o<>

r. » e- - liO/4

~ $- 4. jk—— cos ZQ 4 Si Z&


2 X
joo
\CaO *“* /££* sm £> » r + 36. //
7

ga -
j
|
SO 4 1 60 CoS Co 4- ^5^ Si w Qo * -+ 2&£ # —

Y*y - - (s„
-
^)s,v 2© 4 Cos Zb

- - Co - 33o) si* Co a - too c« 6o a


-£<,•- +237/1
Problem 7.132 7*132 through 7*135 For the given state of plane strain, use Mohr's circle to
determine the state of plane strain associated with axes x 'and ^'rotated through the
given angle 0.

--ZHom, ^ "fly
~ - 330^ ,
&= 6
i'T (/O
viL ~ x (£« * Zj}

?LHeJi
x : (•x*tOju i 1
65#')

y : (-hze a
A g C : Cho^ o ) }

of. = 0.58729 <X-S3.5°

2 >
= \$o°- IZo'+cL “ #». 5V
/

R- -/ (280 V+(i 6S-^ - 325//

£x' - <£*** + R cos /3


Sj' - fsve — R c*s/3 £y* s- -f3.£ >v

5
;
ryy “ R siV) /2 * 3 XO.,5// % 3
£4/ //

Problem 7.133 7.132 through 7.135 For the given state of plane strain, use Mohr’s circle to
determine the state of plane strain associated with axes x 'and y 'rotated through the
given angle 0.

£* = + MOM gy
- -H60// ' r^y-- ± ISOM ,
&* ^ l
'

* i
6*0

\
PJ>C Hci poin
X : (+ Mo
u
//>
^ MoUrs
- 75//)
I

\ yt (4-I&0 A } 75 /O
o')
J 6 fr 0 C :

ITj Y' ^ - S " L 37S


- oi=

y/ R
a
* ^ = 2© -oC - -IZO -&t.*n‘‘?

£v! ~ £aot. +R C.05 r %OOp +(8S/l)co 5 93°)

£*/ - l/SlO.*

j4

2^’;'- — *
r -#>? SiV> f- ^ ~ ~ & S& //t
7.132 through 7.135 For the given state of plane strain* use Molir’s circle to
Problem 7.134 determine the state of plane strain associated with axes x "and y 'rotated through the
given angle 8 ,

g." 3sp/< , gy » ° , 7*! - t >


& Z 'll?

~ ^ " l 7S"/r

«4 port's tw' V1»kr\


.

X-‘ - co/s')

y; (o } 4 (.o/i')

C’ (ns 3 o^
01^2^2°
- 06+30° = t9.
L

ft

R^^(l?sf +(Go)^ - ISS>


~ ~
£y! + P «»*' /2> <£*/ "217/4

£j' “ S^t. - C*5 ~ S3*H /<


f? /?> £y

{Xj* - 131. S/t YLy --


*7* ,#

7.132 through 7.135 For the given state of plane strain, use Mohr’s circle to
Problem 7.135 determine the state of plane strain associated with axes x 'and >>' rotated through the
given angle 8 .

e,= o t
gy.4 3^0^ y^g-iop/*, 0*30*3
Problem 7.1 36 7.136 through 7.139 The following state of strain has been measured on the
surface of a thin plate. Knowing that the surface of the plate is unstressed,
determine (a) the direction and magnitude of the principal strains, ( b ) the maximum
in-plane shearing strain, (c) the maximum shearing strain. (Use v - j)

, gy
~ +£70
,
^-+720^
*
?hWec\ pO|V>-^S £0/* £. V 'fX'

X *•
(3 o/i }
~
Yi (.£-70^
C -*
(Soo /t > o')
/
-3t>0
- ~ *~1« 353^
20f>

ZOp ~ -S3 . 13
°

(a,) - 2 &.S6 S 0
9a - GH.H$5°
i/

R ^-J(21o M y +'(360*1*' =- Itso fu

£«_ = ** R ~ 2>oo ^ +. VS'o ju £*. = 2SOJU


~ - R ~ S oOfiA - HSO yCt El, - - ISO fiA

r
ZR ~
Go) •
lOO fiU.

E^ -
- J2 v ^4 . )
~ -
•?% (lso * - '*° +) £c- ~3 oo A -
€*»*.
~
^“ '
7So ^ i
~ £c_
~ - 3oo /<

Cel ISOfiJL - (-Zoo^) "C* = t©S»/l

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7.136 through 7.139 The following state of strain has been measured on the
Problem 7. 1 38 surface of a thin plate. Knowing that the surface of the plate is unstressed,
determine («) the direction and magnitude of the principal strains, (b ) the maximum

in-plane shearing strain, ( c) the maximum shearing strain. (Use v “

-go o/4± ~ -
£* % 00/4^

x: (~£oo# i - j ISm)
y: (- Hoom j
* )

C (-jo®//, o^)

2'
"R. - /(lod>/»)% ( 1,75 a)
^ 2C>» . G

0=0 - £„*« + 1? -^TbO/M. -» ;?<?/,£ fa. = -7^ 2 /f

£w - £... - ft * - 201.6# €k -~7o2M

UO ™ ’ 1+° 3 . ^

£^-£QVM
SOO/< -
£,.*. r £*,,* -7o5L//

(e'l YW - £_ £oo /i + ?<?2 x' Y***** 12 ®^ A

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
x 5

7.140 through 7.143 For the given state of plane strain, use Mohr's circle to
Problem 7.140 determine (a) the orientation and magnitude of the principal strains, ( b ) the
maximum in-plane strain, (c) the maximum shearing strain.

£, * + VO* f 200 M
?Soifec\ pot* is VloVvir s
4V (m)
y: (+400 M >
- IZI.Sm'I
y." (+ 2 oO/Wj + 187. 5> )

C : (+ 3 ooyf_> o ")

' - 1.875"
'hx irt 2-£>.
p Voo-2oO
£ 00
£© rp » Gl.^3’ 6^- 33.46 *
J
Qh ~.

f{iOO/i)\ 0 S 7 . 5 T/ 0
* r 2 lJU 5 >
©X) £*.* £.«>#- 3oO/< + 7l2.S/« - 572. /j
Eb - 6.^- f? = 3oo/< -212.5/* - S7.5>

(W - 2* r ^S>
Cc^ £,= o e^- 512.S/H e~.+ = o
En,, n - 572. 5"

7.140 through 7.143 For the given state of plane strain, use Mohr's circle to
Problem 7.141 determine (a) the orientation and magnitude of the principal strains, (b) the
maximum in-plane strain, V) maximum shearing strain.

£< r - I 8 P/ 1
.
S' 4- 3l5\

m(jt) ftriteJ p„,+l4s


X:(-| Y'- (-260/0,+ 157.5/0
C •• (- o 7

£ (/O
^ r
¥ -

2£p -- 75.75* ©*- 37. .«7’



eb ~ 127. #7

R r 7(40 /<V -*(i57.5»*- l£;?.5>

£* = £«« + R - - 22?** + IST.S/4 ** -51. S/a


- R * -ziatf- U2.5 = -382S A
r^.^
#
(\>) - ZR = 3 £S*
(c) Ec = o £„*** O i £*in - - 3S2.5>
C’ s 0+m5> * 382.5> -
^ *

7,140 through 7.143 For the given state of plane strain, use Mohr's circle to
Problem 7.142 determine (a) the orientation and magnitude of the principal strains, ( b ) the
maximum in-plane strain, (c) the maximum shearing strain.

^ 4- /A j X<y - && JA*


‘PJloj&eA poirttij X-(GO/t } ZS/i^
Y: 1 C * (7S*>>*, O )
IrOO
= 0.277773
f Co -2*0

2©,-
f
WIST 0.b -- 7.74° 0fc =97.7<*
>*

£(M ) 1$ - J(ro>M f » US/O* * 93.9 /<

(oO 4 5
4. 4 R •-
\SQM + 93.H /f - 293,9 —<3
St"' /50//-93.4 /< » A.M -—a

(V>) YL»o4i*.j* !**.«/* -


(c) s0 -o = o
* £*,*- 4- ‘ 293.9 —

7.140 through 7.143 For the given state of plane strain, use Mohr’s circle to
Problem 7.143 determine (a) the orientation and magnitude of the principal strains, (6) the
maximum in-plane strain, (c) the maximum shearing strain.
Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved- No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond die limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7.145 The strains determined by the use of the rosette shown during the test of a
Problem 7.145 machine element are
6\ - +600ju £2 - +450/I €3- -75/i
Determine (a) the in-plane principal strains, (6) the in-plane maximum shearing
Strain.

Co $* O t +
% + YjyS#*©, CoS &, ~ e,

0. 75 e„ 0.25 Sj + O.H'S'iCU - GO 0/4 6)

cos’ Q, + ©z + /XJ Sir} &z C.oS&z - e*


Cz)
0. .
~7<S £ yt + 0.25 % - 0. 433o| Yiy =
„ 1
COS Oj =
£y +
h S/« 4 S*'* Qj

O 4 0 -7S> (3)

Sojivi n (0,(5 <r}


5 v'i

1
£ X
r 1XS -75 /f
>
* 173.2.1 At
)

--
i(^ + ^
'
i /?v 7s = 4o7; 3
r = •/ )
t »
,/( ;, y ^
GO £ n. = £«« +• R - 734^ eK '7SHyer

Bh - £w« - R *• - m. 3 £b = -89.3/,

7^- 3/9/,

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
~

Problem 7.1 46 7.146 The rosette shown has been used to determine the following strains at a
pointon the surface ofa crane hook:
<?,
«* +420 (i = ~*5 ft
<=j, e4 = +165 ft
(a) What should be the reading of gage 37 ( b) Determine the principal strains and
4»° IfSL 4.5“ the maximum in-pianc shearing strain.

a
{tXl &£t*l6S ‘Z 4 an /fO --
i (v ^

E^ = jC-VS/l + US> ) * QO/t

J 3 CL^e A Ac l0° r*v* = i (e, + e4 >

e3 - 2eout
c
- £
*~l
(z )U°/i ) - wo M 300/f

fy - £, = WO £y - - “•
30O/J

- ~zio^
R a + TStV* 1
, j(!mii t.*22JL)*+( -Mc>.A ^
= 375” u

£«. - £** + £ - * 375> * 435>


£b - £«~ - 1? * Q,o g7T;4 - -3A50«

750/4

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part ol' this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
~ 1

DKl
rTODiem 7-1/17
( .\*\i
7.147
to fat surface
Die strains determined
of a machine element are
by the use of a rosette attached as shown

€ {
~ — 93.1 X 10~ 6 mm/mm “ +385 x 10
6
mm/mm
6
= I 210 x 10 mm/mm
Determine (a) the orientation and magnitude of the principal strains in the plane

Jg?
of the rosette, ( b) the maximum in-plane shearing stress.

4/1
Use ~ 4 sfn 2£>
2

m
Jr| yl
t "
5
^ $
~
= “-TS"* too ~ j

\m Q +7 3.
M
m
J J
^ E, = ^(;£* + £, ) + - €j) Cipj (-ISO") + ^ s,\ (- 1 ro-
x
, CO

£* r i (£*4 £, 'i + jO*- £,WP+ % or)

£a - i ( £*+ £,1 + iO* - E, Wi C/5boN i -j-


^ *.v» 6-?o
oS
)
<*0

C
FVox* £y = Ex - 33S” X O I fru~yj hurt v

E? 's fO <i)

C| + E3 =" (cy 4 Cy ^ 4 — £y ) CoS I S~0


0
= S* 0 4 c>s /SO ) + Ey ( I - cos IS'o"')

J '
E, 4 fa - gy Cl 4 o»s /SoO
0 - CoS /SO**)
_

-4
-T3jKtO’ -t-glOWO -
fe

1 - cos ISO"
ISO-
* — '^L-

53 2)5.0 * lO'*’ h\/y\jhit*\

6*U m 'F/'OWS e7 (s)


fa -f, r**i« iso-
-rv
*J
. - & -*, „
.

S»w ISO*
si* ISO s.w
s-Sa SO°
ISO°
i
, eo6 .,„, 0-« „„! /

*" *e -
r mi^Xo - cF t
- - Lnix ^ *• 8 So-°"» ,Sfto

ft..
» •£ C c + e, i ' i(3*r«io'‘ + 3<r.o»(o‘'s - sic »io"‘ *>o«. I i**.

r. * _/(S^&-i %<:£*.)'
>to
~‘
35:0 5gy 7 (gpy - s^o.o .,o-'
C c c
£** + &= Z.IO xlo' + Z^o.O*lQ - S&o x(o'
|

c 6
St 5 £c^ - R ’ 2/o v /o’* +- 35t>-£> * fc>~
•• — 140. O* /O* »nrv\ /*«*)
j

&0 ^ R - 3So.OxlQ~
c
M *1
I
to* wy

X.^6V pi.^ * 700 x /O"*- MM M *h


j
Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Ioc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

Problem 7.1 49 7,149 Using a 45° rosette, the strains e\ , ^ , and £3 have been determined at a
given point. Using Mohr’s circle, show that the principal strains are:

W.min = j(<?l + *3 ) ± ^[(*1 ~ e2 f +(e2 - 63 ) 2 ]£


(Hint: The shaded triangles are congruent.)

Since j 3 0

£*« --
i (€, + e3 'i

U “ ~ “ £5
lei ) ^

v - - e^c = £* - ice, + s,

l
V*- u + v'

* ^(e, - e*)' + f,’ - e* (f, V $(r,+e.Y

+ ~ £3 .

+ if €, *+«;£, fs + h

* |e'- £,£, + C - £i^ + 4*3*'

s * iCE.-O*'

R •
g [ (h.-O* * (S.- e,f 1

^fV*S "/"Ac rw?<y 1/ lV*eJ JWmo./a .

Proprietary Material. t> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.1 50 7.150 A centric- axial force P and a horizontal force Q are both applied
at point C of the rectangular bar shown. A 45° strain rosette on the surface of
the bar at point A indicates the following strains:

10"* mrri/mm 6
e* 75 X •
1 300 X iO mm/mm
•••'•
I 250 x 10
6
imn/mtii

Knowing that E = 200 GPa and v -• 0.30, determine the magnitudes of P and
Q
- -£
£„ *
£, - ~ 1S*/Q*
£j £3 - ZSOx/O

Y yJ
* - f ,
- = wo"*

Jf
^ - 7^7,
I
- v 1- O.V
* (o^soflao)
« O
r 110
6, ]~4f + >1 1

- A?f<?

P - 61 F A 6; - -
A
* 37£> lAi

_ 7^. ^2.

MPq
1
bVt
2,
- ? W 0 ki£t>o 4
15

& * Aj/ - ( 1 &'K&)(2£) - ftf-obzChft? t - So /«-M

% “
VQ
*J It
. J£Sa s — , t i.its-M
& '

iH-o&2 5 in. fit tr f

4 k

Q* - V iyu s uh

Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Ine. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
(

7.151 Solve Prob. 7.150, assuming that the rosette at point A indicates
Problem 7.151
the folio wing strains-

“ 60 x 3 O''
6
mm/mm I 410 X 10" 6 Jimi/mm

€5 ™ I 200 X 1()~ 6 mm/mm


7.150 A centric axial force P and a horizontal force Q are both applied
at point C of the rectangular bar shown. A 45° strain rosette on the surface of
the bar at point A indicates the following strains:

et - -
-75 X 10
6
nmt/tmn - 1300 X 10
6
mm/imn
- i 250 x 10 6
mm/mm
Knowing that E "• 200 GPa and v 0,30, determine the magnitudes of P and
Q

<£* - £, •* -cox Id** ej ~


£3 * Zoo wo" 4
~ 4
Aj - £, - £3 r <SVO * io
4

6; - 7~ 4 Co.aV^lf'o )

9 O

= 4c?

3^ » 61 P A<$^ ($#)£/&'&)
J
- - 40) -

A
~ 36° kM
20*
& =
ZChd)
Y{o_

(2X1. 31
2 6#?.

fjg - G/ WJ - (l&’QZ'bip') (£80)00


b
) * £2 Af#?.

X s flj
? (32s) (/ 5 U ) 3 — )4 o bl-S 0 O

Q *
AJ - L7SHSO) IrS) - i * So *>*n.

va
it
1t 'fo, Q4 0 h7fo v )j
£To )($ 2rji L>)

Q. IL+bbr !>

Q* * V * J- tos" A a/

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No pari of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.152 7*152 A single gage is cemented to a solid I.ODanm-diameier steel shaft
at an angle /3 — 25° with a line parallel to the axis of the shaft. Knowing
that G :;1 '
79 GPa, determine the torque T indicated by a. gage reading of
300 x \iy 6 iiim/mm.

Fo^ s'* -- o

£? * o
^ A
e (V - U(T/ Vo
’7, ~^*y

4V MV*V ciV'cJ ?
1

sW*
P = tv
I

~ R ~
V' sivi 2/3

6«>t - Ig = IT ,
O 17C 3 S.M -3/3

T~ t* r-
rrc^S gy* _ Tr(<?>gg) CM x/ 6^300^/0^)
s-u 2/S s.w So"
rjio
* 2- /LAj tY)
i

Problem 7.1 53 7. 153 Solve Prob. 7. 152, assuming that Ihe gage forms an angle (5 35°
with a line parallel to the axis of the shaft.

7.152 A single gage is cemented to


a solid lOO-mm-dia meter steel shaft
at an angle fi
25° with a line parallel to the axis of the shaft. Knowing
---

that G — ?9 GPa* determine the torque T indicated by a gage reading of


300 X 10“ 6 mm/nm
FovT “K>rs 6;=o J
6j-o^
Hy ~ “ O
i t Ej - A
Co
- ^V o *y/* „
V
Y' “
G-
/

s CiVcie )•©/* S'tV'a

R - V' - R S<n 2^6

_ .2Sgy-'
-s *Vi 2/3

%
T - rrc &€x 7fW-v£ }Q OX/O'
Si’v, zfc S.«' W 7t>°
,

7.154 A single strain gage forming an angle /? “ 18° with a horizontal plane is used
Problem 7.154 to determine the gage pressure in the cylindrical steel tank shown. The
cylindrical wall of the tank is 6 mm
thick, has a 600-mm inside diameter, and is

made of a steel with E ~ 200 GPa and v * 0.30. Determine the pressure in the tank
indicated by a strain gage reading of 280//,

er* = 6" •= -gC o


s/ - £
,6V 3^"} 6*.
£*• *
- 0.S5
i EE

.1
cS?

O.Zo
'
r»J -
Qx
* O
’s eu./sti’e -fW s-W*

R ' i Oy-M * O.SZS §£.

Rco-s 2/S * (<?. S'ES' + 0. ZZScos 6k

fc6V t g gy'
lr r(o,SXS'+ o.ZXS

~
Da^vti V* ^ (*6oo) - 3oo - 0. 3 oo w,

*/0' 3
e

t * 6 »*>*i E “ ?OOv(O '


P*., £„/ r ZS0x-(O'

ft
» /S*

(
(0.3Ot>
gxio4 )^^ )(zsa »icr
(o.S2S- + 0.3^5- o»s 36")
c
) _ t HZI H/o «. ^
)

p = UU3I HP«.

Proprietary Material. O 200? The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7.155 Solve Prob. 7.154, assuming that the gage forms an angle /? = 35° with a
Problem 7.155 horizontal plane.

7*154 A single strain gage forming an angle ^ 1 8° with a horizontal plane is used
to determine the gage pressure in the cylindrical steel tank shown. The
cylindrical wall of the tank is 6 mm thick, has a 600-mm inside diameter, and is
made of a steel with E ~ 200 GPa and v = 0*30. Determine the pressure in the tank
indicated by a strain gage reading of 280/7.

~ ^ *
“if

-- 0.85$. fcr

% x T (•-»$< + = (i-
- 0 . 2© % fcr

^ % - • ©
C / sa.w
,
l
Moii*’'- s ti/ci? s »

* "kfa+Sj *
}
&
^ “
2 (Sy-SA
a
- a Sk
££

* (5.525" + 0.32S‘e*<i? g')|? :


/

_ fc6v _ x
t gg/
p r v'O~sa$'+0.32 5' e OS 2 e') /

~
-
2 ^ ~ 3©o •««" = O. 3oo w,

t~~ &
&*to' s
l
* tO~ * \nr> E^^OOx/o^Pa
E-ZOO*) ex . - ^so>/o'‘

(6 ~ 35 "
s c
(& y/o~ ~)^ ooy fQ’Ofggo x /o~ ^ 6
.7 6/*/o P*
CO.$oo)(o.zzs + 0.325 co 5 7o°)
=- /- 76 I MPct
p

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution
distributed in
to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without
permission.
Problem 7.1 56
1 '

7*157 The following state of strain has been determined on the surface of a cast-iron
Problem 7.157 machine part:

ex « - 720/r €y - “400 // - f 660 //


Knowing that £ - 69 GPa and <7-28 GPa, determine the
^
principal planes and principal
stresses (a) by determining the corresponding state of plane stress [use Eq. (2 >36), Eq.
(2.43), and the first two equations of Prob. 2.73] and then using Mohr's circle for stress,
( b) by using Mohr's circle for strain to determine the orientation and magnitude of the
I f\£ p^t Ac principal strains and then determine the corresponding stresses.
1* 6^ - o ,

s~ <z -
fc, - \ r 0.2321

I - v' “
- (o.7%7^
c ~ 75.^3 GPa.
I

~ c
(oa <S^ - + ^£j) (72.44>* io*’') [-7?t?x|d' +- (O .3321^-90©
’ v
a - 3S MPe

6}
:
nr^J vO 4 * (?1 £53 x/d
“ -
,
)[- Hoox/J‘+ (p,'miK~72o*Ja‘ 0)]
HI. 36 MPa
/ e
T« a ~ (ZB*)o *YUo*IO~ )
- I&.H2 HP*

6^- iOs; + %'>*• -so-'iiMP*


2? -
+«* b - TT^zr - 7. OQ7.S
€;-dj
9
- - CM. r £b = - 37 . * -- 5-7.

6(h P«) R*]¥ir* T^C “ 20. £4 MPa


*\

<r«- 6w+« 6. ^-24.3 MPa

61 - 6^ - R <SI - -70.4 M P&.


(bl £Avt " -j f e^') - - SCO *
Y *

,4-aus 2-9b r “V - - 2.06 25

ir (* )
£ *-33.l* 0^-57.^'
fc

- 36C-74 *

£ (/* )
£«,- £«~ +- R * -143.36 vtf

Pb - £<w*~ R * -426. 79*

$*.* (?«. + ve k ) <s^«- - 24 .shPa*

6L-- 70.4 MPa-


7*161 The steel pi pe AB has a 102-mm outer diameter and a 6-mm wall thickness.
Problem 7.161
Knowing that arm CD is rigidly attached to the pipe, determine the principal stresses
and the maximum shearing stress at point K .

r ^ f*- t r MS
T ' ^jr * -

jr 4.iass*/oVi4 = iMSmio* ^
Jr 1J- r 2.0^m v/O' 6 »v,
t

pvce -
Cvi/f ?e S^sfc*»( al cevrfe*'' of -fohe i\a, He
plane co'd <t> *'1 poi*»"ta M k
3
F* - 10 k M
Jo* /o - to

Mj- (/o*/o*)(2oo*/c>-
3 ') - ^OOO
- (lo* lo*)(l5o* fc>“’ ) •*
- I5oo W-i-'x

At poiH /C'j pt*ce Ae-i in


4 iV* z - JjVefc.’t'i »«

1
T- .My* ?ooo M-m c« ro = r/x/o' >v,

(Zooo)(si*io~ 3
^L ^ ^ X&.
J
r
'f.185'5' -IO*
s ^^.37 ; /0 ‘ p* T ?<j.3? Mp*.

T/“<i>'s\/««/‘se SIica^- i Sti^ss <=/>>e t** ffixn si/e^se sAe#.*' 1


\/ - is <4 pf. K.

IM^c (/Soo)(Sf v/cT 1*) 4


&ZnAi n )<%l
- . _
36.S&. * /{? P& - 36.^6 Mfk
& l z.oqn v/o* c
a,4 X . ovi Cor<y9 |T*5S/<C>^ St'Je 6>f neo\r*J fiufcl's * Sj = - 36. S3 HPa

To-bJ stresses aJt X: x^


ii
0 <Oj - -36 .SC MPa.
p }

64, . 4(6-,. C, V - 12.28 PIP*

-
R * 30.46 HP*
- 64 + R - - /S.28 + 3o.46 6^- 17.1* MP* -*

- <54 - R - - 18.38 - 3o.46 64 - -48,7 hp« —


V - R tu= 3£>.s HP«-»

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved, No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7,162 Determine the principal planes and the principal stresses for the state of plane
Problem 7.162
stress resulting from the superposition of the two states of stress shown.

6 ^ 6U + T? » 6; + 6C

&W - - R * 6; - 6" Co S €>

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGmw~Hitl Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.163 7.163 For the state of stress shown, determine the range of values of 0for which the
magnitude of the shearing stress tx y is equal to or less than 40 MPa.

G; * - MPa. 5 O
80 MPa - So MPa.

+ ) * -1JO MPa.

T'iCMP^

- 3J- - SO MPa

_ -
faw -

Orf - ^
A 6" <D it - 36. 870
(Fife)

- /8. H3S'

^ MPa -po/' oP S'WtSS


M 6 K ar>d
n^ "fc ci^cs
UAV. of Ho^'s airc/e Th< .

Oua^-^C Ca/teu *V>

R si"o s 4-0

40
S.V> 2<p - “ O.g
> a
2.<£ - 5'3.I3o‘ <J>
= 26.SCS

©H - 0b - tp - I2.H3S“- 26.5*5° -45°


- 12.43S + ZC.StS* 2. /3°
©< ©t, +
•*
<f

©« + 4o‘ 45*

©y ~ 0« + <? 0° 42. 13°

Pe/"*^i~ss« W< f»nys op © : ©H £ & ^


- 45* * 6> « S. 13°

0<j « 6> ~ ©v
45° S' © S' 48. 13°

Also, 135T* « © ^ 13*. 13*


4

© * 373,/3
Problem 7.164 7.164 For the state of stress shown, determine the value of txy for which the maximum
shearing stress is 80 MPa.

- 120 MPa % * 7 O MPa

6U ' i (<5> 6j ) - 95 MP*


120 MPa l2o...-ZS
~
&XLZ_^ -
, a
= ?rwR.
25- MPa

As«u> = O ,
* /Go MPa

er» - 6^ * 6U + -R 1 Go - 95* * G5 MPa

R*~ - ?T- (%£)** GS*- 2S* • GO 5

T.j - * Co MPa

6Tb - 6^ - 2R * I Go - ISo * 3o MPa 5= o o.*T.

C^PoO __ - ± 6<?.o MPa

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.165 7.165 When unpressunxed storage tank shown
filled to capacity, the

contains water to a height of 14.6 m above


its base. Knowing (hat the lower

portion of the tank has a wall thickness of 16 mm, determine the maximum
normal stress and the maximum shearing stress in the tank. (Density of
water - 9810 N/mi)

V * \J~t '
i ilgoo) ~ it, > 3734

(J43» 2xfo*)(37 34)


35 ‘4 J0P«
lb

<SU - 6; r 33 *-4 MPq {Ww « 33*4 -<*i

^ -f - r tfe*8Mpq **B

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7. I66The compressed-air tank AB has an inner diameter of 450 nun and a uniform
Problem 7.166
wall thickness of 6 mm. Knowing that the gage pressure in the tank is 1.2 MPa,
determine the maximum normal stress and the maximum in-plane shearing stress at
point a on the top of the tank.

r * ^k Jt - 27 S t * 6

<r, - f ’ . is mp*

s, • - zi.s MP«.

Tc?>^5i C t
T mS mm }
Ci - 22S + 6 “ 3l3 ) *v»h^i

H 4 y
<J 1 (c/ ~ x/o
| - C,
) WC> 1 . y JO * mm** - . *?

T- L&*lO*)(S0O*ld s ) ~ 3500 /V-*,

^ - Tc e
(3SooXa3U>o~
-
J
-

wc.<? *jo- c P*. L 2^3 MPa.

p^i^irog.

* J " 5
^
C r «?3i*/Q
5
#vo

$4 4 cl. ^ )£?jTO * to ^ - 375*0 t\) ~W\

fr. Me , l37£gjL^L>lig:Il - <5

To 4s.,ff sfi-esses (mP«l)


:
6* - 1&.S + 3.%% r ^.38
Ci r ~ ¥5*
Skecc^^ -r L24Z
r
T^< +(^ * Mfi*.

Gy - 6y \
*-

£ - !/( MP*.

Cw - §*,+ £ = 4 <?. tto £.„** «S1I MPa -*

r^ 6v^A^) = R '2t.^c,v.piA>»o “ ^*40 MPa. -s>

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7.167 The brass pipe AD is fitted with a jacket used to apply a hydro-
Problem 7.1 67
static pressure of 3.5 MPa to portion BC of the pipe. Knowing that the
pressure inside the pipe is 0.7 MPa, determine the maximum normal stress in

the pipe.

We t'ciJtttJs o'? pipe*

V
s
* ~ 3 )
“ 23*5 M*
Do c^ts t%k ©u-ta*

R*a p ipe Afi^ t -

oA 1 *aP .$4v«s«s <S


t* 2t
C tl -
50 mm 5 m*~)
j?*7 Q-ytPtt £fe*>*«W'}

100 mm
H ot) J s+v-e s-s <c - £JC m:
t
<=r
vJ-i
-
*
p7X>s) *
_ (±5 YAi-r)

~ - ji/-9 6^- MPa (e©»*pY«S »OW ^


<5^_

Proprietory Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A
student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 7.168 7.168 Determine the largest in-plane normal strain, knowing that the
following strains have been obtained by the used of the rosette shown:

e, -• -50 X 10 mm/mm e2 - +360 X !0~ 6 tnmhimt


6
e, 1 315 X 10 nim/tnm

.x L~
0 ,
- HS” % * - YT 03 - O
*
fcoS” ©j 4 .$ 1 *

0.5 £* 4 O.S .Olry = - So*/o~


^y
CoS^ 0*. 4 s/V* Si O of, C05
>y

0.3 £„ 4 0.5 % 0.5 Yi, - Sco x ior


2
co^ 4 L
c- .

n % *y ^5: co s P3,
- '
5
^
C
5X + Q + O - 3/5 > /O'

-
V V'OtVl ( S ) - 3 /S’ * to fw W\
J
m
£?.(/) -
£f.(*) TxyXJ = -So*
-So y (o'* ~ Z&O
zco xfo'* ~ -4/0* (O'* fvt

E, 0 } + £3 0 ) 3* + 3, e, + e.

c
+ ~5ox/cT * 3&c>»(0~* - &}S*/d* - - 5*x /o ‘
(
~y 5j 1

^*^4 **
^ (^4 + Ey ) ' I SSt X /£? br(H.|(4, tVj

R'V<^ MW
? - //<?*-- ev \*- ^ /YL\* _ Jj 3>5x/q~
7
4 5* /o'* ^ . /Mlo vhPV-

/yCO * lo iv\ tw M-in-v


I

+ £ - 4/5 X I C> jrvt |A^v-

j
t

5
+«.<n
^
- -52.0*

&f • - £6. O”

4 15 * I o'
PROBLEM 7.C1 7.C1 A state of plane stress is defined by the stress components <r„ cry ,

and ry, associated with the element shown in Fig. P7.Cla. (a) Write a com-
puter program that can be used to calculate the stress components ay, ay, and
ryy associated with the element after it has rotated through an angle & about

the z axis (Fig. Vl.CXb). (b) Use this program to solve Probs. 7.13 through
7.16.

& t-f- f-s ; *'6 <£r £j ; '/?


-
77<oA
,
£
SOLUTION j

£g> -y— s h7&‘

'
0^.
5 2
<y -05
fc>( ?,tlf S/'h/G’ J- /£«, Oc»S
2

<F/*7£K

PWT
^
bfiLV&S
T7,
(
^
#np <3
G*gT&nt?r> po$ §T t
j

(b)

Problem 7.13a Problem 7.13b

Sigma x « *-60 MPa Sigma x = -60 MPa


Sigma y « 90 MPa Sigma y 90 MPa
Tau xy « 30 MPa Tau xy « 30 MPa

Rotation of element Rotation of element


(+ counterclockwise)
(+ counterclockwise)
theta « ~25 degrees theta « 10 degrees

Sigma x* « -56.19 MPa Sigma x* * -45.22 MPa


Sigma y* « 86.19 MPa Sigma y « f
75.22 MPa
Tau x'y * *
-38.17 MPa Tau x’y* ~ 53.84 MPa

Problem 7.14a Problem 7.14b

Sigma x * 0 MPa Sigma x * 0 MPa


Sigma y ^ -80 MPa Sigma y - -80 MPa
Tau xy m -50 MPa Tau xy « -50 MPa

Rotation of element Rotation of element


(+ counterclockwise) {+ counterclockwise)
theta * -25 degrees theta » 10 degrees

Sigma x» « 24.01 MPa Sigma x « -19.51 MPa


1

Sigma y « -104.01 MPa


f
Sigma y* * -60.49 MPa
Tau x*y ** -1.50 MPa
* Tau x’y* «: -60.67 MPa

CONTINUED
4

PROBLEM 7.C1 CONTINUED -

Ou tset

Problem 7.15 a Problem 7.15b


Sigma x * &% M Pa Sigma x « i
Sigma y » —It&Mfii Sigma y ^ —
Tau xy » ~ 4-2 M/i t
Tau xy « ~42 M/%
56 ML
Rotation of element Rotation of element
(+ counterclockwise) (+ counterclockwise)
theta * -25 degrees theta 10 degrees

Sigma x* f M fa Sigma x 1
« 37« 4 -
M/%
Sigma y* ~qjo Sigma y* MAx
Tau x'y* Tau x y f f

Problem 7,16a Problem 7.1 6b

Sigma x « 0 Sigma x 0 MP4


Sigma y * ir<£> Mnt Sigma y *>(* f*psf
Tau xy * && Mfie* Tau xy 35 MP4
Rotation of element Rotation of element
+ counterclockwise)
( {+ counterclockwise)
theta - -25 degrees theta « 10 degrees

Sigma x* ~ ~JL-8^k Sigma x* » ii'imh 1

Sigma y* » 12-9 Mflf Sigma y* * 4> M/’a.


Tau x’y* ** /•US' M/% Tau x*y* » 4-2* ^ M/’i

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1X12 A state of plane stre.ss is defined by the stress components ax oyj and
PROBLEM 1X12 associated with the element shown in Fig. P7.Cla. (<t)
,

Write a computer
Txy

program that can be used to calculate the principal axes, the principal
stresses, the maximum in-plane shearing stress , and the maximum shearing
stress. (b) Use this program to solve Probs. 7.5, 7.9, 7.68 and 7.69.

SOLUTION

r
taM 'Cv,
= -| -- : r„^

&(**) Cv.-f <?

fob./*) &_ = £**


. * I
—A—-r— fj(U

fa.fats)
^ 'v**

PZM&rtdw/, S7^fS5 /T T~ a~t<* <OS

(Jf> -plane)
e ftp 'ZtoUyt (OU-t-of-f>hne)
~ ^
lf%,<h?° a » cl %„>0:
l?ncbts{]rt - p/anej ^ J of-p/ahm^" 3
/F ^ <£L -<0 :

7%5V
; Z>*y(6 U t-^fkn*y |

output
,( 0 M pa Problems 7.5 and 7.9

35 MPa Sigma x -60.00 MPa


Sigma y -40.00 MPa
60 MPa Tau xy 35.00 MPa

Angle between xy axes and principal axes


+ counterclockwise
( )

Theta p - -37.03 deg. and 52.97 deg.


Sigma max » -13.60 MPa
Sigma min * -86.40 MPa
Angle between xy axis and planes of maximum in-plane shearing stress
+ counterclockwise
{ )

Theta s « 7.97 deg. and 97.97 deg.


Tau max (in plane) «= 36.40 MPa
Tau max * 43.20 MPa

CONTINUED
PROBLEM 7.C2 - CONTINUED
Problem 7 >68
Sigma x - 140.00 MPa
Sigma y « 40.00 MPa
Tau xy =* 80.00 MPa

Angle between xy axes and principal axes


+ counterclockwise
( }

Theta p = 29.00 deg. and 119.00 deg.


Sigma max » 184.34 MPa
Sigma min * -4.34 MPa
Angle between xy axis and planes of maximum in-plane
in-plane shearing stress + counterclockwise
{ )

Theta s - 74.00 deg. and 164.00 deg.


Tau max (in-plane) » 94.34 MPa
Tau max (out -of -plane) = 94.34 MPa

Sigma x « 140.00 MPa


Sigma y - 120.00 MPa
Tau xy » 80.00 MPa
Angle between xy axes and principal axes
+ counterclockwise
( )

Theta p « 41.44 deg. and 131.44 deg.


Sigma max * 210.62 MPa
Sigma min * 49.38 MPa
Angle between xy axis and planes of maximum in-plane
in-plane shearing stress + counterclockwise
( )
Theta s = 86.44 deg. and 176.44 deg.
Tau max (in-plane) = 80.62 MPa
Tau max (out -of -plane) * 105.31 MPa

Problem 7 , 69
Sigma x » 140.00 MPa
Sigma y •* 20.00 MPa
Tau xy « 80.00 MPa
Angle between xy axes and principal axes
+ counterclockwise
( )

Theta p » 26.57 deg. and 116.57 deg.


Sigma max » 180.00 MPa
Sigma min * -20.00 MPa
Angle between xy axis and planes of maximum in-plane
in-plane shearing stress + counterclockwise
( )
Theta s « 71.57 deg. and 161.57 deg.
Tau max (in-plane) * 100.00 MPa
Tau max (Out- of -plane) * 100.00 MPa

Sigma x « 140.00 MPa


Sigma y » 140.00 MPa
Tau xy * 80.00 MPa
Angle between xy axes and principal axes
+ counterclockwise
( )
Theta p » 45.00 deg. and 135.00 deg.
Sigma max « 220.00 MPa
Sigma min « 60.00 MPa
Angle between xy axis and planes of maximum in-plane
in-plane shearing stress + counterclockwise
( )
Theta s » 90.00 deg. and 180.00 deg.
Tau max (in-plane) « 80.00 MPa
Tau max (out -of -plane) « 110.00 MPa
.

7.C3 (a) Write a computer program that, for a given state of plane stress and
PROBLEM 7.C3
a given yield strength of a ductile material, can be used to determine whether
the material will yield. The program should use both the maximum
shearing-strength criterion and the maximum-distortion-energy criterion. It

should also print the values of the principal stresses and, if the material does
no yield, calculate the factor of safety, b)
(i Use this program to solve Prohs.
7.81, 7.82 and 7.165.

SOLUTION
Pfl/MCJ PhL
,-p

+R

Mr*/ MOM -Stkess CGi TPP/oN

if fno /me T^r if ^


/F 7^0^ s* Y/£*£>/M£ occ-ut®
,
IF ^ Mo Y/EM2 IM& oco vflS, WO
P=acr*>F op <s*np7y - -

'9wO>*

Mmiom- £yPTQftr-/o*/~ E-ME&tr cm r^Pjpi*


COM poll' RflOPfil

IF /£V9 O/crfi > (Jj^ YteuPW* eZPPuej’


IF RftOfcAl < Sip, //s> Y/FW/nd occ c*25,

c>f j^FE-ry-

Output

Problems 7.81a and 7.82a Yield strength - 325 MPa


|°fl =200 MPa Sigma x « -200.00 MPa
Sigma y * -200.00 MPa
Tau xy = 100*00 MPa
Sigma max « -100.00 MPa
Sigma min » -300.00 MPa
Using the maximum- shearing- stress criterion:
Material will not yield
F.S* « 1*083
Using the maximum-distortion-energy criterion:
Material will not yield
F S * 1.228
*

CONTINUED
PROBLEM 7.C3 CONTINUED -

Problems 7.81b and 7.82b Yield strength - 325 MPa


°o = 240 MPa Sigma x = -240.00 MPa
Sigma y = -240.00 MPa
100 MPa Tau xy * 100.00 MPa
Sigma max « -140.00 MPa
Sigma min « -340.00 MPa
Using the maximum-shearing-stress criterion:
Material will yield
Using the maximum-distortion-energy criterion:
Material will not yield
F.S. = 1.098

ff» = 280 MPa Problems 7.81c and 7.82c Yield strength 325 MPa
Sigma x =» -280.00 MPa
. 100 MPa Sigma y * -280.00 MPa
Tau xy => 100.00 MPa
Sigma max = -180.00 MPa
Sigma min = -380.00 MPa
Using the maximum-shearing-stress criterion:
Material will yield
Using the maximum-distortion-energy criterion:
Material will yield

Problem 7,165a
Yield strength - 210 MPa
Sigma x * Mpa
Sigma y « MPa
=42 MPa Tau xy * 4 2 MPa
ns ,
m
Sigma max = /#7-7 MPa
Sigma min * M Pn
ill® J| 168 MPa (a) Using the maximum- shearing- stress criterion:
Material will not yield
F. S * 1.119
.

(b) Using the maximum-distortion-energy criterion;


Material will not yield
F.S * 1.286 .

Problem 7.165b Yield strength * 210 MPa

- 84 MPa Sigma x ti>£ MPa


**
T Ml fa
Sigma y *
Tau xy « fifth
Sigma max * 224- MPa
me I 168 MPa Sigma min » ^2 MPa
(a) Using the maximum- shearing- stress criterion:
Material will yield
(b) Using the maximum- distort ion -energy criterion:
Material will not yield
F.S. « 1.018

P roblem 7 . 165c Yield strength * 210 MPa

rxxlt a 98 MPa Sigma x » IBS' MPa


!wm t 9 Sigma y « MPa
Tau xy * MPa
168 MPa
Sigma max * J37-/ fitPa
Sigma min « xP^ MPa
(a) Using the maximum- shearing- stress criterion:
Material will yield
(b) Using the maximum- distort ion -energy criterion:
Material will yield
7.C4 (a) Write a computer program based on Mohr’s fracture criterion for
PROBLEM 7.C4 a given state of plane stress and given values of the
brittle materials that, for
ultimate strength of the material in tension and compression, can be used to
determine whether rupture will occur. The program should also print the
values of the principal stresses, (b) Use this program to solve Probs. 7.89 and
7*90 and to check the answers to Probs. 7.93 and 7.94.

SOLUTION

Ce= 5

MOWj jf F&f\c-ru&£
IF Avo {T^ ahp
C£<Vr /5 *~/> < >
/VO /CV,W Ufie ‘

%>%T OR %>%*, FAtLvne


IF Ta >o KTW i

COHSiVfR FZxirrr# & ysrp tffltrr qf f?F. 7,A7 fbl2 TO OCCOPI


fJO !?vP7~ai?f
pc /FT CoZjF'i) WST
L/£ \M7MN
MOfile's £WV£tC>V£ C

f F T > cprrete
fo

TAfA poprurct ’OccuRi

/F Tb < CMT£MOt-t }
7~mN Md /?PP7V> k£_ o CCVX $ •

P&XW\M OUTPUT
Problem 7.89 sigiina x . #
Sigma y * -loSMSa
Tau xy « 63 MP4
Ultimate strength in tension - 7® HP*
Ultimate strength in compression * xio MPa
Sigma max - Sigma a
Sigma min - Sigma b - m-u MPa
Rupture will occur

CONTINUED

PROBLEM 7.C4 CONTINUED -

Problem 7,90 sigma x - - Mfy U


Sigma y « 0.00
14 MPa Tau xy * 4? WAr
Ultimate strength in tension = "lo h Pa
Ultimate strength in compression * no MPa
55 MPa
Sigma max > Sigma a Mfq
zB-ftz
Sigma min - Sigma b - S^-^-zmph
Rupture will not occur

To CH£CK /}/vsu>£K& TO T~ollo PftoB #£


1 CtfPc H Po/Z
POpPuRE >ens /) m /fpjaceA>T V4*- o£ -

m Mi>a
ROPTvrzE occuRS 2$’7Mfa

Problem 7Sigma x
. 93 $$Mfa Sigma x ® S&Mfa
Sigma y 0.00^4 Sigma y « 0.00*?/*?
Tau xy
Ultimate strength in tension
- —
-*-Tau xy * 25-7 M/h
« low?* Ultimate strength in tension • loMfa
Ultimate strength in compression * ir$MP* Ultimate strength in compression » mwe*
Sigma max « Sigma a mp* Sigma max * Sigma a U‘OSmP«
Sigma min Sigma b ~ /&*&/ Mfa Sigma min: * Sigma b - i6't>$ MPa
Rupture will not occur Rupture will occur

80 MPa

Koprvze occ^/zs poe ~

Problem 7 , 94
Sigma x « -80.00 MPa Sigma x -80,00 MPa
Sigma y * 0.00 MPa Sigma y 0.00 MPa
> Tau xy » 49.10 MPa-^t Tau xy 49,20 MPa
Ultimate strength in tension « 75 MPa Ultimate strength in tension * 75 MPa
Ultimate strength in conpression * ISO MPa Ultimate strength in compression » ISO MPa
Sigma max « Sigma a « 23.33 MPa Sigma max » Sigma a 23.41 MPa =*

Sigma min * Sigma b « -103.33 MPa Sigma min » Sigma b - -103.41 MPa
Rupture will not occur Rupture will occur

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved: No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation A student using this manual is using it without permission.
,

PROBLEM 7.C5 7.C5 A state of plane strain components ex


strain is defined by the and . >

Yxy associated with the x and Write a computer program that can
y axes, (a)

be used to calculate the strain components ex >> ey and yx y associated with the
>

frame of reference x$> 'obtained by rotating the x and y axes through an angle
6. (b) Use this program to solve Probs. 7.129 and 7.1 31.

SOLUTION

x~ Z

Jte.l7.vs) z;„z&

£Q,(7<U) ^ =•
~(£yr €<i) + ^*9 cas **
Mu** f>} &
Fziht Vfitvas csr*i»*r> Fen g* €* Y,l
/t y y * r
PfcMQfiM OUTPUT

Problem 7.129 Epsilon x = 240 micro meters


Epsilon y - 160 micro meters
Gamma xy « 150 micro radians
Rotation of element in degrees + counterclockwise
, ( )

Theta = -60 degrees

Epsilon x * 1
115.05 micro meters
Epsilon y*» 284.95 micro meters
Gamma x’y ** 1
-5.72 micro radians

Problem 7.131 Epsilon x «= 0 micro meters


Epsilon y « 320 micro meters
Gamma xy « -100 micro radians
Rotation of element, in degrees + counterclockwise { 3

Theta m 30 degrees

Epsilon x'« 36.70 micro meters


Epsilon y * 1
283.30 micro meters
Gamma x y*= T
227.13 micro radians

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
PROBLEM 7.C6 7.C6 A state of strain is defined by the strain components ex
ey , and y*y ,

associated with the x and yWrite a computer program that can be


axes, (a)
used to determine the orientation and magnitude of the principal strains, the
maximum in-plane shearing strain, and the maximum shearing strain, (b)
Use this program to solve Probs. 7.136 through 7.139.

SOLUTION P£Q££frj^

&*(***>

gHPrtkLtfiK* STKfHHS S'sjfnrZiM. £7V2*m

r • pla. rte^
-=zr

RLCVLtiJ]? (SUr-OP~Fi/)Nf S-HfaetnA £.7*2 MM <q uo tZtfgac.


b jfiF~W£/Z ) 7' AT A-W//W U ^ s?7'/2*/*

<r —~ Csto)*

‘ r/to " w 6

v-

/fS
**>5*^5 i '&-£+***
/f Yout- af' p}a** ~ ““

?c/r?fito pern;

Problem 7.136 Epsilon x * 30 micro meters


Epsilon y - 570 micro meters
Gamma xy * 720 micro radians
nu = 0.333

Angle between xy axes and principal axes (+ =* counterclockwise)


Theta p » -26.57 degrees
Epsilon a * 750.00 micro meters
Epsilon b « -150.00 micro meters
Epsilon c » -300.00 micro meters

Gamma max (in plane) * 900,00 micro radians


Gamma max * 1050.00 micro radians

CONTINUED
PROBLEM 7.C6 - CONTINUED

Problem 7.137 Epsilon x « 160 micro meters


Epsilon y * -480 micro meters
Gamma xy ~ -600 micro radians
nu * 0.333

Angle between xy axes and principal axes {+ * counterclockwise)


Theta p =* -21.58 degrees
Epsilon a * 278.63 micro meters
Epsilon b - -598.63 micro meters
Epsilon c 159.98 micro meters
a*

Gamma max (in plane) ~ 877.27 micro radians


Gamma max * 877.27 micro radians

Problem 7.138 Epsilon x * -600 micro meters


Epsilon y « -400 micro meters
Gamma xy ** 350 micro radians
nu » 0.333

Angle between xy axes and principal axes {+ * counterclockwise)


Theta p * -30.13 degrees
Epsilon a » -298.44 micro meters
Epsilon b -701.56 micro meters
Epsilon c 500.00 micro meters
at

Gamma max (in plane) ~ 403.11 micro radians


Gamma max * 1201.56 micro radians

Problem 7.139 Epsilon x * -260 micro meters


Epsilon y » -60 micro meters
Gamma xy * 480 micro radians
'

nu * 0.333

Angle between xy axes and principal axes (+ « counterclockwise)


Theta p * -33,69 degrees
Epsilon a » 100.00 micro meters
Epsilon b « -420.00 micro meters
Epsilon c = 159.98 micro meters

Gamma max (in plane) * 520,00 micro radians


Gamma max * 579.98 micro radians

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
~

7X7 A of plane strain is defined by the strain components ex ey and


state , ,

PROBLEM 7.C7 yxy measuredat a point, (a) Write a computer program that can be used to
determine the orientation and magnitude of the principal strains, the
maximum in-plane shearing strain, and the magnitude of the shearing strain,
(b) Use this program to solve Probs. 7.140 through 7J43.

SOLUTION
PftOgRkM w/z/x' £& vnTtWS

£&(?&>)
fff-SfS

Jfa (752)
f' <r _ c
> t)

S/&4/VS Maximum /#• Pi,A.Ate J&stffttliHi £77?*>AI

(tn~f>hn*y
2ft

{FfiLcLuinre out-c>p~ jRLANf svfrinj/** jZFe/W* WO c hbcM

Bar
P fa - R<>#*/%
fptfltH STK/f/s/)

/F Kiur- Fi-we 4-“^e

)? e T
'Kutr-QF-Pi*'*** &Q.' j,

)F XauT-a^- ~ e<c-^

Problem 7.140 Epsilon x * 400 micro meters


Epsilon y « 200 micro meters
Gamma xy * 375 micro radians
nu « 0.000

Angle between xy axes and principal axes {+ * counterclockwise)


Theta p * 30.96 and -59.04 degrees
Epsilon a » 512.50 micro meters
Epsilon b « 87*50 micro meters
Epsilon c ^ 0.00 micro meters

Gamma max (in plane) * 425.00 micro radians


Gamma max » 512.50 micro radians

CONTINUED
PROBLEM 7.C7 CONTINUED -

Problem 7 >141 Epsilon x » -180 micro meters


Epsilon y « -260 micro meters
Gamma xy «= 315 micro radians
nu * 0.000
Angle between xy axes and principal axes <+ » counterclockwise)
Theta p .
* 37 87 and -52.13 degrees
.

Epsilon a « -57.50 micro meters


Epsilon b m -382.50 micro meters
Epsilon c 0.00 micro meters

Gamma max {in plane) * 325.00 micro radians


Gamma max « 382.50 micro radians

Problem 7.142 Epsilon x - 60 micro meters


Epsilon y » 240 micro meters
Gamma xy « -50 micro radians
nu * 0.000

Angle between xy axes and principal axes (+ ~ counterclockwise)


Theta p «' 7.76 and -82.24 degrees
Epsilon a * 243.41 micro meters
Epsilon b » 56.59 micro meters
Epsilon c * 0.00 micro meters

Gamma max (in plane) * 186.82 micro radians


Gamma max « 243.41 micro radians

Problem 7.143 Epsilon x « 300 micro meters


Epsilon y » 60 micro meters
Gamma xy « 100 micro radians
nu m 0.000

Angle between xy axes and principal axes {+ * counterclockwise)


Theta p « 11.31 and -78.69 degrees
Epsilon a « 310.00 micro meters
Epsilon b * 50.00 micro meters
Epsilon c « 0.00 micro meters

Gamma max (in plane) * 260.00 micro radians


Gamma max 3= 310.00 micro radians

Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of (his Manual may he displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond die limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
8

7.C8 A rosette consisting of three gages forming, respectively, angles of 8\ ,


PROBLEM 7.0 and O3 with the x axis is attached to the free surface of a machine
82 ,

component made of a materia! with a given Poisson’s ratio v . (a) Write a


computer program that, for given readings e\ €2 and £3 of the gages, can be
, ,

used to calculate the strain components associated with the x and y axes and
the determine the orientation and magnitude of the three principal strains, the
maximum in-plane shearing strain, and the maximum shearing strain. ( b )
Use this program to solve Prohs. 7.144, 7.145, 7.146 and 7.169.

SOLUTION
F&Z '»*/ Tb 3 £/YT£fc C*nct
:

JpHJtP- W*lZ
SOL^e £QS,(Z6<*> FO*. &*,&., ***
i*
a>r p*re/z.MtA>A7Z% o/lnuy
Mi 1
——
/JV7FR ftxve - 7
'
i

^aS *7yft<yy

1/
Cc-
hi/
<Sl
p z

ShZne/M Mfl/lMUAS) A-v- P/-/tH£ SW&arttMi. g'TTg/p/yy

Y ,
= ZR
CfilCOL$7£ OUT-&F- PLQ^iT S/TeM*.
tf/vo Cy/£CM MftyUtoUA*
&?&*&//** STT&tSAt,

OUTPUT Xout- of- Ft-yfMT


P/?6£GA*+
Problem 7.144
Gage theta epsilon
degrees micro maters
1 -15 480
2 30 -120
.3 75 80

Epsilon x * 253.21 micro meters


Epsilon y - 306.79 micro meters
Gamma xy •> -892.82 micro radians

Epsilon a * 727,21 micro meters


Epsilon b * -167.21 micro meters
Gamma max (in plane) - 894.43 micro radians
CONTINUED
PROBLEM 7.C8 CONTINUED-

Problem 7,145
Gage theta epsilon
degrees micro meters

1 30 €00
2 ”30 450
3 90 *75

Epsilon x 725.000 micro meters


Epsilon y -75.000 micro meters
Gamma xy 173.205 micro radians

Epsilon a m 734.268 micro meters


Epsilon b -84.268 micro meters
Gamma max (in plane) - 818.535 micro radians

Problem 7.146
OS5&RV&- 7l¥\T £**£& 3 is

7>jt
g/sT&a amo
of £u xwr/z
As ^
is Also 7?ir £>* S/UF 3*

Gage theta epsilon


degrees mm /mm
1 0 420
2 45 -45
4 135 165

Epsilon x 420.00 mm /mm


Epsilon y -300.00 mm/mm
Gamma xy -210.00 micro radians

Epsilon a * 435.00 mm/mm


Epsilon b « -315.00 mm/mm
Gamma max (In plane) * 750.00 micro radians

Problem 7.169
Gage theta epsilon
degrees mm /mm
1 45 -50
2 -45 360
3 0 315
Epsilon x 315.000 mm /mm
Epsilon y -5.000 mm /mm
Gamma xy -410.000 micro radians
Epsilon a * 415.048 mm /mm
Epsilon b * -105.048 mm/mm
Gamma max (in plane) « 520.096 micro radians

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-RUI Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Chapter 8
0

8.1 A W250 X 1 1 rolled-steel beam supports a load P as shown. Know-


Problem 8.1 ing that P=180 kN, a ~ 0.25 m, and rraU - 126 MPa, determine (a) the max-
imum value of the norma! stress crm in the beam, ( b ) the maximum value of
the principal stress <rnm at the junction of the flange and web, (c) whether the
specified shape is acceptable as far as these two stresses are concerned.

h/u, * I?0 k/J

iHl^ r (f&eiCws-') - 4S kN fn

Fo/ x/or Sec'h’o'^.j

dl - tom bp * 2-i> 7 ^ if - W'b MM


in/tr f to/* I* = S* - /240X/0
1
A./V)
fc

- ~
C = ji cl - 13 2 tru 7 > Sj^ c - tf

~ MPa
Sy
-4SLN M

Af a.

5f r - IZZ,2tnm

Qk - Af ^ ' ilSSZf tfitor

/y
^
r --At r

'•
I

^ * -k;
_ (fSoyjo* ^/sf X2I ") . »
77 MPa

(t) a
4. t? - 74^? MPa 6^ 74*3 tfAt

fc) S.‘M <r« 6^ < 6^ (= o£ MPa)^ 256 y //>; ; s o^cc^UXU ^

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 8.2 8.2 Solve Prob. 8.1, assuming that P= 90 kN, a = 0.5 m.
8,1 A W250 X beam supports a load P as shown. Know-
101 rolled-steel
ing that P — 180 kN, a — 0.25 m, and <x ™ 126 MPa, detennine (a) the max-
alJ

imum value of the normal stress crm in the beam, ( b ) the maximum value of
the principal stress rrmax at the junction of the flange and web, (c) whether the
specified shape is acceptable as far as these two stresses are concerned.

ivL^. *

~ (Jo *>jT) ^ 45

V XktJ 1
Vov W 2‘ja y lot rotied sfee-? sec'tto’O.^

dl * k>£ - 2&T tntn — /7‘^ /hft,

b
(hi tnth J* ~ UA-%io fy,^ Sx - ii^oXfo 5
a,#,
4

C = "jc/ =" /3z * C - tf


^y t

<C* - \Ml\w** __ 45*i/


-4’
MPa
** /24-a /I6

- & /c- -
" (U*-L
(~f
\ \ ^ ....

A* a r Boll M/n*

r ~ IZZ‘2 fntn

Q.y ~ Af ~ HSS2-1 tntn*

T*.
_
- y ——
WL*Qfc
- * - —— =. 4-12
. ,„
MPa rt

P “
-Ji^) + - 1$' 17 MPa

(lo) + 'R. ~ 44- MPa


J/- 6^^, - i/<j? Mfo,

fr 6a# Mp<x
^ V\/ *^5o X ioj CjjCCef

Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-HiU Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced,
or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the
publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is
using it without permission.
o

8.3 An overhangingW920 x 446 rolled-steel beam supports a load P as shown.


Problem 8.3 Knowing that P ~
700 kN, a
~ 2.5 m, and a — 100 MPa, determine (a) the
ajj

maximum value of the normal stress om in the beam, ( b) the maximum value of
the principal stress amKK at the junction of the flange and web, (c) whether the
specified shape is acceptable as far as these two stresses are concerned.

- 7oo kW - loovtc? N
z 6
lM = ( loo «t )(2.S) » L7S* lo

For W 72° * 4 46 foJJaA s\eej} loea.w\

V cm m A ~
^33 Wfvt “ Hx 3 Km if “ H'Z.ltO Km
1/* S„- tszco*/*?™
(2 “ d w»t C *~ X
Vl ~** c i, .
f
r
423 . 3 *****

IMW* _
(a} St O'
18200 > |

" g7 * ¥ Mp*
f 6-w =

IV.OGZrlo3
2.
?
Af -

r + r
y<> ^

Qw ~ KS+ ~ Soho. ZxKy*.*?* go^o.«>v/ci‘ i-

- Q-b .( 27.1 MR,


ly 1 ( ^4-70 * o- |
&
X«4. 43 X i o _s )

i? * /(?r * V - _/c*fv - itj - s5*i»7 MP*

(W St,^ r
f * R H M'Pft

S/‘ ice SI. 7 Mpr<. * S>(- IOC? M'Pn ) ^^20^4^6 is <tc.c«pf«J>le

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw- Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
0

Problem 8.4 8.4 Solve Prob. 8.3, assuming that P- 850 kN and a ~ 2.0 m.

8.3 An overhanging W920 x 446 rolled-steel beam supports a load P as shown.


Knowing that P-
700 kN, a - 2.5 m, and - 100 MPa, determine (a) the
maximum value of the normal stress am in the beam, (b) the maximum value of
the principal stress <7max at the junction of the flange and web, (c) whether the

specified shape is acceptable as far as these two stresses are concerned.

ivL.* - %so ictj * ss'ox/o* w

- (SSOXicr'Xz. o') *=•


t.7«0 *10* W-tv.

f~o*“ V/ 4^0x444 & roJJeA s4?e $ sec't’i'o'"

* *7213 <«*vi i be - 4?2> imiv* 42.7o ka w.


i

1
t w * Z4. ^^ !„ - 7 o«ioV*^ y S* - IS200X/0

C 5
^ ^ ~ 4 46*5m m * C 3.5 mr^

M c
(fo N-*'}
,
(a)
. ^m
(D -
I Mi* 1*70 *)o‘
£„=9 3.4 MP<v
12200* /O'"

6; T & 93 .<44 r S¥. SfcWp*.

-3.55 Af ~ bf if - 18.06^ K/O

Qi * Af f
y * $040.3x10 ~ gofo.3 »la c
^
CggP*IO % XgO K>.3*»fO‘
ft

-
,
)
_
~ C7 HP a
act 6;?MP<l
33
>
(£H7o* (o- c X?f.o* {o-* )
-

^ ~ ~ W.l MP+

^ 4 P^
3.
* 96 *e HP«t 6^ - 96.6 MPa

Since ;9f.6 MP«_ * 6ar(= IOC> MfV); ww>.9 46 ,*


a gux ejtf'

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AU rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
V <

8.5 (a) Knowing that cr^ — 165 MPa and -r an — 100 MPa, select (he
Problem 8.5
most economical wklc-flango shape that should he used to support (he loading
shown. (6) Determine the values to be expecfed for irm% and the principal
stress erjMX at the junction of a flange and (he web of the selected bcam.
%:Nfm

t> £ Ma a O l?A+ (zo)£r'4)(0«\) * o 1

i>2T MA = o 3-*fct?e + fMX5.4)£a*‘l) * O Rg = Bl k-W t

1C -

- Si" 4 ^NHv. -

lH _ 32.4-
S Cw?
"
r 6S" [ ^^.4 X •<?

Sta*pe> 3 (jfiO Use


w St Y- 2'M? XfjO
2-^1
W £5»JC»*3
w r 28’4k'v,;v t

w W /FoWfyg 2 H
W.— .....

tf ~ 6« *? fnf^


t-vJ

M
C
(
I

5>
I <—-* -

^
2.2^
-4- y/o
Xlc?
1
4" i * i> MfH

M
eft-;
»***x ^
=
8/e 00
C*254K^”S)
Mpq> —5

C s ^d - -~C i 1 2-1 ^* •

,i= C - tf ~ {
'Ll ~ 8' 1 - (20 'j Ihk ,
y fc

6“
b
--
6 *h, - (“7#“Xw^”) ~ 133*8 Kfo
R * [(§£)* + + = g^M/V,
S*,.* -
§+R sr 12|il + 88<8 = Mra-S MfW

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may he displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
: } H

Problem 8.6 8.5 and 8.6 (a) Knowing that aliU - 165 MPa and ra]l = 100 MPa, se-
lect themost economical wide- flange shape that should be used to support the
loading shown. ( b ) Determine the values to be expected for a„ Tmi and the
36 kN }
,

principal stress crlliax at the junction of a flange and the web of the selected
beam.

IL ku
22 £n/w

ITURTT
\\ A\
» «

4-5 ft
+3 2- ==• O 5
B
(zz V 7 y/(W
12- 7
+ 0)0'')
sr /<?£'
- Pi £.*) =o .5

s
4 sr fz-7 A/J *0)
£r Sol-1 W zz

— 4-W

So i,i kss /Ml^r /<?** iVM

S’hrt.ps so**o SgctlOA Mp<toloS

W
W 4*0X7* m&o
5W,H -JMsSi-~ iHZHHL *
. it9±t+m*
/*r
W 4u>y&x /no
Setecf YjftoX U
W 3&>x 7? (2$d
(a.)

W 2/V>X/o7 Mo 5 * ItyO'HO* ©| SF £25 fhM


W zsoaioi no-o
t>$ - //• 4 /»A> tw S
3
/3S-3Xte
Stress 6L 6L- S4X.J HP«
S /Max/0-^

.;
-L..
n,
r 5t r- **
*
rM " )aU
r -
~
lVl-
Awe*. twd
tl * .»/•* «/v»

AW, fJor*uxl 5frr*& in iV<rj> af £


1. <2.

J ]
V^
O
~>
1
I
- ‘

/Moxto-l
= /«•/ w„
Ul-5 01 m (m-l)(x*b t/zli-x) - SW-9 l*Pa
4o
~ J 6-i kfi
^©er^o-w.)

R =i(f>f+ 'C efixMTJTitTuty = «•*«/.,

s* —
— S*. ~
o + t?
Wv«w- *N
-
- + 6<f-4 Gw* Hi'S MPa
«*

8.7and 8.8 (a) Knowing that ~ 160Ml'a and r8i] - 100 MPa, select the most
Problem 8.7 economical metric wide-flange shape that should be used to support the loading
shown, ( b ) Determine the values to be expected for am rm , and the principal stress

2.50 kN 250 kN 250 kN ^


o at the junction of a flange and the web of the selected beam.

flexion*; 37* M f
3
37$ kv t

Wl^ - 37S kN

ImL* r 950 k(J~n

IW J poi'n i C *
I <? S kbJ

^VmV.
" t!»2Z -
*
1 r z.%\ XS * lO-* W?
So, l40x/0‘
3 4
*812. 5* /o vh*v>

,SK<s{pe Sv Go* ")

W gyo * 176 5890 Co,) Use


IV 76o * m 99 1> 1 W 64o* \?S. —
w 690 7$ * \ 3SI o
W 61 0*l$g HttO ct - 6 7S
W 53© * 150 37*0 tp - SO
W 46o xf58 339 0
W 360x216 3800 r I 7

. IMU, _ 95o x Jo3


- l*8.Xx/0 4 P^ 6T„ * 128.2 MPa
35/Ok/o- 4

_ JvU. wl. 375 * /o 3 -r -si 97.3 MPa —


Aw (J t*, (CTSMO'^Xn:?*/©’* )

V I25v/0 S
At poi<»f TL*j - T
t67Bx/0- ,i
)(>l.7’'/0'
i
= 15.76 */0 "Pa
A* ’’i
1$. 76 Mfe

678 ~ - tf -
c -
"k«i - 131
'ZZ Ci
yb * c 339 -16.30 r 3*2.1

S, - c e-- ( 3 « 1*2.0 MPa


1
£ - = Ji&Lo) \ OS/kV rr <63.0 MPa
R
1

CL# 124.0 MPa.-*


1 * r
4s

Proprietary Material. €S 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. Mo part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1

Problem 8.8 8.7and 8.8 (a) Knowing that <7g] — 1 60MPa and ,
-100 MPa, select the most
economical metric wide-flange shape that should be used to support the loading
shown. (6) Determine the values to be expected for a rm> and the principal stress
m ,

at the junction of a flange and the web of the selected beam.


4I> IcN

1.1 o; - 5R, o
-*•
4- (0(4-0 -

R - 55. 2 Vv
ft f <?o
- 55-. 8 few F

.1 m 1 m

Locate po»*t i/ - O Mg- .

Vj(klrt
SS. Z - 32 X* * O 5*0 7) *vj.
k. ss, 2,

Mg. - i (55. O C?.5o4/ ) - €9. 2S kW *

& c IM^I _ 64. ZS*lo


%

PnL_ 1
~
<51# 1 6o x /O e
43 ?.Sx/o‘ ^
3
- 432.S */o

M Sinope S (l03 vn^) (a )


-

Dse
£%.2S IVH/O *38.8 Q37 W36o* S2.7

£S.%
W 36o * 32. 4 474
W3IO x 32. 54 4
W 250 > 44 8 535
W Soox 46. 448
ESC 1

For' W 360*32.4 s~ HIH'IO* ^ = 47H*/o ‘


^3
A we t* sJ t- = (3H7'J(£ .8
, >
)
s- ZoZi.Z ^ - 2024.2 >fo'
c
^,*

1
At pef'A’t £ t
Mf _ C-^.aS'xlO
” 474 x/o- - |44.\ Mft>5
s 1

At rpo,«t ?(gf.
C‘. 6U* S H74 x |o~
4 6*^~ 1/7. 7 MP4.

^^ . iyi _ 5s.gx/o 3
A«*<.
*
2oi4.2.*ier*
t^2l.Q> MPcf
c - 4 J ^ ^(341 V 174. S'™* itc

iu.ohp^
R * 7^^ + - ez4 MPa.

, 'S * 6^,^- 1/8.4 MPa-


8.9 through 8.14 Each of the following problems refers to a rolled-steel shape
Problem 8.9
selected in a problem of Chap. 5 to support a given loading at a minimal cost
while satisfying the requirement am 5 For the selected design, determine (a)
the actual value of am in the beam, (&) the maximum value of the principal stress
IS kN/m ffmax at the junction of a flange and the web.

8.9 Loading of Prob, 5.74 and selected W530 x 66 shape.

S‘,'74 \ju~ I G>0 MPa*

\
" \%o Wbi-y* cd sec/hw i 8 .

IV I
r 72 kti «,+ «erfV*iA B
Fa./' W SSO * £>6 v^o MeJl

df - Y^ty\ t>p — ) £>£T fcf:


- M MO- waw

tw ~ Sm^ J2 — 3S1 vqO S ^ SH 0*10


[

(a )
1

(MU*= ISOxu/'W-im S- 13.40 */o‘* *7

6m - = 134.33 */o c 6^- HP*,-*

- y" £(c.+y^) - 256.8 **»*


Os')
yb = c tf - 251. 1 **»

~
Af ~ bf fcf IBS! **<-»*'

At B V N

rk - ^
It
-
'
V Af,
It
Y_ _
~
6
(7Z*lo*XlS»l«i°- )(2&-&>'l 0
(3S7* /o~ & )(. sexier 5 )
i ’ ')

6
= ||.5X3*I0 r 11.523 MPa

6; =
** 122.5-0 MPa

R 1 - £5.22C
Tb

6^ = ^ + t? -- 65.^24 1^.5'MPa

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
0 .

Problem 8.1
8.9 through S.I4 Each of the foliowing problems refers to a rolled-steel shape
selected in a problem of Chap, 5 to support a given loading at a minimal cost while
satisfying the requirement om <. For the selected design, determine (a) the actual
50 kN/m value of am in the beam, (b) the maximum value of the principal stress a
mAx at the
junction of a flange and the web.

8.10 Loading of Prob. 5.73 and selected W250 x 28.4 shape.

Tvo** pz-o Wlev*. £*73 160 M Pa>


£*
|Ml^= ^3 taJ-v* $&<>
y
wAicJv it'es
v/tkV)
LG ^ “f*o *fhe W3 kr 8 -

! V 1
T O

Fovr W 'ZSO * Z8 4 sec7to*\

- 4-
<* /£j£>0 bf - iQZ MT
*- *
0 O
* *V\ vVl

4 %
tw-= *^*v* r~ 4 o.^k!o'»v.v s r SC % x\0 mw?

c - c? r i
§£> *”*"! »V1

1HU ;
.J
3
sr« - 5X8 MPa **
x !o_c
1

M (kM bt)
,
s 3o8
- £- £ r*
'
- l*o

%
Af - Vp tp - 10^0 »>rs

5 " L c+ > )

- 'I ?
S ^
.

- 4f
j 1 27. X / O ">"> *v\ * /?? , S*iO

A+ s e e.4 i'jh b < »!


O M - Mm.*

6“w
* A g- - JH3.S HP*.

"4 r VQ 0 6*^*= $b MPa,"*


Xt-
U>) 6^** 143.3

A+ •S'S’c'Vio* C IV 1= *fo kV M- 3^ kW- k.

i 3
M^i _ (3Z.*l6 )( l2ox;o‘ )
- <?G MPa.
X HO.O *70~ c
6 ')
y45l , iZQ- . )(lZ7*S«lo’
' f?.n MP*
It. (HO.O/jtO* S X6.M «to' 3 )

l
R-’n/tf ) + r: - r ^1.^7 MP*

4- R ~ I OO 0 MPa (^c$s ‘fhi* f )


1 ! r *

Problem 8.1 8.9 through HJ4 Each of the following problems refers to a rolled-steel shape
selected in a problem of Chap. 5 to support a given loading at a minimal cost while
satisfying the requirement am £ <rAi] For the selected design, determine (o) the actual
.

-SO kN
value of am in the beam, ( b ) the maximum value of the principal stress at the

junction of a flange and the web.

8J1 Loading of Prob. 5.78 and selected S3 10 x 47,3 shape.

\Ar-\ &-7S> 6 I GO MPa.

- C6.15 kN)- se.eA{o>\ ©.


V(Jkv'>
lv\ - 7 3.5 ktJ J: 6.

S 310 * HI. 3 rJ$e$> s+ee? 3S^tia<A

A - 305 hp~ \ 2.7 y*\r^ t ^ / 3 %


. yy\rvo

It qo. c» lefts'

C * iJr Id? #?«£> (M

M c6j<r-«?o^
vm *
*
1

^=\n.6Kp«. -«
ins *io- fc

Y6
s c “ r ! 3 8 .7

6- .
b
A e ' 10!. S* MPa.

Af t p' - 1 7 JT2 * £

jy
~ jjr (c4j/fc ) r l^fT.6

O- = - 5 55. xio* * 255". IS «(€>* vX


AjJ i S’

r<M
: *3. 25 HPa.
r tw (7o.c*/o- c )(g.9 * /o-
3
)

i 4
r. r ~/P|o +•
7b -[so. 15 + “ 53783 Mf*.

^ + R I
0 £> * (£> MP^ <5^: (06.6 —

Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission,
* 9 S

8.9 through 8,14 Each of the following problems refers to a rolled-steel shape
Problem 8-12
selected in a problem of Chap. 5 to support a given loading at a minimal cost while
satisfying the requirement am <, For the selected design, determine (a) the actual
value of am in the beam, (b) the maximum value of the principal stress rrmax at the
junction of a flange and the web.
100 kN/m 8.12 Loading of Prob. 5.75 and selected S20 * 66 shape.

k
o** IVo^JPev-s S- IS 6Lw ~ i 6o HP«-

Ko.8 n -1.6 m- — mu - 2 sg kV A p
O/nf

N l - 3 Go kb/ 'B

~
F ov
'
S x 66 roJJeU

ct ” £’0 kp tr mrh r 20. 2


8 ^
1 iT'l
£f

tw - (2.8 Jjf r S* r HiTo^/G*

c - \A t

*-"• W _ IhL** ^6^/D4


"ST

= '3'-*^
M (kW-i»A* a c - £f * £33.
-
I
~ r
^
5t * ISO. MPa. §**£<
f r fio.vs" MPc
/ Af ’ b^tf r 3l\\
*-i?S&
3 = % (c+y*) - *43. S

Q. = * 783>,»^ *w»n

VQ r (3CoK/o 3 )(7g3.4WQ~ c ) _ Uu c mp
I tw (^x/O^Xiig^O-*)
1
R -
/ (f*) + ?b
~
Yco.^fS ^4-S
* - 76. QC MPfl.

&) <W f
§ + R ~ fiO.*# -v 7S".oc - 136", 5" MPa.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved No part of this Manual may he displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
i

Problem 8,13 $.9 through 8 J4 Each of the following problems refers to a rolled-steel shape
selected in a problem of Chap. 5 to support a given loading at a minimal cost
while satisfying the requirement vm z For the selected design, determine (a)
the actual value of <rm in the beam, (b) the maximum value of the principal stress
70 kN 70 kN the junction of a flange and the web.
<Tm&x at

8J3 Loading of Prob. 5.77 and selected S510 x 98.3 shape.

5.~n ,
6^- ICO !^P<x

Oemsfifoj mowe **-f S *

- 2,1 0 kW«t*i srcJ"i'o *s> B cciaJ (L .

V (kW)
«.qs; C2S kKl * V* mi 'A £T »

| V |
” kW Ayf seo'kiViA^ 3 C *

Fo^ $ £\0 x *!$.% ^ottcA sfeei* se^t/o^

d ^ t^-70.2 ™
3
£^12.3™ x = S - Hi'O X(0

C “ -1;^ *

ImL** w*. £25*10* S - lUOxfO* w*

s
ZHS'.Cl^xlO*
\;<i5a x ia~ 6
2 5, W Wo'P*. £C = 1 * 6.0 MP«c.

CM c- V i?33. 2 Mm Ap ~
P 3.-212
. s
m*vi
a.

r j( c< yb'l - 243.^

Af >W ! d sp *.M » > II


o '7y -
? O

115*1 hp«. -*
5; - § 6^ = - I/iT. <? MPa.

A+ 5ee4*ons B
~ M. 210 x 10 ^
l?-. = ”4 o7.cq mp*
s "/o
*

^lb -
~
va v v Af y. _ (2o?.sr*{o' )te.2t2*K>
%

It '
I tw " (^
5 'w| 0 -M{| 2 .'S-k!(O“*)
-

- 2-s . oq nPo.

R =/(5^+t? - Sf.53 MPa,

105.1 MPa. —»
ts

Problem 8.14 8.9 through 8.14 Each of the following problems refers to a rolled-steel shape
selected in a problem of Chap. 5 to support a given loading at a minimal cost
while satisfying the requirement $ e&. For the selected design, determine (a)
1

the actual value of in the beam, (b) the maximum value of the principal stress
am&x at the junction of a flange and the web.
TO 8.14 Loading of Frob. 5,76 and selected S5 10 x 98.3 shape.

M *r*- *1 fro*, P^cAJeuM. 1C —


0.6 m 0.6 m 0.6 in 0.6 m S'.
t
fts Mfy

V. m
Pig — O /34»4 *
Me “ * 6£.$ -220-$ krtt*

Mg- - 2to- 4 -
- sso-AM*
M0 r - «<?£ = 226-8 Mh
M (=
~ 22o g — Sb-4 - f 34*4 Wh
Mp 5 134-4 - m -4 = o
Fo>r S 5U> XWl \ro$£eJ! SCc.'

oP 55 SoS Inin hf. — IS*) Mm tp •=. h>/*>

ty,- lZ'8f*» t S - Msyio 1,

c ^ 2 J- 25$ f»m

Mv <.a>

i
IMU^ $Sp-$Y!o
Mrue* mi Mfa
(b) c- r = 2i3’9i*i - % C^+^b') ~ 243-^ *»»>
y
Ap *- /ti wi^

= VAeS- -"
-f* ,

it it; (AIBuStfaioizf)
„ tfj.5, V
cf= ‘
Ws* r M
R »/» K V 6 ivi^

S £crjri *> H St (Af/v) R 0?/v)

8SE 21>68 ^'44 hi'i 1l'92>

C«D H't iOM, 2? £St0$ 161-2


A+cao Cw*- ibi-z MPa .

& 0 ns- a- Bin ns MPq


Problem 8.15 8.15 Neglecting the effect of fillets and of stress concentrations, determine the
smallest permissible diameters of the solid rods BC and CD. Use ~ 60 MPa.

200 mm Xm - Co *10* Pa

180 mm 160 mm
T _ VMS
j

V
I

* 'Cm
500 N | Kl250 n|
.3-2 el - Zc

Jos"f 4» -Hie J?ePf C

M = CS'tfoKcUC') = 30
ns>
T ~ (&%><> XjQ» (3) = fj-vv,

M* + I

JlJs4 +0 Pke y?epf CfF X)l Il56thj%


5oqH
T - ^0 YoXVfX'
O.IBrt't

M = (£0o )(o.36) **=!

Sr H>30 y ~w\

k<r*= nii. 32 fj-w

Stna West pe^^i'^ib/e cipr. .

.» <g.K>gQ.4.vtl -‘ »
^ TrCCo^O*) c ,0
= /.X77 ^&x/ D hn

C- <X 0/6) 85* m r ~ 2.f#7

S yv* pe<r»m^S> k/e <4 to-twe-fc/* fll fc n .

C
- H.cc I2> X }cT
TT (60* |O fc )

C - O.OICIO *v\ ~ 16.7 HIM cL,- 33.Mmr


Problem 8.16 &16 Knowing that rods BC and CD are of diameter 24 mm and 36 mm,
respectively, determine the maximum shearing stress in each rod. Neglect the
effect of fillets and of stress concentrations.

MoiX » por f fon »


i

***•
ir(p„oi%)* ^ C," 42.0 MPa.
se*?4 ioiA $ie s. td B. M~ SG7.S j
I
- <oOG

C ~ %O.S8 y/C>*
3
*vi ©I - 2C ' m . Z* ID
3
*v» d — 4-1,2 ww •=**

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The MeCraw-HHl Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
7

8J8 The 4-kN force is parallel to the x axis, and the force Q is parallel to the z
Problem 8.18
axis* The shaft AD is hollow. Knowing that the inner diameter is half the outer
diameter and that ra n - 60 MPa, determine the smallest permissible outer diameter
of the shaft.

In (M,W 3 IS M* ^ cuf c.

JLr, \j~£ ** OVL.*- S’ cd 8.

A Is>oj 4 z “ ’ 2 T"
~ 3 &
G> faJ * U*lvee^ S X ^

A+ B> Mt * - I7S" A/-v«

-/NV-r rV + J
* *• ns% 4 ?.£*+ ~ SIH.I*} A/*1^
./ 1

At C: My - A/-**

-/m/ + M^Tr^r 262. s%- 360* = vSH5.65

Lcir^eS") 'JuJloe. is A/- ,

r
hn^ 77vT"Mx c
J
vX ~ /h -X + *V + {
~ 3
k/o'^m ^ 9.s 7 ? 8 *)o
3
c Co x /o*

IC *
C,
* * c.*(i-gft - fc.
3
0-(iH] - m !S2c ;

i. 47 A^e c * C0 - /9.S

<4= Zq> d0 - 37.3


f

Problem 8.19 8.19 The two 2-kN forces are vertical and the force V is parallel to the
z axis. Knowing that — 55 MPa, determine the smallest permissible diam-
eter of the solid shaft AB.

IM X = o tz)ti6o ) - Wg P + it)C\Ots) - O
-
p $.• 4>~7

Toy^oes * AU ; "T* - °
BC: T * -(Dtbtl) - ~ O'ZV.ti'm
Ct>*. = G* Z~ jck/*v,

D&: T = O

Forces m '/e^4i caP


A
r
A
r:
,

:

>:

& i
f
•2~ \
t 2
kf4(d

Fa^t^ s in horiZL><4'j‘4j p Awe!

CViV»c*^ sec4iWs eikke** siW* o'T


cJ s k
i C•
~j~ ir
k1 2 “ & k-i'j t*i

My*

Tut*
J1 - Jr* fiv+ HeN T a
I I ‘ S i(0' ^ t>T‘
!?b Y I O'*

C ~ 0< o M d - 2C « /n

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of Ibis Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their Individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using h without permission.
— » * r

8.20 For the gear~and-$haft. system and loading of Proh. 8, determine


Problem 8.20 1 9,
the smallest permissible diameter of shaft AE , knowing that the shaft is hol-
low and has an inner diameter that is l
the outer diameter

8.19 The two 2-kN forces are vertical and the force P is parallel to the
z axis* Knowing that r ait = 55 MPa, determine the smallest permissible diam-
eter of the solid shaft AE.

TM* - o (z)Cf6v) - >&op + tz.)c\(fo) - O


f * <jl< M
Tories.'- AS-* T~ O
BC- T - - 0 ‘Zk*4 »>
CD-. T - (2.)^O'0 *0. Z-|cK/a,
DC: T - O

Forces '/eriicets p/4iv>el


A
r _
- s e:
— t>
- - — ——
a ; i

7- '
< Z -Z \
i 2

O* & <& kK

Critic*^ secti'o^s Avre eft-tie^ siWe o'f


disk C

Hy
J
- W^

<* = fV My*+ H,’ . T3


J
c
„ 3Lf fc *.<l
2c. L o QJ , I
9-
r
L c.«_/A,vl
<
3 c 'Jl
, JL £££?
2c. si
g|
_'
l(>2Jta
-££S- r
c
x
r -/My
_
1
4- M,*4 T1 _
t
'~tCo>3ii)
2
~~i- (0'2)
ii*S'iM6
i>

nr c J
tii
J~ -n. tv?

C v Q< 020^ m cl - 2c * 4 B I * ^m

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
8.21 Using the notation of Sec. 83 and neglecting the effect of shearing stresses
Problem 8.21
caused by transverse loads, show that the maximum normal stress in a circular
shaft can be expressed as follows:
/2 1/Z
O-max - j f(My + MJ )’ + (M| + Ml + r 2 ) ] max

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 8.22

8,22 It was stated in Sec, 8.3 that the shearing stresses produced in a shaft by the
transverse loads are usually much smaller than those produced by the torques. In
the preceding problems their effect was ignored and it was assumed that the
maximum shearing stress in a given section occurred at point tf (Fig. P8.22a) and
was equal to the expression obtained in Eq. (8.5), namely,
c
TH=
7
Show that the maximum shearing stress at point K (Fig. P8.22&), where the effect
of the shear V is greatest, can be expressed as

%
where 0 is the angle between the vectors V and M. It is clear that the effect of the
shear V cannot be ignored when tk t//. (Hint: Only the component of along V M
contributes to the shearing stress at K.)

t)oe V: ^ Ci ~
Fov' ex cv>cJ?€ cui across rls cii<nw\eieir t ~ d * 2c
For Ou C.if'Cttfcir S e<X OHI

9
~
^
It
r iy.)(fc
(iJ)CM
3
) .“ 2
-3
Vc^
j
-

Doe +o
4 o T:
T; r

Smce +We 5-fr«s5es hav*» -ff\« sa»te <We>ri

% ^(|VC 4 T)
stress cd_ paint Kr <3^ ~ 4jp-^- -

u *£. A •S‘t«v^ce be4 jpoiV'4 4~t«


, i

Problem 8.23 8.23 The solid shafts ABC and DEF and the gears shown are used to
transmit 15 kW from the motor M to a machine tool connected to shaft DEF.
Knowing that the motor rotates at 240 rpm and that rd[ ™ 50 MPa, determine
[200 in ill
the smallest permissible diameter of (a) shaft ABC , (b) shaft DEF ,

2 HO r? ^ * ~ = H Wz

150 min
SU4+ ABC; T=
r
^m_ u
*
30
(2Ti XH )
M/ft

Gear C r „
*"c*~ «
fc
_
" a<i£

* (0<z)Clt<?b) - tW
tk* j/m ,+ Tt
-/m 1 + T*
il -
C ’
jZ
2 c
-s .
nu
JUJMIH £>«>k/o 3
, „.rv ^
- 02<?4 ~ ftvw
£ |v»
cf * 2c

U>) SUN DFF: T * ^ - <3.7/

o-f £f * Mg - i^ r f')C~l ,£) 0 *


7 4 fc/O t*.

£« = t/m
1
-
+ T*
§
c |x c ». Znm i-ur
, Als z/.wvo-t,^
c - f‘^23^ m el * 2.C ~ 4~7'#

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
“ .

Problem 8.24 8.24 Solve Prob. 8.23, assuming that the motor rotates at 360 rpm.
8.23 The ABC and DEF and the gears shown are used to
solid shafts
transmit 1 5 kW from
motor AT to a machine tool connected to shaft DEF
the .

Knowing that the motor rotates at 240 rpm and that = 50 MPa, determine
200 mm the smallest permissible diameter of (a) shaft ABC ( b ) shaft DEF t

90 mm D I

3&o - - £> Hz:


wap
mmm
150 mm
(<x) SUf+ ABC; T C7 < 74 t> tM H
(*10(0

C E. - 4 ~r - ' £ ' 3(

£?€ <'•«< iino^ wi o«vi ect B I Mg " ( 0 • 2-) £ £'2 ( ) “ j


t o b 2- t-Sl Ht

jI - , -/m V+ T* - V i*o^ » a>~7


< ?£~ rfr .3
= 2 S"44 y<t) I
tv>

c - 0 >o-2-£-I m J * 2c - Si- 4

(t> ^ SkccTt V>E P T - VL PL* - (b'oOft L$<Z ,) * £>’41S

8e*.<jtnej «4 E ‘
Mg r (0‘ \ ) - o * 1?
^ |
t/J i

M % 4 T*
- ii r 5
r
VTFTt^™ *- o»4i2*'
CL 2.
u 14*2^1 XI O'

C - 0 » <7 >0^ m J “ - 4 I'-P

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
. i

Problem 8.25 rpm and transmits 20 kW from the motor


8.25 The solid shaft AB rotates at 450 M
tomachine tools connected to gears F and G. Knowing that tail = 55 MPa and
K
150 mm assuming that 8 kW is taken off at gear F and 1 2 kW is taken off at gear G,
determine the smallest permissible diameter of shaft AB

£ r 7.5 Hz

of>p$'<eA *^35?
P - 20xlQ %
Tn « ~ M-M

Toif'^i^e.s an G o-~kJ £ ;

Tc * *TD * 169.76

Tc
*£ * 4s To ~
= *o ^4.65- A/-

Forces o<n r

~ 4*44 »
Fv |oox(o'A

FCc .* *P-
,
gOy/O'*3
* ?M1 A/

r Ik -
p •.
42H4 H

iotA^rueS in )/a/iot)S pa^-'ls


AC : T= o
Peirces Vu>ir i zo^j Ct> : T ~ /69.76
pzrz X>£ : T * Z5t.45 N/-»v,

EB : T * O
v
43&S 2*2.1 262?
4j’m Ort •Mva KYA.Lt of* D,
'f'C* J? poi^'f -Pies

foo?.«j m-k. T * 2S9.65- W‘»n


6Sl.~g V’Z.
M, - 1007.9 A/-M
Hx ~ 3/S- 3 A/-H,

(Vm/+ + T 1 )_ * »W.* N * w,

AC
Potrces iw

D E G 'U- + T*') w
JI = 77 c * . (VHy^ 4T 1 )^ :
/ <7g7. 2
847 * "*
Thf ss x o 4
79.74 7 x /o" 3 M
s
C- 23.26 */o" w*

cf- 2c HZ.Svld*^ cf ® H6.S iviv


.

Problem 8.26 8,26 Solve Prob. 8.25, assuming that the entire 20 kW is taken off at gear G.
8,25 The solid shaft AB rotates at 450 rpm and transmits 20 from the motor kW M
to machine tools connected to gears and F G
Knowing that = 55 MPa and
assuming that 8 kW F
and 12 kW is taken off at gear G,
7K. is taken off at gear

determine the smallest permissible diameter of shaft AB.

7.5 Hz

Tov'joe ofpfiieA clt D


' W41 N "'

Torque

Te ~ T0 * ‘iZH.HI V-<~>

Forces on X) <su^l £

Ft, =
To (ooxfo 1
r MM M
Te _ H 3W. 4
" 6t>v/cr 5
- 1073. S U
ft,

Forces ito Kor» p^gtv><


* C. E 8
B "x

M^ees ivi pj**

-318.3 A/-m
S6S8.t

848.8*
53o.5-»
^30.51 *x llf.lS*- - N/-*v,

Me - V S*»*.«2*4 3l8.V lo&.S

1
l^+T 1 -* - 1046.3 W-w,

J - i.

s
C - 22, 16*10 ol * 2c r
H&.'f x/0~ *V> c} * mm
. I

8,27 llie solid shaft ABC and the gears shown are used to transmit 1 0 kW from the
Problem 8.27 motor M
to a machine tool connected to gear D. Knowing that the motor rotates at
240 rpm and that rall - 60 MPa, determine the smallest permissible diameter of shaft
ABC '

•P - GO See
7" = 4 W.

P _ lo^io* ~ 397. S'?


ZV f '
C2tr')C Ll
")

Gc.c*y A
FrA - T ~o
*P 397-89
F —"vr
r- _ _ ,111^1 II

meowe*! at B* HB * L A0 F * (l&O v/O'^CWtt I 'l * WZ- N - m


^ »
J“V M" + T"
J
c
, 7L
3
~ JEHU
9^
1
(g)-/~M3. * 3r7.S9*‘
C »_ 2. t/HE±XE -’
m3
1

5.3(0 8
'
If Xm TT(60*f0 4 )
C- 13.979 *«>'* *» 31.6»lO' d - 37,Pi

Proprietory Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 8.28 8.28 Assuming that shaft ABC of Prob. 8.27 is hollow and has an outer diameter of
50 mm, determine the largest permissible inner diameter of the shaft.
3

8.29 The 600 rpm and transmits 45 kW from


solid shaft AE rotates at
Problem 8.29 the motor M to machine tools connected
to gears G and H. Knowing that
t&][ — 55 MPa and that 30 kW is taken off at gear G and 15 kW is taken off
at gear H determine the smallest permissible diameter of shaft AE.
M 100 nun
t

Goo ~ lO ffz

TOf-QOZ oj'5 o<lo.

100 rmu B ~ 2r* f -


2n(io)
“ l(b*z

C T) l

T c = grs .4T7^
~D - ~ To* N*»

AE: rte - O
BC‘ Igt r "7/6*2
CD: Teo •= z^P'7 d*
DC : Tw * o
Ft>^ces ia ve^\c j p z.

A & c. D (y«a^ -Payees I

2., 71 tN v A- 'IS Ml M
tr - Ik. _
77j
ILkll
£J*075
_
~
<?*££“ W
0*7 tNl ^ cC
»
- Is.
V''
-
~ I
_ 4-"1P 6N

bWm/T fo - 2*31 Dk;

At “B+; t|m/ + M/ + T1
.rr/oHTp5”*. <P«7 24*- 4 £>.7/6 2*
Forces in pJuv-.e.
s l«ofc4j:Wh
tM
0* 2
ap 03 /TcIivT^r
I
1 - o > 7* 0.4075:* 0*7 162*
. .
1 -f + -v

•ss i.«»f
!• (5 £/ i-ii*, C /

fM * K/ivT^T),
O.^&ir t/JK J _ 7/ _ _ (n/iy + m/+t4 I.ai
il*. jvv*

6*73 6
c = <v 02 3 ^ * ^ c4 “ /?C ^ Af ^ — <4
Problem 8.30 8.30 Solve Prob. 8.29, assuming that 22 kW is taken off at gear G and
22 kW is taken off at gear //.

0 * 7 *1*
M^
C* 0 0 ~ 2c *
'
* 2-2-^ ol
Problem 8.31 8,31 The cantilever beam AB has a rectangular cross section of 150 * 200 mm.
Knowing that the tension in cable BD is 1 0.4 kN and neglecting the weight of the beam,
determine the normal and shearing stresses at the three points indicated.
^ b

Problem 8.32 8.32 Two 4-kN forces are applied to an L-shaped machine element AB as shown.
Determine the normal and shearing stresses at (a) point a, ( ) point h y (c) point c.

300 mm
We "Ha s-lope *>f A'ne AS.

45 mm Kv% A - 3^3 ft “
kN
J »
'Oj'A.oj Jv^ e Wo<jty ske-foU e»4- |Pv.« !

v
|pc>'/ 'f 16 ^ of e*fe**e*vf

y >
^)
rtK<
3
a be *
;fS& 20 mm
ISllll. . \

- - U78g8>5*7o* N
\/ » (H*fO*)cos/£ =•
3.5777 ^io3 N
/f\Mc>V*/* M - {Hs«\o’*)(*1xlo )*<*>£ w t&o.m N-W>
"

W c s
I
Seot/on pw pe</T» es, - A " C&OO* 0) " HoQ**J? = *100*10* w3
4 ,
13.3X33*/©^ 1
*

I =Tk(^Va«>) «
#
/3.SJ3S'«^0 M* 1 -

(cf> Foivt «..


<5* ~ — td 2^ - - _ to ^o.^iY-loxio* 3 )
J - -f-
.

'~* e
A I f
foo y(o'

- 1(6.3 MPa.
^ - o
3
0,} P.l.* t. « £. - - 1-1883 SV)0
"
<5T MPa.
A 'loox(o _c -

c
(Zo)Ci°)Cs) ~ \ooo - lo* t*.
1

7^ y^-
It
g . C3.y777 lX.te:lL- J3.4*. MPa.
(ts.-s^%*fo-‘X*o*fo' 3 )

tc) pdl-.f c. 6*= -£• - , yO.q^XtQWo


r> X H©6>x|a-* 13.3333 W©”*'

\zs. z MP*

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 8.33 8.33 Two 4-kN forces are applied to an L-shaped machine element AB as shown.
Determine the normal and shearing stresses at (a) point d
t (b) point e> (c) point f
-

Problem 8.34 834 through 836 Member AB has a uniform rectangular cross section of 10 x 24
mm. For the loading shown, determine the normal and shearing stress at (a) point
//, (/>) point K.

? - H.S c»$ So* - 3. Ml k\j \/ - 4. S’


si»3o° ? z.zsku

M = }C40y|0'
5
sm ~ 90

A ~ lO y ~ Vo - 2Mc> x/O *
k,

I - =•
M.^vto4 ^4 *
it.5Zxicr H ^
3
(cO At poi’ot H : a* P _ 3.897 y/O 6* s -16. 34 MP«.-
i
A 2 io*!d~
t

r.
~w A
- *
-
~ A 2.2S*lo-

t * 1H.P6 HPcl-
”3 X A 290
1

v/o-
s 5
£- _ P Me - 3.897 y/O _ (9o)(p»/Q )
<b) At po.vf K : 6* - “A o‘ c ~
I Z<ioxl li.SZ*/o-‘'
6* a I! 0.0 MPa •

X-o

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or

any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
*

Problem 8.35 834 through 836 Member AB has a uniform rectangular cross section of 10 x 24
mm. For the loading shown, determine the normal and shearing stress at (a) point
(6) point K .

V - 1 s.'rv Sa- -2.5^8 cos 30° “ 1.25 kU

H * Hoyfo' 3 s!«3o’') -(Z.SUxIcPXwvto^cos 3o°> - 90 N* **>

A - to v Mo * Z9o - mo v/d 4
ha
1

3 - 3 H
I 5
iaClcOO^) ll.S2.xlo ~ II. $2 * /o'* v*

Co-) M p<?r*f M £ D* '


A mo v io~* S’
- - 37.9 MPa,-*
a
^ _ J V ^ 2.2S~>«ft>
^ = 14.06 MPa —
% A 2 2HOv(o" c

paiV>4 K £ _ Me _
*
9.073* to __ i^oXu_W02l3
()d) A~^ .* S',
A ~
I ~ mo *(0' 6
"*

<5- = -m.&MPa.-*
X - o —ft

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed m any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 8.36 834 through 836 Member AB has a uniform rectangular cross section oftO x 24
mm. For the loading shown, determine the normal and shearing stress at (a) point
(b) point K.

OSTM* - o;
60 mm
yISfK, 12 mm (
<
9')(GOs,n3t>“') - \2o - O
1 2 mm-- V
' o Ra ” Z- kv
g

V IF^o: ;?.;?? cos 3o° - *- o


8X * J.9486 ArV <*-

+TIFr = O
2.ZS sm 30" - 9 + By “ O
By - 7. S75 kW f

A4 He 5ec4/on n poio 4s H
7.275"
9 = 7.87f cos 30“ -v 1.9424 s.v, So* r 7.79*/ kW

V - 7.«7Ss. m 3o° -1.9436 cos 30° * 2.25 kU

M r
( 7. 875 *7o^K4o v/o'^-s/m 3o"') - C 1.7486 '•/o’ )(ho»Ic>* cos 3o° ) - <?o pj.vn

4
A - \0 * 24 - 240 * *?40 x/Q

X — ~ H.5]? k/O* Wim* - ll.S3.xlO W\

(a.) A+ pot'H
C —Hr S’*
*
~ -
A
= - — 4 *-—

ZHoy(o' c

Gy ~ -3ZS MfV
r^ -‘2A
M ¥ -

.3 2.25 k/o*
r^“ 14.06 Mfo
»2HO*|0- 4
M Aj f-i-f K !

6; = -(26.2MP*

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 8.38 8,38A thin strap is wrapped around a solid rod of radius c - 20 nim as shown.
Knowing that /— 100 mm and F- 5 kN, determine the normal and shearing stresses
at (a) point H> (b) point K.

ft

At" *H»e Sec-4 '0</i Cowhti n i poj\i4* H !


Cj

T = Fc M = Fi
j = ic* r* fc*
poi-nf N i er - Me - FJc ~
b !t Ed
H
~X~ ^C ire 7 -

Tc . Fc*

•VUc r>«. J\v*J *-J6 t-S* (F - o


Doe 4x> i~oirxjL/£. * : l£ = iE
Dwe 4t? F^ 6L 5e>M( tiVcie Q_ = §c3 t - A - 2c.
a
_ VGl _ F fc _ ifF
It ~ S-ITC 1
fcVfc'S
C<?kV\ L ivn€tf| r , £E 2- + JfcEL
nc 31Ki x 3ITC 1

Ot.4a, *
h ~ -sF N ;
2 - loo - Cc joo *->

C r Q.oio .

L >
{ lY£«\Cr )(o.\oo'
(pi poiwt H" (5*= 79.6 MPc,

j2YCg>joll t = 1.96MP4 <-*


1
IT (o.olo)
'

tb) Po.Vf F' S' - O


(/O)t£r*f0a>> )

1- 'T « 13.26 MP<t


snlaojo)
Problem 8.39
& 39 Several forces are applied to the pipe assembly shown. Knowing
that the pipe has inner and outer diameters equal to 40 mm and 48 mm,
respectively, determine the normal and shearing stresses at (a) point H,
(b) point K .

0.1 m
i/V k

0.1 in

X 0.15
VM500 N

m
T

/-'rr

~7~ zrfeooN )(o‘2S^v jooMf»

S e.c/W op piao
p
4“ t €S M2 = ( 6 op N )/o>2Sto /Sc N hi
Af^~(8ooU -Z ot>uj(o>2$to)~(&oo £o-f*
)~

\J% - 8eo~ loo ~~2ec> — O


Vj * O

f)
9 ///if t Z*) =2.21 tnm 7-

r~ |rfV- t* )=
JT- 2T/7A y _-,V)>
y
71^2^ . .

J-2T; IS ng/p /,/

(,So
(*)Fc*r//: — H -rrh + f2liL ~^078 MPa
c # X ZS*}*^* 7&Tf2XM wa
pjs: MPa

2> I?- fa- M-S MPa

(l) Po/c/7~ K j _ jP^_ C


. too
_ f7a )( 4 ’024) - ~ 2b' 125 MPq
^ ~ 76S<)zX!tr ri
* X 29 e/7(o~t>

fas -zb- 1 MPa


- rjp— sr MS /=&t 72
fa* Shi MPa -**»

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 8.40 8.40 Two forces are applied to the pipe AB as shown. Knowing that the pipe has
inner and outer diameters equal to 35 and 42 mm, respectively, determine the
normal and shearing stresses at (o) point a,
(b) point b.

etc - 2\
<L

A - TI - C7 ) ~ 4 X 3 . 3.3
- 8
MM '
1
H
J- %(co‘ ~ Cz
,

)
I5-8.I6CW0
*
I ~ i sT ~ \o 2

Fo/- i*
c I w v 4 -ti

S&*V 1 I* C.I rcO CO f»jtf

(c* -

Gi* 2-Go\j x)D3 wJ


A* "He seW
P - - 1^00 N - - noo
\4 = izo< k/ v, = c>

=-(H5rx|o'3 )6s'^>o > * t -Q7.S A/*

M/ = -(7£xlO-* )02oo^ - -Cfo W-vw

afc>*(c>')(izoo)
nr - ( * 103 n.„

«o S' * _ -IS oo _ (-90X21*10'* <3* - 2£>.4 M-Po


X 423.33 wo’ e 79.0&3* lo' 1

L 1# + a 0 OSX^WO- ? ) £*14.34 MP*


*x It I58-I66*(0“‘'-

(b'l S'
- JL 4
Me -
- ISOo
<5 = -21.5“ M Pet
A J 423.33 Wer T^.DSSxfo-^

Tc + iv* IQ
3
) (I2QQ )(n.6oli y|Q~
,
fe
)

IS*. 144 MO'** 04.0%3 > <|o- 'X'7^J0- )


,i

r= MPa

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
*

Problem 8.41 8*41 10-kN force and a 1.4-kN m couple are applied at the top of the 65-mm
A
diameter cast-iron post shown. Determine the principal stresses and maximum
shearing stress at (a) point y (b) point K H .

1 .4 !<N •
in

At H<, secA » Ov\ pO I va 4S H <X.*\

V - io WU - le>* lo* N
H = (|o* 2-4*lcPt4*^
240 mm
T - x io^ H*

C = 4<4 ” *vi»vt — 0.03^5' **

J" = JC
V = /. 73*248 x/o' 6 w’
u H
I “ 44” = 0.37&2 4 * io~ **\

3 /0“*
Q ^§c' ‘*
!
pV*r" <x seMiCMf'c-rt -
|(0.0 3X5) = 22 2 35-x
.

(a) Stresses poi^-f H H i’tes ow •f'he h <Si>4 kvh.-t ^— O

Due -fo fo^cjv/e *.


r=
Poe -fo skea.i*l t ** •

It (0.S362H* 10' & ) to, 065)


-
TofeJ ai H *.
r MP«.

—> So.o MPo <5k


= R s 3o.O hp*
MP& -I 30.0

6U-* - S'*- R 6^--3a*Mfct-*i


r f? IW~ 30.0 MPa. -*
(b) Sfl^esses «l po<'4,K Due -h> skeov't 't ~ O
Due. 4“o f'av'qiue t r * » 05'.%3 MPa
Pic. _ V*/p^)^o»c?S35)
Due 4° 6* = _ ..
n ^a
t-S’i 0I& MPa.
v 2 (D,?7^Wk/0'‘)

$c „ ~J¥L&1£ - - ±#4.5o8 Mfc

<5* =• 5-/. 571 MPa


6"
M ^=Gt +R ^^^7.02 HP* -

6w„ tfc
1
- Gt - f? Civ,;*
~ - 0 HPa -

'£«*** R x^-si.smP*. -
M

8.42 Three forces are applied to a 100-mm-diameter plate that is at-


Problem 8.42
tached to the solid 45- mm diameter shaft AB . At point //, determine (a) the
principal stresses and principal planes, {b) the maximum shearing stress.

tobhi
A* Vta, poiV)
IctN
P ~ So 4a/ C 0 *}

“ Jok-H
V

T- (io)($rv) - £x//n/n

i
kfij m - (fO)(2Ct>) * OOOx>

cl ~ St'S /K7V, C = 5 J r

\2oirti

A - TTC*’ ~ /s*?0 /H >-

b*
I - ^ C** * 6*Zcf$ ti

0~ * ?I - y/o
6 4

PoxT ciVti«. Q. - fc s » 7«jP? H- x/f m/v7

Poi^ W $ic.$ c>n ne-t/ti'-J &-k\s o~P fec^e/iVi«y , Gu - "jr - — ^-— — a — MP4
r\ fj> yo

^Lh *
Tc
3" t
V&_r
Ji ^ .0 *
0°*i6*)C7*S94t,o*)
^
3/*4*V7 A* A Use MoW v
s c.tVcJPe.

7 6- 32-7 m S’e * ^ (“-? i't/t/7) * — J£*7z if Mfa

R . fsff - } 7 ./6t Mh
tai 6^ - 6". 4 R » J/- </*/"«
T (Mffy)
€;- 6.-R . -i>W«
+•>•> 2 ef= =J-3ISY

£«.
~ 33.3° -« St - 123.3
6 (A7#0
0>) rMMI - & - vi.z wr*
Problem 8.43
o 1 1

Problem 8.44 8.44 The steel pipe AB has a 72-nun outer diameter and a 5-mm wall thickness.
Knowing that the arm CDE is rigidly attached to the pipe, determine the principal
stresses, principal planes, and the maximum shearing stress at point II.

+ Lt. -Fo/^caS -serf C


E by oars -poitV-e —
couple stjiJe*') X),

Fd - 9-3 - Gktf F

Td - (.
c ,
t*ICp )(\?OylC>
% ')

s
f (3*lo )(l20*io'*'>
- IM40 fd- m

SecfioM -p^ojpeiriies t d0 - 7? ww c0 ~ 5 d0 ~ 36 *»>•* C*j - C„— t ~ 3


3 -3
A r irCo,
1
- Q* ) r l.0£29 * I m*** ~ l-OSH x/O W*
4 S 4
I - f(0-C; )- 593.29 vio' mrx. * 593.S9
J - 2J = U877 x ^o'*
fc 3
For' WiF-pipe^ Q. = "3 (Co* ~ C,/* ) “ 11.7 93 * /O - I/. 793 x Jo‘ KV,
Problem 8.45

X •= o
) 2

Problem 8.46 8.46 Solve Piob. 8.45, assuming that h — 300 mm.

8.45 Three forces ate applied to die bar shown. Determine (he normal
20CI tN ami shearing stresses at (a) point a, (b) point b, (e) point c.

4-n^ceS •*>-' CCnJfJeS Z Se-C-f io^ <20«fiSt(w

p©>>>4s Aj L }
a^iJ g , h ~ %<ro

My

Forces CoUpic

P « 3-ovk-N V* - 25 N fc V2 ~ £ fcM
Mj, - (3oo~SV)(Zs) - i)ZSr&

M*~ <3oo>t£.) a- 24(H -^‘V

p^pp-e^4r' es * A ^4-4-j s- S'.lgo fx'ty'


^
I* =•
tz ( izo )( 44- 34c? Mi» 4 2* - Tj tr fe

Stresses 6- ~ - ZA
J21 , i
M*2, V*a
x»t
<a> Po.a4 a : 75- <=>
,

<s 6" =-
i»Fo O *

OSS 134**
„ J4..| wft^
lo< n •= ~ 7*i M/S*

5
(Q Poivti ^ ~ ^ ^TVK Q - 4%) **
i> 4 4c><> ^

>*0 ^ _ ZaoXto
SST
,U‘Z^t^)C3o) ***(Z'4
+
h‘?3b*l0
— O'
>tie
t
)Clz}
—T~ ~ ^‘/W<
p

4ir T ..ST -3 W fc,

(c3 Poin+ C 7 'it hv ZTXHvi^ 6^ = 0


^
W _ "**
2CtHo\

T" ^
ii>'25,<\ch(bc)
** ’
'
'

L\
,


7
y 3 ,5
*
,
P
{£<•:},? 4>/ifc )
OfpSiSi-vto*

Z = o
.

Problem 8,47 8.47 Three forces are applied to the bar shown. Determine the normal and
shearing Stresses at (a) point a (b) point b, (c) point
t c.

A ~ (£o)(5 Z) * \°\XO

X2 = (co)(Z,xf r IfcS.StfVl
= }63 .WhIG'* v» H

IJy - S7&vt03 mm*


= S76+IO-***'

»'<>»*
/\+
pe>\'w4s Q. j
b j
&+*e& &

? - /o JtrKI

Vy - 75o N/
0 Vz = Soo N
M2 - 0 $0 *IQ'*)(-ISO\
t=“ f
35" N/ - ^
H_y r (toi'to‘)(5bo)
^ 1 1 O hi - W*\

Q. -
*'
A£ -
&
(3;0(3©)6ir^ ~ */o
3
*,«*

s
03S)06»to' )
- o erf*
les.gfvfio'*’

(L) Pom+ t>. V” /6rn»,. zr-u«« , Q. = / 0.8 x/D*


*
T[ 10 *< 0 02.5^(16 V 10 s ) (lloV-/S»/g-*)_
_ £^l fr - r
^ J
1

5GS.8‘tx|o''’ £-?£»> fo" 1


« * -
^

WL 4Too)(/^&^1
*1-3 Hft.
-
T ,
. ~L ofl1 s«fV
~ (576 x fo-'
l
X3**lo~ s )

(ci irajnl.g V = f 6 j
z. = — 30 ivnv,
J
GL = o
3
j0H0 ,
03 gMVswcr*) _
163.8*/ Wo'
10^6- /o'*)
£•76 x JO"**
6va«u hp*
f* o
n

Problem 8.48 8.48 Solve Prob. 8.47, assuming that the 750-N force is directed vertically upward.

8.47 Three forces are applied to the bar shown. Determine the normal and
shearing stresses at (a) point a, (b) point b , (c) point c.

24 mm
A - « IT %o mvvt
4
-a a.
- ITZoWo wt
ISO uni!

^ 750N^\ I2 = - KS.S’-U/o
3
^ 1'

~ w,‘

*
Jy = = 5‘ 74Wo% » mw\
= S7G * lO~' ^
c.e»'i'fcc.iVi i <j

*15° KJ pcn^-fs Aj fcj C

P- IO kW « O
Side V»e*> Vj * 750 i\f V*. * 5oo AJ

Hz - ClSo»t6*)(7*‘>')
~ | ss W * >v->

, N
PL- (WP^/d )(soo )

22.0 *»>> ~ I/O tJ*vr>


£"oo^
6-= £ - - i^A.
Top Vie*
_ V*Q

1 (>
j
*Z? 0 } a - Az - C32.X3o)0s-
s
)
-

~Y /OviO 3 035 )(/6x/o' 3 )


Y/sy'*
22
fr
V?
l^aoHc?6 ItS.gH * [o_< »
_
C -7.9*8 MPa •

—b~
o' _ (5&p)(H^WO*‘V * 03^1
-JiS’l- L '
O^SM^orlXsewo-*) ft MPa-

a
r
m*\
}
z ~ ~iS^ }
Q- A£ - (3z)(>s)0u-s) -
io
.3

3
IO> tO* _ (15S)/I6 Wo- ) _ (.lloV-^Kto"
6
'
0's -5.lt MPa, -«
h?0* IO" l6,3.8Hxto"' i
•5'?6*{cr‘1

(SOO Klo.S^lO' 4 )
•4 nf\* ,, ''? t=. 0.2<?3MPa-*
U43..S ttHer )(32*/o )

(c.) po»^f c
y
* 16 .. ^
zt “ ^ ^^ ^ Q. * d
- lo*io 3 3
_ 6sir^(/6^1o' ^ o) (~ 2o* to' 2 ) y~-
s
^
moxtCr* l6$.Bi xlO"*
(jj
576 * fo'**
7

o
Problem 8.49 8.49 Three forces are applied to the machine component ABD as shown. Knowing
that the cross section containing point H
is a 20 * 40-mm rectangle, determine the

3
- £. _ _ -3000 (~7S)(lo y/o )
~ I2 f’
ZC.(.c7*(o-i
A ~ 2oo«/cr

- 1 i^kl 1 H.6 87S MPa


2 ' 2 JoZ * To^
Use Mcpil a C' Vc?e .

- is; --
12. \%7S MPa.

2
£ - + (4.68 7f) - 13.0577 MPa.

<s> Z5".ZP>Ph. -
61* - 0,S7 Mpa
1

X
( Jt)(H.687S )
‘b&h ' 0.'3S46
6f> er* iH.zis
o
Oft.
" l°.S° Ob- \oo.s
,

r„Mc - R 13.06 MPa

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
8.50 Solve Frob. 8.49, assuming that the magnitude of the 2.5-kN force increased
Problem 8.50 is
to 10 kN.

8.49 Three forces are applied to the machine component ABD as shown. Knowing
*/ 50 mm that the cross section containing point His a 20 x 40'mm rectangle, determine the
principal stresses and the maximum shearing stress at point H
150 nmi

40 Trim'll 0,5 kN

couple sys4e*^
sec+iow C pouW H.

F* = -3 kfj j
F'y-O.SUV, Fz :-lo UM

H v “o J
- (o.i$o)(toact>> - !££><> W*m
o.sw 1500 H-m * - C o.iso)Csoo) -

r
*1S n,
A * ^

~ SOO * tO'
1"

T L
(Hollar "^ /I/ / /o ^
mm^
I * f5
r , ^67 ^ no

"A£
6* T - tkX
T.
- l^gggL
goo y /o'
. (-nyCto*io
Z&.&&7 *(0-*
)
2i,375 MPa

.y - J. IVJ _ 3 loooo -
*•« "
a
x soo*to- 6 12.75 HP<u
a.
"X”

ec r i6; = 12. 1275 MPa

>>18.75
R (,8.7^ - 22. 3C3 Mp«

6L = €Tfc 4 P 6; - 3*f,£ MPa


2*f.3?5

Sj. T ~ R S>- io.ismp^


X, 06
f<*„ 2»p
- 1^. (g)f!8.7r) _
' ^ 3 SS^
*
^ -
2i.%7s;

0 ^ 2t.S° }
eh * 1 1
8 . s*

®J V. ,
|A 'C* r 1? *22.4 MPa
\
I

V
Problem 8.51 8.51 Three forces are applied to the cantilever beam shown. Determine the
principal stresses and the maximum shearing stress at point H.
»

Problem 8.52 beam and loading of Prob.


8.52 For the 8.51, determine the principal stresses and
maximum shearing stress at point A"

At tte Section con4&.iVim^ points H a*\e\ K


He
75 mm J
P* nw v -
'f

Tb<. beading rv>oMe*+ co*^ porters o-v^l

eiooo^ h<?r t ZoiAhkM A*t's :


M* $>« J75f- twXttooe) - £$00

^itovi+ ~ M ~ (P'X1$')(9m<>) * 3doo Nh)

Secf ion pro^e^'f ies

A - OOC*^ “ *'*& m*

%kN ^ j
r r 2d*nSKU>* h\
H

1
Ij ~ £(**<OC*»Y«tt*XW* h'

IZkU -""'S-S kUf»


l fcW*

At point fc T

- ^6coo lt>oo){r0<6$
er - //•t7 Atffc
O'OIS JS-lzSiuri’ 12-5X1 v 1-

Problem 8.53 8,53 Three steel plates, each 13 mm


thick, are welded together to form a cantilever
beam. For the loading shown, determine the normal and shearing stresses at points
a and h.

f-orc*. - coo pje sys4ev^> at

y
Section Co«t«iniv»^ point's O- a\neI . b.

F* = <\ UKJ^
^ = - 13 M ,
Fz * O

M„ - (0.4oo)(l3*,/o s ) 6200 V-*,

Hj - 0.4oo)(4 v/o') - 36oo t*i

M, - O
V 4
150 mm
t - 13 mm A - XZYlSOYlZ) 4- ('l3X7ST-«&'> = 4537
- 4537*/0"“ Tvi*

3 1 3
= X T ikOSo)(l3) + (IS0)(,2,XS7.s-C.6Y] + ik('3)(75- 24 ) = 3.4303 */0 e wm’
&
r 3. *1303 * /o~ *1

1 4
(l^Xi^0 )
e
2 • {£• + 7^(75-26 )6s? - 7. 3V6*lO ‘t»m - 7. 33 IS" * iO

Pa#' Q* = O *% “ ^

Fok* point bj A* * (CoXl'B') - 720


X ~ **-
*$T \I - 31

Q y r A1 ^ 3,
mm 5 * -35-/ * to '‘
*1

5
Q v * Ax * -35. I x/O ,v'

. _ .
4 Ct; _
b. -
Kv - —
n>x
• I. Iy
J-V'

_ (3400 X- 7? x -«-
/O'*)
6* * 36.5 MR*.
3.3503 * ICT* 7.32lSvf 0

r*o **

-g^Uk; s = ~ i
z^~
3
(52ooj(3?.5x/o* s )_ (34<Jc>')(- l5v/o' )
~
c <$**37.oMP*.
3.43o3 * to 7.32/5 * /o'*

6
/JKM MlQ.1 =
(gylo* )j6S. I*|Q~*) (t3xlo, y24J S x/Q" )
Ijt I„t "
(7.331? xjO'*‘)(!3xfO'^3 (S.^SOSxiO'^HlSxJo- 3 )

= 3.32 MPa. + G. 15 MPa.


Problem 8.54 8.54 Three steel plates, each 1 3 mm
thick, are welded together to form a cantilever
beam. For the loading shown, determine the normal and shearing stresses at points
d and e.

d
'

b o
400 nun
30 mm Perce ~ coopfe aA
00 mm 5ec4t^n poi^4s <x b.

Frc - fcN, Fj =~l%l<V 3 F4 -- O


1
Mx ~ (o.MooXf3x to ) ~ ^200 M-vx,

Mj - (o.4oo)( £?>'/o’) ~ 36oo M-*vi

M* ~ O

A ~ (2'i0s'oYi3 'i + 03X75-26) ~ HS 37


t 1 3 mm
- ^5 37>/o“
3 s
2 [^(/<,'6Xl3) + 0 soXisX37.5‘-6.sX] 4 i^6sK7S-«') - 3.7303 y/O 4 v™
- 3.73 o$*lcr<’
3
2 Fla (>3)0sof] + ^(7s--26Xl3) r 7.32IS^o 4 ^'' =r
7.3 Zlf* !** hX

~~ wssA-Jt
3|
Fo ^
f oin +
X
A*
r
-

^S"
(60)63) - 7gc.
-
^ 31 kvtf*vf

a« - A*y = 2 _ ^Vjgv/o' 4 ^1
s
Qy“ A*y = 35: / y /o * 35. } y

Po/' pot«A“i
^
Qv ~ O ^ Qy - O
A4 patn4 _d;
of J

(SXQo‘)(37.S»to'*)
(S- r
^
(36 c>pX/5Wo'*
3.3303x10-* 7.W5 >lp' f 6*=47.?MPa.-

r- ^& >
- .(900 0X35, 1 Wo' )
4
Doe V* :
^W ^ 332MF >
l

^ r 3
+->
5 j. t (7. 3 o-‘)63v;o'M *MRl-»
-

n. * a. \; . ^L _ 03 qoq X^jawo-*) .
'
_
S,/SHp4i
_
J ‘ '
Hi “
( 3.33o3 Wtf * J?Vs */cr*

By S<xpe^p(?St4-iors l net* \)cdtoe is 2.83 MP«,

»i«f e
„ . C- .
M,_v/ My y _ (57^0 ) (>7.5* /o'*) (36 oo)(75* (o' % )
* ly Xj 3.1303X0-* 7.32/rxlO' 4

C* S 17.77 M(\

"X - O
) ) , _ N

Problem 8.55 8.55 Two forces l\ and P2 are applied as shown in directions perpendi-
cular to the longitudinal axis of a W31.0 X 60 beam. Knowing that ~ 20 k
and P2 ™ 1.2 kN, determine the principal stresses and the maximum shearing
stress at point a .

Hi; i Hk ^ )
* 36
“ i-

Mi*
W.'iH) x CO
V* ~ Vj ~ - >t* fe*J.

Fo> WS/oX&i? v'o^c^l sdeef secdio*


a = 303M.t~
X„ - /Z7?X/0^*u^

s4*^«SS <a-4 poi ^*! i

k
*Mjl£ tLJ£- (U'tio )(l£bSr) _ (-Mh +»£)(-&**)
Si- Jr-
ivnid* 6 '
J. v ie-zxic
42-2 8 - ^o-8£ ~ ^f-4-3 M/Pl

SlteaWr*^ s,4rcvs a <x

Vjr/x
<£»
^ ~
1.4
VxAtj.
trtr
A * tUs)(^\) r qQ%'£h^i~r m

'— 2.33 75"


.
,

— ~ 3e3- <?« I

J
y * - 144-%"

0 24v»p^^i*« i

= 3W475T - |i 62SET - Kfez MW,


27-43 + 0
3U-
~ /0 .*7>£ MP4

tftykz mA R g y(~— 7T — X
~b^F
+ A*** '
- -fo*i?i4 mAi
> >#*4S/*vA 6^*- Gkwft + R = fo* -jt$r^ totSiy- ~ >(-S /H4V
—— z
€T.; X S <S«*« - R - iot^/jr- 10.8jtf = -O'ow Mt
- R * lo'tMfct,
8.56 Two forces P[ and P2 are applied as shown in directions
Problem 8.56 W3I0 X
perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of a 60 beam. Knowing that
P, - 20 kN and P2 = 12 k N, determine the principal stresses and the maxi-
mum shearing stress at point h,

A+ He •SCC t’CoX' poi bj

M* = 0-O)th!f) » BP
~ - kNto
W310 X 60

V* “ - H k-N Vj = - 2o M
Fo/- W3 to * £(> •soJtPed srf~cetf secdrt »*i

a sr 20$ fnt* t>.p “ tobtnb =*


7

H* - Mm 6
**
1
ly ~ IMm* mr»*

4S'1 3
5C = 9*5 MPa

R = - *4-3 *$ HPa

<5 ^ ~ ^ ~ f'}4 M Pq t ^
5 6; - f? 61,V
- “ 41,21 MP«

*4-11 MPa
Problem 8.57
. .

8,57 Cowf \ n

V»Veo( s>Ke<a</V*'^ s4r^s»s ^Kl~ -V ~ — I . 63 ^ M Po.


.OT.ttHIt
ff _, 2ZJ^±J> „ W 83 MFk

Tt ) +0‘£3*S I
t-92. MPa.

4
~ ^-vc +R 6^~ %9.8 MPa
LCSSLMft,
<5w* - 61„, - R 6^- -0.M MPa —»
y * t?
7U - h/wmp*-*

Problem 8.58 8.58 Four forces are applied to a W 200 x 41,7 rolled beam as shown. Determine
the principal stres*ses and maximum shearing stress at point b

.100 kN AV200 X 41.7


Q<u.J?ct*P«&z ct**U ccxjpsP&s <&k
pojw4 b _

^ Vo i j

25 kN
m *

llWipl*
e* im'.m .
CoofJte. s

fC -e?
!
' ;

P •= loo kM Vy^^S'kW
,

Mx - ~CSoo*io''Y35 *io*')
Sec/}- ton pK-ope'-'f ies - (2£?x lO'^Xl 0 ° * O* } >

- -T.’Z.lSvlC? ^-w,
- S’SlOyw^O c) = 2 OS'

Mj - /ooX/ o'* )Cl6 */0^


bp * IC6 r
^ (.500 -»-

7.6 x/O3 W-»v,


t^~ 7.?,'

X*- H-O.7 X (c> w.*V - 7o„9*lO * wV ^ Ij - 7.01 */or - 9 0 /x


. /O* rvP

Poixf4 b • ** O ^

c » - -£- + tkJk +
iv
V Vb r — Lag ,*„( .<
- 18. E3 MPo>

continue*
8 ->5* 8 Ccw“f inOCtf

tjr pd>M*} fc Joe 4o Vy *

4o Vp
A ) _JS. C**)lllUlllJlilililllL
Ay )

(p 9S&. 8 146.6 \% e).Z’lO


5“
d> £S3.0* HS*SS *4.fcU
j?ig .*55

_ - 18*83 + O
R * MP*

r f + (lS.^8) x ~ *0.8*4 ttp«

6U* 6;^ + & 6^- tlAI MP« -*

eu.- <5U - £ 5* * -30.5 Mpc

Ttm** 4
v ft 7L» = *o.SMPa

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All fights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc* All rights reserved, No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any Form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their Individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 8.60 8.60 A vertical force P is applied at the center of the free end of cantilever beam
AB. (a) If the beam is installed with the web0) and with its
vertical (fi »
longitudinal axis AB horizontal, determ ine the magnitude of the force P for which
the norma! stress at point « is + 1 20 MPa. (b) Solve part a , assuming that the beam
is installed with fl- 3

)ro v* W 250 * S roMeA 5»*fcep section


% c
Sy • S^S * IO - S$&*/ o^ Wv'

% 95". O v / O •*.<« t 9510 * /0“ c


^
At +U Sec/f i’om Confet/Wn^ poi'vxf O'*.

My “ P COS
^ ^
My ~ P^ Siv fl

Sfiress <*4 a.

6* -
My , My _ PJ OS/S pj StVi /3
S* Sy S„ Sy
<S>
jocj . VjA “
U oy
izotio*
0-0 p _ r i
o
CO.) -
fa/r “
1 . 2s lszs*io- b
+
r- SiH */0 N

130 X Q Siv>
5
(t>) /S
-
~~
3 ;
I
" 37.7 x |£> M
I.3S t.535 X|0" s 9J.OXIO" I'
S<?.7 kVJ

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 8.62
- ( C

*8.63 The structural tube shown has a uniform wall thickness of 8 mm.
Problem 8.63
Knowing that the 60-kN load is applied 4 mm above the base of the tube, de-
termine the shearing stress at (a) point a (b) point b
,
.

TC Iwces *4 sedh*&v) cio^^'Y


p<^f *4$ cl c^\c[ y ^

^ .< ; >
X
2 *
V* “ ^6 to

Mj “ (So- 4)
-
-z-Tfo
^
MMs
)

-
Mj
" tW- *^K
aS^UN ISOt5r>
WorceS

s4re,s$es c/ve 4o 4o^oe HT ~ H-j

CL - O-X 40 'j {loo - it) 4)3 - 6 '

** ik * - *,*.**/*>.
1 2 cl Civ**;*) »

D
r
t

A/
-

p^i ^4 t - -1- 2 6* 64- MP^}'


I

^
5 . = g /kK

At penA^ b„ ^ ~ S f*>iA*k 2- A o4*XAf f

stresses
a.
Jioe 4*» V* * ^ P«v4 A (**0 x C^'O A 8 f &46V V )

II At e i (J)

@
3:2-0

klT:
- 2o
36
— 640o
2-4(4 *•

(|) 520 -^o — 6446


r -2 64<?2
1

G*.= lx Ax I
- 36^2^' £ - <X)(g) -r

S
s 3
X -
IvY “ £ (tt«V*O
('**V*0 - itf*
“ rk(84K &<p ) - 3*4317 K<o fe

^ - v* Q-
r '
1, t
_ itC^HCEJdCBl ~
^43i7,r<o Xf6)
~ fc
£1 ,'tr^
'

At L 'Tfy - O

Co*. t.4> e<t shcAtfk s4mss«s

At paf-d ei . - z k'dtf •*- 4 £>1 » o£ -J* ~ £( M4V.

At p« r-4 l> - XL ~ 6* o ”*4" t ~ 4 M'/H t


*

*
Problem 8.64 8.64 For the tube and loading of Prob. 8.63, determine the principal
stresses and the max? muni shearing stress at point b.

*8.63 The structural tube shown has a uniform wall thickness of 8 imir
Knowing that the 60-kN load is applied 4 mm above the base of the tube, de-
termine the shearing stress at (a) point a , (b) point b.

't/'ces «cf 5ee4ie>^ C0^4ec*W*«J


poi^4 y *

Vy - 6k> fcts/

» xr? k#4 ,

My a

r \&CTGC* 4

\rcft es G>upies

fc

^ ( 84^(64- ^ 3*45n ^ic

2,*+m Kto
^ — u-7 Mp45t

mm
° 5 '-*
% xcl ' mub^ "

X - ^ - a 6. £>4- Arfq.

SKcaW^ <vf pot *4* b <sfue -b V*»

CcJPcv> «4 pt/rr>e*prf/f s4w$5CS CV*\J Vvv<^ |tvvv»V^ sJte*tAm^ 3"f

4 O
CW * jj- ** “ lZ3*1*r Mp^
4.450

t
R. ~ p 4 ^4 c4 .
)
- i2_ Cr>- y Mpq
r 44
\
6~^ * 6L«. + R T 2<ii mPt

^Sl.; v,
~ 2. 4^ 4 ^ P^
* 1

tU* t? - 12- £> MP^


- M7 *

Problem 8.65 8.65 (a) Knowing that <r aH ~ 165 MPa and raH — 100 MPa, se-
lect themost economical wide-flange shape that should be used to support the
loading shown. (b) Determine the values to be expected for r mt and the prin-
60 kN 40 kN
cipal stress <r max at the junction of a flange and the web of the selected beam.

B 1
'
C

m
-7 :'P
O
'

o- 4)* &*)&*(,) *
jljfeg

Ra * 6$ LKl t
<?*
*
14
f?o
1.8 in* 1.8 m*
MO
V CW) 'IML* * l2~(o Uf ^

5**, *
W^ T J±hl°L ,7 6
m3 ,

O M ti>y y /**
- 7£?> ?
S' 4 x<o
Sh«pe
^ 4 6ex$'Z ^4 2- Use
- 3*r -^,VJ iftoxq.^1
774 W 4vox 4^/
M I (Mt'"')
W }U>X£-?tf
W £/0X 6(7 $.<ri
w cl ~

*tp ”
4o£ mj*
// < 2 /K. ^
w 25* x 67 fry tw 7 M Ai
W Zcoyti, SSj

(«0 Use W4^ox4fc*/ w.'4-U S- 774 v/<? 5


C - 20/.5" * C-tf - /^<?'S M
A B _yk

2
MC ; h- n ip l / £T - H.
^
l ^*
“774 X /0
10
s
=• Ifc2'8 MPa

lVh ^5 f^N/ r„-=


v 3ircx<?4)
- /2'4
, _

e^tw "
(4 e DC~1 )

r =. 77t7 ^yc^FT^F ^ n't.-? «.p,

6^. - §f + R - /S4<# Mtf*

M 8; M = l&k) L i'P) - l /
^
<5 ’"'
IHxiO^
' **fa

774 X/O* 1

ivi t^s
- V £>£4<5z>
- 23> Avft
*
C+**KT>
6L*~ ~
i<{?
- <4-2-7
/

R rj =- 7ir

6^* §+R ~ /44'4mPa


P P

Problem 8.66 8.66 The vertical force Pj and the horizontal force P2 are applied as shown to disks
welded to the solid shaft AD. Knowing that the diameter of the shaft is 40 and mm
that tail
“ 55 MPa, determine the largest permissible magnitude of the force Pa.

./m/ V M 2l T1 - Pa f+ o +U 00 PJ *
1
At B: + 7(loo -
3123.6/ a

Af C: 7~M/+~ 4 T* =* /o^ Paf -i (5o t f 4( - Wl.ol P4


3
^ - fo K,»| = Hc>«/C’~ try * V*)

J - 2&I.3 3 v/c?"’

^ _ w.»W My* '+


M, z -V T* g

s
U*rt .09 Pt X20x/p“ )
SS*lo 6
XS'I.^3 * /cr*

Proprietary Material. O 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced* or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher* or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
B w

Problem 8.67 8.67 The solid shaft A rotates at 360 rpm and transmits 20 kW from the motor A/to
machine tools connected to gears E and F. Knowing that taij ~ 45 MPa and assuming
that 10 kW is taken ofFat each gear, determine the smallest permissible diameter of
shaft AB.

f* ~ S&O 'TOyvn — <o Hz

tm -
*
^ 20* /Q*
-
' ^
330.5 tf-rn
lv ’ rt
zir(6)

Tc " "Ht"-
"

Tp "
r T
JiV
. J[ 26^.26 3
r t
*
,?.3.io*fo n
v\ laoxro*'
_ _ 7.&S.ZC, - 2.2io*!c?W
/}, |2o* /o_i

^ z
0*£

(MJ* = 1H7.37 M-w->

/v.n
(MtX
_
- Co.4Yo.2X^Oh«o
^
o G
"" r —)_^
,
^4.7„ #«
"
i1 lt .
<*

(Hb
^ r £(M e ^ » H7.37 N-
tx\o kio

\ orcjyes lV\ s Wt.


"W“ S3o.5 H’^
Tco~ Has:X6
Ver+{c&P
PJW “V* °

J"usf 4u •five of

Kw~< V'Hy +
1
M2 z +- Tz - £2^. -S' A/*™
1
T =_ *5T
~
^ frvo^-v/viy' -V + "T
c *c

= —
i
- IS.»78.(0*‘«’

S3,<*.S C “ 20 , G"? * lo w\ “ ZO .£> 7

<3> - 2c. £0 - HI. 3 r*iw

C e
Problem 8.68

Proprietary Material* © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 8.69 8.69 The billboard shown weights 32 kN and is supported by a struo
tural tube that has a 3 80- mm outer diameter and a 2-mm wall thickness. At
i

a time when the resultant of the wind pressure is 12 kN located at the center
v >J
C of the billboard, determine the normal and shearing
1.8 m stresses at point It

A+ se^4v OM Ct>h 4* p©jk4 H ;

r J 2U k a/ (c *on )

1 0.9m -J-
* (tz^l 0**0 ~

M r - - 3^* C? tk/ *w

2 4,n
'
H 2
* ~ - 28* 8 KM**

V * lik-N

S ecf i o* pr&pes} es „ i

d0 - 3 fra CG = ^ d0 - (°io C„- * C- t * /7<P

C oofJz
A = 7t(c2-c/) * /^73
39* (o *v
\ io *\t M »>
I=| 4
Co. - Cv* } - nio
L
tmJ?

z*5‘£ fN a,
<J * £X ^ 47o, z x io°

-— Q_*
3
/§(Co -c2^
~

^ -l i3& 7%> -z'i-Sr<l Yf&


— a.»oi - ».rtr . - **».*

V- ^ V<2 _ UO'#-'*ic k )(rto) tntto')Cklribi i?-)


~
L '
Xr 4 Ji
f*
4-10' into*
7 +
LttS'it {(£)(? 4)
; r - ^6^
/ ,

t^ l‘7Zif * <W M/tj

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Alt rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
& 70 Several forces are applied to the pipe assembly shown. Knowing that each
Problem 8.70 36 and 42 mm, respectively,
section of pipe has inner and outer diameters equal to
determine the normal and shearing stresses at point H located at the top of the outer
surface of the pipe.

A 4* sec'ffow Co*4 n *
pom -
)*

P*-o V*
* X
- loo , N , =
^ O
W

My --(.0.450 )(l6o') - - C7. 5

.too N 00 r\ N-i
Dimensions in mm (too T _ 2Z.5- V * r*\
)

zsv*
C? o r H2 ho no di r 3^. Mm
e?.s'V'<M >/
Co - Zl M no Ci - 12

t - Co ~ Cl * 3 MM
22.5 A/'ivT

l l
A ^ Tr(Co -C; )= 3G7.S7 * &G7.STVIO’* m*

/o 3
11 i

I T fCcJ-c/)" lo.So x witt, * ~jo.3o*{d' vr?


j
Wo.S ?*/©'* *»'
1

3 &
k*/T- Q. -
3 (c«f - C./ ^
r ?. 'S.SG */© mm 5 ~ £, %%C * /o’ i-n
3

f~ -
H
hxl. t
I„
S’
C~ ^7. )(X
10.36 x to" 1
/t- —
Ot) 2 MPa
Or-2^MP<t ««•

Due +o Totryi/e . (TH ) r - y- -


y
- «3.3G MPa

n , *
fu sVe«,^ ,v v _ ya _ Ooova.^gc>«fo-*)
X
fUC / _
- A. r*4
^ mPcl
D-'e .
(^h v i '
It *
o/o-’XGmo-
('f7£>.3o</o‘‘
tfte.3
? 1
5
)(G mo* )

Net: X - 3.3G - te 3.32 MPa

70. -Z MPa
2..8Z hPo-

Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed* reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 8.71 8.71 A close-coiled spring is made of a circular wire of radius r that is formed into a
helix of radius RDetermine the maximum shearing stress produced by the two equal
.

and opposite forces P and P'. (Hint First determine the shear V and the torque T in
:

a transverse cross section.)

4f P- V= o V= P
-OZ>L ~o :
T- P£=o T- PR

- 7~c _ _ 2PZ 4,
TTY'

Ft» / Se*vu'ci«le. Q.* tr 3 c/ = £r>

-JL^

^ ' '
V(f^) ±V x w .HP
11 f v^O') 3Tfir'

5 tSp
e'Y 05 4 o* J
i i
v 'ZX^= P (|2P 4 4r/3 )/¥r 3

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 8.72
1 *

8.73 A 1/2-k.N force is applied as shown to the 60~mm-diametcr cast*


Problem 8.73 iron post AM). At point H. determine (a) the principal stresses and principal
planes, (/>) the maximum shearing stress.

t)E r Jfrsr** Zero 1 i 2S M

p£>]' T R. - o

(£)<*) n. aS

myv 4 '6iS N
m nut)

Mo^ey'i of £ofxe CoopJ# sj <4


C_j 44 e »vl *hka 5 e c / toq
CorA i

v
Oo\»\\

W

Q»ti> 6-Z O lCJS}>Z 1-


0'b {j2- /» (a (o 2. U

Section p/v^gv-fies
,6* frq z k*4 M
^ r a/ ^ d ~ (4-0 KM C ' 2 4 r

4^ bis t N Z ~
(&/V k A r TtC KM-
I ~
^C V “ d>h$bz. fyd h frhZ

si - 2J =•
Mut-x/^/k4
<x. C«Cf,. Q. -
-|c
S "
KM3
ft
At
,

poi-'
r
,

i H
. , ^w ~
G *
—Ap—v —
Mo
MC
r
~I~
~
~ ~~
Ub**nrj
LU'&S
7
tnZ)
OSb-7)
0-2*7)
" rr
—~ {(‘bb'i-jMO^C^o)
ttt
J (.?<’!

(v&Uxto*)
(v&foKo*)
- ^ $r>7 ,
HP#

yM * Tc . VQ r t&.MMp*
J It Tsn-Z'tf-xio*- k
i(> Zyi(Z.Zio )(i’0)
1

$2 MP‘i

_=> ih ¥ c MPa
!
Cq <dc - % - -4/-/VXMA'

g 6^ 6“4Rr 4^A —
- R ' "IA3 MPa —
6* - 6’
t c

+*-> *© o. *m4
- *
p —ifi

9^- i?. i° io?. r -«a


,
«9 fc -

(L) •= 4P/a?A?
Problem 8.74 8.74 For the post and loading shown, determine the principal stresses, principal
planes, and maximum shearing stress at point H.

50 mm
50 mm 5 nun
_
i
£o/vce <A poin'i C.
-"^-"'50 kN
Fx cos 30° r
- So *43.30) kM
F* r -.50 S, ^ 3 o° 9 -25 £,
* - 120 k W

Sec+i'ovA -Ponces coopAs <A "Hie

P r l Ho UbJ Cco**vj>re$3f'o*v }

V*- ^3.3ol kU ^
V* - 25 feW

My *
-Us Xo.S 7S) - - 9. 375" kM-m

Ha * - (437301 )(o. 37 S)~ - 16.738 fcW


120 kv>

25 kVJ 1. 39? kd*w


U..238 kfJ-**’

r<Sa vl 437301 tc^ ^ A" (loo)(/s'o)= IS * io


%
i
l

Z
J
'
-=15 xIO'* *>

ponce s .oaP/fes
1 - c
Ix - j^Oi'oV/oo) \z.s * lo to*,'*

S+r-esses ^ po i«1 H = 12.5 x /o- c

KtZ. _ _ (I2Q xjo^)


IS X /O' 3
MPa -

J,
^ A V*. - 3 43.3CHX/Q 3
Lh
.
2 A 3 15 x /O' s
,

4.33 MPa
Use iCtVc/e.
21. S MPo,
6Tt r £6"H » H.75 MPa
+. H.33 MRv
iM.S'i* J
+ 4.33 15.37 HPs,
H
I f
"
6V ~ G'c + £ <5* = 30.1 Mfi* -

61 - R - <$;= -aaHRt-
*
6*

W ^ep -
-f— - - 0.

S* *
* - 8.2' 0k

r_ * i? 15.37 MPq.
o 1 *

Problem 8.75 8.75 Knowing that the structural lube shown has a uniform wall thick-
ness of 6 mm, determine the normal and shearing stresses at the three points
indicated*
75 nmi^<T

It kM

(& kN fa i k-ki i
69 min ^
Shear Be.y< Aina vnofae^'t

iV

b0 - l£~Z) “ ba — 3st- ~ 1%9'k~*«-


b0 ~
~ Vi* h,, " 31 * ,

4 6 6
Ix r ~ ttk; ) r ^*4y; o *n/v> 72 * iaft* be - H; k' ) -
~k3>x fo
<£>k (
- (3 V
6>Y< c^X~~7$.)
hW^a-J stresses 1 I ) ‘57, g-)
r -lo2«5 Mfy -m
(7«3X*oO 2'4-Xt b b
~"2<4Xlb h
6
6 * Ji*. M-L f fcyio )^) _ " "
&> ' -'03-6 /WA —
Ix •** ( 7- g x (
6
) wTT^
7'4-y;6^

^YIc fe
Xo') _ (37(0^ .
<|7>{>) r -46*
v ^ Atg* «a«
7« 3 A ( e>0
"j . ^ u- > i. £*
1 *

< 2>4-X7 6 fc

sf tosses P0,4t a. is <5>i <?ufsi>le co/iac/^ X.* o


DiVeef »&* of

'
IteJ.
Due +o V* 4-? Due +© V,
n
j
At poi nt fe At poi - k
ft—
^ t*'

Qzb * - /6 Qyb ~ (M)(t)(34-er) * iq-ztiZ

XT -%%%%> V*
M point c y •

] |
A+ poi*»4 C Csy^—^Jv^ o-jt-is )

Tc,^ - o
02c **
Ozi +* £67} (6‘ )t‘i>#'£)

Km’4

=
Met S lieAv-in^ s4 TSS at
p of t >i
A PwX C
r«j, » JJi^xsipi r sf^fy — O-
•I*t CP})OtP)(J?) _____ Tb” 4-7 £> - 4-* 44 ~!>2- fA.Pq -**

r « ^4 ~
^

8.76 The cantilever beam AB will be installed so that the 60-mm side forms an
Problem 8.76 90° with the vertical. Knowing that the 600-N vertical
angle ft between 0 and
force is applied at the center of the free end of the beam, determine the normal
stress at point a when (n) p » 0, (A) ft ~ 90°, (c) Also* determine the value of fi
for which the normal stress at point ah a maximum and the corresponding value
of that stress.

& ~ It^lo
- 1 6*/0 ' Hi

s
M is pj? r (c,00) (3oo*fo" ) “ ISO *

M* = M CoS - /SO cos /Q

IV M (%>
~ 18o s;« ft

K, r
ISO <^3 /3 180 S.V/2
c
% IO*

c
IO )(c,o<5 {2> + \ siim /S) TV
~ 7.5" /3> h ^s<n MPa

<&) /S =• o S* r 7.5*0 MP<^ 6"* 7.5o HP* —«

(b) /a, » 61 ~ f/. 2.5" MPa

(P> - 7.5- (-./-/S + f~»/3) o


S)'h /S * lcot/9 /8* 5*.3 a

6w* 7.6' (cos 5-6. 3" J s**t 56, 'S'O <5* * t3>.5"i MPa -»

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. Ah rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
: 4

PROBLEM 8.C1 8.C1 Let us assume that the shear V and the bending moment have been M
determined in a given section of a rolled-steel beam. Write a computer program
to calculate in that section, from the data available in Appendix C, (a) the
maximum normal stress am ,
(b) the principal stress <7 ^ at the junction of a
flange and the web. Use this program to solve parts a and b of the following
problems:
(1) Prob. 8. 1
(Use P = 180 kN and M = 45 kN m) •

(2) Prob. 8.2 (Use V = 90 kN and M - 45 kN m) •

(3) Prob. 8.3 (Use V - 700 kN and M = 1750 kN m) •

(4) Prob. 8.4 (Use V = 850 kN and M~ 1700 kN m) •

SOLUTION
We V vl
&r)ftc f/je gii/fti '/o.lues cj <£<id / 6bia.ii) from /^pp*iT city C fht
Vohrt, 6 f d, bj, ts , J > an H S for 4he $<*en IMF shape-
We ct>mp>ufe C ~ C\ fl ft ~ C~ tr

r
f
^ ~ b is I .>
Z' = r®.
t
jt
-L

from P^ohr's c / re/e :

-h H

tVVg? ct) Z-

PRO&RftN OUTPUT b
Problem 8.1 Problem 8.2
Given Data: Given Data:
V - tZokU m ~ *£ kHbt
M V * kN , M ~ t+$ kHh,
d = ,
= 2S7fnM
bf » d ~ z£4*fn, bf ~ 251 bint
tf = i
, tw ~ =
tf » , tw «*
I <* S — / Aim S ~
, X 5(/fl i to**
Answers: Answers:
(a) SIGA - (a) SIGA = ^4
(b) SIGM - kPa (b) SIGM = ^
Problem 8.3 Problem 8 .

Given Data: Given Data:


V - 700 kN, M - 1750 kN.m V « 850 kN, M - 1700 kN.m
d ^ 930 mm, bf - 423 rant d - 930 mm, bf - 423 mm
tf ~ 43 mm, tw - 24 mm tf - 43 mm, tw * 24 mm
I - 8470 (10*6 mm*4) I ~ 8470 (10*6 mm* 4)
847
S ** 18200 10*3 mm* 3)
{ S - 18200 (10*3 mm* 3)
182
Answers Answers:
(a) SIGA - 96.15 MPa (a) SIGA 93.40 MPa
(b) SIGM - 95.39 MPa (b) SIGM 96.56 MPa
\

PROBLEM 8.C2
8.C2 A cantilever beam AB with a rectangular cross section of width b and
depth 2c supports a single concentrated load P at its end A. Write a computer
program to calculate, for any values of xlc and y/c (a) the ratios
, and
°m \Jamt where <7max and &min are the principal stresses at point K(x, y) and am the
maximum normal stress in the same transverse section, (b) the angle 6p that the
principal planes at K form with a transverse and a horizontal plane through K Use
tills program to check the values shown in Fig. 8.8 and to verify that <7max exceeds

dm if x s 0>544c, as indicated in the second footnote on page 499,

SOLUTION
5l free file ch*>~ht'ibot>on of the normal siresje?
h linear^ wthaW 0^(/m (fy/c) (O
where om- - - Pz c ( 2)
i x
We vbe Ecj- paje US v - 2Z ±(i
*
A f‘)
*> &
Viyidnly (3) bn (-Zj: Si /-OAT
Pn Z A xc
3
br, 3* nee I ;££ftc) _ / r
U
t- t _ t (4
'
f\ b (Z€) 3 •Vc

MOTE
For y. > Oj She an^le is
)
which is opposite ~h> whrl
Was arbitrarily assumed in Fig,P8>C2 x

(CONTENDED)
/ ^

PROBLEM 8.C2 CONTINUED FR06R/H Duir^m

For x/c “ 2 :
For x/c * 8 :

y/c Sigmin/Sigm Sigmax/Sigm Theta y y/c Sigmin/Sigm Sigmax/Sigm Theta

1.0 0.000 1.000 0.00 1.0 0.000 1.000 0,00


0.8 “0.010 0.810 6.34 0.8 -0.001 0.801 1.61
0.6 -0.040 0.640 14,04 0.6 -0.003 0.603 3.80
0.4 -0.090 0.490 23.20 0.4 -0.007 0.407 7.35
0.2 “0.160 0.360 33.69 0.2 -0.017 0.217 15.48
0.0 -0.250 0.250 45.00 0.0 -0.062 0.063 45.00
-0.2 -0.360 0.160 -33.69 -0.2 -0.217 0.017 -15.48
-0.4 -0.490 0.090 -23.20 ~0.4 -0.407 0.007 -7.35
-0.6 -0.640 0.040 -14.04 -0.6 -0.603 0.003 -3.80
-0.8 -0.810 0.010 -6.34 -0.8 -0.801 0.001 “1.61
-1.0 - 1.000 0.000 -0.00 -1.0 - 1.000 0.000 -0.00

'To check -that > % 'f 0,^Lf fcjl


VC run flic j^ro^ra

for ^/c r OStH 0.r\d tor x/c ~ O.TtS and observe that
O’my ^ exceeds 1 tor Several Values of ty/c fa the tfrsh
ca ^ e ) d$e$ not exceed 1 in fht Second case.

For x/c = 0.544 :

y/c Sigmin/Sigm Sigmax/Sigm Theta *)


0.30 -0.700 0.9997 39.92
0.31 -0.690 1.0001 39.72
0.32 -0.680 1.0004 39.51
0.33 -0.670 1.0005 39.30
0.34 -0.660 1.0005 39.09
0.35 -0.650 1.0003 38,88
0.36 -0.640 1.0000 38.66
0.37 -0.630 0.9996 38,44
0.38 -0.619 0.9990 38.21
0.39 -0.608 0.9983 37.98
0.40 -0.598 0.9975 37.74

For x/c « 0.545 :

y/c Siamin/Sigm Sigmax/Sigm Theta


0.30 -0.698 0.9982 39.91
0.31 -0.689 0.9986 39.71
0.32 -0.679 0.9989 39.50
0.33 -0.669 0.9990 39.29
0.34 -0.659 0.9990 39.08
. 0.35 -0.649 0.9988 38.87
0.36 -0.639 0.9986 38.65
0.37 -0.628 0.9982 38.42
0.38 -0.618 0.9976 38.20
0.39 -0.607 0.9970 37.96
0.40 -0.596 0.9962 37.73
, )

PROBLEM 8.C3 8.C3 Disks Du D^ Dn are attached as shown in Fig. 8.C3 to the solid shaft
i . * . ,

AB of length L, uniform diameter d and allowable shearing stress


,
Forces Pi,
P2 , « P* of known magnitude (except for one of them) are applied to the
. * *

disks, either at the top or bottom of its vertical diameter, or at the left or right
end of its horizontal diameter. Denoting by n the radius of disk and by Cj its A
distance from the support at A, write a computer program to calculate (a) the
magnitude of the unknown force V h (/>) the smallest permissible value of the
diameter d of shaft AB. Use this program to solve Prob. 8. 19.

SOLUTION
X
I , Determine -file cnKnovOn S' one 7^ ~h)

the sinn f { fln\r forces 7} tfboOt the Z&xis-


Z. Determine, ff\t component's (F^)i (Fg )i ci crll forces.

3 Determine
, components A^rVvid A, of reaction at f\
-hhe
by 5 ommt\)L> moments a boot £>£*// 2- <Zr)4 Bpj*// *

ZMa = Oi -P^L -nrd )


;
(L-ci )=d,
Aj=te rpj )i i L-Cj
TMr ^0i , * J> = 1 1 £(Ff ){ ( L-c -

k. Determine (My)^ >


(/M*). iorfi/e Tj Jost to ihe left
Of disk
t
; D *
L

"A
( = \ i+%(r k <e -oc >'

W 1
i
r=-^-fC 9*< *-<*>'
~ < ci ~
e) i i

le

[fStem <> indicates a rn nyvla rif


y
fun c ft on.
if, The rtiini/nunj A imi/eMr oi reouired to the iz.ft of te
obi tuned by first compotmg(3yc \ from Ef (8,7)’.

(
'
13 _
c
) Iwfl+l—1 (CONTINUED)
'i
Call
.

Problem 8.19
Length of shafts /*v.^
TAU {ksi) » SSM&t
For Disk 1
Force ^ ix k A/
Radius of disk « .

Distance from A*=


For Disk 2
Force =* 0.000 RA#
Radius of disk « /£#
Distance from A~ ****,.
For Disk 3
Force =* a W
Radius of disk - (o-a v M f >

Distance from ^ain^v


Unknown force- — i«- 6*1 kM
A2" h'$&kN
,

BZ* l*2Sr bH
Just to the left of Disk 1
MY~ &<Z^kN*n
MZ~ «*<?'*%& kN
T~ 0.0000
Diameter must be at least
Just to the right of Disk 1
T~ e*z.kN*>
Diameter must be at least *K*r
Just to the left of Disk 2
MY= tu46
MZ^ ~ KN *1
T» OtZMto.
Diameter must be at least 3>£‘
?£*£l’»*i
i? In
r

Just to the right of Disk 2


T~ Q*Z kf'J fa
•*-

Diameter must be at least


Just to the left of Disk 3
MY~ Of 24 lA/h
MZ« - C? 3 ^ f A/
T« o<- ^
Diameter must be at least $£*3£ ^
Just to the right of Disk 3
T- 0,00 M*.
Diameter must be at least 34-dS

Proprietary Material* €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No pari of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
- t) ) .

PROBLEM 8X4 8X4 The solid shaftXZ? of length l 9 uniform diameter d, and allowable shearing
stress tan rotates at a given speed expressed in rpm (Fig. 8.C4). Gears Gu Ga, . .

, Gn are attached to the shaft and each of these gears meshes with another gear
(not shown), either at the top or bottom of its vertical diameter, or at the left or
right end of its horizontal diameter. One of these gears is connected to a motor
and the rest of them to various machine tools. Denoting by r, the radius of disk
Git by Cf its distance from the support at A, and by P, the power transmitted to
that gear (+ sign) or taken of that gear (- sign), write a computer program to
calculate the smallest permissible value of the diameter d of shaft AB. Use this
program to solve Probs. 8.25 and 8.29.

SOLUTION

I, Ef-jivr <te) in rpm and determine frepJ er> d"~od/6c)-


For each gear, Hefcnnine ftie forejoe 7^ r /^TT^
where F( is fhe pov/er inpyjf- (•+) or ooipn± the gear.

3 , For each determine iht force F- - T; /p eyerfef


Oh t he gear and ifs Coimpo\m«ts
(FyDi ,

te> Determine Fine eovrip onen'f.s Ojr\d of reaction fit A


by womeKhs abo\jt a/ee &£> /y. and •

0 1
'f
(F
A 0- cd ^ --
-
1 ( L -c.

(fAd-c.j^o, Otz-j. ’i(Fi ) i a-c l


-

5 Determine

, (Aig).
c y
and toraoeTf juet % the ( ef
of gear G"l ;

(M
te * Al t+J(-
c F A <Gi- c* > '

h=-A3 <c,-cg
(M t

H/t/ere
T< --

>
f ^c.

indicates
- f(r,) h

<X 3mguiaritj function.


(CONTINUED)
.

PROBLEM
&, 8.C4 CONTINUED

]"/>e Min'iHrtvrt cjia^efer cl rejoiced fke faff of 6[ ,s


~fe

Ohfatne.d by 'first com puffnj C^Zc^l froni (8-~J')‘-


7.

(-)
t uv
w 7l

3
1TCt>
Rzcc,I/I» 3 that J-j trC avd^hus, That (f\~(
IA)e 4ai/ff <T. = 2- an / d, r Jt fJ\ V3 «?g

"7~hi$ i$ the Pe<fo\re4 J i/st tb the left of jjear 0^


td/Qyyfcfer

8. Tfe require*/ diameter just to the rt^ht op pfeor&c >$


obtained, hy Ytpfacihtj T. v/ifb 77^ /h the above, cowpdtatfon
9. Ybe smallest f>er*)f£$/b/e Value of the diameter op the
Shaft the turej &st a-f fhe Values o btained for cL* -

(CONTENDED)
, .

PROBLEM 8.C4 CONTINUED

PROG-RAM OUTPUTS

Problem Problem 8. 29
Omega * 600 rpm Omega rpm
- 450
Number of Gears: 3 Number of Gears: 3
Length of shaft ~ & oo rw Ft Length of shaft * 750 mm
Tau « sr$r Mp4 Tau * 55 MPa
For Gear 1 For Gear X
Power input - 45 kW Power input « "8*00 kW
Radius of gear** i S m **
; Radius of gear- 60 mm
Distance from A in in wy « iadJ mm, Distance from A in mm - 150
FY- 0 For Gear 2
FZ t'qtSST Power input *. 20,00 kW
For Gear 2 , , Radius of gear-100 mm
Power input - — ^ v Distance from A in mm « 375
Radius of gear- toe For Gear 3
Distance from A in inches « Z&O ** Power input - -12.00 kW
fy= me
k*J Radius of gear- 60 mm
FZ - 0 Distance from A in mm - 600
For Gear 3 AY- -0.849 kN, AZ» 4.386
Power input * *-‘|Sr klV*- BY- -3.395 kN, BZ- 2.688
Radius of gear^ to. hn v Just to the left of Gear 1
Distance from A in inches * MY- 657.84 Nm
FY- 0 t
> MZ- 127.32 Nm
FZ ~ — £*&t fe-f* T* 0.00 Nm
AY- AZ*~‘"T-.S.fc Diameter must be at least 39.59 mm
BY- BZ— ,&* % *-N. ,
Just to the right of Gear 1
Just to the left of Gear 1 T— 169.77 Nm
MY™ -+&* 7 k-N m , Diameter must be at least 40.00 mm
MZ- Just to the left of Gear 2
T- 0.000 kK/m MY-1007 98 Nm
.

Diameter must be at least 41* £***&• MZ* 318.31 Nm


Just to the right of Gear 1 T--169.77 Nm
T» 7 ft*?, AM* ft Diameter must be at least 46.28 mm
Diameter must be at least 4&*&F*** Just to the right of Gear 2
Just to the left of Gear 2 T* 254.65 Nm
MY™ ~ .
kNU >
Diameter must be at least 46.52 mm «<H
MZ- <**7°/ &a/ fs? Just to the left of Gear 3
T* '7 1 & « Z£"k-N M . MY= 403.19 Nm
Diameter must be at least MZ* 509.30 Nm
Just to the right of Gear 2 T« 254.65 Nm
T* £*£*7 M&* Diameter must be at least 40.13 mm
Diameter must be at least 42*7 MM 1
Just to the right of Gear 3
Just to the left of Gear 3 T- 0,00 Nm
MY* e>c*2*H Diameter must be at least 39.18 mm
MZ- aims’ k~NH
2^7Z MH-
Diameter must be at least ki*'*
Just to the right of Gear 3
T* 0.0000 m-
Diameter must be at least
M *

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of (he publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
PROBLEM 8.C5 8.C5 Write a computer program that can be used to calculate the normal and
shearing stresses at points with given coordinates^ and z located on the surface
of a machine part having a rectangular cross section. The internal forces are
known to be equivalent to the force-couple system shown. Write the program so
that the loads and dimensions can be expressed in either SI or U.S, customary
units. Use this program to solve (n) Prob. 8.45 b, (h) Prob. 8.47a.

SOLUTION

S
P**£W* x T* b h/,z J * bhV/2
3 e-

Fon Pai'/y on ^.UicFAce^ Cj WO £


More <j g f-snjsr po Lloa>tA&:
z~
<j tf/t #no (l)

i?/? * a/'j
y
/f £/T/&rz (/) on (2) pmp sr/msP/eo^ oospore
rr~ JL+ g
'
—& ~**j
6 Xt

//= g g= 46% J 7M.fa/ po/ht /s on vertmcAL gunPFOP ^p


Or * t>(

py-~ ._ Vtj 62. -g.

Z
IF- H ~ bVt. 7?/f pt'/ny >s on poP/gopr/H. gvnFFct fthp

C h

Vg ^
Lj b

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
PROBLEM 8.C5 CONTINUED

*
Force -CoupleSystem

p=«M// - -7S0 U Vt i s-oo V


- (so o n)iito *» )
«= no hl-tn Hi- (750 usy-m
Problem 8.45 a Force-Couple at Centroid
10000.00 N
P •
MY = 110.00 K-m MZ « -135.00 N-m
VY « 750.00 N VZ « 500.00 N
+ 4 -
+ + + + + + + + + + + 44 + 4 + 4 4 44 + + 44 +
At point of coordinates: y - 16.00 nun z - 0.00 mm
sigma = 18.392 MPa
tau * 0.391 MPa

=:
(
zTkN )(0*2G2**)
~ kHf*
M£ = ($ kSD(o-xb^ ) 2.*0$

Problem 8.47 b Force-Couple at Centroid


P — 2x»e J*a/,
MY * S*X6k*<M MZ « » 2.‘C& kfjtv
VY a - 2k-N VZ a -if £-A/
•I- + + + + + + + + + + 4- + + + + + + 4 + 4 4 4 4 4 4
At point of coordinates: y = 30 M *»-
sigma * 4&<~} MPq
tau « ~5*3 MPa
1

*8.C7 The structural tube shown has a uniform wall thickness of 8 mm.
PROBLEM 8.C7
A 40-kN force is applied to a bar (not shown) that is welded to the end of the
tube. Write a computer program that can be used to determine* for any given
value of the principal stresses, principal planes, and maximum shearing stress
at point H for values of d from “*75 mm
to —75 mm, using 25-mm increments.
Use this program to solve Prob. 8.62a*

F&etB-Covpit -Zvstt&m
£b7£/t:
\f~ tf-ok-ki J 1

y-
Mg (4okN) C *•*£*)
- tok-tih.

T~ C4okNj
f— ,d
_ .
«
v
-« — -m i* •*

j
looH
1

f
flBir# £S'CLc>S&J?

(X, (a. -tXb-i) S//£rtreir*l

5?/2£$s l?v£'
1

\
T
't
if
l

•L " '
«*
f

o-_ T ?c .

To 7Z>^/aA/
J*
—+• -H J

r KWWN —I
b

%- smter
1 _ 1

y
\Q
7 - It
H
OOt T6 V
k O-
7k
roTKk rT ~ry
8f»o //*£.'. T~h=
mA) " %
I \ 1

Ptf?*£ff*L St* tzse-s


- it
z fit
Jiff*# Tt>?*L

<r
'fit*/
-g~, v-c ?
3 ww-e ; ^T) j
*Xr

7&TA<~

Rectangular tube of uniform thickness t #


Outside dimensions
Horizontal width a *
Vertical depth b * cm w ** t *

Vertical load P « 4okM; line of action at x « ~c


Find normal and shearing streses at
Point H (x » d, y b/2) «*

Problem 8.64a Program Output for Value of c *

d sigma tauV tauT tauTotal sigmaMax sigmaMin tauMax theta p


MM (Aik (Aik Mtk MPck Mfk >Afk degrees
$sr<o$ — ^ & -(3<£r<? ~'ib‘ c W *}8'0& - fxi‘ rg
7

- 5o %S>o 1 — 1£* bO ~/>£7 -37'/2. -<?' 1 sn-zt (o-7*n


Bsr* -7-77 2A-M 6°! Sf7‘Oo - #<9, 96
O tfs* OJ <9 -/2-J7 -13+54 &7‘ rz 44^4r2 -8+81
25 &5~‘CZ 7-V7 -IT.'S'I *7£ SJf'CX' - 0* 402- 42- £t — o ^
So Sr'S *02 /£i 6o a. o/ 24*2-2- ~ 6 fe7 4X4 S 44i
T5 &9>o3 3 b' -r^sq *?«77 VS-zy 4-l‘XZ
Chapter 9
Problem 9.1 9.1 through 9.4 For the loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic

curve for the cantilever beam AB , (6) the deflection at the free end, (c) the slope at
y the free end.

+)2Mj = o : Mo - m = o M= vi 0

T***&*°1
El ^ = M„

F.r^4 - K,*- v c,
2
EX y “ i M0 x 4 '
c, 06 4- <2
4

0--O.C,
C, - o

EJ^ - + Cv
o * o + ct =- o
ELP&sjjc co T
CoO -
J zex
d± - Mo it
Mr x
r
M P L* . Mo L f
(b) zJi' ye 2.t?r zer

(c) €> 06 = L. _ HP L
-^ El El

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using It without permission.
" ^

Problem 9.2 9.1 through 9.4 For the loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic

curve for the cantilever beam AB ,


(b) the deflection at the free end, (c) the slope at
the free end.

X> so:'- - M - P(l-k') « o


[*= O j
yr o'] M = - P Cl- x
®] El 0 - - pCl-x') * -pl a px

M El 3* * -p Lx + iPx
1
4 C,

L~ x
[x-
^ to] o
a
- - o 4 o - C,
C, -

Ely = - iPLx* 4^-Px 3 4 c,y 4 Ct

Cvo, y-ol O - -0 4 0 4 o + Cj c* = o
(cO EPeS’fi’c curv/e. r Px 4 (3L - X 'J
\y 6 FI
Px * Oa -x )
2 ex
(b ) y g> X ~ L . - Pi. (3L - L) = £11
6£X 3PI
PL3
&SX
(c) ^
J&. .
@ x =
.....
i. ; _ PL
ZEX (21 -L) * £11
3 El.

~
% 2 FI

Proprietary Material. C> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A .student using this manual is using it without permission.
* A

Problem 9.3 9 tli rough 9.4 For the loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve for the cantilever beam AB> (b) the deflection at the free end, (c) the slope at
the free end.

H r
r o: (Wx)~ 4 M
M - -
C**L, y-o}
>] ei 4-
Er r M -

s
-i«=< + c,

z
= 1 0
O - i^L
=- ~ ( + C,
%
C, - i:^L
EX^r , -«W + x wl *

Ely -
4 ^T\mL 5 X 4

Lx » L , y-oJ o
0 * - ^
jij ivL*
1
4 wl^ + « O
C.--(X-X) wi - , #wL“
(a) e#«4fc corv^ r ^ X VL**"* 3l~ }
”24fl
V
~
LVZ. wL i
yA ex g£X
2¥ gFI
*i 3 5«k_^
(C) g 0V=O' m«&)
i*
, 3 -
gel

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-HIU Companies. Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
;

Problem 9.5 9.5 and 9.6 For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation
of the elastic curve for portion AB of the beam, (/>) the deflection at B, (c) the slope at
B.

F&D ABC UStMCV A6C AS A FREE BODY,

+ tX = O *
Ra + 2wa, - 3 Wet. = Q
_ 3
= 3 w< *-
3 'ir

+3 IH a = O : - Ma + - (4 waV3o) = o

Ma * °
FBt> AT :
USING- AT AS A FREE BoXiY,

OlMj'O: H + (3 WaVx) -tfuxXz') » O


lOft

m
tA

Ui
I
v

M M-
^ W* - 4
f z
4-
3 WAX

61 £ = ^wy. 3 - z
1 ,
£
+ c t

Ck-o.^-o] O = 0-0 + C* c, - o
EX y -

L*-o» Y = o] o = 0 1 0 + C* c, - O

_ SJ 3
CcO ELASTVC CuRaJE 6V6R. AB : ~ 72.EX 14 a.* )


= p to a.4- lOuJa.^ I

Cb') Y AT a - 2a. i
7b EX
,

Yb “ «<EX
<^EX '

*-T * -io- : ($&-

Proprietary Material, €) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, o r used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

Problem 9.7 9.7 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic curve
for portion BC of the beam, ( b the deflection at midspan, (c) the slope at B.

x Usi«2 A0C as a. free iootLy^

O "21% « o ••
R„L . (WLXH * o

Por por-f ioio SC (O '< Tfj < L)

j V^Ms ~o; + - Jttvlx + (wx^ + M-o


M - wl
s

—wl-x ?wX* - ^
El 0 = f wLx
- <A/x
r
~ w /L
1

El 4? -
lo
- |wX 3 - £ h/^x + C,

v
wLx 3 J>x' - ^wL*x
1
4 c,x 4- Ct

[x = o
j
= o] O - O - O - O 4 O + c* = o

[x= L r
°J n
U "
* / 4-
t jO
- J* ^
^ 1 + C L- +
1 o
U s *• — wL 5

, y JJ?o

(a.) ESc^sitC CU*/Vc v


J
- J5i(ilLyy 3.X
El ^ io & y
*
*.X
Zo L
>
x V _ _L L3 X
rao
* \*

7ft. £1
5/i LLx*t to
2-- -i-x3 - J-
*
6. /o L X -
Tv —
ISO L
L* )'

l
(t> > <® x r jt i(?V - ii ) - it L*(a^l
j * | r
Jm |j {
- Jsdlj JL - J L ±_ 13 WL V

El t 8© Bit. 8o zho 1 ~ mo ex
*3
*
Jm “ mOtFX

(o- O O - j^L5 T - wL 3
(o')
^ <® x “ 0 :
tJI. gf
-
) 120 EX
A WL
08~ f?O^X
3
^
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, luc* All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc* All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
B 8

Problem 9.9 9.9 Knowing that beam A is an S200 X 27.4 rolled shape and that
w = Q 60 kN/m, L— 2.7 m, and E~ 200 GPa, determine (a) the slope at A ,
(fr) the deflection at C.

c < 4 i'cm d .

fr^e, Id otJ^j AC

R. ' R„ = i «j,L
pf-o,y»<£I

^ ' 0 v~ 0 * * < #
4^ (fat*
- ~ w - ~
L.

gM _ -\7 - _
cd-fC L
Wo *
M 7
= -
/ JL
(. tjX *> - J
1

6jf M=-o -x.~c>^ li (2m - o

bl X? - IT 1 x s X

et^* - + c,

<5**S
O - T*
(«'-' nz
Li )*C, = ° C, - -ifs"»L
s

EXjf- f (i‘-V-
t
s
<r
fe* )- i
^w.LV + C.

[^~° J y'°l O r O-O+O -f£ z c2 - o


pi'fts'tic covJe V - -*k ( X
EXL ^ _ JL.
6e xs- g~ ii.')
_ _£_
R2.
LH /

^
^P
W
w Ltiy*
/
U
( v
^
i
I tl
**
* JL-y*
JL. -y^ ir \
L «f ^'}
i
I

£jX“
EIL kl*'
l“2. n*.
in a.

W0 - 6c, £A//aj E =- 26~o 6 (k , I - 23-9 wo* 5,

z
El r (240 VI0 <')/a3.* ctX < ‘>’ 6!
J & hj fr,

«
(U
S
l T

V
Defied:..
Z'7h>

-* *-• &
J «.= /.Sff*.
(tyrinto
b
)tZ‘-1)
&a =~
e,
^
W ^^
^3j«/o
^
J
' lo
'

^ 6oooo
J '
iwtutioiy f(Wf -£0' trf - -£-(? .+
f(*. ?r }] _ _ */o' 3 M
- X * 6 ^^ 4/
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1 ’

Problem 9.1 9.1 1 For the beam and loading shown, (a) express the magnitude and location of the
maximum deflection in terms of wQt L, E, and I. ( b) Calculate the value of the
maximum deflection, assuming that beam AB is a W460 x 74 rolled shape and that
wo = 60 kN/m, L -6 m, and E ~ 200 GPa.

Usin^ ev>4rr^ <ks cl

•0 = o ; '1?»l + (iw0 iyt)*D


Pa *

Usf«2 AT a.4r«€ 2*
Hf = & *

"6 tv0 Lx + (-i^)(|') + M * O


u
!«=£=£££3jC M » i-w0 Ly - £

F
g w« L
EI$’
+ C,

st w.'-*
5
EX O' * - IIS-'?** + C* + C.

I>* °>y S = o"] O -- o - 0+0 + c* c. ~ °


D<* o] o _
*
1W
36 ° *
I*.J.
«3o
w^L’' + C,L + o C, - - 7
360
i=P«vsf l*C c - f lix
3C LX
1
.. _L JSf _ j
Uo L 360
or EJ C

4*
eft
7-
^
EX f
t
-i-
IT.
Jy z - J-Jsl
M L
_ .Z-i* 1
Star
1
r

«>

To £iWl i^OC^uf 1 0^1 o4 deWecF 0*4 Sd ffe


* o.

IS*! - SOL’x^ ,71'=o 30


X- » So
l
x„'*U-Jk)L' - a.xtn t O.Sl'ISL

L l|

= - 0.00 64T* or o.oo&sa. i


El EJt

Po.f«- ; W/0 » ffO fcW/L S COxlO* W/*, j_ = Cm


For WH60x7% X= 333 x 10 C = 3ZZxjo c

J (Zc*> xlo"1 1(333 * 10-*)


7.UXIO . m jy*-, - 7. 6/ pvim ^
* *

9.12 (a) Determine the location and magnitude of the maximum absolute deflection
Problem 9.12 in AB between A and the center of the beam, (b) Assuming that beam AB is a W 460
x 1 13, M ~ 224 kN-m and £^200 GPa, determine the maximum allowable length
q
L so that the maximum deflection does not exceed 1 .2 mm.

L)s«'r»^ AS a. 4- fee body

? Ma - o :
- - o

portion A-J a^s. a. 4W«t body

^ = -M q 4 4 M « o
: h -g£(L-^x>
Rft

EljJf t* (i--**'
1
-

El ’ T* ( Lx ~ + C '

2He /L
Ely 8
^ + C.x + C*

\> = 0 3 y =ol O " O-O + O + C* C* = O


<

O^y-o] O - (^L 3 - 3^)4 C,L + 0 C, - i m0 l


5

^ EXi.
i£_Uu‘-iv* -* lM £. gt-ai-x'-ic)
To J/o cm oj ^ &-?L\ 0*s\ JefJec^ >oa set 4* ~
ix
~ tXw, - -kC = o v
Ak,
- ** *
L-ic-mi i'~"
T *r
j(l-i§)L ~ O.ZU32 L

yM - - -o.O)&oi7$
%
|y«| - 0.0)G037S-^:
/x
. ,
SoJVing *
Tor. ,
Lj
,

L -
r gifr-i V
jQ.oigegyj’Ho j

F = 2oo x fO** f« I -- SSQhIo* =•


sSG*lo-‘ *

|y,J- i.2***i ^ I.Zxto 3 ^ J


Ma ~

1 ( 2Qt? v /Q , )(^-S~6 * to”


*)0.3 x _ _
I
-
~ 6*0*? m
'[(ao/603?5‘ )(«2H V oil I J
^

Problem 9.13 9.13 For the beam and loading shown, determine the deflection at point
C. Use B« 200 GPa.

Lef ”
k

u>* $ -
A
r' “ tt
> ^ _ .BSr

M - ^ x

a- < 06 * L -
-P- [ b y - L(x - cx'il

56 c a a ^ x <= L

FI ici --
£
yl
EI $ -
fX* - L (x - «-V]

El A'A
r
*F^^ ) + E t (0 -
*ff[akx* - 4 0, CO

El C/
+C2 (2X £R^-i ic><-“f J+Qx + c,
Cxr<s *
o] F7 C?) o * o -* o » Q c. - o

E* r °j j%.
(0^ (s') )+ C, -
r i^a.4 + °] + C3 - C,

['x T<z
J y-yj £<i%(z) (h.) £ ££-W ) + C, a + C*

s £[.£-^<3* + + j2y tx + C, Ci = cz - c
[x^ij ^
= oJ E<j. M £ [ -j
kL 3 - qL-(L - a.) }
3
* C3 L - o

c, - c. = £ = £ (it'-fin
e - c\ ivx fc:^. (2) *

l P (Ea
3,
liIaI +
P f -L
ka ±
+ e ka
3„
bLo-j .
-
}

SI l «
i , i

-c £erl
Do*.. : P r
^
£ =• 6 Ah

L - 4- 'S' *»., ex- ~ /• £ rn W> - 3^


X s- /Wy/OT* /h^ C'X' 24 *
4-K/C fc A//**"

> 1
7wwh^-> I> k "^
+

~ " ^^2-t 3
y/o Jn yc = X2^^ ^
4: h )

Problem 9.14 9J4 For the beam and loading shown, determine the deflection at point C. Use E~
200 GPa,

Mn = 38 kN

r
WiOO x 19.3 Y\o(L t 3 1?G - Mo/Z A

a - 0.8 m 0 <35 < cl \

^x- + m o
a FrP*
r*
-

l**«>
4V M
n ,

L
x
*
MJL
t
a. < %. <• l : 4 D M*. - o
x + M - o
*-£
..r
q. < x * L
ct
El „
50 £I g. ,
L

EI t! - ^(ix‘) c, CO £1 ^ » f(ix1 -i«) 4-cs


C,x +C, 01 || EI^ = ^(ixM^U^x+C, («)

[yrO^rO^ fj.te): 0=0 O + C 4 t C


C*2 S
= o
<D

[x* £ - if]
£*.w /CO : Gk )tC,. 2*(±oNU )
* C3
C3 = C, 4 M6 a
[x'a^^yJ ta.* ) (^;+ o cl)a, + C,
1
4 MoO

[yii-^ro} E|ft)
J
(it*- *t ) + (C, + ModU - iMoO' = o

^ ( 4
r
4 ^ ai " aL )

E Pa.s4 'c cwve 4-qa 0*= x < a + ('it* 4 <3-1- x 3


/ t
fc
^
M<Ju xt a.

Dado,: E - 2.00 vlo’


yc --

^
Pa
[
6^
I~
+

4.17* io‘
1
jL * *

-
aV]
y.l?«io‘ c
^[faS ^t <x- ta
^ M0 ^
4

32x/o'
l

M-m
]

} )

v - (3S*/oUfeK<va)V3 + (3.5^(o.sV3 - (3.Z)(o.2)*]


*’ ~ r n - 7s '"°
_3
*
«
~ 15? *75" »nm t
_Yc
5

9.15 Knowing that beam^E is a W360 x 101 rolled shape and that A/0 ~ 3 10 kN m,
Problem 9.1
L« 2.4m, a ~ 0.5 m, and E ® 200 GPa, determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve for portion BD y (b) the deflection at point C

Use | t o«a B
a* J c

pVowv SM’i'cS Ra = <?a = °

t* a *->yyy
<? X- CL a S’ ckS «? L- a.
Hbo H - Ho
er^.= o ei^! - m.
* c '
EX * Mo *+c3
EX y — C ,)0 +
l
£3 . Ely '=
i^+V+A
O = O 4 C^ Ct -o
£* '^3 O — ^ Mi> L + C3 C3 - - zMc,L

^ =a >
C, r Mo Ct 4 C3 = -MaC'k.L '- Cl)

1
c< * «-j j * j ] “Mp (j [ L-a)ft 4 O - iHoQ. *- 4 M0 let 4 C*
Cy " x Mc CL

(ct) EjUM±c c-tz^ ( o.^ ?6^g L- &- ) , Ely “


5 MeX'r ^M c Lx 4 ^ M„ cC~
1 z
y * 21®- ( tf. - Ln, 4 cl )

(fe>) De/^e dio*+ al .

x
- (U(£) + a*] *§- ( L - Vet)
jjj£- 5

X>Jcj Mo* Sloxic?}}* Mj L cl*o~S*Aj E-ZOO'IC? ?<L


e
X - 3 o^vjc? 3 3.x jo' c r- <!> EX- Qo.H-xio*"

*• - sHtX£io»j -

- s.as
y,

Proprietary Material. €>2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A
student using this manual is using it without permission.
. \ ~

Problem 9.16 9.16 Knowing that beam AE is an S200 x 27.4 roiled shape and that P - 17.5 JcN, L
“ 2.5 m, a » 0.8 m and E « 200 GPa, determine (#) the equation of the elastic curve
for portion BD (6) the deflection at the center C of the beam.

n ( D
j(j|| SlVleiT A 8(2 On$y #
‘ " ' * " * exl}0i4 C.
~
-* /,/2 -
772 >-1

P&ftcj i‘w,$ I P/\ - Pe = P


Bc,^^ OrO^ol^ £***,^3, [** X [X s ^|-'o]
0 < oc < a 0L< ^ ^ E-A

El ' M - Px El ~ M - Pa.

Ei ^2 - *px* + c, to Elfj* r Pa* + Cj

EX} - £Px s + C,x * C, «> EXy ~


^ Pa.X* + C5 K 4 C*

— r4 - o ^"2, 3^
r °2 C^-^PaL
1
r
£y =
a
-
Pa. + C, Pa* - i P«.L C, ” a Pa*” iPal

t* ? s
Of] iPa*
£ Pa* +
4 (iP^-i^ctTa * iPcf - j&ft 4 c,

Cij - <t Pa*

Ca) E-Pa.s<‘c SO ,
- 4 C, X + C* ^
y £j ( k Pa.X*
V 3 ')
~
-gj ( ict.X - i Aly 4 £ a.

def’-Peclio-* «Jt C . sel


-
X “ ^

%• g(i*L'-i*L', 4a') *
-#(ix«-K)
A 6
p«d^ : X ~ ^3.“? x IO on^ = 23.^ x/O’ E ~ X oo x /o 1 P*
3
p - l7.S*t0 Nj L ~ 2.5 M j a -

*
\/
~ {\l.Sx\o i V°' 81 ( 2.S
-

O.g
jc CaOAx/o' 1
)(^3.«? X /o* ) l s G
I.17C MmV
. i +

Problem 9.17 9.17 For the beam and loading shown, determine (tf) the equation of the elastic
curve, (b) the deflection at the free end.

[x* L j v -o]
['XL='L M- o]
v^- w„ +c„
J
[*»ljV =o]:
O ~ ~ L— X.L + LJ -t- Cl^j
~ C^)
Cy ~ ^
£

<d±±
= v
.
r " to) o

a, 1 1
M - - Wc [
a
-
3L * TfiT-l + .

tw. h- o 3 ••
O r —
-ft *+• ^ L
1

c »*lk^ L

z X3
ei£ * M * - 50 r
V
* ~ $ L f
«£?
f 4V iL*3
- wc rL -L*» _
i5'
xb L ,

ao Ll
X tvj * c,

Z* = °> *- «3 — ~ x>

^T + yf 1
EIj * - w0 t A 76^ — -J-
3o L
-J-
«o L2-
i

a*
L *] .

— C* - O

Cuiri;c » (£*- ^ ~ 3a ^ +
fts
x “if*
L^y
2-
)

~
(t 1 PfT*ie^i o» &i X’ »

x,
JB
- - J*k_
x £X L
f-ir
^ a< *
L --3L
c
° L
'
t
2 3
4
+ -l-iL -'1-
i * W L
6
\
'
= - ^
Ho ET
w. L v
.

Ho ex

Proprietary Material. ®
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved, No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
8

Problem 9.1 9J8 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, ( b ) the slope at end A , (c) the deflection at the midpoint of the span.
\

Problem 9.19 9J9 through 9.22 For the beam and loading shown, determine the reaction at the
roller support.

<x 0*1 t o*\5 OH si^l c*JJy i

^
Ov\ S <3lvHl st»OkJn oi Mt.
4hV^e SC CO

Om k
= ° :
RS ( L
/k£
<• a
'

w
M M -
^
/i u f rt i, L 2
1 1 1

HD B w (L-vY*
= Re C L-*)~
k L-X
Ra
ei si? ---iR e &-»f+i>«a-xf + c,

O = s
-*fc.L' + £v*L + C, Q-i^Lx~i^L 3

hxy -
“ Ka w (L~>^V + b
C, *56 4- Cj.
J g:

0 * ^W f'r.iP 4--J-
i" l?8

[y* L, - £>1 O --
0 - O +- C, L i- Cr
j
.

i Ra ~
fPe L 3 + 5^ =• o p.-4«l f

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Ilill Companies, Inc. AU rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.20 9,19 through 9.22 For the beam and loading shown, determine the reaction at the
roller support.

£?e«_c4 (ov\s s4«*4i'o#^y .

a h —L €oO«<J«/'y coriJ 4 tows a**. » o-t A44.


l a, y= o] £x *-z.j
y
- o]
0s.i4^

A
O Z Mj = Ot H0 - 76 + M * o
C p M - R* a. - mb
r4 - 56 - K
CT
L1 dl -f C,
ch<.

o-i^L^aL + c, c,--
C, M.l.-i&L
p
1

3
ETy --
i R*x - + C, x + cm
-*
£* =
°,r°] c2 = o
3 v
[X'l-J j-'»] o » i(?.L - iM.L + (M„L-il?.L’)L 4

r? _ Ms? f1
k a- a. l
1

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
*

Problem 9.21 9A9 through 9.22 For the beam and loading shown, determine the reaction at the
roller support.

ft c "f »o« S S”i a t'c in iJe'fe/'mtOft.'fe.


- t-L |

r 8oUJA<dUvw CO^cJi 4*0**$ O^Z od -W*h


fx^O^ro] Lx-tjy~°J
Y
,
J

Ds'««j Wee boJy <TG^ 4) 2” Mj - O I

" p~"~
w/„
-H + f?8 (t-x) + $w0 Gl->OJ(l-x'1
r
d
L
aJ
lL' + (L-x') - O

L — L-X —
—? M - % q (l-x) ~ -^[zLCi-xf + x(l-x')
l
~\

X
'
- f?a a -x^- g[zL*-VL'X*ZLit
%- %
4 xL 2Lx + x
3, ~]

3
- RAL-x)- (X ~ 3L*x + 2L a )

N W0-Cx* ZL *X 2L* )
El Ax*
K « (L-x CL
- 4

O (Lx- ix 4 Wa H^ 3 l
+ c,
El (
c
T ) ~ CL Vr* " a L*x 4

Hi J (iix -i**)
1 \AJo
(£>*" - i ex 5 + L*x
4
) + Ci ><

£* = —c z
- £>

L
1 X ft o •3 £*°] — C, r O
v
w/cL 1
Lx- L
J
0 - RgL 3

‘C4- i)- £ a- _
X.
+ 1 )

iRe " <^(&) "•<•

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.22 9.19 through 9.22 For the beam and loading shown, determine the reaction at the
roller support.

v
Re<*.e*f» o*\ s s4e<-4 iV><sle4e'/ t''At rvrle.

Cow sVioto^ nt

Di = ©,y--«0 t*=
w _
'
vak
L (L-x')

w0 xA J\> - - W '
wu (L-O
lx ~
L
-r^rrrXTlX]
5 dM
cJx
„ V -
-fu X ~ ^X + 1?,

a
R, M - _
L (iLX - ix s 4 4 1?A X
r- r Y 3
h x ^
X ) -4
R**
^
EI ^ - - Ia/q

TT 24
x
*
1

V x* + C,

3
EIS * ;xO + |l?Fx 4 C,y -> C,

[x=Oj r °2 o 4 O *+ a * Ct - D

C*’ 1
-, sf'- °] - iik Mi 1H u
-) * ^ 1?A L* 4 *C, * O

C, -

* iP.C - o

3*?A
-LL
IJo "»
vv i,
*"
(?# -^w,L t

Proprietary Material. <0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher* or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using tills manual is using it without permission.
9.23 For the beam shown, determine the reaction at the roller support when wg - 65
Problem 9.23
kN/m.
Problem 9.24 9.24 For the beam shown determine the reaction at the roller support when w0 ** 65
kN/m.
Problem 9.25 9.25 through 9.28 Determine the reaction at the roller support and draw the bending
moment diagram for the beam and loading shown.
.

9.25 through 9.28 Determine the reaction at the roller support and draw the bending
Problem 9.26
moment diagram for the beam and loading shown.

i 3*4 M ic ^ )l
}
i vn sJerf C.T'tvn e.

+TZfy^o: QA + P8 - t =o Rs - - R*

= Mb = o
Ms = RA L ~ -fwi. 1

0^ Xg % • M- 1^56 - 3;
vt/y/*

er^ -

Ecjfe --
+ C

JL±2Lll: :
El - Pax - WL(£x~
EX^ - iR*x*- wL^x'-^I*) + C3
1
£i y r & Ra^ - Lx ) + c3 x + c.*

lx»Oj J*-o] o-o+o +c z =o e2 = O


£ Vs *j ^3 *$**-*- i wL% ~*£' = iN © +Cs ^3 -c,- 4 wL
3

x_> y ~
y ^ b ^ ^c, l + o
- - «*(4La -£t*) +. (c, r-A^)(|) + a
C¥ ='i47 U,L ‘
f

1
j
= wl(-$rC~--^L -.) +Ca sr o
C3 ~ "4 ^^ ~ a. Ra L

^ wL^ so
3
i RA L -^L( 4 ^~
s
/ti- )+ L + 3

i:
wL -'S' wL R» 1 r
iH' wL t

t 3L wLz - 1 wL* - -0.05M7 3

O* X < 4?^ V- Ra - w%- ^ wL~ woo


\J — C> "X “ — lag L

M * ^g-wLx. - 4;wx^
9.25 through 9.28 Determine the reaction at the roller support and draw the bending
Problem 9.27
moment diagram for the beam and loading shown.

" O.OZ4Ow0 l5
Problem 9.28 9.25 through 9.28 Determine the reaction at the roller support and draw the bending
moment diagram for the beam and loading shown.

Recc sitcficaMy tnek'Wvv^V^-k.


4lPv=o; R*-fR B =o
i)2MrO: ^L o
Ma « L “ M t

Ma O < x < f
n.

c Vt •= R. x -v Ma - - Mo + Rb L - Rs x

r ET +

El ^ - HoX 4 1?* (Lx-4x‘) 4 C,

Ely - Rr f C, x 4 Ct

i** < L M (JL-x )

£X - RgCE-*''
£1 = R b (Lx-^x") + C3
ffef

EIj * R e (i/.v l -irx5 )4 C,x +C,


l» s0 > J,o 1 O 4 <9 4 C, - o C, - o
Cx- £>> y ° 3 0 + 0+0 +Ct rO Q -- O
- M. $ * * E+W^H+f 4 Cj C3 . -

E*^ Ir^y-y] &Xiti-4st^ + cs £ 4C,


H<>{. - ^ L ~ (
+* -£•
) M0 L - gr M0 L
[x- = R. ( ii' - s L
1
) . Ha 1 = o

(-k-iKL' 3 Q
4 kG ~ JL he
' g L
<?
s
2* 24

* L f

Ma - fM.-M - X
8 m a
--
4 He
9 M* t Z
Me-
=• - “ 4 M Kr=
3 C 2 “JT M,
I 1 •'
16

MC 4 R.O-V -- -
It,
H &+ - jf M,

Proprietary Material. €) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
) |

Problem 9.30 9,29 and 9.30 Determine the reaction at the roller support and the deflection at point
C.

s4^4 i* »n<=l<4c- ,

+TX " o• P? fl + 'k W E -4 w t * ~ O Ra * - -{?n

i)ZM A -o: -Ma -(*wl) + (? a L = o


Ha = PeL - i*i‘
Fv'ot^ A 4-+> C: 0 < x < ^

E I^!y - M „ H*4^y 4^wX 4


1

_XHLJ].
El ^ * M*y + iR** *^ + C,

El ;y
- in A x l
4 ^-PaX* 4^j w/ 4 C,x 4 c t

Fyom C +o B ; ;? X < L
l
El = M ~ MA + t?A x + ^ECx-'E- ) - ^ w (v- £ )

l -t.) 3
MA x + ^-f?A y + f wA (x~ t ^ w (y_ + Q
3
EX ^ - iMux'+i^x' 4,4~wL(y-t) _ x (v . + C s x*C«
tx r °, i = °3 04040 C,=o + Ci =
C>~ ^
&
fv^j j»
: "] 0
(30+040
0+ 040 Ci
4 4 r O
o z ^o
C**°
C
3
£* r .MHf 4 w (^ = J^Hf + iSrCzf’ + <4
o + C3
Cz- Clk -ci)^ *

+ iV^V'
= ^(tr iMrf 4.
5
,iwi(^) - o 4 ^^ (|) 4 s
c,

*”4 ~ ^384 ~ 7cT + i»T ^ w ^

V
tx* L >X *»1 iM A L% ^R- L%^wL(f)3 -^wC^ 4 1J?
a
wL (U-^^i' f
= o

iC^E-fwOX4 + f (~R6 U* 4 (~~


+i -jfg ^wJL
4
* O
-
(i -&>* *
i^s r il wi.
- jg-wt l?s-J?wLf -
Ks«&«wLt
{^A
r “l?8 ~ ~
44
W ^-

Hi^ r f?a E - qwi* =


(^ ~ Tf)wL
2
.± wL 1
(b'J
b'J Defied;
PetJeehVM ^4 C. (y * t X - f
ei^c- 4M A sr+ iR*t^*+ ^liv --
s
*&*l*)(*) + ifs^xW +
?v
w(z) y
'*
=
fe"3^ + 3?N ) W,L r - wL V
^ ~
( ^ *
lc>24 El"
Problem 9.31 931 and 9.32 Determine the reaction at the roller support and the deflection at point
D if a is equal toX/3.

£ :
Cl.

K - Rfr*
- K\ *

CT •= 4- C i

? Me
£iy tP-A^ + C,Y. +
;

= ^Z
D
a -*1 Pa l_r
•L —*4
CL ^ 70 «$

K- Ra * - P6c

Mi = R A* - P<*
— 2
PT
tJ- 4-L
^R-a*
^

- £p<*-
d*
Ely = - iP6c- ^3 ^ ^ *—A

[n=Oj y = o]: o+o+c 2 = o s. c. O


[** a a* = j* 1 :
>
-vc, = - o + c3

[* = y = y] : “-R A a? + C,a + o - £rAa - o 4- c.o, + /. C , o


i R A^ - iP(L-o? + c 3 = o /. c3 =

[y. * L , y = o] : iR A l?-iPCL-^V[4P(L -*?- iR*£]<0 + 0=0


R A = -^s- - 3cd? 4- o?) = ~j (21? ~ L3 + £)

D&Fv_E.OVtOt4 ACV ~t> . (y AT ^ = (X = i')

yt> - e'x^i^A.Cs') + c >^ 3)}


_ 'Z-O PIT
= *{±(#*Xtt** [ipa- - i(3p)i?](lr>} 2tai ex
- 20 PL? ,

Yc. 2l«>7 EX *

Proprietary Material, ® 2009 The McGraw-Hiil Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 9.32 9.31 and 9.32 Determine the reaction at the roller support and the deflection at point
Diftf is equal to /,/3

+ 1''LF =
1
o: s O Rk - - R.j

+*5 O *
M 0 - H* + - O R &L +
L — O£ *£ <X - K=rA A +
ex^E = H=
Ma Me
(>=#=
Z
EX^ a iM** + £rax3 + C,x + C z

£ X £ L • M = H^+ R** - Ko

EX0= K*KA + -H e
- n o*
EX ^* M*x -v + C3

EXy = i^ z
+i
O+o + c, - O c,=o

Y = °]: 0+-O+O +-c z =o .\ c t =o


* in. + i.K* = •'V- 4
a* ax J*

[* - a , V * y ] : iMKa + ~ £M 0 <x + (M 0 o-Y^ + C + C+ = "X^


fx = L Y = o3*
(
+ c^xE ~ xrt L + (Wo®^W “
0
= O
£(r bL + M 0)i! + ~ itt.C + M e aL - iH 0 o,z »O

n ^H 0 ol / ..
‘SMo/ln/l ~.\ 5Ho „ SMio l

treFu&ortosi ax ^ at •
5')

+ +
1
_ 7 hoL 2,
7M o e *

48fc&X ^~ ,

4Sfc&T t

Proprietary Materia!. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.33 933 and 934 Determine the reaction at A and draw the bending moment diagram
beam and loading shown.
for the
s

Problem 9.34 9.33 and 9 34 Determine the reaction at A and draw the bending moment diagram for
thebeam and loading shown.

[?e&-c.l 4^4 \ m<^a4e^^! r*<i4 S- 4

V — — - i
- - -* % i

°
= - M,

'
Vrol f 6~ V- o] M- = at X*k
+ tXPy? Ol f? A -hf^£ - K>L - O
R&~ ~ -k^L t
-*
f?A

Oveir g*\\ t H - Hb + -x. - ^ h>x


2

1
= M* + - iu/x

^ a£c
~
^V **
1
4
i + G,

[x*o ^ ^s
/4o
oj o t
+< o- o •+ G, =
]
o
C = o

%j> 0£'°^ « H* L h
it ~ is + o = o
ma = twl"
M- - 75 ^+ Jf wL^ -^wx l M s v/ [Gx(L-^~ 2
L 3/ia.

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material, <D 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.36 9.35 and 9.36 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) die equation of the
elastic curve, ( b ) the slope at end A , (c) the deflection of point C.
O

Problem 9.37 9*37 and 9J8 For the beam and loading shown, determine the deflection at (a) point
B , (b) point C, (c) point D .

Rk - P - P -P = 0
1

K c r
'
'
1
T>t
+*) '• - fk- PfrO - P(3^ * O - 4>Po.

r 1

^ - V a 3P- P<*-a>° - p<x-2a.>°


R, f
dx*
= M = 3P* " P<*-*-V “ P<X-2*.V - 4>Pa
z
ex a^ * i: p *
” z:P<*~*>* - +c t

[* ® °/ a* ~ °1 : o~o~0”-o + <2, - o /.c,-o

EX'f * iP - i?<*~2o^ - Z?<kS + Cz

[*=o y=c]; }
o-o-o-o + cz = o .\c z -o
p r 3 *& “<*“«/v> - <y '-T.o-'f -
Eju/Kimc. cuskve: Y-glxL
~°~ 0 ~ !2>1 5 P0*? i

to = IlhiX3 *
- 2.&X. -*SS
y. a. :
Yb
4^ Pa? ,

vc i
- - 7 *1
Oo} y - 2a‘- llib + 1
Vc~ 6 EX ^
3
_ 15 Pa.
CO y = 3<x*
EX
,
*

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
: ~

Problem 9.38 9,37 and 9, 38 For the beam and loading shown, determine the deflection at («) point
B ,
(b) point C, (c) point D,

gf Cf D

t. I | IT » «v- ¥- - ?<,-***- r<K-^>*

,P iP |P •P< c-3 &


1
')'

A bIY ct* e ip , , _
t ” j.
tX dY.“ T* ~ xP<*-<x) - 4P<*~2<?.')

o Lap
-3P -3P
£ ] 3P “iP<*-3*>t +C t
Z
3 - 3
ex 7 « f* iP<x-P.> - ±<*-2*?
- ^P<K-3a.)3 4- <1,% 4- cz
[y = ^ = o] : 0-0~0-04'0 4-c z =0 c~x ^- O
C o
[* * 4 *-, Y=°] : lfcP<x3 " TP«? ~ SR*? ~ iP*? + 4 aC, = O

* *
s~
i

~ ~ —2~'pa^-

£iast\c cutwe

x 2_<x-o.7 -Z^x-2<a.^ - Z<^K-3<a.'j? ~


7 I2.EX ZO^cx]

^ *= <*.*.
Yb “ t2Gx L^-o- 0-0 ” 3o} Ya = 4

x “ Z<a.i
Yc ~ Tigx [z4 - Z - O - o - (bO^j Yc ~ ^ *

(c) - 3<^- = ~ ~ 2“ O“
'A Yt> TzexL^* ' fa
Yt> = 4-

Proprietary Material. 0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed m any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, Ail rights reserved No part of this Manual maybe displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
— . }

Problem 9.40 9. 39 and 9.40 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at endyt (b) ,

the deflection at point (c) the deflection at end D.

Loc^y'n^ ts Sff-^4 - i.UeJ. R^R^-O


.......
/z — a —
£I^y ^ - Ma f c,

“ C,x 4
£1^ +

O+O + C* = o C2 ~ o
1
[/ “ 2.CK. V - O2 -jKa + o 4 C/ " ^

ir-Ty - - ~ x - cl)4 -+
tJt M„ a 56

£J'ks4i'c CuV'v/C
j
~ —• J i <* - -t ijr ax

-<*-«>' + ^ a-}
si
w
ai
( Q. ) c.*-W X„ ( <*! y ~ o ^

4*1 _ irks ItS:


Q*
y =- -*)
'a
*
4-a: 4£1
(k4 De-T.Jk.c4 t’o>A £<4 |9oiV\f IS .
( jy
<l4 X ~ Cl )

*-£{-= 'QcMrt v/_


JB
^ lisS,
LJ-CT
.,.
f -**

'

(CD Pe~T^e«?~f o* a4 engj 10 C y 9C


-
* 3 aJ

"W *«<0M *-^ S’M.a*’

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.41 9.41 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic

curve, ( b ) the deflection at point B ,


(c) the deflection at point C

U2 — L/2 :

SLOPE 1
+f XR, * O : ra - = o R fK~ 4 w L -

«'

0 : -M.- = O

OSltJC. SiaC»OL#,R.\TY

Sf
= -“- -^<x-*v
5'

£ = V = + - ^<x-'k>
- M = ~
§U L . + (*-
r
EXg* - -§H,£* + i<J.Ly?- Ti^<*-k') * C,

Cx-o, ai=°l : —0*0-0 + c, = O /.c,*o


ELf = + Cz

[*=°, 7 = 0]: -o + o-o + c,. = o .'. c^-o


f 5 ,3 2 A. 2 "3
/ 1
A t?TtC OJ(W£ » Y
= 6tLl 48^^
I t t-
2/ J

4* _ ±tz\- 3.i» y + JL.,**2 _ J./w_ "\

** L * L* -

d* ~ EXl-l 8 12. \* 7.) J

DEFC£<lTlOrt A.T 8>

_ _L_ w»i-
4
f St ..+...
,
'

ex L+ftV 142 EX Y& 48 EX *

t>&FUEC-T\0.4 AsT C. ,

U)a l5
5_ /.\* /| N5"1 „ 121
,

Yc EX L +8 O'
t
* 24
I

^ \

feotz) J ~ |<uo £X ' c 1410 EX *

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.42 9.42 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, ( h) the slope at point A f (c) the deflection at point C
— ~ « ^

Problem 9,43 9,43 For the beam and loading shown* determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, (b) the deflection at point (c) the deflection at point D

,
|
,,
| lB r | |

Lise ABCD w r 4^-^ J{*brl loofe J
A. '
'
BP'I -r JPdoJPs ttceJl lay C^Oi\J* Co^\c«^ t -'htcS

-1/2 —*+— M2 — — /VSE


4-D’z -o* ~ + (“^x h^X-I ) = °

1^- Vliir Ra * H WL
2
-Jl- l t
+r>XM A -o; * o
I
'f?A &e
^rfH W L
^ -~W/ =• ~IA/ + W<(?C-g?
S
>
- W^K- Cf
1*^4 r <5t •fe.v'* aS "fv> e* *v£" *f-^>A 4*/ne

- V - - IV -X, 4 w ^X - - W<V-£.y + RA + f?c <(-56- L


J>°
,
£1^. " M “ -£w%\ \w<Od-|) ’-^(x-L)Z + {?a^ + R t <*“0'
s
EX^ - - i + i «<*- k> - i -<*- f * f?* *' * i (?«.<*-*>* + c,

if+ a
£Xj ~ ~^ wa '
X- + i^^ + i ^X’ L ) +c,y + C*

['v-=o J \^
= o3 -o-f-o-o+o+o+o+C
-O + O- O + o o + 0 + C.x =*o
O G^=oo
G^= +

wLS
Cx,
X J
? „ 3
cL£lL*w
o - —
+ ^^(k) ~ o + jkOiiHrf- + ° + A*- +• o
£X^= f-

(di E^P«t-sXi’c «

w -X* + <(* *\X- L/> + L*


3
3 L<x-/-)
3
- L
a
^ ~
Rfer
+•
^ -?6|

Cb') De-TjW;^
re<M~ cm i B .

._
y W “(^)Vo - c + (Ufkf + o -(£ L

i
Xk)l *_*
- ^ l
l
L‘ *
Jr
» s '
7.H El
^nfgf £ i68 ex 1

(c-) oi ~P. (j >?. - §^)

yo^wk{-(W^ + tet-tkf ~(&L-)(f)l


^ ^ SvjL** ,S wl^ j
=
2S&SX y° ^s-6>er
a i -

Problem 9.44 9.44 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the equation of the elastic
curve, (ft) the deflection at the midpoint C.

a — —a— —-I-*— a -

ex » P»& * w<j-

toM - uj - w<X-<x/>° + u><* - 3<x'>°

" - - u>60 - -to + to <x ~ <*.') - U){*~ 3<x>°


2
- V - Ra ~ cox 4- co <(x - oS) - to<(x-3<x')

‘A.
+ R A* - 1WX1 + iu><)C-A) ~ ^U)<
Z

i
•= M •=• U)CK% — ~z U, X + "z
W “C* “ ~
2>

EX & - £wx 3 + - cCf -


3 - 4 4
+ ^w(x-<*'> - 2ifW<X
t

- ii^X

-X
tl
0\ *«
O-O+O 0+0 + c2 = o c, = o

7= o] =
± -

_
/. c, =
- -£^ck S3
(aS) £C>UXT\OhJ OF E.UVfc-TV<L Cufts/g:.

3
V = ex[i a * ~ + Z4<*“ A7 - fa?*]

('to) P&R-&CT10.4 AT C. (y AT X « 2^
4 -
7c = + s^'i o - fw]
i>t4
23 UJdC “5
zrh uxc
1

Z4 EX Yc * z4 ex ’V

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
‘ *

Problem 9.45 9.45 For the timber beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at end A, (b)
the deflection at the midpoint C Use £" 12 GJPa.

Uni Forces * kM ^
ih >vweiwS*

x- •^•(SoX/5‘0)^ w. OCHS'* lo*- <~«~


4
~ H„oCZS
I m '*

Er * 02*/o )0^o6*s‘wcf*) - <j

s
lGg.75"WO = 16g.7£“ kW
+^) M_p = c> ; -ZRt +(LS)( i)+(o.sr)Or) t = o
R* = *,25" *<h/

we**) ~ kU-tM

—w -' - kKl/*n

£M , 0
V «= - S<*-l>' +• ^.25 - 4<v- 0.5> kw

FT
fcX 4^ rr
N -*<*->' + - H<^-o.ry |<W * Wo

v3
ei£ t? -
f< ^ - {
> 4* X. (15
1
- ;?<*.- O.S>* + C, ktsl-^
s
erj - -
a,*/ X*,- |)>* •+ ~ J-^^-o.sX + C, ^ +C z !<N) *^v>

l T6= O. r O 1 -O+O ~o -v o + C* = o Cjl - o


s
C* “ 3. m cpJ + (^^)0f~ C|)6*5 ) + zc, - o
7j
x
c, « -\.6,onn kti-t»

(&.) SAf><? «jt Av ( 3


^ «=jf y= 0)
Ex(4s0, = - 0 + 0-0 + C,

(&„ - w - tiIt# - - ? - 5,y '°'


s
a''

0,1 oMe4( <>-+ no» ^p<x+\"f" (2 • (jjT OC - I no 1

EIy c r - o +( Z ^)0f - (§ )(o.slV (4 1.60417)01 - - «?7<M7 Wo 3

^ -- - ^• 8o >‘
toJ
- y- ' y ao
’-
•* *
+

Problem 9.46 9.46 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at end
A , (b) the deflection at point B. Use E ~ 200 GPa.

S00 N

30 mm
LMrfs • Peaces m £“A/ n* b^ejvt?

t ^OxX^o) * IS/"*-*

I* =-
z<ny\ ***#
0.2 m El = i'ioox\o b
)t3 n£>l%to'' -) * *7«4S
e 11
m **
Use e*4»Ve be«v*. A8CD 4W bojy.

0'BN OXH0 “ O *
~ 1*2 &A ± (o»7Z)^0'4) (oi8)

~ H==
O’tt-HX I
4- (o> 2.) _

nzk-N I
: ;

t ^1, wCot )
-

- l'8<ot - o.fc> -

- -u/ - - i*8 <(x-

- v- - |*g<X- l*g<^-l>' 4 0*3-73 - O'rfl <X-I)T

eI £* * M ^ - O^^X-O'6/^ 4- 4- 0*373 |z3j.o,

EX ^ - “ o*3<(x- o«4>)- 4-
a
o*3*(x>- l)>* 4 o, 0*4 *(*£- I^T + C, kN 4
3 S
ti^ r - 6iCrt£{')L'-ei£f + o*o75-/('36- t ^ +o«ot'Z3^ * |^ + C, y 4 Ct MlK 3

Lx = °J 3 r “ C> 40 4 ° 4 ° + ° C*=0
4 =0
[o<J= 1*2^ ^-o3 -O'CHS (o<y)^^r 0<GlS(o<z) +QiOb'lzU‘l'y‘ * 0*13$ C°* z f -+ i'2 <4

C[ S= - O'OdOl k H t"z

(ct) SAp e 4 e^ A. 4 * = o)

^(*9* r ~° + ° + ° '* C *

(d±\ - XL- "‘L* ~~^r~


5^
—- <?'0|G/iT ©n.?c?> o lo> 74" r*^ ^
Q0 OefXeeFo** A/t p«)f-4 |3, oO~ & ^0
3
FX^ - - o + o + 0*& 62-7. (‘o,£) - c> + (- 0<oSV7j (<>' U
.3
0 0 3 if
*
Pk/ -* M~

XX£i£— - 4,4d^'7/o'
?
M MM ^
> i^s
« 1 .

9,47 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at end A, (b) the
Problem 9.47 deflection at the midpoint C. Use E ~ 200 GPa.

ku, iw m*4e^S

-O^Me ~ o:
W3I0 X 60 -XH RA -0-8)(6.a V /o.g ) - o
RA - S.CU7 kW

w6^ - 3 <x~i. 8 >°

f?A Re ^ ’ V = 6.Q.CC1 ~3<y-f.8>' -^.2<X-3.4>°

£1 ^ ~ M - S.CCC7 X -
1
i<*- i.8>
3
Z
- £X<v- 3.£>' kW-*
1"

£1 <jj* * 2.833,3 V - i<X- 1.8> - 3. |


<X- 3-4>* t- C, UW-m
1 y
- 3
EIj * O.VM1 x - £<x- U 8> t.o333 <x- S.s > + C,x -+ C*

£x- o^ t0 ] 0 - 0-040 +Cz-o Ga =o


y =°3 (o.iwvVs.^'-^s.c)''- /. 0333 C i. 8 y + C.Cs-.^O + o - o
C, * - 22 .X3 S WtX ^4
E- roov/o’ pa .
j
J - i2 ?x/o <
t
^ v
= izqx/cr'M*
El - tfoo io*)^ x*t* to-*) ~ W.gxlo'’ N* *'»'*
* ^.s»/o 3 kUW
C«- ) Sj^ppe #*t~ A . ^
*ri X “ O 'l

El 3* = o - o - o - 22.SSS kW*^ 1 -

A ~ P '.§££ . •= - #73 */0" C <9.= A 873 * 10"V<J ^


(b) De-TW^ C. ,
(y «.+

3
(0.4444 ) (2. 7 -
£ (>.<?)“ - O a{£ 2, StSXl. i) + O
* 42. 337 kW *

43.337 * - * /o'
5

& 25. 8 x (O 1
l.&*4 I **

— L GM ( IVJM V

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-HiU Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
y y

Problem 9.48 9.48 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at end A, ( b ) the
deflection at the midpoint C. Use £-200 GPa.

48 kN/m

SI 30 X 15

~ q ptsrtufccrteo iow>*>: Q c H>-W*

1 MV <fl H o: - zv.
K + (*4)6 1) + (bX\) - o z4 wm t

1
u>60 = u>0 - k% + Vc<*-1> * 46 “ + 48<*~ o'
2+Whi
\ 1

I
8Vet4 av « - co - ~
2R: 48 + 4-S>* “ OI

1
^ ^
39*v= 24-48* + Z4* -24<*-lf - kt4

*6
***
* t'A “ 24* -24*2 + 8*3 - 8<*-0? " B<*-lV
2
!2* -8*3 4 2** - 4|C*” 4- C t
Wi4*w*

5 5 5
4*3 -z*+ +
*

exy = Jr* - IK*- O - iK*~0 + c,* + c* \o4.*\


3

[*=o >y = o]: o-o +o-o -o +o +c a »-o /. cz = o


S
[*« 2, y = o]i 4<zf- 2(2^4 |>(zf - f (\) - %(\f + C,ftO = O /. C,= -?f k4.^

PACTA. * E * 20060O ktj/v^1 X“ 5.oT(|O


li,
mw = 5.07 (iO' 4*') 4
'>
W.

EX * (loo * {O^Xs.ol * IO" 4*) - 1014 U.Nl*w>


2

6<Cl 5 Lot la. ( a* *t * = o)

EX©,, = 0- 0 + 0- 0- 0- ?! k»4 • ^
« — = ” 5 4S4»3 * 3***^
Xol4~
• IO 5.46* icf *«q^

(b) DfcFU£<3T\o>4 ATT C .


( ACT ** \

r-
EX -*- _ 4 +
S./*^ ^
- O -O 83 = -3.1333
c — 4(0*-2(rt +
ji 1

$(0 ...

W*!-,

3.1333
1014 - 3.0800 * 10' w 3*0^ y>ay>ri ^

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
*

Problem 9.49 9-49 and 9.50 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at the
roller support, ( h ) the deflection at point C.

OTMr o: '
- ?k
r 2 + ^0 M. - #e L -iPL
l Reacb'o** 5+6.+-'coy//y '^deievWrm+e,
b~~° ^ V - p<x-^y
t?,

- Ha +
Ma
EXg? H,x 4±J?,x* C,
0 EI^ - jHA y l
+ ±<?A x»- 4 C,x 4 Ct
*A Is*

C*'°> 3***1 0 4 04 0+ Cr'0 C t rO


[y=o, ^
rol 04 o4 o 4 O C o -»
t,
r C* = 0
s
[y =
= ^ 1 *m a l* + £r a i? - iP(k) 4 0 40 - o
3

2. 0^ ~
£plU' + i(r- (?.XS - ifi.’ - 0
c±-v> *(+-i +
48 ) Pt- 3 Fg La.) ** = f Pt

F* = p
F — J51
lc
p
F —
'
XL
It.
F
Ma

^PL-iPL - -i-PL

) De-F^ec-fjo^ <xi C- Cj X- 2 )

s
yc -b{i + i#*ik) + 0+0 +
JL
M EX v
y-
_
"
EX

Proprietary Material, ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.50 9,49 and 9,50 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at the
roller support, (b) the deflection at point C
Fas- % ,
M - 6W
f m .

Fw ^ sy,
^ Lj M ~ — M0
Ra 1*
- w
y*ol r 4v n TTw^ * M - Z?4 ^“ Ha <^-i:>0
Z**Ljy,o 2 FXj^ r , C,

Ely + C,*,C.
[* = -y
= o21 0-0 + 0 + Cj_ = c? (2,-o

4 r,l z
t*U - M.C%)
M 0 (^) +
+. C, -" O
o C,ri(H0 L-PA L‘)
Ho6«
y
- c>
"\
L - ^ ^ 0.( 5 ) + g 6*1© L — (?A L ) L -to- o
3 Z
- i Pa l- + f M. L = O
A ~ O qn 0 *
(cO Qe.c^okiv'^ <zJt • M* ^
•/v
“ 3L
'O i 1

£, * ifH0 L-(^f)a2 )] = -7tH0 L

3
Eilvfic |^ - -k
L <\')C -l'> “76

(W) D-efl^e c/f Ton ctyt pojyy4 C .


(y 04=

v
Vc
? Ji. o
° _/j_ L'-Vkil
M'j r-MJS £x
^g ex
j^g

v
yc
, JUi.i* ^
usej

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed In
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1 M \

Problem 9.51 9.51 and 9.52 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at the
roller support, (b) the deflection at point B

4t R a -P- Pv P* « o <?A = HP- Pe


~ a - ~ + 1?c L « o

M* Ro-L - PL

ra - p<*-§>'- p<*-fy

CI0 * M - M„ * R>- -f><x-f>’

EI&"
[*' », g* » oJ 040-0-0+C, * o G, = o
, s s
Ely ' iM.*ViR,06 -iP<x-|> -il’<x-¥> .

= O+ 0-0-0 4 Ct =0 C4 =o
Eij - ± M, *l * a, £ - i p<*-f >* - i p<x -&>’
C^-L^.oJ i(Pa L-pL')e+ ^ap-p^L3 = O
3 Rd L
b - & PL 3,
« o

G=U ReR-c^l _D . I?»* jpt —


M A
=•
| pL-PL=-iPL R* - RP- f P ~ is P
K-sP^x + £(£ P)^ -
1
-

F/P^s Cissje. .

y "
|H -i Lx
1
+ - Kx~3> j

&) D e-fiWit’fru & . ( y


l+ ^•pz.
a

7&
=
If [ ^i L ^s) f (if - ° - °] £1
H8&

v =-££tL I -*
Je H^fjc

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.52 9,51 and 9,52 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at the
roller support, ( b ) the deflection at point B.

-V f X Fy r O :
~
~~&s>

JJ4-4* U2 Ma ~ O: ~ + #L - o

'
'Mo
-
V
•<r
tv
f 7*
d
^ a
,
MCx)~ M,
ji
<- I?,*.

__ v -
hI - n,<X- ^>° +
IRj, jS ‘ i-

z
- {?X^-JcRo 06 ~ Ma <X-~) + MX^-^C,
[?6- Oj
pi
e °1 O-O-OAQ+C, « o
C, = o
fcXjf ~ ^;P6 Lx — -j~ R0 ol — +
ijr
y +• ^-a.

l> = a^*oJ O-o -o i o + - a Cz


C* =
* O
o
t %
t^L ir ol 4&L*-iKp L*-;£M.&) '+iM.ft) - o

t*) Re&Xi'o* X *£>


, f? 0 = '!j^S t

"
'
l
exj r •i(^rE )Lx ‘ s (^z2 ^>
EJP*,?4ic. SJHL15- *

'? x3 -

(b^ Dej^eg^fO^ pcn^t 13 > „ <^t 96 « )


(jj

- © +. cp]

h
Vo= i-isei

mC t1

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
*

Problem 9.53 9.53 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at point C, (b) the
deflection at point B. Use E ~ 200 GPa.

14 kN/m

Cj m 4^ » Forces mi kW }
i m m.
VV410 X 60
+t y F :o: 9
'y
,
- 7o + Rc - o
1? A = 7o - Rc U.KJ

+t)M k - o: - M* - (70 )(z.s) •+ 2 Pc - o


Ma * 175- kK>- r>*

Rc A^"ficin 5 OZ-C f tC 4 ^/(y o> -

Cs===± v/60 ~ 14 - I4<v-sy° M/^


r, M-H
H 4- /4 <x- 5”>‘ kW/*v%

35;
- V *
-Ra - Hx + ^<y-5>' I

El £ T M ? HA + - 7 x% 7 <x- 5 >*‘ kb)- m

EI^J - MA y + 1 R,*
1
- |X
s
+ |<v- 3 >s + C,

v
£l sf - » M*x + £ RaX* -jfx% + C,x 4 C*. ktO-

t Xt °) 04-0 + 0 + 0 4 C ,"0 C,=


( o
[x-Oj 0 + 040+0 + o+ c*=o C =
Ca O
[***,y °1 ivM + iZA8 F-iC«)"+iC3 ^ + o*-o - o
3^(8RC - I7S)+ - ?5 ^’ » O
17 ^. 66 ? Kc = $Qoo-^~ 4 -
= |<*£ 2 . 7£ I/. 5T 36 kWf

Ma " (8>(ll.S'36')- 175 - - SZ.1IS kK/.w,

£„ * Jo-II.SZC - S8.4Q4 kV

P<a4~q > £- 200x10* P*. Jr Xl&xlO*^ = Z) 6 » /O'


c
El = (;?oo*/o*X *»6 *lo~ ) ~ 43 .ZXIO 6 N-wvv « HSZoo kW-v**-

(V> ^ Deflect tow B. (y <+{ X t *5" +1 )

3
£Xy0 = iC-to.HsKs'i'’ + i C5 &. 46 HH- :^- £ 0 ?V --iSo.SZ 5 kk)»*

-° S"g- _ _ jS v |o** »y\ - 4. IS Vvir*) t


-f
M 3 ^oo
q

Problem 9.54 9.54 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at point A , (b) the
deflection at point B Use E = 200 GPa.
.

50 kN 50 kN 0m4s I Fo^te*. i kW i
m <*-,e4ei/‘S.

"1
fit Cl o| 1 - SL.7 *Jo‘ - S2 .7* id
^
W200 X 52
EX = (^06>y'/Q 1 )Cs?.7>'|d‘ 6 ) = lO.-EH W-
,l.2m. 1,2 m 1.2 rn = /oXVo kU • •

ISo I So Mp
i!) iu" v
r
^ ^
ff? 0 El^ - M - 1?fl o6 ~5o(x~i-tf ~ So^?c-2.yy' IrW-v^

EIJ^ - ~ zs(x-z.H'f + C, few**?

tlj * £R x3 - a 1.2. y<y-2.^y -v C,x + C* kW

O-O-o + o
O-o-o +Cj_ =
+ 0 Ct = £>

3.0 ^ sh = O ]

C, ~ \2>o -

Lx^Cj isAd'-f <*.*)>- fC


- IS.i'SZ R, + SIS.H

A 1?. *
Ige ifW -o
(&) Pec-d i‘t>u, 0,4 PA * 3S.3 few t

C, - |8C>-(C.**a)teS.3SS3') * -36 kM-v^


3 a
* -£-( ifs )%’ - ^f<*~ i-?> - -36%, feW.^
3

(M eO( pu >’«v f B ,
Cv %~ !.Z *0

£I^ e -
J
Li)(* £rX -z'f - i o - o - (3&)(l.z) * - 33. krJ-M
3

- 33.6
06^0
- - 3J3v/0 ^ 3* i*? i

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.55 9.55 and 9.56 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the
reaction at points, (b) the deflection at point C. Use E - 200 GPa.
36 IcN/m

H
T
W250 X 32.7
, -.ZO <*-/•$ kN/h

^= -u>60* +*«>(*- /«*>' M/tt)

^ « V = RA - /O X
1
+ 10 KM

£X^ - H = R A * - £** + files'? hJt *»

Jvc
" "“§~*+ + hS>) + C ‘ ^to*
"f"

EX y * £R*x3 - -X-x5 + -X-<x -/?> + C,% + C^kM to

[*«o lY .o]: 0-0 + o + o + c. /. cx « o


4
[*=*4/*, 5^= o]: -kP.^*6f -
| (/»n + c t * o
x
.% c, * !Uzz - 4*4? R* K« tn

[x Y = o]: H* + (/5/^2 - ^wa Kys.6^ * O


(7-774 ~2 * RA = - 374 *74 ra ~ 24* 0 7 7 KM

(«0 RgfrCTlOM AT A , R**;z4'/ KM 7

= -*4**»1 x
C,= 6-4? (z4*£><? 7) fc«b»

Dacca.* E =3<ao* io* Kfa T* 4?'^ xrcT^M*

EX =(2ooxio fe
X4^7x/<r
6
)
= 4700 M *»*

>
^>&R_£6.~C\Ok> at C . ( y A.T X«|.gjn )

£Xyc * 'k(2+'oli)(/‘9'? - - *4*^ (/•»)

= kJJ tn*

= - x io m
Vc =
arsis'
<1750

yc * ^'5 t

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.57 9,57 and 9.58 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at point
A , {&) the deflection at midpoint C
w

% - V - ra -

^ 4 5>
El^ *

s v
EX j - * i l?A x * <*- |> + Ct
x 4 C,

C*» ° > il o + o ~ o + C, - o (2 t
= o

Dx- o 0 y*. o 3 O4 O -04 O * Cz - a


1
&* ^ " ° ^ Ma l 4 i^L - * ° Cri

[^~ L 3 y * o ] i HA L* + f f?A L* -*V «/(£)*


- o co
Soiling e^<jJ^Aio*\S C) o^Jl ("j ) neoosfl^j

3 wL
(a.) R* -
~sST M
1
-
~
Ha. f?A- 3.X.
-^0

TwC
Ha -
m !>

ei j' -jfr

Ei cuS'VtC CoW€ *

- JiL.( _ / V* JL Li yj* _ _L iV 1
^ x 4 ^ \x x/
.

Ex 1 3gy if a 5

(lol P ef ^e.^rocy <t£ r^ |p6i^f


t<g C . ( at. y - 2^ )

Yc *-£t$
_. _ mJ-1 wi v

7£8 £:.! > 76 # ex

Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.

f

Problem 9.58 9.57 and 9.58 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the reaction at point
A , (6) the deflection at midpoint C

- -L/3 J
- u2 —m
- - P<x- ^
P
=A
k
«fe- M
-
- W* + R^X. - P<X-|
* ***** - i?<X-
3
EX'/ = i t-v*2 + i*** - *P<*- 5
1 4a

* If
o d*.
, = o]: O -v- O ~ O + c * t
o c, = o
[*“ °, 7 ’‘o].t O -V o — O Cx = o /. c-*o
[* = L., P :
*o]: m al + -
FP(W o ( O
[*= L ) 7
*o]'. + i*d-’
-
tnvf * o CO
(<£) *o\-\i\4Cr CO 4 CO cT(ki>S£ov)6Cf ;

*** |f P t

eu^yrtc. cuftv/fc .

JELf _ £.1L * . to 3 Lval


y- exL 3n * g\* - & “ 3/ J

Cb) P&FL&.CTlONi AT t^VOPPotKVT c . (y W X. = ^')

7c." Erl*in L (^ * (^V " WfeY* ]


SPL^ 5PL?
imix 7c* lZ^EX ^

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. Mo part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1

9.59 through 9,62 For the beam and loading indicated, determine live magnitude and
Problem 9.59
location of the largest downward deflection.

9.59 Beam and loading of Prob. 9.45.


4 !<N

M
50 nun

See s -fo Pir&\3 . *?. •pW' •H*


a t o*\ of -Ht^e use<sf tVi

HH*e

Er * IG 8 - 7 S kO-w, 1 -
C, = -LCOH 7 C£ =0

El ^ ~ + Z.ilSx?- +• C,

Ely - +^.^+ C* WO.***

C« — fwfe sA-pe Ci£ d. C^, ^4 ~ I frv^

El(^)c ' O +(2. f^X 1


V"- 2 (o.sT - 1.60417 - 20.83*/©'*

Sfv%ce ,sA>^e <aj| £ is pas*


^
4ke <^e’/^ec4Vo*'\ occurs
tr* p<?ir4 to*A 43<i u/4t,<rfco£
^

<Jy ^ ^
El Jg - 2, l^x*- - j.
~ L CoH 17

EX y - ^F * 4
“ § (x-o.sY - 1.40^7 *
To 4~ * **<4 i'o« of” "Mxe A.^-es'f 0$o*Jv\ i+Ja.^f'eA S&t

2. RS x* - ^(36*- o.as') - Eg.oY/7


a O.llS ?£: + X.IOHI7 — O
06 - LOS’dl - 0.06*ST ><*

SoiW fcy i4erJc«>*. I


^
O.W, O.W, —I
3
Ely* a (2^).(o-ThY - %(o.W -o.s) -G.6o*n *?)(©/« 1

w - 0.77W fc'M-^
3

- b.SltiZl _s
3*-
KS.7S
- 5',8^^/o w v5^ 2o *v* *n v|/ *^4

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Iliil Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
9.59 through 9.62 For the beam and loading indicated, determine the magnitude and
Problem 9.61 downward
location of the largest deflection,

9.61 Beam and loading of Prob. 9.47.

See •. £©A/f*av* 4o TVoW.


<dS er i • otA of flte in
4*Ke foif
^
0.0 m 0.0 m

4 1
ex * ^6“g */o mo.^
1
ei ^ 5 Z8S33X - j <y- I.S>* - 3.
3
Kx-S.if - Z2.S3S

ex ^ - o.wx' - <*- *• 8> - /.03333<*~ 3.6>* - 22.535*


i u '!-<•''>«/ jo £a.~fV<;n of tvitft, )WW|JI M jy t
'
5i"l = O . 1-8 < X W < 3.C

£X - 2.8333 V* “
'a Cx^ ~ 22.S3S ~ O

J
bj* i f c-z-et-fion 1 x*. ~ 3 .>
Z.8&
J
Z.*X5 y^-* R.SSS'w, —
Jf/J* * IS.S IS. IS
t

3
- X. - JL ( y -i.*V - 22. S 3S xw
= y^.ss's r* - (3.SS5- f. 8)
Z - (22. £35X2.855 ) r - 42.501 VW-**>*

3*-"
42.501
7.S. g v lO i
- I.cv 8 XlO~
A
n yH - 1.&4S W“ »V> l/ —

Proprietary Materia). © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc, AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill For their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.62 9.59 through 9.62 For the beam and loading indicated, determine the magnitude and
location of the largest downward deflection.

48 kN/m
9.62 Beam and loading of Prob. 9.48.

$130 X 15

SG€; Solution To PR.oR>. ^.48 FoFL THt fcS«-WAr:voi4 of


6.QU /VT 10,4 £> KJS&O |n1 TWe. T=©LX.aV<UKi<2r.

EX = 1014 kNl-wi*

6X = IZ* 1 - 8** 4. 2>c"- -7§ M-


a
4-x ~ +1
s N ^^*"0 ~ ^ - * V* ~ x kM-v.a

To PlKJt> LO£ACTlOhi OF ^A,>U*AU*A SETT X*.


^^ *

A6$>UfAtcL O 4 < \ W
EI ^* ,2
-*m
~ + 2.*t - fl = o
Souvi (4Gr t 0.^4 \(o(o w, 0.^42 vn

Ex ym = 4 £r
4(o.44l6&f - Z(o.44lfc4) + §(o.44!46) - ^(0.44164)
" ~3.t44^
kM-W*
. _ 3.1444 _
Ywi ~ to|4- 3*1035 * IO tv\ 3, to w\m 4

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
t * ^

Problem 9.63 9,63 The rigid bar BDE is welded at point B to the rolled-steel beam AC, For the
loading shown, determine (a) the slope at point A, ( b ) the deflection at point B. Use E
“ 200 GPa.
20 fcK/m

YV 410 X 85 - Oi
-‘J.S'R* + (20X3 XJ-S)- (CoXl s)= o
{?* = o
On r4 s - Fences m kh/ * rvi «

— . f \ L_5
20
L ui 1
El ^ M * 60<*-/.O -?o<y-U>°
- -l
'

( 2 o*i<(y- /.s>*-

,n £o
^^0
zi
| o El ^ - 30 <x-l.S>*- tO^-LsV
+ C,
-(£)C*o)

3
Eljy = |D<x-/.5> - **$(*- I.S*? - ^C*o)<x- i-S>*
+ C x t
+ Ca

[x rO^ro] 0+0 4 0 + 0 *C.,~o Cz r o

[xU.S,^rt»- (io)(3')
3
-(ttsXD* - ^(loXlb) 1 + H.SC, + D - o

C, “ $5 ktO.^

Oaia/- £=-" 200* (O* P<^ J


I - 3>S x/O* - 3/S * /O'* vn*

EJ - (£ooxtQ*)i3/S x /o'
£
)
- CSxio 6 - &30O© kW

(a) Slope a~f A. Cj^ojtx-O)


£!©, * c, - kv-vn

VS rv<^ -£ —
6 S 000 0,7W x It)*'”
^ ~ &-T /*/*^1

(W) Pe-Tigci af E , (y J x r I. £ ^

EIp - (C,Xi.S> - (4sXf.s)~ «?.£ kM-w'


67.5-
LD7iX/0 3 ^ - 1.07/ VMjrM
> ^Sooo
I

Proprietary Materia]. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc> All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.64 9*64 The rigid bars iJFand DHare welded to the rolled-steel beam AE as shown.
Determine for the loading shown (a) the deflection at point B y (b) the deflection at
midpoint C of the beam. Use E ~ 200 GPa.
Problem 9.65 9.65 through 9.68 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the deflection at
Cy ( b ) the slope at end A.

X • U6/W M B, CA.se. 5 OF Atf

U ZU 2L
* * ^
>

FOR. X> <R, RefLAce. X e« L.-X «j l*JTL*>£s4AvJ&e: tx.


^ lo

- = - ssstf
7t
x S f£
Pb(Ll -b ) _ ?teiV3)d* - ^e/°0
e»- = 6EXU. EX
'
&EXL SI

Lo^t>>4tr XX 1 tOAO Act C, C A66. 5 oF APPE^tH *. 1


T>.

«.
_ 2L
- -w- .
-

_. k3 XL
> Vo 1

v _ r » /.i .*\ v i _ EAl&\ s?v2i\i


Vc 4.EXLL* “(L-k)xj - 6ell_ L 2.1 \C 1 X 3 Ij

- 8 PI?
" “484,
£X
6. _ _
pjN»X^r ^°0 ” “ 81
4 pl?
<5>ETl_ C.EXL ex
_r_ PL* a pi? IS PL?
(o?) ~oept_jfecrri o^ act C. = 484> ex 484, ex 484, ex
Pi! .

ic- 16.x ex •*

5 PI? 4 PI? I PL
Oo') SLOPE AT A. <9* - “si ex ~ si ex 1 ex

0a ~ *V EX

Proprietary Material* © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission,
. C ' L

Problem 9.66 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the deflection at
the C, ( b ) the slope at end A .

M *
= Pa

Lg&.dy>^ X. z Ccii® <5* of x O. b“ L.~*-

Frr' X. - a.-
a. ; cy^) = -
fy _ PaV
3fIL
3£ IL

(
-

- 3irxL
-
For- /\ w, - tlh-U.l-.k-j:
SGJTL
-
SHX L
1
— — Pfl. f 3LL ~ 3 L a. ~t* <%,*
"

SEIL
of Q .&. se -if of A(Jpe*^ixD %

FepAce 5d by (L-y') in expve$-Sf‘ov\ £_>«* y^


3 = ~£k [(L -^- L
'
(L -*3
-«h! (
3t *

W-ff *, = a 5
w* M** (y& V
^ M d=
Sfl
. -

PaJL
3 EI

(W| Deffeg~l to^ guf C. y<i


r
Cyc-X + Cyj fc
3,
4
.-wJ l S l -, [ x l- ccC + s , ^i. - cc 3 v - foi (L-ci-'i t
I
J
to bX L Jc ~ 661

(f) SA p e Ajf A £** = + C&a\

A -
^ "
- r &
[ 2L
L
6 ETL u
j
i
-3U4a l -^r] 4
— f- Saagi--^
£>FJL
A
* "
- r<£f3£-qj,
€£JL
^

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
X

Problem 9.67 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the deflection at
the C, (b) the slope at end A .

IS

sz
-
V + £ir E
=i
L —V I k- H
Locc^f z du&® 7 *T A y CX -,= Be- (*.*- t**.l
J 6£TL v
M C,
l(>££
^
fg
1
*'i

L<9 £l<J > n *\ JE- M \ <Tp I*

(y«A “
(y<Ar o (®aV

Co) Dd i‘oh c.

l3y
„ MoL^ *
^ %fo s £X

(W *+ f\.

/Cj _ M 0 l—
^

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9,68 9,65 through 9,68 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the deflection at
C, (b) the slope at end A.
— < .

Problem 9.69 9.69 and 9 70 For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the
. slope and
deflection at the free end.

k TJ2 - *
m—
LOKX>\fAGr Tt P Oov^ViA^V *T

t of afplv&o ro poicnoa
p(uif
2EX “ JlS?
8 ex
PCU-tf i pi?
3 EX ZVET

BC fcEtAMisiS STV-A\&W
, ,
I PL1
ec = ©B - “ ex
(k\a' _
z ) 0 fl ~
, .

yd = y6 “ 1 EX ifo EX
g PI?
“ “ 48 EX

LOADU46 It : p OovJtfWAPXJ AX C. c A66s'» OF AF? t).

it PL? it
~ pi?
Sc ZEI Yc. ~3EX

SOP&<M OSmo*-A ,
.

PL* 1 Pt? s PL? gPL?


~
9^
i

4-
el' - ~ 8 EX X EX ~ 6 EX 8 EX

1 it s Pi? 1 PL3 ~ 21 PL? 7 PL?


yc - yc + yt “ 48 EX
"
3 EX * 48 EX IfcEX I

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
, ,

9.69 and 9 70 For


. the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the slope and
Problem 9.70
deflection at the free end.

LoA-btiJe. X at A, . C. A6£ 3 o£ APPE*it>\y. D.

w->a _-
^aL y'
EX 7a zex
WITH VA k ~ Po.
I Pa.L ,
Poul5

LOAV>tM<Sr H *.
P BoWsiWAVW AT 3> .

C.AEZ I OF APPE^Ov* X> APPU.es> To po*cc\oA 6C


«
=
_P£
as " ZEX 7ft 3EX

AB iAEt-VAlsiS •5>T(AAV<VHT

&a _
~ fl “ _^L
0b» _ zex

y." - y» -ft- -«"><

_ . s£ p«L Pftz L Po>


/, n
" 3EX "S L “*‘>ZtX ZEX &ET

BT *opep.Po&«T\c»4

u + & P<*L P«^


eA ^ ~ (zL-a)
.

aA ~
K EX ZEX

Z
P^L _ Pa?L * Pa?
^feL-a> ^
Va ~ Va + Ya
, ..
- ZEX ZEX 6EX

(31^ - 3a.L +• <X*')

^^(3e-3aL + ax ) t

Proprietary Material, ©2609 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. <£> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or

any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
9.71 and 9.72 For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the slope and
Problem 9.72
deflection at point B .

i ^ A8 <x& u* c&t
£ <_>
4>* P z> i S si*

&j : Q - P - *jr
*
^

Pppg g.f B . ©a - (0fi) w + (Oft ) <Sl +

Cctse ^ A(^p. D* (0g)w


*
~ £ex (z) ~ ~ ifggx

(UselJ^.D. (ex . +
!t£^
&.« S .f Vv . (eX ’
i) * - te
e." *f«
wL 3
£X
/4
0a r W
wW
£i
^
pef-led { oo\ gcf TB *

Cc^s* 2 of App_ D.

f O"? App*

2> of Afp+ D

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual maybe displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
X %

Problem 9.73 9.73 For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the slope and deflection
at end C. Use E = 200 GPa.

3kN

B 1

1 ««* vPe«/t^ 4lvS t

| A c 8100 X 11.5
\~* 0.75 in • 0,5 rn - X ’
Co*ce^W 4 g «4 Pqa^ *4 t? *

Cs.se ( Append r'x D cappJlieA h> pofh'ow At?.

A -,£L*
7

?jrr
~- ~
(3X0.75)*
?irr
_

_ 0,8437$*
cr
^EI 2. ei er
/
r PL 3 3 )(o.7$'S
i
- . 6.HSU87f
•T® Sil 3 £X £

^ portion 8C revnCt.'nS S‘fr'A»^«t.

I :t
1
a
t?c
'
-
*
A
t? s

_ 0.843 7S*
6 C ~pt
t -t
'(k
/ .» //, ,-^a, #
_ 0.84375"
Jc *
>
.

~(0.6)©6 *
£x"“
Loa^Uv^ H • Con ce^ 4 v^te^i o4 C - G*.Se i o-r App ev d i x X) .

q " - PL
pl* _
**""
(3KI.XS') _ 2.3437S
-

7 0'
~ EX
'
3ET 7 EI
PL
3
_ _ (3)(l.ZS }
3
l.^3Uf
SET 3FI E*
' 3. 1875*
B 3Upe»epo*j 4»on ©A " + ©U
\j
i

pr
V c v ' + v " r - 2Jl^iZ£
JA J/> JA jrj

p4tfi. '-
£ - 700*10’ Pa J
I* ?.S3«/o
k
* 2.53*1 O*
6
W
c -
£1 *(2ooxlo*)(2.53*nS ) 5*06 * fo 3 Ki- vC * £o£ WW-»«

r C . 0C * - J|iH£ s - 6.30 ^ raJ * 6.3o*/d'


/t5 r*.» *«qr -*

Del ied dC. *j


Jc
- ~ - ~.S*..5‘3 xjo 5
k, - £..$3 w,*-* 1

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AU rights reserved. No pan of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 9.74 9.74 For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the slope and deflection
at point B. Use E - 200 GPa.

D” 4s
\
* Forces l’vi i'w> r*.
S 1 00 x 11.5

TLe. &Jope act S dl

or olet^o/'y^-A of po^'ho'* A©-

NVsWV
© |«»*
Reoljc & ftje C +o cun
V t Fa>!Tc« - COOpA*. Vy-sle*** «xt
J
g S (O.fvst <*<*M +A< Vorcjz gfffeaJly
tr—OJS
V. «-
ed 0 +o» ©Meun +Ke J&wi<et»n^.s X ct»>«l Jl

ktvJ.M Case \ of Appev^cs/i/ I>.


\\\W\\\

ft' -
~
PlC _
~
C&Xo.^f _ _ I.487S
-

8 2 £X

2 .EX *
EX
v ' - _£t? is,)i.o,7sy
> *
3EI
_-

3EI

Loctdtn Co.se 3 of Appendix TX

0a" * ML . U.S)(ojs') _ 7. /25


El El EX
*• s _ ML 1 - — (L 5 X6»?5 f . 0.421 375
;?ex El ex
soper p>o s ffoHj i

U 2.8/25“
0e = e* + Qe _ - £j

y»‘* >* - _ /. 2G&&2S


EX
Dado. «:
E * ?i)0 x lo’ 9c ^ J = ©53x/o" ^ . 7. 53/ /o'*
H

El --
UoO*lo‘’)0?-53*>o'‘') ; 5be * /o’ M* t»C = 506 WM *

SJPope a 3. Wb ~ SQG ‘
- 5*. 56 * /o = 5,56*10*

Defie cfjon a\ 8. - - ?.SoWo' s » * 2. SO ** * ^ —«a


J8 SO 6.

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, lac. AH lights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
. 1

Problem 9.75 9.75 For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the slope
and deflection at end C. Use E — 200 GPa.

500 N
2.0 kWm 44 mm C» -2 2
trl
j_ t if-(z zp
EX It Mm?-

1. 1? rtX I
^^ X . I cX ^ 1 >C O.
500 N
"p- o< £ Ic Kfj L - I rn

C
3 fy 1 — — _HJ=2l. - _ tiXlAX. 1 - - 4 ^ 5^^
*
k— Ho W.' sex (3X3 6- ex
/.
1*1

£4r- ° '7 )( -
(
A ) T - C . ,..
* )1 «. 6-71
to/ 3
^ I X f£>“ ?
2 el ( 50 ( 36 * 0 ')

Q> kti ft*\

mjuk j/JdtJLJt— L,o 6.<tir>^ HE . Tr e*vf ,


yn A 8 <^s < 5,
Ca'A'I uPte\2 e/' ^e*m. CC«. 9 « X)
C
30 W~ 2< (ekN l y
l_
t o -
'J £ v*>

W* S£T m(
i«H 36 *b')
0 * ')
*0

3
(00 g = -4 * <?£«<? v/<r
e ^ GEI (61 ( 36 * 8

Pt>ir4i‘o*^ BC. (re>M«iln5 s4*~« L*|" J^><a<?f< ng HE.

Lee. - £> iS tn
Cye V = C/ek + Uc.(&n,') 9.
= - 4 >ol{?Yto^ m
'5
(d fcV = ( 6 a\ - -4^ 6? x /O

SPope «aX etoJ C- Rvj ^up«^|>osi4i&^ ^


- (6L\ * (©A
3
® -/A 76 /X /©“* 0,.= //*76 x /d kv2 - =C 5

OcJ -feofi *>»> end - Cyc), 4


(2
8y s^pe^pc-s.'iic^j yc (y«A

-^r&ex/®' - £vi>'7
A /v> 4;

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies* Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
,

Problem 9.76 9.76 For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine the slope
and deflection at point B Use E — 200 GPa.
.

2.6 kN/m
£ -
jfj
-
-k(44) * ^
I - - /8^64#vt<n^

—0.75 m -H0.25mh gl (su>D'<to (’)(l Kto'-*) =s ii>’8

Lot*, j) > n X 1
C.&. s<2 I «*t' A/y> <? “vJ ' >( X)-
SOD g
]
A
®
W 6
p := <V S Jc Nj L - / ^

FT 6-’& *-*)
*£x(*'-

(H
=- 2‘S’fcfeXfO"
3’
KK

£r3^*<cf
L. O Ol Jt 2 .. CaS£ Z. of Appe^.y "D.

,
V
(7e)x
N -
'~ SWL?
sex
_ — f2-6)AK75jF _ Z- 7 q
4 /t^
** (0
.
* n
f©\ - - A a Qs/
^ 2 =-4'^i? K to .5
get *
(61(36-0')

ISyPopP po\'v4 B $e r (®e)| + (o^)t

H-337*(&~3 ©a' /('34 ^


D^'Ti^cc'f ic>ft d p#t wt S>.
7s ' Cys')i + CyrsF

~ -"5' 4<? X( £>~ 2 H =*


Jp b h* jr
jys

Proprietary Material* © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual h using it without permission.
9. 77 and 9. 78 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at end A, (h)
Problem 9.77
the deflection at point C. Use E - 200 GPa.

:N • m

0 FoeteS in wi.

X * F'd o arl 'Q .

Cai« 7 t.f A fy?ev*ci,'y D. M - 8O L* 5“. O h*


j
X = 7. S'

0A - ilk - (S0)(E.£>) _ £G.€G7


~ EX
6 £l Q.ei
V __J1_ /V-L*^- 8° c*_ fcS.O;W.«lJ
(To)V? S~)1 * l££-
. X Lx) - f
1 j
EJ
If* 6EJL G££ <£.o)

LoVjioj JOE * Mo»>e*t a, 4 A. Cks* 7 o-f tl> „

H - go L - S’. O x =

_ ilk - (SoVs.o} _ 133.353


0^ 3 ex 3 ex ei
\JS
EI
C S<5c**v4t <Sc5 J^Oudi*'3 J)

mo kw c.o^een'fvv «;'fe d J?ofc cl c. P= JHo kN>

' PL 1 _ (l4oX5'.o'l‘*‘ Zl%.7S


©it
id ex IE El EI
PL* - (Ho Kg. of = 3&H.SZZ
El Hi er e r"

E~ ZOO * to* ?o,


3
2- 156 x/o 4 wtrvi 156 * fo m 11

PI - ( zoo y 10^)056 »lo" c ) - 3LZ*IO c >** 3lZ OO


5
Ca) Si» P « ^ A . 0« - * - 0.6*/ WO-

&A “ O. €d) Wo" ‘


r*J ^
(fc>^ Del jg-cf join of C. ns , t /2S„„ ~ 3 6,1.583 = -3.G7*io*^
yc
,

-
SI 7.0 0

- 3. G7 win^ ij/

Proprietary Material. ©2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of Ibis Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.78 9. 77 and 9. 7# For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at end A, (b)
the deflection at point C. Use E = 200 GPa.

20 kN/ni

Uyi <‘4a
'
Fo-cfS (V. kW. Le 4U
3
iv\ Kierfe^^-

WI50 X 2d
for 'iAHSO^W Jr |S^k/0 c 9

T30 kN = 13.4 xtcr*-^'

^0.8 in”* EX - (^oov/o’X^.^x/o' 6 ) «. 2.&2*lo


c
W-*-.

* ?£8<9

C B lo cJt i fiA I • (Z*,s£ S of A f>pe "D.

3oVv> P= 3o L-* J.H cl~ L& >», b -


0.8
^

(Oa)= - •

2o kW/tv, S£IL (C)(R6SO)(2. t


n
3.18 4 1 vlO~

W (30 Xi-^Ho-g)
3

, \ P^b*
-
3EXL '
(3X^6 go) (a. <0
%
* io~ w,

Lc7CL A»<=j H 1 C^tS€- G of A fpe-^tJix 1).

W - Zo khj/i->
j L * 3^4^^ *£* ~ /- £> Vo «sjf
p
o> f *+ C.

(0)=r
Aj
-
- -5^1
xz/er (M,(Z 480)
- _ ^
Wx/o
H.A^ras
H lo
-<

3
- 2Lx^+ k ^)

O/e'l,.
- * UtfO.6)] " -2.<gomvlo-'

&r\ ~(©a\ + (6}A

«9*
- - 7.48X6 */cf* 6^
~ 7.48 x /O' ^ "**=C

(bl Define *c>^ q,~f pd>fvA*f c. (yA + CyA


3
- - xisq^xxx/o ~ 3S i
jc X".

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No pari of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed m
any fomt or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
9.79 and 9.80 For the uniform beam shown, determine (a) the reaction at A, (6) the
Prolem 9.80
reaction at B.

:
L b
h m

Ca^s! R* *v^/a.c<2. J?c*jup?\v>^ ky JT HZ .

L i op A^tf*^*^** "O) (yA )p


Lc>a^P*Vi 3-2- R C8 - C^se % «»C < y ID )

vM>
v s
f Y - */0-A0 „.WL1_
Ca wv
w**v w(l/a.)
wO./aV*
\_ -‘- / wl 3
#er ^8 ex j
x
cex
«*r ~ HSEI
hs ei
?-+<•» Ac; s5 W 3
kt.
(yA* (>),- -^x
S up€.^poS t CD^'fvv* /* i '
y*- ty*\ 'tyX = °
^aL* o
p -
_ 7 **L *
3 EX 3S4 Er

ke* wt A.

o ; + *6- o
Hr, 7 *jL
s."gr t
i Vi-_ »-
X 1X2

O "
Me“ 1?»L -

M«» S*L- W*
f?8
^u/L’

Proprietary Material. <0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9,81 9.81 and 9.82 For the uniform beam shown, determine the reaction at each of the
three supports.

J?o X 3E.
by

CC^se dT £fF i'V X)') ~ X^ C


b 'g'
4
,

- , 7 PL3
H86 EX
L,e?^<s| va <
JX» (Cctse 3T ot A ppe.*J;* B") CL
- L
to -
- Jr
i

3 ^ 3
_ ..R^a'fc* -H jsJS
Cy^V 3EIL ~
3 E1L EX
9.H-S

Supe/' jpo*$ 1 4 »t»A AmJ Con 5 hr* ,**+-. y* --


Cyd, + Cyt'i* = °
7 PL^ Rs
an 3
fb
ex
.

o SL' -f-P f

D +321% = o :

3
Ls
- Ra L + ?(% -(|pX|1 *o
)

Ra = |p t

+ t2f^'-o: Ra +T?0 - P + * O
R»* P-JP-fP * ”?P
t

Proprietary Materia!, ©
2909 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Ine. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.83 9.83 and 9.84 For the beam shown, determine the reaction at B.

is, sec«*v-l elejree i«de+e*W»*i.+e . CKoose

u.*A Mft <xs red

I* Case I o4 A w>e*>d*x'D.
& (si\ - _ (0,.)
' * 7jT = - §bJ^
N\\W
\J R h 3 CX > ZBX:

L O aA j jl » Case 3 o4 Ap^«vn4t'y *D.

<& /v \ ^ (A_\_ * ±kt


0 Cfe% vC?0te
\\\\

2.EI j fx
v
joggling 3U > CaS<? 3 fi> poA'h'tftt Ac,
^
~ MoCL/3) M»L a

B 60.01 8FX
•<VS\\

.A
H„a/2 _ HJr
(&5« -
)

£X 2*X

Po^ioirt CB ir«w>A<^s s < g


lif.

~
C/elar
r
(yd® + xC^)m "g
Cex
? ~
(Adm (QJm ~k ~jj=xf

» “f' > oia And £o •

> = (>)x + + CyB )


m = o
_J=i
3£X
p
Kl 4 -d M ' 4 —
8
^EX
S O (0

©0 ~ (0g )jr *+ 4 ^^s\cr ~ ^


^ C? + JL. M a + J-
n
iUr - o C?>
?ex Ex ei
Sc>i6i hg CO a (a) wcootJ^ ^
17-3
*8
|
^ L.

Proprietary Material, €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
!

Problem 9.84 9.83 and 9.84 For the beam shown, determine the reaction at B .

=$- A
H 1,12- * c %
a,± {&v\ Ac: S t-'p e/ t *1" of C ^<'1 3 a^A | crT Appe.-d* !•* "D.

\t
Jc
- M f.q/s tkJ2 - ^
^.ex 3er S' ex j^ex
oc <*•
= tk£y.t~~ T“ - ». 1 C. -Tr SaaJks
ZEX zex gFX
r Sf>pe^ p©s f fiot^ o-f C<ls«5 3^ Ij <
"A "0.

vc - V* . VC,(L/^ _ w
J "
*EX 3ex 8 EX
— tkjF
Si=I
.Veil __^L
128 FI
X?«=X
a f, >_ / / \2 /
tlAM \
k S. I > . , . 'i

ex LEX
Md- _ 14 L* , wL 3,

2 £T SET *+$ ex

M c& \ g,yrprfr5*S*ov\S fo ic
^

_ Uil , * J^kl . WL" Ve*£ wL


^£T
.

£££ M ti w BZ lag ex
M <ti t n
^
express t*e»w>«> -fo^ ,
J
He 4 y^T _ _ K- L _\CC3 wL
^
,

‘c
“XBI /Sex' 2.FX ^EX 42 ex

L)s
-

I i-,^
jp©^| XOV\ CB £<_S < 5<_ fi^ee booty

*„
^

iwt
tS^rO.- R.tV.-^.O
.

+
1/
^ Rs-x~J: wL Rs
* He. +t>5 M s =o. M a - Mt - V,^ -* =

H.’ + ^
.

9.85 Beam DE rests on the cantilever beam^C as shown. Knowing that a square rod
Problem 9.85 of side 1 0 mm is used for each beam, determine the deflection at end C if the 25-N-m
couple is applied (a) to end E of beam DE, (b) to end C of beam AC. Use E- 200
GPa,

10 mm
t,

E - 200*lO '?e<

4,

I ~ 833.33 - £33.33 ^o"' ivF


1-
2-5 N m •
er- £67 w-m
120 mm 180 mm
(a.) *K> PE .

XS
o
tJ * **
Free DE. OlN= O:
OAto O.l%o p- ^o p=* (38.887 A/

Lo«k.e>^S c £.>» < -P eve>/~ k>e«»v“v A8C f


p
\h a L.„ _v
1
pot^l** 3 T* ^ #Jr p***f d a5 s^

4 pof^* 3,
A~0.\%° -Uo.l*»
/ —* C)o£ 4“^ *P f"

Osi rAt3 <k^J, l Cft,5e I

»•>. * - »o. ,o-


(yd, ~ (ys ), + * 6.480 »lO*+(o.i Bo\b.OO»(u* ) =* 1.56*/®* *,

Di>c 1"° T
3
1/ poivf C . C&.?e / til A/y*. D “k> A 86.

( Vi
f“«J Ci *• -£]=i,_
3FX
s^mMs^x
(3^1 66.667)
o- '*»v . - 7;s»K/o* „
T<*Ul MJecA pgi^vj x. Jc.
- (yj, +Cy >* - fi
vw

y0 ~ <s*. *?v **,«* 1/

(la) Couple c^pp fifed 4* Lga/wi AC *

t Q_ |v\
CclS* 3 Appeal D ,

O.S^o «L* ^Vd.W)^


> -W
_
= - s - 7r,,u M
Vr * S*7S" twvvi **
i;

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hiii for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
"

Problem 9.90 9,90 Before the 30 kN/m load is applied, a gap, 8 0 = 20 mm, exists be-
tween the W410 X 60 beam and the support at C. Knowing that E — 200 GPa,
determine the reaction at each support after the uniformly distributed load is
30 kN/m
applied.

W4io x m

t>AcrA*. i,0 = <><02*

u> © X - Zt&ftO M4
in ~$r
B
EX = 43.* *10 vn-

X. <CA.*»E. <J> OF APPEsltn*. ^>.


B
Sujlt s(}o)(y^
I _
'ic 384EX 384 C^5'2 |0 3 ) x.

= - 24-3 * IO to

LoADltJCr TL. CA.SE 4- OF APP£Mt>vy. T3.

I* — Rcf
’ ~~
«-
MwV **
3
Yc 48 EX 48C43«»*I0 )

3
- C‘t8 *• jo" R (

DEfH.ec.T\Ol4 KT C .

“ ”
1c* y! + Yc
-3 _3 3
- 24-3 X| 0 + o-k8 v.|0 R (1 « - 20 *icf

Rc= fc-tt Rc — 23'A JcW t


I
+')'ZH 5 =0' (3o)(tz)(U) - - (2&4*<rXuV O
R•K * * . ID
R K = 46.055" Ra = 46-1 MJ t

+t = O' <76.055" - 3o(l<£) 4 .za^ + RB = O -

R B ^ 46 '/fcM t

Proprietary Material, © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Materia !, €) 2009The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

Problem 9.92 9.92 The cantilever beam BC is attached to the steel cable AB as shown. Knowing
that the cable is initially taut, determine the tension in the cable caused by the
distributed load shown. Use E ~ 200 GPa.

A= 255 nmr

20 kN/iu L<srf* P 44ie -f <*va*m ova iv\*»**> Ag


em
^ te. o"F

cm. W4I0 X 46.1

C A t?> A - ZSS ^ ~ ZSZ'yld* m


e
5S
- £L ~
~
s (P)(3.>

EA (2oo*\ o'* ) ( XSS"* O'6'
20 few A 1

- 5*5. S2. o'* P


Bfea *• S C. t X- 15b* io^ - l5£>*lo w-P

e C
E'r = (2 £>^»'/o )(JS6H/c/
<f
)-> 3LZ*IQ U**P
Ue>^v^i'y>^ X . •?<? kv//>^ £*ix> »A il. y/ —

-H* C&.se 2. A ppgM^,y ”D.

H
7
y _ _ WL _ __
(3Q*lP*XO V
J8 )

*£X (8X21. Zy lO )
6

s
- -10 3.846. x /o" w,

Loa-o^iv^^ J -To/'c.e "P */t pot^i" 13.

Retey' -p> Co-se. I JF Appendix IX.


%
, x/ \ _ PL P (g> )1 _ O <2
- J?.3o77v/0~
{
P
<y«v 3 £1 (3XSI.2X/0*-)

% s~ P
r,r post -I; on,
ys -
(ys ), + (y6 \
dk sj r
Aj?SO
j
kn Ajf c £v t r>
^ 4"Ke.
>
%
- 03.8^6 y\C>~
1
+ 2.3^77 *(o~‘ P = -S8.SZ lo'' P
&
2.3 666W6>' P - - toS.8U*(C>- P - 42>.<t»fC> |V

p- 43.*? H/

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.93 9.93 A 22- mm -diameter rod BC is attached to the lever AB and to the

fixed support at C. Lever AB has a uniform cross section 10 mm thick and


25 mm deep. For the loading shown, determine the deflection of point A, Use

£ ~ ik ~ / 3o £ i

,
Y \ = P ^3 _ ilBilLlilil

~ } 5f (o~ % tvf i

To-f^ cA p<yf **{ A.

y* - (yA ^yA. * 9**2 ^ ^

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
J

Problem 9.94 9.94 A 16-mm-diameter rod has been bent into the shape shown. Determine the
deflection of end C after the 200-N force is applied. Use E ~ 200 GPa and G ~ 80
GPa.

Con lSt’bG.R. b&f4DltslGr OP A£> * («£A£>1~ \ OF JkPP&JtMX. X>.')

PL?
Yc Vi 3EX

CorJ6lt>e(X BCaJOt^Cj OF B C. (CA,S&. t OF AFPE.it>\V; 'D.')

- PL:
v'il

7c 3£X
SUPeP-POSVTtOhA *

It HI PL3 PL3 PL3 PL3 /EX . 2\


Vc +
l .

Elfe
.

* Vc 3GX ~ 36.X
r

y
c 'ic. J6-
c _<1 4"
DKTA. G- - 8o('lO ') Pa X~ T*(o-00 if = <2>.434-0(lO ’)
vn

-
3 ~= 3.21x0 /io"‘ )*w4
'

E = 200(10’) Pa ,

EX = <1,4-3.40 TG - SI4-.12 Si***


2-

3
“ f2ooXo.2S^ ( &43.40 ^
+
z\ _
“ ,
Yc
13
'
6,43.40 lsi4.X2 3) -4.3043/10 ) *n

Yc - 4.3\ w>vo |

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.95 9.95 through 9,98 For the uniform cantilever beam and loading shown, determine
(a) the slope at the free end, ( b) the deflection at the free end.

Problem 9.96 9.95 through 9.98 For the uniform cantilever beam and loading shown, determine
(a) the slope at the free end, (b) the deflection at the free end.
Proprietary Material, €) 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
9.95 through 9,98 For the uniform cantilever beam and loading shown, determine
Problem 9.98
(a) the slope at the free end, ( b) the deflection at the free end.
. )

9.99 and 9.100 For the uniform cantilever beam and loading shown* determine (a)
Problem 9.99
the slope and deflection at (a) point /?, (b) point C

<5L^ ir&L UA
yy p
\V\TO (U***j&f A^ -

2// h a
* (^^ >= i ^ Wof
M/fJ *
iM-fgV '
2.
3 ex
lr*% a3 = )
' - 2 S2*

w(-i#) * - :**®?

2.
3 Ex (cx.') Sj?v>pe 3
_ z
1
2 VQ-
ex
©e' A, + A 1 + Aj --S|| =|^-^
Da-fi e of r £?V\
tpv\ fB,
3 , yg
•=•

Ys -
^e/A * A ,
( f ,* &0 + A 3 (| * So.')
1
^o. 1

“ j£ wet 4
~ J.
woj _ 10 ws^
* £T «? EX 3 ^ EX
.15
r El
54^ ^| ^
Sjp» pe. out C- .

S Wa*
© - ^22^ - !^1 - £ Q - £ ^
0 =-
ft' -- y (s
v
* At r it
3 £2
J-
a a -
3 ex ^ -
.

Jc. - y& 4 ^sct. + t c/B

=
-f^ 4(-| gg? » + (- J )(f “ s.
-3
wq
ex

ilr*

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of die publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
)

Problem 9.100 9.99 and 9.100 For the uniform cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a)
the slope and deflection at (a) point B, (b) point C.

Pa? fix' 3.Pe?


~ 0b/ A +a
a
*"*
\ j Z6X ” EX ~2tX
1
%=
3Pa.
2ix ^
a
Yb = *b/a = A t^') + A i(^ )
z
/ p*- \ /2a\...+ / Pa\/2fi\
V 2 EX ( a V EX )( )
1

- » I
**
y&~ &ex t

((o') AT PotNlT
- — c
-
pa2
= "
@c " Q c/A “ex
2
0c- ei
Pa.
^
yc * t c/A * A*0®
A*
3
Pa
=(-gytv- ZEX
Pa3 -

Vc= 2.EX t

Proprietary Materia]. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.1 01 9.101 For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the
slope at point B , (b) the deflection at point B. Use E - 200 GPa.

15 kN/m
46 mm
1 ' f t " 1 \ * i f fl

0.76 m -

4 1
a H 4
x- * (<»> W3) .z XIO *>

EX'* (wo n ^ "43 ,e


ib V-H tn

a - C6 1jfe Z£> = -
.
Mh
A,= 4j(- f-7?^gye-7^ = - ^-43^ jtNh 1

<W52f»»
J-*
OtfafFb* —
V -^= to
-o-m
^{'-o<Pfcfc4yo.76'> = - ^m x

(a>) St-offc AT B

EX 0 b/a = A, + Az = -Q-A-l^ - o- (/f'/h-i"

0*
- 3
* ®B/a ~ 4346
=1 * IO r.a.d

SB = >3-73 *IO" S <\mA ^


£ (a) t>£fH.SC.-qoNi AT S

ETy a * &X t B/A = (- O'WYo^l) +- (- 0-fW^ Ye.6o£ ^ - 45.35-03 fc* W»*

- o>35"o3
/a = * ~ * ,067<n M **»
,

4-346 yB = 7-^7 4

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, lac. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manuat is using it without permission.
Problem 9.1 02 9.102 For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at points,
(h) the deflection at point A Use E ~ 200 GPa.
.

120 IcN/tii
^ S + ii a lv\

&
X- s- i 78 */o“

£1 ~ CZoo * IQ *) - S5"6oo WU.^ X

& •j'
M J.
^‘*3
£X
&J. r - J. I7<?7tf VlcT* m"'
EX 3,5^600

A, = Qe’XI!?- OC un^Ta^io'^) - /.*3876*tor*

- -s.os^xis*

T i

= (|](aX^05W»|0'j = -3.*?W*|d*
Hi
~ ea.

\ -i PJP e ir^-fV^e^cc oX C. $c - C>

(al S>JpQ
^
e rCff A. @A - - £c/< = - A, - ?.S£«l

(k>l Def^e «~{ t «*•* <sA A .


> * i A/c

- A C £5 •*• 0.7 1 +“ Aa “ — S. <?.5 * (c> *»-> - 6-fl.S" »~uvt t


t 1

Proprietary Material. ©
2609 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Ine. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.103

DeWe^ I 8. ygt
~ t-B/c

Kh4
y a -
A, (A^O^ H As(o‘z3) ~ -«

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using (his manual is using it without permission.
.

9.104 For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at point A,
Problem 9.1 04 (b) the deflection at point A. Use E = 200 GPa.

26 kN/ni

TTTTTTT 7 T
B
|
W250 X 28.4 Ms: i* Vv), i iv* V>o

18 kN

0.5 in
-
2.2 m- E “ 2oo * to* B*
C V ‘
I Ho .o*io‘
* = HO.O*/ 0 vo

1
\A/£l HI ~(;?0o ^/o^X^-owo* 4 > - g.OOx/O 4 N-vA*
= 8 ooo icW-w**

Ov’etw M/HI d \ d.^1 V' a ** by y<n~ +S .

H, ( Ig/Cs.X) 3
^060 H.9.5 •'/o' v*T'
El

xA,
-
5 (4,95; */o*')(2 .aV s.WSxio
X, -
3 0.2 )- 0 . 7 333 wj

±k /•g.6
M 846
- Wo * m
El
s
A2 - I/. 844 x|o‘ X?. 7 ) --| 0 662 . x/d'

X2 - ^ (z.l) - 0.675" *»

rcTe^'Mce <ci C,

0c “
0A + 0c M r 0A * A, * A* = O
* 3
0A * “A ,-A± - - v5 . 4 H 5 x/o"*-h tO.CG 2 x/o
=• 6.2% x lo~3 v'«<f

Ca'l Slope cd A , 6 A
- 3". 23. * /o' -sdt

J/a
= - 0 eL 4 tA/c

- O - O -t A, x, + A,
' 3
- O - O + (X*W£ « |o”’' )(/_966?)- Oo.GGZk/O ) (7. 07 S’)
3
= x lo' M

(M DeVigo-i ecf A ,
* )o.29> -k

Proprietary Material* €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
9.106 For the cantilever beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at point
Problem 9.1 06
C, (b) the deflection at point C.

(W) pgfH-eanotJt kt c
- = ^t(fe LS + ''*) + ^3.(a L')
Yc "t
c/A )

2.7. Ft?
1ZEX
n Pir |

Vc “ 36.EX »

Proprietary Material ® 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may he displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.1 07 9.107 Two cover plates are welded to the rolled-steel beam as shown. Using E~ 200
GPa> determine the («) slope at end A , ( b ) the deflection at end A,

30 kN/m
5 X 120 mm
SOkN-m \

D>ni Is • Forces i«i i* v*\ .

E = Zoorto* ?o.
VV250 X 22,3
— - 0.8 m — >1- .1 .2 m Ffuw A Fu 13 1- 28 .^ "/o" w?
V
- XS.^vlO'* VV)
1
io N/er EX * fcoo
c 1"
~ \o N* iwi - S7So khJ~ wf

RiToiv) B 4a C X- J w 4- 2Apd*"+ i?Ip

Ap - 5“x 13.0 “ GOO viw)*'

*0.4 U d =
2-
f'T 1 i**-*
''
Ad = io.oax/o wm <r

S
Xp “ 7a (|3«>).6>) - O.Oo/W>to‘ mM V
J 4 (2)00.0450 * (aX^.OOWF)] x /o no**
4 s
- 4*? . 03 * /o' fcW*' - 47. 03 * /O' W)

£T - (2<>o H/o * ) (ff?. 03 * to


"
*)
--
?. 3 o?*io
c
N *'-

51*

- 7SOS kio*!^

Dr'**/ H/fX dt'<5i.*jl/'5f«n by ,

A -R a : ^ - xffo' r -2.*tLoz»ld
$

%
- t

q I, /" . Ajt -
*
_ -JLSL- 2. 03?-£ 'lo" *>''
*
£x 9S*S"-

= - 2. 2 o3 o y IO~* w"‘
£1 '(2.)( c?Vo5)

A, * (~ 3. H6 o^ x lO^ ) (0. 8j~ — 2 + 7 G% 2*(0 Place ? Xma^ci^T


a*- «v c. ^ o
'3
- ~Q.$Bl 2.*lo
As * i(- 2 70So*l6 *)(l.Z')
.

"3
(a ^ SVqpc a~f A« @A - - Ou/
c - Q - (
A, + A^+ A*': - 6, !d*« o
,
,

A*d

(FI Deli eat t' <?»* at A.

Xa
r
' ^/c
£*/c
T (-£^8l*fc/M(o.«0 + f

r — £, 03 x lO~* bn =: 6.03 *'**1 ^


Problem 9.1 08
9.199 through 9.1 14 For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the
Problem 9.109
slope at end A, (b) the deflection at the center C of the beam.

Proprietary Material. <0 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AJ1 rights reserved. No part of this Manual may he displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
1

Problem 9.1 1 9.109 through 9.1 14 For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the
slope at end A, {/') the deflection at the center C of the beam.

(oS SLOPE. AT A I &C. - &A + &c/f. i


° “ ^/A

~ “ PI? 3 SPL?
a<y* = - (^A|+ A^) = “ [tSIx 3ZEX j 32EI
5PLZ
326.X W -**

(V) t>6.FLeonc»S* AT C
Z
/ 3Pl3 \/L\ PL \/SL\ n PI?
Vc K(k) * a *( h = UfcEX A3 } + /r3zeiA,tz) - 384-ex
)

1*1 PL?
tA/c ~ “ 384 EX
,

- 'fc " 384-EX

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-HiU Companies* Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed* reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
2 .

Problem 9.1 1 9 ,109 through 9.1 14 For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the
slope at end A, (<b) the deflection at the center C of the beam.

be-suvi
|
m
-*^ --*•

1

* tj% ~ U2 —-* Pi &ce rePeire^cft "f anient C. ©«. r O

m/h X Dv^o-w cslfmg


A
tai Slope at Am Oa

~
-
^c.“
~ O - A - <?<$.)

-
e*=iir
*s£J**. (b') DeWe*+ion <ri C.
" a«* i(L + 2*.)
* ^cM r ^^

^ . i.±k (C-Hcl)
8 EX v

v&wg^-^ -

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
3

Problem 9.1 1 9.109 through 9.114 For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the
slope at end A, (b) the deflection at the center C of the beam.
4 ^

Problem 9.1 1 9.109 through 9.1 14 For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the
slope at end (b) the deflection at the center C of the beam.
tl-' w

tetfwo anA H&xA .

P^&_ee 4 **'A*£*\ 4.4 C* fiL ~ O

f?€4Jf4 i OKS #
~ ~ '/J <X*

6 Cm cl i" n
e
rw d)»*i p- 1

Cue. AB M r Wax - a wa ~~

*
Ov/£vr BD M ~ 1

j[
U'CC

M
D t-avJ £
-j- eS \ w*
^ p*^ 5 *
1
M, _ wo. fX ' ~ X
EI £X FT * EX
Hs _ x
2
m"
ex
er
3
x Ml M/X
> u
* er
ft * a
1

ex
X
A,* i& a . _
6
.*!&
£X
A.-

(a) $A>f e Jt A. &A - ~ ^/A ~ O ( A, -> + A* + A3 )

~ J-yda? x "4* - x w'ffi = L_ i a 'ii


6 OL
.

El* -£r 6 er ei lL *» 1
EL
- - (2>L- 2 a.) - T?fr

Cbl t) ef .P g 1 at 0• yt
~ ~ t ^/a
— Z
X,' 3 a a
-
i
3
-f-
0u
^
^ ++ X(£^ -a 5^ V ) -
-4 (l+ 2a.)

' " r ” ^3 Ks
Jc

1
3 fx
+ ^ 3
X
8
£ 1 SL
EX
.. X wa 1
<«* ex
.
/ iL
(

-
1
- 4 n l )y

WQ 1 / J
.

er
Problem 9.1 1 5 9J15 and 9J16 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at end
A (b) the deflection at the center C of the beam.
y

= - Pa

Drs* w M eT 'll'
A^
iTAw. 5

A, r
_ x P<C
**
EX

A* -a X8 Pa1
EX*
*
M%Z)* _ x
Ai **
£T
Pia.ce r efe a\ C.

(a) Sjupe 4 A.

6* - ©c-
'c.M Oc# * O - C

® 0* -
y
er sex

1*1* C, - A <i<0. A,(£*VA,(f.


(

f\ tcf. +*v> JL&! 4 Jt fia.% ||s£

X s-er
'
&

Proprietary Materia!. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in arty
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

9A IS and 9J16 For the beam and loading shown* determine (a) the slope at end
Problem 9.116
A 9 ( b) the deflection at the center C of the beam.

* po-
A, Het")*- Bx
± Pa"
3 ff

V Mix'!*-
’ X P**
2
£X
PiUce rents' ene 4*. *v

$p*~) S> $u>p *

©A '
^c/A r O - (A ,
+ + )

* - IL Bsl llftt*
S EX g _ &GI

(b) Derive d i»* aA C

1
* 1 - K(£<a + KG*) * **(**)
3s
is
fV
Bl & 2L&?
13 61
i —

<
4-

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 9.117 9,117 Knowing that the magnitude of the load P is 30 kN, determine
(a) the slope at end A, (b) the defection at end A, (c) the deflection ai mid-
point C of the beam. Use E - 200 GPa.

0 $e kN J m px BokN
Fo-y gi&ox n?‘i X-^'NxiO'
S150X 18.6

-1.4 m-^b -1 4 m hi - lo~*) = l#ZX kN N

Oy »»v4s4v *'c uj i R sj^ rvs^e'^f'c eta.ee


Y'-ef-e.r r-« »v>r<^po (‘*x't Cwkei^e. - O

R - ^ = £(* + *«+ 2 1 k M t

Dv-awJ Re W p^y'hs "fb

kU^: h4.Jf <*t fite fce

M, r 0‘4-)(2.l
) =. -2 1*4- M
A, -
^ ({» 4) £2*1,4) -ZV'S# kN *7

(vj ~ *— (O' £y{- h4 ) £ A) zl *— / 7 t-N ^

^ (z )£~ <£) •=• - \z

& y* H3 - «-(0'k)(6) ~

T c
-t^/, f^T^yc~~ reN
-t*°S
£- 4“0tv» > A5 -

Fo^^ui^s . oA = ~ j y* - Ye. - 4/t r


j* - tA/e,
~ o ZQa — t
y& ~ b'b Qfi + £6/A -
yA =. ~ B/<4

3
K)* " 4-'1<5 c? X la
^c/>» - gti +

w* gr[(
<7 ' t> ^ w )^ 4
5
to4>io- m
£*« ’
^4 - - cuffcx/o’V
c?-if £ k */o tn

- 4*7f

(cO S7»pe r.2 yA. 0. ~
- 4'7< */0
*/o'
n

(IT) ’D<k^ec4i*M «4“ A» yA - - £<><&)( — 4' 7i^v /o'


3
)
~ (~iWf^k>No"0
- 2.' c |44 >/o' J
- 2*74 •*«
/r>
yA f

£c) Defied RC ^y c
-
v /o'-5 - 3F -43 4 Wo--*

yc
r -iN-if'? x io~* in
yc ~ S'* h m i k -*•»
8

9.118 and 9.119 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at end A,
Problem 9.1 1
(i b ) the deflection at the midpoint of the beam. Use E ~ 200 GPa.

40 feNAn
Use kU cxvyd

§250*37.$
S250 X 37,8 4 V
3*1.1 5I.|yIo v*»

t
£J - (2oo*\o ')(s n*io*M
= 10.7.2x10* - lotto kiJ~ *vF

M rc$«rA^C<i tVf C .

M,
Reiac4> o>vS* ^ - p£ - kW *

Dr*v^ k«v>Xv»^ vv»o»n«**^t Jit.- H -

li^lf of ]>y

M,- (HsX/.S)- £6.4


-lokH' *v»

A,= 77.76
M ~jx|* ~ “ - /£
f\ x 0*%)(-/o)

Ms = <5 - 6 Xa '
- 28.8 ifW.tv,

A3 - -IO-xX-xs-s) * - n.^2

% - T^ikZ) <X3o

9. - - 9/

-77.76 + 18 + IL52
tef. 4wl^ A*“ A *‘ Asl
3»*et£-
El lotto

= - H. 72*(o-*r<J 0, ” 4. 72Wo~* r<y£ -=t;

(W^ PefJhu^t/tf* a^f »»v?<atpoiwf Q. ~ -


Jfc

-A/c.- 1, 2. A, -4- 0.9 4 (i.8-o.3)A3 ^


fX [
=
'
Lh ZXZLI^ d^llLSk P-sX/1.5*) _ SSSr(o m
-

sf^ zr - 5: 8 sr x/oV yc jf <s: sr*.*,

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
9 &

Problem 9.1 1 9.1 18 and 9.119 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at end A,
(b) the deflection at the midpoint of the beam. Use E = 200 GPa.

fit) l<N m fiO kN ni


-

{jke_ U/>;4s c4 kW
tZm
W460 X 74
Fir YM&o v7^
2 m -*
X - 335 >!|o ’»ww^ 4
= 333*
EX = Uoo*lo‘ X 333v/o* , / <:
')
t
= eg.6v/O QZ&OO

Ey rv,w,^4"irtc beovw A.nal $o*.d ung . r


A
e7e^e^'CJj.
4ki v'l^e.'N'b <s.‘i ptft*4‘ (2 - o ,

Re<^|io^s. Ra ~ Re * 150 If M f

of JePt b.fir
it, erf be t>y

M, “ ftX'iS'cO - Zoo kR-vw


A, =(4:Xa-KS00 ) - 300
Ax — fo.5* X^po'i r iso ichJ-

M-O- ~ - So fey * wi

Aa - (Z.S)(-£o) ~-\So ktJ-to?

l«t\ Slope <auT etA^f

~3oc>- /i~o f iS~o


9aX if [-A, -
A* - -
eccoo
- '\5o/ lor*r»<l 6.~ t+SOxld taJ^Z

(bl DcTi^ee-f 1
a.”!"
w,X poi'yA'f C.

^ “ £X { (a
r &A) + &+ ^ ) A** (y } A3 1

QC&OO 8. X lo
*
^
~ 8**2 4#
yc

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
) 0 *

Problem 9.1 20 9.120 For Ihe beam and loading shown, determine (a) the load P for
which the deflection is zero at the midpoint C of the beam, (b) the correspon-
ding deflection at end A, Use E ™ 200 GPa.

6 1<N (\ kN

I OvocW jcN to .
B D
E
S150 x 18.6 Fov £ t&O X 1 0 ‘ <0 X -'<?*!/ X 1
^

m- m
0.6 m
-1.4 <-1.4
0.6 m hX ’ (2-013) (tf* H) - I Hi **

5y »v>w>e4r»c. Lc^'-w w
<*3 **oSp*M C wWt 5^ - °

~H-e i>j p<s< ^1'5

•R< ,?*4H 6*4- +U


A, » ^0'*)(i'4) = o»48 kN *- 1

Mj. ~ -* (o<b ~f~t* 40 (ft — — ^-2. k-ty Mi


~ * -8*4- kNf^ 3--
t\K £ (b^H-ti)
H3 = — (°*b) (k) -*• “.‘>'6 fcA/K,

A, “ io- 4) f-3‘ 6 ) - -2* ra. kN * % -

Ah c = ~!‘ 0 & Mm 2

o^2£ e
z Ellh. o pe = q*trkN.
t=r

Bj s4«^fcs j *• — f> ® o P* 7*7 XA/.

A, - -^'^3 Xa/m .

* +
(40 yA
=
Q’^ ) ( 4^£N_t.
~~ k

- ]^ J3U
— - " “
ho'7)(-X^z)
~ ~
+• (

Oto) l"l>o9)

X *&•&{£>& $to }
to

•y** o* 07 MH t **•

Proprietary Material. © 2009 Tlie McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
9.12 1 For the beam and loading shown and knowing that w = 8 kN/m, determine (a)
Problem 9.121
the slope at end (b) the deflection at midpoint CUse E = 200 GPa.
1 .

9.122 For the beam and loading shown, determine the value of w for which the
Problem 9.122
deflection is zero at the midpoint C of the beam. Use E - 200 GPa.

40 k-N in 40 IcN • in

TE TTTrrn
G pi?

U m-
('

* m
wsjl
D VV310 X (M)
Sy tvtVvt&f f t'c

T T £ VV
&IA A t ng <

5 5 **
Ra ( bf
l UM/h\ ^

M/£I kKl- \|V» .

Bt M - .S' IV y - '40 -
-
t wx
A

A+ x ^
H&/£t
a 3 t?-S iv \A - 2Sw > ‘lu • \2.Sm
1 El
O'f'o'** **> by p^n-'f’S.

QX .5 W
A El
A t . _ 4<o )fe) , - Zoo
* ‘
£ EX
Zo. 833 tv
3A O /- ’

EX
y, -
IO4 *•
3. 3333 tv>

X*'* i(s) * 5.5 *


S’
Xj, ~ ” 3.7
if (S 4

Pietce ev«dc</ -tavicie* 4 cl 4 G.

7ero . tvc * y* - y*
r °

A, x, 4 Aa x* 4 A3 x4 * O

l3o.2J iv £o£>
= o
ex Ex
5~oo
W -

\SO.Z\
3.8+ ku/V, W= 3.S+ kb) /*

Proprietary Material. €> 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
m

Problem 9.1 23 *9.123 A uniform rod AE is to be supported at two points B and D. Determine the
distance a for which the slope at ends A and E is zero

kef w -• wei^kf o’? •

Sjmmrlri 'C a»<( J^oadin^i.

Rs r Qd ~ i

M/£r
0 ending nooir^e^Hr

Over A8 M - ~ k*>x x

1
Over 8CX> M - -^wx 4 -
^wL(y-a.)

Ot'A.H/ JliA'jr'Ann bjr ’pa>rJi& .

M,
'
_L vJi . _L wL (Jz_z&L)
2 '
ei er * ei
MjL - J. EJxLL _ 1
’ 2 EI « EJ
01
A
A »
- iH/i
2 er^*
, U *
X * Lik^±lL
><• ei
1

^a 2 _
'
x/i4&.Sir - _ x ssik
tart. 3 ^ gr J a ^8 Ex
Pi*, ce ^eke^e^ce a*f C- 0C ® O
r 0t - @c /* r 0 - (A,+ AJ - o
X wEcl X
16 ex 18 EI
U ~ and divide iy
wL %
H8 EX •

3(l-2o)* - O

I - 20

Ur x^. |) , o.v

r O. CL - 0.211 i

Proprietary Material. <© 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. AH rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed m any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
.

Problem 9.124 *9.124 A uniform rod AE is to be supported at two points B and IX Determine the
distance a from the ends of the rod to the points of support, if the downward
deflections of points A y C, and E are to be equal

W - erf toA

5 be<Lwv Cl wA JogA ****{.


* Rp *

e *»<?!( rvj Vv\ 0 «vi <>sA ~f 1


1.

Ove\A AB M
*,

J W L(x-
i

0\/e 'r BCD M * “ i** -*

M
D a
1

<A\

M, r
1 VJ
Ltlic. a) _
-
, wL(L-2a)
€1 * EX H EI
l
.M* _ i w(kV. i wl
X " 8
EX £1 EJC

i M,, wi
A, .
1
,
(i-«o
,

a.
£%
1

i& £J
~ j.fM.y L\ _ ± *LL?L
Aa 2 - atgi.Ka )
=
*t$ ei
- a j (~-<0 i (X+<0
-
X, +

v
x -> jk ~iy ™\ — ? u/
a ‘
* 9V2 * "
?

p; ace * i C.

> - yc ~ = °

M, + A**, = o
~ ?*- V w ^
it
I
w/- jL j. n
// +
3 LL *) - -L
w £I
3.
fL
| _
- o
EX
Lef U = cl/ t . D;</,'*ie -

(I - ?y )*G + O - ^ O
) I
q-u
3 - 3 <j + # = o
S* ) » ; ^ X-O r u. 0 -O^ZStS f- - 0.223 ft»0. 523 L

Proprietary Material, ©
2009 The McGraw-HiU Companies, Inc, All rights reserved No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed m
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission*
9.125 through 9J28 For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine the
Problem 9.1 25 (tf)

deflection at point A 0) the slope at end A .

Mf) M0

N c D FVowi C.S ^A
I

-U4 ++U4—
L
J± di
r
-
-1
ex
1 MoL
AFX
A - (
pr XU **
Er
A
Mo PJ^oxre ocf A
Bl
M.L*
h C. T3 9
t B/, - a (! fc)
JT
£T
~ A ('g ') ~ JL Hoi!*
~
^t>/A 32 cj:

<r

(A.) Deflect |OM 3.4 D#


~
Jo "tb/A ~
i
^ ^8/A = ^-o/a * x ^e/A

_ _L
32
Hai _ ^ KjL’' _
*
_ i KL*
EJ 44 £j 64 £X
v -
"
3H0I 1
J6
(b) Sjojye. <dr A .

43 - - t%l£ T - S- Ha b Q* - £.tlJz-'3T
A
L 3i 61 32 EX

Proprietary Materia). <& 2009 The McGraw*Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
distributed in any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.1 26 9,125 through 9J2S For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the
deflection at point D >
(b) the slope at end A *

2H-5 EL Js EX

Cb) S Popei At ^ trGJA - _


" . 3ELl
L St EX 8) EX

Proprietary Materia!. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9. 1 27 9.125 through 9,128 For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the
deflection at point £>, (b ) the slope at end A .

w
-O a *
PbL-
K» = i

0? t /"A ^ pa'-'H.

M.
~ R&L
_ ~
wL*"
£1 ET SEX
Ma. _ _ wL^
ex 8&r
wl^ - nLL
A, -
(im GiEX
wL % __ u/L 3
^(x) sei ex
wL1 WLS
A3 t= (iYiO UBZ 64 EX

a4 -
wu*: _ WlP
(iKfe'l 8ET 3*e±r
1

(etV DefPe Cxf r4»v\ :


XX.

cJt 6-,
PiVc-e ^e"Pe/'*M.ce
L 4-
Yv~-

^ ^ *
3^ X Jgy £X
^
e ~ ^' + ^3 4 + (‘V‘ J ) A<f = 3g\j£X
£&/A 3 )

wL 1
*. I LH _ 7vy
38*fEf »'3Sf EX “ 76SE2

*
768 EX

(St) qpf A^ P^ce \re~Te/e^A ec *.f" A*


L
~
~l^/A = “(i )[^ K A ;
»‘,‘^3 + AfV (L-^fe^Aa. ^
3
SWL3 a - 3w L
ex ^ "
I2SEX ^

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual maybe displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
9.125 through 9.128 For the prismatic beam and loading shown, determine (a) the
Problem 9.1 28 deflection at point (b) the slope at end A
£>, .

L
ItOotT
~ 340 ex

= +
i(~4 ex XVX*°)
3TtJ 0 L?'
=
US20EX

^ DEFLEOTvosl AT t> *.

i
4
/7 u)0 L \ 37l>qL
4
75 w„L+
t

- T^b/a " "tf/X “ ^UfeoEx) ” 1 1 520 EX " 11520 EX

VP * 76.SE1

<V> SLOPE AT A *
3
5 7u>oL
_ „ _ 7 UpL ,

®a * L.
~ B40 EX A 36.0 EX

Proprietary Material. O2009 The McGraw-HUi Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
9.129 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at point A, (b) the
Problem 9.1 29
deflection at point D. Use E “ 200 GPa.
1 . ^*

Problem 9.1 30 9. f 30 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at point
A ,
(b) the deflection at point E ihse E ~ 200 GPa.
,

120 kN/m
75kN/ni
Um'fs. i F&vxes. M J
ia-iajfis tvi /if)

6
fiv Wzioxzf‘7 j T-&s*/xio At
| W310 X 38.7

£X - (•z^e?)(05- 1 ) =
-1 .2 m~
0.6 m

^3.Hg -—^ =l
=
^-3 R.+ C7$}CU*-)U*0 -* (lzc)(l'2)(0'i>)^= O

CcPH SllPe^ as 73 j T) "K» 13 pA^s


4Sfc*^K 4Vo*v> £? 6
yir, o »v\ e^4" «»P l <K.*\ »*\ by

M, “ 3 Ra * fcAj fvs •

hx - wR a -
* 4-9 **/ M ‘

M a.
= ~i nsKwf* - :z ‘ 6

- 5-4

M.S-
r - 32>4 ^
A-
fw
A** £ (3 )rz40‘4-> =- s/

2.
A, , i C*£) 0*4) - 2*
Ah - (~*i *>> .

n
£ 2-
a3 *-
^ < t.2-)(-34)r
£<>Z.)£«3A«-4) sr

Ca.) Si^>e at A.

yB -
yA -f Oa L + t e/4
> >s° af

0A * iig/A /

**» * tf|(A,+ /0(4*3> 4 CA»+A,Y+)f*-4)+(ArXW.*^


264-72
6).
17621©
^
y A
_ o«otS’SS
3
- sr>m*<o~^ eh * &W*to**J ^
(fcA Defied i oia £T. - %e "*

/* . ,

^(A,')( 4 )^*a) +
“ 4
t. -'G/t ~ —pf©^~" ’* ,

34.3 * io* rv)

r )( - P«0<357 8?J 4 (?' 004343 =: - £?« 0©4^cf ^


= F i" «i |
— 7 .

9.131 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope end A ,
Problem 9.1 31 at (b) the
deflection at point ZX Use E *= 200 GPa.

20 kN/m L)m4.S » pc>^€S |<(0 „

Pov^ \A/ ISO H I r


W150 X 24 i 3 Hv o
. / k-\

*
^ " «?a ££-(ZoO'>'(Q‘iY\3,‘ix{cr c ) - Z*£%*(Q C
W-m*
j 5 m [

^r*7To~
- 2(>$o k«-w v

He. j-~ — ^]
-X OZHg-O: -2.4 f?* f t'0.8)^So)4(l.OC?. , (liM * ©
M. ^ RA =30wf
D’r&v benjih^ vYiO^e^'i by pa^S.
4
H, -A/XV 5
pw r ^A*.tp{~ ^
M (
= (i.c)(*>H)>
= (>.M K3M) - si. 6
M-- v Ma* W-M
Mm s-
-^(2oX5.M y » -57. 6 Irl0*wi
A © 8 Mj = «(0.'9X3e>') * -.2.4 WiJ.m

A5 A, = H-S.SZ uv-*?
tO'&XSHA}*
A. + Aj. = ^(2.4) CS{.6)* ^7.^^-^V
Aj r ^ { t.6>)(~Z5'.&) - —I3>.6SS3 UhJ*
A^+A., =• £(3.wX~S7„<J} - *46. Og s-

As ~ j(o,sX-Zi') ~ - %& kbJ-hS-

(a) 5A>pe o4 A .. pJU.ee. rp4evAe^r^ -j-* v>*j€‘-\.'t’ c<,4" A . ^ - — t~ £B //

tfiM ~ £-j ^(A + A,)(j;)(2.4


r
) + A tyXi?rY ;? *4') » As (a)^ <:J - 8 )^

- &!§*- = 1 . w« « /o' k.

A _ l7JS2Z*lO~* -
0/1 7. 4S XS"g * to d - 7.4S v lo^r^J -*6
~zh rt

ftd Dp-Tie .4 (c-^ <a4 poiV>4 D Jfo * ijJM + 0^ X>£

--*>-- k\ a.<4 v-*^ +- ~


A,ay<.o}- Ji ~~
XbgO
* fi.GJWSfWO* ^
1

^- Q.tZWxlo' + (-7. Haz^S Wo'


5
)('.g) - T &. 3492 */o'
3
^
- 51 3.? 4

Proprietary Material. €
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, InC. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
8nd educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual cour.se preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
9.132 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at point A, ( b ) the
Problem 9.1 32
deflection at point A.

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of (he publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.133 9.133 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope
at point C, (b) the
deflection at point C.

Po- L
Aa '
2 £I

M/ei

& - £a/6 _ _ Po.L

(a) SA>/?e :• t ,
€.• = e„ *
Z
& 9
£> - P& i r .
Pq-
3£i xex.
~ - + SaS)
£>£X

8 C ^
/O -
6 Eit

D lOlA ClI poi^t C. CL 0ag *f


*r £,
e-'c/e.

3£M V 2&X
<-» _ ^ N
’a, l L + cl
1 .

3FI
yc-
Pa (l +<0
-jg — *
,

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.1 34

Proprietary Material. © 2009 The McGraw-IHII Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation, A student using this manual is using it without permission.
Problem 9.1 35 9.135 Knowing that the beam AD is made of a solid steel bar, determine the (a)
slope at point 8, ( b ) the deflection at point A. Use E ™ 200 GPa.

,JL = "
I 30 mm E 7.00 * tO Pa.

rr I -
C3 oX 3 ^) s - Gl.£* to
'

y
0.25 m 4* 0 25
-
. i
£7,6"* IO'
V
EI r (MOttO* jUrSylO* ) v I3£00 N*r^
L
M /Ei r 13 . S kb) • to

i>ZH s - o; - (3Xo.3s)(.QAHf) +
:
sR0 - o
R0 - O.CQ7S ku
A Ey
Jit
Er
"•
^
a i V" £i pa<’*}s <

M, = (o.COSr )(o.S ) r 0.33375 ktj-w,

Ma “ .* 0.2*10 kO-«^

4 ( 3 ) ( 0.25 V 0.0 9 375" kU-i

A, r
i (0. 33375 V<b.sV£J - 0.0839375" /El
r 4 (o.a^o)(o.2 r ~ 0.O2V /EX

As - 4 (-0.0 ?375){b.?s-)/f J
< - - 0.0018U<T/£I l

acp r (? vi ce fjf f3*

A, (|- 0.5) 4 a3 ( 1 (0 .^)+ o. 2^') = 0.02439.5/^1

(a.) S/ope 0.1 B, 0„ -


o.o2439r 0.098789
0.5 EX EX
- -3.6/90X 10' 9& - Z.&txlo^rcJ^
3
t h/v = A 2 (| (e>.*>'}) r 0.0032 /EI = 0.237 09v/o' w,

Cbl D4 ^3^ #.4 A*


t Lap.
Ja
0.23709 v /o"’
J
- (0.2)^- 3.6 Wo v/o' 5
) ~ 0.1&& xjo* 5 ^
- O. 960 ^ f

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. Ail rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
t

9.136 For the beam and loading shown, determine (n) the slope at point C, ( b ) the
Problem 9.1 36
deflection at point D. Use E - 200 GPa.

Fpuse 'boxrt AvD -

+"ilH c = o: O
15
0 w ^

+ttF7 =o: & - r b - <44=0

(lo) ^ejFLEoqpKl AT ~D •

EX AjC"^ * - - 31 • IcNm
c =
I
"t
j>/

'
“ - - * lo 31"
twc iwT
”3
-* X/ J - '
m
7p - t p/c + |£ A/c » -r'ffttSW* * %(- <M*two ) « * 4-7*$ *to

Yc ~ 4 *7 4

Proprietary Material. ©
2009 The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. All rights reserved. No part of this Manual may be displayed, reproduced, or
any form or by any means, without the prior written permission of the publisher, or used beyond the limited distribution to teachers
distributed in
and educators permitted by McGraw-Hill for their individual course preparation. A student using this manual is using it without permission.
9.137 For the beam and loading shown, determine (a) the slope at point B b ) the
Problem 9.137 , (
D Use E ~ 200 GPa.
deflection at point .
Problem 9.138 9.138 For the beam and loading shown, determine {a) the slope at end A (b) the
,

slope at end B , ( c) the deflection at the midpoint C

l Ra st Rg -
"i;
wL
^ M/BZ J
^ p^v-^s sU

1
*
L.wL* .
wL 3
M 2 t. 4 ex 14 FX

Az = - 1 -
wL s
3 * 48 ex
.j.. w„r _ wL^
A3 s
*

2- sex “ 37. ex

You might also like